Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
R-2016-196 2016-11-14
RESOLUTION NO. R2016-196 A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Pearland, Texas, awarding a bid for the construction of the City Hall Complex Renovation Project to Construction Masters of Houston, Inc., in the amount of $6,124,000.00; and authorizing the sale of $1,073,546 in Certificates of Obligation. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That competitive bids for the construction of the City Hall Complex Renovation Project have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Construction Masters of Houston, Inc., in the amount of $6,124,000. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for the construction of the City Hall Complex Renovation Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 14tb day of November, A.D., 2016. TOM REID MAYOR ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY Ni 4TgTTXE Exhibit B ZCAJ HBL PEARLAND CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATIONS October 14, 2016 Jennifer Lee Project Manager City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Dr. Pearland, TX 77581 RE: Project #FA0904 Pearland City Hall Complex Renovation project Dear Ms. Lee: On August 2, 2016, the City of Pearland received three (3) proposals for the referenced project. The proposals were evaluated for price and qualifications. It is our recommendation that Construction Masters be awarded the contract for the City Hall Complex Renovation project. Detailed qualifications were requested and received from the 3 offerors. The information collected was reviewed and several references checked on each firm. After a thorough review, we think that Construction Masters has the best overall price and value for the City. In addition to Construction Masters lowest bid pricing and good qualifications, they are also a Pearland company. If you have any questions or require additional information, please call me. Sincerely, ZCA+HBL Architects Susan Dieterich, AIA, LEED AP Exhibit C City Hall lobby view from entry doors. View of reception desk to the left, entry to Communications Department office suite to the left, elevators straight ahead, men's restroom door to the right of elevators, and windows into Council Chambers to the right. City Hall lobby view from northwest corner of lobby. View of reception desk to the left, Council Chamber entry to the right, and elevators. Exhibit C City Hall Lobby view from southeast corner of lobby. View of reception desk, front doors, entry to City Secretary office suite to the left of the reception desk, and entry to Communications Department office suite to the right of the reception desk. 00 00 0 0— 0-- UTILITY BILLING Oa19x0 (OW aad sat OW Fax-ar >s Now Imam wn aa. M PTA SNO OPT-. [RL4 Ou MLL TO lam : mr K1K mow[ w� 1['a 1Otµ SNO awl [maac ow nu TO ...... [9O*6[ OSWbfD Ix)µ 5n.0 MIL NOR�OO6Y 10 /Te WMT9[s M V 100455 Qo 00 Exhibit D - Page 1 O A. r ! 6T 77 "4.-11 60 QEFICE Yf COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT aw' ♦- PLANNING ANNEX FLOOR PLAN O 0 •9 0 0 0 r bar. H BL City of Pearland. Texas RENOVATIONS TO THE CITY HALL & ANNEX ANNEX FLOOR PLAN or MAY 211. 2016 Or Or A2.11 1 dfl I-11' if ';'1"VII—Iril".1 i Y e si' Propct No . 15-08 0>1• DECEMBER 18. 2015 FIRST FLOOR RENOVATIONS TO THE CITY HALL & COMMUNITY CENTER BUILDINGS City of Pearland, Texas ,s; 54 ...4 -yiL -1- ,, 4. 4) -' p i NJ Clon,,, r-..... _ z.-7 1 > Co I 10 0 110 oi 1' xhibit D - Page 2 SNIOLINDINIIININOD tai E a 0 g e g CEO rri O O i Ropct No 15-08 o.. DECEMBER 18. 2015 1 SECOND FLOOR PLAN RENOVATIONS TO THE CITY HALL & COMMUNITY CENTER BUILDINGS 1,2 City of Pearland, Texas iq sf g ,L O'i 'fir 4- s *T \r- x 4 CO ) rDl i s, Z. a X SHEET A2.14 xhibit D - Page 3 O G o 0 a SL32If1OS32I MVW11H of IG 411 ) gl M0130 210013 ON003S 01 N3d0 io 1 r^, C� G coy `i0 i 3 r,\ gN G G. 11__\ ~ 1 • 1 THIRD FLOOR PLAN RENOVATIONS TO THE CITY HALL & COMMUNITY CENTER BUILDINGS City of Pearland, Texas O �' +qs*`�3\a t 4 Co r x x x xhibit D - Page 4 Project Manual for: City Hall Complex Renovation Project City Hall and Annex Buildings City of Pearland Project No.: FA0904 Bid No.: 0216 24 June 23, 2016 Pi•epai•ed By: ZCA+HBL Project Manual for: City Hall Complex Renovation Project City Hall and Annex Buildings COP Project No.: FA0904 Bid No.: 021624 June 23, 2016 Prepared By: ZCA+HBL ZCA + HBL DIVISION 00 - 00100 00200 00300 00500 00610 00611 00612 00615 00700 00701 00702 00703 00800 00811 00811 00900 DIVISION 01 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS GROUP PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS INVITATION TO PROPOSE INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BID PROPOSAL STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT APPENDIX A TITLE VI NONDISCRIMINATION ASSURANCES PERFORMANCE BOND PAYMENT BOND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS ATTACHMENT NO. 3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMINATION WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION ADDENDUM SPECIFICATIONS GROUP GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 01140 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01350 SUBMITTALS 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 01420 REFERENCED STANDARDS 01430 CONTRACTOR S QUALITY CONTROL 01440 INSPECTION SERVICES 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01505 MOBILIZATION 01550 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT 01554 STREET SIGN 01555 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 01560 FILTER FABRIC FENCE 01561 REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 01563 01564 01580 01630 01720 01750 01760 01770 01 21 00 01 22 00 01 23 00 01 29 00 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER P ROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS P RODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS FIELD SURVEYING STARTING SYSTEMS P ROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT ALLOWANCES U NIT PRICES ALTERNATES PAYMENT PROCEDURES FACILITY CONSTRUCT/ON SUBGROUP DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 03 30 00 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 05 - METALS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 31 00 STEEL DECKING 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 01 40.61 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK REFINISHING 06 10 53 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 41 13 WOOD -VENEER -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 11 13 07 21 00 07 84 13 07 92 00 07 92 19 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING THERMAL INSULATION PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING JOINT SEALANTS ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 08 11 13 08 12 16 08 14 16 08 31 13 08 33 23 08 41 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES ALUMINUM FRAMES FLUSH WOOD DOORS ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES OVERHEAD COILING DOORS ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 10-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 08 42 26 08 56 19 08 62 23 08 71 00 08 80 00 08 81 13 08 83 00 08 88 13 08 88 53 DIVISION 09 - 09 21 16.23 09 22 16 09 29 00 09 30 13 09 51 13 09 65 13 09 65 19 09 65 36 09 68 13 09 72 00 09 91 23 09 97 24 DIVISION 10 - 10 11 00 10 11 46 10 14 23 10 21 13.16 10 26 00 10 28 00 10 43 13 10 44 13 1044 16 10 51 13 10 51 23 10 56 26 10 73 00 DIVISION 11 113100 11 47 00 11 52 13 11 52 16.29 DIVISION 12 - 12 12 05 12 24 13 12 36 23.13 12 36 61.19 12 61 19 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES PASS WINDOWS TUBULAR SKYLIGHTS DOOR HARDWARE GLAZING DECORATIVE GLASS GLAZING MIRRORS FIRE-RESISTANT GLAZING SECURITY GLAZING FINISHES GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING GYPSUM BOARD CERAMIC TILING ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES RESILIENT TILE FLOORING STATIC -CONTROL RESILIENT FLOORING TILE CARPETING WALL COVERINGS INTERIOR PAINTING PENETRATING LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENT SPECIALTIES VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS VISUAL DISPLAY FABRICS PANEL SIGNAGE PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD TOILET COMPARTMENTS WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES DEFIBRILLATOR CABINETS FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS FIRE EXTINGUISHERS METAL LOCKERS PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD LOCKERS MOBILE STORAGE SHELVING PROTECTIVE COVERS EQUIPMENT RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES ICE MACHINES PROJECTION SCREENS VIDEO PROJECTOR MOUNTS FURNISHINGS ART HANGING SYSTEMS ROLLER WINDOW SHADES PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS FIXED AUDIENCE SEATING RESTORATION TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016. ZCA + HBL DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION N OT APPLICABLE DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 14 01 20.71 ELEVATOR REHABILITATION DIVISION 21 21 00 00 21 05 17 21 05 18 21 13 13 DIVISION 22 22 00 00 22 05 17 22 05 18 22 05 29 22 05 53 22 07 00 22 11 16 22 11 19 22 11 21 22 13 16 22 13 19 22 14 23 22 34 00 22 40 00 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 FACILITY SERVICES SUBGROUP - FIRE SUPPRESSION COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS (FIRE PROTECTION) S LEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS - PLUMBING COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS (PLUMBING) S LEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PLUMBING INSULATION DOMESTIC WATER PIPING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES NATURAL GAS PIPING SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS PLUMBING FIXTURES DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 00 00 COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 05 13 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 18 ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 19 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48.13 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 07 00 HVAC INSULATION 23 09 00 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 20 VARIABLE FREQUENCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS 23 09 93 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 23 21 13 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 23 HYDRONIC PUMPS 23 31 13 METAL DUCTS 23 33 00 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 34 23 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 23 36 00 23 37 13 23 51 00 23 52 16 23 64 23 23 72 00 23 73 13 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 AIR TERMINAL UNITS DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS CONDENSING BOILERS S CROLL WATER CHILLERS AIR TO AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR HANDLING UNITS. DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 00 90 26 05 01 26 05 02 26 05 03 26 05 04 26 05 08 26 05 10 26 05 19 26 05 26 26 05 31 26 05 33 26 05 44 26 05 53 26 23 00 26 24 00 26 27 26 26 43 13 26 51 00 26 53 00 DEMOLITION, RESTORATION, AND SALVAGE GENERAL PROVISIONS DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHOP DRAWINGS, LITERATURE, MANUALS, PARTS LISTS, AND SPECIAL TOOLS CUTTING PATCHING AND REPAIRING COORDINATION AMONG TRADES SYSTEMS INTERFACING AND CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS S COPE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK CONDUCTORS, IDENTIFICATIONS, SPLICING DEVICE AND CONNECTORS GROUNDING CABINETS, OUTLET BOXES AND PULL BOXES RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND GRADING IDENTIFICATIONS EMERGENCY GENERATOR ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES S URGE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INTERIOR LIGHTING LIGHTING CONTROLS DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 31 11 DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE SUSGROUPDIVIS/ON 31- EARTHWORK N OT APPLICABLE DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 32 31 13 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES N OT APPLICABLE END OF SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 10-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO PROPOSE Section 00100 INVITATION TO PROPOSE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS Competitive Sealed Proposal Electronic Sealed Competitive Proposals will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System. Electronic proposals shall be submitted through the City's web site at: https //peailand.ionu ave.net/Login.aspx. All interested Offerors are required to register as a `supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the above web address and clicking on "Supplier Registration". Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications or Submission time and date. However, submission of an E-Proposal requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on this web site. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below: * Building Construction Services, New (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) For more information regarding registration instructions, see INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS, Section 00200, included in the project proposal documents viewable on the web site. Questions regarding electronic proposals should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebids@pearlandtx gov. All Proposals submitted electronically will remain confidential until the opening date and time when they will be publicly "opened and read aloud at the Pearland City Hall in the Council Chambers. Proposals shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City Purchasing Officer, City of Pearland, City Hall located at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. Electronic Proposals will be accepted until 2:00 p.m., Tuesday, July 19, 2016. All Proposals shall reference the following project information in the appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted proposals shall be publicly ` opened" and read aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance period for the construction of: City Hall Complex Renovation Project City of Pearland, Texas COP PN FA0904 PROPOSAL NO. 0216-24 A mandatory pre -proposal conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 2:00 p.m. on June 30, 2016. The project will entail t he following for the renovation and remodel of the existing three (3) story City Hall and the one (1) story City Annex, including, but not limited to: new mechanical equipment and new mechanical yard, electrical, and plumbing, updated restrooms, updated lighting, new carpet, reflected ceiling, paint, case goods, updated audio and video, remodeled City Council 12-2013 00100-1 of4 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO PROPOSE Chamber, removal of one flight of stairs, fire protection, and all other necessary appurtenances for a fully functioning facility as described in the bid documents. Critical work items will include the timing of the remodel of the City Council Chamber which has to be completed between December 20, 2016 and January 23, 2017. Also, since the buildings will remain occupied during construction, efforts will need to be made to minimize air conditioning inconveniences and disruptions to city services. And finally, the renovation of the 3rd floor PEDC suite, must be complete by June 1, 2017. Because if these critical work items, adherence to the proposed schedule is paramount. Upon award of a contract, the successful Offeror will be required to utilize the City's web based project management software, "Pro-Trak" for the administration of the construction project, including but not limited to, all transmittals and material submittals, RFI's RFC's, Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction Manager and Engineer. This system has certain hardware, interne access and operation requirements that form the basis for all project communications, documentation and records for the project. For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS, Section 00200. Electronic Proposal Documents: including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx upon registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These same documents are also available at the following locations. City of Pearland, City Hall Purchasing Department 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Amtek Plan Room 4001 Sherwood Houston, TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. 2400 Augusta, Suite 350 Houston, TX 77057 Virtual Builders Exchange 7035 W. Tidwell Building J, Suite 112 Houston, TX 77092 (281) 652-1600 (713) 956-0100 (713) 334-7100 (832) 613-0201 McGraw-Hill Construction — Dodge Reports 1-800-393-6343 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and proposal documents obtained through the City's E-bid System OFFERORS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E- BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A PROPOSAL EVEN IF PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES Offerors accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications proposal fauns and addenda required for submitting a proposal. Each proposal must be accompanied by a Proposed Schedule and Contractors Qualification Statement. 12-2013 00100 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO PROPOSE No proposal may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (90) days subsequent to the proposal opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). Performance and Payment Bonds: The successful Offeror must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form included in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the final contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of "Treasury Department Ciicular No 570", naming the City of Pearland, Texas as Obligee. Additionally, the successful Offeror shall be required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Equal Opportunity: All responsible Offerors having submitted complete proposals will receive consideration for award of contract without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Selection Criteria: The Contract is to be awarded based on provision of "Best Value" to the Owner. Within 30 days after receiving the Proposals, the Owner will consider and rank each proposal and select the Proposal that offers the best value to the Owner using the following criteria: 1) Price: and markup The quoted for changes price or cost methodology, alternatives proposed 52% 2) Schedule: delivery facility operations. by The a specific contractor's date(s). ability or Coordination commitment to work to deliver around or sequence uninterrupted 18% 3) Reputation: City. The contractor's reputation and past relationship with the 7% 4) Demonstrated ability to meet schedules on similar projects 6% Experience: 5) Personnel• and qualifications of key project personnel 5% Experience 6) Approach: Proposed approach to performing the work 5% 7) Subcontractor: subcontractors Qualifications with General and Contractor Work History of proposed 4% 8) Safety: Quality Assurance Program and Safety Record 3% Upon selection of a primary Offeror, Owner will attempt to negotiate a contract with the most qualified Offeror. The Owner may discuss with the selected Offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with the modification If the Owner is unable to negotiate a contract with the selected Offeror, the Owner may end negotiations with that Offeror and proceed to the next Offeror in the order of the selection ranking until a contract is reached or all proposals are rejected. The Owner may make such investigations as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Arp3r to perform the work, and the Offeror shall furnish the Owner all such informah11nsloca CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO PROPOSE for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Ownei reserves the right to reject any proposal if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such Offeror fails to satisfy the Owner that such Offeror is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. Conditional proposals will not be accepted. The City of Pearland reserves the right to award a contract based on its sole assessment and ranking of the above factors in its own best interests or reject any or all proposals. A proposal that has been "opened" may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the proposed price. State Sales Tax: The Owner qualifies for exemption from State and Local Sales Tax pursuant to Section 151.311 of the Texas Tax Code for material incorporated into the project. Young Lorfing, TRMC City Secretary, City of Pearland First Publication date June 23, 2016 Second Publication date June 30, 2016 12-2013 00100 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Defined Terms 1.1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used interchangeably with the term "the City". Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City. 1.2 The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipts of bids). 1.3 The term "E-bid System" refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web - based system that provides all Bid Documents electronically to potential Bidders and forms the pathway for interested Bidders to submit bids in response to advertisement and invitation. The term "e-bid" and/ or ` electronic bid' means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the electronic Bid Proposal to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid" or "e-bid" are used inter -changeably to describe the above bid process to submit an authorized bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders. 1.4 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City's web -based contract administration and construction records management system used by involved parties to administer the project. This system serves as the web accessed centralized information distribution hub for communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention for all project documentation. Operational instructions for this system will be issued to the successful Bidder at the pre -Construction Meeting. 1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in the Bidding Documents. 1.6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean consecutive calendar day(s). 2. Registration for E-bid System 2.1 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login aspx. Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project from the BID OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier. Potential Bidders MUST REGISTER as a ` Supplier' by clicking on the Suppher Registration button and completing the registration form When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below: * Building Construction Services, New (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) 12-2014 00200 - 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Select the appropriate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, ` suppliers" will receive emails notifying of bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders list and the E- bid System will automatically send any and all updates, changes or addenda associated with that project. 2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form within the E-bid System. 2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to: ebids@pearlandtx.gov. 3. Copies of Bidding Documents 3.1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to registered Bidders at No Cost from the City s E-bid System at: www.cityofpearland.org/bids Interested Bidders must register as a "Supplier" on this site in order to receive the Bid Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from the Owner or Engineer. All Bid Documents are available to download and print. 3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and all subsequent communications from the City or its Engineer. 3.2 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders, whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub -bidders bidding to a Bidder, register as a Supplier and download the project Bid Documents. 3.3 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including, but not limited to ail Addenda issued prior to bid. 3.4 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 4. Qualifications of Bidders 4.1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 16 of these Instructions to Bidders, the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2) days of Owner s request any or all of such Qualifications requested: 1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and scope; 12-2014 00200 - 2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on -going projects and contracts for construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete; 3) A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid; 4) A list of name, address and telephone number of references for projects completed by Bidder; and 5) A Financial Statement of Bidder, consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal, which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant. The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be considered evidence of the Bidder s ability to provide sufficient financial management of the project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked as "confidential' , and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder. 5. Examination of Contract Documents and Site 5.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the Contract Documents, (f) to recognize and plan for use of the City's "Pro-Trak" software to administer the construction process and perform the work of the project. 5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders for review, but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or opinions contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or construction. 5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. 5.4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in 12-2014 00200 - 3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 5.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands, access thereto or contractual arrangements for use by the Contractor required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 6. Interpretations and Addenda 6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System. 7. Bid Security 7.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond ("Bid Security"). 7.2 Bidders submitting bids through the E-bid System shall scan and up -load a copy of their Bid Security (sealed Bid Bond, Certified Check or Cashier's Check) as an attachment to their electronic bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 12-2014 00200 - 4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 21'd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. 7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder has executed the Standard Form of Agreement, and furnished the required Performance and Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security of both bidders will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security. The Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until the Contract is awarded and the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid Security furnished by all such Bidders will be returned. 8. Contract Time 8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time"). All references to "time' or "days" shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days. 9. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus 9.1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus, if any, are set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement. 10 Substitute or "Or -Equal" Items 10.1 The Contract, if awarded will be on the basis of the selected materials and equipment described in the Plans or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or ' or -equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or -equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or -equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or approved equal". The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents. 11. Bid Form 11.1 The Bid Pioposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below, and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid. All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all Alternates, if any. Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection. 11.2 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary 12-2014 00200 - 5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.3 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.4 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Proposal form). 11.6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must be shown on the Bid Proposal form. 12. Submission of Bid Proposals 12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule shall be made by Addenda. 12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential supplier, (Bidder). E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected. 13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals 13.1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without prejudice. 13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 and submitted any time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals. 13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by facsimile or verbal means. A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 13.4 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security. Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. 12-2014 00200 - 6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 14. Opening of Bid Proposals 14 1 Bid Proposals will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals, in their entirety shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential information. 15. Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15.1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of the Bid Proposal opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and return the bid security prior to that date. 16. Award of Contract 16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder Owner may reject a bid as non -responsive if 1) Bidder fails to provide required Bid Security, 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete all information required by the Bidding Documents; 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or improperly signs the Bid Proposal; 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal; 5) Bidder tardily or otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal; 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of Bidder as required under section 3 of these Instructions to Bidders; or 7) Bid Proposal is otherwise non -responsive. Contracts are awarded on the basis of one of the following criteria: A) provision of the "Best Value ' or B) Lowest Responsible Bidder 16.2 Best Value. In determining the best value for the Owner, and in determining to whom to award a contract, Owner may consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and Bidder's goods or services; 3) quality of Bidder's goods or services; 4) extent to which the goods or services meet the Owner's needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6) impact on the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Owner to acquire Bidder's goods or services 8) the Qualifications of Bidder; and 9) any other relevant criteria specifically listed in the Bidding Documents. A contract to be awarded to the Bidder offering the Best Value may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. 16.3 Lowest Responsible Bidder. In determining Lowest Responsible Bidder, Owner will consider Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid Extra Work and Alternates, if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation criteria may include: the Qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the 12-2014 00200 - 7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. A contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible Bidder may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for attendance of the mandatory pre -bid meeting. 16.4 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction, within the Contract Time. 17. Contract Security 17.1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to Owner it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner. 18. Signing of Agreement 18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. There shall be no contract or agreement between Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner. 19. Pre -bid Conference 19.1 A pre -bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. 20. Retainage 20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 12-2014 00200 - 8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL Part A Date: 8/2/2016 Bid of Construction Masters of Houston, Inc. , an individual proprietorship / a organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas / a partnership consisting of. , for the construction of: Icorporatioti City Hall Complex Renovation Project City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: FA0904 BID NO.: 02I6-24 (Submitted in Electronic format) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the City Hall Complex Renovation Project (City Hall and Annex Buildings) with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by Susan Dieterich, R.A. LEED, Ziegler Cooper + B BL Architects, 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77002, for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2"d Floor, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder; including the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid review. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated in Part B of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required amounts. Bidder'sInitia a I 10-2012 003 ' 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAJVD BID PROPOSAL The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within Three Hundred Days after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the date established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the amount(s) specified in Document 00500 -- Standard Form of Agreement, in the event the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder. It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond if required, each in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Proposal prices. Addendum No.: 1 Date: Addendum No.: 2 Date: Addendum No,: 3 Date: Addendum No.: 4 Date: Addendum No.: 5 Date: Addendum No.: 6 Date: 7/5/2016 7/11/2016 7/14/2016 7/12/2016 7/20/2016 7/20/2016 Addendum No.: 7 Date: 7/21/2016 Addendum No.: 8 Date: 7/27/2016 Addendum No.: 9 Date: 8/1/2016 Addendum No.: Date: Addendum No.: Date: Addendum No.: Date: Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are those named. Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding. ATTEST: Firm Name: By: Justin Davis Title: Vice President Address: 3908 3rd Street, Pearland, TX 77581 Construction Masters of Houston, Inc. Phone No: 281--997o-2640 Justin Davis (Typed Signatui Date: 8/2/2016 END OF SECTION 10-2012 (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation) Bidder's Initiala 00301' 2 of2 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Section 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER or City) and Construction Masters of Houston, Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents (hereinafter the "Work"). The Work is generally described as follows: Article 2. ENGINEER City Hall Complesx Renovation Project City Hall and Annex Buildings City of Pearland Texas COP PN: FA0904 BID NO : 0216-24 The Work has been designed by Susan Dieterich, R.A. LEED, Ziegler Cooper + HBL Architects, 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 3500, Houston, Texas 77002 who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME 3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions) within Three Hundred days (including weekends and holidays) from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within Three Hundred Thirty days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions. OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for 2-2015 00500 - 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Five Hundred dollars $500.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER One Thousand dollars $1,000.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and readiness for Final Payment. 3.3 Inspection Time Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p in., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays. The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City inspections. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds $6,124,000.00 (the "Contract Price"). The Contract Price includes the Base Bid and Alternate(s) 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, & 9, as accepted by OWNER as shown in Document 00300 — Bid Proposal. Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6.0 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in accordance with Article 6 "Measurement and Payment" of the Geneial Conditions. 5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in each case less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall make payment within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER 5.1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no 2-2015 00500 - 2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under "Final Payment." 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 6.09 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 6.09. Article 6. INTEREST Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251.025 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys assessments, reports of explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not Contract Documents, and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete, comprehensive, or all-inclusive. 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 2-2015 00500 - 3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents 7.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or discrepancy by ENGINEER In the event of a conflict that was not brought to the OWNER s or ENGINEER's attention prior to the bid, the CONTRACTOR is assumed to have bid the most expensive alternative. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are incorporated herein by reference: 8.1 Standard Form of Agreement (Section 00500). 8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and 00612). 8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No. 1 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor. 8.4 Special Conditions of Agreement (Section 00800). 8.5 TxDOT Local Government Project Procedures documents (Section 00850). 8.6 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 98 inclusive with attachments with each sheet bearing the following general title: City Hall Complex Renovation Project 8.7 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any Addenda referenced therein. 2-2015 00500 - 4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 8.8 Technical Specifications for the Work. 8.9 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes effective: Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified of supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS 9.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 9.4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship. CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty period immediately unless such repairs require long lead time materials and equipment in which case CONTRACTOR shall provide an agreeable schedule for repairs at no additional cost to OWNER. 9.5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental authorities. 9.6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law, the notice period required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law. 9.7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no 2-2015 00500 - 5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing. 9.8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining provisions shall be carried out with the same force and effect as if the severed provision had not been part of this Contract. 9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the Contract text shall control. 9.10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the particular instance only Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or default or any other breach or default. 9.11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER (through its employee handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination of an employee of the OWNER Any fraud, forgery, misappropriation of funds receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked, mishandling or untruthful reporting of money transactions, destruction of assets, embezzlement, accepting materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, cause an employee of the OWNER to engage in such misconduct. 9.12 The CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with Appendix A (attached) of the City of Pearland's Title VI Nondiscrimination Plan Assurances. 2-2015 00500 - 6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to CONTRACTOR. This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representatives of the City of Pearland and upon the following date: , 20 . OWNER: CITY OF P By: Title: Date: J�- 05-. /to )2) 411;LIAI4 •• _.' U . • • • • • • CONTRACTOR: Construction Masters of Houston, Inc. By: _(� ustin Davis Title: Vice President Date: ATTEST Address for giving notices Construction Masters of Houston, Inc. 3908 3rd Street Pearland, TX 77581 (Corporate Seal) Phone: 281-997-2640 Fax: 281-485-4702 Agent for service of process: Justin Davis, VP END OF SECTION 2-2015 00500 - 7 of 7 Title VI Nondiscrimination Assurances APPENDIX A During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the 'contractor') agrees as follows: (1) Compliance with Regulations: The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in Federally -Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT") Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. (2) Nondiscrimination: The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. (3) Solicitations for Subcontracts, including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. (4) Information and Reports: The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Sub Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the Sub Recipient, or the Federal Highway Administration as appropriate and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. (5) Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the Sub Recipient shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the Federal Highway Administration may determine to be appropriate, including but not limited to: (a) withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies and/or (b) cancellation, termination or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part. (6) Incorporation of Provisions: The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in every subcontract including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Sub -Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance. Provided, however, that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the Sub Recipient to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the Sub -Recipient, and in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 1ol1 Complete Nos. 1 -4 and 6 if there are interested parties Complete Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 if there are no interested parties. 1 Name of business entity tiling form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place of business. Construction Masters of Houston, Inc. Pearland, TX United States 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is being filed. City of Pearland OFFICE USE ONLY CERTIFICATION OF FILING Certificate Number: 2016-142832 Date Filed: 12/05/2016 Date Acknowledged: 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract, and provide a description of the services, goods, or other property to be provided under the contract. R2016-196 City Hall Renovation 4 Name of Interested Party City, State, Country (place of business) Nature of interest (check applicable) Controlling I Intermediary Davis, Justin Pearland, TX United States X Campbell, Bob Pearland, TX United States X 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. El 6 AFFIDAVIT AFFIX Sworn tint, •N,s%�RiOThr- itt .e a • •' • •• • VI • -, • 1ARy••. • (/) • aaa 40 :+lr7��rEXP i +'o•• 19730;1••• riti NOTARY SlA 1S i �4BOV%%' 01 ttttt ttt�� /^-_ to and subscribed before me, by the said '`il-6 f' l """ c� s , this the day of be. Gan -Lev l swear, or affirm, under penalty of perjury, that the above disclosure is true and correct. .. • F 20 1(4 , to certify which, witness my hand and seal of office. ,1 i`'t.l, cut �-. Ott Y,• YLti Signature of officer administering oath g ture of authorized agent of contracting business entity %f leec y- e cti ee 77 • tar n/ Printed namdof officer administering oath OF%fCA. /ltr c / Title of officer administering oath Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1 0 277 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Section 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § Bond No. 54-213113 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: ThatConstruction Masters of Houston, Inc. of the City of Pearland , County of Brazoria , and State of Texas, as principal, and United Fire & Casualty Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of $6,124,000 00*** (*See Below***) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents• (*Six Million One Hundred Twenty -Four Thousand Dollars and No/100***) WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the day of 20 (the "Contract') to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements descnbed as follows: City Hall Complex Renovation Project City Hall and Annex City of Pearland Texas COP PN: FA0904 BID NO.: 0216-24 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall m all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain m full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond and it does hereby waive notice of any such change extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder. 12/2007 00610 -1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 30th day of November , 2016. Principal: Surety: Constructasters of Houston, Inc. By: IP, :Tulstin Davis Title: Vice -President United Fire &tasu.l%an By: Ma Smith Title: A rney-in-Fact Address: Address: 3908 Third Street Pearland, Texas 77581 118 Second Avenue S.E. Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Telephone: (281) 997-2640 Telephone: (800) 343-9130 Fax: (281) 485-4702 Fax: (888) 726-9738 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO 'WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL -FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 12/2007 00610 - 2 of 2 o k% .'o Z. �•— r > �U 2T .0_ ' ' SEAL % � SEAL � Z • .'D 4''R vs tig ' �6B �F ,a ,.CIFOF?: "1" UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY )Ii)II11\\1�� 111111111\\\\\\ /47. /111111111 \101' \\\‘‘\ By: State ofowa, County of Linn, ss: Vice President On 28th day.of April, 2015, before me personally came Dennis J. Richmann to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say; that heresides in Cedar Rapids :Stave of Iowa; thathe is' a Vice President of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY a Vice President of UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, and a Vice President of FINANCIAL PACIFIC 'INSURANCE COMPANY the corporations described Inn Old which executed the abdve instrument that he.knows'theseal of said.corporations;;that the :,_. seal affixed to the said iris rumens is such corporate seal; that it was`So affixed pursuant to authority; given by the Board of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name. thereto pursuant to Iike authority, and acknowledges same to be;the,act and deed of satdcofporatiot s Judith A. Ravin Iowa Notarial seal Commission number 173041 My Commission Expires 04/23/2018 UNITED FIRE & :CASUALTY COMPANY, CEDAR RAPIDS, IA r. UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY; WEBSTER, TX rr FINANCIAL PACIEIC.INSURANCE COMPANY, F OCKLIN;'CA CERTIFIED COPY OF POWER OF ATTORNEY (original on file at Horne Office of Company See Certification) Tngtiiries: Sut ety Department 118 Second Ave SE: Cedar Rapids; IA 52401 VNOW ALL:PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS; That UNITED FIRE & CASUALTYCOMPANY; a corporation duly organized and existing under laws'of the State of Iowa; UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, a corporation Only organized and existing: under the laws'of the State of xas; and FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE .COMPANY a .corporation duty'oreanized and existing under the laws of tthe State':of California (herein collectively called the Cot)�ames) and having their co orate headtc��carters in Cedar Rapids, State of tov.a, does"make, constitute and appoint A,A. SHOTWELL, JR., OR,: MARK. SMITH :'Of2 BETTY BUSH; OR JOSEPH CHARLES BLACKSHEAR, JR., OR DONNA WEINEL OR KATY KURTZ, ALL INDIVIDUALLY Of TEXAS 'CITY TX their true and lawful Attorneys)-in=Fact with power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and e*ecute in its behalf all.lawful bonds, undertakings providedsingle g $15,000,000.00' and other obligatoryinstruments of similar nature that no obligation shall exceed and to bind, the Companies thereby as fully .and_to the saute. extent, as if such Instruments were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies and all of the acts of said Attorney pursuant to the authority;: hereby given. .and hereby ratified and confirmed. •, The Authority' hereby granted is continuous and shall remain t full force and effect revoked by UNITED.EIRE & CASUALTY.COMPANY, UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, AND FINANCIAL�;PACIFIC INSURANCE:COMPANY, This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by au hority of the folloix ing bylaw duly adopted on May 15, 2013, by the Boards of _. Direr ors of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, and FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY. Article VI — Surety Bonds and Undertakings ' Section=2, Appointment of Attorney -in -Fact. "The President or any Vice President, or any other officer of the Companies ray from time• to time, appoint by written certificates attorneys -in -fact to act in behalf of the Companies in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. The signature of any officer authorized hereby, and the Corporate seal, may ;be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or special power of attorney or certification of either authorized hereby; such Signature and seal, • When so used, being adopted by the Companies as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Companies ;to be valid..and binding upon the Companies with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority shall have full power to bind the Companies by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Companies thereto. The President or any Vice President the Board of Directors or any other officer of the Companies may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney -in -fact. Ifs \\\l{llllll// �� •- -• • •q4 vice president and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 28th day of April, 2015 rk% o,\_� N,,/ IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the COMPANIES have each caused these presents to be signed by its CORPORATE o FAG INSpq Z �o� QQ'+oOP 4,;••Cocw.s b= �¢:= LY � . _. Q: 1966 :a Notary Publier:: My commission expires: 04/23/2018 I; David'A. Lange, Secretary of ;UNITED„FIRE &.CASUALTY COMPANY and istot.;. e*.taty of 1' ITED FIRE &• INDEMNITY .COMPANY, :and Assistant Secre ary.of FINANCIAL PACIFIC';INSURANCE. COMPANY, do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy ofahe Poz yet .. of Attorney and.affidavtt, and the copy of the Section ofthe bytaws and,resolutions of said Corporations as set forth.in said'Power of At orney wititthe ` ORIGINALS ON F LE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID CORPORATIONS, and:. - .me that - are correct transcripts thereof and :of the whole of the ..Said originals, and that the said Power, of Attorney has not b. eea revoked andas now'iii full force and effect. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Corporations " this 30th . day of November . 20 16 ` ii,\NOG,4 4� BP0A0049 0115 i00.111111 wn, .... Pp . G\FC•INS0/ ,, • 2 DULY T, � • o 1906'. a•0 .1. cgCiF00.4: 'l�gq,11111111\\\\\\\`, • Secretary, OF&C Assistant. Secretary, OF&UFPIC UNITED FIRE GROUP IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBTAIN INFORMATION OR MAKE A COMPLAINT: United Fire & Casualty Company United Life Insurance Company Addison Insurance Company Lafayette Insurance Company Insurance Brokers & Managers, Inc. American Indemnity Companies You may call United Fire Group's toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 800-343-9130 You may also write to United Fire Group at: United Fire Group Attn: Bond Department P. O . Box 73909 Cedar Rapids, IA 52407-3909 -or street address - United Fire Group Attn: Bond Department 118 Second Avenue SE Cedar Rapids, IA 52401 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND. This notice is for information only and does not become a part or a condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Section 2253.48, Governmental Code, and Section 53-202, Property Code, effective September 1, 2001, HOME OFFICE: 118 Second Avenue SE, PO Box 73909, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52407-3909 Phone: 319-399-5790 FAX: 319-399-5425 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND Section 00611 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § Bond No. 54-213113 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Construction Masters of Houston, Inc. of the City of Pearland , County of Brazoria , and State of Texas, as principal, and United Fire & Casualty Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of $6,124,000 00*** (*See Below***) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bmd themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: (*Six Million One Hundred Twenty -Four Thousand Dollars and No/100***) WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the day of 20 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: City Hall Complex Renovation Project City Hall and Annex City of Pearland Texas COP PN: FA0904 BID NO : 0216-24 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder. 07/2006 00611 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 3 0th day of November , 2016. Principal: Constructio Mast- of Houston, Inc. By: ( Justin D.vis Title: Vice -President Surety: United Fire &s a By: ge a Mar Smit Title: Atto1•ney-in-Fact Address: Address: 3908 Third Street Pearland, Texas 77581 Company 118 Second Avenue S.E. Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Telephone: (281) 997-2640 Telephone: (800) 343-9130 Fax: (281) 485-4702 Fax: (888) 726-9738 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL -FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 07/2006 00611 - 2 of 2 • • UNITED FIRE &'CASUALT.Y COMPANY,:CEDAR RAPIDS; IA 11NI1'tD FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY; WEBSTER, TX Liqui ies: Surety Department rINANCIAL PACIFIC:INSURANCE COMPANYX, ROCI LIN 'CA 11$ Second ... SE CERTIFIED COPY OF POWER OI+ ATTORNEY Ceda► 1tapids .IA 52401`' _ (original on file at Home Office of Company See Certification) 'ElNOW ALE:PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS; That UNITED F1RE & CASUALTY:COMPANY; a earporation auly organiied and existing under laws of the. State of Iowa; UNITED FIRE &INDEMNITY COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws;of the State of exas;:and FINANCIAL PACIFIC 1TSURANCE:COMPAN Y a.corporation duly- :organized and existing under the laws of the State of California (herein collectively called the Conbames) and having ethit-co orate head carters in Cedar Rapids, State of Iov<a, does make constituteand appoint rrpp A.A. SHOTWELL, JR:;, OR`MARK SMITH,.:OR BETTY:;BUSH, OR JOSEPH CHAR.LES BLACKSHEAR,`JR., OR DONNA: WEINEL OR KATY KURTZ, ALL INDIVIDUALLY of TEXAStITY TX ;their true and lawful Attorney(s)=in-Fact with power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute in its behalf all: lawful bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature provided that no single obligation shall exceed $15 , 000 , 000.00 and tobind the Companies thereby as fully; and to the sameextent as if such instruments weres gned by the. duly authorized officers of the Companies and all of the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the: authority: hereby given and hereby ratified and confirmed. The Authority hereby granted is continuous and shall remain in full force and effect until revoked byTNITEIP"FIRE ,& CASUALTY COMPANY UNITED; FIRE. & INDEMNITY COMPANY, AND FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant. to and'by authority of the following bylaw duly adopted on May 15 2013 by the Boards Of Directors of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, and FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY. Ai ride VI — Surety Bonds and Undertakings ' Section,2, Appointment of Attorney -in -Fact. 'The President or any Vice President, or any other officer of the Companies;may from time to time, appoint by written certificates attorneys -in -fact to act in behalf of the Companies in the execution of policies of insurance bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. The signature of any officer authorized hereby, and the Corporate seal, May affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or special power of attorney or certification of either authorized hereby; such signature and seal, When so used, being adopted by the Companies as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Companies, to be valid and binding upon the Companies with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority shall have full power to bind the Companies by their signature and execution of.:any .;such instruments and to attach the seal of the Companies thereto. The President or any Vice President the Board of Directors or any other officer of the Companies may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney -in -fact. O' OASltirr , .. o ♦ SEAL N r�', ` �oGF�01N$Ogq� , vice president and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 28t h day of Apr i lL, 2015 • CORPORATE• ,onttilimio IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the COMPANIES have each caused these presents to be signed by its a`4 P O P 3= '2 Ci• 07. iZ.' PER'CE,"‘O`♦` as 1986 :ar %.O,q .P;'. UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY • By: State of Iowa, County of Linn, ss On 28th clay of. Apr i1, 2015, before me personally came Dennis J. Richmann Vice President to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say; that he resides in Cedar Rapids. State of Iowa; that ;leis a Vice President of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY a Vice President of UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, and a Vice President of FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY the' corporations described in and which executed the above instrument that he knowstthe seal of said.corporations;.tl at the;:: seal affixed to the said instrument is such;cerporate seal; that it was so aff xed pursuant to authority;.given by the Board of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said torporations • .A .. Judith A..Davis Iowa Notarial Seal Commission number 173041 My Commission Expires 04/23/2018 Notary Pnblic' My commission expires. 04/23/2018 I, David`A. Lange, Secretaryof.:UNITED:FIRE &CASUALTY COMPANY and:Assistant Secretory of If I`I'ED FIRE &'INDEMNITY COMPANY ::and Assistant Secretary of FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCECOMPANY, Up hereby certify, that 1 have compared the foregoing copy of the :Power: . of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy .of the Section of the bylaws and. resolutions of said Corporations as set fertlini said Power of Attorney with the : ORIGINALS ON FILE IN:THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID CORPORATIONS;ind that the same;are correct transeripts thereof, and:of the whole of the :::said originals, and that the said Power ofA tomey has not.been revoked and is now in fullforce and,effect. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Corporations this 30th day of November 20 16. 1110 BP.OA0049 0115. 11%SUE41 c. o i x %, SEAL < yFB s • Secretary; UF&C Assistant Secretary, OF&I/FPIC tol UNITED FIRE GROUP IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBTAIN INFORMATION OR MAKE A COMPLAINT: United Fire & Casualty Company United Life Insurance Company Addison Insurance Company Lafayette Insurance Company Insurance Brokers & Managers, Inc, American Indemnity Companies You may call United Fire Groups toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 800-343-9130 You may also write to United Fire Group at: United Fire Group Attn: Bond Department P. O . Box 73909 Cedar Rapids, IA 52407-3909 -or street address - United Fire Group Attn: Bond Department 118 Second Avenue SE Cedar Rapids, IA 52401 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P, O . Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND. This notice is for information only and does not become a part or a condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Section 2253148, Governmental Code, and Section 53-202, Property Code, effective September 1, 2001. HOME OFFICE; 118 Second Avenue SE, PO Box 73909, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52407-3909 Phone: 319-399-5790 FAX: 319-399-5425 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND Section 00612 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § Bond No. 54-213113 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: ThatConstruction Masters of Houston, Inc. of the City of Pearland , County of Brazoria , and State of Texas, as principal, and United Fire & Casualty Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner) in the penal sum of $6,124,000.00*** (*See Below***) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: (*Six Million One Hundred Twenty -Four Thousand Dollars and No/100***) WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the day of 20 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: City Hall Complex Renovation Project City Hall and Annex City of Pearland Texas COP PN: FA0904 BID NO : 0216-24 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the one-year period from the date of substantial completion, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. 07/2006 00612 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 30th day of November , 2016, Principal: Construction Masters of Houston, Inc. By: ' �1 'Justin Davis Title: Vice —President Address: 3908 Third Street Pearland, Texas 77581 Surety: United F 'suaCom By: a Mar Smith Title: Attorney -in -Fact Address: 118 Second Avenue S.E. an Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Telephone: (281) 997-2640 Telephone: (800) 343-9130 Fax: (281) 485-4702 Fax: (888) 726-9738 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL -FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 07/2006 00612 - 2 of 2 UNITED FIRE Si. CASUALTY COMPANY,. CEDAR RAPIDS, IA UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY; WEBSTER, TX FINANCIAL PACIFICINSURANCE COMPANY, ROCI£LIN,'CA CERTIFIED COPY OF POWER OF ATTORNEY (origmal on file at Home Office of Company — See Certification) VNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS,That UNITED FIRE'& CASUALTY COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the. State of Iowa; UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of axas; and FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY a. corporation duly :organized and existing under the laws of the State of California (herein collectively called the Companies) and havingtheir coGrate headquarters tr Cedar Rapids, State of Iowa, does make, constitute and appoint rp qq A A.<SHOTWELL, JR;., OR 'MARK SMITH OR BETTY BUSH, OR JOSEPH CHARLES BLACKSHEAR, JR., OR DONNA' WEINEL OR KATY KURTZ, ALL INDIVIDUALLY of TEXAS°CITY TX Jjujuur es: Surety l�epa tment I18 SecS4 Ave SE Cedar Rapids;'IA 5240I their true and lawful Attorney(s)=in-Fact with power andauthority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute in its behalf all lawful box ds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature provided that no single obligation shall exceed $15 , 000 , 000.00 and to bind the Companies thereby as fully and to the same. extent as if such instruments were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies and all of the acts of said Attorney pursuant to the authorityhereby given and hereby ratified and -confirmed The Authority hereby granted is continuous and shall remain in Tull force and effect until revoked by UNITED'FIRE'& CASUALTY COMPANY, UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY AND FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant'to and by authority of' the fdI1d i ig bylaw duly adopted on May I5; 2013, by the Boards of Direc ors of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, and FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY. Al tide VI — Suret) Bonds and Undertakings" Section 2, Appointment of Attorney -in -Fact. "The President or any Vice President, or any other officer of the Companie§ may fromd time to time, appoint by written certificates attorneys -in -fact to act in behalf of the Companies in the execution of policies of insurance, aonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. The signature of any officer authorized hereby, and the Corporate:seal, may be affixed by, facsimile to any power of attorney or special power of attorney or certification of either authorized hereby; such signature and seal, when so used, being adopted by the Companies as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Companies,. to be valid "and binding upon the Companies with the same force and effect as though manually affixed Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority shall have full power to bind the Companies by their signature and execution of :any::such instruments and to attach the seal of the Companies thereto. The President or any Vice President the Board of Directors or any other officer of the Companies may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney -in -fact. `j11u111...- CAS[�Ii h CORPORATE r. • SEAL "`'oNDEMH 1// 4, 0F' �qCORPORATE % =• F - ▪ Z 7.p se 3E 17;7 SEAL State of Iowa, County of Linn, ss: V :On:28th day.of April, 2015, before me personally came Dennis J. Richmann to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say; that he resides in Cedar Rapids; State of Iowa; that he is'a Vice President of UNITED FIRE .&..CASUALTY COMPANY a Vice President of UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, and a. Vice President of FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY the corporations described tii and width executed the above instrument that he knows the seal of saidicorporations; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such;corporate seal; that rt was; so affixed pursuant to authority given by. the Board ofDirectors of.said corporations and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to.like authority, and acknQss ledges saine to be. the act and deed of said corporations :• u111111i11",,,,, IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the COMPANIES have each caused these presents to be signed by its vice president and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 28th day of Apr 1.1 , 2015 UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY By: Vice President GINS '/, 4.1•\ PP oq 61+0 t Q' _f 22,, O, 0' =V: :vT` s• 1986 : A ' FOP„ '';,"hA,RRN80O‘‘\‘‘‘ J •dith A Davis ter y Iowa Notarial Seal Commission number 173041 My Commission Expires 04/23/2018 Notary Public My commission expires: 04/23/2018 II; David' A. Lange, Secretary of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY and Assistant Secretary;of 'j' ITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, and Assistant Secretary of FINANCIAL PACIFIC: INSURANCE' COMPANY, do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of he Section of the bylaws and: resolutions of said Corporat ons as set forth:in said Power,Qf Attorney with he ORIGINALS ON FILE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID CORPORATIONS, and that the Sallie are correct transcripts thereof, and of the Whole of the said onginals, and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and .is now in full force and ,effect In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Corporations 16 this 30th day of November &tit sm,,,,',,, 'O CORPORATE t$DE •:4 4." `M1?1. ca e CORPORATE �`\F\G iNaLfj9 QP�'GORPOfjq•�'t'pu, hul• • c) ^, 3. sEAL �, SEAL O 1986.? _ iQFd D3 :A' '�yw .9<bRa` �'.. , 20 Secretary; OF&C Assistant Secretary, OF&UFPIC BPOA0049 0115 c tol UNITED FIRE GROUP IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBTAIN INFORMATION OR MAKE A COMPLAINT: United Fire & Casualty Company United Life Insurance Company Addison Insurance Company Lafayette Insurance Company Insurance Brokers & Managers, Inc. American Indemnity Companies You may call United Fire Group's toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 800-343-9130 You may also write to United Fire Group at: United Fire Group Attn: Bond Department P.O. Box 73909 Cedar Rapids, IA 52407-3909 -or street address - United Fire Group Attn: Bond Department 118 Second Avenue SE Cedar Rapids, IA 52401 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND. This notice is for information only and does not become a part or a condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Section 2253.48, Governmental Code, and Section 53-202, Property Code, effective September 1, 2001. HOME OFFICE: 118 Second Avenue SE, PO Box 73909, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52407-3909 Phone: 319-399-5790 FAX: 319-399-5425 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agieement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the preparation of plans and specifications of this Contract. The term CONSTRUCTION MANAGER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Construction Manager identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the performance of the work of this Contract. The Owner's representative on the project site shall be the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or ENGINEER as designated. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement, which documents, excluding such documents as may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound together in a Project Manual for the Work. All references to the "Contract' or the "Agreement" m these General Conditions of Agreement shall include the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be binding as if required by all. In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall govern in the following order: (1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders; (2) Standard Form of Agreement; (3) Special Conditions of Agreement; (4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No. 1 — Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 — Agreement for Final Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 — Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor; Addenda, if any; Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual; Instructions to Bidders; Bid Proposal; and 10-2012 00700 - 1 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (9) Exhibits: The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein, and are a part of this Contract In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Contract Documents, or the Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more stringent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER. Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of the Contract, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. 1 .03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of work on the Project. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor. 1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person or by electronic means through the Pro-Trak to the individual or to a partner of the partnership or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual, partnership joint venture or corporation or company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement. 1.05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents. 1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work' , as used in this Contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans Extra work shall be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed, as authorized basis only. 1.07 WORK DAY: As used herein, a "Work Day" is defined as any Monday through Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager or 10-2012 00700 - 2 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pay all charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the performance of any such approved work. Refer to paragraph 7.05 for procedure to determine cost for Construction Management and Inspection Services for work on non -work days. 1.07-1 RAIN DAY: As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during which weather related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record Rain Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time. (See 1.12 Contract Time below) 1.07-2 IMPACT DAY: As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Work Day. (See 1.12 Contract Time below) Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost to conditions that prevented the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time. 1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month or year no days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)' shall mean calendar day(s). 1 .09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED: The terms `Substantially Completed" or "Substantially Complete" or `Substantial Completion" as used in this Contract, shall mean that all major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy, including appropriate documentation from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's recommendations, the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER. Upon compliance with the above referenced criteria, ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: designation will be given on components of the Work that must be placed into service prior to the completion of the entire Work. The contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and make all such designations. 1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES. Whenever the words "directed", ` permitted' , ` designated", "required", `ordered", ` considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, opinion designation or presciiption of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is intended. Similarly, the words "approved", ` acceptable' , `satisfactory" or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. 10-2012 00700 - 3 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Whenever in the Specifications or Plans of the Contract Documents, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS. No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein, refers to the number of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with Paragraph 6.09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions. The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the number of Impact Days granted for delays, in the opinion of the Owner, beyond the control of the Contractor. The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for delays. 1.13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR The term "Construction Inspector" here in includes those professionals engaged by the OWNER to ensure CONTRACT work's compliance with the specifications and any applicable statutory requirements. 1.14 BALANCING CHANGE ORDER is a change order executed during the close-out process that may add/remove pay items, or adjust quantities of existing items or remove unused pay items or quantities Balancing Change Orders are used to reconcile the unit cost of the work performed or installed by the Contractor. 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. Prior to commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or 10-2012 00700 - 4 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance between the Contract Documents and applicable codes, standards or ordinances, shall be promptly reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information. Work performed prior to a Request for Information shall be at the Contractor's risk. If CONTRACTOR fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CONTRACTOR had reported any errors, omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the Contract Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or which should have been noted by a careful study of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Contract Documents all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the Contract Documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed or installed, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the purpose of performing constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire. The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS. All plans, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets forming the part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the Work. All plans and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations, additions and deletions as the OWNER may see fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line grade, form, dimensions, plans or specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding Performance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the value of the Work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation or damages, including lost or anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work, then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the 10-2012 00700 - 5 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 OWNER -ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's hability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work; therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as provided in Article 7. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the OWNER'S representative shall have the authority to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 KFEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with four (4) copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of redlines during closeout. 3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein described and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion or change. No failure or omission of the OWNER'S representative to discover, object to or condemn any non -conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation the obligation to at once remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non -conforming or defective work or material. Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 10-2012 00700 - 6 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3.04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER will make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional /or engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the Contract Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on -site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the CONTRACTOR Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the Work. 3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES. In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds of Work, which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall address all questions in relation to said Work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a. reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions arising relative to the execution of the Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract. If the CONTRACTOR or OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation or instructions of the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04. 3.06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed an acceptance of any defective or non -conforming Work. Any recommendation of payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to OWNER's rights to withhold payment under Section 6.11 and as otherwise provided in the Contract. 10-2012 00700 - 7 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation 4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions including but not limited to weather, access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws, codes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. Neither the act 10-2012 00700 - 8 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a. waiver of any immunity fiom suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary. The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 — Wage Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 — Wage Scale for Building Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual. 4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 4.05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS. In the event the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25 000.00 the statutory bonds will not be required. All required Bonds shall be payable to OWNER and on forms approved by the OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7.19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such original Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER. The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, should Maintenance Bonds be required, shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal. All bonds shall be issued by Texas Department of Insurance approved surety companies. 4.06 INSURANCE The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee Period, insurance as specified in Attachment No. 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No. 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.07 PERMITS AND FEES. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are received. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit. 4.08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. 10-2012 00700 - 9 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at due time of purchase. 4.09 CONTRACTOR S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR, and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The Superintendent cannot be removed from the project without the consent of the Owner the Superintendent must speak and understand the English language; the Superintendent must be on site when any work on the project is being done, even when a subcontractor is performing the work. The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. 4.10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work without the ENGINEER'S written consent. OWNER reserves the right to bar any person subcontractor, or supplier found to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or not using their best efforts to progress work or considered to be a threat to the health, safety and welfare to the project or workforce. 4.11 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment, machinery, supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and accepted. The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only with the ENGINEER's written permission, and at 10-2012 00700 - 10 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection, placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings or structures. 4.12 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR s buildings. 4.13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris, trash and waste. The CONTRACTOR shall remove waste, debris and trash at the end of each work day. CONTRACTOR shall remove all such debris, trash and waste, tools, scaffolding and surplus materials, and shall leave the Work broom -clean or its equivalent, upon completion of the Work. The Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris, trash, waste and surplus materials, and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 4.14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCELERATE THE WORK. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be inadequate to achieve the progress required to Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment, or work shifts or overtime, or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own cost and expense. 4.16 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of construction surveying and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 4.17 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules 10-2012 00700 - 11 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed The ENGINEER s approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required Contract Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and within the Contract Time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Contract Documents, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR s performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with the Contract Documents. OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR shall make all submittals, review comments, notes, corrections, schedules and updates, testing results, payment applications instructions and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Pro-Trak. The OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies form this system as are required for their specific record keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version document. All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions or other documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee. 4.18 ENGINEER -CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any 10-2012 00700 - 12 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subordinate engineer representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4.19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe, inspect and test the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation, inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation, inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation, inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work, then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved, is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, and any Work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, certifications, tests or approvals made by the OWNER the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this Agreement to make such inspections tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.20 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the Work or any part thereof or any material brought on the site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract, It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 10-2012 00700 - 13 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Contract Documents, the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods incident to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Contract Documents, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Contract Documents so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the Project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and persons entering the project site, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person as a result of his operations hereunder. The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary machinery guards safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades, fences, traffic control, warning signs and other safety devices. 10-2012 00700 - 14 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices shall be allowed on the Work site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug uses with a doctor's authorization to perform construction activities shall be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a default under the Contract. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase or being under the influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight (8) hours. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty by ENGINEER, or OWNER's representative to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, LOSS, COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE, LOSS, COST OR EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER. 4.24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE AND WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF EQUIPMENT POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably 10-2012 00700 - 15 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR. 4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF. 4.26 INDEMNIFICATION THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY UNION TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE. THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS SUITS, LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE 10-2012 00700 - 16 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT, LIABILITY, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE: (A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR; OR (B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINEER AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with the provisions of Section 130.002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents, servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans, designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of any construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property injury, or any other expense that arises from personal injury, death, or property injury. This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work. CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to be provided under this Contract. 4.27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. All loss, cost, expense or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 10-2012 00700 - 17 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.28 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material in every particular and free from defects or deficiencies in workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use; and agrees to replace or to re -execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its required replacement or re -execution. This guarantee shall cover a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under the Contract, as evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non -conforming material or workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies or non -conforming Work discovered after one year. If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other warranties or guarantees, the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern. 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER or such other contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, an updated schedule with every pay estimate for review by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedules shall show completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delayed. 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by strikes, lockouts, fires, Acts of God, or by any other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any such delay, of the cause of any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time from the CONTRACTOR, supported by relevant and all requested documentation, the 10-2012 00700 - 18 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the OWNER foi consideration. If the delay is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or suppliers, and if the OWNER determines that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of time under the terms of the Conti act, the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, and such extension of time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy, except as may be otherwise provided herein. No extensions of Contract Time shall be made for delays occurring prior to the Contractor's mobilization as defined in Section 01505 MOBILIZATION. The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein incorporates 40 Rain Days per calendar year or an average of 3.33 days per calendar month. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep record of all weather related delays and to submit the monthly count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during preparation of the Balancing Change Order, the status of the work progress requires an extension of the Contract Time, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total number of Weather or Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original Contract Time. The Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when added by Change Order. If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be added. The addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy for delays to the completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the Contract Price through any `per diem' adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs or any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time. 5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances and delays incident to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing material, workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs or expense resulting from interference, disruption hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of the OWNER s representative and such stoppage or suspension is not attributable to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR. 5.04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part for such period of time as OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension. No adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract Documents. 5.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY: It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified herein or in any Notice to Proceed, and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further 10-2012 00700 - 19 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT agrees that a failure to complete on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertaimnent will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damages and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the Standard Form of Agreement. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain by reason of the CONTRACTOR S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether rt be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy. 5.06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME• The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly, but in no event later than ten (10) days after the event -giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim, along with supporting data, shall be delivered withm thirty (30) days of the occurrence and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a minimum, the following data: A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing Contract and in addition to the Contract. B. Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the event. C. Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects the project's critical path. 5.07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault, breach of contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard 10-2012 00700 - 20 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for any such delays. Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR. 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6 01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Contract Documents, he shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work to be performed and has provided sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. 6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES. This Agreement, including the Contract Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to convey all Work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and for comparing the Bid Proposals offered for the Work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated, and/or any difference between estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages, unit price adjustment, quantity differences, unrecovered overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation. 6 04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work described in the Bid Proposal and Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices bid by the CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as interpreted by the ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance premiums taxes, overhead, and profit. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the Contract Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that the Contract is a unit cost agreement, unless stated otherwise, and that the final Contract amount is equal to the unit cost multiplied by the number of units authorized, installed and approved by the Owner. The OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for 10-2012 00700 - 21 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, Contract Documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part nor shall any certificate approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient or non -conforming Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work, or any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount, prior to the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the various portions of the Work and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's Application for Payment. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment, being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations and as approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only. No payment will be made for materials stored until OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives CONTRACTOR's apphcation for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR; or, if the ENGINEER finds that CONTRACTOR's application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR, and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment. All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to ENGINEER and all verifications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Pro- Trak system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software. 10-2012 00700 - 22 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Such applications for payment shall not be considered complete unless accompanied by the CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien and Payment Affidavit, Section 00615, duly executed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding amount of the payment application. The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of ENGINEER's receipt of the apphcation for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable retainage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a corrected application for payment after its receipt of the ENGINEER's notice of error or dispute, and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above. As a condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release of all claims direct or indirect, at law or in equity arising out of or related to the Work to date, excluding retainage or any claims previously submitted as required under the terms of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by CONTRACTOR in the release. OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount thereof. Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth under "6.08 FINAL PAYMENT." The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retainage to less than the above -stated percentages. 6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST. The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's taking possession, give OWNER written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 6.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof, is ` Substantially Complete". Such notification shall include a list of all outstanding or incomplete items Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time thereafter of such notice the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of the Work to determine 10-2012 00700 - 23 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and the ENGINEER shall prepare a detailed list of unfinished, incomplete, defective and/or non -conforming Work (` Punchlist"). If the ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of non -conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete, ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the Work is not Substantially Complete Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities, pending final payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance, utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR THE OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR MAJOR NATURE, AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the time period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the Owner and ENGINEER. 6.08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER may establish an access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR's uninterrupted access to the Work for the purposes of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner. 6.09 FINAL PAYMENT. Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as: (a) the Work, including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work, has been fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents; (b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive final payment; (c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER; (d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any, to final payment; (e) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As -Built Drawings, reflecting all deviations from the Plans Specifications and approved shop drawings in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating manuals and/or instructions; 10-2012 00700 - 24 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (f) (g) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to occupancy and all other required inspections / approvals / acceptances by city, county, state governmental entities or other authorities having Jurisdiction; CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties from subcontractors, vendors suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names, addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor, vendor, supplier or manufacturer; (h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment, tools, temporary facilities, surplus materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER's satisfaction; (i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No. 2, executed by CONTRACTOR; (j) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, etc'. in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in OWNER's sole discretion; and (k) the Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any claims previously made in writing by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third party actions, cross -claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non- conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the Contract Documents. 6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER'S premises all materials, equipment or Work which is defective or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, whether actually incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within ten (10) business days after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense. 10-2012 00700 - 25 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. If within one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a written notice from OWNER to do so. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faulty materials or defective workmanship; to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER's insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies, which exist at common law or by statute. These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to OWNER at law or in equity. 6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may withhold, or on account of subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER from loss on account of: (a) Defective or non -conforming Work not remedied; (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; (c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to adjacent or adjoining property; (e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract amount; (f) (g) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise; (h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion; and/or 0) Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction, the withheld payment shall be made promptly. If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost 10-2012 00700 - 26 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law CONTRACTOR shall give the notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 2251.051 of the Texas Government Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein. 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7.01 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS. During the progress of the work, if subsurface, latent physical conditions or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature are encountered at the site that differ materially from those indicated in the contract or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER's Representative in writing within three (3) calendar days of the specific differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed. (a) Upon written notification, the ENGINEER will investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excluding anticipated profits will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. The ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of the determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b) No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the CONTRACTOR will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has provided the required written notice. (c) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on unchanged work. 7.02 SUSPENSIONS OF WORK ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER. If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended by the ENGINEER in writing for seven (7) calendar days and the CONTRACTOR believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a result of such suspension, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request for adjustment to the ENGINEER within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment. (a) Upon receipt, the ENGINEER will evaluate the CONTRACTOR's request. If the ENGINEER agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions beyond the control of and not the fault of the CONTRACTOR, its suppliers or subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather, the ENGINEER will make 10-2012 00700 - 27 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT an adjustment (excluding profit) and modify the contract in writing accordingly. The CONTRACTOR will be notified of the ENGINEER's determination, in writing, whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b) No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has submitted the request for adjustment within the time prescribed. (c) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance would have been suspended by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract. 7.03 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the Work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time, which may result from the change. 7.04 In accordance with paragraph 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends, the Owner's Construction Manager shall, upon receipt of written notice by the CONTRACTOR of the need to conduct work on otherwise non -Work Days, prepare a cost estimate for providing Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested period and submit this to both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the Construction Manager shall prepare a Deductive Change Order in the amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to start of work on any non -Work Day. 7.05 MINOR CHANGES. The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. CONTRACTOR's commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time arising out of or related to such changed work. 7.06 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either altered, added or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change Directive, or for which a claim for Fxtra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods: Method (A) --By Contract unit prices applicable to the work, if any; or 10-2012 00700 - 28 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Method (B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or Method (C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) can be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "Actual Field Cost" of the work plus: a) For subcontractors performing work mark-up shall be limited to fifteen percent, ten (10%) for the subcontractor plus five (5%) for the General Contractor or b) For the General Contractor alone, self -performing the extra work, without subcontractor, the mark-up shall not exceed ten percent (10%), as full and final compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or indirect, arising out of or related thereto. In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract Documents, plus all payments to subcontractors for such work. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actual Field Cost" shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contiactors of America where practicable. The mark-up of the ` Actual Field Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field Cost" as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's field office must be maintained solely on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "Actual Field Cost.' No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a written Work Order. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER s orders or instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance 10-2012 00700 - 29 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work but shall merely constitute a direction to the CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof as provided under Method (C). Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten (10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the ENGINEER The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties If the ENGINEER shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR s claim within thirty (30) days of the date of submission or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim, and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0, within sixty (60) days after the date of submission to the ENGINEER, or such longer penod as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 7.07 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the Pro-Trak system and filed with the ENGINEER within three (3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER s decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR's request, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the parties in writing. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the meeting, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason, to timely file a Request for Mediation, the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the CONTRACTOR s failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a waiver forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 10-2012 00700 - 30 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.0 DEFAULT 8.01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, of if the CONTRACTOR otherwise defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days written notice of default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to take over or cause others to take over the Work or any part thereof, and to complete such Work for the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work in conjunction with the notice of default, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of default, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery, equipment or tools and store same at CONTRACTOR's expense; return such machinery, equipment or tools to their purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit. Any materials, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR then said CONTRACTOR shall be credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand; or 10-2012 00700 - 31 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the completion contract, as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall have been Finally Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety. Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their reputed owners. 8 02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES If CONTRACTOR at any time shall, in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in 10-2012 00700 - 32 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT accordance with OWNER's direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to supplement CONTRACTOR's forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER. 8.03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. All rights and remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/or available at law or in equity, are cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its subcontractors, vendors or suppliers fails or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation, erection, construction or completion of any supplies, materials, expendables, equipment, machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, essentially unique to the Project and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jurisdiction to ensure the timely furnishing of such items. 8.04 CROSS -DEFAULT. If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER, whether related to the Project or not related to the Project, OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under the Contract. 8.05 INSOLVENCY. It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR becomes a debtor in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR'S performance of the Work. Accordingly, it is agreed that should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of the filing with the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events, OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors, trustees or receivers, adequate assurances of future performance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two (72) hours of such request, OWNER shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as provided by law. Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit, from any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if OWNER failed to exercise such remedies. 8.06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT. CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/or purchase orders 10-2012 00700 - 33 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective upon CONTRACTOR s default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract, and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, for the direct benefit of OWNER. In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor, then OWNER shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER s acceptance and thereafter. OWNER's liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of CONTRACTOR s default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR s termination for default, the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records of subcontractor relating to the Work. 8.07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. CONTRACTOR expressly waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER, including, but not limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses, including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity, business and reputation, and claims for lost profit, whether on this Contract or otherwise. 8.08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OWNER may at its sole discretion, upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so. Upon receipt of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date of termination, and less amounts previously paid, subject to any reasonable backcharges attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for interruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience. 10-2012 00700 - 34 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall default on its material obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER's failure to pay CONTRACTOR a disputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Conti act or applicable law, as addressed by Section 6.13 of this Agreement, and shall fail of refuse to cure, or to commence and diligently pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been incorporated into the Work And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by said CONTRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially completed Work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER s payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty (30) days after OWNER s receipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACTOR arising out of or related to such default by OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default. A disputed or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder. 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract, and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to, the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless mutually agreed otherwise the mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation shall be filed with the other party. The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. If a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase orders related to the Work a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to being joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such subcontractor or supplier. This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered performable in Brazoria County, Texas, for venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration hearing shall be in Brazoria County, 10-2012 00700 - 35 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the county where the Project is located. CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by arbitration or other dispute resolution process Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in such proceeding. 10-2012 00700 - 36 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. DEFINITIONS: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") . A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the Project. Duration of the Project includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the contractor's/person's work on the Project has been completed and the Project warranty period has expired. Persons providing services on the project includes persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with due contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, motor carriers and owner - operators, (as defined at Section 406.121 of the Texas Labor Code), leasing companies, and employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. ` Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. ` Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. E. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing services on a project, and provide to the OWNER: (I) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 05/2007 00700 - A 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. NOTICE REQUIRED WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." I. The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, too: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; (2) provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the Proj ect: 05/2007 00700 - A2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (3) provide the CONTRACTOR, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the Project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the OWNER to pursue all rights and remedies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity, if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. 05/2007 00700 - A3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain contract between [Contractor's Company Name] (hereafter `CONTRACTOR") and the City of Pearland (hereafter "OWNER") for the Project known as [Official Project Title] (the `Contract"), the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER either individually if a proprietorship, or jointly and severally by all general partners if a partnership, or if a corporation by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation: 1. The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that the Application for P ayment for the Final Payment under the Contract and the final Change Order issued under the Contract if any, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", are true, correct and accurate, and that CONTRACTOR has received payment in full for all other Applications for P ayment submitted under the Contract, and that CONTRACTOR has been fully compensated for all labor, materials, equipment and/or services furnished in connection with the Contract, except for the Final Payment. 2. It is agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of Final Payment in the amount as set out on the attached Application for P ayment, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE OWNER of and from all manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, at law or in equity, in contract or in tort, now existing or which may hereafter accrue, arising out of or related to the Contract, any Change Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor, materials, equipment or services furnished by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 3. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers subcontractors, or other entities performing services or supplying materials or equipment, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. 4. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the Contract, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a modification waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER. 05/2007 00700 - B 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the _ day of , 20 CONTRACTOR: By: Signature Print Name: Title: [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign; if a partnership, each general partner must sign; if a corporation, the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of , 20 by , a Texas corporation, under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter, By -Laws or Minutes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR: Bye President ATTEST: Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) [This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] 05/2007 00700 - B2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: I (We) am (are) the person(s) who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I (we) have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I (we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. CONTRACTOR - Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me, the day of 20. Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] 07/2006 00700 - B3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Contractor's Sworn Release, whose names are set out above, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation, pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of said corporation, the By -Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation; and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of 20 . Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: 07/2006 00700 - B4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement: 1.1 Owner Parties. "Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and assigns, and the Engineer, (b) any officers, employees, or agents of such persons or entities, and (c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any. 1.2 Contractor. "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be performed under this Agreement. 1.3 Subcontractor. "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier. 1.4 ISO. "ISO" means Insurance Services Office. 2. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties 2.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein: 2.1.1 represent Owner Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity obligations as contained in this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance coverages the Contractor should or should not maintain for its own protection; and 2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor in support of the Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement. Neither the requirements as to insurance to be carried as provided for herein, the insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the Contractor, nor the failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing, shall be held to affect, negate or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement. 2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material breach of, and default under, this Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the Ownei, the Contractor will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages and penalties resulting to the Owner Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance requirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner. In the event of any failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall have no obligation to do so and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused from the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages. 10-2012 00700 - Cl CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3. Conditions Affecting All Insurance Required Herein 3.1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.2 Status and Rating of Insurance Company. All insurance coverage shall be written through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed and rated no less than A-: VII in the most current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide 3.3 Restrictive, Limiting, or Exclusionary Endorsements All insurance coverage shall be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required herein in any manner without the prior express written approval of the Owner 3.4 Limits of Liability. The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less than the amount required herein. 3.5 Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal, or Material Reduction in Coverage. All insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision* In the event of cancellation, non -renewal, or material reduction in coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to the certificate holder by certified mail or registered mail, return receipt requested. 3.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor, whether required herein or not. 3.7 Deductible/Retention. Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required herein shall contain a deductible or self -insured retention in excess of $25,000 without prior written approval of the Owner. All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. 4. Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter as required: 10-2012 00700 - C2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance 4.1.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of all locations and operations of the Contractor, including but not limited to liability assumed under this contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract). Defense shall be provided as an additional benefit and not included within the limit of liability. 4.1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent). 4.1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less than: Each Occurrence Limit General Aggregate Limit Product -Completed Operations Aggregate Limit Personal and Advertising Injury Limit 4.1.4 Required Endorsements $1,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000 $1,000,000 a. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on any of the following: i. ISO form CG 20 10 11 85; or ii. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85; or iii. a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01; or iv. any form providing equivalent protection to Owner. b. Designated Construction Project(s) Aggregate Limit. The aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement through use of an ISO CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent. c. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. d. Personal Injury Liability. The personal injury contractual liability exclusion shall be deleted e. Primary and Non -Contributing Liability. It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that all insurance required herein shall be primary to all insurance available to the Owner Parties. The obligations of the Contractor's insurance shall not be affected by any other insurance available to the Owner Parties and shall seek no contribution from the Owner Parties' insurance, whether primary, excess contingent, or on any other basis. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be endorsed to provide such primary and non- contributing liability. f. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 10-2012 00700 - C3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.1.5 Continuing Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work completion date. 4.2 Auto Liability Insurance 4.2.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any auto (including owned, hired, and non -owned). 4.2.2 Form Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA 0001 or its equivalent). 4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 4.2.4 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3 6, above. 4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance 4.3.1 Coverage. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows: 4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than: Employer's Liability: $1,000,000 each accident and each disease. 4.3.3 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5 above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3 6, above. 4.4 Umbrella Liability Insurance 4.4.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all coverages described above and shall include a drop -down provision for exhaustion of underlying limits. 4.4.2 Form. This policy shall have the same inception and expiration dates as the commercial general liability insurance required above. 10-2012 00700 - C4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.4.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $5,000,000. 4.4.4 Continuing Umbrella Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4.5 Professional Liability Insurance 4.5.1 Coverage. The Contractor shall provide professional liability insurance for any professional design or engineering drawing required by the work. Such insurance shall indemnify the Owner from claims arising from the negligent performance of professional services of any type, including but not limited to design or design/build services as part of the Work to be performed. 4.5.2 Form. This insurance shall include prior acts coverage sufficient to cover all services rendered by the Contractor and by its consultants under this Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a Claims -Made basis. 4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 4.5.4 Continuing Professional Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4.6 Builder's Risk 4.6.1 Insureds. Insureds shall include: a. Owner General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as Named Insureds; and b. subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds. 10-2012 00700 - C5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.2 Covered Property. Such insurance shall cover: Form a. all structure(s) under construction, including retaining walls, paved surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass, foundation(s), footings, underground pipes and wiring, excavations, grading, backfilling or filling; b. all temporary structures (e.g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false work, forms, site lighting temporary utilities and buildings) located at the site; c. all property including materials and supplies on site for installation; d. all property including materials and supplies at other locations but intended for use at the site; e. all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit; and f. other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached. a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special form, shall be provided on a completed -value basis, and shall be primary to any other coverage insurance available to the insured parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non- contributing. b. No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted. c. Required coverage shall further include: i. Additional expenses due to delay in completion of project (where applicable) ii. Agreed value Damage arising from error, omission or deficiency in construction methods design, specifications, workmanship or materials, including collapse iv. Debris removal additional limit v. Earthquake (where applicable) vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage (where applicable) vii. Expediting expenses viii. Flood (where applicable) ix. Freezing x. Mechanical breakdown including hot & cold testing (where applicable) xi. Notice of cancellation non -renewal or $ TBD Included without sublimit Included without sublimit 25% of direct damage loss $ TBD $ TBD $ TBD $ TBD Included without sublimit Included without sublimit Included 10-2012 00700 - C6 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT material reduction — 60 days prior written notice to each insured xii. Occupancy clause, as required in F, below xiii. Ordinance or law xiv. Pollutant clean-up and removal xv. Preservation of property xvi. Replacement cost xvii. Theft xviii. Waiver of subrogation as required in G, below. Included Included $ TBD Included Included Included Included without sublimit without sublimit without sublimit 4.6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided in an amount equal at all times to the full replacement value and cost of debris removal for any single occurrence. 4.6.4 Deductibles. Deductibles shall not exceed the following: a. b. c. d. All Risks of Direct Damage, Per Occurrence, except Delayed Opening Waiting Period Flood, Per Occurrence Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler Leakage, Per Occurrence $5,000 5 Days $25,000 or excess of NFIP if in Flood Zone A, B or V $25,000 4.6.5 Termination of Coverage. The termination of coverage provision shall be endorsed to permit occupancy of the covered property bemg constructed so long as such occupancy does not exceed 20% of the usable area of the property. This insurance shall be maintained in effect, unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following dates: a. the date on which all persons and organizations who are insureds under the policy agree that it shall be terminated; b. the date on which final payment as provided for in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached, has been made, or c. the date on which the insurable interests in the Covered Property of all insureds other than Contractor have ceased. 10-2012 00700 - C7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be endorsed as follows: a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds. b. The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows: Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole or in part, your rights to any recovery will come first, and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you have been fully compensated for the loss. 5. Intentionally left blank. 6. Evidence of Insurance 6.1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence of the insurance coverage required to be maintained by the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance evidence of insurance, and endorsements issued by the insurance company or its legal agent, and must be furnished to the Owner prior to commencement of Work and not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall be provided to the Owner prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements. 6.2 Form 6.2.1 All property insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 28, `Evidence of Property Insurance". 6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 25, "Certificate of Insurance". 6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall specify: 6.3.1 6.3.2 6.3.3 6.3.4 6.3.5 6.3.6 6.3.7 The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address. Insured's name, which must match that on this Agreement. Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy number of each coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described herein, and signature of authorized representative of insurance company. Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed. Additional insured status required herein. Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions. Cancellation, non -renewal and material reduction in coverage notification as required by this Agreement Additionally, the words "endeavor to' and 'but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon Company, it agents or representatives shall be deleted from the cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form. 10-2012 00700 - C8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.3.8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits required herein. 6.3.9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein. 6.3.10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein. 6.3.11 Waivers of subrogation required herein 6.4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be provided. 6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of any Owner Party to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. 6.6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10) days of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy. 6.7 Commencement of Work. Commencement of Work without provision of the required certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement, shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by the Owner. 7. Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors 7.1 Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all subcontractors containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability as required herein, and make them available to the Owner upon request. 7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site, including tools and equipment, and shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance of property. Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this risk, it is expressly agreed that the Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause its 10-2012 00700 - C9 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of the Owner Parties. 8. Use of the Owner's Equipment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and condition for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery, tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any and all loss or damage which may arise from such use. 9. Release and Waiver. The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting m or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance whether required herein or not, or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including the deductible and/or uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement. 10-2012 00700 - C 10 DATE(MM/DDIYYYY) 2/24/2016 Acorns) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE THIS CERTIFICATE 1S ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER, THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW, THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER, IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder Is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Hotchkiss Insurance Agency, LLC - Houston 13430 NW Freeway, Suite 600 Houston TX 77040 INSURED Construction Masters of Houston, Inc. P.O. Box 1587 Pearland TX 77588 CONSMAS-03 NAME: Certificates Houston PHONE 713-956-9800 (A1r No Ftri). EMAIL certsh hiallc.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER A :Depositors Insurance Company FAX Nor 713-956-0331 INSURER B :Travelers Lloyds Insurance Company INSURER C : NAIC 11 42587 41262 INSURER D INSURER E : INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 1338480895 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS INSR A X TYPE OF INSURANCE COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: JPECOT- POLICY OTHER: LOC ADDL INSD SUER WVD POLICY NUMBER GLD07254799735 POLICY EFF (MMIDDIYYYY) 2/24/2016 POLICY EXP (MM/DD/YYYYJ 2/24/2017 LIMITS EACH OCCURRENCE DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) MED EXP (Any one person) PERSONAL & ADV INJURY GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG 4 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X ANY AUTO ALL WNED HIRED AUTOS X SCHEDULED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS BAPD7254799735 2/24/2016 2/24/2017 COMBINED BISINGLE LIMIT a $ 1,000,000 $100,000 $5,000 $1,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000 $ BODILY INJURY (Per person) si,000,000 S BODILY INJURY (Peraccident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) S S A B UMBRELLA LIAR EXCESS LJAB OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE DED 1 X RETENT ON SO WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Builders Risk YIN N/A CAD7254799735 QT6607997P545TLC16 2/24/2016 3)1 /2016 2/24/2017 3/1/2017 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,000 AGGREGATE $5,000,000 1 PER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT OTH- ER S S E, L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE S E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT S Per Location 5,000,000 Per Occurrence 5,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS 1 LOCATIONS 1 VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached If mo e space is required) The general liability policy includes blanket additional insured endorsements (CG7323 1214 & CG7434 0512) that provide additional insured status for ongoing & completed opeartions when required by written contract The auto liability policy includes a blanket additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status when required by written contract. The general liability and auto policies include blanket waiver of subrogation endorsements that provide this feature when required by written contract. The general liability policy includes a special endorsement with Primary and Noncontributory wording, (CG7323 1214). The certificate holder is named as Toss payee/mortgagee with regard to the Builders Risk policy and is subject the terms and conditions applicable to this policy. Umbrella will follow the underlying policies See Attached... CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Dr Pearland TX 77581 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 1 �.. ACCPRIS AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: CONSMAS-03 LOC #: ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 1 of AGENCY Hotchkiss Insurance Agency, LLC - Houston POLICY NUMBER CARRIER NAIC CODE NAMED INSURED Construction Masters of Houston, Inc. P.O. Box 1567 Pearland TX 77588 EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE* CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE subject to the policy terms and conditions. The general liability and auto policies include a notice of cancellation endorsement, providing for 30 days' advance notice if the policy is cancelled by the company other than for non-payment of premium, 10 days' notice after the policy is cancelled for non-payment of premium. The endorsement does not provide for notice of cancellation if the named insured requests cancellation. ACORD 101 (2008101) a 2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD el e'RU® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MMIDD!YYYY) Il 9/30/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder Is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder In lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER SUNZ Insurance Solutions LLC 1301 6th Avenue W Bradenton, FL 34205 INSURED Resourcing Edge I, LLC 1309 Ridgp Road Rockwall TX 75087 CONTACT NAME: PRONE jNc tip Ext), $$AtieRhss: INSURER A INSURER fl : INSURER C : INSURER D : INSURER E 1 INSURERF: 941-308-3077 FAX (A/C No); INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE SUNZ Insurance Company Aspen Re - London - Best Rating "A+" Chaucer Syndicate - Lloyds - Best Rating "A+" Faraday Syndicate - Lloyds - Best Rating "A+" NAIC 34762 • REVISION NUMBER: Wall ,IS THIS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES, LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS, INSR ADDL BURR POLICY EFT POLICY EXP yTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD 41VO POLICY NUMBER IMMXIOrniYt (MMIDDIYYYY) LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ CLAIMS -MADE OCCUR DAMAGI PREM SES Ea a JI Msat 5 - MED EXP (Any one parson) $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GENERALAGGREGATE $ GENT_ AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY I I PEA I LOC PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $ 1 OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILELIABIUTY (CROMPBINLe0iSINGLELIMIT ANY AUTO BODILYGGINJURY (Per parson) $ — OWNED — SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS MIRED _ NON -OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per acdanl) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY T $ UMBRELLA LtAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $ $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION WCPE0000042501 10/1l2016 10/1/2017 f ?ERTUTE _ I ERH AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY E L EACH ACCIDENT S 1,000,000 ANYPROPRIETORIPARTNERIEXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMSEREXCLUDED? �YIN I 1 N /A E,L,DISEASE -EAEMPLOYEE $ 110001000 (Mandatory In NH) If DESCRIPTION yes, describe under OF OPERATIONS below EL, DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000.000 B C D Workers Compensation Excess Coverage This is for and nothing under such Informational shall reinsurance. create purposes any right DESCRIPTION Coverage Effective date: OF OPERATIONS provided 10/1/2016 for 1 LOCATIONSIVEHICLES all leased employees (ACORD but not 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, subcontractors of: Construction may be attached If Masters of Houston more apace Is required) Inc. 3908 3rd St. CERTIFICATE HOLDER City of Peariand 3519 Liberty, Dr Pearland TX 77581 1 CANCELLAT SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Glen J Distefano 4-044 clear ACORD 25 (2016103) 32166044 I Master Cesti£Lcate 1988 2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD I Karen Nield 19/30/2016 4:13:02 PM (EDT) 1 Page 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1.01: The OWNER'S representative on the project site is: telephone: 281. 652. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER is: telephone: The CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR is: telephone: ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4.05: A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. Attachment No. 3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor, Article 4.6 Builder's Risk — Builder s Risk Insurance is Required/ Not Required for this project. ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.08 Add Article 5.08: The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly and shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract, the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year, proportionate to the original Contract Time. General Notes: Sections 00100 Invitation to Bidders, 00200 Instructions to Bidders and 01505 Mobilization all make reference to provision by the CONTRACTOR of a laptop computer for use by the OWNER'S representative or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. BIDDER is Required/ Not. 2-24-12 00800 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Required to provide this equipment or include this cost in the Bid. See Section 13730 for full details regarding this computer equipment. Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet access in the Field Office. BIDDER is Required/ Not Requiredto provide either a Field Office or any internet access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control Documents. Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times, in both directions. No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day. Contractor Wi11/ Will Not be required to provide an on -site construction office for the duration of this project. END OF SECTION 2-24-12 00800 - 2 of 2 General Decision Number: TX160282 04/01/2016 TX282 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20150282 State: Texas Construction Type: Building County: Brazoria County in Texas. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.15 for calendar year 2016 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the solicitation was issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.15 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2016. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number 0 1 2 3 Publication Date 01/08/2016 01/15/2016 03/18/2016 04/01/2016 * ASBE0022-009 12/01/2015 Rates Fringes ASBESTOS WORKER/HEAT & FROST INSULATOR (Duct, Pipe and Mechanical System Insulation)....$ 22.78 11.90 BOIL0074-003 01/01/2014 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER $ 23.14 21.55 CARP0551-009 04/01/2015 Rates Fringes CARPENTER (Excludes Drywall Hanging, Form Work, and Metal Stud Installation) $ 22.50 8.33 * ELEC0716-005 08/31/2015 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN (Excludes Low voltage Wiring and Installation of Alarms) $ 30.25 9.08 ELEV0031-003 01/01/2016 Rates Fringes ELEVATOR MECHANIC $ 39.24 29.985+a FOOTNOTES: A. 6% under 5 years based on regular hourly rate for all hours worked. 8% over 5 years based on regular hourly rate for all hours worked. New Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; Friday after Thanksgiving Day; Christmas Day; and Veterans Day. ENGI0450-002 04/01/2014 Rates Fringes P OWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR Cranes $ 34.85 9.85 IRON0084-011 06/01/2015 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL $ 23.02 6.35 IRON0135-002 12/01/2014 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL $ 28.25 9.25 * PLAS0079-004 01/01/2015 Rates Fringes P LASTERER $ 19.92 1.00 P LUM0068-012 10/01/2015 Rates Fringes P LUMBER (Excludes HVAC Pipe Installation) $ 29.64 9.49 P LUM0211-010 10/01/2015 Rates Fringes P IPEFITTER (Including HVAC P ipe Installation) $ 31.73 10.31 S HEE0054-003 07/01/2014 Rates Fringes SHEET METAL WORKER (Excludes HVAC Duct and Unit Installation) $ 25.67 12.39 SUTX2014-008 07/21/2014 Rates Fringes ACOUSTICAL CEILING MECHANIC $ 16.41 3.98 BRICKLAYER $ 19.86 0.00 CAULKER $ 15.36 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER$ 13.33 0.00 DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER $ 16.30 DRYWALL HANGER AND METAL STUD INSTALLER $ 17.45 ELECTRICIAN (Alarm Installation Only) $ 17.97 ELECTRICIAN (Low Voltage Wiring Only) $ 18.00 FLOOR LAYER: Carpet $ 20.00 FORM WORKER $ 12.57 GLAZIER $ 19.12 INSULATOR - BATT $ 14.87 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING $ 12.10 LABORER* Common or General $ 10.55 3.71 3.96 3.37 1.68 0.00 0.00 4.41 0.73 0.00 0.00 LABORER* Mason Tender - Brick...$ 13.37 0.00 LABORER* Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete $ 10.86 0.00 LABORER* Pipelayer $ 12.94 0.00 LABORER: Roof Tearoff $ 11.28 0.00 LABORER: Landscape and Irrigation $ 9.49 0.00 LATHER $ 19.73 0.00 O PERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe $ 15.56 0.00 O PERATOR: Bobcat/Skid O teer/Skid Loader $ 13.93 0.00 O PERATOR: Bulldozer $ 20.77 0.00 O PERATOR: Drill $ 16.22 0.34 O PERATOR: Forklift $ 15.64 0.00 O PERATOR: Grader/Blade $ 13.37 0.00 DPERATOR: Loader $ 13.55 0.94 O PERATOR: Mechanic $ 17.52 3.33 O PERATOR: Paver (Asphalt, Aggregate, and Concrete) $ 16.03 0.00 O PERATOR: Roller $ 16.00 0.00 PAINTER (Brush, Roller and Spray), Excludes Drywall Finishing/Taping $ 16.77 4.51 ROOFER $ 15.40 S HEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Duct Installation Only) $ 20.05 S HEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Unit Installation Only) $ 19.67 S PRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers) $ 22.17 0.00 4.19 2.24 9.70 TILE FINISHER $ 12.00 0.00 TILE SETTER $ 16.17 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: 1/Single Axle Truck $ 14.95 5.23 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck $ 12.39 1.18 TRUCK DRIVER: Flatbed Truck $ 19.65 8.57 TRUCK DRIVER: Semi -Trailer Truck $ 12.50 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Water Truck $ 12.00 4.11 WATERPROOFER $ 14.39 0.00 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by t he wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union n egotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning w ith characters other than "SU' or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate w ere prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: P LUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i e., P lumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current n egotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Jnion prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for t his classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a w eighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non -union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey o n which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. S urvey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. U nion Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the ✓ ate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in t he example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that dentifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a w eighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the ✓ ate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process d escribed in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. W ith regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U .S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. W ashington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Section 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas Government Code), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing iates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than five (5) feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. (Attach the current wage rates. Number the pages 00811-2, 00811-3, etc.) 10-2012 00811 - 1 of 1 July 5, 2016 To All Prospective Respondents RE: BID #0216-24 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT ADDENDUM NO. 1 A non -mandatory MEP walk through of City Hall and City Hall Annex buildings is scheduled for 3:30 on Thursday, July 7tn The sign in sheet from the mandatory pre -bid conference that was held on Thursday, 6/30 has been uploaded to the Attachments tab. If we can be of further service, please do not hesitate to contact me at the email address listed below. Sincerely, Julie Blackmore Buyer City of Pearland ebids@pearlandtx.gov Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Date: 07 - 11 — 2016 PROJECT: City Hall Complex Renovation Project; (City Hall and Annex Buildings) BID NO.: 0216-24 BID DATE: July 19, 2016 @ 2pm FROM: Susan Dieterich, R.A. LEED Design Architect Ziegler Cooper + HBL 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77002 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. I. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1. 00100 Invitation to Propose: regarding the schedule; the Owner will require 10 business days maximum to move into the completed phase and out of the next phase. 2. 00300BID PROPOSAL PART A: Replace with attached. (Note: Revision to description of the DEMOLITION line item and the addition of Add Alternates #8, #9, & #10) 3. 0800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT: replace with attached. II. SPECIFICATIONS: 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: Add attached in its entirety 01 23 00 Alternates, Revise the following (note: revised to match BID TAB): 1. Alternate # 1: Renovate the two elevators in City Hall as indicated on Drawings and specified in Division 14 Section "Elevator Rehabilitations." Including all associated demolition, if any. 2. Alternate #2 : Convert A 13 7 and A 13 8 to showers as indicated in the Drawings. Including all associated demolition, if any. 3. Alternate #3: Install suspended acoustical ceiling with 24" square panels at 12'-0" above finished floor in lieu of open structure design in the Annex. Omit painting of the structure and deck above as well as suspended acoustic panels and ductwork. Including all associated demolition, if any. 4. Alternate #4: In lieu of wall finish indicated on drawings provide epoxy painting on existing CMU. Including all associated demolition, if any. 5. Alternate #5: Provide prefabricated aluminum protective cover at mechanical yards indicated on the Drawings and Specifications. Including all associated demolition, if any. 6. Alternate #6: Provide interior finish out at north half of the City Hall third floor including but not limited to electrical, HVAC, interior partitions, ceiling panels and wall and floor finishes as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications. Including all associated demolition, if any. 7. Alternate #7: Impact resistant film applied to existing glazing as indicated in Drawings and specifications. Including all associated demolition, if any. 8. Alternative #8: Provide interior finish out at south half of the City Hall third floor including but not limited to electrical, HVAC, interior partitions, ceiling panels and wall and floor finishes as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications. Including all associated demolition, if any. 9. "Alternate #9: Provide interior finish out at north half of the City Hall second floor including but not limited to electrical, HVAC, interior partitions, ceiling panels and wall and floor finishes as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications. Including all associated demolition, if any." 10. Alternative # 10: Provide Elkay LZS 8WS SP water fountains instead of specified. Including all associated demolition, if any. 05 40 00 COLD FORMED METAL STUDS: Add this section in its entirety. 08 62 34 TUBULAR SKYLIGHTS: 1. Section 2 03 Tubular Daylighting Devices, item B. Product, change the Model Number to 750DS-O. a. Item B.2.; Omit Light Tracker Reflector b. Item B.3.: Roof Flashing Base: i. Pre -manufactured roof curbs model CPC-GAP-1 to be provided by TDD manufacturer for installation by roofing subcontractor (or general contractor). 11. Curb Insulator: Type CI, Thermal isolation material for use at curb base c. Item B.5.b: Reflective Tubes: Top Tube Angle Adapter and Bottom Tube Angle Adapter Kit, Type AK: i. Reflective 0-45 degree adjustable top and bottom angle adapters (one each), 16 inches (406 mm) long. Minimum 2 per unit. 23 00 00 COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS — Part 1-GENERAL, Section 1.1 SUMMARY, shall read as follows: A. Section includes common and individual requirements for the following City of Pearland facilities: 1. Pearland City Hall 2. Pearland City Hall Annex bldg. 23 64 23 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS — PART 2-PRODUCTS: 2.1. A. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements and owner building standards, provide the product indicated on the Drawings: 1. Carrier. (Remove references to other manufacturers) 23 73 13 MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR HANDLING UNITS PART 2- PRODUCTS: 2.1. A: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements and owner building standards, provide the product indicated on the Drawings: 1. Carrier. (Remove references to other manufacturers) III. CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: Sheet A 1.10 Move the ETU shown on the Annex roof over Room A 112 Re: Structural sheets. Sheet A3.12 Remove Door A 114 and related hardware. Existing frame to remain, infill and paint Sheet E2.01: 1. Added tags to existing panels. 2. Added note tagged note #3, reads as followed: (a) REFER TO MEP PHASING SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. Sheet E2.11: 1. Fire alarm control panel has been added in mechanical room 119. Fire alarm control panel shall be demo. Coordinate demo with phasing. 2. FM200 panel added to IT room 114. Coordinate demolition with phasing. Sheet E2.12: 1. Lights fixture added to rooms 268 and 269. Coordinate removal of light fixtures with phasing. Sheet E2.13: 1. Added various light switches to plans for demolition. Sheet E3.11: 1. Move light switch. Sheet E3.13: 1. Removed lighting fixtures in conference room 334 north side. Sheets E3.01, E3.12, and E3.13. 1. Add type `X 1 ' exit sign to the doors mark as A104, A150, and 209. Refer to architecture plans for door numbering. Extend nearest lighting circuit to exit sign. Provide constant hot to all exit sign. 2. Add fixture type `X2' exit sign to the door mark as 315 and 316. Refer to architecture plans for door numbering. Extend nearest lighting circuit to exit sign. Provide constant hot to all exit sign. Sheet E5.00: 1. Changed various light fixtures part numbers. Change a few fixtures to dimmable fixtures. Sheet UE1.01: 1. Add (2) two 4" conduit between the Annex IDF and City hall MDF room for Fiber. See sheet for routing. 2. Add (1) one 2" conduit between the Annex Electrical room and City Hall south mechanical room for controls. 3. Add (1) one 2" conduit between City Hall south mechanical room and Mechanical Yard for controls. Replace the following sheets with the attached: A1.10, A3.11 Sheet MO.1 Sheet P1.1, P3.3, P3.4 Sheet E2.01, E2 11, E2.12, E3.01, E3.11, E3.12, E3.13, E4.11, E4.12, E4.13, E5.0, UE1.01 II. CLARIFICATIONS: 1 A generator is no longer part of the contract. 2. Reupholstering seats is no longer part of the contract. 3. Asbestos will be abated by the Owner before the construction is to begin. 4. The Contractor is responsible for moving any built-in items that get relocated in this Contract. The Owner will be responsible for moving non -built in items such as furniture and appliances that are not part of casework. 5. Temporary restrooms will be required for construction personnel. 6. The City will provide parking area to the south of the Annex building for lay down of building materials in neat orderly arrangement as determined by the Owner and for Contractor personnel parking. 7. The last day for an Addendum to be issued will be July 15. III. MEP Q&A: A. Will the existing Fire Sprinkler system remain for use with the new floor layout? 1. RESPONSE: THE EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER PIPING SYSTEM IN THE CITY HALL BUILDING CAN BE RE -USED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S DISCRETION. IT WILL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL NFPA-13 COMPLIANT SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN THE CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS. THE CONTRACTORS PRICING SHALL INCLUDE ALL WORK AND MATERIALS, AND MUST COORDINATE WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES AS REQUIRED BY THE FINAL BUILDING CONFIGURATIONS. B. Will the owner take the responsibility of disposing of demolished equipment and materials? 1. RESPONSE: NO. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL COSTS OF LAWFULLY DISPOSING OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS. THE OWNER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. COORDINATE WITH OWNER REQUIREMENTS. IV. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS: 1. All openings in CMU walls left by removal of devices shall be filled with CMU and painted. 2. All openings in brick walls left by removal of devices shall be covered with prefabricated device covers. 3. All openings in remaining walls left by removal of devices shall be filled with construction to match existing and painted. 4. Some openings will need to be made into existing slabs for utilities. There are specifications to follow including 02 41 19 Selective Demolition. To date we have seen nothing indicating any post tensioned concrete. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 Susan Dieterich, AIA, LEED AP Project Manager ZCA+HBL r Z `d z •• C7 r Z r z "o z Cam" Z z Z b Z "0 7_ r z ^0 x d Z W W W (J tJ tJ tJ (J tJ tJ tJ - - .. Cash Allowances .^.. No CaO J 0 (Alternate Wort W t J .--. ,Rase Rid J .-. Cash Allowances Cash Allowances Alternate Work Items Alternate Work Items Alternate Work Items Alternate Work Items tJ Base Bid W - _ 0- Base Bid .- Iternate Work Items Iternate Worl W to Work Items •--• `-• - '--' .-. .--. .-. -- IN ..... .-- -_. .-. - Quantity Cash Allowances I r w r w r w r w �1 r w r ci) r cf r J Base Bid 0 Iternate Worl r w r w r w r w Interior Signage Allowance: As approved (S20,000.00) Allowance: Work approved by owner (S50,000.00) Alternative #8: Provide interior finish out at south half of the City Hall t not limited to electrical, HVAC, interior partitions, ceiling panels and wa indicated in the Drawings and Specifications. Including all associated de. Alternate #6: Provide interior finish out at north half of the City Hall third floor including but not limited to electrical, HVAC, interior partitions, ceiling panels and wall and floor finishes as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications. Including all associated demolition, if anv. Alternate #5: Provide prefabricated aluminum protective cover at mechanical yards indicated on the j Drawings and Specifications. Including all associated demolition, if any. Alternate #4: In lieu of wall finish indicated on drawings provide epoxy painting on existing CMU. Including all associated demolition, if any. Alternate #3: Install suspended acoustical ceiling with 24" square panels at 12'-0" above finished floor in lieu of open structure design in the Annex. Omit painting of the structure and deck above as well as suspended acoustic panels and ductwork. Including all associated demolition, if any. Alternate #2: Convert A137 and A138 to showers as indicated in the Drawings. Including all associated demolition, if any. Alternate #1: Renovate the two elevators in City Hall as indicated on Drawings and specified in Division 14 Section "Elevator Rehabilitations." Including all associated demolition, if any. Renovation Summary of work: Furnish and install all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for renovations to the buildings and their systems as shown on the construction documents, including but not limited to, replacement and new construction for mechanical, electrical, plumbing, building and structural. Demolition: Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidental the extent shown on the drawings, including all demolition activitie facilities. The demolition shall be performed so as to not disrupt op item shall not include demolition activities associated with specific Description Spec Reference 19: Provide interior finish out at north half of the City Hall sect cited to electrical, HVAC, interior partitions, ceiling panels and d in the Drawings and Specifications. Including all associated a pact resistant film applied to existing glazing as indicated in Drawings and :luding all associated demolition. if any. Demobilization: Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for obilize and demobilize. Shall include all costs for Contractor's insurance and bonds, administration expenses and utilities. This item shall not exceed more than three (3) Bid amount of this contract. )del #ezH2O instead of specified. Including all Complete Contract Documents Complete Contract Documents Complete Contract Documents a (J 4s O O 0 Complete Contract Documents Complete Contract Documents Complete Contract Documents a < tJ V) O <• 0 00 <• '.p �. O Div. 14 Complete Contract Documents o IJi (J 0 0 u 0 VI - a Complex Renovation Project CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1.01: The OWNER'S representative on the project site is: telephone: 281. 652. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER is: _ telephone: The CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR is: telephone:_ ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4.05: A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. Attachment No. 3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor, Article 4.6 Builder's Risk — Builder's Risk Insurance is Required for this project. ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.08 Add Article 5.08: The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract, the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year, proportionate to the original Contract Time. General Notes: Sections 00100 Invitation to Bidders, 00200 Instructions to Bidders and 01505 Mobilization all make reference to provision by the CONTRACTOR of a laptop computer for use by the CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OWNER'S representative or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. BIDDER is Not Required to provide this equipment or include this cost in the Bid. See Section 13730 for full details regarding this computer equipment. Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet access in the Field Office. BIDDER is Not Required to provide either a Field Office or any internet access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control Documents. Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times, in both directions. No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day. Contractor Will be required to provide an on -site construction office for the duration of this proj ect. 1. EXPLANATION OF PROPOSALS AND ALTERNATIVES: REF: SPECIFICATIONS 2. WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES: REF: SPECIFICATIONS 3. PREVAILING WAGE RATE DETERMINATION: Pursuant to the Uniform General Conditions/Supplementary General Conditions, the following schedule indicates the prevailing wage rate determination determined by the Owner. PREVAILING WAGE GUIDELINES: Pursuant to Article III, Paragraph 3.1, of the Uniform General Conditions, the Contractor is responsible for compliance with the prevailing wage law in accordance with the City Prevailing Wage Guidelines. Compliance includes submission of wage rate notification forms for all workers on the project. See Exhibit "A" 5. SECURITY: The Contractor is responsible for security of the construction area and staging areas for the project. The Contractor may employ unarmed security personnel for their areas of control, but must notify the Owner of any such firms or employees. 6. PROJECT CLEANLINESS: The Contractor shall provide manpower- for janitorial work in order to keep all offices, office toilet rooms, and portable toilets cleaned, attend to drinking water and supplies. Trash, construction debris, and mud shall not be allowed to accumulate anywhere on the project, whether in the building, on the grounds, in the adjacent areas, or on the streets serving as delivery and haul -off routes for the work of this CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT project. This project requires a thorough cleaning of all affected areas at least once a week, more frequent cleaning as may be directed. 7. SITE AND AREA MAINTENANCE: The Contractor shall erect erosion control at the perimeter- of the site and otherwise control migration of construction debris and dirt to public areas adjacent to the project site. 8. NOISE CONTROL: Equipment locations and tinning or sequence of work operations shall be coordinated so as to not conflict with the continuing use of adjacent buildings and/or create any unnecessary interference with other building occupants. 9. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PROCEDURES: REF: SPECIFICATIONS 10. MATERIALS ON HAND: Upon receiving a letter to precede the contractor will purchase and store major items for the project. The items to be stored are as follows: • Mechanical equipment • Plumbing equipment • Electrical fixtures • Roofing materials • Sheathing The equipment stored will be indicated on the first request for payment, listed under the column of stored materials. 1 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation .02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component. 1.03 PRODUCTS A Products: Means material, equipment, or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. 2. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. 3. Basis -of -Design Specifications: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of - design product," including make or model number or other designations, to 10/2012/Facilities 01600 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT establish the significant quantities related to type, junction, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of addition manufacturers named in the specification. B Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified by the Contract Documents. C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size, type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.05 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor. 1.06 DELIVERY A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site and to accommodate the following: 10/2012/Facilities 01600 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1. Work of other contractors or the Owner. 2. Limitations of storage space. 3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4. Owner's use of premises. C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Irnrnediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 61.07 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site. If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the Owner, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 10/2012/Facilities 01600 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.08 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials, and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. C Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager. F Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate. G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. Damage to lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. I Store materials in manufacturers' unopened containers. 10/2012/Facilities 01600-4of5 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. K The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Project Manager. 2.0 PRODUCTS NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 10/2012/Facilities 01600 - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Options for making product or process selections. B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes, including pre - approved, and approved products or processes C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Product: Means, materials, equipment, or systems incorporated into the Work. Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re -use. B Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS A Pre -approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Technical Specifications as "pre -approved". Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable under this Contract and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B Approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal". Approval of alternate products not listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through provisions of this Section and Section 01350 — Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to Pre -approved Products. C Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible, provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make, or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner. Revised 10/2012/Facilities 01630 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A Furnish information the Architect deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to establish the equivalency between products which enables the Architect to make such a j u grnent. C If the Architect determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in the Technical Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.06 ARCHITECT'S REVIEW A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Architect. The Architect's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Architect to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner. C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner. 1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified. B Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along with the product information within fourteen (14) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. C After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following information: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect, and installing contractor. Revised 10/2012/Facilities 01630 - 2 of3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 3. For construction methods: a. Detailed description of proposed method. b. Shop Drawings illustrating methods. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. . 5. Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule 6. Relationship to separate contracts, if any. 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8. Other information requested by the Architect. E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION Revised 10/2012/Facilities 01630 -3 of 3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS P EARLAN D, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 05 40 00 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes exterior non -load -bearing wall framing. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold -formed steel framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. 2. Indicate reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For cold -formed steel framing. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For each type of code -compliance certification for studs and tracks. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code -Compliance Certification of Studs and Tracks: Provide documentation that framing members are certified according to the product -certification program of the Certified Steel Stud Association, the Steel Framing Industry Association, or the Steel Stud Manufacturers Association. B Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2 AWS DI.3/D1.3M, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel." C. Mockups: Provide cold -formed metal framing and accessories required to construct integrated exterior mockup specified in Division 01 Section "Mockups." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements," to design cold -formed steel framing. COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 - 1 Issued July 8, 2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Structural Performance: Provide cold -formed steel framing capable of withstanding design Toads within limits and under conditions indicated. 1. Design Loads: Determine positive and negative wind pressures according to ASCE/SEI 7 using wind speed criteria indicated on Structural Drawings. 2. Deflection Limits: Design exterior non -load -bearing framing framing systems to withstand design Toads without horizontal deflections greater than 1/360 of the wall height. 3. Design framing systems to provide for movement of framing members located outside the insulated building envelope without damage or overstressing, sheathing failure, connection failure, undue strain on fasteners and anchors, or other detrimental effects when subject to a maximum ambient temperature change of 120 deg F. 4. Design framing system to maintain clearances at openings, to allow for construction tolerances, and to accommodate live load deflection of primary building structure as follows: a. Upward and downward movement of 1 inch. 5. Design exterior non -load -bearing wall framing to accommodate horizontal deflection without regard for contribution of sheathing materials. C. Cold -Formed Steel Framing Standards: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, framing shall comply with AISI S100, AISI S200, and the following: 1. Wall Studs: AISI S211. 2 Lateral Design: AISI S213. 2.02 COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating designation as follows: 1. Grade: As required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G90 or equivalent. B. Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows: 1. Grade: As required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G90. 2.03 EXTERIOR NON -LOAD -BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches. B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: Matching steel studs. 2 Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches. COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-2 Issued July 8, 2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass and head clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web. D. Single Deflection Track: Manufacturer's single, deep -leg, U-shaped steel track; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, of web depth to contain studs while allowing free vertical movement, with flanges designed to support horizontal loads and transfer them to the primary structure, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1 inch plus the design gap for one-story structures. Double Deflection Tracks: Manufacturer's double, deep -leg, U-shaped steel tracks, consisting of nested inner and outer tracks; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges. 1. Outer Track: Of web depth to allow free vertical movement of inner track, with flanges designed to support horizontal Toads and transfer them to the primary structure, and as follows: a. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. b. Flange Width: 1 inch plus the design gap for one-story structures. 2. Inner Track: Of web depth indicated, and as follows: a. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch. b. Flange Width: 3 inches. 2.04 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel -framing accessories from ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated steel sheet, of same grade and coating designation used for framing members. B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated, as follows: 1. Supplementary framing. 2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. 3. Web stiffeners. 4. Anchor clips. 5. End clips. 6. Foundation clips. 7. Gusset plates. 8. Stud kickers and knee braces. 9 Hole -reinforcing plates. 10 Backer plates. 2.05 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. B Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, threaded carbon -steel headless, hooked bolts, or headless bolts, with encased end threaded, carbon -steel nuts, and flat, hardened -steel washers; zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 - 3 Issued July 8, 2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Post -Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with bolts of same basic metal as fastened metal, if visible, unless otherwise indicated; with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC01 or ICC-ES AC308 as appropriate for the substrate. 1. Uses: Securing cold -formed steel framing to structure. 2. Type: Torque -controlled expansion anchor or torque -controlled adhesive anchor. 3. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon -steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Material for Exterior or Interior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless -steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594. D. Power -Actuated Anchors: Fastener systems with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. E. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion -resistant -coated, self -drilling, self -tapping, steel drill screws. 1. Head Type: Low -profile head beneath sheathing; manufacturer's standard elsewhere. F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780/A 780M. B. Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. C. Shims: Load -bearing, high -density, multimonomer, nonleaching plastic; or cold -formed steel of same grade and metallic coating as framing members supported by shims. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, conditions, and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Install Toad -bearing shims or grout between the underside of load -bearing wall bottom track and the top of foundation wall or slab at locations with a gap larger than 1/4 inch to ensure a uniform bearing surface on supporting concrete or masonry construction. COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 - 4 Issued July 8, 2016 ZCA + HBL 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Install cold -formed steel framing according to AISI S200, AISI S202, and manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Install field -fabricated, cold -formed framing and securely anchor to supporting structure. 1. Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce flush, even, true -to -line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch. C. Install cold -formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold -formed steel framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. Comply with AWS D1.3/D1.3M requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners, install according to Shop Drawings, and comply with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration. D. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. E. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads equal to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. Do not bridge building expansion joints with cold -formed steel framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. G Install insulation, specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation," in framing -assembly members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work. H. Fasten hole -reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's approved or standard punched openings. 3.04 EXTERIOR NON -LOAD -BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure. B Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows: 1. Stud Spacing: As indicated on Drawings. C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D. Isolate non -load -bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 - 5 Issued July 8, 2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Install single deep -leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structure. 2. Install double deep -leg deflection tracks and anchor outer track to building structure. 3. Connect vertical deflection clips to infill studs and anchor to building structure. 4. Connect drift clips to cold -formed steel framing and anchor to building structure. E. Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced vertically in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1. Channel Bridging: Cold -rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs. 2. Strap Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud -track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. 3. Bar Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Top Bridging for Single Deflection Track: Install row of horizontal bridging within 12 inches of single deflection track. Install a combination of bridging and stud or stud -track solid blocking of width and thickness matching studs, secured to stud webs or flanges. 1. Install solid blocking at centers indicated on Shop Drawings. G. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall - framing system. 3.05 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Install cold -formed steel framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D Cold -formed steel framing will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.07 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold -formed steel framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780/A 780M and manufacturer's written instructions. COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 - 6 Issued July 8, 2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that cold -formed steel framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 - 7 Issued July 8, 2016 • -a _ "A tiA OS 3NIO333X3 H)ON1Yn]8 ]N1 80J OS 83d l ONY OS 1511U S3HfUUJ JO H3811nN nMlNln - SS3Nl5n8 S11I2131VM1 ONIONnoaans Smooth, hard, non-obsoroenl 31IS NO SNOISN3W10 AJId3A 1'cn 1. o y0 b� 0 0V 11 030lA08d 1V1O1 038111038 1V101 9. i 4 i M r rt 3: 0' m -44 tT CD a w mm a O • O 0 lea 0 1 n 2 2 N S1VNI811/13S013 831VM r c > 0 0 7J m to A x 5 11! ae 49. 03OIAOad 1V10l 1 J JD✓ a V i 1 1 03dI110321 lylol O. 0.4 C, a a '0 m O 1.41 m he• P 0, Ir AA AA 1 1 1 1 N 1') N N ac' a a O LP 0 0 > > > S _ lilt U' N N N N a a CC CPI •-3 Z CO CD C V>1 N m a- n m Nr lw v AA AA u - N N • a Cr a a O N O O r r I I r - )J N N m n C v -4 slvNlan /13so13 431VM r O 1V101 £L£ - SINVdnDDO 0 •i Z w ant OO O JP V =.l.4N - ;q rmst i �_ yi g I'i1 j a 11" i! 4.1..1 i 4 f 11111/111 itfilii il i S jt 1 S 1 a a rl ! Pt 8 . a d 3 i III a 1 7. q i , ,i4l a7 . '•'4 1 R ./ i 9 3 3 a i 1 3 c4. � _77$;fas I: i' •.q " $i q i ii' 1 Y 9 S z g lilt' 1s a : 1; i c1i:ia i - s $r �R a 3 a I- Y E1e '; Ili liar: :a S 4 t # f1 1 ' V f sa • 1 1.4 2 Z m X u tr• :HLOUA SS38O3 030/53143NI SLNVdn030 ZI c 0 OvOTINvdfJ30 fa • o o • V ti• Cn F -4 go z N Lel n CP Zit x zm rn al. n O X Z r 0 A t A8 031ldulnn 30 n c gg m - o N - u s"It im oD t! 0 0 r 1 0 r AS A n O 0 8 u 0 O s 2 n a,tt.. a 0 11 n rrn r^1 n CV Z r 0 ma 4-1 00 O n z 9 A C m A N 0 w - w 3 b • n 6 1 • nn 44 0 0 m 2 0n n zm 95 SIG ok 3 pn ; 143 a ▪ oc z 2 zy! tJ v Mu. 2 0' tJ a O, a O2 -4 HLOIM SS3803 O00/S3HONI SINVdn030 A 0 v SLNvdn330 69 $ 2 ayol 1Nvdn3Jo N z 0 pO a. 0° 444 ` off^, . g ✓ n 00 n ?-13 ri N aN w a a slams lvntov 03MO11v S3WOLS w M 0 w t„.N _ V a is O d H Cm Zen OM am An 80 n z O z w- a N - F V . v_ V ; °i'!i � (Milli a4l141sii 11111 H =fR_i'R�,iai;sf;11�14.I il!IlltOli ill ift iiii 11411 II dilsal i �9 K fill" 1 a2ajg 11Ili1a11 it,s la 5.1 . a I Aal Vigil a S ill It Ill lfi9 1 s SV' JA N s oe§ Z •S I°'� C i I atit a ; a I ;Ill 5 • a rg s o£ tole c v J 0 t-1 n v n nii 2242 On. on m▪ i n n n? v ' v ZCM V Z D O m O nm pz -nppn pn - Sa38mM3 1ONn03 iv Al8n35Sv HLIM SS3NISn8 NOI13n1LLSN00 F N N N N V r o o0 oa' 00 / , =v.vvvv ` ` 0zzzzzzol o •JAAAAAA12�2Z22� y2y �Y99 9 CT7 5gst��ggP 1•-r inn-_+C maPp d' n n r-/ wicEo + J u<Bz n c$Znn N o m - 942 ng� n O re p n N > F�D = U, z r r In a 4g 6 y n 2 0 n n ti 0 4 r 2 c 1 3A121a QM3SAGVIIS f J LIBERTY DRIVE Eva a PrtW., 9. 9. vs u-i 0 An 0 1 1 1 I J 0 z Ytl PLAZA 1) 1 Cap M r 1 r-1 r� 7- 0 Z 1, co .1100 .44 1 1 1 1 mammon Qomvsys0 Z '1> n-- 11- 134 - 1Iti.9- IMP K04 TLC l•° PnZ -I41 0...v 13 ,.-C- B ? o 9LOz cz 3Nnr •wa t t' ^ l J (no CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT 0 =N • is I 1 g i AODENDuu No 2 .--1 d ,��� , ,* • • j; ' It r - \ i I'o >Z r • c . a j b o Texas D U1 t 0 to r Xorri r sysk ,p) vs 12*CD ,o m ®� zc, II O ®O O 0 O 0000 0 z 2 on A JO laud SY 83A03 030•312110138d ,Ot NEW MONUMENT SIGN WITH DOTAL BOARD, BY OTHERS tots 1N3nnNOn HSnO1130 F g e 1N303 Hai din 3N 'ONNvd HSrTOn30 Z 8 m • 9 nm 92 n 02 > N 0 0 Z cA 'o CONFIRM EXISTING CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK 0 O 0 P Q Z n a 0 0 0 G310N 1Vlefi3N39 O = 1~11 2 ▪ n �0 Ff+ c0 5 n Y x n H 0 0g R. O • � M ▪ g -4-4 eg co O V , am __ C ec C• m =t F is Xnv 2-t % n m cc) -4n t=D S3D 0* QF 0 m Z n 0n n N z n g 0 • 2 Z -. a z pn O z 2 O 3, 11M1 3O6 153M 0 Z zn n 0 0 20 o n C M g n; im VI 4 c p7 z < 2 n N 1 to 0 r O O O 2 * 33n Z IDen e;� r GN3D3-0 NV1d "LOS CD 74 n z g -44 H 03�II JNISVHd -4 x 0 )14 PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM FRAMING ONInYHJ nnwlnnlY O]HSINIJ-3Rd T. 0 \ y V CD Z C r a > Z m F c crn rn i 0 0 Z 0 m 0 CO F 0+ PRC-FINISHED ALUMINUM FRAMING 3.-6* 5.- 6' H 9 1'-101 •\ A I ,'•%. > O O 37 0 a 0 0.3 m O > r 2'-2' S'-0' 1 -1D' 2'-2' 4•-ln' 9-0'. 7-2' 5'-0' Jr1'-10' 74. N -4 ti -1 -4 a Iz ti 9' 14/43 12 • I 2-2' S-O• 1'-10' ,\ . . $ ,, ' N Co 14/4312 -4Cg 87 1.-W. A > , , \ J\ \ •\ \ •, %, , I4/4312 _ C O C 0 A a • rri A 0 O)' • Z a� I • > • n> H H 0 RI PLANS IOR OVLNALL LENGTH ONY .0L NM18 ONI3vdS ltln • m 0 C Ja 4 -4 A ]druni X3NNV 33N383JN03 X]NNM S3]IJJO X3NNV SMOONtM NOILOVSNVMJ X]NNV A:':01 X3NNV AB801 X3NNr S3fY8J JO d0L ,0-.6 ONIRYeLl nfNlnnly 03HSINIj-31id PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM FRAMING PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM FRAMING 1V13n MOTION z n rn 1< ON!nYR 1tl13n M0110N 9.- D' 1'- 10' O 0 -4 14/1512 9'-O. d-O. 0 tic.ST arras 5-o' ,1'-10' , . `, ', \,\ N .\'• ,.Y o A t I4/►312 •• • �' •\ > \ • ,\ J L :1•, I =: • •; •' , > 0 0 441 O C N 0 r F� m m Zr-, zz Ct V PPo Gig 1.71 a Pz m 47) 9z n D Z n 3 - 6' 6' 14/A3 12 5.- O' / Ite P O C > r 03 A • • • 03 A rn P rn 0 12'-8- +/- MATCH EXIST, ACROSS ROOM JST FIT IN EXISTING OPEN •'• • •I.•> (- z� n / •. •• •• ` f z z MUST FIT IN EXISTING OPENING \ \ • I• L ' \ > N \ • �• .\ '•y. &I � •.\\ \ \_ \ ,, \ •, I A •'. .\ \• ` •\ \ � \ ` N a 4 A 303d - I1VH AID I' U; a I• 0 ; ' •\ • :\' \ -�'\ / / mar• 1�1 • ti I V // // L // 1 � -sii //// O • r. 1• • a is -41 // H // I a m // (R + n o 9 -40/4/ // I 9.- 0' 00 t m vs a. Z F �+ x 0 r - 41 C z C C 2 -2' 5'-0' 1'-10' D • N. 1 m -4 •• > • 1 C et 0 N 0 i A U n 0 C C co 61 0.3 C �C] U 5 Z21 OIOZ CZ 3Nnr wro A 7 C r 0 L9 m n H SMOUNLIM 9 S2IO0Q sexe j 'puei S f 0 I hg L v C Z 0 N NInY8J nnNlnnly 0]NSINIJ-3Nd 9-0' 1'-1' 51- 0' 1 -10' o La c Oc N pp1 U C r CD -41 n f Ca �r -0' J i-2' 0 z 5'-0' I.- ID. • i > •\`.• .,� > } U 0 la \ L • a I 0 14/1312 6'- 0' ' U U U 14 /43 13 O o O OS 0 A I D m0 xn 0g O Co _$ 2 C c ^ 't— V1 v 0 O 5 0 ♦r- PE GOOK SCEPIAE Sr. I-E 0 3lna3H3S 800a 38 omle FE DOCR SCI-EO!ILE FE' (KKR SCHEDULE s A A NO NH311V4 Z0L N33113S xlr5 FL D009 SCHEDULE -I FE OQOR SCt{DI_tE 3 • 6 FE DOOR SCEOOIE I,4 O A158 ? (/� ♦ lI O O S V LJ� ♦ d O J C� {J� Y /i N A130 O Q A127 P lUA s 17;271 N N O b O v P LP ♦ La N O 8 8 1 SOIYIJ a ATO —13 o s I ANNEX FINISH SCHEDULE C Z VI A p C _-- ' .. '. _ i C v �1 ~ > Z m O •� So > V+ Z O n p p NOLm3XJ10 37NYN1JJ C m- oN a n n A Iy Val oy _ (WORK AREA i R 9 ,FINANCE CLERKS tp� 2 zu n>° -� cCy D ^ n v n a 4-1 Z g z P Y f'1 �' p O C kit TER STORAGE v$ rn 9 n Z n 'NOT USED Lf] pN Ft Z '�i 'I n L3 Z r'R A LP n i p CITY PLANNER n o$ O pn 7i •o N n 0 b '�1 • 17 n b A m PERIaT HUDDLE p a S CO v �i+ O 1 n < CP 1. lc Oo > i o i '^Q+ VL P t v STAFF AREA CORRIDOR i• i ti N O� fp C = 70 �i CD WAITING/ PERMIT KIOSKS I ZO D i E L� >b ii n1i -4O LA ♦ -p► _A ill 'SEALED CONCRETE v n -4 �a v n -4 'CARPET /3 CARPET /3 n -1 aa= in -4 - :-- - ' C-Ct 'SEALED CONCRETE n -4 nVn -a [CARPET /3 -4 as ni -• CARPET /+ CARPET /3 'SEALED CONCRETE v —— ♦ b a R 0 rtaa i n pL na n -4 a -4 - a Ail a n - a ,CARPET /3 a vn ..... lJ l U l• in L. -4 'CARPET /3 1 CARPET /3 I CARPET /3 n v in -4 �a n - SEALED CONCRETE SCALED CONCRETE > Y�' O $ MF> 0 ga $ >> -0 . 1717 + •a PORCELAIN TILE EXISTING TERRAllO EXISTING TERRAllO EXISTING TERRAllO o g +' RUBBER V b Z dap Cm a a r m D �pp C 73 • ICRUBBER paa D +' RUBBER �_ �f A :- �apr Cmm m V +' RUBBER +' RUBBER �a7 Cm m +' RUBBER m C le RUBBER +' RUBBER m le RUBBER +' RUBBER M 2 0 2 d�app Cm m F a m CO I+' RUBBER a m p yap Cm m v M Z ]apr 07 CO A a IVC CO JO 4' RUBBER +' RUBBER �a Cm m D a C w A a m A + RUBBER a C OCD D • m D • m rn r 4' RUBBER yap C +' RUBBER I+' RUBBER +' RUBBER PTD CMU +' RUBBER ar m m �J +' RUBBER V Z O Z 2 C n z n o EXISTING BRICK al !S Cl 0 03 /r647• -- _� V n a CO v,5 -0 n, 4 -- •` PTD GYP/EXIST V o n a CD 0 V n a CD 0 Vb O n a m 0 17 n a CO 0 p o n a CO 0 b o n a CO o PTD GYP BD PTD GYP BD. .«t - .- s_ - b 8 n aa CD 0 V aa n CD 0 p n a CDCDCO 0 -0 n 3 o -0 8 n aa v 'V a n m 0 a n a mCO 0 a n a CI0 V 7 n a CD V 8 n 4 CD CIv 17 8 n a p go. S' as p a, a CI n v 08 dA0 Old n PTD GYP BD /PTD Cu n o n `\ a aa n 0 ` `- a CO 00 1 17 O n CD 17 o n a CO 0 V aa n a CD o V n a CD CS 8 n a m O n a m 0 I aaaa n a mm 0 b n a 0 p n a com 0 p n a 0 p 8 n a mm 0 v 0 a 8 0C1 17 88 - A 4 o p 8 C b a. C P T /5/PTD C1JU I a C AI 8 C n N mr A Q n N m x {2 EXISTING BRICK t 31 o { N > n Nx( N • n n .- r`-i UX Z n n EXPOSED STRUCTURE EXPOSED STRUCTURE AP N n n U N n n g R o a a m o [2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC }N}LL N > n• 12X2 ACOUSTIC .: - --: - U Ixj n '2X2 ACOUSTIC xUx U > n g 8 a a m v 1212 ACOUS/ACOUS CLOUDS/PTD GYP BD }NJ�[( N n n '2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC UJ.[� U n n g g a a m o 2X2 ACOUSTIC r[XPOSED STRUCTURE Ai N n n 2X2 ACOUSTIC '2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC N}(� N > n 2X2 ACOUSTIC a�X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOU :TIC % N n n n n '2X2 ACOUSTIC U n n 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC I 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2*2 ACOUS/ACOUS aQuas/PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUS/ACOUS CLOUDS/PM GYP BD EXPOSED STRUCTURE EXPOSED STRUCTURE EXPOSED STRUCTURE EXPOSED STRUCTURE 2X2 ACOUSTIC n 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC n 2X2 ACOUS/ACOUS CLOUDS/PTD GYP BD I N N n n g g v as as CD 0 N n n 2 g v CO 0 n D e T en • -- CLEAN k MAKE REPAIRS AS NEEDED CLEAN k MAKE REPAIRS AS NEEDED CLEAN k MAAE REPAIRS AS NEEDED —, V m m I J LI r^-4 0 v CD 'o U. Tz k? 44 p 9 La rz i_ p 9 I`.J b pH 9 ' CORNER GUARDS y R S 2 L, 'DISPLAY SYSTEM IN LOBBr 201 I PAINT 3 - ACCENT 2 PAINT 2 - ACCENT 1 v 1 -A, 0 I TILE BACXSPLASH PLASTIC LAMINATE /2 rPLASTIC LAMINATE /1 • •Iv+ C rV_y 44 tAl r V-4 s j0 -• 19 4 TA y -a 2 L^ WALLCOVERING NO 3 r 0 7�0 = n r 0 A;A WALLCOVERING NO 1 % C C C C C 2 n V r > 0 I RUBBER STAINED WOOD BASE r N r ti It CARPET TILE /7 I CARPET TILE /b n �i a I CARPET TILE /+ I CARPET TILL /3 n ~ -_. �i n - ti �n PORC IILE /5 n ~ l V f5 -. n Via 1. c �i U PORC TILE /1 1 p f MATERIALS SCHEDULE - ANNEX s 1ROPPE ROPPE z O r n > m R N i l� t N i I DAL TILE V -A V A �N 19 J i A s[ `r-al XOREL rt > m 1 f iE>> C C C >•• CC CC s•). (USER n DD -4 7 7 -4 7 C /56 TILE/CARPET JOINER 1/2' /38 GLUE -DOWN CARPET EDGE 1/4' /50 TILE/CARPET JOINER 7/32' 0 ISTREAMUNE2008 TBD m 0 m 0 S v al 0 m 0 r 1 (z t O_ I MADRAS INDIAN SLATE 8 0 Io z-64 0 0 I TBD - STANDRAD 8 go0 1 o z• 0 Cl BRONZE TO MATCH EXISTING 1 BLEACHED LEGNO 8 8 0{ rn Z -4A m 0 PIGUENT STONE 65115 PAVED FREEDOU - WANDERER SPEED LIMIT - WANDERER C g r" Lea O> gn COO so -J 4 < 0 yy 0 0 p • JEAN - 649 STRAIGHT ST MORITZ SILVER CITADEL GREY PREMIER WOODS. BARRIOUC PREMIER WOODS. BARRIOUE l VALLEY. CAMEL C 0 rn O t r rR I V x S N x a y • as Al • 12' X 24' 1 O• x a P x s -• • NCn 2 • ie N TYPICAL AT LISTED LOCATIONS TYPICAL AT LISTED LOCATIONS TYPICAL AT LISTED LOCATIONS S » 2 le Cl n n O i 1" p Ln g 17 y D 0 a N WINDOWS AT COUNCIL 115 I ONE WALL CONF AND WORK ONE WALL EACH OFFICE ALL GYP WALLS 11 CEILINGS NOT OTHERWISE INDICATE O R o ,h R I c V V n V n > CO Z n V r A v Z 11 i In ]D .0 o z A al a 5 z r al V ' z r g ]], y i p La n x n n al n np T w n > -• Z n \D C n r < z at n - p� Z L, CONFERENCE ROOMS po T - R N COUNCIL PLATFORM COUNCIL TOILET ROOM WALLS O -X? O g r0 N fa O ES > 2 Oy r- O A > LOBBY FIRD I NOTES(LOCATIONS ARE GENERAL) SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATION OF DIFFERENT WALL COVERINGS {Pa U a kJ 1(./4 CA u N La la 0 D •NJ a Pa J A) LA NJ a A) U. y *4 N •N� O 61Z1 N a N V N P N CA N a N 4 N rJ N N O IN) O J Pa 0 a Al CO V 0 O 0 L. N Y 0 4 202 0 O CITY HALL FINISH SCHEDULE - SECOND FLOOR U N U U O N J N a N V N Ct N U N a N U N N N N 0 tD Cr V tr Lr a 4 � N -4 O O J O Coa O V O C O U 0 • O 4 0 N O 0 CITY HALL FINCH SCHEDULE - FIRST FLOOR N jy i'n C > a OFFICE J * a 7< in > LI r co O r, -- CITY ATTORNEY O O R n O $ * 2, xO co n Z re cz-1 n 'CORRIDOR O P CITY MANAGER RECEPTION r 0 �< 'RECEPTION Lt Q r I cm n o A - -• 1G L S WORK STATIONS ] n z0 72 , v > }� n - o - -• LA * 0 N LARGE CONFERENCE ROOM C v C v i N DD 1 Lt O c LIEN'S RESTROOM g i3 < R COMM DIRECTOR y, > ' - N > €{ HI -DENSITY STORAGE > a < WORK STATIONS WORK STATIONS " > CORRIDOR SOUND BOOTH oxi 9 r� rz-t r, a o HOT SPOTS -'PUBLIC RECEPTION y, O In < COUNCIL CHAMBERS o C o r O N 0 a o y c v Li COUNCL CONFERENCE in L C rn V CORRIDOR 0 0 2 ELECTRICAL 6 2 WOMEN'S RESTROOU 1uEni S RESTROOM 'PUBLIC LOBBY < �, > R CARPET /3 > a !'1 -I a > A a I'1 -4 a 4 CARPET /5 CARPET /5 CARPET /3 CARPET /3 > A -0 a 4 s A a a LA CARPET /5 CARPET /4 CARPET /5 CARPET /3 a A a f1 y a 4 CARPET /5 [LVT /I/L VT /2 `. 2] v (l -• a U r S S N > A -0 f1 -4 a LT SEALED CONCRETE [CARPET /3 CARPET /4 > A a !"1 -4 a 4 > AV a 4-1 -4 a 4 s a rna -4 a 4 CARPET /4 SEALED CONCRETE SEALED CONCRETE -I [PT 4 < -I- "a LELOOR CARPET /3 CARPET /3 - CARPET /3 ki 0 n 0 Z ti 1H CARPET /3 CARPET /3 CARPET i3 a rl -4 a 4 ' va rn -4 a 4 CARPET r CARPET /2 CARPET /2 CARPET /5 CARPET /5 CARPET /3 CARPET /1 CARPET /1 CARPET 12 - v N > A n -4 ZLA -0A -4N N '• Lid EXIST -I a - - r P Sd Z id/Lid p CC 0 D a• r C CO CO_ P9 A i RUBBER 4' RUBBER i RUBBER 4' RUBBER i RUBBER 4- RUBBER 4" RUBBER • a C m CO rn A [4' RUBBER a• a C m m fl A i RUBBER • a C m CO rt AV - _ - a 'EPC CO 4"1 a• • a C CO m IT/ A • C C tD a) 1l A [i RUBBER i RUBBER C C CD CD /l A n C CO CD rn A 4- RUBBER a• a C CD- CO •', AA i RUBBER 4' RUBBER 4' RUBBER i RUBBER ► A C m CO rl a• a C CO ID f'1 AA V ti v Val• ti V a C CO COO A BASE 4' RUBBER a• A C CO 2] A _ a• CC C CD CD 4--1 A 31 C m CO 1--1 1--1 A 4- RUBBER i RUBBER a C ID m I A [4' RUBBER 4' RUBBER i RUBBER 4- RUBBER 21 C CO m Al A 4- RUBBER RUBBER i RUBBER 4- RUBBER 4' RUBBER L" RUBBER i RUBBER 4' RUBBER ti N 4- RUBBER a C CO CO r n A i RUBBER a C m m n A a -I .4 y LP PT 5 ti ti BASE v o Ca v 1 v 4 cl° v 4 0 v o 4 0 PTO GYP. B0 v 4 0 a Cl 0 v Cl co v o 4 co v 0 4 0 v 0 4 co PTD GYP. BD v 4 0 V 0 4 CO2 v 7 4 0g3 v1 O 4 v1 O 4 3 v 4 3 v 4 3 v Cl 3 v v 4 3 v v 4 5 v 8 4 gco v 8 4 v 8 4 co r, N -y r, x -1 PTD- GYP BD./P T PTD GYP BD /P T v 8 $ 0 WALLS v 8 4 0 a- 0 4 0 v v 4 a 8 4$ o v 8 0 v 8 4$ 5555555555 a 8 a 8 4 v 8 4 v 8 4 v o 4$ v 8 v v 4 - ai O 4 a 8 4 a 8 4 0 v 8 4 0 a 8 4 0 v 8 4 Cll 0 v 8 4 0 v 8 4$ 0 ti v 8 v v 8 4 o a O 4 0 v1 O rn a 4 m 0 v 8 4 0 -u 7 4 0 H PTD GYP BO /P T u O 4 0 H a o> 4, 0 ti r 2x2 ACOUSTIC Pa X > C IA n 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC N > C in n 2x2 ACOUSTIC xN>� •..1 > Co in -4-4 n 2x2 ACOUSTIC A-1 X N > p n 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC kJ X Al > rI C n 2x2 ACOUSIIC/PTD GYP BO 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC [2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC N>� x N > o C 8 Cl 3 m O OPEN TO STRUCTURE OPEN TO STRUCTURE 2x2 ACOUSTIC 21t2 ACOUSTIC - 2X2 ACOUSTIC CEILING (RE: RCP) [2X2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC - X N D C fl 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC }N}{� N >r) n G n 712 ACOUSTIC NJ x N > n f, 2x2 ACOUS/ACOUS CLOUDS 2x2 ACOUS/ACOUS CLOUDS 2X2 ACOUSTIC kJ x AlN > n p n 2x2 ACOUSTIC EXIST NJ )4 N > o C ll 2X2 ACOUSTIC EXIST 2x2 ACOUSTIC/PTD GYP '2x2 ACOUSTIC N D o C, -ag n O CI N X > 0 C '- n 2x2 ACOUSTIC CEILING (RE RCP) STAIR NOSINCS/TRCADS z 0 n N L, 8 2 z A P f F 0 0 A z `t STD WD CHAIR RAIL/WALLCOVERINGS P T. 2 WAINSCOT TO 3'-66" -- -1 1 STD WOOD CHAIR RAIL z O A Zr i[t Z a U 0 SOy -a 2 TJ Z 1a Z [ AUTOMATED ROLLER SHADES DISPLAY SYSTEM IN WAITING I PAINT 3 - ACCENT 2 PAINT 2 - ACCENT 1 013U - L LNIYd C a rA 0 A N Z I- I WOOD VENEER WALLCOVERING PLASTIC LAMINATE /2 PLASTIC LAMINATE /I TILE BACKSPLASH * F n 0 D n Z 0 La CARPET TILE /2 a rl -4 -4in rtin ... I STAINED WOOD BASE 0 37 4 [ WALLCOVERING NO 2 - r r- n O A Cl Z 0 - [ WOOD VENEER A rl A r 311103HOC CiVIU3iV61 ROPPE aa2,s A rn r Z ICOR CABLE L, NI �A on m ZODIAO C 1 oS 77 �A > r i ZzO THORNTREE A L- ** z S 2 Z r-> = S O Z C A > x r. CT x X) r 1 O r a r, ZA A r /56 TILE/CARPET JOINER 1/2" /38 CLUE -DOWN CARPET EDGE 1/i /50 TILE/CARPET JOINER 7/32' I STREAMLINE 200b [ DOVE TAIL TANSY GREEN WILLOW SPRINGS u t0 CD r a = Z R> O C O 1 r=t y x n O o U J a a n VI P MOCHA CHERRY 3 Z A / n C 7 ((A-1 A < GLASS CRYSTAL BLENDS - u30 PARALLEL LINES - HEMP INCEPTION MODULAR 1739 PLAN FOLDER EDGE TILE BRITE GREEN TALC C c) (-� i 2 Z m A 9 y O A C < DASH METEOR MOCHA CHERRY AMBASSADOR JET SETTER DUSK MODEL NO. >�, < > > I 4- ROLLS • x • N O C > N • x N a D. N !l ALL EXTERIOR VONOOWS I [ONE WALL CONE AND WORK ONE WALL EACH OFFICE ALL GYP WALLS k CEILINGS NOT OTHERWISE INDICATE( ALL CARPET SPACES EXC EXEC. CONF./GATHER/uTG I r- p LOUNGE/WORK - UPPER CABINETS. TOP AT WORK I OC 1 C > n > m Z in L; I LOUNGE I I LOUNGE - ALL WALLS I A. b pvo A m L.RR 5 $1 A rn P n D X 11 31 z n C CI r o AAAA Z o f o o 3o RP iO I NOTES I Al - m > U' L 4.- (w 4 N U - LU1�..�I O U rJ U a La V 4 ON• U V U. a U V 4 U 4 La O La LG U a U V 4 Ct 4 V 4 a U LA U 04 U - 4 O pUp t.] pUp a U OV U ER 4 U Ls Y 84 4 N U 2 Z O [CITY HALL FINISH CCHEDULE - THIRD FLOOR ELEVATOR ELEVATOR LA > z VI > A [CONFERENCE T1 JANITOR'S CLOSET rn 4 n 0 31 co 74 y EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR GATHERING EXECUTIVE CONFERENCE Rif WORK ROOM p o A R a R WORK AREA 1i1 v rat v O Z [WAITING MEETING ROOM CONFERENCE CONFERENCE HUDDLE H R. DIRECTOR ti 33 CI O WORK STATIONS D rA, -�1 p ti O Z > MOMUY ROOM S 7 r, 0 A x F i > Z z n C v Z N A f, L, g O C LIEN'S RESTROOM BALCONY ``, V R S S - 0 = O O~ 0 C >_ Z EXISTING TO REMAIN > A a r1 -I CARPET /2 SEALED CONE 1 PORCELAIN TILE s A a P, -4 CARPET /1 WOOD A 0 CARPET /3 >> v rt --I-4 7 V in CARPET /2 CARPET /2 CARPET /3 SEALED CONCRETE > v m -I CARPET /1 CARPET /1 CARPET /5 CARPET /5 >> i r\ -4 U V rn0 -I Lai CARPET /3 CARPET /3 CARPET /5 CARPET /5 S CARPET /3 CARPET /4 SEALED CONCRETE v y a v a CARPET /S O A > C > C r, IC yt y A Pal C z rt x y, y A 1-'1n C z 4- RUBBER 4' RUBBER i RUBBER Cl V C x _-4 F a A C a a A a A C a a a d F-4 O O FF O O O a A C CD m s i RUBBER i RUBBER 4' RUBBER A C m m 33 4- RUBBER RUBBER i RUBBER RUBBER i RUBBER t A C 0 m n i RUBBER i RUBBER i RUBBER i RUBBER a A C a CO 2) A C CO m X 'a- RUBBER a' RUBBER 4" RUBBER i RUBBER 4- RUBBER V U V -4 IA i RUBBER CD iron v >> C a C n t 0 o -4 CI A rl C > 2 r1 Lot sci c1 ti CD A 1-1 C z a 0 v ti 0 a Qt O v m0 v 8 3 O v o 7 m O a 0 V O a 8 O -V 8 O v 0 m 0 v 0 O v 0 $$ O v o O v v m O v 8 m O v 8 3 0 v 8 1� 0 v 7 O v 8 S O PTD GYP BD v 8 3 O v o 4 m O -0--0 0 V O 8 3 O v 0 4 O v 0 4. O v o 4 O v 8 4 m 0 v 0 3 m 0 v 8 3 pp O v 8 4 m 0 y v 8 4 m 0 y v 8 4 �y 0 WALLS PLAIJ IN MTL FRAME PLAM IN MTh FRAME EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN I 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC I N X rJ > 0 c y n I2x2 ACOUSTIC N X P-1 > o c in n N X N > 0 c N4 17 a O a 4 2x2 ACOUSTIC/PTD GYP 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC [2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC EXPOSED STRUCTURE 2x2 ACOUSTIC [7x2 ACOUSTIC [2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC 12X2 ACOUSTIC N X N > n c in n A) X N > n c L, y n N x N > o c L, n 0 2x2 ACOUSTIC 12x2 ACOUSTIC 12x2 ACOUSTIC 12x2 ACOUSTIC 7x2 ACOUSTIC EXPOSED STRUCTURE •J X N > 0 c Ll n 0 '2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC CEILING (RE RCP) i P �� t^l C A A r L, 2 0 F m MATERIALS SCHEDULE B YA C A A VI 2 o F m ( MATERIALS SCHEDULE B MATERIALS SCHEDULE B J I MATERIALS SCHEDULE B MATERIALS SCHEDULE B ) [uATERIALS SCHEDULE B C n A 2 0 R m MATERIALS SCHEDULEB r C n A t• 2 o F CO MATERIALS SCHEDULE B �^ C n A > Vr1 9 e F m MATERIALS SCHEDULE B l ' 15- MATERIALS SCHEDULE B <—I MATERIALS SCHEDULE 8 'MATERIALS SCHEDULE 8 C N MATERIALS SCHEDULE B 2 CHAIR RAIL I 2 0 y, TRANSITION /3 TRANSITION /2 TRANSITION /1 STAIR NOSNGS/TREADS PATTERN FOR INTERIOR CLAZINGI BACK PAINTED GLASS AUTOMATED ROLLER SHADES DISPLAY SYSTEM IN LOBBY 201 WOOD STAIN IN LOBBY if COUP PAINT 3 - ACCENT 2 PAINT 2 - ACCENT 1 _ i 1 -t rl O TILE BACKSPLASH PLASTIC LAMINATE /3 PLASTIC LAMINATE /2 '`7 >1 L',1 fn, i Z >' ,j\ )4 QUARTZ r rl 1� d Lt ,2O `/\I rl y Ta _r y O X F > F n A Z a Z O LAi WALLCOVCRING NO 2 f (>� 0 n 3t = n 0 - 2 r� Sf > C C Z C 23 7 Z CI PLAY DOORS A m ID iil STAINED w000 BASE r $ a r S n a A r rn a '4 CARPET TILE /6 CARPET TILE /5 n n A n r rn a a CARPET TILE /3 CARPET TILE /2 CARPET TILE /1 V Qn r' rrl a Ln V a n r1 a a V g n n a 4 V a n rat1--1 V a �' MATERIAL MATERIALS SCHEDULE - CITY HALL un A e A $ A e A $ S > Cl g C DECOR CABLE 11 � N 1 N s O g‘Asz L -0 V N e 1 8 XO F" XOREL x0REL 0 C A $ I Z > Z > C � C � C � C � C � C � C � ell A rn A TRINITY 2 2 C r A Arn rn •g no D Z S AA O z y n .� F >E > > D > > > > A, Al /56 TILE/CARPET JOINER 1/2" y /50 TILE/CARPET JOINER 7/32' v175 SCREEN 6019 /2 70; o g STREAMLINE 200B g g g 0 g PEARL FLAx GAUZE Ciir MADRAS INDIAN SLATE fi� 3A BLEACHED LEGNO t PIGMENT BEIGE 65114 PIGMENT STONE 65115 LPAKD FREEOCAI - WANDERER SPEED LIMIT - WANDERER CO > o ST MORITZ SILVER 0 PREMIER WOOOS. BARRIQUE PREMIER KOOS, BARRIOUE VALLEY. CAMEL LMODEL NO I 0 I 0 0 0 C to r O cm O - o I CO I v I 9 o o s Z ff r2 Z o f't la VI 1 -4-4 -4-+ > co C) A r 1 m Dr r O 73 y rn a• O ^ y ' O O CJ O C --• n N Z CI N n -I m kJ v m 0 V L] Vn < O 4 i ROLLS • AI a m • X a a N • x 444 I N • X a • X a a ; X a a N • X At 1L, rNl TYPICAL AT LISTED LOCATIONS TYPICAL AT LISTED LOCATIONS TYPICAL AT LISTED LOCATIONS WINDOWS AT COUNCIL 115 I ONE STANDARD COLOR TO BE SELECTED FOR BOTH ONE WALL CON- k WORK k AS SHOWN ON SCHEDULE ONE WALL EACH OFFICE It AS SHOMI ON SCHEDULE ALL GYP WALLS k CEILINGS NOT OTHERWISE INDICATEDI r 0 0 a! F * C 2 CITY HALL - COUNCIL CHAMBERS CITY HALL ExC PEDC k CHAMBERS ANNEX ALL CARPET SPACES CxC CxEC CON- /GATHER/UTG m O I OFFICES - ANNEX - EAST DE n -, OFFICES - OTY HALL 2ND FLOOR OFFICES - CITY HALL 1ST AND 3RD FLOOR 1 n n TOILET ROOM WALLS - - -I TOILET ROOM FLOORS LOBBY WAINSCOT LOBBY ACCENT r a' ' NOTES (LOCATIONS ARE GENERAL) Cal R salt RAAI rn -4m R m Z Z ¢<` rl \\ X S a x o I1V IA N 1 > rA-1 Z R r a > z =t rl O 1 ` Z A -r O L, C rl > w rl y m g m H rrrttt >L ' ny yL 1a a y / ( X I A to O IT 0 p C I 0 < Z 4 > . z x Op 2 F N rr ♦ • ♦ ♦ n O O W NOIlY1f1SNI Bt r c Z • z a D n I )]4 1 9 7' c m- Ho_ t Zo� _-...... `��rJ - S \.s = �/ t. _ N o_ o Zn ' zo ' I rD O 0 x CD D I N I n = V T m �/� V• N 4 0 ^ N D y rap • WPC, 1 n 9 0 ^ NOLLY1l5NI at C > C C z C 0 1 -4 r 'I :il • is •. ii ....- • �_ a 0 P in it V '7-0' 1 0 O 13 o 00 N c C $ Sp 1 5 ]Sy D CD49 N yp5 5*-31:11 i n P 2 IY-3'0P 0 C, S o C O Z r. NM N m J s� 2 nr J 0 C n J O Or O n I I r wino NILY1 030N3d5f1S M3N ANNEX EAST EXTERIOR ELEVATION i'n- I,4) DMZ 'CZ 3NfV awn b) 2 m z n O O �c C c C C 0 4- a SNIOI.LJ3S XHNMV • sexel 'puepeed Jo Al!3 a C 0 I I 0 rri LI1 0 l „ re 0 0 --11 �z 1.•I tI 4 C Old 'nrc 0NutIX3 2 C • 1 I 1 / 1 I {• -r _1 I u• r t I ii't' Sti Y. \ _3• / 1t1" I i :- 1. es II n LiiiIL 11 I r 9LOZ 'CZ 3MV 1233 rrl X rrl rrI a tI O 1 C rn 0 I A j S I 2 a. 0 D r CI C 2 C C C-. C_ z Cn r� n -4 So C 5'-S' f.El9 VERf r 1 _;•�. hT. -'• •1 .1 - N ) I :, -v Al J 1 N 1.1 • I / It" '\ I ei 11 NIII I i..-- =gy f 1 p nv o� 11 \4 L--------j. \:.. I `••..\, • 1 C. Xs 11 /' .\ \� IT 1 I 1 ' NEW PAPER BACKED BATT INSULATION n c -I n2 * y r > Z O -- O c C z c) 2z Z L- n z441 ti PC > 0 z O NNEX ELEVATION - THRU FINANCE LOOKING WEST Old '08 dAO M]N 2 A S -4 R T z ric A. C N VI A '7? z v m Co 2 \\• 1.. -.\•: � n ~ > rl GZI r I- n c C v_41 CO C > ,- Z _ ', IA 00 ti 0 0 n n D C C 2 Z n _5• NEW PAPER BACKED BATT INSULATION Y T nv O c C Z S N n 9 C H ANNEX ELEVATION - THRU COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT LOOKING WEST O]XOYQ 8]dvd MN C V la • 2 n o Z n 0 v rn a mm a v.1.,-,>>r�_''1 >n -4 -i ~� 2 z C) 2 N -4N• la in'- 'n c r c� �F v >A P.g _-,� -,� 11) LtII I• oVI - 4 c " O C m -Sr Z x v C rs -.1 0 r r 1_ C CC) a t • N n-U Old '08 dAD maw Old '08 dA0 M3N v ti N 1(1 0 L• \`.• S •\ • N fI,. ''•;s 1 _vic Zr O_ C 9 C >2 V IA to KFcr 5 00 W CITY HALL COMP RENOVATION PRC =N cwD rI t I %%%%%%%%% R 3 4 ,L - -�� ti ' z, CIs ft tit _• E u z1-1 iu N4 O P s )Nals a3tvinnl5 n r- 8-8- Ili_la 11II i i iii • ■ n we } l., a P r a. C ♦ • 1.9 0 ✓ XJ Fri n • • I- 1 ‚-4 I- N 0 J v 0 O • 9- 0 c i c 2 a001! Iv 83A00 LNOr IC'-0. Mal -NAM 03NSINIJ 311d N 11 - 0' n a 0 SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CLOUD z Cl 40 NOIIV1IISNI uva ere A z n D III IIIII I1III II 7 z m n_ Or< D= Oi- Zo 0 13 Or mm mx 0 cc-i 0 -77 CD sexed. 'pue U Pa I I Fo me Yo D 25 Po r > i RI N z r�-I R m p 53 2 m nZ p� �o N r Z 9Zo r ? ti 0 L1 rJ Ll Z P Z CD n Orr O ~ m Rz 0• -n n � o o r, n 1HOILUS ONIISIx3 W n Ai 33 n Dco 2 o ta ^c ' XI in- csN A c 3Nni33 a31na3MDs -0' n 13-6 5/3. 15-6 5/H• AT THE MST fnoo o- p nD Z n ots c z n 0 0 n 2 v 1-1 15'-6 5/B• 15-6 5/8' AT TIf FEST TIDY/ n 3 v ? C Z m u o o i mn O -c 0 r44 ssi tit S •, i I• • O .- <I -1 -sr,... 7 + O� la n m D N -{ X cn a m v a r - O• J •1 13'-6 5/8' 2 n n4 co O or c rr H J N n 0 CM 1 6 DLO *CZ 3Nnr • 1a I 2 0 0) 0) y . � m 0 I 1 A m_ 0 < �D Oc Z0 0 13 Or- mm mx C Nnn103 1331$ 3NLLSa3 NOILY1f SNl ONnOS CI C m • m 00 vr p0 rn 2 rn A a a N m 0 a 4 . H33N3A H3I8 3AOn38 19 PLAN DETAIL - ANNEX J Oi • NMn103 ON11SD° A Z vn OP rn O A o A CO • "I] O anV 0 y V. Za m Z � La/ am --4 0 ✓ o 0 Y o� mo r O ;lc • z c z2 0 o n c ,n • 0NIH3016 GM SOnNILND3 X Z NJ1n103 3NLLSIX3 • • U I t Nnm03 1334 ONIISIX3 LYE .— • 00 o n N 00 0 O r r A Z O 92 Kto n n2 �[ �A z N P "V C as oC a. 4 r 0 2 s A 74 Fr O O 1 1 CO 1 / 1 C i C 1 1 i C 0 13 N J,r j r-f ri 4 I •— t —a \OD 4 rf I I • / / 1r, / 7 / • t / C \/ \- I z r Qs 7 I Ir V 11 1 7)• rl + I 1 111 'l i - I '—J ✓ -l. ,y 11» Z !'I Z Z 0 - F t O N o 77 cs_, z 01i ✓ ,A1'M> • "_ v,tC 1 $ 71. • 37 i vIN c" 1-Ir r j Aa - _ 71 a - iteI. 7 v C H530 NOIdn3B (-It -\ -• I I I I N nV I -I x ^ ^ I J I I k - I .+ _ 2 m N Z m Z7 0 m r m -D-I O Z CD CO FS$ Co L It o r O CD co 0 0 7-r • • a o� 0) CO 7- r 1 1 • f-I • 4'-b 3•_ 0- r 1 1- V CO CO C > y[ = C o c mcn> n , Zo G Let o Z 0n I:1 V 7-•f l 7-r -r SLINIBVD Nvld w n oa n < 9.r , r-r n! E D 1 • C I / I 1-1 r-r I1 y I It I• ' I II ' I I r Z r10 r.s• .- • -' I• • I II ' I I I . FL, , 1 I7-v1 ir 7-r CO 1 m o z cn 0 0 0 rn 31BV1 DNIONVIC _,.... _ _. _ / g 1 SLOPED PLAN PANELS rs7 1 11 EPoxv PM CIA) I. SIMULATED STONE I. COUNTERTOP ...,.... ,...ram.. �.. CA.) a -tz .� 0 0 con nro Old Ax0d3 I-1-+ i- _ %Es S 1-1 ICI G 1 - O H 0 0 kit • z to ti 9 p " A 7-r O Pr f r-r 7-1 7-r 7-r r•I7 7- r 1 • .r }40▪ ,7 • l a 0 Ia 4/►912 N I 1 sv y Z n coin 4 2 i 01 a „m Tt /77 r _ 0> t•-• o, 1/2- REKAL AT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL INIERSECT101 2 I- MARKER BOARD ,N C 07. 0 2 9 0^ V co vt "1 77 g I on / \ co 0 O D _I Rol NO08!0J n c * n D Z AV O Z C yCrn O -4 n O MI O A V1 -no> • V 0 o O -n > AN O _ r 1 C O c + , 0 -I a rn M•- C N / - J n o C Z �n-41 N 7/ CC a • J 0 r n V • n Ofi7 r) J 2� r, o In frl i A oti cZ iy CZ 3NFlr w•a 0 C, tl z m O m O 'z^ V U ONIy3A03 TTYM 33NVIQIOJH]d-IN m m o-I < Jr zo r v 0 2 mx n z z ]n'VW 9NI14:,Ix] ,0-.8 1v]A3M nnly ,t/l �6 40 CY CO oA z r r, )114 F n 0 z n 0 A l 4m n U, r m O A 70 fn O Cr O ON11133 MAY-1 030N3d5n; N C!] RI -PERFORMANCE WALL COVERING /1 F- ljl ONId3AO3 11VM 33NVntl 10.-1U nlljl 000M 01S N II 1 3.- 6- 1r3Ala nnly i N Y ✓ C C rt r NI -PERFORMANCE WALL COVERING /I ONFI133 NIAMI O]ON3dSfS dA0 031NIrd it/ 5 3-0. %I P F Y t nA �o m 0 oA rn A D ✓ CI 0 A Z n 0 A HI -PERFORMANCE WALL COVERING 1 901 NO0182103 J>rI O r ZS C C C Z Z > Cc, Z C n C -22 _O - I1► VA / / CS. N1 N N N j 4 1=j I ]I 1 /` J/N / N N N N / N / / NN.. i I \ `1 I\ 1 1 r. / 1 2'-6. Id I 10-10 1 1 ) t 12-6' . l 1 f i F I I ( 1 1 L ) / N. / / N / N / [ II I 3A00 °W1N011 ONr -4 A Z n dnra M]N JO n011013 N • C c - r 3A03 11VM 37Nrntl0JlUd- N ng CD CD 0 oA rn 0 0 A Z n 0 p el/ 311001 3JNYIRHOJa3d n v1/ 31ILX11 IJNYndOia)d KM 0311ddf1S tl3NM0 WSINIJ 'JNI113J NUN, Q3ON3dSfIS 33N38]JNO3 3AIL11J3X3 p 1 `__;....- I 1 4- 4 , I I I l r < __ -'- IN • \\1 \ yrv�:i // // ... I // I // IN // I // li // II // // Irr // " T °Nina.' flflNlnfllY ONILSa3 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT INTERIOR ELEVATIONS W Cl + „%%%%% , ' '* tit4 = >, ... a 5- 4 o P I R 1g Y o a S 9 I ' I I > I I I I I I I 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 4 ' -p 7 I bJ • I% lc a_' r F \. ' � { � 7 7 r r -- - -I m S A NI -PERFORMANCE WALL COYERINC /1 9NInvtu nflNlnfllY 9NILSDl3 b 8 3 a ONti3A03 11YM D C ) DJNJ y \j • / 1-4 • / N r O m O 0= ^ 0 c >*m I O� rn y c Z CZ cow n Co c n rrn s ^ aN rn a CZ A Cr) S N r-Ir s-r O _r `. • • _• / 1 • ✓ > Z r > 0> CO y > > 9-4 > N ri Zo C z ^ Z. - 4 0 N r-rr .\ -I 0 i a „:::, .., \ , c. _,_.... R 4 N a CA) N —a 00 s p 11 O CD m 1 / ) 1 ) 1 1 1 1 1 1 L • H -41 r-r ha q rl p -4 0 VI r 'n 43414 C$ > rn R 1 O < 7 m 00 n oz p� C C ^ -I Cr. VI C n O y N 4-4 r•1; 1 / 1 • \ 1 ) I I / \ 1 I- / I /� I / 1 \t \ I I / I 1 �!��ill!����■.■�m 1!1!1!ll�I!i 11111111111 f11!i!i urn 13NYd ANY1B / 1 ev .S / ./ 1 C 0 O C a • 1 / • 513NIOC ►iVld 0 T-It !TY r-r lc 4- ?. > n A > 03 tz 0 u N Ate_ 8 / • C 0 • • / 74 me =12azo Sa 1 I IT r_.,,.. / \ I 't \ / I..4, o>R 0 n t`,m rV fl ^� Xo C z D •` / I / / \ ' 1 I r-•r I _ � 8 0 j I > PLAM BINS AND BA cSP 7 JAA 1 I I f -� / 72 C > S Ln i- n co tl> p OZA TS. CDUN RTOPS LJSH 1]JAM 17 rn X O p p II Z > _/ • -�I 111 1 m \ / p r\ 1 - / 2- IS r-r 3 N O C31 O 0 cn CD O cn cn —1 0 0 w O CZ 3Nf1f •✓a IJ 0 O I Z 7Z1 0 m r O v / S > rn z 0 C Z O U 0 0 I-r 4 CD A w O W N O co i-r 0 0 r- r Y-TY I [ ; 1_ S V Y 4 SLOPED PLAN PANEL P m L- $j]NIBYO 11Yld 1 I- p -c4 co e 7-17 -r r-r L, Cl O A 4 41 H 0 n c ! z P3 O y O • II h n 4 co A D f I ' i • U V 1- a' r-r 7-r 1 S17N18V0 1lV1d 7-r —s CO I _ 1 I O r . r I -. a /7. • 71 .` 7 Y r f T j` 7-r n O C 2 a= z CO CO —1 D t O f r Se Co 1 U q f S13N18Y3 livid a) A /\ 11 ' m z Y-d r.r r-f F, n en in re p24• D - 4 A 11 CO D ]NOtS Ol1Y1f1R5 r ' ram( tit.: r Itfl• 833N3n 000m 7-uY W A OTT aS TN 2J m 7•f d]NNO AO N3id03 I CO Z L'f n T -If ✓ 0 9 c [P .. City of Pearland, Texas CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT INTERIOR ELEVATIONS =N Cl rD + ....,%y : I. �. � �> i -ScCO , 11e IS L c• Yyytj;`_ X. u Y U 0 06 c ea L. i g C c z 0 1r o14- A 0 o s, o_ m I 1 01 'm le cn b Z m I 0 0 0 CO r-r E 1 O • c 0 05 cn 70 0 0 LC-rt SD •11 n 24 0 A J J PERFORMANCE TEXTILE #1A II __I r r D co 0 -n O 0 Z 0 0 r 0 Z 0 C!) 0 C O m m n m Z 0 30N3e33N00 SUSPENDED LAYIN CEILING FINISH ,li; .., 1 0.)(ii, ,, , , , ,-\\ J':` / „....4., 1 Ztl.rzyz, rt 'Cr.: • "-•1� -I N. 7 \ A. ki PERFORMANCE TEXTILE #1A 0 z 0 -o O CO o 0 O m <z m m �7m Fri -4 m r- Z m 0 Z7 D Z (n C) CD /1 r 0 o0 0 t ICI• I!. IMF ' M I'y__N .i A `• II Ii n 3No0Ole 1•l u • }/4 0 -4 4, 0 A z�r .r O • a r Z • r • r lis -n 0 C -4r C r C 0p gPgP o b O b m b A,0 tr > • A O p = lege IF - Odra, .IL II/I'It 441•111/4 . m T1 1 V r �r z rn O ! m p a > y > In C r C rn z b IAb n -4r - 4 0 S. LA v Y 0 CIr O Z r m C Ya • z n or rr O 0 i -4 n r O r Y ; 0 ; a b vb u a • 1. I X � 1 I a f I 14� N u *Ir L\\ a• n_•• O n n In C tZ O V 0-• =\ > _. Y 0 rn ZC6 C m ni0> >r ++ Z >I> - CO 4' 0 ono O N J of- > nn zx 0 / I nVI z Z H RE: D1TER;OR ELEVATIONS n NZ • n xy . Z V1 u a 8 - 1 O I' R 1*-- 4 3/4• r-p• SONYONYLS 03SS3338 •a • tIi >c • i 1 30 Ali O Ir_ 12,1 Zli 01 rip 61 Ionnl r irN r 0 > Oz 0 AL, a • 031JI03dS-+ Ij`C -VV >rr IZ I. O4> O LAN r n0 r C 20C O IJf ZO Z A J Z n Va n01108 OesuId . RE INTER ELEVATOWS Slind 031J103dS 9"FIELD VERiI '4 1/2" AT NE\ o E (TENSION Or OtSX 0 in -4 • 21 L -• t o n O r' v n J 0 O 1 Z > ti SIC6N]1110 liv C nbOJlYld 03SIYd SNILSIX] 1 /2• y\ ngor> Z a y n O> O p N n • n S N oexr o ���> n 8r•n C n f-r ONIH3Y8 80.1 '00321 SY Krrr u r-•nv C rn ICrm-•Os ✓ 0 s V X.n tiCr O_, r,C A� n rr i•N ii N n r -4 C G • ~ > n 2 = r `^`^Z Z SR Z trark; tlt,Arli• y V1 n I X V O z Vf m Z Z OJ v n OJ r n Co 0 RE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS i V n 0 n 0 r I m n A > O n 9 n n ✓ OJ ✓ C > Z Z D < > V -' 6" Z A N 1/4 11 1/2- Z r > = N n CO` r� I = r •. ;: i r ,Y `I•• s. ,•, ' R 1 9 ' HALL COMPLEX )NATION PROJECT ''•..ID .- q r z n •J V ! q O O. i x i L O N • O z >1 a Mr- i T rr 'a >LA n n1 r n O = 0 O V zLa C • • v 1/4- -13 RE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS m I• > 0 n o-4 ✓ C > Z n c�< > 0 -I 11/2141'Z p tyN > r 4. Y IJ rn n J rn 3 a OLOZ 'CZ JNfP Alva CO N 3 3 7 t n 1 Cl Own C 0 -. ;01r A Z C r O D 0 >a D r on n n o o -2 4• ♦ a CO r In -0 NJ r 4 nA g> A L1a- or�, LI, 1in -IC 2 0C ari o" n n n C Coo � Z n • nA in co se 0 `J ~ Ft. +V1EF CR LE VAT I0'.5 r p ✓ • IC z 0 a Cr • 1~ 4• Z j ▪ D H N Joint of .vitt-Ca 1t1vA7 .S 1/4 4• JJn1XIJ ennid 143s nn o-'1A zo DOn 02 np iz �/)nz rC v0 r n r C In 16 > Zn irin < sow -, Z O yCI 1X�-=4 4 J 18Y0 ONnia ;21000 OJONIH ?'-10' z_ sand 031i17]d5 4 pi 1-0 1 1/1' IC z O 8 CO CO 74! x a • • 4 • • I^ ✓ A 0 C A CO I; B 1.-3 1/4' 3'-6• D D AI r D = 00 v a 3/4• u a A I- SEE TYPICAL FINISH NOTES 18/A8.12. - (SUILAR) S' 8' 1-10• x< t • a AI no.- I n m r , N4 D D P O C -4Y 00 v 1.1 000 C n C A r •1/1 _ y P • 1 • IIi 1.- 4" 6• 1 1'-10' 8' 4• 1'-1- a in x N • N air 0 0 C CO A 0 4 8' zv n 1-3 1/4' v so 3/4• 3'- 6 • - - • rirt., Z K D O Cs c e'C nI4: h >ID nr- r1r ii SQWONY1S 035s3338 FT IN1T ELEV SEE TYPICAL FINISH NOTES 18/A812 - (SIWILAR) 4' • 1•-1• 5• 8' r ▪ • • • P • rZo O C -I O > 23 In O > C n z H 92 O V 1 4' 6• 1'-10• SEE TYPICAL FINISH NOTES 16/A6.12 - (S ILAR) 4 7-1 5' 8• —#—FIBERGLASS BULLET REISTANT PANELS 6' 3.- 5 • 1/4 4 4/A811 0 n011O6 0MA1d .P/C f 1 Sllnd O31in3d; FE; 141 REV (6Y11Nts) - el BY/Bt SION HSINIJ 1Y01dA1 33S S' 8• a• XI • x 6, • • 4- I \\ x 1•-11 1/4' 3/4 1 -1' 31-6 > a Z _ n 0 ' {.1 n --o"° S - C - E >S n-" Z S O n r 7 SECT_=T SCE 3•-0• HI VALES BAD 04 ELOL4 SOFT. 1EFTi 14 EIELD 1-5 4. a I• . < ` a X 2fit O C 0 O t N S • too 7-Io' -a Oran D 8 8' g g • a • no1108 OMA1d slit Sllnd 03IJt33d5 ^ r � rn REI Ill (UV U A a ti O = 0 0 r o in n 0 SOHVONVIS 03SS33]8 • i F>4 000MUUVH X r Owoe dA0 .A/S 1.1 A O7I m Z Fr" VI < rnO CA Nun <tr NM x �n3A or g-no 2 0A > D Z a 12n Z r rn> n N 77 m� n D O 0MV09 aAD .B/S W ONV08 dA0 .A/S 1/1Ch N11 N Ur O 2 70, Z m r N p rn O Oavoe dA0 .a/S C. yr • owe cz 3Nnr sou I I OD m 9 CO 0 fD 2N Don R 6 S ON nnON3O0V a a 0 0 T s )11 CN I � T orn 0 I] rn rn • i C/] lopma 00 Can I� o o� r- 0 rn 2 -10' 1. • 0 P S'- 6' 1 vim k 6• 2-0' 6. n Fz 2 6' S- 6' I 4 I VI 2 r • 0 Z i • a -a U i' T m O r 0< Z n r 5 I m 4 rJ a0 CO• V O'tn P 4 rJ 2 3$ 3- 3 3 n v a n O ' o .a a Z 3 C a P 0 ' c c c S o z � 0 0 ,� ,_, �� n a oc S v b a a 0 n 3 3 a p>> b m n g a a E Cl) o a .03cov < p o°,, b a f 3 o C, O 3 n , O tl y o - .J-. a 3 ,�a ^�J 7 Lni 3 dn C b r Z o m C 3 T •.�c.,vgJv3j�°•33_ 3'-I0ga �t,gig n i, y iolt n �_ $ a° a' a X a o a �_ b n J m o v o_ a 0 Q9 .� o o c Sf a 1] > n1 a e 0c 3$ O 3 ea O 3 a 0 3-3 0 a 3 $ ta a a n sin 30�3� �' c� 3-30�a 'Jov '-= 3-n .... £ 3° n0 3 Z c< C 3 o Cr a s, 2. o 3 G a a ? a y c o 5 = o n a 5 0 0 0 a c?+a °a ^� 0ro00'c o 03n ontn oo e < m 0 S b$ a a v- c 7., 3 E o3 o n o 3 a s a 3 a N N $ 3 3 a Mara 'o o m c o 3 o v o ., A m a n a n j_aao a .c<0-, ; ;, F3• c JrC o a g c a 0 a 0 0 0 3 3 a 3 5:? O 3 a g 3 L0 yy O?cOa,JOvCc ` TO 0 aC O a Q. ,• Z o n $O a no oo � 03< qO v = �pj�aJ° N O Evv La 3 0 O 0 0" O p Q O C J O -4° • a o 0 Cr a• a a 3 0 5 an a 3 c D T 5 e =" .a a c P. a C O 0 .3-� 0' 5 x S° ,Zv 03 c O o 0 000 ac 0 £, CA v= '-' £ 3 0 0` a wm T, mN 0r a n o 3 o p ytv o n 0 0 5ua -1m o •Z a 0 a m a o r". ^ 0 Cl 4 3.L3a3NO3 Al 5 0 a 00 O m a co .- D 0 Z ° O N 0 v o ma 0J m d n (j c n Co Z3 Na v 0 a a 0 q3 u t v t 3 _ 0 D� a 0 0 2 0 R 0 n 000 5 o a cos a a 3 n 0 0 Co 0 0 N 0 0 0 0 II r C 0m O tmn 0 0 r z on D Z o-4 3-4 rn m 0 co SOVC1 3All p o p cnco3 i _ D O O a a 0 C j 0 0 n - a �A a "a 7 So ar 7) 0 o �v n 0 • .<• a D a o n U 0 -i • a£ 0 o 0 n 2. a D o a Co 7J 0 a 2 0 32, o00 a F a o n 9 t -3 ce-a a c c a o N n .a a° c 0 C n3Cj3n0 v'Z5 a°0`70oc°' Ev0 3a 0 0 0_ o y° o g° e 6 c n '�3�0° z5 3 �, 2 0 �j n F to -a o 0 0 3 Fr 0 2 c v° w c 0 a 0 0 ° 3 G c 3 0 cr$ a- o Sbjoj�U`Saqo a°n _Cco° Ca g _o af o: 2: n 5a� crba on VW v S13o - o a c'- ca a 2 a Qas o 3a 3' 3 a �= a R` c .c = a 5 a E a a O Cr 3 Cr" o3 0 a E a > 3 0 0 3 < 3 c s e a5 5 v 3 ° a ° u a S1IV130 1v31dA1 o - - p 5' *_ 3 C a 0 2 3= 0 0 y N 4 4 p , a :. K L. g 0. c D•-1 `.3. o ay Oa , $ -� - as aQ �U Cp M• ;q a v 3 0 a J N '3a a 1 v N a D o o y y m (�o a v 0 o1 33a:3,g aoCS-3onr 2oa�v ° o a 0: x u C D A m c y= 3 y $ 3 0 J ; _ J Ol 3 3 r a£0 12 b7N�0 CT 0 a `� 0 CCa R.� On,(...3�C 1)0a aac3 o aa49 x$ 3,' aa. o rn ‘,3- c a a i m m. y S y 0 3. 3 03 ° 50 ° r4a> > o page b a c o < C 3 0 0 'O „ a 0 c 3 a ti 3 c a a o y 0 o c a • tO 50 a )3 03m o a g g' A o c 5 a- c c 3 0 D a 0'a ' J En Qo QvZ nAEL m'?-1 0 oS a j3sQ1 you 3 00 a07sy ao-ge N �� 3 0 a- 3 0 0 0 c o 5 a o- L_ v rn e a a ? o o U o a a. J 3 y 5< a �J v o s o°° a o a 3 (, 5 a 3 0 n 3 a a s a 3 a �' ? a -L^ J , e o S 3 5 5• o.3 a a SNOI1VCId133dS OW S3003 3310N1V83N30 0 P N J 0 . Z Cr Cr ° - - J 00 0v3-^0 °a$559o3m o J N v a e a a a 5 a. co �3ya 3 3 o 3 a - J r 3 0 0 b J a c 0 3,3 F 0� 3 3£ pp- c= 3 - S a to J Z 0 3m p J n o O P ? a 6 2 3 2j -,o ° 3? z o i a� o J • 3 3 o p 3 J= O- t, aoSa2 ,°5?oC3 a a e C 0 O G 3, a a o a a•33 a n0 a., -I n R Cr =3 ^ - c $ 3 3 cO a 3.a 0_ n 3 3 5 C ca ; 0 0 - c 3 ° 3 ° 3 0 0^ a C a' F a 0 _ a_ o 0 3 0a 3 2----° 'o 3 3a `c J 5 a= - 3 30 b a O O J a 3 q5 3 a- a 5-01Q a i o cr o 3 0, G g a .5 C <, 3 0 c n Cr n `30c ,av C` v _ C' ct. O, E a A 3 0 a ,, J°£ 4• n - �_ F053a aD3oi°i' 3 a a o g o o A �E^3°a �n 0 n ,°a.42>> n c o a a? 1. a o 0 o a O, o a a U a J e €_,� s o o a a J 0 L. 3 3 3 3 O' 0 0 • a YWLLOf1a1S IIA _ m p m o 0 CO p . CI 'O m -1 ; °' A 4 N A tJ N a a U a ? p fr s rJ 0 o C n '- _ v 0 a aD ° �_ D C ° 2 J fn D v o C D n 0 2 p • 0 A y 3a0a> 0 a m v °�3�m a m p- E^o' 1 0 yy rho-• m vm v a 50= 0 D a D 14 o ° p 0 '� D D a c L+ ° • o a f a o o a f o a o `Z o o a a° v z4 ^ c to 3 m n 7 0_ _ a `< -4 L, v, D n < F30 0E?00 Df nF}' 033va per° 3 Jn ov O. =2ay agora-i3 yp u J oa - -0 =o s 11 a 4 a 5 a° 3 v a u, 0 3 n° a° 2 �' n r° o c' a 3 a o o° 5-£ a 3 `Li ° C a F 0>> 3 n .o TJ n m - A g o a 0 3 Z f v a^ 0 a p b e a S n S o ^ N n o, a 3 0 i S '? 0 0 a o a o 3 a 0 a 0 $ n e> N;I- 5r e o£ s (� a f Z 5 O o N'a O o 3 D D C Z 3- o^ •- c 0 0 0 n L, 43'° 3 v 3 3 ° o m v 3 a 3 "$ 3 o a v C 0 a 3 Z >•c. o as J a a Z c 1 ° o �) 3 a o D a-? 0 o o°Sv au'a �o q La E_ ? a 2ou 3�aa ;0:a 0;3 a°an a o1y Jan>n m �>•o n c n-o a L' b a 3 a ;) a- 0 0� n 0 3 a s Z a i d y v, p 0 3 c=, 0. o b 3 a n o - c 5 0 a a 3 3 J o n 3 0 0 0 0i y Cr v m •c Q o 0 = o a 0 ° T o O Z J 3 3 n^° E o>> o o_ $ J° o S n 0 °_ J< o n p a o a o a ? b �' 50- 3- 6`c o S- S z � a o m n v° i+ ..z.3 .0 0 La, ,c 3? �e e o o. 0 J o r $ P'., m it: 3 ' 3 e a °g o v 3 o J c l T 0 a a A a �' 7a0 ° 'Ji y o 3a ,, J ,� ? v a r7 a_ o 0 0 aoa 0i0na3n3 0 ooa�`tj 3= Cr 0 n°3 n3oo:-: 33_oq,�3aD0 °0c0�i0 3c0 o�a� su.5cN o:��y0 g c o n °3 3•po0 a 33-3 n o t�'ao3 '�oUjonsaOp c.0 n 35v ....O "o•o C,o m: P-vv o° e c a 2 L n 0 3 �, y o L. n E - e J m n J o y + G a ,0 a-< q q 3 Q p '� O n E. t+a6 •a'"a 3gno•in S c<cSQ Coo avQg'"So•Q°=fno a FOonncm un� 00. 3° vnJ v D0 o C a rc. o 3 3 3 3 a a ° v 3 5 ° c 0 a 3 3 n o a 1.15s0 aa e o 0q 1e a 00 3= m o? n 2 3 ? 77 = 3 0 3 a . 3o30ca,:-..c �`� 0n o0a�CfEO�a0oc0°7`+� 0 naE Sam ecD 5 as aa=a . o a 43 O L' "aJ 0 Jp 0 N £ •o+ O Q G .3< L O O D O P O 0 :al 0 3 G o 0 o a QC$ a 0 aa C A 3° bS ,a' 03 3 e vv o3 n 0— o J$tel <L, -- o �$3?"Re$-1 n a 3 =.0 a aa0$?>>' a�'�oD�0 o dam.. Q vc 0 a- 3°n >•^f n v 3- e n n o n, 0 0 E a o a y J y_ yy 3 4 3 o 0= y o o g v 0 3 `3 , o °° 53 o a 0 a a 3 0 3 c ^- a o c S a y s V, ° = o g c S v g ° m o p 0 n L. f p , a n war. 5 a ± 0 3 0 e e Z o e 0 0 0 3 a j 3 m o E e$ o a a n ° Q Q a > D$ $ 3 a a a a a 3 �°, 5 a o 3 r o ("C at; , c' on ? 3 �m 0 D° c� o a Ul o o b 0• ; ^D 5 o• o .3, a 3 a 0 o J o `� 1° 0 c u 5 'a a a. n a n° f C u J n `= S o v 3, 3 6 p 3 v 3 9 i 3 H S S° o o J �-' o a o •3a n o 'i °° a ,a c �� Ca 2 a 3 n 0>> o d M 5• 0 0 a --c3 n q oaao0 ,31 jJ. o,FS'v f=c v m Ea' C O '•' CO ri> an `.n o00 9 la D .a c a oa.o $ D 0o0S Doa <noaa b^aoa Sao u n a ya-=o.: 00 00 -n5 _�� o°`' v 3 oa3 n Ea° ° o CO °, 0a,`°'"a o n° 5 a N - $ g3a^v' oa y7 03a :<ovm, ° 9 o a e S o a Cn S 3< 3 0 a 2 3 v- 3 0 E a a a a a o o° , V c c n , �' 3 ° c o S r 0 a o a 0 3 c0 o a 0 '° r o 0 g D a n o J 3 S= b` 3 0 3 a = o o e -° _ - E a c n p m 0° n a a v L70 0 a E a ¢ a ' 3 .a n y 0 0 O g - — a ° .p 7 J c1i e U n - a 00 4 a a S o 3 0 o a 3 0 vo ° 4 0 °' J f v 3 0 o0F �,c 3 • 0a. oa a J = $ a 3 a 5 0 5- _, 'a r 0 0 a 0 J a J 0 v o a E 0 PadloM 1331$ ONIOLIOJNI37:1 A S O 14F d 1,• o S Co 34 c r 3 Er cr n o° S 0 z E o 7p 0, no 0v _ 3 —Z) 9 v0 3C32c5Da ay 3� 0 , ,o' C3� >> o 3{{ o z a 3 n 5 2 3' U 0 S a 3 a 0 -.a �, 3 n m 0 0 c a o n s 5- J r o a m a-'a°°a0o0 aRp n e o n m o m n 5= 0 5* --' 0 c 0 C o-aoo3 A o 0oa30naN 00vvog:0•noJ0_m 50 a3a5F2om , °. a , c m fao 3 a3as0 a 3 3 3 cif a taJn aan3nr)b°3ua o 7VC;7g3I nag�n N•. a a a 3as a r c o a 40 o v, n o g o x c o- ''Racaov°3 00 v v 3Z �, S c a `^ J a a a'>_>_ga�s 0 -1U ` a=O as a en0'3a005a o0 o o ra �'av°o 0 0 1 2 r a cr. •(: p a 3 ID3 $ - S r o c A ostl o n o ct h Sic ^ c C r_ d Z1 5m El 0 n 3 3 5 3. CT a x L+ a 0 0 6) -n n 0 0 CO rd h La N a 3 3 -• � o a o� 3 n N V S N_ o a3< � J � 0> s O Z a :ono0 3 OOp PVu 3�J�?- 5J7enJ3Ca' o a a 0 9a- 3 o a 3 U N t+ 0a n 3T va'o 'j. 0 -- a a a o a q<u•aJ- SnQ00<=3 nox• x o f� o o' n o 0 a c: r, . e' - 3 n nVG$ o S F �avvJSa= a 05`°' amu 3°0. 0° a<fol3oec'g9rZ°�o°•g�ua1^rma3a0n�a=�3a xx,5c $a a 913 0 ua‘0a c-3aacZ ,00'�aN c5?'� �c 3,35n � Q b��°�� Gp�°n �_�0n,]�-1°N O CD a p m o�GZ0 N 3 C X- -_+gc° 1 3 030 �'-oSan - a o 0 0 m n '�, 3 0 f o v a o F. , a S 0 o, o o c o a c c° o a o F a a' 3 0 3 3 a a o a ve' S °o5a0aaan oCL a°`aovo.- a 40 oaa yc3 o o0ea 0 C 7 2 N° r s a 0? 0 a a n o o c 0 v n A 72. o_ o° 0 n a o o r fi�tt, 0 a O o v. 0 3 %' J? J 'a L, 0 n n .aj 3 M. S O o ', a a 0 0 O o u p$ o a g o° 5 = 0 .... c J o' p 0 3 0 3 a v n< o -- -, o° a v 5$ `v o 0 aoa°�o-,3 0t')a a3a�. C� CI So° SbooOSr' C t' V_ ,, J 0 0 p .E J J j O^ N o n i1 a n .+ 01 0 :::: V- 005°oaG3x3�' 0,,v? 2au D a o -o$o3;0araoca°o<?�ac1cF_3c.$o0g'a1-6 0oS'oab0.40- no� �5?So:,u <u;o aO?? ° oa-aFag-0 �a 5�03���,ag o 0e3 _m' f °a0 ,�. Q ? a 3 ° 0 o 0 a 'a' 3 3 3 Z 3- A° 0 o c° 3 0 5 y a a c n.0 H a 7° o o D a� S o a 3 5 t E S a a s 0 c ? 4 0 3 3 a ; o a ct> a o 3 3 0 2 n n o n D S a 5 3 n 0 o a D 3 `. S a c° 2 f ° S 3 e v 0 0 o w n o. n 0 0 o g 3$ 3 0 x a -'+ ., �. C ° a e 0 3 3 33 5 J L+ � 5 c cif S? 5o g ^0� o'3ocv' 0 ' gN 3a59' J '� 5 a= n 0 01 D q J 0 3iy 9 ii = 3 O .° ri o y 0 a q, N - a 0 3 5 5 9 U 0 In . Z r oa E 3 o = 3. n 0 o 0 3 is a° 0 Floor deck shall be type VLI a, manufactured by Vulcraft or equivalent -1 r 0 n ga 0 0000 u' Jr 5 c 3 v i o E a m D 0 a a C L a r n x- U m a F 0 3 v 5 3 a a i C,S o o 23 bn 3 Ca o 0 5 u e 0 a- 0 3 n r0 3 3 c J ? 4 c3 3 5 a 0 a 0 f Cr 5 0 s 0- r 0 0 3 3 v C. O u IX. STEEL FLOOR DECK (COMPOSITE METAL DECK) 0 2 m D u N -. N T v, P t.. N -. D DDm oo -'N� caD2°b)c aaaa°DG„Z 0Dr 2 c,g0 D(Id F c o Z D$ o `-Z o 3 3 3 F 3 �i 2 J? S a O e 0 J 0 m 0 3 RI y a n a n o tl J ;I as: o• 3 v �D VJ ° n n 73 asp -+m any m_^.oa3JOLv,°N° .ra.ti aim 'c a 3 X V m a r O 5 J C J 0 a- o o a 3 n m 55 0 -% o c� > 3 a n as o n '� n T 3 3 n 03 3 n o 0 a o a 3 z v° _-n Cr- f 3 W 4 n a O 3 a p 3 3 $ c S a o 3 o O f f J _ g J <_q< 3 10 oA oa -^ a 3 a 30 3 aa-i ¢a, •< 0 T r e 3�L+noa=�3a n� 00 c££! a n m a o 3 o a 00,3 a0 3 o-a n< r m a Z .� E 3 '0o 0 v Z .. n c S o J n? 3 F a% 0 3, 0 E C e S ' O i a 3 ' LC, 0 o n n p p G a == G 3 v n d 4' C y a 3 $ 0 0 J L� 3 b L� .°-. J n 2 c e n a 3 5 o 5 a g> 3- E 0 n C aJ ° o �, o o -2gn o ? c03 ae 0a oaa=o e)a03 ^ e,� a a s 3 - - < a o 5 a ? gi g O k 5 0 _ n > 3 p 0 Qi J o 0 3 c o y Q 3 3 K ° a c - c n b, D s 3 c a a 0 a 0 S n 0 3 ° n a � o o 0 o n ° b 1 c°, 5 V" C n `� O_ ` 3 O O r C a n U O O 3 p : a ° a< v o 3 a oe a �+a oa3o ., 0 0 c i a o f o a o S a N 3 G J J Q S 3 J p 5 p 0 c o o a la °° a s 41 5 5 na o 0 n 3 f 3, 0- o a 03 3° 33 SgpS rD c a 1 E o a a g o n o n - c-' 5 VIII. WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL 4 N • O n t n L� a 0O c. o�v U o b D mQg2R43'&ga32?2am 3naaa.. esaaaa=„ aaa2,34sg2.Qa442°,2555o_sBS5onaa.. fo�2o2�a°o0a0-4c2^2 o C o 5 n o' 3 u c 3 R C, x g� n R. 0 a P-' o o * °-' o^ a 3 a a S ` 3' 0 3 3 a J° O U $ 3° J a 1 7 0 'S J o 0° > a c c a 5° Q Q e^ j o p 5 o a a c o 0 i3O a$ 0 o a n as 0 0 3 a o a ,3< 13 S ? n g ,E- oat noon w, r O a J i3-1 a ? O L? a a O L1 D a° -- C 2 G° 5 fl a o Z 3s, 3• 0 a- 3 3 r' Ina b 0- ..c 4o 0 p cv Oa a .0, 33 O U'3 3 a n O3 2- d •-I u C= O „.c ° n U j U me 3'C a n° g' 8 0 o C 0- 0 S'm§'o5 056PRo oa„+a W D O O? O S 5 a a a 0- o s f a 3 a 0 a d s 0 3 J 3, 0 a a a a ,. �t '< C O C, C b a y e a ^ a 0 5 t 3 a' o w a n o a a a 0 ' $ o W. e ;3 e q 0 R. a G a, 2 3 5 XII. SITE OBSERVATION BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER sa o n m O oPUN �y P 4r� .0 ?n Soe,fz 32Ezyc ��cai caiz m O n m D z n m p w r �c �_ ��A �O �0 o�tt -A A t., P. �y u N �y - ty -IO av 5mDmm 3 ao -Ix t nc 0 • -0 jn no 3, + 3m v N °,Sn v O g , e - e nn o-o S ; n 0 C v s _ _ - - _ _41 C g 3 A 00 c o 0 3 n C v " a 0? y a a; 2 a �, Z rrry ` ‘2..., ,. Q 3 v o' c 44 0 0 ° < ° O < $ 0o i ,Ja m n D v ; o 0 0 v `� m o 3 m -.0 3 _In IJ S a n J 0 0 G 4 E R° Z 0 3 o a p c 0 C 3 d a° P. v o= 5 a ; 0 3 A N S o ° p c )a' o f Jc a n =< S c ° m VI ZO a a 0° 2 -1 J • n Z S o 0- c 3 d 5 A Z 0 a o c O 3 r a • o 0 a J 0 a o v ° a 2 3 �>>-iondn;2AN 7,Oa�G1';nio°Oa� Sanm�'^n:.`a'0c=D S�'iR3o'A2o3° e3riJF+32 00m no`v'9o>2,3a�nQ2 uf2?�OvFb�it 3S S= c ° 0 m m0 a° 0 c 0 a a 0 3 c a N 1 O c 8°^ nc a 0 _i o o$ a c g ° e 0 a c3v3 £oa E u D 0 0 3 a f 4 n N °n a fD o00oa�_�_£^OCr,ev0zn.j�nZ3�ao 00Nda��vpa$A o°•sa i�pfa3oa33F�a aZvuo$,00anoSuDa0n,n3a°�_r"n u J 0 3 a 4. , A °° 0 3 n o Tjf 3 ✓_ 03 0 '? ° ZS v_ m < ,� 3 0 =_ , J0= ', `.'x N a VI 3 o 0vuf35�c'v� it a a a0 J3°a -L'0o i ° r 0 og.Day 3n' � ... aoa� 33oy3`"0 qa3 a3or a i 3 y v° n$ S o ZO p 2q3 n u? 7 n 2 p o o a v• 0 u Eab 0 JN<3n , % noca 3 ,50 ='ov"03.7-n>> 3 o m>; a v auo a o n ory C a 0u 3 0 0 a$ c- o00o a �+ y£ 3do a nOr� CC _ _ 3 J 3 3 c v ,, 0 3Cn 7 C ''n ° a ,�aua 10 n o Zuao -1no030om-:.S Ao c a S c R c3 i0 e 2 ., ,� oCm o C ' o R 2 a- 1 00p30 nacc Zm0`a03 eo05y � Q�`2mv30��0G,aO`=? o of Sua auu°go,o3v:32c5m5 ar'-�3n° o?ynaR aQ�a3c°337=O=0Sc'v ,•a 3°0�S3oa0o chi 5N c�3°adv00�yoS$cSy ao O Jcon O � a 3 3 + _ £3y£.�a d av �+ 3,°�u,+ < $ v' o c 3 a o c d a 3 n R 3 a o v o b S O a n ,+ n 5 a o o e o ,a+ $Z �a 3 z mo < m n ou o2 3 0 , . :+, 35 E�` 5�'c oC�-1 D33 .3om° 30=3 =n •+ 3 A 0 �a^� G v c , �n =3n= ,0 . ° F Rca 2 > a A D c 9 2 0 0 3 3 c a $ o n 0 1 m ° 3 n Q 3 ai 3 a s 3 £ R°°$ 1� 43- ' ;01: II- °o?^_So?0 a 0 3 < O Oo- =_0 0 5 c^n b 0 __v , oa a u ,., 3 b o+ Go yw` S z 0vao aa o n b- n3 a 33 a��-_' o° , 2 o'2 n v 3 3 0 5 a vr Sn035°,n5Z22° ° A330 ^°L,°.o-'0aoa CZ S-e$o;L'Nm°a3203ye3CacoJc�' $a S n=1 0 0 0 0^�'°a a n 3 0 no° 22 c< u 3 d °,a33oev=O6Z o ..FQv0uo70°Joao A°c.,°off03ov�_c0q dcd32'.atoEa oe.o n"aa < n� 4�039�j v 000 N e o r'ta Jnvo cu,ajNo3?o ea4.$7S0330czi'a o3oaaop3avan.oE3°ca6. ,ae�0�3.°n 1_11:3, 3� Ao300� ao i coQi0 0 3 ° oo� aan3cu5_3d3RIDao5^,o 0a3=u3-$ aaSa'a3i.d 5Ct3 ae5.,'<' 3Ce<_000c...a`v'b$c0x?c 3v$sv�3 +°Fo30r...., �^'�° coe000c?vaoc a a'Li a nF°a0II�n7n 3'0°"an'^;3ovQ0_SS.o.cRo-03aQtr=. c o v -m $'aononn`3b S.o `°- o C a •a o SOo? 5a ny=o 03 03a d d 3=oo ?-a aC A5_n3, 'a° (l 3 00`< au Un,o_a- Op F a 0. ^t' OmOa [Aa �,a a tJ yO o a J a 3f2O J f v 0 CJ C?3 On 3 3 3 0 o n oa°„ J ti a$anz2os4030$ao.ao�oo ttn F_J _0'' aL,vc30 vc Qqn =e 3S cJ2on3vJ _ 0 a aZ3�G13a 0 303ovc'Ovv7n•72c2mo';c "oa o0nc+gor3 aoa' �0o.on:aa oa:i°a3$_aL+ Sc 2 c o a C R o a b a n o 5 o 3 •a 3 a a o 3 �' ^ 0 ? 5 _ ne<° n 0 0 n o a a da g= S 0 d 3 n J3 ^ my• acoL.' L,ao 0oOSc m c o-- ° 0 3 3>; n a u e a u oZ $ o a r a a 3 a° n 5 0 a o 0 .0 ` s , 3 0 ° •S n a. 3 4 N of Lao ' L g M O y •, cm"rr 3z 0 o < C v, v,Z c rr m .X 0 Cr c a N bugIIuurd Joj :uulsI.dy UwIdd la a P 2 0 C, 0 C, TY. • • 0 • rn • • • ♦ (E) A12119 (E) 612' 19 11'-11 1 /2' m 'T (E) 621162 \N � Y (E) *2468 M10112 (E) 10'- 5' iro•-• ill Oil 2 7-4 �NN ( E ) 1112119 'c (E) *A12119 11-11 1 /2' (E) *21E44 L o R 7 a �o� < i i � j 7 € 3 RENOVATIONS TO THE CITY HALL & ANNEX �i c tt nrrf+ w F �,r y. DOMLD (MCIVC eRW7 5 is e( V.t 1, CN3f�G' rr 4y�IONAL C~ .wvaL:nu:1uu (CAM _1 4 21J Cr rtrlrc..nurod ro Pen c > o ^ a 3 i a ' P7 "i J 1_-� = 4:.n =rE _ y 4 I a r a 'V SECOND MING PL .. v CD -, t .n"3- Z Q. •m o 0 ^o LA U o ._•�� >i CO IN.)p ti m (1) a) z r Om i C, 0 O • • N U a a S iD r0/38 ON11SIX3 P/l■PC1 1NO3 C Z rm m X. o rn CD 9 z CD m rnX Z y N � -0z r�) < N u CD CC rn Z O = D O Q, Z D N Z -4 Z O X 2 m alippreSMIk QQrr % FL. z Y a O AkietWear R,3 = 6' z c - r O 7.1 (n _ � o ortat r rr '4'ry- a ( 0 A .l a .►/C :31v3S CO U • I N 22 a 0 r1 C, r1Y38 ONI SIX] Fz r N a o. C Z m D O a QC. Z CD n m Z a ip • m rn U 9 N .0-.1 - ,0/C : M3S CA au N� :n O , A El:m m o-" �AOrTn A r A yaTO Orn 2. mm A • 0 rn 0 rn m� r t 9 r v Z C m Z Zono0 n m m n in-4 u1� O N mt. m Z m A m N A m� O7C n CD � m A m >-1 z m v� o r o j V1 .� OSO O r T C m; Innn Z D� T y ri 0 -4rn m 6 O a m m Z n Z 0 m n r rn rnOm ZM co VI rn Cz >n g nL^ z n 2 A u"' �O frn C j n z y Zrn 9n 9Omn Y C m 0 o A 0 Ui N m n Ma 1—• m MCI E QZ a rn A n m (7Zr Zr0 m zn rn s z z, r A 0 0 6 r1 T N O N N CI a a 0 7] rn 0 op m r ti rn i v+ nz 0 N n -1Z C n - -40 z Z 0 0 C T z In 0 z (E) *12.16 (E) M12.16 O' Z T T 23 C (E) A16.26 m 4 U S fr• S h • C 5 S ( 4 S > r I- C 0 r >-n> 0 r p` 0 La • a f a 0uPI 6om Nri 4 �m 6T �nrn 0c'f F 2 S S ao S S -4 5 O N 55 { C a 0 V) m r r 0 O (I) rn r Z m r n P1 C C r- Ar * c }Qacyam�m �r rn t,ir pry Nrr-. rn _ = T4 v v A2 mm,Cn=zyZ �Z i- Z��rNxi ONZ AC 99, n o+ AI p 1 m N - Z O 0 Q'n"t=-0BooTc0 >> -U Nn� Z.l n -� Z z 7C to T n mg15y4�N7fl Z n�p 8 n-. 2 T '1 0 A L ros0rz T t to 2 <A 19›3A ZO {>n SOF Zz>z > --r TO Z O �> rn T v O o Ln IP g�Z 13:74 i>o�po c O2 Zz�ho p0 12 122 =_ g �Z Fi 1-zv n S rn �p K42 �2 cnm 9 2rl CD m O Zr rn-4 O r _, ti Co CD V T (J' S U N V O O O m O. V a P• ¢ O+ o Yr CLEAR OPNC - - I9l/S it b/l t ' 9 1 - 1 - 1 -L31/2I31/2■5/16 MINIMUM ANGLE SIZE r r r r a a it a t M m w a a La u a It \ l4 ... ILI N CO CD - at LA LA P OP ij I puepead 4o A2!O cn 0 NJ z 0 ii -71 O n O ^Z l ) m Z D m C r O D 0 U) L O N r C r1 - 1 D' r z O r~f1 OdOHO A0110 080H0 d01 NO OV01 rl I CO E4441 BEAM TOP FLA4GE YE P101 F 1 PEARLAND PHASNG NOTES NA a) 4 I shy 41wt1 z 0 (A, 0 r O 0 73 •11117 AVIV '�Y1 7 • z at • v OW] 8OLVH]N70 M]N ON] OL rvwd 3dr7S0wvl ONV 101 4 'wend i10111N07 ;111D8 NNNN +NN' NNy �_ o apVAypV..r- > in9» Ly C v a n 25g4'c 5gz0 3' n n o i" g 0 6 9^ n r R ? R" n o ; 2 n, a M gg R gT l- yn A Eg6 n O V 0 8 n o" A ' z n op r�a-f r, O 'A ccpp O S S rn,N C-, �+ o zS,y m > fti73 O Z r ' t god 0. co �b a tic lit O C ?C gt ti eN n r u l o is y� 9 a ✓ ' TM Don r> a :0 z 0 'J^ V/ r r 0 0 X C-) D r r 01 n m xi z 0 N z 0 r 0 0 xi C-) r r NOU118R1 sc *JNU117n i r, C n P i on 0 n 8A 221 on), U u NNNNN^+NNN"+NN -r r•co. po VPV SJN� A zPn n ♦♦♦♦♦♦ •♦♦�♦ ♦♦♦♦ ♦♦/ �♦�♦�♦�♦♦♦ ♦♦♦♦1 ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ ♦♦♦ • :* ♦-♦-♦-♦-♦:°i°♦°♦°♦�i♦°i°♦°i°♦♦♦♦♦♦�i o ff" p D cc n - O Z ?o 'Or C C n 22 at n 1, 21 N ♦lNNNNNNNNNN N N N N N a U N- o �D O V P 0 - M N - ■ R ilAFsgQ '0ZZF 02Q 2r n , A 7i8ycs»(yp��aj2 27fls*K r6 gr6- yg <A4US O.Y >O Op m. m`* 2^0ZO D8gR172 I ✓j RW9s CC'++R: gnli Y 1 QS OnLF. �Oo 0^' Rag>art�z Mgr O �� a a a � -- n a O > C v r z n 0 0 0 0 ^ z F° n RE v g� P 0 n n Z 0 g 0 1 n F X]NNY Nf*138 1IfON07 37XLtA sit ONV XJNNV 0130 ONIdd ARM 0]Iv1tNI-]4d 11VH AID OW d117 NJ]M178 ONdld MR0 0]1V11FiNI-]8d N ›m xi z 0 z z m W my z 0 C) m z r- r P ; c V - N N N N N N U N N N N 2 ue vc��r � UU 1oaoio%g'o -P nC� mn-n�n- ss xP0r806=.A19.ZTr39t '4 =ma i-iFW5! rSSr (pl>Z 2 Fp �, QNz^ r�yZ nl'9 Z p �� _C 0• ~ �l' ire �n a>ct ez,�No S l�� yi0Fv,g g zpRO a r7n rzi�oolAn 5 Rar.r, L CyA �y 0 0,-)4 oii p l�A c �i �a ¢¢� Sti r= > a a v n n - n R H> Li R p' pp> o y o0 RRR 9 - a O rnr� 0 J J O }, .>. O p� yo= m� ■ C ga • n� Ql, 2 c Qy� f A z & AV:F ▪ C sag 80 wgti It s n S p YCIO g o C o = y ra A i � $ 1, 0 ^ as i, > 0 WI' s n v cy $ • 8 g Po l+ F. zm ro M yl, 1, w r -I c f < z Y ZO z 0 > r, Z ' i C • v, m NJ CO too UPI i s 7 z 2 ow n m m m m m O Z a m rn Xn O C n C O m Z vo m O m rd LA Z17 O N m r m In m 17 gA j13 O 0 rn ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND ALL OTHER x c7 1, m v n sn o v n; v g v o n � zv 4:4C n1 xZA0.. mO mm i��00m VOf �rz., Z m o r., n r., Vt m y C Z pm CrCa•I n0 Vn rn ' rn N pO�GON [L� {��j p y C r p 0-, i 000 n Z O in r; y,r rn rn O C mC Z V1 VI nni m 17 * C 711 N REPORT UPON COMPLETION OF EACH PHASE OF O O Z r C 137 L., Z> ' ` O -13 >A I�' >� v g� z < o 0. n�ZI. m r�1 O1 n =0 O r Cr as A U _Zp)yf m M C 0 N Z C n Z c ray gA0co ranOZ ,4 x >� 2 rn 27 <Z.� �ra1zor5 zcc 64rn A A <CO r Z O Z r� rl Vf m A r A PI_ 0O3A.co in �O pm0 tZ <v t r�CotOir <rm jA' 0> O •_ rn z v viCm�>� m A5.np N> C1 O ntri Z -y c o 11'++�,, Z O r1 C OA Z2 jN C .n ZFC mSO Z 0Nr O 1- r) 0 rn rn A Z 0 ; A 9 ; A O Z r C n 0 A O O O m A1441 0 vorns3 r L= N g°m cc�)2ac O rn�x p rot CC77 9 A0rti vni r�1 gA x fi m A> O r a rn rn n N r, r-r r > _> RI a z v v p A .-r 44Sa V/ 0 CD m m o 2 n m A rx+, A 0 0 c D A rh z = ; C O Z p Z n0 _ VI ,22 n car. -. I. C = A t 0 _4 o v nO m ; O a Z c rn a>i +-Z ON Cmmn-. 2 Tr" CDC r`jr�� o OZ O Co -4 N Zr a lr1 x A N m m Om m O Z O0 N m c m Tr�22 O 2O(nI/� m m In -17 -Crmn OO m m_ m ~ 4/1 C -•pp r fl L a A VIZ _ m m nx -• >nrt V>irm Z C r m 7� NV� r u n X O S m m 17 r0 m C 0 O c C -17 O In m z I- RI < C a m m AZc ti - rn c r-=rn to OZrzn _ a rn n .T>7 m2 m gtm L 2 Z A rn CD = m O 0 * a rn ti Z ntO NI F-Liar Z m Z A ran Z m c Z B. DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS (COLD, HOT AND RECIRCULATING). A HOT/CHILLED WATER SYSTEM N N_ N 10 m v 0' Ecjin ♦UN -p�O6 -rOrl.r' ♦ l/N mN O Z ---42 -4-I< VO OO'mnm.n- O JAF�O-. NOO- ODtjxx oxx xxc Z°�� m zoto>= o.T�fp� SR o> _ x�c=coo '�� F _I_1 m -ti m m`�`m m +f xr C'1 Z yfl m �j OO<mf'�nn �j n t 2OfiA f�1 Z-�7D5am A Z m Vf x 2 n ZCr 0O 0 On r m�zN Aa�+iz'rm. g1C -.oZm �•"rm nAmmz=nnO C m m anyZO mpZ' m O -+�v raj• m Z nOr^pm +tn � Zi �^ f�r� m�^ Z O7nt Z I'+pA"rZ' 2 _�� ^�Z+pmZ p 2 -tio mm to Z �Z Vf rn CI a7>C>.4zi 1nrn 00 n0r-�0rn rn Z A Z '�7+p�bOmZ n Vf al O N=C N=N LA 'tr0 r A m�Z mN yPI tri , m V1 =m OZZ�>iC ZtiZO. y70CA y�N1Z vnz nO rNn00O vAn0rpg rn Z C Z�OZ 2rni��amn raiC rnA-70rn W le 9N m Np>ti� �C a2 m (_)Vr7 7c(O�> m,,�ppA<<''C7 mt/>>Y>>>NO;a� La z VO N17 Z > Ole CNO��mCOO ON� lllm�>' =� NOO mzO Yf Z Orn a Xi m��n2-4rn GACDNrrnNpmiin rn tiL~mS f n�?�ZOOOOOCfm/Im f��p rel nZOZ O rl C mr�iymn O ran In 2.Z07Z m RI 00 A o An mm?D t/Zf p Z O y7 p G� -a .'>>D 17 • m O r") N O p Z a O y Vf .. „ A r p O N < O C o V, >m -1 m m A m >'� . m m 2 O en to m O r a -� m mom, O -1 m �� O n C r� c LA 7D Z I/r > A 7p �- Z m x m �v Orn n a� MCC A '+A o ; �O Ao n O ~ p O ;xi); O 73 no hsm A m Pr S cc y OA n rn -� +, 0 C C A C m N in -13 v r x m Z .-. O Z n 0 A F C o c c n Z OA a Zrrn 0 rn an p� lnZ C a12 � yN y N 0� p� ON �j TO �in O rr�l n C r� i N V L Z < in x o p r>y� > c my m 71 O� O N a =A Np Z <r�n �C ✓� > m AA figt=m Ord O IS? a •Cp O vi mi Z C _A r.�, O A O O N p O m O C x cn Vff o o tD m :4 0 S c O -a A m r>j m-.y�r�^ � ro p'^� $c � z JO rr•= r53 27 Z� �� �� '-I Aa o rCO n r1.9.�' m�� n ram.,n m (3iZ rasp ran In map N �O N N na ZO < f rr-� N Ztrn S NnA n0 m� V1 O� Sa n� m A� O -rA C ym 2 O1 O =i Vf m (yn� A Cr',ON m C- Z rCZ�� r 5 A C m m 7C mi O f�1 Z Z V� 2 �7 v x O r O ro O C n �_ O Z p N xi i00 O ? L�j n> m a O n mc. < N= v--r AL^ Oy y rn 23 m rmn r- CO y A to OC ~v `r' 34 Cr p ? m 'rvi - 27 S m c c N m h.., tnNC N C O p Z O O _ 'gym .In., .n� J[ rn Z Z m p Mm ON �m 00 00 �n n xi m N n -I 2 n Z O 02 An m > C p_ r., _ 7�D n A n O �p Z m A C >> PI N O V, O 73 {pj y n 0 A O S A Z Z N O = z x A g D m0 xi x A v A < a �� r0 A= �' rig n� x r A m Ap Z> > p to C> m 0 r2n � xi c o O VI n r�rl f`g r c _ r A O rA, Cm < Z r>Oco � C = O = m 0 n > .'� i; Z A C v -� Z n m -+ 2 xy rr0� n OC G O r -+ A O Z m !$om m S -4 n n N '�_ O 2'a> ~ Z ra•I O mrxn O O ::::0 C C) 00 D z m i -4 >17/ mF ; mZ �O ' m27 > N ic> Let rji 73 v m rn n C m y� > O S > O N N 7C O C m m 2 N VI O ni In r r"r., -� O n m_ r O Zp> r m pp� A m < Z1 O' TI a O r- m N O v r x O p O Z m a n +� = m 5 ; m n czi ;" m Z N O z C m 'O �1 rn f�* >2 r- Z a O rm7m O S N 2 m ID 73 id cm -CI n n Z <r.� ZIT O a Z <> rn In m V7 G o S O2 --1 O> p i-- Z C O O [D rn C O r�f p 0 nzi A C > 5 rn p al CI Y rr fn CZ'f m 0 x > m m m -1 p n V N y Z N 2 L z Z O C v m p• 0 �. � m -. O; r m. O p � n y� n F O CE O re m Z x_ Pa n < m O O Z Z N r�n �� C r~i ZO �z, < C O7 N Za x F- N Z O N 2 0 N 3 m x m 121 ,mn 2 tL O A0 no A nm n m +, C n O rn 13 m P rn r Z O A 021 A m -� -. n A G 1/1 CI An `�- n O m N „ N L Z n A O 27 m m 17 C O N Z D Vni v n O Za m. > m x N O C m p ZO rn N a C r Z n N O ZO O Cr >> ran N C S m m m z m O n O O 173 Om rn Cl r rn m n O n C 1.71 N 2 rn C A 0 ln O m N n =4 2 N f p Z p O rn A rn cam, z� � ~i m� Z^� �9 A n arm-+ rxyn 17C rn 01 r rho in O ; x Z ;., m A Cr) m m ran Z [m� N „,r N G'7 tZif Lr XI pp V O r -, 7s; "'1 O= f/7 Z > b> 0 r O Vf ZL� in c o rz., �r=i 2„ = yz A Z �N Zyz OA N omo m LA O f r-2,> 0O VI m O S m c2'� n m D r O ✓1rn r I- -1 CZ'f m Z c rn 0 0 3. 0 C )3 r m 0 Z z 0 0 D r City of Pearland, Texas =N von r> U 7I� -®c �, JOL c� ork (NMoa/dn 03Nan1) 331 ONldld V (NM00/dn 03Nan1) M0913 ONidld 1N3A an 711Yn0UN (TmNrn) 8]d11Y0 3111110A 8]13n0483H1 V v C F 1000 JO NHS NI 8000 55377Y F no1109 NI 8o00 SS337V a3S01J10 N0I1305 dnnd 8 5 A (AYH-{) 3A1VA 1040403 (AVM-L) 3ANA 10 3801;038d 037n03a -vCC;HtliA E R 8 0 rg A C (1131v*) 3ATYA ON130032 340SS38d A o p m o 0 0 Nanl3N 830m N ^gym r r.rC ��nc� g1$i a. xi Xi c oir oa c` oZ 2-4 ca' ,^ 4 -12 C Z D ap CA g N lon Z D i A 11 0 y CCCC1 IJIJ < <<r C in O :". 0 I V ZN I a Dg r1 23 I z l N R z 14 m 4 ' 1z Irn c so Fi rn rr r., r •�sv+ tn rg 1 CI a c� _Z z €cl � Z Z N I r 2 r r I I Alddns HiYM MECHANICAL COUIPMCNT DCSICNAIOR Nanl311 H)LVM 031 A1ddnS dl1YM 07l F A N303 ONCNYN9 A n 0 n -4 IN31YNnO3 80 Onld S,ll]d l4l 40133130 DIOn, L300 O zz n (0]5010 A11v11aoN) IATWA 300 0]5013 A11Wna0N (4340 AITVnWON) 3ATVA 3Jr3 N3d0 A11Yn40N 2 711910 AlddfS rot 3015 L3Wa1NO3 NI ION 113LI1.5 43dnYL U 2 3JfTC 3anlYaldn]1 A 0 O NOMNM 7011331310 )003 ► 37fYO ]2inSS]8d 0141133 1v 03S0dx3 80011 03HSINIJ 3AABV CT z Zen rC Zc c 194 en rn 4.7 no C H J 0 ON11133 03HSINIJ 8017]NNOD 3110(3 J 7NIdd) M011 JO N01U1810 0 c I 3 z 0 i 0 3 0 rn C) Z C) r r Arn I m z v 01 i i n n a r r ::t C r O L r z Ct -1 C i V 3 rJ 7 f i 7- O reXI --- (!% ,ttr rtt, ,u, 1 1 1 li O N a = N von 1r • • ♦ , • O a P DESCRIPTION 0 A O n x Pc i S 1 tt, u-c 1 E. 1 a 1 1 1 LAJ • X; TT----_W-- k-- ---� , OE 413 ----.gIY '----- --� , iSi • 0 r Li t' L 1 1 C O IZI O O a IT a �rl TT 11 N . s C n a n x `n K O O r a n 0 7: a -r: r 0 0 i7 a IN con r� t _______ ----I -- — 0 5 8 1 0 z DATE 0 4 2 r ��_-- -- - a 11 'S 11, 1 i 1 TT a IN nriakil a - o EPIT Eqpg 5744. 9cd 0 103 g VAEFIAEAAR EiglAang g!2 2€t ; a o n o ti n Pi MMg __gihge g iii!!";4!!; jtI ay�gfl!5 a-� n RFP iigi ;;31111 o A?> ‘, a s rn z C r r C7 0 r z r z C7 r v 0 �rn = D p z J • 264 r- D O o W 0 8 r-1 F, 4144 tun- Irg Ftp 1 L 11 1n TI x1r1 0 0 I 1 ,1 ©_—_-TT-11 JL 144 11 =N cpn r 0 a a - a r 11 vtk i P a n n 73 Z O n x Ir T 7 0 r--T^ p. !1 ~ 1 i 1 - / /y /f 1 �I/� Y ; J• ; / \ / 1 T.' __----1_s i -- f�l LN 1 O � a rd --r---- -TT - TT 11 --- -Ix 1$� OA. L_i 'r1 �IbIbIcn iCl il ES] ZZt - J�- IT u CO V P V 14 U V O n m F F C 7 I f I ■ • • I I m 0 D D z z_ z C7 XI- C7 0 I I fi In 9 a If II [ I II 13 ,I Ja 11 .-r n ®mmmmnl [mmmmoX L 4w . H• • • • B O M 11 11 II XII III u _L II• :i4r=4-r===N: II I Ij II II II II C P a n 3 Z yv 0 i 0 ._. •- _ --U-- s-4 M jk===tea. n B B T 4,n _Al_ -a 11__] 9 B B B B Jr I I I I —1 1 I I I I I I I1 I1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I� II 11 I I�II II I, I I 1, 11 ____: I I •U : _1 I II I I IL_J II ii l lit I C'I . I III 1--I I II J 7,, 1I===4i 1 fr-;1 in: 1 1 L--1---- tot --f U1 �1m- ,A�1i11i---- 0/4 Ac ' S IR I~ � ,1 O` 3 i) 13g! s i a II II © r1" 1 II I I I f-i---tpt-- r --ci ,_• J 10 v 0 p v o ' 'u pimpptlivargAINANNIAIIPTITIPIANA5 fAsr, a ♦ z gxti;13 G OWT/171* & a '-`1 1 = yyy 461 ^ V X 1 y a O yg}q M!„i y Y C• , I- Vi^$y> Pxi , 4 g ^ A A 06. ^ a 1 i N A 7 9 m Z C [r. • r • Z rn X • O --__---e r P 0 Q n 3 0 Z 0 O 2 r 1 4 1 r z 0 C 7_ 1' l \ LC ¶1 Vie D r r I J 0 0. H $qz 0 H,�r 7 0 i YMS on00a A tg XF gi 'i m fl W D '") r y r r r:1 0 D O r • -n 7d '1 r 0 0 f ,r Pit s' I v11k'''it AVIV •wp 7 i A 3 J J a N • � 1 N Hz r OD 70m 0 O- 2 F. 1 Y 2 T I P c t C IFVAV RUNNOUT SCHEDULE •. ....1 N P •. V •+ . N •/ N U- N c r IGRD RUNNOUT SCHEDULE p • O lb C • g p • a • P ID U IS O 0 D • C • g e 2 a.< 1 Z 1 a _ J U I I a 0 Y I U I P Q • T • J z 1 z > U • O • a •• a • 3 t =N von r� e R ) 0 1 0 z 0 - MECHANICAL ROOM 0 .� P v O a a a -a‘ guom241nay . - +r+nzFa.a-or-. r, +mWzvn-+ 0 .+ A� tj of •+o_.�FfZ4LogTo\\` cpp,',($E "O r DrQ 1 28 c! ]D•'p Par : Ci ; i ;r45; �L � �Ip`�Ry��b�oi�`�o �o .0 A- a �g^4 "q 7' x N I f'nw IG1 1 S Q n p .'�' w_!ZZ �o S reAkif QAs o ;Al R = ig bC%� a ps ; > Y 70 i dq 1 I 1 I 1 FVAV RUNNOUT SCHEDULE -. _ Iv a .1.,} C GRD RUNNOUT SCHEDULE 0 0 E Cj Cl DUCT rat It - S S = C uwli a 1 a 1 1 1 1 1 C x _ it - V - ♦ rN ti 0 DUCT SIC 0 C+1 l Z z 6-1 0 t1 lb 0 fl > > l > - S .rrr z r r x rr z v O z 6 C •r; r C .• Eit o o • c?i-n D r— I O 73 Om N �] Z N 0 P • a co ci = N con r W m z C n 0 r )- 0 O r > z a Ain I) DESCRIPTION DATE a n R U c n a <r Z ▪ N 0 . s O ^c'uat,0o n+�e- v�i, rn, v=ac,ll. avnnrt.5o-�2zvn- anti t a... 53V31r` ^ 4 o;n ggara '9C �� of V_ pF)2S,5: 2z n� ;:r!!!:4;!::4::::r11::!:::::::!:"-4!::::: ^ cl yf von TiZ- wy��Rn�r��A>Sfi�.,eanas �•O�� F(�C'�V Ctitia�SF�Ci'll� ll.�FY oa,�, g...Pas-o�v r-icFi .� o55tv o b 3 50c1 v n=. Cam-. •oocyS y>:4:::L i� ! 1::!cc:Y :::`�o -4yz:a::: g a o �r� r�ir-�� f �: rv-. C'� i c v%n Y a z <tl 'L I� L kl o o.� L Qo L L l ti co a a czacaa'a c D c zll A ry�cCa a a y ga�z�oL�i�3t ' am az �'-3� 2 i c L_3 }s6,c 3x,�o ag o �Ili''�10 �1�� o r-__,g Z Y ~airy'2 ti is a OC ~vCacge, aC=5�b g • C< s 0 3� i S4�7a o v g �4 ��o o�< S `a x gg a_ Bx a tad g ^o LLz �' poo a S c g a§2A, 8 'pi cp V o. o tC g r-,. c ys a � r a C .1 p1� 8 ][ y� ''r y FF ^ 0 •Y >F �� n $7 [:o c n ro ta- con�ob o ` np o x is _ =g $ SECTION 01 - MECHANICAL ROOM PLAN CV I I'd $' LA a 1 �L C f O 1 ►•.W M I O I rar S1 W1145 SA (1 I, rrat► G ir.1/' O1 1 ra+• M I 1 f 7 5 i 7 s1 7 1 3 O Er C) PS j I 0 -4 etlit - 4 U A. IGRO RUNNOUT SCHEO 3 RuNNOt 5 a a ;5 o s G. :i I � c I COlco"j 1 fI u • Y u 3 A =.j 1 U a O P (Cps y = N con rD K PC ) Oor O Z a a 3 0 z r C r.. d n z r Pzr 0 r 7_ 0 e i .d p 7 a Y N c J 0 V f.` ✓ V ~ u r on S• a u.�u��e3 1��'" oS ,i Ip� -4 ^ogpzvasmaa ;'Zaya,,,5y ay asBoa „-,aaa, Q S ao �� L 22 (� 0 0 �0 �0 N Z $4 :fig �' $:Eis,i; ::;:"::;:;::::;::1;:::1:: :4 L : $�` a^ v o�%0-4%g g vk'So���iQai�aZLL 2'$ rz �o L ic I vn o a a s a an vno �c o g cOiNtiRlithi r� as Dimf �' ^S eigr= R i. L$ s AA it; 8 c g c E R i�Q'' g zi o L9v a 0 0 _ F b 9a 4 o S m n z r C C ^ CO i 1 d s a N) t < I O 2 a I m 2 I c i ja -I FVAV RUNNOUT SCHEDULE 1 I, V �, .I 4' I, a ,, 4+ ,1, •J I, g a -4 GRD RUNNOUT SCHEDULE I o c• Y la Y i Y a 0 Y a la & \, N N ^ 77 9 f < a s r, I r, r, r-I 5 Ai u - li Pu � -4 a P 2 r iy P 2 Y I i > Y • y] P~, m D D zz City of Pearland, Texas = N von • �2� Ch E�� T€ l[ r ¢y r ^Y J 2 ^§rl `m r',S., rrOL - F� �r� -r im +t,pt O - - - - .p p O `'� p .a G V P ��-CZ� �� 1�l 1� HOC �� �Z 2 2 � � O S Z �^ � � >1 "L �.R -po Fg Ag-I r,ZOn AQ�u C» rikl A O` C/se=sr}n�.0 �L{ g ��ra�+2 ^ A V a V N - 0 ? 17.4 P AL L vir o o g r i a r- c q m 7� o J O ^- O V y U g.9 t a 1-4 46292R ; bte.bag ginhAi • I-. 0 o7'I �IrQQiit a,Lx $_ ,' �I` ,"' 8q $ `3 ovlz�l`-� < O? �+E>-4 kW, QOrOn x Oti ^O a�r2-I }9220 Ly=O4= }1�1 � k'pgiloS3 01, r, Ly[ 5� r^F` 0r+ PGIPEg0 g 01 o r'� :L>oy y24+ 6 O 2 04,E a A, o 01, s f.�ly1' n O O O y C r-i rn D r,O I] - C}p VO V -46-12 0 q��2gAggE-fc Zargaang S wg 12 PR! 2 g �j g y x I Z I 0 Q a Q yA O 0 g O n S r w V 4IOI''la AVIV I 7 1 3 J a • •r m >0 Z S z D mz ><0 73> 073 ,-nm N z U1 ~ 0 con £r. 0 a 3 Z m NAO 9 R too v a o^ ge lapUggg0P e Ass 4 € ,sip O l II1L'v.7 Zvi' • 2CD 0 an 0 0 z 0 0 ( -0 r Z 0 tj E c K El a z a a i n x 0 ?2?z2 FVAV PIPING RUNNOUT SCHEDULE II1i1 ♦ V p Q P U ♦ V A s i n a 3/•' WS • 3//• IeeR • N Vo 1 t/1' MS 1 1/C la! CD = N COn r- D CD 1 1/Y tes-0 • 1 1/Y r-9 V t 1/C ttQ 1 1/t• e -�• OAR 0 ) 13129CRlPI10N DATE 0 9 g 0 -a ts I 1/C 1+•S t t// • SID 11 < C �I Vw - a 5 !Wald 1a sg oaosg=_ 1'0RiAlF_a 2 K -`g P ID i IIIII a - U - O ? O 3 P C Z a j G1 FVAV PIPING RUNNOUT SCHEDULE • a A Y3 S ri: �n z a r C T, r 0 C X C A O n 'n r z v a w w 1 0 z 0 0 v 3 n s 0 qQ y[` 1/pJ > 654 rA S mot OPXPle Ayy" gAis 35�> 0 Z 1 ;: F. 1 Y > I O , 1 es T I C Z Fj FVAV PIPING RUNNOUT SCHEDULE A U . 3 2 ^ I I I (A) 3 ;n r^ x r- Y z -r_ m x 0 0 z fl -v - Y z SOINOHOAH-XBNNV I 2 <<<<<_ 3 • 3 O 2 u 2� e A FVAV PIPING RUNNOUT SCHEDULE i le •• • V z n City of Pearland, Texas 1 - t - ) C Q nn 0 2 DATE 3 0 a V WiTTIr alhh!! § 91 ,R i4g FF 2. mil5 Of 0 E • J 8 V tiiC!i AVIV z J. I r N r a 73 n n a x a '1. 9 r 0 O K 3 n a z a 73 n n a 3 x a z 9 r z O O K 4 K b 1J m -0z z D 'm z0 Z mm Xn 0 32.18 SA City of Pearland. Texas 1 = N Don P a a n 2 1 z O g 0 5 n 2 boa§R"`4; gn =5• 41 " nJ8Q5 999 -,tic rig 8Q5 cab � � � - � ��n ��� 414 'Sc�= � C" ppl C � m ,r z � zr�0 U < O g L 2 3 0 2 2 I 0 Y Z g A g z i z< � C 3 z R 6 8) pp y y S• PP J:-Ri >l< W2E, vz flia 04 BIAPvco oxg1 O goF o g mg o H2 g m _ yy a ^V ga A g ♦ A gR C g ^f k� �� ,xxn 24^0.A Mgr,� g b Po La ▪ V J ✓ a u ^V8 =6n ggisg;AA b gg a€€ D€1 8� 3F ; 7� �j 3so q i a PT!ek o a i; c $n c g<N czy- t o S = v rn ✓ m rnn -12 t/� O r O Z O n v � * z Z - 4 0 4�� ,r'. � • A to 9Zo r - r) rn � n O f_Nom Z 17.74 Z QQA Z m ClsrC) mC -O -,rn sgoO o rn CD In 0 r O D Z rri 4-4 rrn r N A Z U LD rcnO 2 try In - O 7c DOO C) O rn O �Z Z O x Z o 0 -4 N A n r x C rn C x -�I z co City of Pearland, Texas Uo a (dA1) 18Od 1/d 11V130 01 81138 =N Con rD P e 152 n 70 1 0 Z 5 i n U, N3A 8N o11Vv4oinv -DO CD -4 in to C D r -170 Zc)m - 4 0 1 TRANSITION FROM AS REQUIRED COMPOUND PRESSURE GAUGE n Q. II -13 73 -4 v 0 -4 m C7 n/ n Q , ri II n -4 z1.1 noon/aoow,ao3 n LLf C F Z n Cr CO 4 fjy _ p A JO JDDI; a)Mn .0 4 a om mn -I _ D r Z CD r 2 N Con 144> cn 4.4 Eti cn rn 13 rn 73 o znTzn rnzArn n> no o rel C 1.7 77 CO 10 0 1- C o -42 orn XI 0 Inn 0 CD OCCaIr n go rn • on co AE 01 OM Oc o rn gi 74 DESCRIPTION 0 O 14) 02 -40 ow -n o 03 03 0 F cn -13 so 03 cn YI de 1111110 Or REX LIV SP Pr 201 Aar ON or EgEwfrm Falqh rei T a T 7 S I 1 3 Z so r T R CIm mn D Dz Co r on 0 ; N � - N oaa NJ g O a 2 3 0 Z 0 sd I 0 V Q, U' A W N y> N C A-4 C A Z 77 7O7 > O 0 Z Z -74 CSy1)SOS5n-4000 r C SAy ? n in O-) O n O O_iCj Z'N oR'f0Aii Ffnpnrr� n S i 0 I Z I Z n A r C n C) Z N> Z m I -nX Cn0O iX 0rn- n N 2 CODOsnnr>>noIn �O Npnn _4L_ Onz n/ -I-0772 0nZ n _ rN',n< w0-4nm 2 zON 2 A�Zra n r 1, 71 0 AC OD 3A fir -IOZ 0 0 N V �1 7O7 Z rn < A N D `^ ODn-1 OO 0-1 Dr`�i T, Z7771 OA �� rn N -' n nm v > '<,z O 0 AN n c PZ rn -4 1 0 m . N n f Z m 71 .yyp-1 O~ nt 0 0 O m m N a n 'H1oi AVIV ''kt Z Sri 7 I V / m __ 0z Co m cn ♦ W N -• 13 SV 838FILOY4f1NVW Z 0 Z n z n C > X N SUCTION DIFFUSER TRIPLE DUTY VALVE DISCONNECT c z ni fl Z < < o \ 2 z 0 77 \ _ " 77 C -cm! 0 n N m I MANUFACTURER & MODEL m O r PUMP SCHEI i..i a 0 in I U � COMB. STARTER 0 A -4 a. 0 U \ O TEFC / 7.5 / 1177 m V Z < zn r 2 F(; n CHILLED WATER PRIMARY PROVIDED BY CHILLER MANUFACTURER no 1 > .J m N W r:' LaI U -, vFD 1. N '+ 0 W \ C' 0 -4 rn n U \ -•I N 4 m N \ o ' U Zri 1 7) r ). z m f CHILLED WATER SECONDARY ARMSTRONG SERIES 4380 3.3.6 17 I V N U Ott) U O m J.,...% Ael A O O TEFC / 7.5 / 30b3 J U \ + VERTICAL IN -LINE HTG HOT WATER _. DISTRIBUTION ARMSTRONG SERIES 4380 DE 0206-007 5 I U C m N ItN ,' I U -1 COMB. STARTER C• 0 tT H a 0 C\ O TEFC / 1.5 / 1760 I U \ U n ? x) r Z n r HTG HOT WATER BOILER HEAT EXCHANGER ARMSTRONG SERIES 4380 0206-001.0 I + A m IIn A O N r•r n X > o 73 n_ \ SERVICE UANUE & MODEL L O D C I O C CIt^ CI C Ca CI U • > n CI ), 2 z L^ 13 0 I 0 I III 0o r m 17 \- 77 N ik V n DESIGN CFM/RPM I EXHAUST AR FAN V L.... 737 In -0 V n O 0 2 C C \ C iOUTSIDE AR FAN REMARKS 0 Z> An 0 z (C \ U C U n n \ \ O \ 2 >) > z O 0 r 7 n O c C� = O N` m O m Z t4O F / 727 F 2 / BELT -. 0 PLENUM IV VI - U W \ n r• U• r I PLENuM OO \ C. N La + P j REFER TO PLANS (a7` U• O, O \ U \ n 0 RENEWAIRE INDOOR. VAV I C C. N ERU-1 - CITY HALL T m (-) 0 111 c 2 / BELT - O v- Z CL. Z\ Vr 1 U \ CD -1 /; 17 Z Z\ 0o 0 4 N •' C. REFER TO PLANS ,0 `� \_ U ♦ el O \ U \ DI-IZ 0 OUTDOOR. VAV D C I D k n C I N a z n X Z =N COn r-a> r P 0 CI X O X O CD 0 o x n - ron m > 1N AN0Zn nAin x 5 5 x x x o^ is. o:yr �o�1 :1 r • ; > �C�riFlio od_ 'qin L,•O _ 0 > r4 n ml y^2�` z 59 r-a0Q z = r = A n =n O z > O c. CI A Ay z ` a O > >, L( ) C_ c i > 1":-, m n n 3 nt� zn a R o i a z P ,mi �o rA O z o z it - v • n a Z Z N L A .-, n ri 0 O O 0 z rn n 3> V 44 (ppn 8 r N -4 L7 V 0 m F O a F-, y A V1 < O ^ 1 _ a C n yo n CO ▪ o ra > > > o r ▪ O F o n A ~ Z • 0 r Z F < r 5 in v 0 z n ZC n i P z o n n a Uy - 73 73 A Jr, rh o r• Z > C C C `n y� 2>0� Ferr•'- " � C z ALrnr n r c a �470 50g a o n fa A o �! z o n 803 SWV1d Booli 33S V . U y - n n n n n A a a a a x "-= o z -r n 73 -1 O L n m O v o c z O 0 n O O n rAi a cm O Fz Z n O v nR f' 07 O rn IINLET SIZE g -1 C1Cal C G74 = o nre Z In -1 IIFunfE RATE 0 2.0" S.P. n n c VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER TOTAL APT) 0 MAX CFM BOX TYPE C > c c m a C 71r, o oH 0 m -i XI ^ ` J rnz C> n A r L aC TITUS-DESv I Cr mco Orl 73 I N 77 I n I In n I a n I W n I N n I V) I V I I C+ (/) I (P N I A M I W N I rJ 0 I In m O TITUS TBR-30 TITUS SOF TITUS 350FL = C 0 -, TITUS 5OF -4 C C 0 -, -I C C 0 -, ti y C C 70 g -4 = C S 77 g TITUS TBD-30 TITUS TOG AA - C C 0 n g -I = C 0 n g TITUS TDC AA MANUF & MODEL X 4'-0" 3/4" WIDTH 1-SLOT SLOT DIFUSSER EXTRUDED ALUMINUM J FRAME WITH 1/2" CUBE CORE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FRAME WITH 1/2" CUBE CORE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FRAME WITH 1/2" CUBE CORE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FRAME WITH 1/2" CUBE CORE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FRAME WITH 1/2" CUBE CORE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FRAME WITH 1/2- CUBE CORE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION. ROUND LOUVERED FACE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION, ROUND LOUVERED FACE W-0" 1" WIDTH 2-SLOT 6" INLET TBD-30 SLOT DIFUSSER EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION. SQUARE LOUVERED FACE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION. SQUARE LOUVERED FACE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION. SQUARE LOUVERED FACE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION. SQUARE LOUVERED FACE MATERIAL k TYPE V/ m 73 N Z y z D U ID 376-600 N rJ P I U V V' 0 I N N l^ 0 I � 0 O N 0 I La 0 0 U 0 I 0 0 0 - 0 0t U O, I Cr.0 0 N 0' 1 U IP - I N N 0 q1 A rnia r r m Cl) v 1 a x N A N (71 X Na N lP a 4 X O+ X a - A x N X N N N O Co O 1 GLxZL BLxBL 4 X a U X V N X N OVERALL NECK FACE SIZE SIZE A r•i ZN _ 1 N N X N N N x O ►LX►L A x A N x N 0 X O O• O Q O I N X N tO x J Cr X C 11 Cr V/ 1 1 xi j NJ • N o O 0 Q a O0 o a 4 o C 0 N 0' _ O o' Q o n 0 INLET DUCT SIZE 73 VI� La N J N La a La A La a U A La S. - -. 73 n VI a. Z_= n• Z n_c N 11 R CI N •. ° . 9 v Cru/ MAX VELOCITY rn-� J x0 0 TYPE r FLTER MAX. WATER PRESSURE DROP (FT) WATER FLOW RATE (CPU) HEATING DESIGN LAT (0B) HEALING DESIGN EAT (DB) r1 E ii}J CD H a O TOTAL HEATING CAP (MBH) o' MAX CPU / MAX PRESSURE DROP I n S o n - F o I LAT (0R/WB) (COIL) — m }�i 4zC O r z n C I `' I TOTAL COOLING CAP. (UBH) o f' 0:3T 4l zaz a \ 1 v � I I N 11OTAL SP / ESP n 72 MAXIMUM SA C11 FAN ACOUSTICS (UNIT RETURN) ACOUSTICS (UNIT DISCHARGE) DESIGN UNIT SIZE (L X W X M - LB)I 5.X5'7"XG'6" - 1788LB g -. 2 -z. a 0 z I TYPE or SYSTEM VAV DRAW-THRU I VAV DRAW-THRU I VAV ORAW-THRU I VAV DRAW-THRu �' g tea` O � O 71 m al sc • n^ \ O st 4-1 N U UERVB/ASHRAE 52-76 I PLEATED DISPOSABLE I I U Si V C ,ir -, v 9 - _ q c ,n U 0 I D Z n 0 r v \ P U � v A c � J�'9S / 3.0 i► Cr q n \ a 'C Cl? '^ \ O• In CI o o o o 0i. o C) 0 0 r 2 C) r '' i O n\ . C-\ O \ o U • - U PLENUM / 1541 In o oE \ a . J 0 I CITY HALL - COUNCIL CHAMBERS I CITY HALL - ADMINISTRATION a n- 'A !r O Z 1 D — 73 I D Z 2 A Y A \ o a. A . ^ • N• MERVB/ASHRAL 52-76 I uERVB/AGHRAE 52-76 v O O n \ \ \ \r Q Cr. \ O ,LC L / rku OOS N q \\ L• q tii Co l 0 CD a m La A a P O o t' z o ° \ L.. o 1r co,O 0 \ ' . 12x2 PLENUM FAN ARRAY / 2832 PLENUM / 1099 J PtfNW / 1369 O o - c." En v Wilma : 1 Cu m -4 o 0 pJ. Y_ HORIZONTAL VERTICAL Lr fJj n > y Cl — IG UNIT SCHI 0 P .! * n O 1 t n \ o O N = y ♦ la PLEATED DISPOSABLE PLEATED DISPOSABLE • t \ \ \ \ ... U A N\\\ " a P ,Pti Al q -1 `n 4-4 11 1 •` m Ln n pp. V' L, y 1� m ON 1. O �J o -< z C. O y - P\ O U O 1.1 rai lP r o O n a c fs I N 0 m - 0 ¢ 1P P \ P 2 Ns .• 1 F.0 n A O z C 1 > m 0 c r m O P v. Ft 1'1 O U fT n OO s N �. U• C n el _Aa > n a P \ 1 \ \ \ \ \ to N U � a U i c \ J •a 42.Qf / 56 Ot Y �i N N M v; - CI V, m to. In o U u u m O z o O nn r„ V V g� \ La P O La cD U 3 v O 9.InneX5'0" - 2496LB Q O V= \ tn c-.I. g 3 N 34 r rz-� y 1 n rn 73 C Z = �j C.c. to 1 F Z SA i • S. cn nm Z C _ r n my I MR PRESSURE CHARGE A N N m I TOTAL VOLUME ACCEPT VOLUME CAPACITY SERVICE I MANUF & MODEL C a PI m >< a _ UI 15 CAL CHILLED WATER . Zf I x t o -4 Z I N P z n p n t 0 00 1 n N TA I 1 P : " W L+ n N W n HTG HOT WATER o j V WESSELS NVA 85 Q 1 W v A F g N I ELECTRICAL V/o/Hr 120/1/60 FLA 7 0 AMPS 1 r MINIMUM / MAXIMUM WATER FLOW GROSS OUTPUT (MBH) 0 FULL INPUT INPUT (MBH) I IRI APPROVED GAS TRAIN INLET PRESSURE TO GAS TRAIN r to k p O SYMBOL 1 GENERAL I W O r m T /r) U Q \ V 4 - 144.3 GPM ' a u it o 0 N 4" WC MINIMUM / 14" WC MAXIMUM n E HIGH EFFICIENCY CONDENSING BOILER r CD n La- 0 p 7D I m 0 C r m S 2 Z g -40 A 4 C o 'n r f n V \ F 0 O r, rl ti r - n C ri rw C o y i z V RADIATED/DISCHARGE NC AT OPERATING CFM NORMAL OPERATING CFM/DSP (DOWNSTREAM STATIC PRESSURE) SUPPLY FAN PRESSURE INDEPENDENT CONTROLS z 5 A F v.:. NI C Cn C n n C OPERATING CFM/INLET STATIC (ISP) VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER I IV/•/HI/MCA/FIA x 4 MANUFACTURER k MODEL Co 0 N 0 ► SERIES FAN POWERED VAv TFIUSS DTOS-6 2 to < o rZ 0 a O 0 �• O¢ a V qtl -, \ W q a a • - \ o a O 0 rZ V N - .St 0/COP - V �_ I- 73 M 2 FVAV-8 I N • V' 0 0 N Q LP 4LI -+ W R Cr.D -1 Q O I = Y/ = O -♦ N SO U • p - Tm < m� m l/ ENERAL o MINAL SERIES FAN P VAV o. • NUcri O - 0 O l �I O P.' �.1 _ U cit \ Ls 4 P V \ - 0 D 1 7 0 N O \ N 0 \ O r o n O O z I J1 < . A 0 o 0 v v �1 n o r, N >T R O pOo mV. ' v, ^ N 'a Q P aQ q •ppa La • v V tal rXi a incy > <-a c _� < ^ _ ► : 0 N - O 0 P U V _ N q -PI \ —, Cr. u% aN \ O •, 0 v. : \ O UNIT MOUNTED DISCONNECT VIBRATION ISOLATORS CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER r VI rl O IACCESSORES AMBIENT AIR FOULING FACTOR EVAPORATOR PASSES V p DESIGN FLOW RATE \ r 4 IEVAPORATOR c MOP STARTER TYPE o \ Z ~ TOTAL COOLING TON COMPRESSOR NPLV > Z A EFFICENCES WEIGHTED SOUND PRESSURE (o3FT) REFRIGERANT TYPE MANUFACTURER & MODEL CD r m Z m C) r m w 266 3 AMPS 300 AMPS IINTEGRAL VFD 460/3•/60 SINGLE POINT CONNECTION P rl 2,7 rn 81 5 AT FULL LOAD AIR-COOLED SCROLL �' A I W p- 23 CD P.)C 0 n T n m YES NON -FUSED NEOPRENE PADS N O o 00 0 .40 I z Z C o LA \ N -r. I m ci C r m r =N Con r> r ) 0 1 O Z v a . 0 3 Fe COLOR BIRD SCREEN DRAINABLE BLADE REMARKS _1 z N Z ACCESSORES FREE AREA (SO. FT.) PHYSICAL SIZE o c ICONSTRUCTION I EXTRUDED ALUMINUM DEPTH 1 6" DEPTH SERVICE MANUF M MODEL SYMBOL GENERAL I r _ N Ca `^ BY ARCHITECT BAKED ENAMEL P la u • c 0 F nr-, U 0 O D D y II X. Irrt e 0 2 n r I 0 C mx \ I U S3A BY ARCHITECT BAKED ENAMEL In a :,, - o n 0 O EXTRUDED ALUMINUM C, O I EXHAUST n 0 Z rr-, p Z n x r N 2 m C C m la 0 la�' BY ARCHITECT [BAKED ENAMEL kJ • = 0 @ 0 EXTRUDED ALUMINUM !1 -0o i Z rrl n z Z rn a, Z n x r U 1 z BY ARCHITECT 'BAKED ENAMEL a? m• EXTRUDED ALUMINUM 6" DEPTH ACCESS GREENHECK EHH-601 r I G 7 Y W L U a • O V d J P if . U ,+ O Li O J ? u Y U N ,+ O !0 ]] P V C. V tJ V p P S P V 1. !✓ xo of `ca $F� _= nn Poi3� Z o�� o�rzorz, 2a oi.>m., �n nrzi io ti �� gn =)1 i(11 c: or7720!:::" Donors 1. zA A x2oo 5A '^•2zfg ! zn 3; n �vLl< <^ of $o ni oc ror a-,� nr, c� no nz- r,o no no o b� `ilo a4 vZ C �, �ny ry r� n^rnpp n CL _y ynan1''ID Ain yy L, yy _ D11�,ln' (o� > _p [ �t r}-frn/$7[rCO D��rf1D pAnr1'r� �y JQo yl.np CL, ir, L,rt 2nZ�A Ff1r'10C�� 3n^��O 3D<>+nr�r^L+nzo 2D x n<Zz y`cp, rpDcn a^n�.n���+f �•'1a` y� OCZAO> <n{ Cy yn>�O�Qx'.,o�oC�� O�e0pn�OOZI� ann imin �v?^ � ry"n0�tn,L 2n CVV ip ZO �� gmgrmiZr O>F nZ>^Ha Dn0nnn0 ^i1.2 C Cnc On OL,Czv �O2� Onn `O{Ol C^I�a 4�1n OpD (y�ZFyn=n��', �FO�Onf�Z1� iii V F OZ' Ky4-4 rD yn� y D y, rnit ZC O > n > i �'t n1,1 OC Oy >�n D< ^Z >� £t, ]l O ,F `�F nnn �= 2Ll � � z �€ z D� g' o o� oQF `�o^ �_ c�oD3o an ‘1”. �Lt 2n� n nm� noZp >8 ozn oc >v= D8 zz iii tiF x r� �n Zug c2� :p Zn io r] >»+ p> �N ZOn� tar C y ZOy v }XrM v ii%tt •l 011 n p 2 �+ 1 I`"'1_ 2 ^ D a n n n nyC 44L3L 1, n=2a �a}} (+ oo n -. =p0 >L ra, onn 1-�-. 02 'Tj 5s n.. y -. o > 7 l v 7r D ^ ov �. zoo'I1,��1'1 ]L x SnFi a A a c m yy n "� Fn 0 Dn 3L, FI A �• ri � �r� O ii Z l_ y �lnn O. iD C y >LI L,C)) ((]] 4f r�. 'Oy L, L2 anon Z ^J C i y 2�� ^O (lDD-. Ll F p n Z> nn O L,O oN >^>p u0 "i CA zy ^ nn > O :14';;;;9-il C mn V O O aC r2,n Z>yZ>i yn -1 �11-p-p op �OO on L+�•�>` ts,F nLn �`+ O^ z> )z ODa rpT ^C Cn O OZ_^o ^v CZ,�Z rl yz �'�n rD� 1 x nk rC1 a L, Z �jm n? +1t C PZ p>v Q <z nZ :cpcooDO Zo <pyn �PDnn �r3.L0,2 OD t:a�,Y=Z�v� tDj DFI �;CZr2iC0y^Oxnll ~�>ns> Z!O',Zen~ �0j=" 3Z�a�>^, ^�y�nonAVICx1T�C_ l+Z r ri2��Z^OaI1�+nZ o oF02Z0ZD >0p1-1n;`n O>C-1 rTDcD oCaZv O�nnn< �� `nil VO^O»>n ��Zf'�SOy2o�n�SSS np42 � r, n�-L{OO fit.Z2'11L, Lnrg2C C %A-nnCOLOy ZL F 2O^vOn^i > QQz yyy^ �n ZnZ 2r L/11•Illyynof ynys9,170 �037n)rncv, n ns�3 [p nrn,m nGZyi oPyyr of>F ^ • not ><�a n o�LzQcm�oz 000t NFL2C4 n�m�^��S>�_>��FTo �c a�ix On^ zv �zzEo D Q�n o4 "O`ZD nL Zti�n Z n�pp-.^y DOn n Zl2F 1.,nyrC�LtA Dn COLrr�i a �•n 1',y nZ D O���v`rvAZ Z L a+ >> nn� >L, ^poiov l-So ^ op L, z , ny o z y z . $ nr1 ^ ^L' >- Cn n z)ZN z o nZa Zp rvJ )a 4m >>� n ., ry U. ^ Fm• fs,n (((((("���"' 1-1 On onZ oD nnr `)nn L,>> z�D (L`� 2 Dim yy >^ Rio rl � o nn Z�p F2�� L,+ •'Z Boa a�v `tm oZy �^ n^. L� pp OI)l (�,a �I- o� on ��a oy o^� �� r�Cm O� oll ao o` in f, ^nt+ O Mt- n Dr10 CK Z`+ 1L�Zp p no iOn yA �m z Lo y` D �rl o� r, �7 3�� Zt�' nrO <ci 7r p p ;Oz ^ 1, Z z5`rl r1z [1� -1 z< 4�z or n >L1 n n CO Co aoC > yy S L_,yy L, y < L S (), n^ L, > rt >m o n 5- -4 _y y z .1n., C ♦'1 t Zp nbOOo ^� �� 32050Z,rO y Oory n VrrT,R ^irGGr� zyy0 7))[oC Zne OO ^O �r ^^ OO G1D DF i�v N�LI n`l i 2 Lz1�£ �� p = c� D no rn� p L, poa �y 'b �� Vic o �• ) ijo �n na Z• 7nr0 2 pin ylp+or p Cn `iC Wp�2lnn < ;�Lt n >�yyl ^FI Stn � `i r ^z O� 00 y=��an �y,o >nc >yF 21 ADS volynon n OxuN Mg y= n O 4= Aci0 ZLl �> �a > J �+ � n'`I Z Ir, �a OZ r�>n y r o zx cQ co ii1^ID A� nn Tic l� v< ene �y�or cn Cr,n DZi v DD CZF o O^ .r,n n..(, n + �Oy >: y 00 vZa C ro :r-0, �<O r= ZO C� nF y�i 0 0 n> 4.7417g H O LtA Z- nZ Z'DS 1� pL O�� yy L,yL6 t7nL�zy fi r,ZC ZpppF OC'f p_C, z is I+ `nn ory -. o�r_A a `a b nD� n p o i n zF av o v n n n Q �l nr n^ cz� op y0 ;!7z4rri; nZ n>>nAoL+vCy R`�L^D p" tn>' z:•1non ynazm >-Lt ncx�F�F n> [�1 �p �cz.o'� >o[�n ) mm <L,n�}rye < r ^n(�- rZ 2y2n by nO�n>Li\ F[: �O P ^nnz. 7LSsq>Finf'. A{��O- n a5 2` _ D v�>y z n DC�r ^ DO q L+nTOn rC>C VnO ^v0O Z O^)<pLtn V czars >< 1'Z O lA O o n O O myOn>^ y7 oy•D AnnC r�jr D OZ a a mz mo a<on�Lty a nno>b ^p(, <nxnaL+n yny o�cSv}t[b� no^rn, oD >Dp �=mz n3 i on• Da�F p=^ Er Dio `F zL, n r aLt > L>, CC Z R�DF O n >CZ�ZO ^ P>oL_tD 0-'3 Zn yv _y n 'v zC'., o �n2 rC OCn ^a� ZO S' = •za Fzm D vr�o >^ -dr _ Vt Z� oD ^� n ',1 �1 �� S O Sr [> OZZ Ys �ir y> v O nLl p ny nC n ry1 p rr11 LA }. F o> vo Dgn LZI n nOirbLr gqp110 Zr�OZZOZ ACyy�n fp,a iM^LL' to Dz 4-1 m pO Lin rz on ]]]cn� �D_`t nv i,oz oo)y i o �Cz pn a_xi D i% noD`IC ^ z< :5. yL,n p0ogo D2D Cn�SD1 szr12 ��^-ti �r,OnCn 5 Z)p1rt >[f 2n`2p^�on a CTLIaoo1n'IZ^Z:CC On ^On0zaVO47, Ox�p OZ r,p � n ri FL AC �� `� Op = 1 -o y^�jO n 2 a0 r n ra� v O O sr1 < oDz > -.zo Z �a y DT Zr,^ ,C _ y ��tt o 24 ZZ�. p ) i D ,] p C p v z S p p� C C �I D 4 J y -' 0 n )' C 3 y y t3 s O r>1 62, {j]j ci 11 y� CC�� mz 0 iOpaDCi'+n v Ot Imp O�v b 2pZ Ocv Zx 1�" _` n > DCn 791 :in C>O>L, >�^Q ZnA vn�Z 20y22nl0m2Ob^Cnpxl'n'-a01..1][OOna<npLOrjC y yayZ ^nvnrx > nar yn c or'I�IL"l�;rzzp^nL;CSrn5 CZnap^^Z n_ Qom'•�TvnC I., c n {cSA L'�,�-,y<oCvo�.1 rz1onoc+ ormi D9y �irl�Cn^LmpC,Z< `O�CCU oCf� i<zzy )0 CZ-i pov 33 �nZ Ch >rt ZO> i�nAa `COO _t zyOLi Or^-.n n, Vn�al �nO DLtn �u fy,Oanr,< z,., t n y<o Zocc o n• 4.4 2i�n UfCiL2',(,0 V�irr L+^�� ZZ nOr Ojzzriv �CO $On O Oxn nCoi,z2' 19 -1 nLt my Adz- ^ FA lne S r y A n^ �l ti ^n nr n. Znn L.. N nn on _1 n y C aCn n rY p -I CI, S �O -i Z Z L Z n� y a L p y nz x no `'.. t� a[ (Oyt r- s2 F, cv D n z a do �'� C tri oc rp o z a� '.Z L`',^ n^ DL, �i r t--4 yp < g Rs/ ,��n co^"C •D^ C L`+1zOn" Crn Zoty� 3��^ o�o io nAQ yn �O Cy Oy CZO^L,O yn n i�n Ov �sor 3 -. n)n O `l /v� n �� O� oD Z �C ZL�p nn Lt `$ vnn gt n. mc n. L,pa VI > i n Da p ytc r-'� Sr >C > ayy vA O-i tl' 014, D vFy Zn Cv Z jFy p ,v c �Z^ O n nr n� O ^ Zp lOna p A C<-iAZ r, R O nznv �n n S• ^ n0 Z Cr O Z O�v >,CL, v- > Cr O p np -� OyL, nr L, n0 no .2 J� > zn ny p �L,CO. >> _ yq a 2 >vp o L z ty �� o z'i n nD c mg nZn Zl i, nrp2_�O11 on ^bint C^"n ^r 00 Z OaLpp' c^i� Z2 L y Opv ymZ <� CJ''� aXi n2Z nC � m Sy Zvn VD'. nZF � O np m22 -4 [yZ � lD[ Z� �[ v^ C g� ;-D;r! rs>DFODy �>a`OC` a-Jv�O>>�nv0rn A,02 ^ nn , CCny L 'y'n f? ><py• p�VOr+�L,>RC2z�O DZyxynnZ����- n>-2i�- Z� >. r •'>^ D>><D O F,CnynO.ov,ZvLS F O� yn ZOZC�LL]pan �v^tiv�y s iZnL,Oz yCiomOrCDV nLZn ��=AZ L,Z^ziii= Do�ac v_yDcg $�"�9x�A �� nox�onairsti'��• coviz'a`, Anc n^ i'�t� `L,i7mg 4cz�z�v c�i F no p y �arOn O or C� D v bD �C D OQ if y ^r, z �D yn 17 Z([h1v nCO-1TpOn>n Vpp=GpOti D r y tin0 n0�. p yyQ vA n``,o Z Cnvn �no�a�vv �11,,,Z OL,DOI 1., oL• oLn� C O zl..l� vr -n Onz p4 ^Z> ,D, n g �i n 5 p "O OF �= r > 1y y7 OIa y> D71 Z 2 ��C n >C yLl > ^ya 2 n _"•L, nol, C ^ nn �O 1 p_V to D >�Z OS� > pLl A v� y0 •Llo O DS nr pn yyn CO z n0 to Doc �Ft` O yFnS y V v r C2�� Z no I.+Oif Q ^ >p� APZ V L,�O -<L r D 1f�t L, SE OZ n < p 0 ^ >nn D Lnp� C > >t r /+CZ 0 Z ryC r �^ v nOD �['1 `-1 -� r�'� n MS" Orrn 1-1, O O Zrvr L, �a1 zn > J O� " V m SC O^ n �' > " > i>S>3 ~m� FFFy���Dt`, D� O n Oyn^ !;!! o �n On n ALI LC Cn� >^ m~C ^ O ^ O a[Znt L, L, pD Op p n -0xa n Zp r^, <3 f,A O "O $ L2.1 rziZ yF, t n FE �.2 no non C p o O^�n C i Otz'Iv n Az a� L, 2a Imfi= Dy pL, n n= n mo y �y a0 so mg y >^ z C > cl 2 prt �OZ nn Oz i non Z ^ A< n0 rt 2 C-a Z Q a ±� y >2'O `_C gZ �J 00•t r� �AC o n > ZZ -.D n p n O y c o A tzn n �� L, ceaomrm �< =L'�i �o L pin =v z7 y r+ r� i ��i �x o oio Z ^n r i >9 dr ,4in v� o iz5 v ov-� a p ^ ^1 ny�0> rt Z� 2 I>-� Z� L,� L g D ^ O^ 2 > O y ; ` O (CS �, O _ �OD Z > =zn 0 6 D p a oo n a a mA Z b <2 o EA 'p^ ^� n S r n P >E A Y v A N A 2 juNIMvao Q]NOFN]RIQ 2 2 U 8 A P v a �» R nR Z^� UO �qqa3 zO$ Cr a L" D n n > t Cr In an n^ cA �l r n F y n CiSn nv on as H v>-, cCaO _ ono z9x + p1 o�- N 2 irOggg®e mCI 0 a Nag) o o rc rl r r tr. I c m O 0 i i z 2 ELECTRICAL ANNEX DEMO PLAN C y% Fr Z 7 "1 JO ri 11 G cri v n O z 0 y • =N Don r— D -4 N J i • • f r r • • 4 • O 1 B e i 14 If a R I A S A A A 5 A O n ag .i kag 4g9 A • 5 I 2 Po n u M V U a 2 A I 3 F ki 9 2 5 5 5 F s Cr R C 20 > F • cip sit ti DEUCES OFOI DEVICES CFCI BAC<BOX oFa BACK BOX CFCI CONDUIT OFCI CONDUIT CFCI NI !7 _ 0 O CABLNO/OOFDUCTon CFO( C ABLNOJCOFDUC TORS CFa CABLNG/C0FDUCTORS CPC! • DESCRIPTION b o 3 a F • r 7 • Chi r�> Etc Z L1 y n25n oR >�n Yl pnn 7i n N 8 kr 41. 0 v A n a 0 v v s W 0 • A 4-14 At e 8 A^ dN F A 0 r4 C -44 6 0 r. A 0 [WC E i Z SO R Pt 0 0 F' ,gin A ga A P 17. R '5 Pi A o0 $= 0 ' C n C n S 0 0 •00 .J U 0 0 > > gr, O tl t r DEVICE MODEL I NUT TO SPECS FNONEL6TID -in ��-tn4.n-in NO =O r y x a L/ 0 -0 S -4 Ci • �0 c 3 P 5 • o v OZo 9 2 S i,I t,In4 dH v ca P P r 4-4 P a U 0 V SACKBOX. COVER IF APPLICABLE MOUYTNO (TO BOTTOM OF BOX) DNAWNG SYMBOL DEVICE MODEL REST TO SPECS IF NONE LISTED BACKBOX, COVET F APPLICABLE MOWING FOOHT (TO BOTTOM of Box) DRAWNO SY1.6OL 1 J 'lCl \ CA� gad REFER TO SPECS 0 FL sa O p g e. UNWINGHBaff (TO BOTTOM OF BOX) 8 n y al D V ,n El N 0 O HT o n Z O N D 0 [6l L, 0 n r 4-4 r [6l 0 DRAWN() BrA301 • • n n c n _m n3 '$Qc_nn v rA n N c o r y n zriG oA c A rm-• >n 3 _ r-I ao= ac zoo o S O nno • vo cA �n974 Zr, 1• $ a =P, • • • H3NM0 NI% (N0u1n0113a • Li Fire i \ i�� �i L_4 l` C` \1 �El'' YI \ a r1iQ 6 a_ Q is r--=-w [`J A •, 1� L 1* • [.\,]_1 .�a - r1 -ti Fl Fl �J L`i \] i,, rAl 1 I f\ r 1` .1LJt I'1LJ�\�; L'7 rri -1J !_ _ _ i/__ 0_ - 1[r ' LU p 4� 2 r3. rr3 eyesw _ i= '1 9 ci f; 1 1 s ngjo r.n I I - i IPJ r� N L a L� E_`] s►" 1 • N v In • 2 D • n z o 3E r • a0] 0]1YJCNI) 313 'S37N70 's3druxii Try JO WSQdsq ]1VNION003 co w • ooAS <en rr+in VI -4 0 $�pgo x gO q z Z rn 2 2 yx pr.^ DD N g I"1 sgu n xi in = 0 ti c » r= An c e n oRgR 9io �Dm X en �c 4N ,� a L-1 s • • I L -1 rbi LJ ►-7 re •• 'd L�J i` W I \1 •-� 1 1• rp 1 LU• • LyD 00 L_1 _&; ;•C! CC- • LJ\ sr I r"'-'"'7411 I r_1 6 W L I A to LP o L:_ I IA A 'fl-s :3- r%1 €3-s--- I-. v r---w Lam-1 O h N N V -I [I] L-__J LJ r:a W r. 15I Br S .i a r H r 1 yr • _1 Ga_a 1 71 L.` 0 n i z z O O 9 0 I -f •"3 LJ rr'�rl1 r.Z tic fl- EY- f3, rig [21 615 15 j1f\ 1 \I • \ L_1• bv416 v C' Ip El El S r-- fi ter' (v) rri ()'[Ji=1 Cr) CA Ay CA ) s i0 h • i - r"�CA w_'1 diN [I] L> 1 t) -0 121 r--^1 1 1 __, L._»1 LIU LJ Cr' ri L_] 06 F 19 IN f r-i F • `I r„ 1\ _1 • %Jk h C Lfir rscs u • 3 FL ; rrn • rr r'i: r- 1 rr r---� rad ET! r s• CA (I) i <�> LZI hl?I r 'i` 1 L-_»J r.Y \) []r--�-"t 1 \j se Q irk L•] i2 J Ars r---„ '_1 r-- Li:C_ fel1. ft- r—r •1 1.y," 1 191 N L-___1 N N E_] ['3 ,II hLai S Cr) \j Cr) :; (m) CA I r ' -_»1 11 � L`1 L`▪ .1 r,51' Fl u LJ N 9 ••---J E•`] L_i ►` 1 1 •1 No No [' . • _▪ `r [!J rrn • f rdl LJ N I\] J L h f-4 G' 1 !ti 44.1 11 N a. I-J N.1 L_1 a a 1 1.3 CA r---r M -_ n LU �-s r-�=r Lr--- r--ir1 L_:- IN -�Z'1 rr� ri j -.- a- ct w `Y driDO L) l� rsW a- •. __I._a►_J i rd F• E\ (` Li 8 7` h h h Qs ;•-'r-=_.J Sao V C c Ac cc cc cOcAO n n In • n • �c x Aa/ Ag - n mz +,0 L' Arn p n rn Orr•1 On n rzrZr- Zr o o,, zm z� Op Op NO NO r^ p2 pA Ca▪ t= ovl o� A A n n n -I �n O O h � >z sa ti z O z 0 0 c • Q1 < c i 3 7 J r 0 • 0- m 0 0 7.1 0 m Z 1 �: L___1 L=--J r---;,7, 1 .- m r m Xl r n r r- J 171 r. .V a J Froe , < yeCl3 Y- s 0 :3 r-• 1 • _J 6 r-• 1I 1 Y_J v.; 1z V [- 1 w I n f,1 F,1 Y-J (L\ Y_J r-• 1 � i J 11 Y_J E�1 e ir i P DESCRIPTION DATE 0 3 n .• • r; l r) If �\ Z ��1 [-J N 1 , [-3 L7 rl C] rr r 7^t•7 r z r C m C -L rr C rl: r rr C C C C • n • y i %] 0 I U' GEE et FF 1--ter-1 N w • r-+nxn zo<o pz>z z z n nn flnflaw tic ti O co Z T cr- c m11.8 z 01 CP C, Z n n 0 r o C C ti � !z 0 r 00 O a p a0� > on-, re; f\ f`, I , l li [ L, - . Tri a• an 4 F,- f� \,) • • • '11 1 ,�Z ��r — � 1---0r--1 4 4 LJ I `y L`2 6 12.1 • o n m o C 0 0 a 0 =OO z > IC 2.4g O 5-go • C C a N 0 Sn N z 0 0 0 a (le J • r, N 1661777 V77 IP V N 1 LN • n n 2 p o rrn ran m Op �arr'O 4o0�r-irsio gaz`�A• V n ▪ �nrS1 mC<y�ti• 0 Cl o n y N rn Z aop�-4��!ii:71;i; ^N�po�o >r�r,+Q �< SS oi L3O 0\ y m>ai.� vZv --n:11- AvszTda gSYgzg$el a ntv �->r�4iZo c Z z z c n0 EZ r' > r aOrR yc >�y�Rz ::::: <� Z r1 O n r,O� i z>xel pip �1,,ZOC 0 z 0 0 -10 TA On On 00 A00 O CA cm o A x p ny m� z z MO I- OyV Tm AZ A m Cr,a- n -4to Oo Zg' ll yS f T -4 = rn O Om O z -1 O O rn on O> Z Co oC z m0 Z C T Z 074 p o C� ▪ n z • SOURCE. REFER TO PHASING NOTES • ' m EC 0 6 r 0 Z o rnr-i-r ZO O I- A zm N H � oA a a Cr O Z c O z z v N 2 r-, Z ✓ 0 Is r 4-) 7 r>-r K O 2 O z z Zn fl O z 0 I 0 O _-0 co K • 3cri ELECTRICAL CITY HALL 2ND FLOOR DEMO PLAN RENOVATIONS TO THE CITY HALL & ANNEX Y n� ° A _Si . .11 m 111. hi N - —A N 4) 33 33 S ! Ai 1 \I =N Can rD F\i c>� f_:� r-- EKE 1 �1 ' NJ -40)-- NJ er r- e- /__1 : a 12 8 3 `' 2 S's �7 DATE o 2 0 Or r• -19 s 11 <it t�3 3 aI 1\1\1 IAA r?-1 6 6 6 a r • ft I.-, LN rviN Ei i) 3s ,3 ThAVt.A LJ [e; 1. - IN IN kl 3 W uj 1\I ._s 6 '5 _a • • Aoo S A A ZO ^ O m uNr 8iC-a 9 rrz R j m .z, g n Rzz P QTD5 O g. 3 N ton° wig 4"iO Ck- El Pr N -41E3= ` �N 1 W 3 N rig Kip :_ :N • N 33 Li = s E--- NN C; u -4, �3 3 l Il • z aq m,X.,]o<fi /445441 nO itgitzr--ym QS ni=yOv 5 pn"p A•4DDCrflig Orin' Aril mi LnfLc, 0 c' 0 Om O 0 Cm ax n y m y Z A n r r - 4 a n O 0 a - m 2m m op 2 � go 1t L N m O A co O Z n n C O � 700 O z p • `+ go AN eSg nA J o$ cc to Rg 0 .Z. 0 6 ^ 0 g i • N 11OOT1 (I?I I111- NV"ld NOI1 Co Co • 1 r 9 i O f N W et- NY1d 01N30 2:IO01d 021E 11VH AIM 1V0I2i1.O313 �VV N -11 set -J I\= E% `, 0_ L_ L_J E3- -�9 r-, i, I' _ 49 r--;71 V vW r i LN N 3144 I let%PL.1 w 1 r- i A er- i�:�'�, i�i-� UI L_ LA 6 [1 IN W i 'L.1 1 •_ s i C, EL o z a n 0 lly ,,-i r,-s 4 ►-+i-t-+i--I • I ►-+I-�-+j_J a I�J Ni AD 1 W 1 Is f 0 F-1 IN 41 I \ 1 -f9 L.-Jo V ' IP El L `J • 14 • doo- m 2 Arz L'y1m V19yLL h v. ,. nn Q m n On n n o n nXI p C 0z Z • ors r� O fa0 y > <O p on1" z O O C 222n n o o n 2' c o r, o>rz xi o % CI yr+ A 2 \ I'; I LA • V • 1 • • z060o Cce> Zoo a 5 0c'n v• t > roi z.-� R • -, r drs, o �n i N NOr10 nr-n= -o Zr-,-,O z y� I X L1 In ��ozo z �r� n ffm vz 1^p A 32 rz�, /lL>N �rtn N Z J. O )1. n ny' Z n Lnl S p> Z� Fom c0c1zz an < r O y 0 n rc jn �a0 r[z-l� ron o z o Fy, /'r1 9rr 2 Z c A Am 0-,a y�Tn5 -40nc 00 2yP 2 0r51 r- r,y Ll ^O cnn0 Z>E� R,na9 o3.L u,0 2 -oo o�0 IQ 4-1 ln Ll O sot LA L\� ! �� w W V • N F, F- 1 N. 1`�IC)E,-I .I 1� • I _j -f9E3- L \I • 6 A UZI L`� i'Q -3 • t"'K=CI73 aapnn„0 40�Cn0 @D�rr�1�> npnMrs\ nCt 22tip :::2:1 X O y le CnZQ32c•py � y �O 4-1 O pC0\y O ^m<p vvo �nm *t(; 6p - co pn > 9n m > �, n A,02 L'r2 I�12y = 0 1=Z' 2oOCen 23,0 X O fR El so C 1^ $yoyN z r'`1 D OrZ^'FZ0n ii as n�> i9no�o �D A n y D S> I Zi rgDz(5vii T. 'R tgv.-ca z n▪ c• zl z� 0 0 0 0 ]p L, Ln O -10 '1A O rn o n C AZ in OO Zc cm on Ax n N n� m - r z z rnr1 O O -1m Az nr ;m Am >r r1 _ Lm O n Zgl t7 I � 7C Z rmi 0 G1 m O Z O 0 m Ln A -n O yZ A Z c O m mcf ZC n O y AIn C m -n Z Z • t z oo z n pd C » oC a 5^ C Zr n Inrliz ro=C2 C O . Z y T z C Z E4 2 n 0 o v, n y F� z y nI. o a I. L'DoaC ri A n z p O Z o p 0 C FN8��y giro; ra• -4 O Cn��`Ao • n a yy$ -, - \ > n i5n ":2: ryr O QA^nC • G=4CI7il7mmZLi(((�1ZI n >L13I 5 xr 00273 n r m ]G n y z L m ▪ rn-r SOURCE. REFER TO PHASING NOTES C m 0 r co O 4- "Z 0 NA 0 o_ r n L, n r NO n N y O;p n r N. a y y 0 Q y C C 2 1 2= XI le Z > p O > C Z < r z 6 0 2 • • • • > rmoconnvIzm—inOr nnOnpsZ �»>pCAZOWNOiZZ i2nCAMO on AoZ _,Z �=A� Vn zx0ponzvOO>OZpp0Onn>>>1oOOg 08N2 0212 2rO14 2Z0 OZ nnti in 0NQO>C:400nncZ;Cp>Nn=aj >n r ii>52"g"'Ir �nn0O0cninn nr znm ZfXic Zt52ncm",moo>m rZpiC*nn n-Mippnrriv4 -1rO r0?Zo >D>m lJ� n0n tn $Z.nZin�ni �� 0nAR cntrvrZZr>�2 Z » n ,yno Zip 2ZQ S> 54rO xo�Olm.o mpno$MC gO um x i�vnLL'nni;cZi 'Amxn r o Z rnmmoco c' S o>nr ZO ♦nZnnnOno1 r0 f2n�NN ;(43xocpZpZpZO rncn rpy o Q2 n n Z zinc > s 0 a• m y A 2 Ncncc ~*jocnJP Ln 0 0o > • VcZi sr s _i z In z n n • • • i 2Z 0 go re O r rZ Z n no o_ -z zo O >114 n n no gz t7 x ,A 441 •n) NIVn3a of • >'n "12 >r ono 00 �n po Anz Zns n S zo17_ �iifol 02 no r>< -4 0 0 > n n 23, p-. Ti 0ri Z �Z Dn i _ n nmy 0-4 DO > • '4o my �r'i • A o 0 Z Z 02 o"‹ 62 00 xiX n n j-4 t r DC ZiD� -40 n nn Z-4-ini Or y 1 n oo C zn < 2 n r;i on In 25 0 c xro -• n CM oZ 7nDZ np 43 ...4u>n pn 0 70 02 0m > z n OD -4 nn ZN �O o_Z > � F > V o? i At JDn ti y on Y in F NI cm l > 3 I IMU MAY Zh. _Dld Lww�l �wwil ELECTRICAL ANNEX LIGHTING PLAN RENOVATIONS TO TILE CITY IIALL & ANNEX City 01 J f I b I rn co O - rn i-, nt n `L X r Z C > 7 -11 r 0 O a 4ctiattsr_s___IsLesispr P 4 n E 3 z DATE a i 3 0 • • • • vv'Mno -'-712 vcZ n • > rnAr 70 n 2 A 0> 2 n A A O Cr r n O n A D> Z I7 0> CCy O>- Z or -r- n n n n rrQzozic`nlpp Z1 oZD A Zz -->A-4nv An -iz-..r-n�l,A> �"•• nOrz i 0> n> n ZO 0 O n p-4 n ,zoo O z o nn - ^0 > O * OO A Z_ =AA'0OCZAZdarC% OZ n-nn 0p0nOrf CyCn D-40CNCOz • y 114 On -. nFtSD")Z>Ap00�r .mos(r0 oth� Z 0 nzngmpo'>r nn>nd no 0,oap1Arn Cri�2Ar rM rn2,y+nv OO Mn OYCNAZAnno>n; OAODrr-pAr n� >nCA _ n? AAMZ CZ A \1` if O Z Z Ail vs nCyyy7Z N Z +°-. z Zn C n 4i D Z z >> D Z _C I y np y n n o; F r r= n > Z no ti OOOZ Z p �0 JV. AZ'vZAC C OA~r_ y�o D" n - r cco J.,...„..-..,0 2mpOCzx Z Z 2�=1Z n >.N. > n �2i Cl H Z- OC V ZpZ>�nAAA;y > nFrrii> o anZ nn0n0i r0 INtnZ y,xO OZP,Cn I O nN n A Z ti 0 y 0 n D n n n o�� p241CO2=n O • rn N�jnO>NyfgnFyO0 2 n co--•; y A n A n • • • • n> u nti My nZ5 D Z A K 2 > A O n n MOO -4n AO AAA n K 0 A p n 73 572 0 y Ct _ n N Z A n r> t �l >y n VIp n� >n I�rr;S OZ An 0; 0' n Hy O~ AO n-� Z ▪ CA O> AAZ n _4 ; C A n 20 O S 52< p Z r yp Ar 0I-1 Z>> D-i pr 1;•1 �1A,1Z0 ZO 4C A l>n r I> 0 Z y�n Orr 91 i zn� y(S$/J nrri nA D f;'1 nX K Oc ' rn ICO C n M Z A Z 2 4 An no 2 l N Z onOD A nn M o n Z ▪ > 0 O n - " A Z C� A 2 Dr 1, ni -xi n A At O C I C O-4 nfl -4 0 n 111 n -1 o n. z n .- C. _ NN 0 co D ? •, y 1J ;.. C IT - i - 7 - 4 ELECTRICAL ANNEX LIGHTING PLAN ALTERNATE #3 RENOVATIONS TO TIE CITY ITALI. d: ANNEX ia11 of Pearlan± r N• ■ a m co 4 CD 11 KI C 16) N11/44 C� � t nP n g 0 z A 0 = L L 64 tE L u \NNNE 6 N \ „ „ ,E .>i ,E F N t t ��p�3�p fl '.._.RD U PiC A2 n S 0C ni7-4 A02 no a 11 n0 no io nn 0 Da > n rr 20 -in 0 CZ >0 2 g A €o 0 z F 0 a 0 0 0 a 0 9 n Z n 0 0 i F n 0 a 0 Z A a 74 4 1 a, 7 1 o ri n E 3 z y0 PI 0 3 2 7t • • • m00 rn X0 -4-4 N n O 30-4 951 nnLA p� O -I0 0 • r- -6 r- in r gr 4CD n n N• O 77 0 - ^ nx O C n n x Z n cn n7d $> n v2 r <C C, Z , t Z n n x N rn 272 n vn N 70p D m 0 Mr- O [70 • • S7p0>Znnmcox 0O [%tzoaozo5%�z r-i" 'i2 ZponXO0 n O> 7D N n n o n g n 0 z 2n g>rg-42Z C 7 -4 0 2_ N C yovnnc ti I'r2 z > 55-4 n00$Onn+1r- NopgS v7orp-' > v Zp npi LirC�r f _ n 2 r n 2 C 2 D O Znn`' n�CZN> z 0z nI7D �, n 2 n�0U�2z'j1 O0 O00 On >A p 0 p n y ny 0� n N O m n O C 2 K :r" >> %% C O\OvCLn,n22 n Z rrnz r 2^X0 ri co DriSmonn �Zy n 2C 74• c• ad N p > > rn N ran g 30r^N g In rc5,-. rA -4z u O • • r> Q nnzprn7nC r rr nO n Or ~<A1A n g* ROg-4O CN0 On 3-0 nngFAOZ C n N p 0 > tiZ nx 1al g r n FF n-IZr�rn m r n Z -I07r^ 0X0N wit -4 'writ " 01 a Z N n LAr -z >4ra2 Z > 20 n Co Cx'1Z Z Z -4 C V > n»rn> Om 0 N N nn n ZZ0n O 0 n O N A xr Z 0 0 x v "g > g In Z n i Z 22 N CC r yr r Z Inrn N _ Z Z O On n 2K n N f� ` SVy n )C C N O 7D C 2 C 0 Z 2 v D g 6 a E N N 3 D m Ir>.I. M:\Y2r..2nlr. 7 7 s 7 ELECTRICAL CITY HALL 2ND FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN RENOVATIONS To TILE - CITY HALL & ANNEX Ij Pearlan S a ■ a • • 3 �-1 N P O na n Z DATE O 3 n • • • • O • • • • rc nR)1Zp vV.irnAN �pOoOm pZZ0AO274:it nAOn40pDOp OoDC).�Gp�AZ:in C_ Omzn cr. itn Cnrmn< 12 OAn�zOr i IP XI iOnACD A n-4 m Xnmoo .0 AOcnxn rn Z 32S � Z'nMA N�-rlypD�A "ln m2 >< nyO pjNNN 4of>M AZ ^VN • ^ 37 DnnOpp po- `g Ar02 Z A A p 2Z N A n Ann ZZ-4Z A000]; yp ]0OnD >>A ODAtZ r pCpnU 00 AZlO" On nnmD ?:311, Or= NO▪ 2�nAIOnr- n. Zj OZ I; -C oZNy NrODnZ (n D O n Z> -1 j r C - F "I AIf le:; -I jCA -1mrIZ 411 -iyp > Cn > > n y_> O 2 A n • rn OC MI - IA 002< ZOOf`nCZa ZN-,yn Zn ZZ 'SAOrI :ynCa lZC »pMN- CrOrr OZl7Z� co z Orr pI-73n rw ti r Cci? )AmAAnOm C rn 4O '< C) IZ^ n c 33 -4 r CI rn n 0 Ox-1 OXf^OQF D A lZC ry O C DC�Z p ON n ZnCD - A "D mncO���i _▪ � 1-4 z-A I pi 0 1 N Dconnp7�=OOXC rn• A �>n��ii 1,-�1(AAZ�CSODA OAAA l On O N1 �ArA,no -+5Z O XO VI y r Z VI • C Z A O nV C n n A n 1 -1 x2 x Z VI Cr• o Co r r Z n N N Z O O f7 n Z x n f -t FZ o C1 xA C N ti 0 n z D Z C O Z D Z O 0 F a G . 1 A U, AVIY N.( 7 O i 3 • rr rn m m 0 73 7J ( 7 r D r Z 0 D 13r Z 7J con D P o 1 0 2 0 0 x Z x • • • n>m m o O 2f - J n wO nZ z 1 N nn-I 2 O• -I 0 • > ti P YC • n rRr or S n t+n • n or• `00 n x $C 70 n • 41-4 >>v nmo x m 70 0 r05 n Z n D n rn o vomg n n0 Nn ;> t OF.. n f -4 n x o> NXI n � vi•n XI Sq12 4% $ 4 Cy Et n o ' Z A 4 a Z r 7pr OC Jno <c c7�0 rn 6>Q no n > O a nn 2 +1n nx i Or Zr, n ic rpm iS � pC n y C C m n o Z y 70 o-, 0 n 0-4 Z o QO D > v023 -4 n n mo n n n p o Z Ig. • • VNmnn-/;z'TZ n n2700>Z -ZZ0O czzzoako5�>2 Z n C o o 9 n Z z z p O n C n ZO n O Z C z N O0onC 'aZZ 0 N C n 2 > n z>r floOOQ r z N O A 2 n N o A pp r r c-i n A N m 0 > p p: F AZvnr>l0>rACm2 nn r alit zz rn no Qr2C2 M> 4 O z n ` n C a g n Z M n-lingn -I 0 ft >rZOA> Z CZ cnnot�r_orimn Z> -4 00020nm>n �O�N/ZZZtC it :ii;:iii?4 >� cnz CnCC>onIlz i _c'�gn(�L>7xp n C C N� ; 7. p A Zpin> Nr•N ari; t Zn m� D n n • n r n 2 _4 n � 0 6 >non z N Z 4.1 n rrin »Org o)4ry cc'4w n in cnni Zoxo -4C 2 C n>Rr 0 • C g' A C. est Z Z n 2 x o 0 o r p 0 ✓ I- = i n (I, 4t N ZO Z o> > -4 A in n 2x nN gon A - xrn C O n n C 2 0 Z O • rn nNO= >Z n Donvpnn On 2n2 D n o mn <r3N " -Cn D „4 411 nZ m A Z13 IA•rn2 _OrNnZ InAn CN�r nvr n�In>e -17 P1 _4 xi ffl rM r In 77 Z > n 0 n c D n > 1 In '1 - O Z r rWO D 52 Zn ZDZ OZ? rr- -4_ N o-74 no An--1 0> 2 n>O m A Z N r D O A AO C D r C n O r00 n_4 n� r one C �0 rn 00 • Z0-.' 171Z Z D Az n Z Z Nc ;771>nr 00> f pC n.D n N . Z ti n C Cr, -/AO>to A77 0 yv NT A m > x O O-i -4• ^ _C Z IA A Z^ C O O rnZO� OrtC n Z 2Z tO>Nncol0cAo �c m • IA '1 A a m-1 nC 70J on n 1 VI C N n Z > C -. nr 0 S' Z � Cm -i n m n 1 V/n m C 0 O C -0 Z N • v rr r r -4 z X O! et C/7 r T. CM CA --1 r 0 0 L' N 4 nS AO)y.2'� nAA00 Sr nrnOn A»Zb0 co2 Or n ''CAZOVtS -4S»_n<mri ZnCjnosOn ZnyAA n -4z=y Z 1p>O.Op0>0>0Zn� n nzoo n nn� 0D,-Z-inZO ZA C~1vi n00S A O C A Z C ��O r-nc �2Z co A0>> o C�tccoon>tn n �t n '"' A Z A-4 nCOo�l I- NZ xn Z z c7:2z00on'Orn >r (n m O y r- Cy z n"' n i? D 0 A r r m r rn 2° A Z AA nVNDrnC A o corn O-1n L) r o Z o>rpn"Oc f Dr'1C In. AA ZC DZ m V ti ill tenon n0 Z (..I rl rn Li 7. \ O -a C �1 Z n It C' • Z + Z 4 � 2 m o ZAn n -4 CI crlt.�rZoin-1 ;= son -4 0oo2Z�==n ED g,00 z ..I"n-. n0o3 n Ca C6Sm o>^> ZrAiOD C C C.,' OAn= D\ ZO N r� n o CCl n= Z 2 - z 0 N 2 D> C O C n C Z o n n F p Z D � n ZO C� C n> n 4- O•ff^ no cozn_CO l O0 nN. Z wOncxonn1?Oc n mz n rancor »�c'A� o N A V-1 rn -crq~g3 pr,-. Zp 0O x 0 > -4I Z 0co g Z La C -4 n In r A A n b 6 @ 77 F F F ma. ftf _ C s P L p eJ y a o`/ + U ,SS �'o 1 1 L 0 77 a JS (Pr r.. 3 R [a[l fl J O 2 4 0 n 171 • a 1)❑ D a: O j 4 _ 0 El •'n ooncz r,IF rppv a' Z Z C ;2; o 2 Z S» g j fin � ��� >> ^n- ppn �o "co tit o> Z> 8r ��yno on Qic o F >z F > +no Sr-n a70 ti n O p O n o ti o 10 L D y y iyy > n Z n oC> Z ~N O Z o ZyZ n Ci,., o> rni • `L Z I'1 pref � n yi0_4 z ZC tnjo >�y4i inEr8:4.13:611 i t �z O ^OC>y r° v*DyncdAila Ln vi > A- ▪ Zilyy �r$ ran �2 O .1<r r,Z tiC n n o> > • ird0=� �€ Fi o ,42Cn rn k I -nC Z A 11 y n n 2 2 r C7 0 2y LI _, -1 s nvNia 0 W p 70 n r > z z r 70 tr 0 t*: n m r m n 4 r 70 n r r- r -O tol m S r > 7 7o :n T, r 0 0 3 tz aaa O 2 0 4 0 0 N omo O MP+ �`o nn oi.I Ro yyn_sxy ;;���'gyptiAF;g nn FnFi i i2Lpo QY xo U i Of an gC A sa i'3'1p ::::-. �i I<s �_>g it q" oper'2 >2i`1i05ZzcnnrS tir• o ygg R 4 a»141 1 34 Wz n > . OZ 7 g 4 g :o bo t2 > t t_>n 0> �~ Z =•r 2z n n y r J rrr n O> xn 4 r i io zy 0 Fri _n 7, ^Ytc ~0 ` n ifi200 9 P nr -is > n gr o ppn-4 n Z Z 2 F g 7 z 0 VN > r a 66 z0 to -5 ,uo n I"1 t r� > yg O > 0 gp 0 0 outs ROJO.' • ox U > r O r O A Pa O 0nnc rn C -4 ;Asp Z� ri n to z D O > 4 ommmo rrt D a vs n n n O no C1-4 m I C -IMC C • • >tn innA N`# PoO mos ;'GO pc 02 - 0 r Z r +1-4 pZ n; O Z D x n ' 0- 0 AZ C- re mc m o mr -4 0 00 • nnR fl2 AO>i;nnplon APIF, C» Z zZD0,CO)Z 'gym_ �Zncs o on m »>� 0»Z�nZ:,r0 0n > r o> n A O Z n n 0 O . ri nn oiii nip OCpz OZC V1 CCOOcoon>oAp T omoocmmnr, n -v D f1Z _ O z r n yOn 2074 O gc L m n^ p Z 0 33 Min 23. rs1; O n n rn O Ina 2 0F�� S !22 0r2i 2o2o xr rg yz 22 r. nnr, r� Nnn Onn ng�j N >ine Zsa 1�7�O r n N� r4'' A gs+z 4 2 0 r0 On pf >ii n 02.m ronnz0 > a, n nC mz 074 40 ngCN-�Am>^N {�Nn Zz°rm� A ^ n 2 P° 22E2o A gS: 2r -4O O -4yn f, 0 N n r a O 0 > n 2 z c n 713vLd77111 *0170 1111180 6 • c> O zz nS0 n C ZM 0 i > r r r r m m ^ .1 U at CZ cl c Cm Z c C r -4 2 O C z O CONTINUE ORCuil TO NE%1 LEVEL RECEPTACLE z 0 c 0 0 • O V r of n O n t y 00 iz n � ;£g t 0 0 [or 0 Ri z v 0 N 0) m 9101: 9i AVIV 'INI i 1 t S 7 ;-1 r=; r a -v r > z N 71-1 C C 7 C ,r. 70 m r 0 0 0 0 m z m r m 0 C) C) D N z 0 - rn it rn 9 r m • r C m 0 b r 7 v: r C z C -r, r C C w C r x C oc I O a t ii o % i • Ii:�1 o° of 4 • << 074. `�.,�� r 1 �J]j I •• . r a 12 00 z DATE o 1 O N �m ir... �m 7o 7 r 2 r z r > -v r 7 C `z C C C 70 �.r..'. m H 9 0 0 PP It. 2 EnCi O® 0 SC N 4AI I 8 I Ao rN1 web cc I• 9 0 z D D= n sa ,,,I1/v DOD C4O0 c -4-419S5 o r• n t, • nn A[ 0 -�C-,8 D oy A� ^ z i • 0 nA n °-45Nut o = yszz A� D ."1 n 1 S s 3 4 >n05 • ▪ z -4 a o O 1 A 2/ono( < " nos CD 903ti• pm zo= C �,! O Z O 4-1 r9 _ 0VCn C n odr o r a-4 �-� o CzC'+ z D Zn-Di7, A - 0A- Li 0 a znnF o2fC pn 01�' on�]o > a) n y • ,D o n D• r-i S -yn [ D n n ti grp Co• 0-2 or-n r, aoAxi D nn ngn O n yyc = n� Lti Fx >n $- n 0 CTION ORAVnNCi FOR EXACT LOCATION OF fIRE • 2 r 0--4 n V 7 A 0 n O r D In -40 nnm -479 > r1� n Z o -4=0 �yy Z<ZO Z< 2 14.70 rM o 23 V. n ; O V. v-4 n n .alo = n2 m2 Z I- - -4 00 0 A A 0r= 0 y> n 0n n nn n2PM 00 A X -12 > Z n n A n r n C CA> r OD n n Z Z Vj x1 L m oD AX A n D 1 n in n x4_,; 00 �>m AZ O•rr-non Avjj1 m n y O O A A y C C OCOm-< m; m 2)4 0 C o A r>-17C Zrn m 2 r : c vl 0 n rn 00 -0 Z N n -4 0r Oylr 0 • IN ALL NEW CONDUIT RUNS FOR SYSTEM 41, 0 G 0 0000 so, o©m0 • 2 S z C n n c y 0 n y p - 4 COON 01 13]NN07 1 C C to >zfizznA> > oZ A».Oz> C O>'0 0 C A Z O D N O S Z n -4 nnOCr zon1mc Opj Erir in:CZ9. `pZOO_ooOnACDODg>iro0An-O ci > i)cing0CVn71 nAane - Zr ...-nnOZA s > � 72 al O nr''Anmr'CZD Z n V cm.: Z V ooZ: jjn�n�tZ7 nln inita F Z_Y+r Z= 0 O 0Zon >r77 `-.-o AZAZAC C 1no>nno>> O C Z 2 r N IJ :2_ ;nyxc n 0 Zv r;1AAQZ r ZZ >A7p> �,.�KOQZnC�0 mr'a ncz o>�o C nnN2 n n C s Z >> Z A~ LI = n rr-^ In 11IgW0 )flN11N00 TOVid777N 17A71 113N 01 nr ^ C =. -1 C r Or Zr'_ Cl* oor C n H N >F r r r" V11 Ci C C I C Z C 0 0 c Z 0 n CD 23 fl2 O r0 r O or r Z rrn l5 N zoo o� > > Z X n V; 6Z n C N 0 A n C D Z C 0 D Z v g i a U, C.r AVIN wn 1 z mer WIMP m r 0 0 0 m 0) H m r Z City of Pearland, Texas Ppppp i i N o 3 0 _� r0 = rnr l+�eAncr Ol0 1fp0 Z n0 en ens c L..Sgs Zi ^fin c'�i �$a�i >> �R FQgAg z. Lind czirl3, ao2, $n no 4-1 S inz o ^ �- ;c$ >ttg nO ro z> sa on it �N r >r y 00> - 4 1011 AVA 1101 N3LWL oo O ro Zv t2 Trod r'�i A 3!cfl o �; $>t -IP rz ✓ r.;4% x. pzz r AA • Witrz �r ni"g 92 g� >n -on 2 nnCz+; R� ^n a AD Cn C n ^ Fi >C-. p$m na ;A 240 r= R= nc' o}O Otr - go• d:: n- • • 99 ^pan o211 Al p um =ix • ra+O/o r na =� OZ >A ^ g : <g Z F r ,z v LL= in >$ a-++n oy rAI >i cm Z + nrir� Z on f.i r4 L+ a' i2A1 3 y+N 8I 'a�qY `= 07: to a $gR n 0-0 Sn tl� Rn 7 ry o z R `+ n. • • • • Zr nor 18 -n > • n Z to In A Z 27>On n r" -a n;0-4p > 0 A > Lm 0 nz• Z An''� 73 • 0 o�pxfn 55,12> • A>nF n non • > nN rn rm 2:.41 A O N 01 A n A I 3. N; O F' 27 Vf oc0r4 • I tn 2F• cm n v to i I- AA nv fAp >A Or r. Z sVig nn ;>< v �-4 0c NPn -4F N $cny F n > r^ �- pirr Z N -4 A Z r 0 z n>O F ▪ -0n ic ons Zin Z r -I C 20 C n CoC O it tn o 0 n r nnr'0 o Oi ooncr z n zzoro a > , .c__z5 0 CONTINUO CIRCUIT DELON RCCCPTACLL CONI$NUC CIRCUIT 7D NEXT LEVEL RECtP7ACLL nfn �v r+> 4 a$> $� ng PO 8 zr n z O. m S n < gM $o n n X a g� -4 n an • g$ ✓ -4 ✓ $ n41 Z0 no 1r7� z r n C a, I, Z r O~ r z ri ftz 2 V O r • • y 0mnn-1512 vrnzn nI720>Ind7770r>a0 Cz1oaoiiscoorib. 5 OnlSz-nr0 nz� n n o O> F 2-. n Z A cZnzo'�0C ZI� i Ca. o2C Oon>0r^1. 00 nonczmnp nOON z_i-i Ong ) of -ri0z °I• 3OfOrIO+ t>n >.AAO n- CZ 7 zrn nnzr200La c Z 2 I A n> n n CO t0rr-Z O>> -I 0.004r 2r{22 ooyy1 00O=0 Q v O J • J A D Z A= :Z: O> m;nOCza�n�tn��.;>��;COC ZoZ>rnpAp�j -4 x000�flg' I n ACP I c n n cm- * n VCr> nO rn> nr O rnOzZrz : <N 0 4 -ZF.0 O 2 pn C p z_i r- 1in n � I 0 n • n m 4- - y c 4 m r0ni 0m Oo In n` A ri; A Law =rnon of n zillZr - V'nrrn S I » O Z> z o o 0 c� � ; N =5oz gF c x�i z N • 0 n c z�_4v > Otnr • I I-y z o CT IA -4 0 2 on A n8 Z o c t A n 0 x n O LN a£ 5n 00 vvn o2 n� r$ N c 0 a z 0 Qr A 30 TTVH NN3LMAS N v N Y 0 11IIIi ',Jr .IVIY '' I 1 a z D ` (n 2 0 c r m Z 0 0 m D (n m r m 20 D r r S Z G) Z 0 In n D r NOIldd13N3d r r 1 t .A 't. 1 V > ii r YL is ii 51 L > { i �� -- t :2. "L L L 2) t j ij •{:i /t t'�L -£L �'�; �' �£1 (r ♦� r L• •{_ C�1 �= { ► if , 0 i + �t ri , Ei 7 i n C .. a • = s �" n £3 t ► , 1 i T f 3 t �' i n #i 1 t# L k ; > r 4ii• i (, i 7 t ' f `4: Sri .C1 t 4, ; L r 12 Z; r?; io�R ;'t R it 3 =: > i t i 2 E 1.i ,r 1� ' • , ;dS ', It ., `s:! iit� ii� iiF, sr •i 4 i5 •1 ;Cr=C'tE ' i ;If IiC' it• A s A Jl ? { i }CC_ aL • i i ; i ii 1 i-, } . >ri 34 i 1 1 .•. ;;- S ar >• ! >.` I}- •. a 47: 1•;Cr ;lc • 14 }y: j=S? ,i_ {.0 Cy 1117. i- 1 ,] 3 1 ,- . , ,- f; .� , -' - '( .! C l:t ' ,e - 1 ii ; Z ( 7 1 1{ i, Z ) C PP; it iO i� ii� �C 7�i! -i. r` i[ i = - j ir;� .-i L T I1 f S } *r 1 = S 1 _ _l ,L '7 lI .. ,J {,1, >> ,r >•. '3: l� [41. •L A • ► a il 1 t 7 L r. 1. `l. 7. F. 1- i. S! [[ A. ; n r n L , iR i p j, J • i y'1 �.sZ S i� , .1 n tt7 T , t 7 D i LZ 2;3 L• a2 �7 JI S't El 1 1 1 • t = E I 1 3r r l #i � j 73 2i • 5 I i ; , 1 c + 1 7 1 7 i •• 1 { i 74 is •' • t 71 1 7 ,I 11q 7 1• 1 7 1 A It 7 11 r 1 1 r 1: , •aY[ .lr r 4. Sf V• • VrAlw.W nittt re". rot t^ MA•_r lT 7 $i Lt$ 1r) I 1..' c .t y^ ji J 4 : C.r ;1 tA; ; X �: ; , C .L] it!! L )7E k Jai tit ] ,- > `,:C i > 7=� 7 jj r )) )j i:T lilt:• t jtr E :/ 1. 1i ; i t` 11 n 21 1} rt )i ji i'i j:i���i.s ; 177 , -11 ' =ii iii-y r ,I-j-r V11 n :11 �7T, a �r i�.3•r'r• •. 111 t :) t .-1 L =Ti • *7- 1 '►1 ' t ...F _F.r 7/1 i :i, : :; C -1T r ::- t•, : ?S. �•• _siS .Ii t,. ,-F7t �_- • �I t1 Z-n i r_ .-m l J s•f•?p iri /1ai >J[ ' > Al•t ;, et. > t= IEr >,,, .•T 1iA 1s"1 ..51 > > 1• 7 s , t e; , i 2' 0 j si .:i' i; ►. E' i-.tq;.,i'i-7>i Ii i ;-•>Ccttj1t -, F , . ,•J , 1r t-1•7• !t 1L.�,iii►.>_�;, =•:, , a', it-i >>t !•,•, t t•_:.)j�{j q; ; ,:i'•• 'z.• .l:•-; 1--!r'j'_t-•1,�ei�i,STj>ifi'' ►�! ?,I �1:5 i 2;- 1;C: �=2.0; i 13- '[, :;: 1, 1-- 4 -y . . 7i.'7. F-';l{S�'jiy�r�ls . i,•j e, is �}t,:-f:i '':?;.;�;i-,` 1�'�; j; qa 9an d i1A r 5 pill; , € Y, f 2 ?a ;Ili tr {{[ ti` : 2 I�L : 33 `i= <.j•3 (i L t I pi.{- i ?Ti 0 t 1: E7'-3 j}j3, :if '•i� . ,CO = P♦:t;'i?[>3 _ilei4=iriil 1;•y•- :j _t': i-1}_ rat-1. 1:2.. Cs#•i tii• C C ]=r i• jJ C) 3 rt S Ir lf: 14,•7. :'k .E , k 44_T> St :llt 3 )C D&3L :111 i ,F_,� •i:� /f4,i s 1' % ii '- f S A"�> CIr1i ,f'! 'tit' 1i` y q�jl •pt • .,;: ; :4 -1. a y' •�• Rj� r;' , R r`�• • ;� 1 i ¢9 , 'I i•tr i.i'z!ili'1;�� ts, 2�7.}1�;:,iti.,t >i��s )i,,> '1 �i. ,{••1 ' ;t:'-�« r'T CI' t .` 1,. i = . T. k% j> �i r k •I t t { �' , ► • . i } i, . •, , ,e. 't { r[r 1 ,L`,> •;>•::i t' ti:� ;r :f , F .;z • 4 .9. i ; 4k ; i ii ' si t. L ► fi f 0 / r >{ r r[ ► J ; r^ t if it; 3*( ,>1• ••iY; ,' ••iY! 1-.1 „L)- • S • i ; < i-3 f - y > - f 2 r r �. • 1 r� qx �k!• Lr! !� .sty it ► i�- i , 1 -Z .t•1 2 f r c J ; i 2 7 3 ? i 1 1 3 ; ' a 1 2 , fel i f L F ; y ; t j 1 1 $ !S !t t i f € !3 ii • tt t - i r r ! ( G r y f t ► r. t t5• • F ; { r , 4 _ r - cC Z L t r t L i r 1. _ _ r F c is L: i• - r ,ntv w/•V ✓ a IVO Iti NJI`I 1I taMt' t1. N I Iliad" 11J0*( 1 ~iv ell c 1 -. : - -• - r - - • - , - • : - ; j4 1 L s +t II L ,Qj ;E 3 t t 1 7 t t• C i Yi _ _ , Z = { C t t L : 2 i i t i i i i f = 2 C t L 1 i 1 ii 1Z t C L i i i i2 t i; i• 7'41 •1 Ot I1 r1 )' •1 •t 31 5 f1 Rf ry SiI +q •\: •_ +i 3^1 1 f ,L Gi T r t �1 n .'et. V( J3 /' r. 4': G'_• ii ) �•. !' J ,i Jr :: 2 i >• ; Fi i`' ,i e2 i' .• r • 7 if; r C , i t, 11 re* PO iv, • 1 ` li �= S• $ I•=ri Y c 1d••11 II WJ •.ra "'rt.' 4•-I 1: �. il ? y . 2' [i ,- .; j [V� • .3" :1. Is !t. 1y �,= n i1 _f lt t' •i 1RC t y t : _ f = i t I i t i i >C t airy1 1 r • ' 1 = • r - :1 z 1 F i i :. is f =; 1 , i I) QA S t (Q 11 ] • C ; ^ - a E, , ; 2 Z t { 2 ( Z t Z1 ilr 9 2 i Y S • t L , } 6 7 1 r 2 ? i i S 1 i 1 i t t ► • 4 t ' R , f z 1 r i Z }t j j F ? : t M r 2 r I j z : : 7 7 ; ',l• •...:et •>,• i; 17•' i>�' ' /i' • '' j I iii; st i Ili iilli { 1i 47 ;tryi ;t, -j ? 3. ;•i i:i lc) i1 t .0,1.. a>%' i)ti a +1\1 • eet1.1W IY • K•. art VV. tM Ar s .:2,1f nooar-4;;m n Z,.,rrrl 2 Nr N :nzn -4 n n nSnn 0Z co -vp0 nogm D I -,n r r . N Z OrOD n+ roZ10 m.> n Or r Ooo = C c < O > r rAi> _0 Z �v n Z N Z oO O O CD r A n On15M 72 OZZ z N -n I ,V A n ti -en z 0 > nn Z r0 > O o m r An nmm 4>>, z= z to 0 An .744 n ❑ 0 ❑ CI nn r-u ronmo n N 5 Nmo OAO 11 n §oct > N > O n Z r zrr n tr.-4 r, t• om-' > D O - • r - O r Z z * 0 NO1111aVd O31Yd-3231.1 • J n CA El A Z > g 0 1 n x OZ -1 N D3 9.0 m r -n cn o p • C V 0 X. F Z 0 D r 23 0 0 CO 23 N011bd(10IJN00 z s O r c n n O C A n n nOnmin "Vr>,1 A `1n ~ 0 0 nC . 20 Vc Zn z 0 O p • • • • • 0 morn cOM>c o HThc C irl z 6 • • • • • • • ogg 0 Vi 77 O O rr Oa 1 0 0Z d N 0 Z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 A C 2 Z nu cC Z n -4 C A n 0 0 rA F n n cm no oA R 0 0 1D n r 0 n A 0 z n 2 0 SNO11v0O1 0 (232. tft r 0 rii 0 pp� C r on Vp 0 rr, z 50 Po on 2t. ,- z n On nc x 0m o t 1., 4 n 2 z 0 c tLMvd 38111X11 LHOFi 3Wd5 1VNOI110DY NO1 5O3d5 01 111J3/1 1 V a v< 1 nn• q )• C r p > n• nN i,o'-4 Zn>n z. O ' z ',, 4 v C `` p-4 f1Z Z Z �• A on ao 00 ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE DI.0 OR ENERGY STAR RATED ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FUSING O Z n C O V V o o R) 0 Jr>A 0 O A V O O p Z 0> • ZO A Z o0V Opni r0nn> 00" C. C r Apo rr t+ rl non* 01.40201-4 Z O > 0 = pzvnwt, 00• 1 ti p m p 0 .11O0d NI bOSN)S ONL Oi Z 0 in rn dooalno 1d0Id11 xo8 -rind 0 frl —+ r D En m Z 0 n r m 2 5 -4 0 0 m r Iona lYOldA! JO r m P 0 NOIlDndlSNOo )iNV8 A i 9 ii • • E o Z Z r A z .9 inn • SZta n cvb '417a3. let nm rm r C ` op SlIV.130 1d01b1O313 y Aonvz z 000ro p coo= n=c—+> n of o> D r r ZNr !'1 i» F Do mn �s n n - S> o nvyr� p tet ^ otO max O in In rV1 r mymXI O $ Ca .n LA o gr orn;fl _mac' � Z n oFCC ✓1 r z CO n'n : noC Oo !n Z7n z o r -41022 N O r s 0 0 > 0 0 irt IX m Z SS V n -<CC1 C. V f�i rn r�niAm n v Cr_ r rn- O 0 0 z A 0 C C C C O octom Oaao S 00 9t z "2 O C tAzr -t>N n0 Or I jj_ 0 g nn" a,EgC pp�OZ�, O n 2 > Z nr n g2 O 441 or S. n *0 S o I ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - ELEVATION ]avba a)N:INu i IR 1-] (SIX) C S sdn-ants 80d 1111130 sdn anis ilnmo a 'S1L0N 11,a01120 f` v 0 8 R 3 0 z o 5 0 i 0 0 La n Zm NJ i r ro -n O al Z•0 5 0 73 m 7) z 0 IA 0 r n U) rim a 0 rn mi r 10( 13 r 23 -< 2.1 20 n z In 23 m 23 S r I n-n o p? DSM 180 gr yemisn (igQ 8 O WRgil npgg� 15 y *A rtExi ig z 0 u fl r r OD OD nn co C) Go CC nn U) a a z m a r “ r , 4 cm r r T N n O nn�� • n 4j0> C y C nCz o � > N mr ron n _ y ny r0= ton r n n n > m,Z 2• > n -13 31VOS ON 31VDS ON f 4 n C 0Z 0 0 Z7 m �_ X Z D 0 0 - C Z 00 = rn D n 0 0 -n 0 rn rn --r X D r — 4 Co CU C r- - 0 0 7J 0 r m —I of oNndnoo 3 x 1333 Z—t ON] ( N -- Z n-1 A r r r - c c c n G)> n=0 CaXv1 Zoo an r m mi mtr. F i N N CA 3 J D m co f y > - j z a i ELECTRICAL DETAILS RENOVATIONS TO TILE CITY IIALL &• ANNEX of Pearlan D m cn o= CO 7C 0n0 D m 0 C c z n I O 3H1 NI A11v11Mvd 210 Z N 0 rZ C m n Z O m r c r r Z n m 0 0 n A Z O a O fl 0 a oz vn-,0 m rn - Arn ncznn 1xi 1 V x�0mg?' 00r;•,OC n - -1 O1 mZ HOD n o m vxN -,O 2 vrnZ no �-ip z n� AOZZ D i \ z rtlz non C • ?mvnnZrq O -r o - Vynn71 pi a ro r0P. rr.,Oz p m nA N-1Z0 n 2 C A n C > R A ;nomn0c r- D p!- = -rCOnV oo -. D>vA 4- -4 A In n 0 n O ✓ , n -n in r I >;V> n 1'r r 0 0 0 A 1 C rifl n n mvr^_4 V 0 m - 03 D A D n 1 Z rl0 0 to n n C C O DO n Z n O - ;z2 Zn Z-4 Z -r rn rn ncn - A I n i Izaon Z Ou,C Z-,V rn • or O 0 rrin Cncz n -1 n 0 C Z V n 23 0 r S Q O N A n D Z f n� m C A N A L I ) a n m o z v 4 0 n P V n> n n V , N a> a>rjsariOnt, nr-t:^0• pynmorrx >mv O Li i'll C -°> CD n Z XI A S 0° -41 *�>1 c R 0 0> n n _2 Ate. ti Or�> nN >A>>VnvrMn x =0 -.AZ-. 12 n^o 20= cz,� m • > aZ � n0�Cr 1' rnpp�%�-=�nna^ c • c>rn 1CF][N;IC> IN>1a C'r 0 E: n lt; 0 0 0 AF z- O cos A Z n a r -V 0 v Cp2 rnn • p OV a z •g n r x 2 100 o Et c 33 a' io z z 2 O72 p a8 A 1 r if) O $ c n n S zc qo=4 > on^ z ^> 2 2� n • i v 1 0 ya wav 00 zn Coo S C N on m -t 0 z z I > VV n r mduA n21 Z > Znr- O -, y z c z ZOZ C c r,1 Cso -41 O x �n N. S� z m tm A • n > > n -4 i 0 1 0 0 ACC m V D Z n 0 < 2 U N > Om z> vz a z 0 C N 1 z r, nnn A C24j g '22 n<C Z0O v zr O oLev A r c -, V. ^$o a S21OOI8dOO D 2 0 A (Ti rn O O O 0 N C 2 C n rn O n C •' r o = Z 0 > C Z n m i n rn D r V C O 1 z c to z o Z A O 1 " 5 o > m C A O N -n 0 • • • n • F • • dTvla a 11NIOd HUM ]OLAaad • • >nv-+c L'a a $ > 0 ti n• � 1Ar mA �1 r A. - OR On Z-Ir 0.`" n 01 C nn I O^ II > 221 F> cZOCn no A In n0 2 c• Z$o O N O A A C A Z O n y O - C 0 •• N N C >cv r1 . .n�7r n 2 0 0 • fl2�t Cp v rxs=: a 0013 1 O n Ntt x >=i r n m nC rZrl > AZ A c • N Z 2 Let g n c aar 1 L, Z O -0 0 Lt • n Fan A N rn >rn n 0 L n 1 Sao C 0 1 o f n = n n X n a mr >m r C> a PC fit 1 c ‚Sc on n O ?C c a n a F m n 0 9 © 0 nv 0 r Co 2 O n n Z 1 L, 0 • v 0 O n A a on r 2 N 1 0 r z n a I > 0 ny 1 n C A > r Z A0 2n 0 0 A • r n C A N D Z Lt > • A O * 13 • C O A13 > 0 r rp, A N no 0 Cr A t n m > Z r 1r N D rn Z C > n 1 NN > F ' 4 r o 0 0 � vo 74 1 Zi m ov a n > S r n r O L, s• $ ro D > 00 00 z N r 0 0 n 0 z E X D r ONINIM ONI1HOI1 vv 2 0 ^S r0 n • • or n zm Zr P,o n O no PP r O O o CI n ar 1 2 22 •.fi0 1 1 00 • C V r SD 2 ox A2 m=>-1-0 >�g OtiOnAn O n o"' Z v > O _p Z nb�O'O-r> R8>ot' NI OVA LLLMOOtt 0 C C a SLHOIl Ol OVA az 03 Ott > 2 0 r 2 n C 2 i El 8 m O 00 ncrr 0 > V ,i 0 z n v a I 0 m 0 a rA N ti • • n0vc Onoe D n O r 730 gAsn C rnrn n - A z N H O n Ann r 1 z =dv--rt_ rl__lL_1l� -- -_ - � --�—TrJ _JL IL r 0 N 0 X R q mi tVto sac Orim _ mei o O 0 r m xi n m I -- - -_ �J-J 1 I o‘....../ 1 0 I 1 L I no I I O I 1 u I I I f--• •-4 1 N� I I I o I I �� �� _4 �, is C I> et U I /• i Dn -13 I 0 I / 1 I iN 22 N -• .-4---- i r�-ni 1 No....../I /''iyz o I w I NI_!�i 1 -, I N I I w I I I "1- - tr4 -- 1 .01•-I N (aI n 1 2I n$ 1 u 1 1 J r O v 1 _J OD v I o I W I -- --I 1 Uu O I w Mr 'Of '5110A L r n I I rr-J, n I %IIZ' Io / 12 jQ // j6n0 L_1_J `" I I 1 1 J —1 / n r_4 ) p \/ "2 / __J 22 � n 11 Ali 1 r < s NL-. .-1---J r---< '- I-o--- -- z.,v I I % .6 L I L. I II- I r-j---1 "r �i r-_}.°_ -- 1 Iu 1 L J IU I .I'-� :Li f 1 N I v 1 r 1 L.� �i J I-0----- I.1 I\ L J 1 L.' 1 r U 1_- S I o 0 1 \ . L§ r 1 L J Io----- ^'I L J r 1 I---- cI L I11-♦-! , r I < ) I •1 L J L._ _ ___ iI -L J 01 L_ < > - ---- ZI I41 II .T1 , f ---1 < ) I I s < ) • I d LT.J 10 L L J z L_ • 1 iI _—J 1� id_ I II .-7, r 1 L_ � L -L----- rI L J r ' 7 E N in > in >, - ,. - .. z DEMO ELECTRICAL RISER RENOVATIONS TO TILE CITY I TALL & ANNEX . . e 0 2 = N von 1': 4%`Fii • „� ``. + • 02 ♦ `• 0 m � \7 4 N r o O f - O Or v n R pF d 1 pz y;Z Zm >«zSj��t0Z zc �mrC 'j ;tn oF noskcpcnnmoO Ow:i �O >->xD >2C2> in -Al; O--1v ' >>-4 n•» aADNZ-4 ?C VCMn Nvr rmnD nnnn rO<n _nOrDZ o�-+ V -Ci73 VAjmI >OIzr 89 n m Nc Ag n nOA on O nON000 fO Op m r170 =j >`OZ>pn9< xi a � f'ZZ, O 'mn n N NZ AZNAN z >r- m - mmnrmop0� ;O N 00 U' ' nnNjO D�r i:ii;i;i; n N.ZZAO� cxr, CXOnnnar 0ri nZ nn A Cg >N NO� rZ rn O> �Nn N mA O0Annnc S r Z N N Om ozm r> nr nm nn O m0 C>O nN c -4- OZm x0 <rp VIOrn 0A� r>m=mNZpCn � AOn COO ZnA�O>> n xp • yfl n r n Din 7CNC U�fO OZjnrOn to c. n+ n2n2CN% Nm Dw NCOZInp0 �>n m ZOm LA ZZZ-4rnrn Imz;=-+iANoZ cCAeyi N�� n0 �z�Nps ZSz0 fli n 6 vAOAN/�nD�nZ�oZ ZZS zzr 0mm PA OnFN2>c COn NO<'vnrim <f-1 -IUD-+Or-a '31N0djD313 llv -4 ti I;I- • I r � 4 > I r i i ---- I I IN L--__ o_A___ NI L J O A n A QQA O qqD SAS O c O nr n Or -4A Z> O v f n Z O P n o nz rrr raj Z O@ O n t Z O Z u:0r jm O O 10 " D C n-a occ DVr N D n m!vv D r GD A S of WO xi cm cnoz zm C { z A Z m ogm0 o N O Mg u v Z z f r V n z C > r z NC ccv =go 1z O < rQ o 1:21 ii OONC.og nmAO4ZZZ0a%ZVzT oO n< 0�>x- >n rn0rN 4low O ! < o� n0 n OnnAp C- 0 C 0 I n A A: .wn7 y - CqQD p - 0 Z O rot m r D o zo ZlnppO[Z'fn F m O r Z>C D \- v-1> F 3 'DC C< 71 Z qA n> nmN� n c50 (j t:nn 1 Cl-b r•DM I ; D t C m Nno �MOONrzj 2o oc KI14: o D z 0 Z 'lOOZO REFER 10 DETAIL FOR TYPICAL PANEL LABELING REOUIRESENTS -Cr r r n On 0 -4 v C n 0 0 A N x r m n 0 v v n z In n VI n n H 0 z N n 0 z �nxOZ>O Or, oo nns z DN nn r rnn C m. O z 0< A N;NrZ;nnx O.rmrnrnnxz zN zOr^_DAzz? el �2N Arrnn>- A nZ-'Z 00 A 0 C ZtC A Z O n > -a Z Z A ^rZ>>O A >>2rs - .nnOC 2 onzn•cUv v nn0 0zn- ?AOrLA-4n nsO� �x>O-4 O oDcr„Ey- AV' Zn< > z Z z n n N x 4>Dn ocoo A O C A� n C D C>n0=40Q n z � n DN z;� Z nfnn r - rnn002 D 2 nom to D n 0 O O A n n on -•AO �`pI O A C AA0 Om' Z r -4 n r.00 V1 C z �0 a -r AD z- rrn n > OCR -n -41 0 0>0 nor nn=, on CA _ n D l i c cm-4 Z t z • nn O Z n Z A n PA-4 _xA-4 n N 0 D ONv H3JSNYMi BOA M30333 Nn>�enn ! > A ooz z�,-4cz :1:1::::! zA-d� c xt_an A> OxC i npnr,n rmna n OD �CD ~Orjo < o i O Z O Z< D o N n m Z C N o< CO Np rz1CNa,;, n O Z r0 O n o nfm>Anm\=� N r> fb 6 r\ innAz�n i9 v n 0 0 n 0 0 AnnO» r� Z 0 n N A J m i D n N no0 'zg;n (4 rrsf� rAi x n Ol 0 ' z Dr.>ryAAOr O op O n O D e m Z O mF4CDmfnr2 _Z n >pACONL nnorr,nznnn; n 0 O p C5 C7304-1-+0ZU4, -1n* nr � O r0>_ Z z>OZ rn'1� rtn m0 o <no�o 'i;gin z m mr-n c n A; C yy c r--n mArNrrnAr nnNMi APonzA OC In 4-4Znn �n COn In o On On n> -4 N r0nn 0 ih z v V 0 = N Don r D 11 (70 \ AAA) � Y r C n m P.-4 rrn - nr0I- > n n 0000 0_'70n ✓ O 0 -0 n of rrn - 4>z A O 'Ionn n A 0 m z c N n 0 r n O c 2 n0SC-40 mZnzO2 r n m o n n O •---. in C� U O 0 U u U u —I • N `J V \ U rar u N � J La u LR Ls n o O U N 0 U 0 U I C U n —. r- C• 0 0 U .J U a U CEP 0 • • cc { V U V Owl cr 0 O w CV i a al -I 0 1 0 IC 0 E 0 0 Z ADDENDUM t5 O up cm 0 1 n I a L -4 l„ C l^ C N 0 N r Z nNrriir nn r r1 m rriC m> o n o i A rn Z U _Z N C- Z m N O4mm m lZ OV1 rnn-m nZ Z On1�pAZ 7)^ Z 70n y; • DS Ll >42>--1--rDp-+ \OD -d>pm n 'Z n 'I N0O nn �; Z OA� UZ!-nfmonynO > n 0mn�Z0PCaono�A nZ>O ZnrZO?U-IA rIn -4- >r* 0I>o0n0 m A- 0 0 Z£ n O m C F o A D < :Dr c r r 2 m Inr_ 00 Z n < m r-nnrNjZmm2 A OrnrrZo>- Hn n n n O n O 0 Z 0 U g nnnZO> U= o AOn0 D g A 27 r n? Z N Z -In _ 777 • 0 rrj 0 VI Imj O r n ✓ _1O FZFCy v'n n00. tn�oi< C of u P < O > 5 3 0 • • >Z C2C-r CI :::0! non> Um> nD �UOI�Zn> On mNm2 2< -{ZrVI >xr m-2Dn CN �r n nn OD nDZrtC) n-5>nn NO:::! ��n=A Sra1_� pAm,CnAmm n0A IA y£Y�12 vl�DZO m�ZAO< N r (/n�� vx 1y rim �m 0I,<rt< ZANO Ornm Vfn mp Or��Ni 77 m r.7A �o"i5 Un>Tn'L,t>n ZC�CDC) frl Uf;'7 mZ�nD`O n�NmUOn 1mNOCO 1 In 0=n C ><> S D07C O A N O_i D to ::: :::::::: - 22> AOAZmmUA rn Crr>„ ? nn D D 77 710rn -IN ZNZ=�r�� Z0<� u '� D n- Erric! m C O< N DO r n U U m>m> n>�� InNZ� OOl7 '�Zr m00$0 ZOnnLri � m AWN t� Z Zto nO�nnmNc411r+1 C7m3N��NDAV1 DD7)A won Z;mn ^N VIOU Dn = rr' OrrnO «-' o mZD Zr--ffv NZ f52 m'1 {+t mmm O m~O� OCDO� �N o�f7000?5 0 cnZ m'n rl N O.-.N n nl„ CmimUm NO 1770 MIjrA at flab rDjp im n xl jn0 N NASD CutOD nn' ZnU�o>ZMD 0U0 Z xC r - Z �� A>r N050>72 1m0 O 1 n m n Z fAj> n Z�Nm NXIvizi m33 IA rn (Z rp imO��rNi�n O D 0O N Omm� Zprl, 1�1 rAiZ �r,nOn> Z N z coonZZ Cr-4 ZmmOm>ti1, C m m0 0C •- n (r1 n• ZCZ{\\Z ;- O n HZn Zm' v0 Nn nn NN'�7 m>� '1 0rnm D'S> A �n�ZM ID 2ZI n ZZr nmA =i4 0m nm>>C n O m O N O< m N n n n < ti N n O r r • COPPER (SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ]Zr 30IAN35 HdC/AORP/LLZ/v00SL 103N N3d OvOl 1v101 • t J • • 3NN00 ONIQ1If U 1V101 O ✓ 0 O VAN 9'996 O n nC A r_ InnO0I < n O ti r 5 A U n37 o n n n z 1z0 n 0 • tl Z tt Z nn -innfl rA n A0n 0 oz o n O D A o o >0 1 ^ r Oa O 1 t '23",-Jr`i.:?)EgagilEiifiji rn m O Z) In C) _ 0 C z 5 + a- 44 wit it as—.-72 Mk a \ SSLL a Q• tOLZ/l '00S/► S ii4 P °$ Ha II\\' q _ la , , .5_ 1 1 -•PI 1 ` N4.140 U la a a 0 y� AA Fi OOOOO m rl n O z n n n z n n OON n n ♦ ♦ It t• 1 I 1 1 1 1 I I N N > UV z NUMtn rr Z nn> U mcmU Z O m n n O C C C A m»> n O0nS001y-4n p-10 :;01:115-71 n0.1 n>rD O Onm 0onnnrO Ong>fpn : r 'yin>znxnOnnnzZC 1 D n nm0`�AZnf'�-I��Frnrn Cot CZ "ZOOtn - 2 0 > nMn ::40rrtlirn::::::: >OC2mADN0C0UArrnO nncDnZ�O-4{rOOn n 072-'> 1EU >m 0 U U C O_ I Z m p 0 •n A 71 n n- r•-• 7z > ruin Z • > v ONE S n 77 t„ O n 0 D IS N in Z C m m> y Sm 4- z00••rn rtv C.-. n U Z 0 n 0 0 r o- n I-,- n l„ Nson-4 C�rnu, _ Nit, 00o Vp0 �nmZn lOYf2'I0 m;0� Io> ZNCzon..Cc Or Vr yO� CZ>OD mC On nmrnn..N 4gric 1c C U n n s 2 0 ti r A n D CO U m nOn r� -ICIII N n 5 O n r mA 00 V-4 F O C m U m O C O r 7 N m N U n> D n oZ O 0 rile) I C_4 0 D O N C > O A n fl o 0> O AWN., -1pNO Nn 2 S O n m n n- n =inn m Oz 7j IA On O vv11 OO n Dn0 zm5 nC DZv>n r f A Nnfnrt_,�n OC OA £ n1,7) > D >xCIU rz00v iflnn0 nqA 00 on iy � Nxj\mZZz>pAZIn> z Z n ryr.+ iovio eng 2 o0np` m Z O\ non n 7_40 Dr01 O -4 O Zi= r nI nrn �S < N r n O n C c 5 -I 0 u 1 n C n0 0D n rn Z n4r N� mNZm 0 x\ I S Nzjn r O> a A ror Z m> o a O Z n F T'1 "ICN00 CH n n N a <_ n n z Z AO b. rn znC 0 C r 0On oOZO Zn0-so rt inF nI m D n 0 0 Dn0 0c> ri Z m D n nn m0!iiii ril 0 n 4zZ n0 An „ ITh A -oral) Z Z OPI rn0 H� ct„CX n02nr CZin r rn o C'r N rrn SANU co T non o'zn U r 1 coo Dgn5 ^ rzir �c5 n�fl Z n 0 O Z o � m[7 1?n An D Z0��> A \jrO An0 Dr W VI n -nOZZrO£D C Or I nOA D-I C C C 2 rri 7]ein m U Uy nD n0 -+ in z ZjnZ n-nOnZ Z> D m Ar n - O D�n p-+Zyzcon4O0 N C S0 ' zO->.tn O Z 0. Z n zoonzo 6Ft 5 r` r Z 2 .� . 1 ' v 2 I 4 44 4 4 44 Y r.',. b4 D w _ v a a 3OARD AND WIRING SCHEDULE HLCH2 AYPt70:5 125 VOL TAQ 277450 PHASE 3 WINE - V J I ., r C o - y - •, • frALIN:11 I Y»►LSLM 661666 V%1,5 RRGAR z • 1 g a t f j a 56 a gt u2g♦' lit 5 fi i66 > f aaaT> ! i fQ, r a ,- •I 11 mr4 V,019( AKA- LT'S > :J I 4 N 4 4 4 4 . 1 4 4 15 3 : 1 1 33 21 V 3 3 3: 3 a 3 8 1 i r 1 Y ' Y+ 1. 4 Y Y y 3 s V Iv:: • V. Y :. S 3 3 X St 7 ti 3 3 s a 4 o•• 1> •• 1 Z e 6 3 3 1 I 3 3 3 1 . 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 I J1 1 1 1 „ 4 1 7 t 4 •J 4 I I KVA GADS5-TOTAL 7 0 f 7: 7 q I:1 A I C N,TING 10 )00 P a p gb R I • p , nr i r a 1 It 1 R 1 • a iii g r -4 S 6 r Z S • O • > C r J Y f4j• O Z ` pi - - o .. o Y (1 $ -4 3 -4 ; : . : a 4 g N I Q M 8 4 1 .1C •. • •, :, - b N! i t 1 t I 4 :J S. g PANELBOARD AND WIRING SCHEDULE - (Double Tub, Doubl. Trim) PAPSBOARC HLA2 AY PAWS 400 VOLTAGE 2771450 PMA5f 1 IMPS I YAMS 5OUARL 0 TYPE N4142 POLL) 1 i t f 1 1 ;xi a C r ,. a a w n ; r i. Yyy A gy 3 R 1 RA 1 fyy Q 1 A 1 R i Q Q l i i i r a i > j > i rry a :III I 1 N 3 3 33 1 • V U Y U s J s Y I • N • V 44 8 o t Y lit 2: • : : 4 S .. f 3 3 3 3 R If, 1 I I 4 , III'"���• A IC MC TI 10 000 Illiillii^a A g RRq R AqR P �f1. y I1 r i r 5 •. > LOAD 1 C r Y v ;; 4 g b r- 2 2 t- a i 1vio19'19 a 0 p 1 6 R 4 O .J O ti V I- G a Y 4 2 4 •1 a i • V 4 a • I I. a 4 Y 1 r •j • 0 •1 r • Si 0 • 4 •J • Y a 01 Y S > < v a pp 2 D A 4.4 O DJ • 4 • • w 4 O • •4 , J e 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 d 4 4 •J 4 4 I S 2 iJ •� I. r 4 I 2 < 0 iJ '4 i •1 44 r r ., PJ 4 4 g 2 < 4 a • < r 4 • • r i a. 2 Cr a r S • a a a • 1 r • • tiS r r • • `J 4 •J •J 4 4 4 4 0111IEEE 10v110A I. C ri PANELBOARD AND WIRING SCHEDULE - (Double Tub, Double Thin) ' entiGltILY rnau ML YAl11WIAKiP °CAWS uAI4 I Irv' 1:4 A: 3 P PANELBOARD AND WIRING SCHEDULE pa. tal Ana rt. HLAI ♦UPlitt 125 VOLTAM. 277M$0 PIIA$C 3 an. 4 YAW SQUARED flirt NP100 POLE) T t r - 0 a MS TOTAL KVA !iiil !IIa a s t/ a P p mtMplD SMCt iM MAlD9PACE --� -T- lilli a p A pr 3 _- _ A ; 4 $ 3 3 3 4 v 4 4 • Y q • - v • • ; - • a is 3 X : Y : 3 e : : : :. a a • • •. 3 '1 4 3 I a 3 y= •; 4 r, .. S n_. ea 3 al": at e- aA a' it C F R A'F C s R p f R i" s ? g - ; r - a I- .. : . 1 a .. A 2 2 n g ti :J . iJ 1: 1 .4 •. A. OS n I p. > a 1 a A fit a 2 b 2 < • I < 0 •J • •J •! U 4 0 3 3 3 3 i 4 • 1 • Y • P Y CD : r ti a•• w u o r w s H A p 0 s > ti r 1 6 f 5d y qm 44 a 4.4 r s • w P. a (t > a 3 OR►ILLC 91/110A LCl r C V 0 5 PANELBOARD AND WIRING SCHEDULE - (Doubi. Tub, Double Trim) IuA. MAY 2A,201A ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULE . RENOVATIONS TO TI lE CITY HALL & ANNEX IN po n D f =4r 4 . • • yealliineas 4 0 esti Z` 5,r. DATE m T o= I i > r* i i; ;i > I 1 4 kJ V V V V I V II g PANELBOARD AND WIRING SCHEDULE r. na.unw pi mail .M pray% In vlll TAai 27744e0 g4A1t11 3 *Sir • MA on SQUAW D 1V1444 Wr I.7 POLLI I)44XX41Xi , .1 AIIV ItAVA110a.A70 'I t',lV •AVA•ICA VD. WOW UI ,IV 0AVAt N711V411 MEW .l -�� IIv unVA4 V/d1VW MKlM '.I 141 V rt AVAJ A11001441101 YQ > 1 , -d I I . €f > 1 I Q Z p� � P : f s •1 ! n ' �! f� - o ii A• R _ -1 C 'a - i.4 4 4 - •1 \' 5 1 Kia 33 3 >_ 1 3 3 3 3 3 8 - • re• Y .•Y Y - • v ^ • : - G torYt le. x:V:sa ....... .. S 3 31 ; s 3 3 33 3 S 1 r ...,pa. , itlleCjj y1c,5f pRp • l i GA• aad Willi aa,ai� 32 > I. esz > < E L > a i Y > G ' ft • p. = f •: • > - > ' e o - J I 1 a • C • i 1 11` , .1 i • S i I .� i Q - i; 2 g 5 1, > H v 4 4 4 iJ 4 IJ 1 4 7 a sip Z ` ra ' i L i ai p m ► '.- v v .. 01 • > r O BOARD AND WIRING SCHEDULE HMCH3 AUPrJon 250 vat TAG' 2774I t ►r 1 -4w 4.1v a •• •J O . •J n yggeiggI PR PAR i i g 4-t ' 9•AV Ai 10013A0D 1Dr) ROC • WAYMOHIIVM € ilia li ii 0 g It" ..• 3 > = J I > .• a 4 4 '4 ti rJ �t j 3 2S 'd d 3 d d ym _• tt u i + •J y V 3 �J Y y33 3 s J A Y + • -•• • Y a S I •• n G b X Y Y 11 L ii x: ti 3::: 4 0- a > $4 a •• 3 3 21 d. 3 3 21 y ) 3 I A r > g a.,5 4J 4 4 4 4 4 44 44 A ICVA t114 TOTAL 54 14 I )7 MIA GAMS TOTAL 29 T 21 T :9 : 67' A IC MTNG 10 000 '�nyt aa v `y PP l P �a{ O • R ga V {% A g�• 0 po R H H y1 R •� 0 R My AH 0 yV R n« gR 7 Ty R g a I A < f3f Z b = J Qj aj T 2 C v 1 ? C = v a g 2 < b - o I. ' ? L = v 1 b M < :. • i U - s r > r o 4 n9{ 0 Lia ‘.'.:;. 0 I 4 u 4 4 4 - 4 4 g b CD ^, r> O 0 C 0 3 0 f U n_ 11 $ I 11 1 I 11 L I la S-TOTAL KVA KVA SUS -TOTAL 11 .1 117 1.33 KVA CROSS TOTAL :1: :D` :17 C3e4.1.30 ROWER NO PAN WtA Kb'. Z.:S/37 RRANC71 *AN LILG A I r RA1Tf. 1n nn, V •- :, ;1 :1 N •1 r. •I •, :, r, :, r :, .'1 .1 .. :, •, r, . .i 1) :, r, r, a :, *4 a •/ ;1 •.+. i.-, r, r1 , 4 •1 4 L .' V L L r L L •I. ,, L I. Y`4 4 4 I- 2 v i L I. L V C L Vf 4 i. L 1: '4 w L 4 O O V O -I 0 -. 0 a O - a - _ a a .. _ _ 3- LOAD O 0 - O . 0 O . 0 O .. O 0 a 0 -. O %I R. A A A O x i i; p 4(og�] 1� 5�tPl II o� a qq 7 > Z 1 ,i y}.. 7; TY - r ' �4 Z .• :( ;/ Q 7 E 13, d 1 D S ' Qµ g f > g is >ti• > a R > 51 g R I?) 141 • _ S i' > > WO$IU TATCN 12T ' d RRR > n > o > > JWORKSTATON-1b- b R > JV/lRK 1:TATION • ,Y, • a f 4 a q� �C ,, > N > > R& > > > > e Y 4 > C •; ro ,; .i r, ,; v I; 4 r, •. I: 4 ti I G 'I 4 ii •i 1.1 .1 •. •• :1 •) •i v i) •. •; '', ri 'i a r1 •; 'd 3 d 3 d '0' d 'd d d a.4 d 'd 'd 3 "d 8 8 3 e 'd U J 6- d 'd U U 'd I V O '� ) 11 J a = (Double Tub, Double Trim) e s y zI o c 41 a a s E -. r, 1 T.e a a s c; u a u t u ti a n t: i s ;. t m ., • ., - 9 P N O . • z 2 - : N v O a S r N S O Y N O s 0 t ! S Y O Y 4 2.V.O G b IJ O I • P • N O ■ • 1 !l 9 3 O C C d d d O• 8 A O 8 2 d 8 b 8 O d d I i3 0 O cl m I13 x b ; AAA f3Li.a r V.4 fi 8ia@824g CI9SFi L.p. A a �� i. 2 a ,. 55 56f1>f? z V p. D Q1113 Z F o i ^� An se oa .4 .LD11: LOaysoat:iJ i4.D3 f i• r it 3 zi '1 ,y Ai 5 888o888888AA i 'i J z;Z 4 • :: LI .: L-. >> is ., ': 44 •�1 y a>i2a'a. F: 9 .�i 1 4±e fJt -. 2i 4 ci -• 'tt `5888S 9 4 '1 J £ ii 14 2 �i l• as < ti 4 < i 0 0 - 0 0 _ _ _ _ - . LOAD O 0 _ 4o t_ ,. a a a a -. - a -. a a -. .. - T o a J ? - I. I. a - I a- a r ' ! X h 41 h h '•' e h N ! 4 h • h •-• h V h •r h V 4 v h J h -. ', h N h �! V 4 h , 5 4• h y, 'i 4' !!! v •� h 'i 4 4 h 4 'fit 'fit 4 � h 2 C P.0 LNC) uOwtw NO N1 IN SPEAKER =MP URA7.01 lL1N LL:.` A IC RATtC 10 CO] NOTP.1 PROV CC SHALL PROVCAE] WLL DPLAKLR FOR K41e. STATION CCNCTRACTOR SHALL 1:C•OvCC■10 PCTURAI ., i, y iJ i, V •. r, 4 r, N H rl 'I ', IS • o •; y •i rl v r) rl Ii ri V rl 1 rl •i it Ii I!'.. a rl v rl 6 .r2 .r t y • y u ` u _ _ O •4 0 J 0 -. .. L a 0 a -• a _ _ _ _ I _a a > LOAD J 0 a 0 V L 1 L 0 I _ a a a 44 'S 0 V 0 4. O + 0 o � r r a a 1 a ., 1 1,,Tat 4 ,, I. i U 18 >.d{ z '� 11 a • V y (•�. • l •J 9 tt ri T y ;�{ :' .41 .7 l �; i •..! • d n W3*. CTATON- :0: > d > 2 d D d > '� > d > S •. Y i >> j 8 i ,S Y> d i •T• a d 62.p • .:U: -NU.LVL. M411 VI d zg 4 .1 4 r) i. 'I , •1 ., •i it *1 V C ; If .1•: rl V rl r. . r) r! r, U i c. 'I VC i, iJ rl V.--, •! ti A A V d 8 a d$ d 3 d e 3 8 a d d d d . c• e a 8 d 3 d U J j I id J d ta 0•, Double Tub, Double Trim) V i V y y Y�o V it q i • I p p P M V 0 L+ y V 2 y i y y Y y y • V N r. ! • , -1 P Y - O P C, o a o IV. 0 o i. p F y o '4 a Y' :i i o i m i L S i m Y$. o a d 'i.l o n ► i, 0 P • • „ ; d d 8 'd d d d 8 s d d S a 3 d 3 8 c d a d d d d 3 3 d y? S '1 d d p Is .I :, •. I , .. .. II PS •, , •I 'I •, •. I, •• •. , .- . .. 11 •. 11 .• ' . .. . 1 .. . . .. , ., Si a A A r. elR O i :< S� 3 n �1 - D 1 • 1 .; i1 R§ ���{} 7r iI >j .( N pp rl u Vt. ''ll u a ;1 , •, •tl p pf .0 1e se 3 F r g P. •.•• R t > r g •, ., R pp 5 > rr O •92 .• R 3 1 rrZ Q I' •• 'r' (� a •, I 14 > § <, ypY 2 %j . • gg 3I p>y 2 • 4 Y 0 V 4 p>y 2 d V :• D 4 'rI V ., py1 2 d V pDy 2 d > I •� • 9 p>y 2 '� II WORK ;TATCS1 2T: e> Z ''1. I. YIP 2 a > d V pyY 2 'A V a py> 2 tvi V FA Q Z 0 I c .- O 0 I. 04 0 a a a a a a _ a _ > v O O o O 0 to O 0 r _ _ 1 0 0• O c aI]({]} l h h h h h 1 h h h h h h t y y y • •. r : .1 .• r• r ., r r :, :, 1 r .. .• ., r. :J •. ♦ I. I-, • r .-, ., :I Si :1 r ;. 11 .I .• • ., (Y 6 U) S co w 7 l City of Pearland. Texas lail 1 I p CI > ' I �J 1 J11y b cp2 ? bj : _- Y - V - U - •J U 4 U N U V N - Y - V U N U V IJ V ..- `. N - Y Y V _'ag N N U .J U PANELBOARD AND WIRING SCHEDULE - (Double Tub, Double Trim PA Naooaat L3CH AMPIRCS us vQLTAGt120/200 PHA St 3 mac YL4Y'SX1Yg .►c J 4'tY►Yi 4YijYiY LZ 4 4 i[4 4 , 8 ZO Q O O l = O . O Y -, r . _ _ AIAtl 4`r C .J O 0 O . - O - - • _ .. O a a a J O J o v - - - _ _ - - - - - "'1 R V M 6 •1 V R V V R, y 0 v y 8 h s or 1 et 1 IR •►Oo11W3AVMOUs4 4 rj jj . 4 - - 0 _I O- .J 0 1 O p 0 1 0 1 I G - Lau O -. C t I 0 4 4 0 a 4 O y Y V t 4 V .J Y 0 a Y a a 41 U 4 Y 14 VV U) 4 qJ 4'4 •• 4y 4.1 U 4 *3 Uy . U NJ 4y 4 U U a a �.! O y O d y.! O 3 O O �4J O O yU O 8 O O 14, O O O .UJ O O O P O �44 Y .U, p I 01.54 • S E • S S L V L S • O E J • L 4 L Y Y 4 -4 • V • Y 4 • V • Y QI s a s 4 x: 4 at t t a S e S r et S a a t t s t Y t a �I u n iyy• �J d y O c: t M Y••. 4 St e d 6 d 3 b d 6 3 X 6 e k d d 8 k e 6 e 3 e S d g a : Li J 1 4 1J 4 4 4 V V V 4 4 •J V 4 • I V IJ V Y U 4 4 U 4 44 U 4 4 V 4 i KVA VS -TOTAL I II' �. Ile I KVA O410SI- TOTAL ly IAA till 17D •14; A IC RAT/VO 10 001 Iii 666646666 R R 4 4 R A ' gl 8 gi x Ci _ • at • NOLYN7,7M.f}1 A'I OAKS) lWM 5 G q 2'. 3 ant , . S.j S1 i . t set I I OIL' NCLLVA)WM n sit , t I .°IC •ACIOVJ*CM > 4 0 > 4 0 > 4 0 > I 0 > 4 0 > I 0 > 4 0 li > 4 0 a > 14 0 1 > 4 0 P O o O L O _ _ > D i 0 • o V a T. o V 0 . 0 _ - - a r 4 0 07 O - - _ n 4 4 4 X 4 4 X i 4; 4 4 X; 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4; 4 4 § E Y 4 •J 4 4 V •J • . •J .J .J V 4 IJ V 4 V 4 V 4 V I U iJ 4 N U 4 g UALFAUL Cv K./WAS/4 NO MA PI DRAu^ an- KRAPfl $44116'.OGS AIC RAMC 10003 NOIa' • CF:LATL S$&LL bC li Dv DED'MTN 1 Mai EaCAITFIS CONTRACTO0 S/MLL MCA/MOW RURAL WRE •J U 0 •1 4 I. V V •J N S. 4 V V 1 0 V IJ N •J Si V Xi V V V V V V N Y V Ii V PANELBOARD AND WIRING SCHEDULE - (Double Tub, Double Trim PAACI WARD. LA1.4 AMPQY9 ISO VOL TAM I2OQO5 Pratt_ S mar :: E r r: r:: r X X F : F Y: Y� : T L: f: g g Y: . f: g 0 .. o J 0 v o 0 i . Y _ _ a - - - _ - •• - > rr•. a 0 . , - 4 • o J. - - - a - - - _ - a O 0 •I 0 Y 0 i C J 0 O . - _ - - - - - - - n 1111i11FI:IIq;5 r$3133 If et' $ > q > I > i tis 1 a 4 - 1 > i `i4 DOZY' ENVY IOUIIH SOI V • vmv lrilli MOM iii. : 4 . > iJ a 1 is Y � ---- I .a3 u �� .CITY• NOLLYlU MOH CL IY•NCLLYIS NUM •i u %CACSTATON A113 MONK STATOR. A11J- ACM STATION A11O• NOW STATION-A113• W314x 7TATON- A113 • 4 - u y 4 O •J IJ IJ Si as •s V 4 4 4 U r • V N 4 4 4 V IL V . •J 4 Si V 4 U V V N o e 6 el X b a eels e d 6 d x d el k 1 §y d 18 6 1 2y d :3 I 3 $ V - .J O .I V -J Y .4J = S i 4 S G r V z t 9 a a ..I V + Y V L 4 tt U y • M ye Ii S : -4 } V • •I O 4 I Q ! R S 7 4: 4 8 C i t 0 S S L I 3 5 t S t R b ii K Y tt iS it S Y p S t: f'' 2 63 s d: 3 d e 3 S s d x e e :.S 21 el a 6 A 4S d el g N g 2:: J g V I G V 4 •J •.I V IJ V 4 4 V 1 V 4 4 C IJ V C 4 V V V V V V IJ V V 4 V 4 V i Ifiliitliiiiggclqgq A R tl PIPt ti a g F s g v .1. I u i g 4 i I 4 e 3 > 4 2 ill A i i > y V 4 i - r au 0 4 •$' RCM MEP A1011 t tSTAITAWA-At0A i i a • a ` `> a J 9 fr 1I s q 2 b q 9 4 2 .i . b 4 x 4 V ; O a O O - O O 0 a - LOAD I O - - O U O J 0 -a 0 .6 O -a•J - - a - I ♦ U V J V - a - - - y 1 XI� 1 1 X Y 1 y 1 J �+ V {{ 1 1 4 4, 1 Y 1 i� '+ 4 Ji 4 !t ti 4 y 1 i y 1 V 4 Y 1 i y '+ - y j �C 1 4 Ji y Ji y 2 a V N 4 it 4 U V a •J V •A *J 4 •J 41 4 U •-J V 4 •. Y V .J V N 4 b 4 4 4 V •.! is E O 3 n S • C rc C+CT1(iWC/ P7NCT1 NO IMN bRLAKL-t flI3P RRA ND/ M(NLUGt AIC RATING 10000 NOTES' • CW,^,'JTTS :?MU Of IROV OfD ATTN 3 TOLE BR£AKIK. CONTRACTOR 51MU M7Va r10 P T qAL NWL I ••J rJ I: N rJ i! 'I _ 1. J ••, ,JJ iJ .) _ •. :J •i PJJ I) •JJ 'I ' •') •) rJ I) . r1 • r 1! • ! •I 'J ') •J 'J •• •J PANELBOARD AND WIRING SCHEDULE - (Double Tub, Doubt. Trim) PAND.BOARD LA2 AMPORT, 250 VOLTAOC, 12O!200 PHA St. 3 YIIRI t MAmiff : 9MARC D TYPL' NQOD)W POLO) M V • '' V 4 • V L V L a • •r 4 • .J 4 - Y • • '' L. • 4 4 I '.• Y • J L • .• • ,. 4 • 'J Y • %- L • /� t • V • J %. • J S. •' {. t (, L • • • 1 L • J 4 • E. Y t Y v - L •: S. • 't L • y L I- I. el S. e - r •• O • Oi • . r + a _ + r _ _ r r - -. . r r a} Y r r -•_ II • o • - _ o 31. r ) R �v 'l'(py17 h�a o v r tt4�AkA15dqqA€sa tULAtJtLL . A 139 OtI V •.0 laSal l 7 Q¢ JJ 1 > D � } 2 z > 5 {- a 1,t c`TS P 4 > 1 � R ^' D E D !', M a 1 '• 1 D ) i iP ply 2 D (= * > ) ii Ncm( STATION. A 155' 888888aASab R >py 41140144441111441444 > •. Y �Dy] > 9 D l' f* 1 D .. py1 D •. 3 > > a• p)1 T. R > D _ R 1 D -• :R > > * >> > �. D D 1 D > 91 1 > �. o.8888 31 s D + p>y 1 �. sY py> > # > > a l/ 1 Y S. R > 1 •J •J N P. N y •J I V 0, IJ !J • • '1 y 0 O 0 0 0 0 O C O C 0 0 V PJ P4 N y N •J •J •J L J. 4 a a a 8 a a 8 j a a 'd a 8 d 8 a 8 8 Y • U d I ' V 4 'J e U V a p lJ 0 �J i• .I V V P y Y O Y P P m U a q •i P V u {]1 Y j 0 - ♦ I.1• G j Y O U V Y P Y Y y U IJ V Y O N Y O V P Y + O V O Y J > N/ P O 4 V V P V V NI aJ O O P = t O N/ W O a i O Y Y• N r. i t 4 O - o r 4 Cl i •1 a ti N O a P Y N O O O ♦ . M . O O J' O O Q ^J O ' �J O O a O O 8 O J o I V I O . •J 0 '4 4 .) 1 ) G •. •S J 7 •J P 1.1 m r V N i.• •J IJ 1 I O •. PI iJ •J •• CA G O O O O J O O .1 it *4 V J 4 I.,4 i) J .1 .1 Id 'I N p A R C 9 r '4- 9 • > qJ 5 + y . t D T. •• "1 rp+ = a t y rp 1 1 t WATrim FOLNTA,C J D r C w > D WORKSTATION A155 • r. > > P > > WORK STATION- AIRS >4> D I- •• >e 1 > riONR ;RATAN -At5t > > iF .>4 > v D > > '! > > ! ">>4 > > Pi > 4 > { > { VRJRX STATION AtJ; • a> > 4 Y •! a > ! sl P •1 8 Y -, L ♦ _ _ _ _ _ _ r y. LOAD r O r ♦ 0 O I + r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r G 7 r •J V • • a O + + r + r + r r r r r r r r r .. Ii o J • • v • • t. • • v 4 4 U Y•J • U rJ J U 4 U V 61 Y `1 r •J • U U (! U V J 'J U I. )J • 4 Y • {+ 1; •J 4 8 T • J 4 4 I• 4 4 I o Y •, .. •) 0 ... •J Os•) I. P. V rr, - •JJ 4 N • .. • • II •I 4 4 •J • 1 •• •I • . •J 4 5 • • N O m 0 0 0 0 0 0 a • m > o >m XZ-4 O A OOf>i z 000 A C A Z m o Z vl F Z17 O ; ✓ O zrsi A • r r Z m C n rn son C• r O A 0• 0 D A m r' O C C r V4 r -4 CO m m cm <Z gO ^ / 0 00 5z m� Zr. mrOiC-cm 1ZZ>AO zwIZrot zo FZz�oC <ii>C> Scm�n�m '^� Z vr- rl >OOZ>Z m;r/N ZZ ZO 70-Irn S7p715 0 "I xi mn(l(l MO I m A n 0 ! O> S 0 O .17 3 n N p m C n O n N m 2 'r- N S m N>> m Z m fn �m> Zyrno!tti:ier3 ZVNmNonA rmZ��rnnO => ZAO no O r>ApCr �fl rn r+�=m AV-IZOZZ pr, rnc;> ttP moo`>`om A-.>>o<_. �iz`r�d�i o rlO% nrnpr.,AZ _A �NN�Z ,A.,S x m m A Z n m Z A O_ Z C N > > nV� N NOm A Z > 1.-.1 >ozw omm o-4 '+ m- m zo om0-.Z O>oR>r �mrOiO>z .>7 A n O O A ZO g p A Z > r S m �O m O n > r 00CF-' tgSl-zO g,0 mm=ljz rp> > Orr0ro rl•AC O>nnZO2 r O;ONO rryZS< ZZOnOz 0Z -0,*0 >oOO Z -4 � r so -Nx>> Z ZO< Z= -4-4C Zr, n>eM >ZIOIM4F41N AAOZrv'Zni r O no N C0O rn OoZ so Mm so A A£2zotz>oN ,,r�Na>•rn0 nONrZDO2r,0Mm . cm A on > md„, p32 OrOrn 0-0 A.m,�2Z� 5 r=nR m -� N nz At7 Z pn_, > I =>O N o X n0 .n^Z r�A9\ �7AcmOZ NAi2 AZ>i ,' / / \\ .%, \\\ /� / \\\ / ', \\\ ,,, \\\ /de"j / \\\ ,,, \\\ /j / \\\ / j% \\\ 4./ \\\ /j%/ \\\ .// \\\ /j / \\\ .%/ \\\ /, / \\\ /.7 \\\ /// \\\ .,j / \\\ r ../ L_ >h) L3 E(OH) E(a) I—m•A rn .r rrt Dn d C r C z v =-I -a r z r 9 P e V C o s €• V ., 0 7 0 R 1 I E}1ol 1 1 LI n r a E(CH) arms '03N33HDS ONv Nmnm in In -0 .Lr-qo6 cn o c< y n Z^ CO YY ri � g a 0na 171 aN v D vp Z D rZi ao oo* ^5 >�v On Q -4 r., !IC z F n v o n > pp oA A -4 54 C rn Z t�mo7 C2:11 zn0 "o 2 yri N cn vrz-ra C coZ 3E 3 v^ ra-, a. z> O orn n D! r�-vv CO> n cz •�c`<oo�o X>c rjN I[DC z m • m 3 0^ XI � 00 ExISTING UTILITY COMPANY POLES TO REMAIN EXSTING UTILITY COMPANY OVERNEAD LINES TO REMAIN. 0 C o n - C y Z CI O o n in Z A v n a C n n g C ~ 0 0 > 0 0 g vnr > g a Z r C C ny O • ? a - >71, o z c C > t+ 0 2 v <-4 CC n 00 O C A o yA a to4:2 CC7 3 V ti 0r 33 O 0 0 bsN�go •R 8vs Z moz�- ClC ��n6� r`+l$ri-iy>ir7�t n 7 T o v v o i < NSn mr D Z j r 0 0 03 n i0� Z >O ZN Ni ^n 0nn*�orC r 0-( -4 o C Q VI2 2 oI ati 1-r" n� 4 3� y C ^ r; n L > z Z^03 A A O n CD ^ O�n !CI y 0 0 73r-r Z AA 0 0pg,-Avl Z o o bn 2 0 pa 0 n 2) 0822� • S L1 o y o m inn z O pm CA 042 o77 o rDi -0l1 in > g >.o N Z a o�t�t� LA n N co rnNa0 ti 2 C. n 0 0 Z s C O Zz rn Z y D V.• E(H) 0 0 8 0 rO N > O Or+p 22a no r. lc:D o9 criO Pi F oJ?oroi zr�• 4v� f r ti�c� OOOO = ma>00 N ^0O CFI QZ >n C-,v� �> DO A A� fyl02:rn>+ ��Dr� Cr' 42 NT T y0 D co C Z Z -oz 6 i' 'C' - c A SCtgc i'4>v nc i �='ao Ono=-• mcz+og c2I0n 'Tosd ��@ D O= Z D< C o 2 y 5 0 Ell C C C< oy C^�v Z r't/t �i Dr7- nz> ^act r0CV▪ I� -6 0 z z V D O a�g � N�<ozC 0���ttt r v a p -t m ny _If:. o p C 1 < : A S C I A Z D n 2 �.L+-4-r5 oo O rtO ON b>rrij 7^ta n Ay O : A n 0pO 3l > T. P20 ✓ C lC -0^c rnn �i.''i _- p�rz>a _, C a c 2 • O < C o j o a z 2m o D :o! ff�gg 0 C LC�5 DCy = j'rj= Z CZ < z z LA y a• N Cn2 -'5 C O C al O c K c o < <_<- z Zo n o n cr -4c N > Z • >-17C O C Z O Z A y {C< < 0 o n VD - 4:21. Cn i °>^A :'= ^ !I• n° v a F�<< n 9 v o=Ane anon n z o • 1f -24 m o )Z525 6 > rn D > P o o t=• ACco t- � CO O a snt C m 3 70 D A > 0> z r S ~ n O^C I:;4 0 xQp r,C c > P \\\\ \\\\ \\\\ I I \\\\ • \ \\\\ 0 C7 VJ E(C+1) a' 5 N N qIu;''1:.Aviv 'iwp r NYld 31JS MEN • NoLLdluocao 171T1 • 0 n m o rnOo n2 rn rnD zrn n n Z D 4'1 2 -r > r- -4 0-4 n O 2Z c C m o r m n r rn AV) > Vi z2 n rn tel XI y rnZ C> n r -DC 27 -4 O c P1 -4 Cl 0 > 2 Z o y D >F r > D 0 23 0> Z > Z O m N y 0 D o_ O GENERAL INSTALLATION NOTE . . . • • • vC n 0 o A c C ran yC C r m on3 o ^ < _cl ;.4 Z n tiq ▪ Zrr� O T �n 0 y Op y-r 2 A z a 3 Z -CC A C S1 6 0 fn O-4 y Z^ n rr`nynrr�� O CzQ^"PI n 17) c g 0 Z An+ 2 v v C v s rn9 TRACER KIRE fOR AU. UNDERGROUND CONDUITS n n Z Z p o Lipp I- L a 0 0 n O C 110 n Ft O g ^ r fin C 0 zQQ Fi pA F C Z O n a 0 zv n 0 r7' O 0 O 301A08d 1TYNS bOEJYthNOD PULL STRINGS IN AU. TELECOUW CONDUITS DISTURBED BY WORK OCCURRING IN THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL T•ERIfY EXACT LOCATION Of OUTDOOR RECEPTACLES WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN • In 00 r N rn< > D-4 Z n -.4 g 2 �a N 1- al z4 ��,lln it p< Z N _00 � y 0 r" CO y ti >* Z arcs ?CC--4in 0Z (r(� V9>o oo$_.rz' >z o' S rn p nZ o z rn OCrZ y` tn ''o,OD>n4.4 Z��;or III g,r�ggC> z az0D> -4 L54 C AClaOAaDz�y y->Z coora- z in _ Z OrOAn_Z-~S r r ZOyn _Nacxa • • • F-r>O;l ND f >', fn rlxn<Occr. >n Z 161 0 OO _ Z C n n O A Zy n pn 5Z np Z A�7 A Z:Cr Z In DO Ay2 Or nv 2in:: C- py 0ODr-r=yZorrrn 0< >< - p` n D A > NF0pZ vrmin>1ZN AC C'1 -4 1 2'^ ni n Z- Z_4 A n Z N - r0 p r Z <2 rriCi0 tit �D C0 0 Nn * OnA<< C Z '1 �F D -0A n O r> O 1 C�> r r 1>ZOZpZ { r > y> C Fl C ICc4'^ 'o10^ron g�z>1/1 0�r6mv-F>AD ry-'Z=3.xrianNlZOnZQnn^ZZ>pntznOnD<��Z< a e r. tA4m-> cZ2 2,2azi>101 • _4 ll- nn L1VZ in A 3mCn 73 -13 .1• 73-4 Orn>m O zn N nnZrQ -r/V1sr„r-D>�F X Z z �O rn Zo^=o=Or\p2�n pr0061;1cOn Anpno• >rZr r Li rit QC �cyp-r>- n5AnZ mO • r.o • n- nm• r OZ NCI m{�• - oZV>m6� o5 r= �rC rmrO'> • y< n Zy0vn Nn�C n^N^r-+=^r'CfXzi _ Z Nn n�n n y2Z OrnXIZO �*n!2an^> nCC3OCS+ Cngc<ocnyOyPrZO• OD�>ta�{i3$IC 00 - ODr��OCZnOZ0 Z>m �noO>Zyn in 0 < rinNZD z -4 CO Oi y▪ �N�~�-4 n 2 �Zn g 414 Lin 2 1473 ~�vm�<Z� p{Z��n▪ n? vixO?nnimN�pr-A mD Otel vZg> Z Dg •O Dy 1-1 > 0 ni Fa}'o70r- rC v ^x12r"C= zr�QA<ozgFxat<6 *rtAmAn N0rn o<z Z g>A Fin V++0>� �• o 1o�y• ;�O0m n�O>O yCAC npZ 1Ar-n^Pt O - k•mA O NLDZZA=i""�2 on nDp0y{ <> `o c �N-i o > < > m z -4n� 0{O N g • Zx7Air C D n r -> ,l D O N > nn0 n Z2 D 7J p^ - < rrl n'U. O rn A2-4I rn -lrn 2, A o rr>n Znn41 XI o o-4 - Z400t n 2 • O O C - Siy Z ✓ << c O D 0 n Z O O D D LID k>z y- V) D r y C no o'n • y > rN V1= e n m nO y ' ion -4Z n D onv Zy n 77 n D 0 n O -• 0 n Z O n Z r rnn ny O Z n -In n r 1 D D N rl - n P O ✓ m O > > 0 -13 0 Z A 0 r- D O - Z N N CzD CD - LA 0 LA XI $D ri 0 r nD CD O C N V) n n n D O Z D O n IY3INYH0311 - NYld n n O In m D m & ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR SERVICE E(C') n rr n 0 I C i 0 rn 37 0 C i 0 n 0 0 L+.� x. i I 0-0 It I I 0 Z rn 0 a M 0 0 C 0 Z rn T a -o SPECIFICATIONS. BUT ESPECIALLY TO • 0 0 �0 z 0 0 Z M D r m n 0 c C n D Z n D 0 A n ✓ n in ✓ p A D Z n VI n 0 03211T1038 A31H3A r r , o ASHRAE 90 1-2007 COMPLIANCE VOLTAGE / MAx FUSE GPH RECOVERY ® 80' F GALLONS STORAGE V 0 O MANUFACTURER I �1 Mr- r1 I- 1 rn C) C) D YES YES < \ C 0 o 40 4 5 KW 2 ELEMENT (NON -SIMULTANEOUS) DEN-40 O = N C ZCA , rn :0 I D rnT • V 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 m 8 r 8 r I_ C r, To o 8ti t 6 4> C ta A rAi r>Jn t AC m y1 N c rpOC > o _ - D 1 I: Amy Z CZ oA2 .� Q 2 n Sr w N 0o -• g Z AV N n DS/� = Oa r_ n 0 C • �< r no Z c tel X CV _gi < • S^ c g C c o • a CF= O A C a N riLO Zrm - o 0 N rpZnO 2 p m rn = C = rQi r•� C o n O 2 r� n v Imo r z -. a r �z3O iR Do = mm c ,^o 0 0 ▪ > _ 1-8 r rn Z O v 2 z C ' v CI O 2 O c 2 +, --i m r n r n U, n o asv IC N n o 0 o E z 20 ]3IA83S ONY '11A0f138 NO1IYTTYLSNI 801 MOTH OL 9i3ll 1T/ 1NLSNI 11045 8013Y81NO3 3H1 • • • • s co v v a D v I a 801YN01S30 LNYLK1AH 11YM 4OOBa-3Z3384 - W031 213MOHS 0 n r1 MAKER CONNECTION BOx (REFRIGERATORS) n r x08 N01103NNOD 83xvw NISYB dOW .tZ x .9f NIYLNnO3 ONINNWO 13A31-18 2 COMPARTMENT STAINLESS STEEL SINK 3AMYA HSni! IYfNYW /M - 0 D 0 C 0 I 130f1Y3 0321Y2i3NI - r» Cr �r I < Z > C rZ rAO en rn 0 0 N > Z C D r WALL -HUNG WATER CLOSET - w/ MANUAL FLUSH VALVE C rl •J • U • p N • N • x a • a • Sc. Jp N • N • en 2 H p at at I :t- p 2 S x x ar. at Z f mu va; 0 ti 0 O 9» »» 2" C m O n Z XL' -I Z 0 Zc 'EC PITmg4w O� �� �)Jrt J t- c0 mA c 0 z A Z={� g mv_ ��_ �pp�-+ �8x r Or zr^pN�pvp tilt »c 2yNx 2O p r-:- OFig• �= 91 rn rn CI y - v xcz+Mzl'gidc0An nac _0 z >>g` A*NZ n yr88 rr+�*00 Apror� CN Qm nTZ Ar<-rz v+p ✓ z2 12-i13.060* T?IrAx 0 AO 2Pi r1A n C T$0a71: g o E22 AM_ c o o A O• tbEP i c'o°°is < V2 c2Fol JC Nn 33 _ >! zSgL x = PWR Fw C_A tiltVELLI n L N n000 e 0 • 017 r Aopo cc r J NCy Z O Z F r 0 m Ou r a r Z_ EOmva o ov1 a O O WnEock J r r, Emn �CC smAr clge1.12 H ro c pc n2 O coF glekti gyaF% Z o r T C A C A • Z A a X004 0 • z E a >JJ,O N J > cm > -40 02 0 o V 0 °Ago Lnzo Crr6O r, r O m O M o a H igi '^ O O p S N pran r = _ tog U, 0 z c gAmu ; A c = O O z -a ffilEC I.- -s _ c9A A Sj Z>.Ai Z cc u Wa c-0 of 0 i O8qqZ4AO J gnNN'20 r. k A r x rw • z _ u i t:4N zL A • 1)�NC�N L pflpfm- 78:7:;:1; N prat iJ - > iIr nN rJ'•O x Om W N J - co=� m A ylc �• O 1 rpy ?0‘i = itZ n O Op < 0 o Z J u 2Zvv 1 r.O ii;° c2 n 2 vrj A i C co N t n S c ckom J z < \o N Jn01/aN -+ a O• Z C n >>~ri�>n>O Ac0P2 �Z,1p O nyIN Cn �NC�c%riEmyy %r > 5R a O = $ T Q�j r ppC ?i=�NZN u N N 1 r>r n== v 0> d Z Y y C N O r 0 u a c rw in \ O S 2 =_o0v°▪ 4x Am yz r'r CC0 A NR C' r La s•Z S i oo� c.0 vP�7g c na ,Fv3- �ps cc Ego 4Y p N Zo C <`A c a O m Fgrg E CO ^ D N `ZC v J mn%rr- Z N po O Jnc COm E_ n 2ps T ao y8 n o O CO = rgy O i rn -= o n- rOm0 A P 2 Ar rO qtl 0 C O F N = Xing Oz r. r Z* C > A gr N^a v x 0 NOILYOId103dS V C Co L, 11 x co C) rn a 1 rn V X m N N C X m 3A1VA DNI0(1038 r1 m C Z m O C V O 0 z Z ELBOW (TURNED UP/DOWN) NI 3A1VA 11VB DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY 330-inks SVD rr Cl 3A1VA OlON310S 3A1VA ONIONY1V0 CC C, m 83131VO1183H1 1V10 e C Z O Z 3A1VA 331138 3211SS3ad 302JVHOS10 3A1VA 331132I ONldld 2131I8d dVal ONldid SVO 1Van1VN MCMCC C P1 -1 '-4 -4-4 -4 -4-1 n n n n 0 0 0 0 API) ONldld Na11138 831VM .OZ1) ONldld N80138 2131VM D rn (3 .0n) ONldld a31VM 0100 1N3A MV1INVS 31SVM 3SV380 ON1did NIao1S ONldld A6V11NVS 310N 030Dv1 SIH1 01 HS1101130 V 0 Z 01 103NN00 >>> r) 0 O C r V 0 rn =1 O O A Z m r r x I- 0 rO r> ) -1 -� -� Z -1) C O r{{ C m -t n n LP^ m O O m V n O < A n xi A >-n` m Z R4> m* n "' mA ry Z) 77 A Z 2, (mj) r1 AA O Z_ Z > CO r1 > - o Vf n_ --a fe.O oA -el O m > A c T D m n n 0 9 n A m Z n 70 Z D n Z r n r�1 Z Z to = 2 = i m m fl ; O rn ri A Z? r 0 Z O z Z r D A m C ern r1 Tr Z) 1= 0 4 n m Z K rn') Zx Z 4.1 A O Onrn O InO2 O mi Z O 0 XI n O O CC v O Cn 7r X -0 XI CV 1 ✓ 2 rn n A -I II illll��g,11 11 III C C C V V O Z c x 2 2 0 n-n- r1 rn n C) n n n> C) n< n XI N n i m- n to O O n V 0 2 c 1 0 a n 3 _ 0 D 4 0 1 2 aNaD81 JNI8Wflld K r 0 a n 1 0 0 i 2 0 I 0.1 I M 1 N4 con rD e 3 z v 0 3 g 0 INAS AgRag Igpa vet€� o$ pp 0 0 La V OBV v $ $ g — �-U C S � w 2 0 m K 0 r Z -, X1 —1 r O O 7J 0 0 0 0 Pd 0 J I DESCRIPTION DATE a g 8241 x3 a Eria =g F _ 0 a rA a 0 0 6 v a v V 1"1�gc9r'1�!:: ;R2X4gXK ,s:,`0 ai�nnlas gclg�+rLA fug 3�Q� iF72YYg Y"i fb `^ T S =g A A 0 Z Vo 8' a4 - 'o r 2 w C) 0 m K 0 r a En m n 0 z 0 T 0 0 N N i D I 0 li 0 0 V m n 0 z 0 0 1 EJ 0 0 • cA =n �D 0 0 0 • 0 v R 0 0 IDATE 0 i 2 p 0 gA Leo 0 a a $a I —J a 0 0 agq ad Rgqx I a F �L 4 g 0 r 4 w Z 0 0 m 0 r a Z S 0 m r 0 0 TJ 0 =N con r-D K C n n 1 z a -4 00 n 0 .rm lb 1 U IhJ CD 1 C oco m V J 0> z X c a 3 Z DATE 0 3 a ®®® 1 I I " I I ci odboiI 8 MEV I I LJ U 4 r MONETT! i4Wifts4on� i9 �1.f'5$ 4 41 J 10 I /g g g 8i-A Z N con r D lUr Di P O Q 2 3 z DATE J 0 3 n x 71 U N ce W m z 6) m 0 m CD 0 0 K 8 i A r C a +-c 0 M i- 7] C --ICU m Z 0 gym Co n S O 0 Pq 4 a Z •o rn a lc ft a O z 0 5 3 n e$ 4 4 0 x 0 0 to T a 0 • o ti o a `s m 2 G) -n z m cn m 0 0 z 0 r 0 0 P„ '% .7 l C/) -� _ m r ()C-,s 0� z 0 z i 1 • -171 Ca r. N 7.1 1 Om • K a C) 8 1 2 O 2 • NIWON4 aA0ord0'agagc9 q S o roe 0c s yt a!? avcnc- o " _" o S c o t '3a = V a Le ti --0 _ d� m 2 • Z m —► 2 0 T r 0 0 zz City of Pearland, Texas =N on r� C PK 0 a Z A 0 i o v - a ti a w CD p OOOCRIPION / FilliT§2§§7§7ƒ§/§97§gmm5 R°R g ■A ,.aee,■ %§e�«ka, 3 = ;■_�...�, ' en -4awww. i 4a a / If�7�sA©} f$f g 2t2t%j� K,��~}� ?=I ! 7 ,Z\ 7A■d® co �f\ § )�f$)\}%m §� Z2 § !Si! ! § qk` J § ge g & \ C) ..!{ :]1VOS 0 0 0 Ie r n a F 0 0 0 cn z z I _ m 7J z z m x z D 70 m -I V m z z X r c vo z G, 0 r r z cn rn r\ • I I / I I I I I 4- I %% /, ,I I / ,I I/ xd " ---------� \ ,� 17 , , ____---_3 IC 0 0 z DATE n , , , , ., F , C • , v, sos 1 I I I I L_ •__= I , , , , , , , , , , , I 1 / ,PA? gggg 'y 9-30 ,o Is" Ag V a y N ITJ N 1, • ti A LON of $]JJ 1 X a S I �1LL Ni-sv1 2 x .t o 0 W ri 40 m r O O • N011031021d 321d N U) m 0 O Z 0 m r O 0 • -n O m C) Z wwww+ 4-a r r O 0 • 71 m 0 m n a z r i i i i i L = N^ 1 I r DESCRIP?!CK a e 0 t n x an }A1vA A7 i o i*7N V NMA noINDINM LSO4 R I a RIP) J N 0 m v co - u mr r 7J 70 0 0 -D z m 7/ m ✓ 0 m n —+ IMO r t 04 an 7 It i an 701 4 r- mT c 0O 0 o n z Z Z m x m 73 v 0 --I m a i i i i L i L i i i J 4 4S O a 0 3 2 s r i i i i i i i i J L 11 iddd Tr i J -4 P • A c F ..IQ z girrl gRs >a� Iva C Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO. 6 Date: 07 20 2016 PROJECT: City Hall Complex Renovation Project; (City Hall and Annex Buildings) BID NO.: 0216-24 BID DATE: Extended to July 26, 2016 @ 2pm FROM: Susan Dieterich, R.A. LEED Design Architect Ziegler Cooper + HBL 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77002 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. I. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: II. NONE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: Replace the following sheets with the attached, per Addendum 2: MO.1, E2.01, E2.11, E2.12, E3.01, E3.11, E3.12, E3.13, E4.11, E4.12, E4.13, E5.00, E6.02, UE 1.O 1, P1.1, P3.3, and P3.4 (The attached revised drawings should have been in the drawing set that was part of Addendum 5, but were not.) 3 in P —s 7 7 r_ - I Cl T rn O n m yy y Y J� < V C �13 2 S 7�7Z� 2 �O 2 Zr Z2 DmrOi ON �+ m A7'➢ m 2 O D Z >y O CaCll 2 y r'1 D D rCn 0 0 myyVI .13 2.. 2 ri n r;^ > r In fl my V1 r VI Al ~n2 m D Z m rn co �?0 Nm ' C � r n < M - C A Z O Z p O rZ- � Z Z s rrli .TVI f ` m O r m �r21 T7 rlm InA; mIn CI • mZ N <Pm"IO O[y'� ry N T p r p r� ni 17 O -7 V1 Z n ; A 2 00r� m O TT_ 77 mZ O r m p = N Z :T.., Z A V1 OZ p V7 rD- m �N�i7 < D G7 Z Co Z N A O 2 0 0 C 7 Z 701 N m m C M-44 _4 N O T1 ZD '� pS {JNOrN'IO D ; _ ?•zIn ml� C)Z 12 Cl y O ti TAZmnZ<mV���NiZ 414 n OmCZ�.2ODA; OD t�Z N 12�1Clrci ;Z Z nm2n O TO O-13 � f1.'1D rn yN 2 Z Zmr rmV� VI rOm rAi �1 Op nrA_ ~m< N D OA y Z LA n2A _+ r~i�r�i N r-I mZ i Z D Np tm/iC V1 Nrn D rnn r' Aot;il ?2 n Z AZ �A; O((yy']] x- i] Z Z O; AZC Z rmlA V) N C7 tin 77• O rrnn 77 < r^ 5 r -, 0< C m m ZC AO;DJ o mO rAi 137 m D 2c tnR 0 AO CAf �? c��oN;o om cA�i� mr2~0424 N=v n < m Z A' T A r< CO m PT 1 Z O O$ N m m r r rn C n r_� V1 N O rAi V1 y2 O r2j i!1 O ,�,�77 O A O O m n CD _re CD ClA2 ZCl O = 0 VI Dm ODD yNy CI m- rn Z N O D O D C C1�-n11 r Z n Z A N A 2 00 A Cr, O SDTO� ° x rnC � 2 Orn C 23 Z ZOI ^A Z V) _p V1 2 y A C n x Cl A -4 Or m 20 D O N N 1. mr^ rnO - A 7) 77 ; D Z CI Z m D 0 ... n Z r Z 1- rt0 _ _ rn > F Om n A Z r'1 m y 0 0 DD y D y < Cl mD S n s z O V1 Z V: m n77 CD �!' = A Z A O rn m 4-- m - N A O m z N CI Z A OATX r2-1 D Zp ��--. Z D T D r�-i ry p- A Z Z A m Ra 2 r r y O Z n C O ti Z _Op: m4.< o io I Vi �rrn 2n��IA VmNy1 mZ_ O n m� aCr A D rS1 n D; 77 O O O SCmZ j p �C m Y7 In m Z Z m ! 1 i D 2 m rSrJ ti y< On p VI .'� �A ���A O r Z O fil AZ > S A+ 2 D pA A D N O rn A C m A r-1 b+ i!< Z Z O p O 2 A r' S n v Z y m Cl < 5 C T = rn m p n A 2 m Z nit rn rn� y lr AnmO Zm r y A m M_ <�� r~t �A f A D r n m O m T O r1 2 -41 Z O 23 p Z r; C r O y Z S n rrl n Z z O rn Z n N Z A, Z 77 Z to nprn?1n r =A Z V) Sn IT D O A O nO tiITn 7X7 IT A A i W 0 A O c AA A D n r rrl m-13 < C 2 v N z S r^ FT Xi 72 D D Z V) m A o m r r(+ C mkil A 0 O 00 2 co� �' -+n >O m i m '� v2 2 m D A�rfi N m 0 O U• O m m Z rn Z O O Z rn vX m vm Z 2 R p O p 2 Z IT Srm ; 'n m -� O 77 CD DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS (COLD, HOT AND RECIRCULATING) HOT/CHILLED WATER SYSTEM N N N --- - � - -- - ID R V O. Cr L.4 N N 0 '0 m V 9' Cr A l.+ Ps-3 p �� In z � �< � � In vo Ao p mn T-r 2 C m m rn Z n Z n O A V O 7C -� U1 0 O A ;7,0 DD^' O x S D 2 2 yyrxim mm r m m A T 2 rVl C2'r Z <f mO Vr 0yrnO= mS =. C 2 COO m r_ < nn DZlnrmG'>Zmf nr 2 aAAV+Z D 77OS�-� Do'� �m Oyr70i2 Al U)mZ=�V Z C D A O�til Op02Ir rnn Z Or mp mOCrr-my m C Z S Zn O;r-m< -41 A m a- * ID nrn nZnm Am � Z O A~� Zm Ay A �� 2 Z Z n� V n20 2 Cl D Z O Z �; p ) r Fr/ T n00 A b b Z 7[] yAN NDp0 00 O O� g0 O Ort Z �1 Orxi Z 2 C7 +' X y DO ��7 CNl Np0 D N Z �Zj ?7 n r^ D r A D O r 2 Z m rn Ay n C A L Z:2-)_ A Z A O V 1 f m Le" S Z f O D Z C Z, C N r 0.7 0 O n n A n T n m 0 in V1 N N Z n = In = ,: O Z Z D F 'i Dr 2 D m m n ? O•. Z n < rn s n n �c A 9 m0 �2 O pm �N nr^p O= x m0 Z Z v0n Z; OC7 rrrjz - CI y`^ _� m T mCZI A = !_r _ C ~OHO~ I n ? A n r Z V) x m O - V A V n 0). A I- X p V l Z O Z S m V l V) A T V m A 7 7 17 m 314 C A m n p V ; m A <2 m D N p m Z a n S p 7J y .Zl 'D ti Z' _ r CC�l n m Cl V1 .Z' C f f7 ;p x•r n 2 y N. m D A V m ; Z Z•rn Z Z D [_l A < _4 IT A S O; rn N 2 to n 17 2 O <; On-r lzn0 0 CC oD m N� �rn O-+ +I OOA ZD F jrn ncn�p 707 nz m T D -Ic �OZ --� �A tnA NA mLnEi-Ii ?A j Z �= lnZ .T171 o � •OpT mnOnn rn m mr bD O1J rn ti ZOA yfjr m � PT n p mr^ 0=�.�� rrn =1 A O D O 00 AO D A CZj mC Nm Z ,D O 2CI p�r+i 'y C Vl O O Vl Z N O rT Zz O A C7 -.� AS. m0-O AZ. �-T Arfl tiVt< O CD AA AO mO <m.11SC -41 m O A Zp ti to Opp ;oLnrnrn mNs m ADrD TV1O Z m On; m CT Vt77 44fl•tiA m Z ^Z�o nD �i-sue �� o� �A� rn A �o o z� �� rA v no oN _ o Z cz n nv --r. nv< nn nm cg2 Al2 A 2 v ]mZJJ mo AZ A 2CI o • mo n --1 n -LI) V! m T OCi C O -.1 :I ZN 2 D n N Z -� ti. Cmp I-- m; C V 1 i OA O Z C 7 •' iy7 N r�i Z n c A n Di ' CO n Z p m n Z O Z 0 D O A Cr A A Z rrn Ai O n V 1 2 in N 2 1 n V l D 2 n m O Z ti 2 cc, m D r 2 "' 1 Cr < i Z D; -+ O V1 2 c)-7 --� r 0 n O N Vf m O D A r� O C Cl r n C� m m A Oy Sy l/i -a n• O A N A O r N �v+n O rnm n < O v D C)<Z A A C A :II mZ --yynZ<m )11. AmAAOV)S T0rnA InNV) TO mit' O 0 A n 2TDO- O O D i=A pmAO pm A O x p OxCA.n y _ Cl ODZ D Omrn n AO -�n-I OpmT DZ�A�m OAT� C N n-aD A m=r�A70]Z m�74 O�DA� A��rn n���D Z Am n ; V1ma mV) O7 PT PT ,�'.,nnr rm-Afr'r�OT GAO m0 OA20rN D n mrnn 00mr^ V1 = to A Z -�AC CnNZ AVI n Vl ,-p m n-. -1 LA r2i O to G� O A_ rA. ; 72 X C (r>') y IT `. D O A Nl p r A(D� ti N mO th O 2 r 2 c l2/1 V O !�!/ A N r� Z D 2 r'� O 77 2 D O O m S O 4 CDl r P O y A r n CO 0 Z O m f Z S p f Z f' l A O r A Z A Z O= A N OD 4-1 Z A rn m Al Y r O O D n A 1. n z o G l z 0 Z .. r m < m A VI FI C; Nm f") ~ A01 2 �n O Z m O nn 2 VI O Or =r"riTi mm Z rnrri n" VN1Z � C O O Z O m Am nm rnA m 2 A 77 T Z 2 n O n O y r_ O A omv' -„ 0o rn oa v� Ins x -v 2 A N -'� �l m2 ,,, A np �� zc n� Dino N o tv -D-r r'o ri o gx zb A� fI o yrn yr A pp� T: OA ASC 13 VD nA Vt� D Z I -� mZ S D A T Am D Dm.- A >r A =r� N On m O 2 rD- rn 73 in 0 V1rDmO^'�rn;O O Vtnrm <; Ai �AOA i= rrO ti;C m Zm z tirlD O O13. rn 2cmn0D ASyZmS{r[J�i Z �txOrOmc OS pOmZrny on Z N ;Zi C mrm7p7��mVI 73 Oin A Or.� ADDr IT m V)DAnm�i IT py rr-ir ➢Or'ZA �+iCmrrl V1rrnomr OZF n mOAr2-1V<i<�N_l/fJC�O�=N2 NAC O pO? Z O m D O ZO-D+AO r Amnf Z7p Zy O 0^'An n; O Z 2 mm 2mD �OCl-� AN�;ZApmy Z=�Z A Z -. yy CD > S D O O O O O 2 C7 O O O O N Cl 0 77 O A -a S A VI Z y A Z< m m m 2 7l A 2 n A < 2 j O A n N A AlCp m O N V' O F PT O 0 Z m n C D rn m O~ Z m A n rn Z D n0 D A Z n-r O n A 0 n0 i m rn O C N r~'I -) C O D -' 114 6-6 n n yn m 0 m n - m A T O Al+A v N Z O D N -4... 2 Z x • C r^ O O C ZzZ O m p_ Z!'� 310 p C r m 1 O 0 r C� D -• 2"` r 0 n n A D -4 Z O S p CD n m D O O rn Z 2 N rn = m rn OT O 2 O r A C m O i Nrn C y O VI C N D Z V) 0 O N 23 no A CZl rn 0 mOm V1 2 ID to O Cxl m O m n Z N 2 Prn 'A O rn rn Z c xi Z• a < v m C m N O Z --. A r_ n" 0 Z y Z0 O to +1 2 2 rAi r Z C O V1 Z D p m n D Z n m C T n S ;n y C 0 to C n m N O Z O O p -4 -+ V i 0 m 2 A Z 0 2 Z A m m r O m O O --I rn Z 0 n D Inn C r D m r m71 A m C� D p OC70- T V` A v A m z _a `^ ;• Co - a Cl A Z m to O r�i z -4 rrl "' i O ti p A z 7 p >7� p ,y,yam o PT I, c n pm A =N mO D f y S ; O 'A N7J �7 r ran r CD'1 O -41 x y Z m m T Corrl A I- F/ m; rn _T m O Z Z D A rn 0 O r .(1 -�rn Z Cl Cl N r r A A 73 ti Z to =• 7c O Z rr- n D� -, O C Z m N O O m C - C C-) C N A m Z -41 A y D 2 C.Z.) A Z - 1- a Z A = N T O• � D n Vl V+ N f 0 2 rn IT y Z = O A Z N m oO Z A ti 2 ZZ T 2 m rn p m O O A 2 Z Z m '� r' Z A m rni D I- -4 Z rn C� F Z D r; ram.. In a p O 1IVISNI 0 nn r- r (NMoo/dn 03Nan1) 331 ONldld U PIPING ELBOW (TURNED UP/DOWN) LNlA dW J11YnoinY (Town) aldrY0 jnnlOA c z OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER (MOTORIZED) 810/10n83H1 d3dNV0 3)OW aldma inns awe JO 30rs NI 8000 55333V CO -4 MOLLO8 NI 8000 SS3JJV 0 O C 83SnJJiO NOIL3nS end 3ATYA ALI10 31dl1L 3A1YA 1081N00 2 MI 2 T O IX O . 1 \ 23 -Z 31 g L yT p n O C C n EI ~ - NOISN3n10 301SN1 - - NOISN3n10 301SNI - JATYA 1081NO3 REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFIOW PR(VENT(R PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (WATER) 3A1YA Joon 3AIVA )OJHJ O< C X C , O :Cn Zr- me o � 2 3 112 ti ti C Obi O= P. a N 9 X Y c L c L Z �'+ 'p -OD 5 plcy i a n A f O v O P i; VN O 1' I ,O I D O O o y9 p 23 ti ZZI 4Z[ p r=n , N O Z v 171 n I^ • p Z El rn 0^ mv) a c c 0 c 0 n D 0 II r 0 \ rn O m m \ r- D p 5 00 2 ' O Z rI'I9 p m z z a z z z ,7 a �- z 2 m i i n a 2 2 A MECKANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR Nan13a 831YM 03111H3 p rS AlddfS HILYM 031114 HOOD ONIJNVIYB O 0 2 rn 2 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR 2 p 1N31YNn03 a0 Onld 5,313d 0 rn 80173/30 DORS 010 'JNILSIXJ 01 1J3NN0J E rrl (035017 A1TY11a0N) 0 0 CD o27 23y r < < no s n 0 2 r O m m O (N3do AVTn1BON) 311100 Nan13a 11VM San 3111a0 A1ddfS 1TYM Tars HJllMS a3dm1 Taal 3W UY83dn31 4 n - n HON3NY 3414 80011 M0132 1 NOW 11111331310 KJOJ V 30TWO 38n5S38d ON1113J LV 0350dx3 80011 O]HSINIJ 3A08Y ON11133 03HSINI3 N01J3NNOJ 3181x313 V DIRECTION OF FLOW (PIPING OR DUCTWORK) rn C) z C) r Am Y / m z v P rl 7 r e z VI O 8 A O Z > a 71 a tY 1 F • • • 0 ! c 0 22 »z�2 �_ p, C N Z z L ^ o * Z • • DISPOSAL OF ALL FIXTURES. DEVICES, ETC (INDICATED FOR 7 Y w ZAYfZ r„ Arc.; 0a r 2•5gAE:. c�CZ<NmF;n oNv n I- A C n Tri p > n AJ 0 , y OZ r0�-,0 xi �S ^Nsr2< rs z t1No$o\A cy.•Im ZaQrr• ns -n 4$ or-zZg20 Mo1. og n _,S > <Nno zrn„>%C, n2Qp_p N p Z O 0 9 > N o �sn, 0gi � �c$i s910 �_ A ^ Z m m > n Z A z n 00 +r foo�I- A > S t VIII: -97 .IVLV "HI 1 5 r • r m N O • • • I-nxn i $ 319 .f" y - O n 958 o C O " -' r^ c 'y rA1 02 >a _'-< CI 0 *Sc n On o vs' 9 o c d11 oA c A n go ^ O A a 0�0 ELECTRICAL ANNEX DEMO PLAN MINX/ NEE% (NDan0H30 • rt 1 Ir. i .Y7 r Y. 0 0 r 5 • 53 r z^ V• •T, r C qo F\ I i 1 `• MP \\I L._1 1\1 V LA. A' '1_0 1`1 f7s 171 F-1 i_Uai \ tJ aJ J� ;1 L-1 1 1.I 1 u�`1 I', I5 I=-=iw-1 [N] � Jl► ta�' �`ry11.--,_J4 I \ in F.-1 rill raf r,J --- --- 44 ' S-rt9 17.61 . [dJ IFS 4J tJ pcipeski LJ i le::-1- ir'1 • I• L::_47.1 '1' i'i1 ref.-3 1 : 1 Yt---J --i1 [uJ i 1 k --J L' Lei r- -pot YL- - - J L-1 (w ri_ r.- I --i1 ---J r I• i i�1 in 0 no D ► _a I --a ntie u s) [', Lr�� r.- _Sn� _. rd EC I`, L `s i--w«_J -4a -C t9 41 .r «, 1 -a r '3 • JAI N Cl j7 •J L!J ' ----1 Y- «-J ✓ ---iw Le-- -1 L . I' L. I1 1/4: I I\s r---. 1 1 /-1 s r j+ all _JJ CO frit- w I 71 ‚'---Si rr CI lop a- S ra_ r I /1 r---- I I - 1 r + r--=ii 1 - __--S i-= k---1 P 1Y o 0 Z _ iJ 0 0 3 C,` i _- 1 -1.1 a [_- ` `----J > [al -4, .23 Ir 5 w (1 fr3: \ ° LJ LI -a ,,11 y� aV • -4a r---iw I -- 1 •-ore -- A ('I Sol __--'1 -J Cr?r---iw I) r 1?-1 b.,_nJ Cr? (�) Cr? Cr? (v) Cr? l�J Ea 7 ..11, (V> i--�-I k-«J 1 i - [NJ - r---:w I -i 1 Y«__1 • G Cr? i Cr? % Is ,, 'I r93 • -4, r---iw �--- L_] i1 ti':«J I i -1 {L !J r--=iw I / I Y__-J 3; i;- a F\ fc 1II -I i VI 1 `\ LJI I ` `1 i? nh,q17d i 15 Y__«J 5t= Cr.' El a; \'[!1 F%i ti r1- Li `Jnas a. r--=iw z= --J [7J (v) A ,` %). A (w) %• '; R -=IIP F-, i - Y-�--J _4a E- [�J r- w -i 1 ' aim vI r-- _•, 1 -- 1 ore ....I I CI f no lrJ r----w . I r--1 Fe ' 1 LSD Cr? -- __:-J S r----•I 1 /'I rjJl/' I Y--«J L Y-_-_i rag II -_ I ►-- I 1 I k- «J L: 1 r---.1 Z. i i 1 -or Cr? Cr; Cr? Cr? \i r---a.•. I • 1 i-;,-=.1 k_-_J a - af3- r----a k _J (v) I ' i uap t\ i '' `s Y./__J () Cr? (a) Cr? i (i) Cr? (v) Cr) { t !i -t I -- a -, 1',1 Lag u 1\1 L:,1\\l L `1 L_1 [t1 L', Fri IN v -4.1 ;, L313 • eirLJq ��11 LA• 1 /r I Y----J 1- _i V_---J 1V 1 p ,l LJ /\ 1 I. at • i i -J Y_-__J 3 'S w i [i1 L L'%'_S L'_J /-, I. L_ rJJ al LU i- -- I--_'--J [dJ r - - Z Ii r--- 61 1a---J r---- I -' -4s ree-mvi 1 --'i k-«J ter LI 1 L i1 It= rite i 3-1 6 Ft RI rip ran • 1.3 reetwi toe n n ri i 3 44 N In co 9111 .'IZ AVIC 'wU a et - I {`d i '' 4- l J ----'I I E I .4 ION 0- <9 r___�, I 1 .- 1 9 r-• I , I t_J Um r m r- O ZI O n > O r mn 0- > Z r• r - I, I t_J r- • y1 , 1 t_J H • I , I t_J LC Y te J r-. 1 , I t_J l-I r 1 t- J . re V_p r - • 1, I t_J f,1 r-. I,1 t_J ri L°J r,3 r 71 I, th t_J r - • 1 , t_J ,N r - • 1, 1 t_J :dec. • '1 L J ✓ w : J r - • 1," I a_ J r-• I , I t_J I \- r- • 0 4- -.0 - r-� � 1 tJ r ,w Ir •_J H L Li LJ P D DQSCRIPIION L , O 0 n s x a♦ r-• 1 , 1 t_J r, 1 f>` N r t J r,i • • n1 no L! r-• 1,1 t_J r-. 1 , I l_J r, 1 r,= N r I. t J r-• I, a_J r i• t r s 1 t� J ri lJ r11 r rr. 6 r -c t- r r rr Y z z rrn z r rr L. r rr r, r C f, I IN -'J 0 W i • n x n 0Z><Z zZf� A ti 0 n o L,Ca > z z O y 4- C 0 ▪ m rn 2 a O 2 < n in"' 2 c A C Z y N Co n n zz m 0�o ▪ A n z ~ N Zr,,m c -0 0 N r O CO > Z r Z T OT 9 L) F; 1 I , I 0 R A Os GliGeQzt GP 12 1 523 r, ve —ter—R F-= r--i L_J i it, N' I "J tJ r1 LSJ I IJ r-� v- J 0- • _J LI A o, i 1, 1 • I L_J V W • f, I,\ �)E3 L_ 3 Cl J FC 1 f,-1 r, 1 1\ I I, I 1, I I `J 1 `J I 'J L_ r-i LSJ f� I f% i IC 1 I, I I, I I, 1 I, I \ I, 1 I ,J I A 1 II _ t L_J r - • 1,1 t_J j I I I, l 41 I % l I 1� t.> P. E" I %I L_ • 0 o o m pp aCO C1 $C fj�40 ynO rz n 7.4 vCI V)i ZF,-i:Er o-rvx>ai r (r-��, Z = NxEaZO v VI O> 2 Zr0 y.n N O O C > a No z r. p 0 9 l 9 -444 -4r-�nZEa x o iy��o ✓ aic a, n N -4T:� VI ^ o=pn o -'r-' s r. > C R O r m ti N T S n z rn -4 Z o n 0 0 a Ff\ I I I`I D vU ��Es r,1 ,.> I St] I ,I ',� I L_ a o i r >rnm rrn ,, O SA^ I�'_° O Z m > 2TN�ty.O CZOa0t1Z ^ �,Q)byCN -.0nm>2<mo�r.>AN �Ki �o nn Ft4z ICn2 x o z > A Vnpn nr rI.IZO�O C n A>no�nfto r->3Im'r reline' y�0>V. ypti r-Z I:.m ✓+1 E r Z n ff''ff < yy. 2 ,.ng 0 Z rl > T' O n z z z O D ,NZan F'„2>ri N�• >NZ 5n ,a0 tI.1 Z O A n D a J. p • p v z p Zy D1.... n D. N N g Z p O o.» r 2 �1COxrZ-> m < nn Z yCZ ZCZ'I O O O Z a $ I CJ S O • • s m DO 0 0 r 20 LAla r- O r nz 3/44 F N rn o In Z cC H C 0 z > Z O T T rn O 0 9 0 co U, 03 03 1 3 7 2 3 J A J b r m N N r --:� I - Y- -J r---:� 1 - 1 N m m O %n > r o > Z r r---:1 I .- 1.G___J r---:� 1 . 1 Yf_ - 1 v Q- t- f11 r,-1 RI I IJ 1 d • 2 W + 41/4 I Yw1/4 1u it I \ I % 1 La -.0 Y • --:1 __J Y� _J w M 1/43 I- .- 1 >wv YS---J I I .- I Y___J r-• I, 1 l_J 0- r---: 1 .- I 1 r---: 1 -- I _ _J b3- i W r - I; 1 a_J -1? • Or 1 -' j r---7 1 I I 4- F- 1• re •. r • I , 1 a_J y 117-1 I.1 • j ►_a o n O z > L Z b r o s <1 €J Ft-1 1\1 L21 L_`3 I a C C • • -0 e $ • r -:1 ten 1 - r--77, I = I 1 I 1 J ft nit lit 11 as k r- iIF 0-- 1t I 11-1 • 1 11 I 11 ._S [e; f1�1 11,1 { \� 1 I \� { L 23 121 L `1 Lr3 V V W `d F1- i 1 I 11•I1 I • I 1 I S. 1 11 L_3 w • • OApo FF' Zoo” corzrim r-. p po n > o z rp opNoz z$og 1 5 A =I� am-4 LA c7o z' $^n- o oo4AoRA • tcps y n o 2 _ ^ ^ _ A>tA N -1 =•O r 3 1[ n r•1 • r 027 or Ecc ZO ^^ "1 ^ C Z 33; o r T < Or zo >i- r, z 2 p L xA o c • W -0E0i_ { 1 L_\3 %3 l_JI ArA • H Li 0- -lit 11 ItI 111 I, 0- * V N I --SI I i I -0 i • Aii�o�rp 10 gam.»C^t,> ^C <rra>z p^:120Ex„ t C z g . <r R =L0�<cSa4y^T»?pS �_ >Nrz-12ggo2� ng S > o , K N • r O ZN. m Z Z-Z Z-• I oA pn >t . ” -p2 t 3 < Z 2 0 0 > Z3. >o2po g o r r c 2 Z D> n z Z=4 z t n z tl n 00 r p p V Op z n `zmn2 zlco-•�izxy z Z ^ > > zL �mozn .A.z¢N. nTZ �$ nnopoo,0 Sy41 pQprx���i ,..0c78 C> �24 �,jzs� Rz �*oA�Z r^, N^.r-1 .Ar grain 2 0, 2 Q r%i zSO Z nnp �� C n - < Z .e 2 =. Sz > o r N S Q innrl a. fl op ai C `Z N tC T N r. i z 0 o9 r as ^ O 0,4 or >Z n- 4 N> n• � cc N C Z c 0 z C 2 r•. Z F O N is a P ems • w • • vyx+mnn-=,ztWZn Z A Z O A MXIM0 O> O Z e Z yZncmOAonDA O ▪ ▪ n 00 n-d .Z]Nn nDo127o r OC A Z_r ZICZ O x N -.9o^nc i-+x o O C c 0 o n> N x O C n Z m m r Z Nmon00r0„m„r O C A r n• OO N Z,�^ OA o O c nOOxN>Tzrm�>A r' O OSZAm. DmZUfD+- nOmmAz0ZC2 A 02zzoi n zo>D*.x n n 0 (z.. m Z r n Z oz OD o20n >511 O - SUN AZA Z Ac C N O 2 m m n o O Z D z > ti.%, xcn r a.2 • rrZ,AAni r Z ZD A .T7 > O^% 20 C O Z O C o< w A n C m 0 n n~ ;."0 Cc(^, -.>>in N y - r m C j o r n Ln D N r,.." Z n m A n 4111: 'V: AVI' 'wit I 1 3 00 rn W C - m r rm _ 5 0 z D 0 r - D Z z Z m x C > or ThIM ONnodo 0]1v1115N1 • • r r,Ar A m -4 mmmOr, MI ...,<MD m n2 • O • n>v nr EDT nA- W O O y m Z OA Q n O m n o m 2 rZ, o 77 p O A �, y N Z A m m>< fLo "A - N-' Dn . n r Z N XI n N t ' m n Z m A O> Z • n Z O- MO cm m Z x O Z A< O Z r � ). mo; n z2> -'A0� zO <C • -,>n r N P n n m D O A I>n a- C -4r ti= n O C tar Zr" < Z O~ it C1m m ZZ Dn x x NC r A --•+ I- n N A ; Z mm--1 r cm Az n nm mx" .&n no x >< vn :i zo N ON pA D A nm NA -., mn oN @O n Zn Z o n 0 O Z A Z > m r N >> VI -4y C) r,g cc x C 0^ A m • n m x 0 . 2 n m z 6 6 Con. r—> P 0 � G A a z I L 0 a 0 2 n x 0 z , m VIn r^, Co 'ii mA O▪ r > pOy > r rn n ((-ll m D Z [il > Z n 2 V p Z> no o Or E' o z ^o o gni X> 9 rrzrn > n < 2 o Z2v o n ^ 2" m ~x 3 n D x ~ 09 '" nn Qc x i 23 ^` ^, * cm r > n l D zn o S o z(_ A C a n T(, I ❑-4 o > • > ▪ C r 0 ✓ O Ion n D yn g2 n .J pn r.� r n 7 70 9 r r z r z x r 0 0 7v ■ =N Con raD 'Al Mill NIt1 g� o C 1 z s ril =_ a O! Y R • • • • • • 9Nmnn -4 Z9TZ n p> Z>O>Co>-720 z C p Z O p g9 0 2 S Z> 2 -1=nCs o �� nI �0Z7, 0 pn o n>> go n -+ > m0 onnn3.0gmo p (In pQ>,- -422 O C O = _ LAC NCCPnn> V1t> o z>nonoRom-nr Opg c"30 Co N _NnIo >O� > 2.rz, A - r O rnn ,- 2 Z z r Oznn nn22Y> zz n pn �Qn�el; n�`�u�zz - 0 Cot O n > x x _s r^l n o % n nO>mrn > z po+n2a.Z>nAnCno�O inrnr/OCCso cz< x05p C74 ny.1yr)n>n IpS.,.• nCNz_ -4T-.(oN Nn or • In m� rn • > rnprp Cr- r n O n Or 2<n>n Zr ~> Opp A „Ca "po; -.z�go 2 g p La O x 02 n0--.+n CO Np0» 73 NZ> 4 LA "1 FZr0c� >r +>nnZ r-r n-'prrr++lln m rnZi mn p20N n= >rn IX pp to a \N - Cni Z C-4 Nn0 n+ Z Z N n > O n r O Coot Cy o§?g C 2`-nZ ▪ -4oxn > n>mi ASNN2 o n n N 2000 O 0 p z 00 Zr, O nC > C n n X n O • 0 6 v N ;4 I 1 CD m 4)1(1: 'Yr AVIV y.q 1 s • • m W N r Pa • \• • 0 • • P D DESCRIPTION zt 0 v CHK. • A • r/ 0 • rd 1.41 tel • • • • • i CONNECT TO EXISTING ELEVATOR ORCUiT O Dm n O y O D O - m Z2 Or s zoZ _ •-• g C-4 nn n 04 C x n n `•c Z`^^., Zn c z ti on - n O n n -• I D n 0 o z • • . • n> V ±1 -4 'D V nAp V N m on n). l=12 V Q= n > r m r >Z27 KI >Z CO mr-1 nlzo>Z mAA O Cr rn0rA-� SZ Zal O5 E. z221 5 A ; C z z cz t.co 10zn ? or =mom nZ c ]p _ n yxO n00 ri 0 4-4.I rn yZ z C < mO� n, Z>'I > ZrZ � yA tiA x In < G� �z ti -�- N O b D^ vs 0 n n Z O> A N n n p A o C g O 0 O O 2N n N� N' m OCAZDr2 1nZ ZA AT OttZ N 2 m A O> A^ r- -4 C N CO rn CO • o 0 ^O > N Z D C O N A O> my z N 2 Z O Z .�< OZr z N rAlO OOOC zones r NZ yx mrn NZ rn NO pD r^r, m > z OZ z ntnZo l I r ^n m= Z v D r O Z D z.444 m 0 N ..1 y n O r >- O- > Ar m -•22 mO C ^r1 V AO tn> Z A r P> ~•Ar n n> gip~ <C A ">n Z Am f>'/N D :z ~+CO mm r nZ > -� fl �•N,1 ^ > m A -1 r 0m113. F rn O Z C1N nm Or Z-1 2 �OmA rOmzA�mZCZA • Uy ▪ �nOm zx ti= < Z n y O Z nn mrn` z N> : O tiC i F ly >n ytrn • V1C Cm lrZO>>Z 2,CI Nnp^yn n y • C m y^ O O Z N r T= n > Z r o x-4 { m 0% 0n > p C 0 n r+ Vn c m n - A A 00 > y Z p j C n C .,j a; 0.11 y n > Vn N zo .--.0 I Zm -am no': C Z> C 7c mr -. NA • VI - A rNON>jn^.11C� Vt ?Om y^ O nm mp n ZD r02 �rCiA�^;r r" zyCV A O N r 0 n Z Z> A ,V > D O> mr- C �T mA Z A Z O^ x0 ^Z pnO „~j 2 trN Z > >- ;n �N n AZ�mO� O 0 m nN Z nX 2 m� m nC AO �C C�> y+1 Oc c ti mA Vr+C nnNZ� Cl =zno C Am - y ni CZNz-1A �Zm O NO A 0 Z 5 • N yn *S13P N ZO 00 x•z n z x0 m� C n > r A 0 m 0 6 F 03 w 91CC V. AVIV +tl 4 Z e • at J m mm O —I O u xi 5 ry • r Z 0 D r r Z 7J 0 *; Ik P2 IZ 0 .474 PI -, 7 � O 3 2 • • •• •• a t • • I a 2 N 0 I • • • • C • • • • ., 4 D v 1/2 n • • .• Oa • • i i Q to • • • • O CONNECT TO OUSTING ELEVATOR CINCUn • • • • x»-a-•1�2 AO•>ZO��nrOA��nO> C>5rnOnrn ZAZr0 Z,>zx yZ or yiOr0>>0 2m00 , <rn>r, ."= A r, Mx 0r'0 0 nNz >n O>n nOO npp OnO'a -ff xgNN0 LA 0> N= N�^rZi nn�g>r>-2nZA gA g,002 A y"r, N> AO nA Qta ;NOCOOn>NZj p • •IrAntt• p>• r'rr nZr�- t•• NCA �xngZ n> • pp>fr''�- rO�^��A� m rr n2� y0 <C 41 A n>Q AZAA�N>>On�� r�i� R�nN Z> CrZ7� z -4-,n r0_inz �ArZC>m ui -m Om Oyr _+Z n 0nC Ozn� nnc . 2NZrrzi < z • n • o� "C cnlMarZOA>*y It i y�/nfon rr-A gN AC �n oOU!Arlin: �� Z Z n > 21rj r0 CD Z xi Z -'A �ONUA20 n a ors" Nrn �O N Z� Z�oia nniiCC• zl y1 zr 0X0 A v C0rn 0p n Z> 0 z rjAJO Ong 1 Cz.,>n�' N �A2 Z O• a�OC200• 0„� n e• La nip r Ag cz n»nc9 rAi0 nQ�Z-r s y0nO �c' c 0n nzv+z�TA>�' g N A y rnZ C CNrn ,y r�'n> pA rn - 5 Nrrr •�Or•-•y z �O > 2 .1 *z u C n I w-- 1 A A r, in i ml 1 ml N I� m 9iii '"C AVIN `I.0 1 S 2 5 PLAN - FIRST FLOOR try'. r -r_ m z r rr C tT: n_ r rr: fl r � D DESCRIPTION 7. 7. z T • 1 7 00 GO® n An 0 n0 0z>> O,^a OnOnnACZy On n0n z r`Z5A)x yC0rrM rig,: -Inv - -4 C*2A VC ti r • 2> 2 r r -no n c y n r por00 or- 0 Cp> �Z 77 t C r 2 rn n n n C r 2 n �1 >ZOC -4 >> o nz A -4 Z N r 0 ^C> 0 m00 > 0 A ~ n 0rp n 0 r>) Z A ti A yi-Ir-v O>z 2I 1 A 3 5 `:> Zg n T > C ., Z O o 0 0 O _ C 2 2 V ✓ 9 J VNIOS000 Rr OTHER; REFER TO M[CHANICAL DRAWINGS TOR EXACT ..IIE MOTOR RATED WITCH AT 0gAAI l]NVd 10tl1NOD 000N • • • • Ny o rm>I�n ZO`C rNwN�_ n �OCn0iN-I z,,ori Ln -• rn ON_ n r rny rn0 D •-••Z 2y^ ZA2n r) rn -40 Dpr); O >O Co co 0 = r Z nOr) O rn rsal n C Orn r^ C-<r=m _ -42> rn nyrr r) n A o > 4441 p m; D Orn AZ Cc c RI 17 Ln > c -< A r 1)C Z : Cl 17N r r • ipO2 y - n :I 2 .4V00 LC ti000i^^^ ti0 ~ cin • In2ra 4 > >pnS n t >^ n 2_> x n 2 n >ni r ^io r A A y n on 0< > C^1 • nC Zo1co r > ^ 2 0 I Q C x Z n O • ▪ > Z apin H n 2 FCC n AL ZVI - n 171 Zn'I O onn pzpc ynoki O n�^v A y rn >Zla ri > 77 0rnn Z m n m O 2 Zoo AVn. Lel< > ti 0 rn rr > < - Z 0 2 17 -4 r _4 rn 0 -4r VCn Dr ▪ yv rn•d rN< Xn2 r; tl_ aZ'- n- 02 n > _> n-- In nnZ> ND O -4 r Zn -+ O A2 Z ZZ nos f C C D 2n ccv D A Z y A n x CO Z O --1 ---• -r A O O 77Z A nrn C Z rrnn-< Z AZ 0)/) N >N p; 0 A g rn ZN al n Z Z r yr 0 v<) r N n -4 Op C Z pm 5>0Cnzrd ,y ozy Zy �'p !'erg =Z.1 ~A.E >> :nn 0rn non 0n 23;0 A rLIP gEn Q-4 ^% n ti Dy yD� >A rnrS v S >Z Zr> Fn» n> .�a tA�Ar>- 0� Dr n r>i Z�r 2 >r 11 nno >na n n� tiL n$ 0 n C n n C� n r. )„, 9 -, 0 no Z ?z ti > r• 0 > 9 z£ r Ap v- u A y 0 n 0 Z DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF n 0 r 9 4 • • VL9 mnn -+^z tWZ 0 nI DOD I r+AA O A> > 2 A O> C O> - Z CA 2 oA /�10pSZn -r -i2 n C S oys On> A mCl I -12 �F nZ �> ono 200 0n0� F V) n me"): Z 0 r o 0 0 c r Z r p S C 2 N v ti O Ngn�O[C1DL m> Z ID/)rZ.)D n00mm r Z O C A n n OONZnV1oAo n -� n o� Zz)n�> AZ>i0'Ar A m O D m '�-4 t 0r;)rf r OZ20>r A> rD - n A A m 2 C 2 A 0 2 nn ynnn22tn> OZ2i ZAn tirn 2 > > A g n n n oy�rwr 2Zr- nz i 0.% O0 p2 on ▪ Z> A ,--0 O - VLo j lrA)OD c c i Z^ n n O C 2 x DS O sJ r^n-4iC2 • n ? N >� � l C O C 2 0 Z> r n 7 A� C 4- O anZnnr^• On0 < s A n A n O' O N? O C Co Z-A.>>iA 71 N rn rill. n to ron �SOr g 2 r m... A r^ n N013Vt NOD -+Z G nr nfrnv OOncz o Z20A0 cA-+O Co nnCn rsnn, o a22 n m g2p= „a Tz X n C -• 0 9 0 A Oza> OC > • >O r7Cr2 n rr'i >C Qo-. nC> LI 0 A 1-4 C n nO n V x 0 CA>n rn Z 2)ny ti L+0r O>0 < � I0072 o0 n n I > ZZOo r- nr ZA 0 O 2 9 a O MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT ,Z CONTINUE CIRCUIT BELOW RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT TO NEXT LEVEL RECEPTACLE > nrmOrA Cr-0 r n n n r Z Z m> A> D n n 2 N N 0 ZA n�002 0Z 0-+-'r• C 0 A O > > �IA n�rA (AI x I n I > > n n i r r n>rin ~rn A)- n a) r n Z n mrn 0I 0 • r+ n taut r n O A +" O-4C n) :-I Z N 2 r rn - innrifl CZ >>0m Ci. > a r0,v =N gene- "Nz C „ rn rn C) r Z n > Ln>ns- A i 1-,-, Z 0 r� N VI n > A -I 0 O v) A Z 0 0 O '1 O g C A n nrn n" Z C . 4 I > -• n n Z p Z� COI yor > p r n co r Z n Z 0 n > n o 8 C r- Zn v 2 > v 0 n 2 < ti CO Sr+ < 0 X 0 - `+ Co n n _I n 2 O 2 x n 0 0 0 02 Cn r n ri v 1> S2 n 0 y A n n 2 n n O O n -4 A n C L• N ti y 0 o 2 g p Z r n 0 0 v z > m 0 rn X n x ti Z 2 OO O r r v r r mV N 2 ZO On n > > n m n Z37-4 E i2 or A - X n C L, 0 ONY (N 0 n) NIYn38 a m Z A -4 r 144 • ID 410i'44: AVIV 3 Y ■ N) T w r Y r r-; �Tr Y r r ti r C n C r 7_ v n C C .n r C C Y r z C a C 2 5 9 a OO 5 It rr srr r 9) 1 r > C n -v r 7 Cr. C z a r. r C O 7 n C � D $ 2 4 40 4. «O P! a ' O* 2 2 FOR VAV BOX. SIZE MOTOR RATED SWTCH ti o g'oa bOin .�..oco pnm SAn� A zo[o ]ZCA g..- Bs N nnn r "^nn -<' gg^c_.,.. A0 g �'1 On O D� ni+>\ 0n O OZ.0O AA nzi 23 0 ~ i� 0 a .Z>i > z 7 F n z31> n Knits = n I Oz .S4C onpO< •> Sn n L4 n C OnIL^ R0�p zo0Zn o ,z2 112 rLCn 1 O. r gi c e< ny"4" v or.1 _7 nCn2 %zrzpC 02 0 ~ n .• re 03 mZ2 1Oi n 2 DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF FIRE • • • • A L z n - 4 CONTINUO CIRCUIT BELOW RECEPTACLE • CONTINUE CIRCUIT TO NEXT LEVEL RECEPTACLE � '1 CD rnn In -^ VIZ v m g nrn p >2 ZAi0>CO2n 2 -.Z Z CS mgAm�> nn .lz Z�rc, mn O nrpl,9>nZ-.AZ O� C-mOnnCz- C , Corn>Nm> Z N n O O C A m n r n ZAZOAZnN>2nnAOO Omppp mA7vf>y rr0 nC of ZZPZCZA p z n n N m C Z N Z O Z a » n A rn s Z fl^gUFz%'�=Zn p Oronzonp0>� A.. O tP. XZZ; C yy118>m>mOCz> nnx Z n >n-•2Cn Z�Z>rr;i pppCj N O a rnz nnmono < A x O A Z O nXn•ng ; z 1 Ag �Cm *SO'.+N N ti nr n C V I20 C 2. Ina ~ > C n n n 2ao Q 0 OO 0 "2 g O r = prvi r n oe g 2 V An ;r S n • -I < N t n_+ nn • A C n - y� An n $ nn o= zi n y+ � y • Z y „ O 0z n O O n Ar • z 0 C^ • O m A r A Srrnmfln < m > m fnn >A- z o in . 4 O 0 n2 n."n pO» X2rn n• >_� -amen O ?n i N Caw -40On i* ZNCrr^ -a Norlo CZ 2 C»m• .. O�Zan> pO • 0 cetn 70 > n ; rn - 2 N Z 0 In0 Z 0 n• g rAn n Fz N O A 00 LQVX3 BO! • 0' i c • N N r co m 1 5 • O � V TN 03n r> r P E2 A 0 Z is % PPIINII I PI . , h• O > rs O 2 n x at , £ 4 XO8 AVA NOj ROUT[ ;TOVE POWER THROUGH HOOD CONTROL PANEL O -® 3 O 9 O O °p o OW" 4 oo noroxnAAa$ osypy� ca5yrg,� Zioio�x.n,nn�n'xaCZy�naoiiiinaO9'n[a5 >nZnnAr. vcyy.cR 14 zn?>-'C ix LA Q�r=y°pcn p ynpy° ZAa n^yn $'raor p t°xz>>> >ao-ao �i >- nnnjn£rooir-nO Aa- -•>prnog ng ai 270>o '� vor, on An nn 0 ^in �zyrZ f o,.ng^R5 g`i> �^nn�tiOaC > > £ arjc rC ^n n>C7 r'ir2>I naz y< OZOnzO n o ` C tiL� y;°ting5L' 'Rc -. I OD z>pC*it y o>ap C n ° nc p nc>AQ o xn ra1C Q > .ri oon O c°n4o LI 7. O -1 2 I Iy Z n ss ACCn r�Z 01n n ) n r Ca>2 p^a>z na 2 >n Zo:a n antiL,nx+n C Q Z CQQSZ^3� sn>>�p ZC, tL O Z n n ti n A < ^ Z I 0 0 9 i,n pp pznC rx On Zp � n p II r p �°% >n z Qx n.4 ` N n n pZ p O 2 K^p �n 2 N `1 ti -4 I ~n� 9 A0 _ Cn p n CONTINUE CIRCWT BELOW RECEPTACLE CONTINUO CIRCwT TO NEXT LEVEL RECEPTACLE n ,-- n f o n n z xo ti . > C nn n n p °zo °X z A % i n k (g VO pr > nv 0 n z it O r r z r Z ti O n Z 0 r Sr., n to n x Z O Ly n n'' Z )7 _ Cr-, n -4 rn yn > pp z A C '+ n n o O a Z ti n_ NL• n . Z y r tip r D n rri X Or r4 r a O 2 > n r r:, • • • • • • • • 21 > 2 n nrn m _ - x) �v y D O Z n 0 • mn n; nZ D.f) O D Z� N > n Z nc 9D D - O O A Z 77 In Ln C m Z7 ; rn nvi T Zn ti Inn Op Z IN ALL NEW CONDUIT RUNS FOR SYSTEM nzo v�mmnn �c,z vmgn > OTArA OC n Z Po> D z z O> C o>- z Cr T r- n'1 Z r riny ;n�oz�,p�SZn O <T>T n2 .17 o� y Z _ n 0 z 0 n> A z Zo Erin D z 4 z x �j < 1Cl Z tiZ -4� nZn > T !A ti O NO O n C, Z O 0 n of O> or N fin; f>"1 n NO 0;=�nz A Z A nNNOOO v0 Anfn Z Or in pr�co no nCO :r�2 CO p0DT Zn C On>NZ > 71 r-m rn L, rn O n Z r n r N n r N Z D A-+n000Q r NZ X Z _ Z>> n 0OA Z nN�nr Z� fDrn 'f>fn`r ZO A O6 0 O o Xi n 0 Cyy ni m min C N> Z D r r m r n Z n n D f,>n A z.'A m��m; mn O ZnN nT O n r =0n r0ZZ O>r ADm Ld\ >nCD rn Zn� OZnnAnmr'Z?> ty Oicn+ r`n inn Z n v� c Z :� z 1h * rn `Z i Z\>>'�Ann-.Nnnn m Z A; II/ Cnot\iOZZz2>>0m rt C mn000ZNZZnC>yrO O x mtiA 0 v A Cr; Z A D n a C O S m o Opt O Dm>mnp>� C N 0s rnn= -i Zp n •..) O N>� n �Z>; n C ~0n n Z) C O C Z > �Z)1 rOZ terT x.ApCr > C,>nr C pI panZ nnan0c n Zr. D >� �,.. XO�OZnC �+ I 0 rn 2 n no o_, oc n 5> ', mz vncn�Ni� s xz o C O_n r-E-- 7•AyZ rn O 1n Zs O rn S -1 r T pop N Z 00 n Z n o r .. O n 0 X �. tel Z C, CO * C n Z A x1 O O 9) 0 N N D a, r z r D C) OM = m r mn C m D Z 0 c m > 2 Z 0 n I" f•1 0 r 0 an 77) NOIldb13N3d 70 C 11VM a31vd • • t • ; • 1 S. ! • ' s ^ 1 ; t 0 CI - - • •= 1 ) 7-i • .'1 •t • • ; I p 1! Cii >ri I Si, yLy ; iJ ,t G 2 if Z. 'I i i. • 1 f• r r A A 0 0 r r • ) ; ; , • i i • J • • • Vi • f I. • 7 4 a I 1 IL • 5 • n!t i;{ a2 •' • 75. r! �t • i.. • • .• • • i • • 1 • • 1 1 • • \ 7 7 ) C I I • f; •r; 'it ,a 7.- el • '•G 11 VP • t • • • • 1 • •: • • • • I 7 • • n is I P);I •,:. ,s• : ?Ft�'•.I ; , ;. JF: - 1: t.. •' .. �.. ?.. •C_ _ • • :a _ • it. - • • r, • It; : , 117 ^ 777. i7llr:1•-4 175, Si;j 1, II ; ;; I; 4' 7•� U. t� i_ a- t: 4. it Y! iT +: r: •: 7 ; Z mg Drn Z rJ> C O m r Am OVA - 1 O ? I Z '� n A n -tm n 0 i S a i I r i XI ., • I T7 I is •- • 3 • 7. 1! Ct I -. . 7 r - : r: i . - • t - h .P - .aC :•i r. : �S �: I ;i iII 1; +: ; ;_ ; ; ; ; ; t t ! i i OR • •i Sr277 71 s v e € �S a: •' S •i ft Gt 2: 7: f= { { { ; ; i t i ;•. 1 • • 1 - • I• - 7- -i- I ; t • • ]• •• , • • • I. 2 7 • • • •1. :• ,• i i • • I • i• 1 0 ❑ > -, n Om vr p OAt >-r•1> r 0ZZ Z N m Cr A rn A rnO I • • I • :• NOEL IL HYd 031 V21-3bl! S I I Z 0 N n r m lc 0 n 0 0 Z s g 0 2 s 0 ern on su cn V v r Z 0 N n r rn gE J _ ^ 2P> LIDnr CD 0 C a 70 NOI1d2if1913N00 c A O t0OZ o Clog 4n •i = 0 og zw co m 0 2 0 rr 1 • • 3 • • • t Co-Rzoos 0 A_.rtn000C0 n n C' pmf51• Z^p CvM 2 A , 0 O0_ r= ZO> O= 2 0 D C x 2 -n on n:702-4n x O C t C O CrAynn>Z C >-._ A r m nmmnrC AkZOr»C A - Z v m Z v CC1 m m q A 2 r n r 0 0 0O 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 0 0 0 0 z • • ur TO BC LOCATED IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS 0 A 7.1 nn 1'1 ID n • • r • St nr oR m o_ s 0 O C o m C^ >4 z o^ riO > T or C z Z n C N REFER 10 SPECS FOR ADDITIONAL SPARE UGN1 FIXTURE PARTS ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE DLC DR ENERGY STAR RATED ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WIN FUSING 'noon Ni IJOSN]S ONC 01 0 0 • • 7. A • • • • ft { 4 • • ; < N n nA 0�oc Arn1CC A C A < m ti Oran C N O rn m-0r-A Z r m s N Z I rni + V V V mp Co Cc :00 m t l O n m O < Z Cm -IA r m m n= O m C m m nror > n n rn 0p0-In toOOCt O �Frm� - Dz A Or'0n 0 --J AAOA m�n0o0 c or rx4 ✓ 7)Oc z fCsc-4_ m 2 n z o Z r O m O A n 7NION08 NIVPI ; V 7) P o l 0 2 r+ 0 0 cn 7)OZgZ CNr;, m OC>timOm C COm 013m > Z -inn CA') m m Z a m m V m >O x o c z Om Pon m D ZmrA, Z N Z< nm n kj n poz 4 n yD xr., Mt' 0 _ A> OZ n A m 0 m m O D I I I I I I I J x C AHU-A2 ACCH-IA ACCH-IB P-2A JJ Ng A v .-3 0 W tT u .o U La W a V s a sr" gnrin > 0 0 3 V \-) n J N r V V 0 m x 2 C V I I• tml m. > co co i i z D rn CD r N 83SIZ1 -1VOkZLLOR12 City of Pearland, Texas TM rD C NOLLd1H06813 chi nnON30011 v i Z x C n 0 4 m Z m o O m o 0, m 00F v 0 r n O5 0 2ANnm Fr') rmn CmZ02; �.'VA FA VC,,c_z <nm .Y}zrnmflimnx mmN IZ2 02621 N A-o-ono, z xrnD; ' m D i D rn n Z m NfO AAO; Z ; N z -4, -i\ `A; V Z-0 n m D O m Z Z A r D D 0 m m +m - D A D••> O A m r 0 r 5 c mirnlOC Z 0 n Cvoo N m- Mx z r 0- 2 V � Z n 0 r Z A T::::"- o*O NxD00mp r_r Zr,< ox- rVnr z:rn 2„A4n nm n OrnooU> ~n7Al 2 fn1AO �Z OC 0 C77000 A Z OAn m- AnFO mpz C g Ar mNZ - r In' n�5-4 IrrnoO D Or,Zm F r N A'l m r O r N n ~ N F Z _; N s x2� rn 0 0? N ti � x< nn z DI A I C x U n Z • D r .71N0211J 313 • m m = n n rn Z > Z z z n25 >0r>- . S1J3NNODS10 • m 0 n - Z ' O m r- m Z Z r O NO < . NgiV luggg X Yh . tg gg o 11 C a 1 . D • V m D > x r Z nr m v m I O r 3.3 Z O : N m rn ZO Z O - rn C > . . . Lpmnxznnc O mpDrA >An CA -us A>mOm>p mrDDti mA m_120OxD n NZC OmVVnrn0 m-do N>A 2 Cmo --Dp in _ ONZ0;17AO> i N CZ> O> > mZmn rAZN SHALL BE COPPER (SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR n• : o7)+ @ o@EgEkIggklEggig FEEDER SCHEDULE l U � y , 1)) 4 • S t . a tN A A �A IA \ O {A l +/350. 1f1C. t FI i p\i 0 On t A I I "I'� I\ a l + 1 j 44 1 KY r I N + N 4 U a A rls° 0 crzzRR n 0 m 0 rrn 66 n I O n z n NONE N A A-42 8 . N N f VI 7 V Z tfD�N Imm> V A O m rn A O C C r Z C A OOnzpo]nnn-a0 omorn71Ai cDo Mc --z U-,::: nz A rc-ACDOAI C Z m Z o O N > P _DO m,n.,Zpj IZI+o zn A mn�na2 C -+rn\_ 7ymj Z rzrinnrn AU, X rn m O x m n m> N O p< C m Z 0 C r D mmbNZO;anLa � o � o ? w r, AO fn(r��'1 V 2Somm Zo > 7 ZA:1+oo x c � N I n-ZCOZ_0.rmo In NAOm-I ;OrnI\a Z O U0 NxnrnmZN 0 V Z o to> Z", CC0 nC N r nos Cr2„r+No > m m r A n. u m2-,V>i� j AS 77 n0• 2 •.)m5n O O O O o x m m cr O m n A grip, Z A 0, rim D , Z Z inns m O H r r m 0 > A oco >V maim 00mS t�, >zc onn m_C.. rn - rn 2 V 1 Z0 0 0 O O n>0 N�mC 10 gm z x O ti C O 13m M ; m Mr - >F ✓ COV O m O A Cp-I0 Z �'CO m n n Z' N 7 Z >In�F n 02o. x r O 1-0 m > o>-. cZN D O o N 11O > m x Mu u tail Z .N\ x 2r c m D C n z 0 m C m 0 n XM x-IZ m A r 7) > < CmV O COflA0 yp< Z A l7 o>m0 nc"-'4_C 0A O %mn ommU rrl*ro ZnS1 C D m m x m m ti r),,,,>xa2V O-ar�1yNm 7) mom -n627c D p c Z z Z> O C Z > z Z n p N O _n rn -4O< rS mn AOZ 1 2 Z m m-4n A O -I r rnx n m N Irn ornzZn viz % O D n 21 �'0 S-"Zi2tn 0 m A -4m M0 Z w> o O -n'r C Nmv rl2 N -iA< A O D o n n_ C z z o rn z O Z O V D N D i Z F Z 0 rr: 2 r m m :0 r -4 O C Z O nor-. N 0 O c O D :z A ; in 7p O Z p > In 'a 2 Z02 77 O O_ x O ,>>= nn - nA O m Z m r 0 D n g O C m ZrN m r C o D n ` v C n C p mZr yC Zr, p Z O C IA D C D 1 = m m N D r N 0 m A ti; p D A m c ti y m tri Z i n m A � JAM -I OZvfi� g>zoof z\C n �01o�c) O� zoc Z l O n Z O CC m n O nocD-4 czx O m• 4p 4A n • yy23 mA7) Z>N ZZOZ C N ; > Z n D A n V m OA m A0 n>0 ZOm A n C O O A O y 0 0 -• AO I r A C V o orn2 Z r n 0-4o r00 N C im 2Fu 9102'44 AVIV situ ca 000 O G 00 a y) G0 = N n aN 1C2 j 5;Q;2 n.a-, r Z$ i:r9i9i`f) �._-. L$CAm b2 fG o 4>-,AA xg ocv 9r$ �ZnZ... n^ ''�O.. r,c0Sp pigei $v c _mL 4a2 4 N rig a„cgs? z lc 22 -�0gyp/ar0� 4ASns �2>ArQ NZ Oo Cr, pn z Aril ZnL n VV n O x^,a " C -.S n �> 2 n O_ 2 n z 2 A R= O a n a ^ 0 f C n >p V O P _ r 2OL nr2� � r�R �o PPsn 'C222 f in]]2 <� ir=-,2 a�iA4 :v,:,o�3 bg.cr L�42 cOcg-, g- >rnr r- r fn n Z til > 0 2 IpOrn8 ^. n �. P= Qi $ r=-. ` 2 ` N rzi G znn 0 n �=rav>Q F n nn7 nvn,-,t <t ogz ooa m5> Cnspa�'zv v-'LpORR^' ' rR Sr� c g>pZn >g 'p'c z pQ aQ G C SC 0 r^ p n p n l C 0 >_ i m a r 2 O Z A 0 < ti �r2 c"='I-r, ,2 FCC <c Po 20�c� n2`�n .o. n Q N ggn a L > �n a n2 P�2 �zr?ii� z{1'o arc<g >. La ,nav N O < V 2 not ri21,-p; rAgr1(�r%o c=i'Kn �A n1aQc i- S rOQ n F z I., n$0',z a j P C 2 ni9 9 pC On • < n or, R P n� v v rasa" K,' ZPn �yA O grA -r-1-)-4-4 g nz<gz >nanzzm r -'I �' Cpp�pp O 2 n�b m ^ �r DnO ,,,p> n z grn n£j 9no53ig i as c�2is r COn Iy n Q Q 0 2 t> v Z N N g A 0 n O C o o~$ C C r >nn xZL �P n,QP,Otx4-4 h-rg npQE5y8.0 <Z> >5 n a� A c m O r.an8N o y i 2C /M 2n PS n t r�, C n On p 14"7 a'arI> a�Nga nzi; �25ti N n in ogg cz', In'g vg � P� TiA^fin � s Pp `a c% ��PC°-� > a c=+`Zv$ =0� _,in,Cc ozz> -40 >ocax v 7 Z O O Nr� �� 0 _ C D 2n yyn vine < r0 L-t -poNl" Lo< oE'yI� z ,90 °Aim Et irli 4, 0zr Mozc � �F >`v>�� o� -II- 2 S Z n 0 vRe MC $• -. 2 n < 2 a �a a R 2 • N T n x �0 -4 2 2 n n c c < < A r n C E Q n N$ z t C i i 5 • ■ N O C m • Nbrld 21.JS MSN E(CH) n LLx 72X0 Pin Er 2^ 53721 nng yy rl= \\\\\\ I \\\\\\ \\\\\\ 8 m 6 0 1 ` \\\\\\ oF,TL \\\\\\ I n zo n O 'n o m y y 0 > Oy z Z C MO >4 rm n DA ao ZZ no n N N mz -4 yC A=. 010 Z 2 -4 >> r r r r > y Zb n N 0 O O \\\\\\ \\\\\ \\\\\\ \\\\\\ \\\ \� \\\ \� \\\ \t \\\ \\\ • A$r4,A xA'gPS orP C -' nrnz N jl Ont. Q^rx•z ]xo 2 sPolri Cnr RKn -,r r 2 O C n t= z > O 2Ig>rn n�.. 0 -.o22 o-. n n � n owpn n 20 LP. <I r7 > n ni sr->nC r Q 2 n r< rr,o5 2r C c r n q �v F_O=0- Am -no < n 2 r NK y.rn -*cony' $ ~ O z 1v vpp 8 O Z, i I DATE 12 2 a \\\ \\ \ \\\ .•\ Y / \\\ \\\ „„ \::. \�s SlinQNOJ ONnO8»IJaNn llv ND1 Saw a3Jva1 30U08d • gg 9 gi 9 rry n rn n $ N= 33 Aa O> 0-12 00 n-2 $ 2 < ^p » r� C v 035013N3 31383NO3 4c n><. i�y2�c�i�p g > czi 4 g -C� C W4 in"-,tixim'X�oz<LZ� � 9i ,— P< C n S n n i R On}^NZn`ii>3N p o N ¢rQj W{C. Z ynQ� Np AOn >p viriow L 12, gS n r : J 2 C- S 2 n2 -•v1Czizn=0 gqc.2-omx=3 AA Noz cil ocmc MAy, A n�jn_r:2:N-. n y�IQ.C:a>nnn r rx^a<in Znr n2 Jhiy .02 rKWh-Will PWN VrxJi NnZ �nN� Zy ll�OAF, =jr >p N 2 =z. Q n ZGo rrn� Yr., r*4-0 yC 2 f7'-^ irx. <=0 a Z_ 0,_ r Z m> r gnr^a`cI I4Tzz 17=Z`=c7zgx o" • Z z n- S `n n > 2c7r8 Oun7'S2�J rr '.^>$ Z1mpo r,,ri D J Z < O n > 2 v -^ -4m 2 n VI N • • • • Warttf�., N>* >m in cz ACO>onZ nnz Aznim o O A --c or a� oCr o° >< rZ., ? n z S A A y -1 Z O n D S< n O< p n> A DONrnOA z' V r"r-1 n2 n Z m 2 .1.4 m n Z N n Mr z<Zo>>ro iO Qi >2 on _ O r> n- i A zozo z < i r> Z tm nfn'izo �Z i2x ZZ m0 =Z2D�tN Np-4 0> AC>, O�tnOZ�, Z n n-4„Imo s< D2 >r O[nnnm O> P> rr nnoZrn-,>tz or i 0o Tiv >AO�Oryir �cm WC >C -. f0f1mz A.m pnr, -4t zz n�O�AZO ny5 00 tc zh C1~ <AASsCOO ',zip Oi 2 00>r�18pp_o >CA n> -Dam_ Z �i22rZr'Iz ;:: ZD 2Nnon-nnlr2iCaG >4 nAnvn Cn N D< Oynn= mA r•9▪ > 00 O 00 C^VNCcZ ZOA mn7Zi Ai Dc;nnyn >00 en r c0 n ` 17 ^Z• �NO �N -2C4017 <OC n On Mc Zn AO r> nDOn2 Atm. A <n 0nn- N z r rO • >> nnno morn flk >> rn0 nor, - AzrZ -4 0 on>n nno A n nn N 0-4 23400 n Zrmo o-2- 4 <O< rn z 0 O>i > N D '• > z p-C noz o'`6 i,y U,rN ff��11 A Snm ON Az Rnm Z yn ti A nA o • • n n o n W> r, n A n . n C A Z 2 0 V O Z Z Z 2 >p n �zcnne�r-1> `n 1T,,200 �N>IQr r CVDr -. A.a >> rn>p_.Znnr10 N n c > O ti n Z N 2 Z z A n C n - o C Z n-t n> n A A C Z y W Cr O. m rr < fn',ZrCZ'f A<> r > z -y r N ay' 2 n > 0 >> mz� I r n vz z fc m r M n Zrr 2 ON N > CZ Co C N A O z n A O r 0 > n m0 a I 1vo1 1V711113 331A135 1301 SNV1d 80011 > r r CD r rn sign 1tr nod anon C 2 R 2 2 C r I c S 2 4piji1QIUC z 10 flOA JY01J8 00 02 >Z Z_ N Z O t n n n > Z cm C C ti rn rn OD n r - 4 00 o I, z 00 y J 2 rm r m O p n r n n n r WO, 03H1/103M A4R13A =N con r_ D I I R 3 a z � 9 C a U a i n 0 7 N O ii 2 a g 2 1 Z N r f v 3 •0 \No ✓ d w rL Z m 0 m T r � o a L we J U J 0 w w �D e I I 0 Z I DATE i n 0 €zzo-.z ntInm14Tsa c ... and ��� Agu 77 C' i City of Pearland, Texas �� a L |, d \\}}/)k}§§\{)/m�ii222Fj X% &�§,;§,;■ 5;§2»«■, . 3rL2§ 2 ;(Q!!}} ¥f■} (�{k! Wed! Vigilg�§qf g !Q§edJ ;fr % r N ra 2J�°°"!; ■<3 0 k G77}\ ` \ $)\ § ° `� ^ \ K/§ ) }ins 7 ( ! NAC g k k °i \ Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO. 7 Date: 07 — 21 — 2016 PROJECT: City Hall Complex Renovation Project; (City Hall and Annex Buildings) BID NO.: 0216-24 BID DATE: Extended to August 2, 2016 @ 2pm FROM: Susan Dieterich, R.A. LEED Design Architect Ziegler Cooper + HBL 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77002. To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Section 00100: BID HAS BEEN EXTENDED. Electronic Proposals will be accepted until 2:00p.m., Tuesday, August 2, 2016. CLARIFICATION/INFORMATION: In response to concerns that due to the number of changes made to the drawings in Addenda 5 and 6, there is not enough time to effectively review the changes and assess the impact on quantities that have already been priced. To allow contractors ample time to review the revised drawings and documents the bid opening will be extended to August 2, 201 t:. Additional questions that may arise from the revised drawings and documents will be taken until 12 noon Monday, July 25, 2016. II. CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: Replace S3.10 Added details for window openings in existing exterior walls with concrete block back up. Re: Sheet A3.12: Delete Door 136. Re: Sheet A3.21: Vestibule A104 Flooring to be Trinity premier Woods, Barrique. Re: Sheet A3.22 Kitchen 331— Flooring to be Porcelain Tile 1 on Materials Schedule B, which is Ambassador Jet Setter Dusk. • Susan Dieterich, AIA, LEED AP Project Manager ZCA+HBL END OF ADDENDUM NO. 7 • • S lq g • 1 C) O O o -ID rn 0 n rn m o D D —I r r D o r rrl U • 1 Z m C z r m r n as -Ivs ran r Z = f ia N N A r • 1 z 0 m 1 j • nv38 ONIISIX3 ./Lri'Cl'1N0J M3 A 1/44 N 1 1 • • N - -4 UD OD v P L^ A Nv+ r C run' >44. 0 •a•; T 0z —. O rel 27 ift -ofnnm • �O X S Z J�� r C O M r 0 n 71. n r>> > 2 n n< m y LA P r-- v c C Z pim 'CAT� r_ m mZ XT in _ y0 y5 2 Z rn -4 _ O = y Z n ." On rn ~ C� n rs > z m o r ti> - n r r= 7b OO rS+r rn).?; Z O�^n J ' >1`41'1 P> Cr r'•j, O "• O 1 O O T 07 C A 2 y 27 N.-. n Oy 0 -On m pp y D A Z ; A y O n O GALVANIZED AT EXTERIOR OPENING r -V c 0 v 0 0 C u 0 O = T -I = V ▪ C; Q 4,41 Z C, > J C 0 O 2 A rn 2 z n n Ln y S r P1 T C c IMP 1• m Z MWV38 ONILSIX3 7_ r N 2 A tit C A' c,, na - U 2 rn m rn m pnp Z r• a 1 m rn 31 #}'1 r r m 2 i 0 0 C -44 0 PH a U) n tr =-4 �z c = e 0 .64 p,.c C) .s q o v m Qx Z it ado aa VIZ r rr aa. . n v 2 n n Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO. 8 Date: 07-27-2016 PROJECT: City Hall Complex Renovation Project; (City Hall and Annex Buildings) BID NO.: 0216-24 BID DATE: Extended to August 2, 2016 @ 2pm FROM: Susan Dieterich, R.A. LEED Design Architect Ziegler Cooper + HBL 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77002 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar- as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. I. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 00300 BID PROPOSAL PART A:Replace with attached. II. SPECIFICATIONS: None. III. CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: Replace Sheet A3.21 Revised Annex finishes. Replace Sheet A3.22 Revised City Hall finishes. IV. CLARIFICATIONS: Sheet A2.11 & A2.12 The Sprinkler Closet is room number A140. Delete references to A144. The ceiling is to be exposed structure. Sheet A2.01 Add Note 7 to the areas on the east side of Lobby that are north and south of the large open space. Note that this is to help clarify demolition but the bidder is responsible to demolish everything required for new construction. Sheet A2.02 Clarification; the existing floor tile in the Lobby and corridors off the Lobby is to be removed. The existing floor tile in the 2nd floor Lobby can remain. (It will be floated for new finish. Re specifications) All simulated stone, quartz finish selections are as follows: City Hall Torquay. Zodiak Cloud White everywhere except the reception desk in room 318 which is to be Cambria, Annex Zodiak Flax everywhere. The back painted glazing is located in the following areas: Room 102 Public Lobby, the east wall above the wainscoat. Room 215 Social Hub, the south wall above the cabinets on the north side of the island wall. Re: 17/A7.14. Sheet A7.11 Detail 12/A7.11, Room A108, the backsplash is to be Dal -Tile Modern Dimensions Group 3, 1 color, not simulated stone. Sheet A7.14 Detail 19/A7.14, Rooms 113 The backsplash is to be Dal -Tile Modern Dimensions Group 3, 1 color, not simulated stone. Sheet A7.14 Detail 18/A7.14 the cabinets on the north side of the island wall are to be the same as the south elevation of island. Re: 18/A7.14. Q&A: 1. Q. Wallcovering 1,2,3: Selection on Material Schedule is TBD. Prices on Xorel range from $38 - $98/ yd. Please provide an allowance for material or a selection. A. See revised sheets A3.21 and A3.22. 2. Q. Material schedule shows selections for Quartz #1 and #2. Pricing for these 2 selections is not equal. The elevations do not identify which material goes on each elevation. a. 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 14, 15/A7.11 b. 5, 9, 19, 20/A7.14 c. 4, 5, 6, 11, 16/A7.15 A. See clarification under III Construction Drawings. 3. Q. Alternate # 3 - Does the 4x4 ceiling tile occur at the Annex Lobby if the 2x2 is not accepted? A. The Lobby's 101 and 103 will remain the same 2 x 2. There are no 4 x 4"tiles in these 2 Lobbies. The open structure design referred to in Alternate No 3 is in A113, A124, A119, A121, A142, A147 and A155. 4. Q. What is the spec for the colorall tile at 10 foot AFF at Annex Lobby? What is the height of the trim that occurs here as well at the end conditions of the cloud ceilings? A. See revised sheets A3.21 and A3.22. The trim height is noted on A2.12. 5. Q. Is Type 1 ceiling typical for the entire job? The Annex indicates this for Level 1 only on the RCP. A. See revised sheets A3.21 and A3.22. 6. Q. Where does each type of ceiling occur? The RCP indicates Type 2 in some areas. Types 3 and 4 are not indicated on RCP. Type 4 is the 4x4 ceiling tiles, but where does Type 3 occur at? A. See revised sheets A3.21 and A3.22. 7. Q. There are discrepancies between the finish schedule and the RCP in rooms: Annex - A110, A136, A144-sprinkler ( not 144 clerk ), A149, and A156 City Hall: 101, 109, 114, and 116 Please clarify ceiling types. A. See revised sheet A3.21 and A3.22. 8. Q. Should the Balcony on Level 3 receive Type 2 ceilings also at the Annex building? A. See revised sheet A3.21 and A3.22. 9. Q. What is the 2x4 ceiling type for rooms 325 and 326 of the Annex building? A. See revised sheet A3.21 and A3.22. 10. Q. What is the ceiling height of Level 2 Lobby at the 3' floor of the Annex building? A. There isn't a level 2 Lobby at the Annex. The level 2 lobby at City Hall is existing and the height does not change. 11. Q. What are the Rockfon item numbers for each ceiling Type? A. See revised sheets A3.21 and A3.22. 12. Q. Please provide a tile lay out for all restroom walls. A. See revised sheets A3 21 and A3.22. This notes the tile coursing for the walls. Interior elevations show height of tile and finish schedules indicate tile selection. 13. Q. Please provide transition detail drawings - specs conflict with plans. Transition 1, 2, 3 called for on drawings - ceramic specs call for marble thresholds @ bathroom doorways? Also typically where ceramic meets carpet or vinyl floor coverings - Schluter TK is used @ carpet junction and Schluter Scheine is used @ ceramic to vinyl tile and the vinyl tile is floated/feathered up to the ceramic. Please clarify A. See revised sheets A3.21 and A3.22. These clarify what transition trim to use at tile. Rubber transitions to be used at carpet to carpet or carpet to LVT. 14. Q. Restroom wall tile not shown on finish schedule - elevations shows wall tile in some restrooms and not others. Please clarify. A. See response to question 1 above. 15. Q. Material Schedule A3.22, says CPT-6 for annex east side, CPT7 for west side, plan page A3.21 calls for different carpets in the same areas - plus the annex room finish schedule does not match either material schedule. Please clarify. A. See revised sheets A3.21 and A3.22. 16. Q. Please clarify if the mop sink in room A110 sheet P3.4 shown as existing is to be replaced. Riser diagram on Sheet P4.0 shows a P-6 (mop sink) in A138. Plumbing plan does not show this and it doesn't appear there is space for it in A138. A. The existing mop sink in A110 is to remain. Existing mop sink in Room A138 is at Foyer A135. It will remain as is, if Alternate No 2 is not taken. 17. Q. Need clarification on sheet P3.4 note #18. Is current gas supply sufficient for new boiler gas demand? What is the pipe size and pressure on existing gas? Note #19, tells you how far the furthest fixture is from water heater. Will there need to be a circulating system added to provide hot water quicker? A. New EWH in A158 has an existing HWR pump. See Mechanical drawings and specifications for new boiler. Gas serving building is 3" according to original design documents. Unsure if gas piping serving existing boiler is of sufficient size to serve new boiler. 18. Q. Room A133 show a sink, but no type. What sink is scheduled to be in this room? A. New sink is to be P-4 fixture. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 8 Susan Dieterich, AIA, LEED AP Project Manager ZCA+HBL CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL Part A Date: Bid of , an individual proprietorship / a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas / a partnership consisting of , for the construction of: City Hall Complex Renovation Project City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: FA0904 BID NO.: 0216-24 (Submitted in Electronic format) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the City Hall Complex Renovation Project (City Hall and Annex Buildings) with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by Susan Dieterich, R.A. LEED, Ziegler Cooper + HBL Architects, 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77002, for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply 1 as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid review. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated in Part B of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required amounts. Bidder's Initial's: 10-2012 00300 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within Three Hundred Days after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the date established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the amount(s) specified in Document 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement, in the event the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder. It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond if required, each in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Proposal prices. Addendum No.: Addendum No.: Addendum No.: Addendum No.: Addendum No.: Addendum No.: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Addendum No.: Addendum No.: Addendum No.: Addendum No.: Addendum No.: Addendum No.: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are those named. Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding. Firm Name: By: Title: Address: Phone No: ATTEST: (Typed or Printed Name) Signature Date: END OF SECTION (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation) Bidder's Initial's: 10-2012 00300 - 2 of 2 II J% rlt a C t 'I) saDuemo r z rJ� v) Ive (J saJuemonv yseJ r • Cr ... 7' V f 7,. 0 C a ..L: V ^t < rr CZ. :»uc,+to11V Work approved by owner ($50,000.00) S LINUll3OC1 r z t Oat tJ tJ rI ✓ ✓ tat y.toM unt irvll ✓ r 1 tJ r. L: r; C r. tato 9110 F L: lI 'J. Li ✓ .I -c rI N tJ C G J 0 -..S, rI C✓ 3 tft T 3 • J C L: : — r ✓ C•.. 3 t.: 3• v.— tr. C r _ r — v. C .. C Pt 74 z t J t J tJ tJ l r. ✓ V. . ✓: r. r ✓ V JI tJ 'J• r; - `r •C R pa G L a P Lr C Y.• r; f W C.�. t --- - r ✓ .•-. — 'J. c r Li — J r, — 5 O G C 'J. . . r n•. .I C.- 5 r C. C- ✓ -. (I C r s .•a� It L: w ._. r-. ^ r; r- v r C.. :./ tr... n. .IJ-' nv r/ Si- - r: ._/ w — r; G C: _ tit' .C•I. r�.• :.I ✓ —• a. v r ✓ .. r. — w rI v 0 sub G ,r .CutJ L• r; C % �. r L` r v < a n • S r; L• 'UOIlI(OUIJp :Z# a4eu.031V C .`3 < a H -a ✓ G cc z. C. r C.- fted -1 L= V C .:3 G r; ry C-. r 4- (71 S1I,IaUInn((I '1tlaulnao(I it z tJ 1 Cr y rr • : - tr. V V. CC C CC C. f :uomietUJ(1 • — .---. J •-. I C- y . r ...• < — r. ^' • • -S veZ r; .. -. �. ..A N r Lr tr. I 'J. 'I - C 0 — •..I iIt'' L: G G- v. •I J .. L. r1 C.-. 0 .,.0 < C C • O El 0 • r; ! I. "i /^••.t •---I lI ^ r. .I ^..., ri rI L: r; G ,--• r r r r •• C- . .. ~ c Or I. J -. — J Z rj ✓ r. -i C ✓ ✓ r) M — r; tr. v.. V I• f ✓ C t� tom) r1 C ar J r o3uaaajaj Dads Estimated Unit City Hall Complex Renovation Project CITY OF PEARLAND PROPOSAL PROPOSAL FORM PART B Project Name City Hall Complex Renovation Project Contractor: Project No. FA0904 Proposal No.: 0216-24 1. OWNER will award contract in accordance with Section 00100 Instructions to Offerors and based on OWNER selected Bid Alternate. 2. The above prices shall include all labor, materials, removal, equipment, temporarymeasures, overhead, profit, insurance and incidentals required to complete the Work. 3. The Offeror agrees that extra work, if any, will be performed in accordance with Article 7 of the Conditions of the Contract and will be paid for in accordance with Article 6 of the Conditions of the Contract. 4. The Offeror shall provide an additive amount for alternate items listed in Additive Alternate Work Items (Items 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13). Additive alternate bid items are depicted in the contract documents and not to be included in the price for work under Base Bid Items. 5. Explanation of Award: Explanation of Award based on the Evaluation Criteria is included in Section 00200 Instructions to Offerors. The OWNER reserves the right to award the contract for an amount equal to the lump sum base bid amount plus the price for any combination of Alternative Bid Items. Offeror's Initials: 00300 - Part B - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND The minimum award will include the TOTAL Base Bid. It is the desire of the OWNER to award the base bid and OWNER selected additive alternates. However, project funds are limited and the OWNER reserves the right to choose any or all of the additive alternate items listed in Table 00300-2 and base the award on the package most beneficial to the OWNER. IT IS UNDERSTOOD that the City of Pearland will award the project based on the Total Proposal amount. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all proposals for any or all products and/or services covered in this proposal and/ or to waive informalities in such proposals. The City further reserves the right to accept any proposals deemed to be the Best Value to the City. Offeror's Authorized Signature Offeror's Initials: 00300 - Part B - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND PROPOSAL Section 00300 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT PART C (Required with all Proposals) Submitted to: By: INDIVIDUAL/PARTNERSHIP/CORPORATION/JOINT VENTURE The signatory of this questionnaire guarantees the truth and accuracy of all statements and of all answers to interrogatories hereinafter made under a penalty of perjury. A. GENERAL Principal Office Address: Telephone Number: ( ) Fax Number: ( ) Email address: Indicate as Applicable: A Corporation A Partnership An Individual If a Corporation, complete this section: Date of Incorporation: State of Incorporation: Chief Executive Officer's Name: President's Name: Vice President's Name(s): Offeror's Initials: 00300 - Part C - 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND Secretary's Name: Treasurer's Name: I f a partnership, complete this section: Date of organization: State whether partnership is general or limited: Name and address of each partner: If an individual, complete this section: Name and business address: 1. How many years has your organization been in business as a general contractor under your present business name? 2. How many years' experience in this type of construction work has your organization had: (a) as a general contractor? (b) as a subcontractor? 3. Are you a member of the BBB, International Standards Organization (ISO), or other quality associations or quality certifying organizations? 4. Where is your main office located? 5. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? 6. If so, where and why? B. OFFEROR'S ORGANIZATIONAL EXPERIENCE Offeror shall provide satisfactory evidence that the following minimum qualification requirements are met, in order to be awarded the project: (1) The satisfactory completion by the Offeror over the last five or more of major renovation projects at fully occupied and operational municipal facility. Offeror's Initials: 00300 - Part C- 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND The listing of contact names shall indicate that your organization has no objection to contacting the named individuals. Additional information may be submitted. Label "Attachment A - 'PART D", if appropriate. tROJECT 1: Owner's Name and Contact Information: Project Name: Construction Cost: Scope of Work: Year of Completion: Location (City and State): PROJECT #2 Owner's Name and Contact Information: Project Name: Construction Cost: Scope of Work: Year of Completion: Location (City and State): PROJECT #3 Owner's Name and Contact Information: Project Name: Construction Cost: Scope of Work: Year of Completion: Location (City and State): C. OFFEROR'S KEY PERSONNEL EXPERIENCE Offeror shall provide satisfactory evidence that the following minimum qualification requirements are met, in order to be awarded the project: Key Personnel Experience - Provide qualifications of the project personnel who will perform key functions. Minimum information to be contained on the resume of each individual, if applicable, shall include: technical experience, managerial experience, education, position occupied on each assignment, description of duties on each assignment, and number of years with the organization. The following positions on your project team shall be identified below and shall be binding throughout the duration of the project unless otherwise approved by the Owner. Offeror's Initials: 00300 - Part C- 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND What is the name and percentage of time allocated to the following personnel? For Project Manager? For Project Superintendent? For Scheduler? For QAIQC Personnel? For Safety Officer? D. OFFEROR'S PROJECT APPROACH 1. In what manner have you investigated this proposed work and inspected the site conditions? Explain in detail. 2. Explain your methodology for performing the proposed work, including Cost and Schedule control and QA/QC Control. 3. What portions of the work do you intend to sublet? (List subcontractors' names, specialties and percentage of work below). SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS Offeror proposes the following subcontractors to be used for the Project (list others as applicable). All subcontractor specialties indicated below and any subcontractor scheduled to perform 5 percent or more of the Project work must be listed and submitted with the proposal. Offeror may change subcontractors after bid submittal only as approved in writing by the Owner. The information provided will be used in the evaluation of the Offeror. The references shall include name of project, Owner contact information, Engineer contact information and General Offeror's Initials: 00300 - Part C- 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND Contractor contact information. The contact information shall include name, phone number and address. TABLE 00300-2 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS SUBCONTRACTOR 2 4 5. 7. 8. 10. SPECIALTY 1 PERCENTAGE OF WORK AIMINM 4. What method(s) do you have to control your subcontractors? 5. Have you used these subcontractors before and what have your experiences been? 11. Please supply references of these proposed subcontractors. Offeror's Initials: 00300 - Part C- 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND E. OFFEROR'S CURRENT WORKLOAD List the construction projects your organization has underway on this date. Project 1: Owner's Name and Contact Information: Location: Project Name: Construction Cost: Scope of Work: Percent Completion: Engineer Contact/Phone No.: Project 2: Owner's Name and Contact Information: Location: Project Name: Construction Cost: Scope of Work: Percent Completion: Engineer Contact/Phone No.: Project 3: Owner's Name and Contact Information: Location: Project Name: Construction Cost: Scope of Work: Percent Completion: Engineer Contact/Phone No.: Project 4: Owner's Name and Contact Information: Location: Project Name: Construction Cost: Scope of Work: Percent Completion: Engineer Contact/Phone No.: Are you currently in litigation concerning any of your projects? Offeror's Initials: 00300 - Part C- 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND Section 00300 SAFETY QUESTIONAIRE PART D 1. List your Firm's Worker's Compensation Insurance Experience Modification Rate for the three most recent years as evidenced in Workmen's Compensation Insurance premiums. If your company is not Interstate rated, provide your intrastate EMR. 2013: 2014: 2015: The above -mentioned information should be confirmed by a letter from your Worker Compensation Insurance Carrier. 2. Are accident reports (OSHA 300) and report summaries sent to the following? And if so, how often? • Field Superintendent: • Vice President — Operations: • President of Firm: 3. How are accident records and summaries kept? How often are they reported? • Accidents totaled for entire Company: • Accidents totaled for Project: • Accidents Totaled by Superintendent and/or Foreman: 4. Existing Safety and Orientation Programs: • Summarize and submit the Offeror firm's safety program execution plan (1 page). Outline the training requirements and frequency, meeting types and frequency, and personnel responsible for executing the plan on site as a minimum. Offeror's Initials: 00300 - Part C- 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND PROPOSAL Section 00300 TECHNICAL PROPOSAL PART E A. ECONOMY OF PREPARATION. Proposals should be prepared simply and economically, providing a straightforward, concise description of the Offeror's ability to meet the requirements for the proposal. Elaborate bindings, colored displays, promotional materials and so forth are not desired. Emphasis should be on completeness and clarity of content. Vague and equivocal statements will be viewed unfavorably. This section needs to be uploaded as a separate document with the proposal in E-bid as a pdf. B. CONFIDENTIALITY. The Offeror may designate any portion of its proposal that contains trade secrets, or other proprietary data as confidential. If an Offeror includes data that is not to be disclosed to the public for any purpose or used by the Owner except for evaluation purposes, the Offeror shall: 1. Mark the title page of the proposal with the following legend: "This proposal includes data that shall not be disclosed outside the City of Pearland and shall not be duplicated, used or disclosed in whole or in part for any purpose other than to evaluate this proposal." 2. Mark each sheet of data it wishes to restrict with the following legend: "Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page of this proposal." Offerors should note that despite such restrictions, the disclosure of such restricted information may be required under applicable laws, including, without limitation, applicable freedom of information laws. C. FORMAT. Proposal must be organized and submitted in the eight -section format as follows: Offeror Firm 1.1 Organization 1.1.1 Give the legal name, address, and telephone number of Offeror firm. 1.1.2 State whether the Offeror firm is an individual, partnership, corporation, or a joint venture. If Offeror firm is a corporation, give state of incorporation. 1.1.3 Give number of years Offeror firm has been in business as a construction contractor. 1.1.4 Give number of years Offeror firm has been in business under its present business name. 1.1.5 Give any other names under which Offeror firm has operated. Offeror's Initials: 00300 - Part E - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.2 Claims and Suits. (If the answer to any of the questions below is yes, attach details.) 1.2.1 Has Offeror firm ever failed to complete any work it was awarded? 1.2.2 Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or lawsuits pending or outstanding against Offeror firm or its officers? 1.2.3 Has Offeror firm filed any lawsuits or requested arbitration with regard to construction contracts within the last five years? 1.3 Financial Status 1.3.1 Provide a letter from Offeror firm's Surety stating Offeror firm's ability to acquire bonding in the full amount of the contract. 1.3.2 Provide a photocopy of the current Dunn & Bradstreet report showing Offeror's financial rating for the Offeror firm. 2. Offeror's Project Team 2.1 Provide an organization chart showing the Offeror firm's key personnel positions and lines of authority. 2.2 Give names, qualifications, and experience of Offeror firm's key personnel positions proposed for the project. 3. Offeror's Experience with Other Similar Projects 3.1 Give examples of Offeror firm's experience in constructing other similar projects within the last five (5) years. Provide examples as follows: Owner's Name: Project Name: Construction Cost: Year of Completion: Location (City and State): 3.2 Give references for Offeror firm's experience in constructing other similar projects. Provide references as follows: Full Name and Title: Firm Name: Mailing address: Telephone Number: 4. Offeror's Project Schedules for Proposed Project and Other Similar Projects: 4.1 Provide a summary level schedule for the project indicating the Offeror firm's proposed construction schedule. Base the schedule on calendar days, starting with the Owner's notice to proceed and end with final completion of the work. Owner is looking for 300 calendar days for substantial completion with Certificate of Occupancy. Offeror's Initials: 00300 - Part E - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND 4.2 Provide a summary level schedule for each similar project given under 3.1 comparing the Offeror firm's initial construction schedules with the final construction schedules. Base the schedules on calendar days, starting with the Owner's notice to proceed and end with final completion of the work. If the comparison reveals a disparity between the initial and final construction schedules explain why. 5. Offeror's Safety Program 5.1 Give the Offeror firm's primary insurance provider as follows: Full Name: Mailing Address: Telephone Number: 5.2 Give the Offeror firm's Experience Modifier Rate (EMR) and Recordable Incident Rate (RIR). 5.3 Summarize the Offeror firm's safety program execution plan (1 page). 6. Offeror's Quality Assurance Program 6.1 Summarize the Offeror firm's quality assurance program (1 page). 7. Offeror's Current Workload 7.1 Summarize the Offeror firm's current workload and state the Offeror's availability to start construction of the project. 8. Offeror's Proposed Subcontractors 8.1 Provide a schedule of subcontractors, including the work they will perform and percentage of overall work they will perform. D. EVALUATION CRITERIA Explanation of Award based on the Evaluation Criteria is included in Section 00200 Instructions to Offerors. The evaluation criteria for all proposals are as follows: Cost Proposal 52% Schedule 18% Reputation 7% Experience 6% Personnel 5% Approach 5% Sub -contractors 4% Safety 3% Offeror's Initials: 00300 - Part E - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND E. ACCEPTANCE OF EVALUATION METHODOLOGY Submission of a proposal indicates Offeror's acceptance of the evaluation technique and Offeror's recognition that some subjective judgments must be made by the Owner during the evaluation. F. QUESTIONS TO OFFERORS Offerors are requested to submit a complete answer to each of the questions listed in Section D. The answers to these questions will be the basis for the Owner's evaluation of the proposal and selection of the successful Offeror. END OF SECTION Offeror's Initials: 00300 - Part E - 4 of 4 N P O ,D Oa V O T (.r U O a a V a V i aU a w S R V P N lr •Ui ~ �O m V P V ► N O �- ¢ V ti Atop MEWS RESTROOM P T 04 P T /4 P T /5/P1D Diu 2X2 ACOUSTIC A107 CORRIDOR LVT /1 4" RUBBER PTD CMU 2X2 ACOUSTIC A108 STAFF AREA LVT /1//7 4" RUBBER PTO CMU 2X2 ACOUSTIC A109 MEP SEALED CONCRETE 4" RUBBER PTD GYP BD EXPOSED STRUCTURE MID JANITOR'S CLOSET SEALED CONCRETE PTO CMu PTD [KIST CMu EXPOSED STRUCTURE At11 MEP SCALED CONCRETE 4" RUBBER ..-12401LEL�.-,$D EXPOSED STRUCTURE All? MEP SEALED CONCRETE 4' RUBBER PTD CMU y S EXPOSED STRUCTURE Ana WORK STATIONS C ET Q 4" RUBBER `"PTD BD 2X2 ACOUS/ACOUS CLOUDS/P10 GYP BD A114 COPY/STORAGE CARPET /6 4" RUBBER PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUS/ACOUS CLOUDS/PM GYP BD MIS ASSISTANT B 0 OFFICE CARPEL /6 4" RUBBER PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC A116 B 0 OFFICE CARPET /6 4" RUBBER PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2 y� r1 i "'� 2 in a ~ pptO YSt �+ ti > O FA >° O 31A_= ,ASSISTANT FINANCE DIRECTOR ( >Z C 4347 [U 'B DIRECTOR = __ _ .0 _ ' - '� Z n 7c L 7>c A > Z ^ v Z [FINANCE CLERKS 2Ci n n [WORK AREA / �rat C p( n z n z �D z a _ L' Z N Al tt rC+ N O (•� p $v l t Z [NOT USED .o4 ✓, i :3 A � I., N 2 n r'A O L^ OFFICE COORDINATOR CITY PLANNER O o 5 n WORK STATIONS 04 A C LARGE CONFERENCE PERMITS -STAFF � - = = _ = _ = '-' Aire jPERMITS-PUBLIC 51 PERMIT MIDDLE 17 nt 72 C 2 o n " n A V -. v a _ - n 0 n -4 A n ti ICARPET /7 ICARPET /7 n A 9 n 1 n n H _gal O' (CARPET /7 CARPET /7 n 77 n n A n ...4 [CARPET /7 nn A -0n n -4 }CARPET /7 S [SEALED CONCRETE r IS a v a (SEALED CONCRETE cl a n A V n ti nvv O D (CARPET /6 l I n A n -4 CARPET /6 CARPET /6 CARPET /6 CARPET /5 CARPET /6 2 ' -: ~AA -:V CARPET /6 I !CARPET /6 I m CO n A ti 2: is 2 2 m 0 n D s 2 0 ..-,., n 70 s 2 0 n 70 a 2 w n A a o m m n 73 a 2 0 ,, n A a 2 CO:_ m n 70 14" RUBBER _ --; -- a• C 0 m n X c 0 m n A ♦ w m 0 n X a o mWWWWWW m n 77 a w 0 m n D ► o m 0 n 77 w 0 m n A a o m 0 n 77 a 2 m 0 n X a o m 0 n r 4" RU::ER 2 y 2 14" RUBBER •a 2 0 ID n S 2 m CO0 n r a• oe m n 7C a 0 0-. m n 7C v 2 I o 4 4" RUBBER a 2 C170 m n 70 a 2 7n m n 77 4" RUBBER a• 2 CD 0 n X a• 2 0 m n A '4" RUBBER .� -- 4" RUBBER a cw COm m n .� o m n F O o m 0 LSIX3/d&3 OLdl _' - .1:._:_z_..1 .::.. ]PTD GYP/EXIST O n m 0 O o m 0 V O a w 0 O n m 0 9 O n 0 0 Q O n 0 0 9 O n 0 0 O n' m 0 __. -. - V a o CO 0 O n o 0 9 O n m 0 7 O n m 0 O n m 0 FTD GYP BD V O n CO 0 - O n m 0 PTO GYP BD O n CO 0 O n w 0 -4 O [P T. /5/PTD GYP PTD GYP BD PTD GYP BD o V O n 0 0 V O a 0 0 PTD GYP/EXIST ' ;ii1 O X O n m 0 O CO 0 O O n CO 0 PTD GYP BD L O c� r 0 7 O n m 0 Q! a 0__ m" -=; V O n m 0 C O n 7a 0 O O n 0 0 2X2 ACOUSTIC I 12X? ACOUSTIC 12X2 ACOUSTIC [EXPOSED STRUCTURE n 2X? ACousTiC 2x2 ACOUS/ACOUS CLOuDS/PTD GYP BD f2x2 ACOUSTIC 12X? ACOUSTIC x 12X2 ACOUSTIC ?X2 ACOUSTIC ?x? ACOUS/ACOUS CLOUDS/PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUS/ACOUS CLOu05/PTD GYP RD 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 12X2 ACOUSTIC y n 2X2 ACOUSTIC [EXPOSED STRUCTURE K Po n 0 �1-'5 2X2 ACOUSTIC N-. I 1.2x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 Acoustic [ x2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC i:;1- - - 2X2 ACOUSTIC X2 ACOUSTIC x2 ACOUSTIC 2x2 ACOUSTIC N Z n 0 Lti x n 0 -+ a- ._ S. 2x? ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC -- f 0 -. n 0 N i. , 0 N n o [xPOSED STRUCTURE / °\ `- ...-.. n - _ •- .: _ .. -- (EXPOSED STRUCTURE ZEt c m -, ._ 7 -` _�. .."... - s - C > O737 C GO VI O il C x > -4 6 > tin-,C-,C TO C I N _. Z o n n .-n c...... n Z 0 > rn iIT 4-- -4✓ P• ^ 0 4 O O Z 3' X O n C IVU z n * 0 > ,., 4 X r a a r 2 Z CN-�7 n C, O IA O t O O NN m L^ o S2. 0 ^ r N N, o1 "' o �z N i n n XP-, 5 c> 74 0 oZ XI > X 0 , LenC o n rSx C1 r C VI rn r1/5 O.t2 n y C 1n' X . > 13 rn N 9LOL CZ 3Nnr W11 7 x 7 VI 4 mn Z� 0 DD Qr Z17 o Or m m ox 0 cG sexej 'puepead Jo I »» 0 0 n 0 C C z 0 IP a v 0 0 0 AUTOMATED ROLLER SHADES BACK PAINTED CLASS PATTERN TOR INTERIOR GLAZING STAIR NOSINGS/TREADS TRANSITION /1 TRANSITION /2 TRANSITION /3 DISPLAY SYSTEM IN LOBBY 201 I WOOD STAIN IN LOBBY k COW, PAINT 3 - ACCENT 2 PAINT 2 - ACCENT PAINT 1 - FIELD TILE BACKSPLASH PLASTIC LAMINATE /3 PLASTIC LAMINATE /2 C > 1[ I- ~ _ I TOILET PARTITIONS [ WALLCOVERINO COLOR 3 WALLCOVERING COLOR 2 WALLCOVERING COLOR I r4, C C 2 c n c z [ PLAM DOORS I A I STAINED WOOD BASE r let wa LVT /1 CARPET TILE /7 CARPET TILE /6 CARPET TILE /5 CARPET TILE /4 CARPS T TILE /3 CARPET TILE /2 n -I c I fl MATERIALS SCHEDULE - CITY HALL MATERIAL MFR MODEL NO SIZE NOTES (LOCATIONS ARE GENERAL) PORC TILE /1 TRINITY VALLEY, CAMEL Jr X 24" LOBBY FIELD PORC. TILE 02 TRINITY PREMIER WOODS, BARPoOUE 6" X 406 LOBBY ACCENT PORE TILE /3 TRINITY PREMIER WOODS. BARRIOUE 6' X 48" LOBBY WAINSCOT F X ^ oX ^ .� r�i 5 O z n = > p 2 DECOR CABLE NI f L� .� i O •=, r i v ry _v O IV O - 9 x%%% % re A ox ^ c 37 rn C Zf C iS pC > C > MOHAWK CC > pC > c pC > C > /,f > n , C SO /S6 MC/CARPET JOINER 1/7" [ /311 GluE-DOWN CARPET EDGE 1/4" /50 TILE/CARPET JOINER 7/32" n n Z n O .7— Ka N [ TBD - STANDARD 03 o I N - N > r=.I .,o g m I TBD CO r 0 0 n (FLAX GAUZE L� r • n / [ CLOUD WHITE_ o I C 0 > 2 0 > = a ^ C ny Oz. r i1 I METEOR WITH x-PROTECT METEOR WITH X PROTECT A. BRONZE TO MATCH EXISTING BLEACHED LEGNO CO -. 0 PIGMENT BEIGE 65114 I 17 n C Z -• p z n n U. v > S� O p •+I n 0 F 1 i - n c SPEED LIMIT - WANDERER J C n Z V, n i6. COLLABORATIVE 8E297 ACHIEVE IT BT301 COLOR BEAT > z I a p L� n Q ^' O C 9 w- yt..' CITADEL GREY c ‘1.- +• rx t^ a � .1 % a; R. „'-,.Th, ^V-1(1\li ` r x : • v X i TYPICAL AT LISTED LOCATIONS TYPICAL AT LISTED LOCATIONS P r N In o n >- o 2 L1 Z 00 n E Z r N ONE STANDARD COLOR 10 BE SELECTED FOR BOTH ONE WALL CONF k WORK k AS SHOWN ON SCHEDULE ONE WALL EACH OFFICE k As SHOWN ON SCHEDULE ALL GYP WALLS & CEILINGS NO1 OTHERWISE INDICATE I- 0 On x I o 9 I OFFICE/WORK - UPPER CABINETS R 1 > CD LehV •- $ !- 0 t ,C -, [CITY HALL CHAMBERS AT DAIS ICITY HALL CHAMBERS AT WALLS C x ALL CARPET SPACES EXC EXEC CONF /GATHER/MTG [ r. 0 CD CO m OFFICES - ANNEX - WEST SIDE OFFICES - ANNEX - EAST SIDE CONFERENCE ROOMS - OTY HALL at ANNEX 1 OFFICES - CITY HALL 2ND FLOOR OFFICES - CITY HALL 1ST AND 3R0 FLOOR COUNCIL PLATFORM Q ci WALLS - BACKSPLASHES - 1 COLOR EACH ROOM -• TOILET ROOM FLOORS rn T N tN !. 233 NJ AY NJ -• NLa .)y�NJ O 0 kJ Cr A) V AI LP A) AI 4 Al al IN.)rJ -•O A) 'J Al T NJ V IV a N I -"'a Al N 4 NJ •,-) NJ - ea CO N .0 'V y N OV NI O rt NJ L 204 N 4 kJ OV V -•O 2 CITY HALL FINISH SCHEDULE - SECOND FLOOR - 1 La N La - LaL O D 0 V a' lP a CITY HALL FINISH SCHEDULE - FIRST FLOOR NO SPACE ILOOk BASE WALLS _CEILING RE RCP)_ 1I NOTES PT TOT ENTRY P 7 T P T 1 D GYP HO /P i I T JJ , 102 PUBLIC LOBBY PT 1/P T 2 P T 1 PTD GYP BD /P T ND GYP BD /1X2 ACOUSTIC STD WOOD CHAIR RAIL 103 MEWS RESTROCN P T 4 P T 5 PTD GYP BD /P T 2X2 ACOUSTIC 104 WOWEN'S RESTROOM P T 4 P T 5 PTD GYP BD /P T 2X2 ACOUSTIC 105 CORRIDOR P T 1 P T 1 PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC/PTD GYP 106 ELECTRICAL EXIST 4" RUBBER PTD EXIST GYP BD EXIST 107 CORRIDOR P T 1 4" RUBBER PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC 10B CORRIDOR P T 1 4" RUBBER PTO GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC ID9 MEP EXIST 4" RUBBER PTO GYP BD f W -"iv.. jay - f!I EX 9 Q STRUCTURE 110 RESTROOM P T 2 P T 2 PTD GYP BD /P T 2X2 ACOUSTIC _ `. P T 2 WAINSCOT TO 3'-66- 111 COUNCIL CONFERENCE CARPET /2 4" RUBBER PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC 112 NOT USED 113 COFFEE OAR P T 2 4' RUBBER PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC 114 COUNCIL DIAS CARPET /2 4" RUBBER PTD GYP BD PTO GTE EN.S10 WD CHAIR RAIL/WALLLOVERNGS 115 COUNCIL CHAMBERS CARPET /1 4- RUBBER PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUS/ACOUS CLOUDS STD WO CHAIR RAIL/WALLCOVERINGS 116 A/V CARPET /t 4" RUBBER PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC 117 C S LOBBY CARPET /3 4" RUBBER PTD GYP BD 2x? ACOUSTIC Its PUBLIC RECEPTION CARPET /S 4" RUBBER PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC 119 HOT SPOTS CARPET /S 4" RUBBER PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC 120 CONFERENCE ROOM CARPET /? 4- RUBBER PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC 121 STUDIO CARPET /2 4- RUBBER PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC 122 SOUND BOOTH CARPET /I 4" RUBBER PTO GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC 123 CORRIDOR CARPET /3 4" RUBBER PTO GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC p> OFFICE WORK STATIONS C _ CITY ATTORNEY OFFICE O 0 WORK ROOM CONFERENCE 0 O CITY MANAGER 1-.1 31 O rr'1 00 00 - G I. S WORK STATIONS 0 ti n T WORK STATIONS. LARGE CONFERENCE RON n r WOMEN'S RESTROOM MEN S RESTROOM 0 COMM DIRECTOR CARPET /3 [STORAGE CARPET /3 STORAGE CARPET /3 HI -DENSITY STORAGE SEALED CONCRETE CITY SECRETARY C I WORK AREA A CI 0 - n a _=- n m rn-1 n p Zr -. - A A 00 > U D 9 Z C A 2 .� r� > > 9 P -1 -4 9 N 9 v n n n n n CARPET /4 S CARPET /4 ? n n CARPET /4 ? n CARPS /4 n n CARPET\ /4 ? A\ r n LVT /1/LVT/2 n n n n CARPET)/4 ? n n SEALED CONCRETE SEALED CONCRETE c v ' FLOOR n CARPET /3 A A A A A .__ A > A > A D A S > A > A> n > A > A - > A D A > A ti _4 < -+ > > D A n A r A r -0 rn 12A rn -- ., A m V r A n A m - A r V r A n r' 0 A r A r A r A r A r a a V in A A r A A n a a a a a ,:.= a a VI a a S a a�0 a a ` S - U. N l_.1 "..`-.-�-"'�. . '•- --•.. --.. 5. V-•-.-"J '. --+�-.� - - - r....+q+4-'1� U - 1 4" RUBBER 4- RUBBER a p 4" RUBBER a TAJ a ,y 4- RUBBER a AA. 4" RUBBER 4" RUBBER 4" RUBBER I4" RUBBER 4" RUBBER .- 4" RUBBER a A a a .. a, A a, ,V a A a A a - _ a a a ,V a p a y a y A -• c a' CO 4" RUBBER PTD 4- RUBBER PTD. ^ a a• , a • r" RUBBER PTD a , a 0 0 .•. . 0 0 C 0 0 G 0 G Cr C 0 C 0 C 0 0 rii:- 0 0 C 0 C 0 C 0 G 0 L^ L 9 r �: C co C O C 0 C 0 O co - 0 0- CO CO - 0 0 CO CO 'S 0 r CO .-- + 0 0 0 1 9 CO CO CO CO CO 0 f-1 m r". I',T n n n m m m m .�, m n 4-1n r r 1--1 - r m n n n A A A A A A A A A A A A ':-'7: A A A A A A A - A A A A A 1 d/ UB dA0 Old V WALLS A A O PTD GYP BD A O PTD GYP BD A PTD GYP BD PTD GYP BD � V O OB dA0 Old V 0 PTD GYP BD PTD GYP BD PTD GYP BD (2X2 ACOUSTIC PTD GYP BD [2X2 ACOUSTIC PTD GYP BD [2X2 ACOUSTIC V V O V 8 V -u` O --' ^= VV v 0 V 0 V O r n N V O PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC PTp GYP BD V 00VI PTD GYP BD 2X2 ACOUSTIC VO 0 n 3 n 4 n 4 . n 4 0 4 n 4 n 4 n 4 n 4 n 4 n 4 n 4 �r n 4 n 4 0 4 n 4 J n 4 n 4 n 4 n 4 . n 4 n 4 n 4 �- CO CO CO 0 CO CO 0 CO 0 0 CO CO 9, 0 CO CO CO 9 9 0 CO 0 0 CO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 O 0 ._:. 0 O O 0 0 O O O -' 0 O O 2X2 ACOUSTIC N 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC I 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC N 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC N 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC '2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC ?X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC [2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC/PTO GYP BD OPEN TO STRUCTURE OPEN TO STRUCTURE 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC CEILING (RE RCP) 2%2 ACOUSTIC I J2X2 ACOUSTIC - [ 2X2 ACOUSTIC _ I • eit n n n-= n -'i Cg r: STAIR NOSINGSJTREADS [NOTES _ A 2 2 1... LTRANSITION /2 I/ NOUISNYbi I C> r m O OA r > 0 T DISPLAY SYSTEM IN WAITING 1 LAY -IN CEILINGS -4 ' n N PANT 2 - ACCENT PAINT 1 - FIELD SJ C CO m QUARTZ /2 _ S WOOD VENEER WALLCOVERING PLASTIC LAMINATE /2 LI > _� r C 2 3. la - TILEBACKSPLASH L WALLCOVERING NO J CARPET TILE 12 I CARPET TILE /1 STAINED WOOD BASE QUARTZ /1 WALLCOVERING NO 2 WALLCOVERING NO I z n z, PORC TILE /I C .=1 A MATERIALS SCHEDULE l.1 A A r r- DECOR CABLE A. �. is A 1V KGROSE AL S1 S -4 KNOLL NOISUNI F 4f r I n x x DAL TILL t_ c o � A m v V m c O Z 0 of * I 0 V A T Q= > O pCp % z r z Ir £i 2 R A A Z m 2 5 r I. 9 1, We p5h TILE/CARPET JOINER 1/2" 050 TILE/CARPET JOINER 7/32" TANSY GREEN CLOUD WHITE MOCHA CHERRY GLASS CRYSTAL BLENDS - M30 PARALLEL LINES - HEMP INCEPTION MODULAR 1739 PLAN FOLDER EDGE TILE BRIT[ GREEN TALC MOCHA CHERRY MOCHA CHERRY AMBASSADOR JET SETTER DUSK MODEL NO — Ls Of r- -� b Z C T -. O o D C r ' 4 C > * p ria x A72 ; A rI o �00 ` m c 0m O x r_> 1 b Z Lb Z 2 O O U. m x m < < ( e i n 0 ) n O Lei P A t a • • D I a I 1" X 1' SQUARE) A p . x /Lvy^ r.1 VI N a • ) IALL EXTERIOR WINDOWS ti - -CONCEALED GRD. SIZE AS SHOWN I ONE WALL EACH OFFICE ALL GYP WALLS & CEILINGS NOT OTHERWISE INDICATE ALL CARPET SPACES ExC ExEC CONE /GATHER/uTG 0 C LOUNGE/WORK rLouNCL/WORK - UPPER CARNETS, TOP AT WORK 1 LOUNGE/WORK - BASE CABINETS 0 a LOUNGE - ALL WALLS I g ---' EXECUTIVE CONFERENCE/GATHERING/ MTG RECEPTION m n rn n Ph n Ph n n n * [2 [2f n r /n l-1 P�'I pA Z pv Z pC 9 pV Z pV Z im N r O a > 2 2 O ) J • a C rPi •4 •J 0 n i Jr 0 • b > N c N try p 0 z 0 0 0 Ng Zr Zz nn ci 9 ti -I r / n r 0 r- O -a Ln K1 > O rr A Le,2 in S31ON ]111 NIY133)30d y N -. CD > La 4 a 4 4 4 4 4 N 4 L4 -• 4 4 0 4 V L9 4 N CO 4 V V 4 N Cr. 4 V L 4 V a 1323 4 N N 4 N 4 N O L. J 4 m U. 4 P 4 L 4 a 4 U 4 N 4 4 O 4 0 in 4 0 0 1307 4 O a' 4 O L 4 O a La O 4 CITY HALL FINISH SCHEDULE - THIRD FLOOR NO SPACE FLOOR BASE WAILS CEILING (RE RCP) NOTES 301 BALCONY CARPET /5 4' RuBBER PTD GYP BD 7X2 ACOUSTIC 307 MEN'S RESTROOM P T 4 P T 5 PTD GYP BD /P T 2X2 ACOUSTIC n r_ > O A _ > O A [STAIR ------1 l/1 [CONFERENCE [OFFICE JANITOR'S CLOSET �J x a z CORRIDOR SORAGE/I T EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR GATHERING EXECUTIVE CONFERENCE RM WORK ROOM --- - [CORRIDOR 0 -.•4--% P FFICE [WORK AREA C a V - 0 z * > 2 rr. C m 2 0 2 n OD r.1 A z .n.. n O+1 m A _ MUDDLE R DIRECTOR STORAGE 4.1 St VN JH R RECEPTION * > Z n C O C < A 00 C JSTORACE FOR H R /TRAIN Aa. r 2 n C m WOMEN'S RESTROOM s �. N Z n A C >_ EXISTING TO REMAIN CARPET /2 CARPET /2 1 � nnv J iz, . `<x AAOO n r l '` r( _ _,1 . . nT A lob N CARPET /1 0 CIO 0 CARPET /3 CARPET r [CARPET /2 I n> A y ask IQ CARPET /2 n A A r 41114 4 SSEALED CONCRETE na. A y litO CARPET /I n >> x AA . n r r' L CARPET /5 CARPET /3 CARPET /3 ICARPET /3 CARPET /3 CARPET CARPE%]j A S a CARP' JET~%3 CARPE3 /4 ? SEALED CONCRETE V a A > C A > C EXIST REMAIN EXIST REMAIN a A C CO 0 r A a A C CO 9 n A i RUBBER 6" PORC TILE - - a. A c 0 CO n A a. A c = CO n A s 0 0 6 0 0 a A c CO CO T A 4" RUBBER a A C 9 CO m A e RUBBER a A C 9 _9 A a A C CO 0 r A a A C 0 0 n A a A C CO 0 r A 4- RUBBER I4 RUBBER a A C 0 CO T A a A C CO CO n A e RUBBER 4- RUBBER 4' RUBBER i RUBBER 4" RUBBER 4" RUBBER a A C co co m A 4" RuBBER 4" RUBBER 4' RUBBER V H L V z A C EXISTING TO REMAIN [EXISTING 10 REMAN A o CI 4 O PTD GYP BD PTD GYP BD 0 n 4 O %0 '. A 0 n 4 A 0 n 4 O A 0 n mm$ A 0 n m4 O PTD GYP BD A 0 n m O V 0 n Q3 O A 0 n 33 O V 0 n mma O PTD GYP BD V - n m4 O V 0 n 4 C A 0 n 4 A 0 n 4 O V 0 n m4 'J A -4 n ma O A 0 n mma O 08 dA0 Old A -4 0 3 A 0 n mm4 O PTD GYP BD A 0 n mm4 O A 0 n a V 0 n 3 O A 0 n 4 A 0 Cr m3 [] V 0 n mma O V A r _ 2 c r c r A r > 2 cv. r a c r EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN 2x2 ACOUSTIC (2X2 ACOUSTIC IJ x N n g -. n 2X2 ACOUSTIC - 2X? ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC N x N n O C ti n a n` V N )[ NJrJ n O cv. H n o 0 V 2X2 ACOUSTIC kJ x n O c H n I2%2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC EXPOSED STRUCTURE [2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC I2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X7 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC .J sc N n C -1 n 2X2 ACOUSTIC N x V n g -4 n 2X2 ACOUSTIC 1X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC 2X2 ACOUSTIC EXPOSED STRUCTURE N x A.) n CO -4 n ' • MATERIALS SCHEDULE B ) MATERIALS SCHEDULE B . MATERIALS SCHEDULE B > n. A ii. r n 2 C m A Jr�L ICE MATERIALS SCHEDULE B J MATERULS SCHEDULE B / MATERIALS SCHEDULE 8 } (MATERIALS SCHEDULE B MATERIALS SCHEDULE 8 5 MATERIALS SCHEDULE B MATERIALS SCHEDULE B I MATERIALS SCHEDULE B MATERIALS SCHEDULE B ) L MATERIALS SCHEDULE B ) MATERULS SCHEDULE B MATERIALS SCHEDULE B MATERIALS SCHEDULE B LMATERIALS SCHEDULE B J 9 A DO Z r - I TRANSITION /3 -- -.-J r TRANSITION /2 z STAIR NOSINGS/TRE ADS PATTERN FOR INTERIOR GLAZING BACK PAINTED GLASS AUTOMATED ROLLER SHADES [DISPLAY SYSTEM N LOBBY 201 a,V1 id, i 2 PC n 0 0 PAINT 3 - ACCENT 2 PAINT 2 - ACCENT I PAINT 1 - FIELD TILE BACK SPLASH [ PLASTIC LAMINATE /3 I PLASTIC LAMINATE /2 i > 2f -4 N ..1 -4 -4 �Z S Ir+1 -4M15 V o Z IWALLCOVERING COLOR 3 V I WALLCOVERING COLOR 2 'I I WALLCOVERING COLOR 1 Al —} INTERIOR ALUMINUM FRAMING PLAM DOORS m A I STAINED WOOD BASE N CARPET TILE /7 - - CARPET TILE /6 CARPET TILE /5 CARPET TILE /4 [CARPET TILE /3 CARPET TILE/2 - _-- ]A�y r` e T 3 r1 m MATERIALS SCHEDULE - CITY HALL MATERIAL MEP MODEL NO SIZE NOTES (LOCATIONS ARE GENERAL) PORE TILE /1 TRINITY VALLEY. CAMEL 12- x 24- LOBBY FIELD PDRC TILE /2 TRINITY PREMIER WOODS, BARRIQUE 6" x 4t1 LOBBY ACCENT PORC TILE /3 TRINITY PREMIER WOODS. BARRIQUE 6" x 48" LOBBY WAINSCOT PORC TILE i4 EMSER CITADEL GREY It x 24- TOILET ROOM FLOORS m n V r� A r 0,0 y r n 2 O A p Z T pp ,A Y r f f 2 y r pp Z r 9 r 0' Q > O ` +p p p 2 p ri C n f I > > ICC p 2 zz R Z C S ss li Er S0 YY X 2 sz X CC p S ss X s )( I /56 TILE/CARPET JOINER t/2" J /38 GLUE -DOWN CARPET EDGE 1/4" /50 TILE/CARPET JOINER 7/32" Vi75 SCREEN 6019 /2 70% Co I la > Z 3> CJ t.nCY p STREAMLINE 2008 -- - _ - a a o v 3. FLAX GAUZE v �' rrjl! 4 g CLOUD WN11E _J c p Ic MADRAS INDIAN SLATE .� p METEOR WIN x-PROTECT METEOR WITH X PROTECT n f 3C 1 1(\9 3 ; ti p > ~ m) x _S BLEACHED LEGNO v 0 PIGMENT BEIGE 65114 n It y O n a v PAVED FREEDOM - WANDERER 1 SPEED LIMIT - WANDERER MISCHIEVOUS GT151 COLLABORATIVE BT297 Q r r- - 0 4 R 0 m J I a 2 11/ 0' �t n, I COLOR GROuP 3 / tl\ �I 4 /� i'-' L/� a A • x a CZ 1 x a S a, x N TYPICAL AT LISTED LOCATIONS 1 TYPICAL AT LISTED LOCATIONS TYPICAL AT LISTED LOCATIONS WINDOWS AT COUNCIL 115 - - ONE STANDARD COLOR TO BE SELECTED FOR BOTH i Ir n z z 4 k n 0 g a n ONE WALL EACH OFFICE & AS SHOWN ON SCHEDULE ALL GYP WALLS & CEIUNGS NOT OTHERWISE INDICATLDI LOUNGE M'1 � 0 I. OFFICE/WORK - UPPER CABINETS i'14 I >1 > 0 -I--- ig i ALL QUARTZ A . Z CITY HALL CHAMBERS AT DAIS CITY HALL CHAMBERS AT WALLS Z r x ALL CARPET SPACES EXC. EEC CONE /GATHER/MTG m OFFICES - ANNEX - wtST SLOE OFFICES - ANNEX - EAST SIDE CONFERENCE ROOMS - CITY HALL k ANNEX OFFICES - CITY HALL 2ND FLOOR OFFICES - CITY HALL 1ST AND 3RD FLOOR COUNCIL PLATFORM _n l t [WALLS - BACKSPLASHES - 1 COLOR EACH ROOM J < CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO. 9 Date: 08-0 l - 2016 PROJECT: City Hall Complex Renovation Project; (City Hall and Annex Buildings) BID NO.: 0216-24 BID DATE: AUGUST 2, 2016 @ 2pm FROM: Susan Dieterich, R.A. LEED Design Architect Ziegler Cooper + HBL 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 350, Houston, Texas 77002 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS: E-BID CALCULATION ERROR. It has been determined that when quantities are entered in the E-BID System for package 2 and 3, they were being calculated incorrectly. THIS ISSUE HAS BEEN RESOLVED. This Addendum is to notify ALL bidders that the issue has been identified and resolved prior to the bid submission deadline. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 9 Susan Dieterich, AIA, LEED AP Project Manager ZCA+HBL 2-22-12 00900 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100 - 1 of 2 Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A summary of the Work to be performed under this Contract, work by Owner, Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of Premises, and Owner occupancy. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A Work of the Contract is for the construction of renovations to two existing buildings, City Hall, and Annex, as indicated on the Drawings. Renovations will include selective demolition of indicated building elements and construction of new architectural elements and well as renovation and replacement of existing HVAC, lighting, and plumbing. 1.03 WORK BY OWNER A {provide narrative description if required or delete paragraph} 1.04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A {provide narrative description if required or delete paragraph} 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A {provide narrative description of specific work sequence if required or delete} B Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer & Owner for approval as specified in Section 01300 — Submittals C Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the Engineer and Owner as specified in Section 01040 - Coordination and Meetings 1.06 FUTURE WORK A {provide narrative description if required or delete paragraph} 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights -of -way as specified in Section 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises. B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction. CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100 - 2 of 2 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer. B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement. 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES Section 01140 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General use of the Project Site including properties inside and outside of the limits of construction, work affecting roads, lamps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. B References to Technical Specifications: 1 Section 01350 — Submittals 2 Section 01730 — Cutting & Patching 3 Section 01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation 4 Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal 5 Section 01720 — Field Surveying 6 Section 02980 — Pavement Repair 7 Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers 8 Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, & Embankment Materials 9 Section 02922 — Sodding 10 Section 02921— Hydromulch Seeding 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 Submittals. 1.03 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Confine access, operations, and storage areas to limits of construction as shown on the Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost, for temporary use of private properties, in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of the limits of construction. 1. Improvements to private properties made for the Contractor's use must be removed upon completion of the Work. a. No fill material may be placed in temporary work areas or on adjacent private properties without the written permission of the Engineer or the issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of Pearland or other governing entity. C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 02/2008 01140 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.04 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits of construction will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s). B Means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not be permitted. C Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. D Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners, monuments or other demarcations disturbed, damaged or lost as a result of his activities. The replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction of the City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or private property owner. 1.05 USE OF SITE A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously B Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor. C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow. E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights -of -ways within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of the Work. F When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities, accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities, or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730 — Cutting & Patching. G Fires are not permitted on the Project Site. 1.06 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours, 72 hours and 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses. 02/2008 01140 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for resident contact, who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption. C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1.07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer. B Obtain the Engineer' s approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor' s responsibility. Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work in that block is complete. D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property. F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section 01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation. 1.08 CLEAN-UP A Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderly manner. B Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt, debris, scrap materials, other disposable items. C Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom -clean or its equivalent at the end of each work day. D Promptly remove barriers, signs, and components of other control systems that are no longer being utilized. E Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. 02/2008 01140 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.09 RESTORATION A Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. B Repair/Replace removed or damaged pavement in accordance with Section 02980 — Pavement Repair and removed or damaged curbs gutters, and headers in accordance with Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers. Repair/Replace with like materials to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., unless otherwise directed by Engineer. C Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner. Level with bank sand or topsoil, conforming to Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, & Embankment Materials, as approved by the Engineer. Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02922 — Sodding. Use only block sodding; do not use spot sodding or sprigging Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02921 — Hydromulch Seeding. Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01140-4of4 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work. B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. C References to Technical Specifications: See Bid Proposal Sheet D Reference Standards: 1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1.02 AUTHORITY A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of the Technical Specifications and Section 00300 — Bid Proposal B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal shall govern. C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the Engineer. D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work, authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement or in executed Change Order. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. 01200 - 1 of 3 05/2007 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES B Measurement by Volume: 1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F Other. Items measured by weight, volume area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision, labor, products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services, and incidentals; and election, application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work not specifically covered in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal will not be accepted. B Progress Payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. C Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of the percentage of quantities included in the schedule of values incorporated in the Work. D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer. 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. 05/2007 01200-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D The authority of the Engineer to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 05/2007 01200-3of3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 01 21 00 ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. B. Types of allowances include contingency allowances for unforeseen conditions. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. B. Submit time sheets andother documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance. C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work. Furnish templates as required to coordinate installation. 1.05 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance. B. Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract Sum. These costs include delivery, installation, insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs. C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner by Change Order. 1.06 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final ALLOWANCES 01 21 00 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 measurement of work -in -place where applicable. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. 2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other margins claimed. 3. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work -in -place by independent quantity survey, measure or count. B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. 1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents. 2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower - priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 3.03 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance No. 1 - Contingency Allowance: Include the sum of fifty thousand and no/100 dollars ($50,000.00) for additional work required to address unforseen conditions in existing construction. B. Allowance No. 2 - Interior Signage: Include the sum of ten thousand and no/100 dollars ($10,000.00) for interior signage as selected by Architect. C. Allowance No. 3 — Exterior Signage: Include the sum of five thousand and no/100 dollars ($5,000.00) for dimensional signage consisting of twenty-one 16 inch letters mounted to existing building with font as selected by Architect. END OF SECTION ALLOWANCES 01 21 00 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 01 22 00 UNIT PRICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Unit price is an amount incorporated into the Agreement, applicable during the duration of the Work as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. 1.03 PROCEDURES A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable taxes, overhead, and profit. B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections. C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work -in -place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor. D. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES A. Unit Price No. 1: 1. Description: Exterior window glazing repair according to Division 08 Section "Glazing"." 2. Unit of Measurement: Square foot. UNIT PRICES 01 22 00 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL B. Unit Price No. 2: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Description: Cleaning and restoration of structure above suspended ceiling. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square foot. END OF SECTION UNIT PRICES 01 22 00 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the Agreement. 2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternates into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum 1.03 PROCEDURES A. Coordination Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project. 1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate. B. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. C. Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1. 1. Base Bid: Provide items required for future installation of generator including, but not limited to, concrete pad, switches, and conduit as specified in Drawings and Specifications. ALTERNATES 012300-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 2. Alternate: Provide generator for mechanical yard as specified in Drawings and Specifications. B. Alternate No. 2. 1. Base Bid: Do not install impact resistant film. 2. Alternate: Impact reisitant film applied to existing glazing as indicated in Drawings and as specified in Division 08 Section "Security Glazing.' C. Alternate No. 3. 1. Base Bid: Demolition as indicated on Drawings and as specified in Division 02 Section 'Selective Demolition." 2. Alternate: Provide interior finish -out at north half of the City Hall third floor including, but not necessarily limited to, electrical, HVAC, interior partitions, ceiing panels, and wall and floor finishes as indicated in Drawings and Specifications D. Alternate No. 4. 1. Base Bid: Do not reupholster back and seat cushions. 2. Alternate: Reupholstery of back and seat cushions as indicated on Drawings and as specified in Division 12 Section 'Fixed Audience Seating Restoration." E. Alternate No. 5. 1. Base Bid: Do not provide prefabricated aluminum protective cover. 2. Alternate: Provide prefabricated aluminum protective cover at mechanical yard as indicated on Drawings and as specified in Division 10 Section "Protective Covers." F. Alternate No. 6. 1. Base Bid: Do not include elevator work. 2. Alternate: Renovate the two elevators in City Hall as indicated on Drawings and as specified in Division 14 Section "Elevator Rehabilitation." G. Alternate No. 7. 1. Base Bid: Base Bid does not include Work at Restrooms A137 and A138. 2. Alternate: Convert A137 and A138 (Annex) to showers as indicated on Drawings. H. Alternate No. 8. 1. Base Bid: Perform Work as shown on Drawings in Office areas A142, A147 A155, A124, A114, A113, A119, A121, A122, A127 A117 and A118 2. Alternate: Install suspended acoustical ceiling with 24-inch square acoustical ceiling panels at 12'-0" above finish floor in the annex in lieu of open structure design. Omit painting of structure and deck above as well as suspended acoustical panels and ductwork. I. Alternate No. 9. 1. Base Bid: Perform Work in A105 and A106 as shown on the Drawings and as specified. 2. Alternate: In lieu of Work indicated on Drawings provide epoxy paint on existing CMU. END OF SECTION ALTERNATES 01 23 00 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Conti act Price and Contract Time; 3. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications, Work Change Directive Stipulated Price Change Order, Unit Price Change Order, Time and Materials Change Order; 4. Execution of Change Orders• 5. Correlation of Contractor Submittals. B References to Technical Specifications: 1 Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents C Other References• 1. Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work. B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow for its evaluation. 02/2008 01290 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable: 1 Original Quantities of items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal with additions, reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Engineer. 3. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4. Additional data upon request. D For changes in the Work performed on a time -and -material basis, the following additional information may be required: 1. Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds 3. Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.03 ` Extra Work". 4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site, the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F For changes in the work performed on a time -and -materials basis using Contractor - owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows: 1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No other rate adjustments shall apply. 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders All such changes will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.01 "Change Orders". 02/2008 01290-2of4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES B The Engineer will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.02 ` Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental instructions. C Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section. 1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION A The Engineer may issue a Request for Proposal, which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Plans and Technical Specifications. The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for Change to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal , the Unit Price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally bid, subject to provisions of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. B Where unit prices of the Work are not pre -determined in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the unit prices to be used. 02/2008 01290-3of4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.10 TIME -AND -MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time -and -material basis as specified in this Section, 1.04 ` Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time". D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes, and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B For Unit Price Contracts, the next monthly Application for Payment of the Work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit foi review. D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on -site and record copies of the Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01290-4of4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets. b. Submittal schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of Contract Sum. a. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for project closeout requirements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 6. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 7. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work- in -place may be shown either as separate line items in the schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.03 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Application for Payment Forms: Unless otherwise indicated, use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for Applications for Payment. D. Application for Payment Forms: Use forms provided by Owner for Applications for Payment. E. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. F. Submit request for payment and supporting documentation in Pro -Track. G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item submit conditional final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to Owner. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1 List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Schedule of unit prices. 4. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 5. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 6 List of Contractor's staff assignments. 7 List of Contractor's principal consultants. 8. Copies of building permits. 9. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 10. Initial progress report. 11. Report of preconstruction conference. 12. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 13. Pre -construction photos. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. Contractor's affidavit of payment of debts and claims, use forms provided by Owner or if form is not designated use AIA Document G706-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims " 5. Contractors affidavit of release of liens; use forms provided by Owner or if form is not designated use AIA Document G706A-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." Consent of surety to final payment; use forms provided by Owner or if form is not designated, use AIA Document G707-1994, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 - 3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 - 4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100 — Summary of Work 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary. 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1.01 "Owner, Contractor, and Engineer' , and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Technical Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of the Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy. C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy. 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Engineer will schedule a Preconstruction Conference. B Attendance Required: Engineer's representatives, Consultants, Contractor, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Distribution of Contract Documents. 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the Consultant. 3. Review of insurance. 02/2008 01310- l of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 4. Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values, and Construction Schedule. 5. Discussion of required Submittals, including, but not limited to, Work Plans, Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs. 6. Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other submittals, substitutions, Applications for Payment, Requests for Information, Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout. 7. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors. 8. Review of Subcontractors. 9. Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1.06 "Site Mobilization Conference", when Preconstruction Conference and Site Mobilization Conference are combined. 10. Procedures for testing. 11. Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents. 12. Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and their responsibilities. 13. Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program. 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, Engineer will schedule a Site Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy. B Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3. Construction controls provided by Owner 4. Temporary utilities 5. Survey and layout 6. Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer. B Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Engineer or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings, and recording minutes. D Engineer or City's representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. 02/2008 01310 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. F Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review of Construction Schedule, Applications for Payment, payroll and compliance submittals. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review status of Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal. 7. Review status of Change Orders. 8. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. 9 Maintenance of updates to Construction Schedule. 10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 11. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 12. Coordination of projected progress. 13. Maintenance of quality and work standards 14. Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination. 15. Other items relating to the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01310-3of3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be required for the Work. When Submittals are required elsewhere in these Technical Specifications, refer to this Section for Submittal requirements and procedures. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Submittal procedures for: 1. Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 4. Operations and Maintenance Data 5. Manufacturer s Certificates 6. Construction Photographs 7. Project Record Documents 8. Design Mixes B References to the following Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01310 — Coordination & Meetings 2. Section 01630 — Product Options & Substitutions 3. Section 01100 — Summary of Work 4. Section 01380 — Construction Photographs 5. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 6. Section 02530 — Gravity Sanitary Sewers 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Scheduling and Handling 1. Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after Submittal is approved. 2. Develop a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction, resubmission and final review of all submittals. The Engineer will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time requited for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a Submittal Schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer. This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor. 3. The Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Plans, Technical Specifications, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of 01/2008 01350 - 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications. 4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by individual Technical Specifications. 5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in Applications for Payment until approval has been obtained in the specified manner. B Transmittal Form and Numbering 1 Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Re - Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix (i.e., 2A for first Re -Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re -Submittal of Submittal 15). Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1.10 "Video". C Contractor's Certification 1. Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive Progress Payments. B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2" x 11", plain bond, white paper. Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of one item, if necessary to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal. D For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts, Mobilization, Bonds, and Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values. 01/2008 01350 - 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS E For Lump Sum equipment items, where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data are required, include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance Data Submittals and a separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports, each valued at five (5) percent of the Lump Sum. F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract modifications, Change Orders, and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Engineer. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be, at a minimum, a bar chart, (computer generated or prepared manually) and a narrative report. B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Engineer. Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the Submittal of the sample. C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements: 1. The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the Engineer. 2. For Projects with work at different physical locations, each location should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components, these elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 4. For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope, these types of work should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 5. For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the Total Contract Price, the Construction Schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased, when they are to be delivered, and when installed. 6. For Projects where operating plants are involved each period of work which will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting work in the area. 7. A Billing Schedule (tabulation of the estimated monthly billings) for the Work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require re -submittal of the Construction Schedule for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. 01/2008 01350-3of6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer. Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. D The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Construction Schedule and Billing Schedule prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly. The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment. G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule; any other changes made to the Construction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES A Shop Drawings 1. Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each Shop Drawing. 3. The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such. b. Arrangement and section views. c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts. d. Kinds of materials and finishes. e. Parts list and descriptions. f. Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package. g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Plans. 4. Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale, and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. 01/2008 01350-4of6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS B Product Data 1. Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project, where required by the Technical Specification. 4. For products specified only by reference standard, submit manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 5. For Approved Products, those designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal", submit manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 6. For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions, 1.04 "Selection Options" and 1.07 ` Substitution Procedures". 7. For products that are neither Pre -Approved, Approved, specified only by reference standard, nor proposed as alternates, submit product description, trade name, manufacturer, and supplier. Contractor shall provide additional information upon written request by Engineer or Owner. C Samples 1. Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 `Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper. 3. Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification; one of which will be retained by the Engineer. 4. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the Technical Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section. 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each document. C Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Engineer. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of the certificate. 01/2008 01350-5of6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D Manufacturer's Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380 — Construction Photographs. 1. Prints: Prepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 print directly to the City's Representative within 7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be retained by the Contractor and made available at all times for reference on the job site. B PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS: 1. Prior to the commencement of any construction, take digital color photographs on the entire route of the project 2. Photographs Two prints, color, matte finish; 3 x 5 inch size, mounted on 81/ x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole punch, or in plastic pockets in three-ring notebook. 3. Th photographs shall show: a. Date photographs were taken b. Location of the photograph, house number and street name. (This information may be shown on a chalk board in the photograph by a label on the mountings.) 4. Photographs should show the condition of the following a. Esplanades and boulevards b. Yards (near, side and far side of street) c. Housewalk, sidewalk and driveway; curb d. Area between walk and curb 1) Particular features(yard lights, shrubs, fences, trees, etc.) 2) Landscaping and decorative features. C POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1. On completion of construction, provide photographs of any public or private property which has been repaired or restored and any damage which is or may be the subject of complaints. 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760— Project Record Documents. 1.10 VIDEO A Submit television video in DVD format as required in individual Technical Specifications. B Transmittal forms for video disks shall be numbered sequentially beginning with T01, T02, T03, etc. 01/2008 01350-6of6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.11 DESIGN MIXES A When specified, submit design mixes for review. B Contiactor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each design mix. C Mark each design mix to identify proportions, gradations and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01/2008 01350-7of6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Section 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for construction photographs and submittals. B References Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100 — Summary of Work 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Construction Photographs under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, submit photographs in accordance applicable provisions of this Section. B Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. C Prepare three (3) prints of each view and submit two (2) prints directly to the Project Manager within seven (7) days of taking photographs. One (1) print shall be retained by the Contractor in the field office at the Project Site and available at all times for reference. When requested by the Project Manager the Contractor shall submit extra prints of photographs, for distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra prints directly to the photographer. E When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of the Work to show original Project Site conditions. F When required by Contract Documents, submit photographs with Application for Payment. G When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken following completion of the Work to show the condition in which the Project Site will be left. H With each submittal, include photographic negatives in protective envelopes, identified by Project Name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken. 01/2008 01380 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their vantage point, direction of shot, and quality. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A Photographs shall be digital quality and shall be submitted on a CD. B The photographs shall show on a non -elective chalkboard or white board, readable in the photograph: 1. Job number. 2. Date and time photographs were taken. 3. Location of the photograph, house number and street, along with the project number. C Indicate the condition of the following: 1. Esplanades and boulevards 2. Yards (near side and far side of street). 3. House -walk and sidewalk. 4. Curb. 5. Area between walk and curb 6. Paiticular features (yard lights, shrubs, fence, trees, etc.). 7. Date shall be on negative. 8. Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot on a key plan of the Project Site. D Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non- existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs and grass. E Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the following information: 1. Name of the Project. 2. Name and address of the photographer (if a professional photographer is used). 3. Name of the Contractor. 4. Date the photograph was taken. 5. Photographs to be in plastic pockets and bound in three -ring notebook for easy access and viewing. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Prior to the commencement of the Work, take photographs of the entire route of the Project Site. 01/2008 01380-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 3.02 POST -CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Following the completion of the Work, take photographs from corresponding vantage points and direction of shots. 3.03 PROGESS PHOTOGRAPHS A Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment and submit on CD with monthly Application for Payment. B Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of construction and progress since the last photographs were taken. Take not less than two (2) shots from the same vantage point creating a time -lapsed sequence. C Follow direction when given by the Project Manager in selecting vantage points. END OF SECTION 01/2008 01380-3of3 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Section 01420 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI AGC AI AITC American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150 Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 02/2008 01420 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS AISC AISI American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ANSI APA API American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street N.W. Washington, DC 20005 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWPA American Wood -Preservers Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society P O. Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 • 02/2008 01420-2of5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 CRD U.S.A. Corps of Engineers CRSI EJMA Code of Ordinances City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains, NY 10604 FDA U.S Food and Drug Administration 5600 Fisher Lane Rockville, MD 20857-0001 FS ICEA IbEE Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 Insulated Cable Engineer Association P.O. Box 440 S. Yarmouth, MA 02664 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P.O. Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P. O. Box 986 Katy, TX 77450 02/2008 01420-3of5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 2101 L Street N.W. Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 PCA PCI SDI SSPC Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 TAC Texas Administrative Code TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P. O. Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 TxDOT Texas Depaitment of Transportation 125 East l lth Street Austin, TX 78701 2483 Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption) (published by Texas Department of Transportation) UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 02/2008 01420-4of5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Dallas, TX 75234 WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute 942 Main Street — Suite 300 Hartford, CT 06103 WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council Texas Depaitment of Licensing and Regulation P.O. Box 12157 Austin, TX 78711 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01420-5of5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL Section 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and reports. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products services, site conditions and workmanship, to produce the Work of specified quality at no additional cost to the Owner. B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. C Request clarification from Project Manager before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D Comply with specified Standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship. F Obtain copies of Standards and maintain at Project Site when required by individual Technical Specifications. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A When specified in individual Technical Specifications, provide material or product suppliers' of manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, operator training, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate operation, as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Technical Specifications. 02/2008 01430 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL B At the Project Manager's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to Project Manager fifteen (15) days in advance of required representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Project Manager. C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. Submit report within one (1) day of observation to Project Manager for review. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01430-2of2 CITY OF PEARLAND OBSERVATION SERVICES Section 01440 OBSERVATION SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Observation services and references. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work perfoinied under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 INSPECTION A Project Manager will appoint an Observer as a representative of the Owner to oversee inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual Technical Specifications. B Alternately Project Manager may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional observation or construction management services as indicated in Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to Project Manager, Engineer, and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Observer; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E Contractor shall notify Project Manager 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. Notify Engineer and independent firm when noted. F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Observer. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 09/2009 01440-1of1 Iv CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Section 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals C Referenced Standards* 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3740, ` Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction" b. ASTM E 329, "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction" 1.02 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A Owner will select, employ, and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual Technical Specifications. B Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C Owner or designated representative shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. D Contractor shall be responsible for paying for services of commercial testing laboratory, with prior approval of Owner, to perform the following: 1. Pipe diameter deflection tests on all flexible and semi -rigid sanitary sewer collection system pipe installation 2. Laboratory services required to establish mix design proposed for use for Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete mixtures and other material mixes requiring control by testing laboratory when required because of change in source of materials or other conditions not caused by Owner. 3. Tests required to establish optimum moisture of earth and base materials and to determine required compactive effort to meet density requirements. 4. Cores to test for thickness. 5. Testing and inspection performed for the Contractor's convenience. 6. Retesting and repetitions of laboratory services when initial tests indicate work does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents. 04/2008 01450 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.03 LABORATORY REPORTS A The Engineer will receive 1 copy, the Project Manager will receive 2 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of Laboratory Reports from the testing laboratory. One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at the Project Site for duration of Project. Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and Project Manager. 1.04 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A Notify Project Manager and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Engineer if specification section requires the presence of the Engineer. B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on Project Site. C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested; to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested; and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F Arrange with laboratory and pay for: 1. Retesting required for failed tests. 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 04/2008 01450-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING A Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 329, as well as other test standards specified in individual Technical Specifications. END OF SECTION 04/2008 01450-3of3 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the Work including utilities, telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety requirements, first aid equipment, fire protection, security measures protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash, debris, and excavated material, pest and rodent control, water runoff and erosion control. B References to Technical Specifications: Section 00200 — Instructions to Bidders Section 01100 — Summary of Work Section 01350 — Submittals Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation Section 01100 — Summary of Work Section 01600 — Material & Equipment Section 01570 — Trench Safety System Section 01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation Section 01720 — Field Surveying Section 01563 — Tree & Plant Protection Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water & Surface Water Section 13730- Computer Equipment C Referenced Standards' Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas D Definitions: Underground Structures - sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Surface Structures - existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to 12-2- 2011 01500-1of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A The facilities and controls specified in this Section are considered minimum for the Work. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property. B Comply with applicable requirements specified in other Technical Specifications. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A Temporary Service Make arrangements with utility service companies for such temporary services as are necessary to construct the work and manage the site. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is Substantially Complete. Included are fuel, power, light, heat, and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work. B Water Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. 12-2- 2011 01500-2of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS For water to be drawn from public water supply, obtain special permit or license and meter from the proper City officials. Foi facilities under construction, establish a water/sewer billing account with City's Utility Billing Department. A deposit based on rates established by latest ordinance will be required. For water drawn from fire hydrants, apply for and receive a construction water meter from City' Public Works Department. Identify specific location for construction water meter installation. Once installed, water meter may not be moved without notification of Public Works Department. Install backflow preventer on fire hydrant supply if not included in City provided meter. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel. C Electricity and Lighting 1 Provide temporary electric power service in Contractor's name, as required for the prosecution of the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor or as necessary to maintain any of Owner's on -going operations as may continue on the site during any scheduled shutdown. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10 foot-candles for stairs and shops. 2 Provide permanent electric power service, in the Contractor's name, to the work or site as and when required by the schedule of the work to achieve Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner. D Natural Gas Provide and pay for natural gas service to the work as and when required by the schedule to achieve Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner E Temporary Heat and Ventilation Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. F Telephone Provide emergency telephone service at the Project Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services. G Sanitary Facilities Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the Project Site, in compliance with federal, state, and local regulations. Locate toilets on the Project Site near the 12-2- 2011 01500 - 3 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS work and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the Project Site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit -type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem, have sewage and waste hauled off -site and properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. Control areas where sanitary facilities are located in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 1.06 FIELD OFFICE A Provision of a Field Office and other specific temporary facilities as required in paragraph B below UNLESS otherwise stated in Section 00800 - Special Conditions of the Agreement, or Section 01100 — Summary of Work. Provide for transportation, move -in, set-up, tie -down and, when project is complete, removal and move -out. The Contractor shall confirm location of office and other temporary facilities with Owner's Representative at Pre -Construction Meeting prior to delivery and set up Location of temporary facilities shall be approved by the Owner's Representative by way of the submittal process. B. At a minimum, the Contractor's field office shall provide for, contain or serve to: provide a secured space for project administrative operations, periodic progress meetings, on -site storage for project files and plans, office space for CONTRACTOR s field supervisory personnel and provide a separate securable office space for OWNER's Representative including• meeting table and chairs, a single two drawer filing cabinet, a built-in drawing table and plan holders. Provide electric lighting and HVAC to the mobile office. 1. Field Office shall provide for, at a minimum, a high speed intend connection for use by Owner's Representative or Construction Manager as controlled by Paragraph A above. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A Provide for storage of materials under the provisions of Section 01600 — Material & Equipment. 1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A Contractor shall prepare, submit and follow a Safety Program that complies with federal, state, and local safety codes, statutes, and practices. Include in the Safety Program documented response to excavation, embankment, and trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety System. B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable federal, state and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and equipment involved in the Work. 12-2- 2011 01500-4of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art 5182a, V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in OSHA Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926, and adopted by Secretary of Labor under the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Immediately advise the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Project Site under this Contract, and after such investigation or inspection, advise the Engineer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within ten (10) days of occurrence. E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidence of contamination. Take immediate and appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first -aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the Plans and Technical Specifications are obligations of the Contractor. G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.09 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the Project Site whenever work is in progress. 1.10 FIRE PROTECTION A Fire Protection Standards. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those that may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. B. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building, and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction. 12-2- 2011 01500 - 5 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point on the Project Site. C. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas that are continuously or intermittently hazardous. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. 1.11 SECURITY MEASURES A Protect all materials, equipment, and property associated with the Work from loss, theft, damage, and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's property. B If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing as approved by Owner's Representative. 1.12 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Plans at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. 1.13 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Preventive Actions. Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus materials supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. b. Provide suitable storage for materials that are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise. c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. d. Frequently clean up refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Work safe and orderly. 12-2- 2011 01500-6of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools, materials or equipment, privately owned land except on easements provided for construction. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B Barricades and Warning Signals. Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights, warning signs, and danger signals; provide watchmen; and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work. Conform to Section 01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation. C Preserving Control Points Maintain permanent benchmarks, public or private elevation or property demarcation and control monumentation, or other reference points Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner, those monuments, property corners or other permanent demarcations that are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720 — Field Surveying. D Tree and Plant Protection. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 — Tree & Plant Protection. E Protection of Underground and Surface Structures Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Plans in accordance with the best information available but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making Locate Calls. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures. 12-2- 2011 01500-7of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents the Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure Before installing structure supports, Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties, or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicinity of existing structures, pipelines or utilities, give a minimum of five (5) working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction operations reach and uncover the utility. Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. 1.14 PROTECTION OF THE WORK Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed, prior to completion of the Work. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 1.15 ROADS AND PARKING A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. B Minimize use of existing streets and driveways by construction traffic. C Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. D Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. 12-2- 2011 01500-8of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS E Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment F Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking Locate as approved by Engineer. G Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing parking areas. 1.16 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B Comply with statutes, regulations, and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91- 190, Executive Order 11514. C Provide, install and maintain storm water runoff control including but not limited to temporary entrance, silt fencing, etc. as specified in Contract Documents. D Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. 1.17 POLLUTION CONTROL A Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off -site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems in conformance with TPDES requirements and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. D Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current federal, state, and local laws and regulations. 12-2- 2011 01500 - 9 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.18 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of Project Site. B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the Project Site or adjoining properties. 1.19 NOISE CONTROL A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to OSHA Standards - 29 CFR and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the surrounding neighborhoods. B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. except as approved by Engineer. C Comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Codes of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 1.20 DUST CONTROL A Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment under the provisions of Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 1.21 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A Provide methods to control surface water, runoff, subsurface water, and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the Project Site, or adjoining properties in accordance with Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water & Surface Water and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 12-2- 2011 01500 - 10 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION Section 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work. B Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis and shall not exceed three percent (3%) of the total bid price. B. Payment for 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item maybe included in the first monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Schedule of Values (Section 01350 — Submittals) 2. Trench Safety Program (Section 01570 — Trench Safety System) 3. Construction Schedule (Section 01350 — Submittals) 4. Pre -construction Photographs (Section 01380 — Construction Photographs) 5. Installation and acceptance of Project Identification Sign(s) (Section 01580 — Project Identification Signs) 6. Installation and acceptance of Field Office (Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls) 7. Installation and acceptance of TPDES requirements (Section 01565 - TPDES Requirements) C. Payment for 25% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Installation of High Speed Internet Access (Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls) 2. Laptop Computer (Section 00800 — Special Conditions of Agreement) D. Payment for 15% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the third monthly Application for Payment. E Payment for the remaining 10% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the fourth monthly Application for Payment. 09/2012 01505 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION G. Mobilization payments will be subject to Retainage as stipulated in Section 00700 General Conditions of Agreement. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Provide specified number of project identification sign(s) per Section 01580. The name address and contact information of the general contractor for the project shall be shown on the sign per Section 01580 and the attached exhibit. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Place a Project Identification Sign as described in Section 01580, part 1.03, D visible to passing traffic or as directed by Engineer. END OF SECTION 09/2012 01505 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEA RLAND 1.0 GENERAL STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS Section 01550 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of erosion and sediment control for Stabilized Construction Exits used during construction and until final development of the Project site. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal 3. Section 01565 — TPDES Requirements 4. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required in this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on Geotextile fabric. C Sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements in this Section, 2.02 "Course Aggregates". 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A Provide woven or non -woven geotextile fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a minimum grab strength of 270 psi any principal direction, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Both the geotextile and threads shall be resistant to chemical attack, mildew, and rot and shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable life at a temperature range of 0°F to 120°F. 12/2015 01550 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS D Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., Or -Equal. 2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES A Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone, gravel, concrete, crushed blast furnace slag, or a combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard, durable materials free from adherent coatings, salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials, or organic and injurious matter. B Course aggregates shall be open graded with a size 3" to 6". 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A The Contractor shall provide stabilized construction exits at the construction, staging, parking, storage, and disposal areas to keep the street clean of mud carried by construction vehicle and equipment. Such erosion and sediment controls shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the Project Site until acceptance of the Work or until directed by the Engineer to remove and discard the existing system Maintenance shall be performed routinely to remove soil build up or, as required by the Engineer. D Regularly inspect and repair or replace components of stabilized construction exits. Unless otherwise directed, maintain them until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove stabilized construction exits promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. E Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems, including vegetative systems shall be repaired immediately. F Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation and Section 01565 TPDES Requirements. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on -site vehicle transportation routes where shown on Plans. 12/2015 01550 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS B Provide stabilized construction exits, and truck washing areas when approved by Engineer, of the sizes and locations where shown on Plans or as specified in this Section. C Vehicles leaving construction areas shall have their tires cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance onto public right-of-way. When washing is needed to remove sediment, Contractor shall construct a truck washing area. Truck washing shall be done on stabilized areas which drain into a drainage system protected by erosion and sediment control measures. D Details for Stabilized Construction Exits are shown on the Plans. Construction of all other stabilized areas shall be to the same requirements. Roadway width shall be at least 14 feet for one-way traffic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and shall be sufficient for all ingress and egress. Furnish and place geotextile fabric as a permeable separator to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with underlying soil Exposure of geotextile fabric to the elements between laydown and cover shall be a maximum of 14 days to minimize damage potential. E Roads and parking areas shall be graded to provide sufficient drainage away from stabilized areas. Use sandbags, gravel, boards or similar methods to prevent sediment from entering public right-of-way, receiving stream or storm water conveyance system. F The stabilized areas shall be inspected and maintained daily. Provide periodic top dressing with additional coarse aggregates to maintain the required depth Repair and clean out damaged control measures used to trap sediment. All sediment spilled, dropped, washed, or tracked onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately. G The length of the stabilized area shall be as shown on the Plans, but not less than 50 feet. The thickness shall not be less than 8 inches. The width shall not be less than full width of all points of ingress or egress. H Stabilization for other areas shall have the same coarse aggregate, thickness, and width requirements as the stabilized construction exit, except where shown otherwise on the Plans. Stabilized area may be widened or lengthened to accommodate truck washing area when authorized by Engineer. J Alternative methods of construction may be utilized when shown on Plans, or when approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 12/2015 01550 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STREET SIGNS 1.0 GENERAL Section 01554 STREET SIGNS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Materials, hardware and installation of Traffic Signs. B References to Technical Specifications: 1 Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises C Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Signs installed or replaced will be measured by the each sign. Signs refurbished will be measured by each sign. B Payment for installation of traffic signs will be on the basis of each sign installed. C The price is full compensation for furnishing and installing new signs and hardware. Cost of associated posts, footings, and miscellaneous mounting hardware will not be paid for directly but is to be included in the unit price bid for installation of each traffic sign. D Non-standard signs installed or replaced will be measured by the square foot of the sign face. Non-standard signs shall not be installed without prior approval from the City 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Contractor shall submit a list of intended suppliers and products to be used for all signs, posts and associated hardware. City reserves the right to request actual product samples prior to approval. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Comply with Texas MUTCD regulations. 12/2015 01554 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND 12/2015 STREET SIGNS B The following ASTM Standards and documents, of the issue in effect on the date of Invitation for Bid, fotun a part of this specification to the extent herein. 1. ASTM B 209 Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate. 2. ASTM D 523 Standard Method for Test for Specular Gloss 3. ASTM D 4956 Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control. 4. ASTM E 284 Standard Definition of Terms Relating to Appearance of Materials. 5. ASTM E 308 Computing the Colors of Objects by Using the CIE System 6. ASTM E 810 Standard Test Method for Coefficient of Retroreflection of Retroreflective Sheeting. 7. ASTM E 1164 Standard Practice for Obtaining Spectrophotometric Data for Object -Color Evaluation. C Substrate (Sign Blanks) — This shall be aluminum alloy 5052-R38. The thickness of sign shall be 0.125 inch with %" radius corner. 1. Metal working — The aluminum shall be free of burrs and pits on both sides, including edges and holes, and shall be made ready for applications of sheeting 2. Surface preparation — The aluminum shall be thoroughly cleaned and degreased with solvent and alkaline emulsions cleaner by immersion, spray, or vapor degreasing and dried prior to application of the gold chromate sheeting coat. The aluminum shall be new and corrosion -free with holes drilled or punched, corners round to radii %' and all edges smoothed prior to application of sheeting. The heavy or medium chromate coating shall conform in color and corrosion resistance to that imparted by the Alodine 1200F treatment. 3. Size — The dimension of substrate application for regulatory, warning, and guide signs shall be as specified by the Engineer and as shown on the plans. D Sign Face (Background Legends, Symbols, and Colors) — These shall be in accordance with the Standard Highway Signs Designs (SHSD) for Texas and with the Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) 1. Street Name shall be constructed from Avery Dennison OL — 2007 Green Electronic Cutable Film, using Highway B Series Font, 6' Upper/ Lower case, 3" Suffix for St., Dr., Ave. designations. Signs shall have a 1/2" White Border. a. Tolerance for Horizontal Alignment - Letters, numerals and symbols shall be horizontally aligned to a tolerance of 1/16 inch. b. Tolerance for Vertical Alignment — Letters, numerals, and symbols shall be vertically aligned to a tolerance of 1/16 inch on each letter in each line. 2. All sign blanks shall be covered with Avery Dennison T — 7500 White Vinyl reflective sheeting. 3. Signs requiring "No Outlet" or "Dead End" designations shall be constructed from Avery Dennison Black PC — 500 — 190 — 0 Vinyl, 2 'A" 01554 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STREET SIGNS upper case lettering. Arrow shall be 1 1/4" x 4 '/4" Long, overlaid with Avery Dennison OL — 2001 Yellow electronic Cutable Film 5 1/2" x 8". E Street Name Sign shall have a 3A" x 3/4" City of Pearland dating sticker indicating the month and year of manufacture of each sign. Dating sticker shall be applied to the White Reflective Vinyl, covered by the Green EC film in the manufacturing process. F Avery Dennison is the approved manufacturer of vinyls for the City of Pearland. Any substitutions will require submission of sample materials and specifications sheets to the City Of Pearland Traffic Operations manager prior to use. Any and all components are to be match components. Uses of non -matching components are prohibited. G Sign Posts - Steel post shall conform to the standard specification for hot rolled carbon sheet steel structural quality, ASTM designation A570, Grade 50. Average minimum yield strength after cold forming is 60,000 psi. 1. The location, height, size and the foundation of the sign post shall conform to the City's standard detail. 2. The signs shall be installed using RPB412F — 12" Round Post Cap and RPB412F — 12' Cross Piece Brackets. Posts caps shall be attached to sign post using 5/16' Carriage Bolts and 5/16" Tuff Nuts. Signs are to be attached to brackets using same. H Warranty - The Contractor shall warrant the materials and workmanship of each sign in accordance with the maximum limits of material warranties extended by manufacturers of raw materials, subject to the conditions they specify. The retro- reflective sheeting will be considered unsatisfactory if it has deteriorated due to natural causes to the extent that: (1) the sign is ineffective for its intended purpose when viewed from a moving vehicle under normal day and night driving conditions; or (2) the coefficient of retro-reflection is less than the minimum specified for that sheeting. When sign failure occurs prior to the minimum years indicated and an inspection demonstrates that the failure is caused by materials warranted to contractor to endure at least that long the sign will be replaced or repaired free of materials charges. When failure occurs and inspection demonstrates that such failure is due to poor workmanship, the sign will be replaced or repaired at Contractor's expense, including shipping charges. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT The contractor shall provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION A Construction shall be high quality with no visible defects in the finished product. Fabrication shall be in accordance with these specifications. Street name signs 12/2015 01554 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STREET SIGNS shall always be supplied and installed at each project intersection whether signs previously existed at the location or not. B The removal of existing signs shall be coordinated with the Traffic Operations Section of the Public Works Department (281-652-1900) and arrangements made for a convenient time to deliver City signs and poles. All salvaged traffic signs shall be delivered to the Traffic Operations Center located at 2559 Hillhouse Road, Pearland. All deliveries to the Traffic Operations Center requires a minimum notice of two (2) working days prior to returning or delivering any sign and/or sign related material. 3.03 RESPONSIBILITIES A The contractor is responsible for providing and supplying aluminum traffic signs covered with retro-reflective sheeting, applying standard legends (or special legends if shown in the plans) to the covered sign blanks, galvanized steel sign poles, pole anchors, all hardware for installing the signs and poles, and for installing traffic signs, poles and anchors as shown in the plans or call for in the contract documents, complete and ready for field installations. 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. B Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. C Repair damage caused by installation. END OF SECTION 12/2015 01554 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION Section 01555 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for traffic control plans, signs, signals, control devices, flares, lights and traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and bridging of trenches and excavations. B Requirements for and qualifications of Flaggers. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Traffic Control and Regulation. Measuiement is on a Lump Sum basis for Traffic Control and Regulation, including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from the one provided on the Plans, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the Work and the public The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for traffic control and regulation. B Flaggers. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Flaggers as required for the Work. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for Flaggers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B A Traffic Control Plan responsive to the Texas MUTCD and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Plans If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a Traffic Control Plan in conformance with Texas MUTCD for approval of the Engineer. C For both the Traffic Control Plan and Flaggers' use, submit Schedules of Values within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed. D Each week submit a daily log for Flaggers listing name, badge number, time start, time finish, and hours worked. 03/2008 01555-1of4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.04 FLAGGERS A Unless otherwise specified, use only Flaggers who are off -duty, regularly employed, uniformed Peace Officers. B Flaggers are required at the following locations: 1. Where multi -lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single -lane vehicular traffic. 2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly. 3. Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic lanes and walks. 4. Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross -walks. 5. Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience. 6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic around the work site. 7. When requested by Owner. C The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor may deem necessary to protect the work and the public and does not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would otherwise be liable. Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as may be required to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES A Comply with Texas MUTCD regulations. B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by agencies having jurisdiction. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PUBLIC ROADS A Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads If the Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer. B Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the Traffic Control Plan. 03/2008 01555-2of4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION C Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7:00 a m. to 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the Engineer. D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times. E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets: 1. Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations. Leave the area broom -clean or its equivalent at the end of the work day. F Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, and access by emergency vehicles. G Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. H Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non -designated areas. 3.02 FLARES AND LIGHTS A Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. 3.03 HAUL ROUTES A Utilize haul routes designated by Owner or shown on the Plans for construction traffic. B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize interference with public traffic. D Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by vehicles utilizing haul routes. 3.04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. B Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective traffic control. 3.05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A Whenever necessary, bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of traffic. 03/2008 01555-3of4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats, angles, bolts or other devices whenever bridge is installed 1. On an existing bus route; 2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic; 3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or 4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days. C Install bridging to operate with minimum noise. D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic. E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging. F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that produces maximum stress. 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. B Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. C Repair damage caused by installation. D Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. END OF SECTION 03/2008 01555-4of4 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE Section 01560 FILTER FABRIC FENCE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of filter fabric fence to control erosion and contain sediments and pollutants from overland flow. Filter fabric fence is not for use in channelized flow areas. Filter fabric fence may be reinforced. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal 4. Section 01566 — Souice Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3786, `Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics' b. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Filter fabric fence will be measured by the linear foot between the limits of the beginning and ending of wooden stakes. B Payment for filter fabric fence will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment materials, supervision, and all incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other Product Data on geotextile fabric. 03/2008 01560-1of3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM - D3786, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fence as specified in this Section, 3.02F Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Plan detail for Filter fabric fence Filter fabric fence shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B Attach the filter fabric to 2-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches. If filter fabric is factory preassembled 03/2008 01560-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE with support netting, then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes at a slight angle toward the source of anticipated runoff. C Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground. E Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the Fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. F Inspect filter fabric fence systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the fence or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION 03/2008 01560-3of3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER Section 01561 REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of reinforced filter fabric barrier to control erosion and contain sediments and pollutants in channelized flow areas. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3786, "Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics' b. ASTM D 4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for reinforced filter fabric harder is on a linear foot basis between the limits of the beginning and ending fence posts, measured, accepted, and complete in place. B Payment for filter fabric barrier will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction.. C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. 05/2008 01561-1of3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM - D4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM - D3786, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 2.02 FILTER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT A Provide woven galvanized steel wire fence with minimum thickness of 14 gauge and a maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches. B Welded wire shall be galvanized, 2-inch by 4-inch, welded wire fabric, 121/2 gauge. 2.03 EXECUTION 2.04 PREPARATION A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric barrier. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 1562 — Waste Material Disposal. D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 05/2008 01561 -2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 2.05 INSTALLATION A Install reinforced filter fabric barriers for erosion and sediment control used during construction and until the final development of the Project Site. Reinforced filter fabric barriers are used to retain sedimentation in channelized flow areas. B Provide reinforced filter fabric barrier in accordance with the Plan detail for Reinforced Filter Fabric Bairier. Reinforced filter fabric barrier systems shall be installed in such a manner that runoff will percolate through the system and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. C Trench in the toe of the reinforced filter fabric barrier with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D Reinforced filter fabric barrier shall have a height of 18 inches. E Securely fasten the filter fabric to the wire with tie wires. F Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. G Inspect the reinforced filter fabric barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the barrier or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION 05/2008 01561-3of3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL Section 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation 3. Section 01600 — Materials & Equipment 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Obtain and submit applicable permits for proposed disposal sites. C Submit a Waste Material Disposal Plan. D Submit a copy of written permission from property owners, along with a description of the property, prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project Site. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the City limits. 1.04 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PLAN A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the Project Site which includes the following information: 1. Schedule for collection and inspection. 2. Location of trash and waste receptacles. 3. Provisions for liquid waste and potential water pollutants material. B The plan shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local health and safety regulations and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 07/2006 01562 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A Excavated material: When indicated on Plans, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at a location or locations outside the limits of Project Site. B Base, surface, and bedding material: Deliver gravel, asphaltic or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer. C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. D Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Technical Specifications. E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer. F When temporary, on -site storage of salvaged materials is required, comply with applicable provisions of Section 01600 — Materials & Equipment. 3.02 SEDIMENT DISPOSAL A Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the Project If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. B Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. C Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the designated area, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. D If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.03 EXCESS MATERIAL, WASTE, AND EQUIPMENT A Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage, shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the Project Site and legally disposed of. B Dispose of removed equipment, materials, waste and debris in a manner conforming to applicable laws and regulations C Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project Site when written permission is obtained from property owner under the provisions of this Section, 1.03D. 07/2006 01562-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL D Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. E Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. F No materials shall be disposed in a manner to damage the Owner in any way. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01562-3of3 I CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Section 01563 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Tree and plant protection. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage, branch, trunk, or root damage that could result from construction operations. B Prevent following types of damage: 1. Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage 2. Trunk damage from equipment operations, material storage, or from nailing or bolting 3. Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires or machine impacts. 4. Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline, paint, and other noxious materials. 5. Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming. 6. Damage from lack of water due to: a. Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones. b. Failure to provide adequate watering. 7. Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime, concrete plaster, or other base materials near roots. 8. Cutting feeder of roots or roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. 1.04 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT A When trees, other than those designated for removal, are destroyed or badly damaged as a result of construction operations, remove and replace with same size, species, and variety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter. Trees larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree of the same species and variety and total contract amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following International Shade Tree Conference formula: 0.7854 x D2 x $10.00 where D is diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above grade. B All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by Engineer/Urban Forester. 02/2013 01563-1of4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Asphalt paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue, free from kerosene and coal creosote. B Burlap: Suitable for use as tree wrapping. C Fertilizer* Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5 percent potash. D. Temporary Barrier Fence: Plastic, bright orange color for visibility, 48 inches in height, 8.5 pounds weight minimum. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS A Except for trees and shrubs shown on Plans to be removed, all trees and shrubs within the Project Site area are to remain and be protected from damage. For designated trees to be removed, perform the following: 1. Stake right-of-way limits and identify any tree of diameter greater than 4 inches which is to be removed. Mark trees prior to felling with an X in orange paint, clearly visible, on the trunk, and at eye level. 2. After marking trees give a minimum of 48-hours notice in writing to the Engineer of intent to begin felling operations. 3. Trees whose trunks are only partially in the right-of-way shall be protected and preserved as described below. C For trees or shrubs to remain, perform the following: 1. Trim trees and shrubs only as necessary. a. Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also be pruned for balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching habit. b. Cut limbs at branch collar. No stubs should remain on trees. Branch cuts should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk. 2. Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems. a. Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe or other equipment. b. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. c. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible 3. Prevent damage or compaction of root zone (area inside dripline) by construction activities. a. Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means. 02/2013 01563 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION b. Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or excavated material inside dripline of trees. c. Do not pour liquid materials inside dripline. 4. Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will remain to maintain their health during construction period. a. Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be done once a week in months receiving average rainfall and twice a week in months receiving below average rainfall. b. This watering shall consist of saturating soils at least 6 to 8 inches beneath surface. 5. Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems while systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing landscapes. 6. At option of the Contractor and with the Engineer's permission trees and shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to original positions under supervision of professional horticulturist. 3.02 PROTECTIVE CONTROLS A Protection of trees or shrubs in open area: 1. Install steel drive-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately 8 feet on center, at the dripline of the leaf canopy of trees or 2 ft. around shrubs. 2. Drive steel drive-in fence posts 3 feet minimum into ground, leaving 5 feet minimum above ground. 3. For trees or shrubs in paved areas, use moveable posts constructed from concrete -filled steel pipe 2-1/2 inches minimum in diameter mounted in rubber auto tires filled with concrete 4. Mount plastic temporary barrier safety fence on posts. B Timber -wrap protection for trees in close proximity of moving or mechanical equipment and construction work: 1. Wrap trunk with layer of burlap. 2. Install 2 x 4's or 2 x 6's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths) vertically, spaced 3 inches to 5 inches apart around circumference of tree trunk. 3. Tie in place with 12 to 9 gage steel wire. 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES A Water newly planted trees adequately to maintain and support healthy plants at the time of planting. B The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Work shall remain alive and healthy at least until the end of a one-year warranty period. 1. Within four weeks of notice from Owner, Contractor shall replace, at his expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of Owner, have become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of additional growth, improper pruning or maintenance, or weather conditions. 02/2013 01563 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2. When tree must be replaced, the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on date of replacement of tree, subject to the Owner s inspection, for no less than one year. 3. Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost. 4. Dispose of trees rejected at any time by Engineer at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 02/2013 01563 - 4 of 4 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER Section 01564 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trench and structure excavations and foundation beds in dry and stable condition. B Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C Disposing of removed water. D References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01570 — Trench Safety Systems 4. Section 01565 — TPDES Requirements 5. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation E Referenced Standards: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) 3. Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas 4. Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council (WWD/PI) F Definitions: 1. Ground Water Control Systems - installations external to the excavation such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering and depressurization. a. Dewatering - lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase stability of excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures and other installations. b. Depressurization - reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. 2. Surface Water Control - diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from the excavation. 3. Excavation Drainage - keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. 02/2008 01564-1of8 CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for and control of ground water for open cut pipe excavations shall be on a linear foot basis and shall not exceed the length of open cut pipe installation in the area requiring ground water control. B Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for control of ground water for any condition(s) other than those described in this Section, 1.02A. No separate payment will be made for control of surface water. Include the cost to control non -pipe excavation ground water and surface water in price for Woik requiring such controls. C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer prior to start of any field work The plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The plan shall include the following: 1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control. 2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. 3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement location, depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures. 4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells, monitoring installation details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 5. A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and manufacturer's application recommendations 6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water control operation near contaminated areas. 7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump application and other necessary means 9. Surface water control and drainage installations. 10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water. C Submit the following records upon completed initial installation: 1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. CONTROL OF GROUND WATER 02/2008 01564 2 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. 3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells. 4. Initial flow rates. D Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations: 1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during monitoring of dewatering and depressurization. Refer to this Section, 3.02 "Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, or Deep Wells". 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations, piezometers, and monitoring wells. E Submit the following records at end of the Work. Decommissioning (abandonment) reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase and left for Contractor's monitoring and use. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems. B Design a ground water control system, compatible with the requirements of OSHA Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926, and Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems of these Technical Specifications, to produce the following results: 1. Effectively seduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations. 2. Develop a substantially thy and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C Ground water control systems may include single -stage or multiple -stage well point systems, eductor and ejector -type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas. F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. 02/2008 01564-3of8 CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER CONTROL OF GROUND WATER G Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B Comply with TCEQ regulations and WWD/PI Advisory Council for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C Obtain permit from TCEQ under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES), for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565 — TPDES, 3.02 "Certification Requirements". D Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. F Implement control of ground and surface water under the provisions of Section 01566 Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review 02/2008 01564 4 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER of the Engineer through Submittals required in Section 01350 — Submittals, 1.06 "Operations and Maintenance Data". B Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. D All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. E Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the water -bearing layers. The results shall be presented in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Refer to this Section, 1.03B. B Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. D Provide for continuous system operation including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Plan. 02/2008 01564-5of8 CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER CONTROL OF GROUND WATER G Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until foundation concrete has achieved design strength. H During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement -sand grout when pipe is removed from service. J Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. D Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations, but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained by an existing system such that the criteria of the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan are satisfied. 02/2008 01564 6 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F Provide additional ground water control installations or change the methods in the event that the installations according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03A. G Mechanical dewatering equipment shall comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained, stable trench conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of the following methods or combination of methods: 1. Sump pumping in combination with: a. Layer of crushed stone and filter fabric. b. Sand and gravel drains. 2. Wells for ground water control. B Use sump pumping and a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321, placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area. Keep system in good operating condition. B Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the Engineer. 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING A Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each welipoint or eductor header used in dewatering system Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. 02/2008 01564 7 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER B Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Engineer's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches, curb walls, pipes sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling basins when required by such agencies. C Provide additional surface water control measures or change the methods in the event that the measures according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03B. END OF SECTION 02/2008 01564 8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS Section 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Project identification sign description. B. Installation. C. Maintenance and removal. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and maintenance of project identification signs under this Section Include cost of work performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 - Mobilization. B. If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep them current, payment will be made by change order. C. Skid -mounted signs shall be ielocated as directed by the City Engineer at no additional cost to the City. Post -mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. If a post -mounted sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer, payment will be made by change order. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Sign Construction: Project identification signs shall be constructed of new materials and painted new for the project. Construct post -mounted signs as shown on Construction Sign Details. B. Appearance: Project identification signs shall be maintained to present a clean and neat look throughout the project duration. C. Sign Manufacturer/Maker: Experienced as a professional sign company. D. Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer. The City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Pre -construction Meeting. 1. A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A 10/2014 01580-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the construction site 2. Single Site or Building Projects: Provide one project identification sign. 3. Multiple Sites: Provide one project identification sign at each site. 4. Sign Relocation. As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as directed in writing by the City Engineer. E. Alternate Skid -mounted Sign Construction: Post -mounted signs are preferred, but skid -mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous locations where work progresses from one location to another. The skid structure shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of the use of skid -mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make the City responsible for the security of such signs. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures. B. Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign and lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing: All sign materials shall be new. 1. Sign Posts: Use 4-inch by 4-inch treated wood posts, sized to fix top of sign at 6 FEET ABOVE GROUND. 2. Sign Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing material. 3. Skid Members: 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing material. 4. Fasteners: a. Use galvanized steel fasteners. b. Use 3/8-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts. Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations as recommended by Sign Manufacturer. c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background B. Sign and Sign Header: Use medium density overlaid marine plywood minimum 1/2-inch thick. Use full-size 4-foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for header to minimize joints; do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face. C. Paint and Primers: White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall be an industrial grade, fast -drying, oil -based paint with gloss finish. Paint structural 10/2014 01580-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint sign and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint all sign surfaces with this weather -protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or adhesive applications. D. Colors: Follow criteria established by attached Exhibit 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install project identification signs within 10 calendar days after Date of Commencement. B. Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Pre -construction Meeting or as described in part 1.03 of this Section. Position the sign in such a manner as to be fully visible and readable to the general public. C. Erect sign level and plumb. D. If mounted on posts, sink posts a minimum of 30 inches below grade in 10-inch diameter posthole. Stabilize posts with sharp sand or concrete to minimize lateral motion. Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of the sign and header. E Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, is no higher than 6 feet above existing grade. 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage. B. Remove signs framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before construction END OF SECTION 10/2014 01580-3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN EXHIBIT CITY OF; PEARLAND CAPITAL PROJECT YOR: TOM REID: COUNCILPOSNION I: TONYCARRONE`: COUNCIL POSITION 2: SCOTT SHERMAN COUNOL POSIOON 7: GARY MOORE MAYOR PRO TEMI KOIH ORDINIAUK COUNCIL POSITION ST GREG HILL CITY MANAGER:. CLAY PEARSON DEPUTY CITY MANAGER: ION BRANSON ASSTCITY MANAGER: TRENT EPPERSON PROJECT NAME LOCATED HERE PROJECT NO. 12345678 PROJECT SCHEDULE: MONTH/YEAR BUDGET* $DOLLAR AMOUNT ENGINEER/ARCHITECT: NAME GOES HERE CONTRACTOR: CONTRACTOR NAME GOES HERE pearlandtx.govldepartmentslengineering-capital-projectslprojects SPECIAL NOTE: CONTACT CITY SECRETARY FOR CURRENT COUNCIL NAMES SINGLE SIDE MDO MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD FINISHED WITH ALKYD ENAMEL GLOSS WHITE COMPUTER CUT VINYL AND DIGITAL PRINT 5 YEAR LIFE MINIMUM MATERIALS INSTALL ON TWO 4"X4" TREATED POSTS,MIN. DEPTH IS 24", OR SKID MOUNTED AS SITE REO'D., OJEC Capital Improvement Signage Layout ADDRESS Various TYTSTATE Peariand, Texas t'ATE: October 2014 FILE"LAME: capital improvement 4x8 blank template october 2014 ?RCC. KA*.C,AMsru'FtF r"4,76Vnia. Fi .V&CMLt+.d1Ett$ JAITEEf>. COSEI Y. R IR:A^.kg"':; �JIWVIDRtItSia FRST ERESSON SO I DE Sa NC 120 VOLT ELECTRICAL SERVICE CLIENT TO PROVIDE ALL PRO.WRY ELECTRa SERVICES TO THE SIGN WFLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. CLIENT APPROVAL 10/2014 01580-4 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Options for making product or process selections. B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes, including pre - approved, and approved products or processes C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Product. Means, materials, equipment, or systems incorporated into the Work. Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re -use. B Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS A Pre -approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Technical Specifications as "pre -approved". Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable under this Contract and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B Approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal ' Approval of alternate products not listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through provisions of this Section and Section 01350 — Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to Pie -approved Products. C Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible, provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner. 07/2006 01630 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to establish the equivalency between products which enables the Engineer to make such a judgment. C If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in the Technical Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner. C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner. 1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified. Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along with the product information within fourteen (14) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. C After the submittal period has expired requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval Include the following information• 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor. 07/2006 01630-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 3. For construction methods: a. Detailed description of proposed method. b. Shop Drawings illustrating methods. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified 5. Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule 6. Relationship to separate contracts, if any. 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8. Other information requested by the Engineer. • E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01630 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING Section 01720 FIELD SURVEYING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for surveyors and surveys. B Procedures pertaining to survey control points and reference points. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors. Employ a land surveyor acceptable to Engineer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit to Engineer the name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. C Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. B Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 1.06 EXAMINATION A Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work. B Notify Engineer immediately of any discrepancies discovered. 07/2006 01720 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING 1.07 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A Control datum for survey is that established by Owner -provided survey and indicated on Plans. B Locate and protect survey control points, including property corners, prior to starting site work. Use caution to preserve permanent reference points during construction. C The Contractor shall not reset; nor cause to be reset, lost, disturbed, or damaged; control points. Promptly notify Engineer of disturbance or damage to any control point(s) D Notify Engineer 48 hours in advance of need for relocation of reference points due to changes in grades or other reasons. E Report promptly to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point. F Any re -staking of control points lost, disturbed, or damaged by Contractor's operations will be provided by Owner at Contractor's expense. G Employ a Registered Public Land Surveyor to reset any missing, disturbed, or damaged monumentation. 1.08 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. B Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on Project Site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. C Establish and record in survey notes elevations, lines and levels to provide quantities required for Measurement and Payment and to provide appropriate controls for the Work Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading; fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3. Mounumented Baseline. D Verify periodically layouts by same means. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01720 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS Section 01750 STARTING SYSTEMS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Starting systems. B Demonstration and instructions. C Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D References to Technical specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01430 — Contractor's Quality Control 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Contractor shall conduct all start-up operations under this Contract in conformance with Section 01430 — Contractor's Quality Control. B Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. C Notify Engineer 7 days prior to startup of each item. D Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. E Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. 07/2006 01750 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS F Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. G Execute start-up under Contractor's supervision in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H When specified in individual specification sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check and approve equipment or system installation prior to and during start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. 3.02 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner two weeks minimum prior to date of Substantial Completion. B Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owner in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. C Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed -upon times, at equipment location. D Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.03 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING A Contractor shall start test, adjust, balance, and provide reports on all installed equipment as provided for in this section. B Owner may also appoint, employ and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting, and balancing. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Owner indicating observations and results of the tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified requirements and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C Owner's employment of an independent firm shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibility under this section. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01750 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01770 — Contract Closeout 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A Maintain one copy of Record Documents at the Project Site in accordance with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 3.02 ` Keeping Plans and Specifications Accessible". B Store Record Documents and Samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and Samples. C Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer. 1.05 RECORDING A Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B Plans Change Orders, and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including: 1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 07/2006 01760 -- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for the Work. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Changes made by modifications. 5. Details not on original Plans. 6. References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications. C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of drawings indicated as the Record Document Set, provided by Engineer. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770 — Contract Closeout. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01760 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A Comply with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. C Complete or correct items on punch list, with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.05 FINAL CLEANING A Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B Clean debris from drainage systems. C Clean Project Site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. 09/2009 01770 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.07 WARRANTIES A Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Manufacturers. B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover. C Submit warranties prior to Final Application for Payment. 1. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1.09 "Substantially Completed". 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION Contractor shall diligently pursue completion of the items and activities contained in the Contract Close Out and Project Record Document sections of the project manual. Notwithstanding any performance of warranty work, the work of Contract Closeout shall be complete within thirty (30) days of the date of Final Completion and Acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION 09/2009 01770 - 2 of 2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 01 21 00 ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. B. Types of allowances include contingency allowances for unforeseen conditions. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. B. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance. C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work. Furnish templates as required to coordinate installation. 1.05 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance. B. Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract Sum. These costs include delivery, installation, insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs. C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner by Change Order. 1.06 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final ALLOWANCES 01 21 00 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 measurement of work -in -place where applicable. If applicable include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. 2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other margins claimed. 3. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work -in -place by independent quantity survey, measure or count. B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit 1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractors indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents. 2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower - priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 3.03 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance No. 1 - Contingency Allowance: Include the sum of fifty thousand and no/100 dollars ($50,000.00) for additional work required to address unforseen conditions in existing construction. B. Allowance No. 2 - Interior Signage: Include the sum of ten thousand and no/100 dollars ($10,000.00) for interior signage as selected by Architect. C. Allowance No. 3 — Exterior Signage: Include the sum of five thousand and no/100 dollars ($5,000.00) for dimensional signage consisting of twenty-one 16 inch letters mounted to existing building with font as selected by Architect. END OF SECTION ALLOWANCES 01 21 00 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 01 22 00 UNIT PRICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Unit price is an amount incorporated into the Agreement, applicable during the duration of the Work as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. 1.03 PROCEDURES A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable taxes, overhead, and profit. B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections. C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work -in -place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor. D. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES A. Unit Price No. 1: 1. Description: Exterior window glazing repair according to Division 08 Section "Glazing"." 2. Unit of Measurement: Square foot. UNIT PRICES 01 22 00 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL B. Unit Price No. 2: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 Description: Cleaning and restoration of structure above suspended ceiling. Unit of Measurement: Square foot. END OF SECTION UNIT PRICES 01 22 00 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the Agreement. 2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternates into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum 1.03 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project. 1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate. B. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. C. Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1. 1. Base Bid: Provide items required for future installation of generator including, but not limited to, concrete pad, switches, and conduit as specified in Drawings and Specifications. ALTERNATES 01 23 00 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Alternate: Provide generator for mechanical yard as specified in Drawings and Specifications. B. Alternate No. 2. 1. Base Bid: Do not install impact resistant film. 2. Alternate: Impact reisitant film applied to existing glazing as indicated in Drawings and as specified in Division 08 Section "Security Glazing.' C. Alternate No. 3. 1. Base Bid: Demolition as indicated on Drawings and as specified in Division 02 Section 'Selective Demolition." 2. Alternate: Provide interior finish -out at north half of the City Hall third floor including, but not necessarily limited to, electrical, HVAC, interior partitions, ceiing panels, and wall and floor finishes as indicated in Drawings and Specifications D. Alternate No. 4. 1. Base Bid: Do not reupholster back and seat cushions. 2. Alternate: Reupholstery of back and seat cushions as indicated on Drawings and as specified in Division 12 Section ' Fixed Audience Seating Restoration." E. Alternate No. 5. 1. Base Bid: Do not provide prefabricated aluminum protective cover. 2. Alternate: Provide prefabricated aluminum protective cover at mechanical yard as indicated on Drawings and as specified in Division 10 Section "Protective Covers." F. Alternate No. 6. 1. Base Bid: Do not include elevator work. 2. Alternate: Renovate the two elevators in City Hall as indicated on Drawings and as specified in Division 14 Section "Elevator Rehabilitation." G. Alternate No. 7. 1. Base Bid: Base Bid does not include Work at Restrooms A137 and A138. 2. Alternate: Convert A137 and A138 (Annex) to showers as indicated on Drawings. H. Alternate No. 8. 1. Base Bid: Perform Work as shown on Drawings in Office areas A142, A147 A155, A124, A114, A113, A119, A121, A122, A127 A117 and A118 2. Alternate: Install suspended acoustical ceiling with 24-inch square acoustical ceiling panels at 12'-0" above finish floor in the annex in lieu of open structure design. Omit painting of structure and deck above as well as suspended acoustical panels and ductwork. I. Alternate No. 9. 1. Base Bid: Perform Work in A105 and A106 as shown on the Drawings and as specified. 2. Alternate: In lieu of Work indicated on Drawings provide epoxy paint on existing CMU. END OF SECTION ALTERNATES 01 23 00 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets. b. Submittal schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of Contract Sum. a. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for project closeout requirements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 6. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 7. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work- in -place may be shown either as separate line items in the schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 8. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.03 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Application for Payment Forms: Unless otherwise indicated, use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for Applications for Payment. D. Application for Payment Forms: Use forms provided by Owner for Applications for Payment. E. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. F. Submit request for payment and supporting documentation in Pro -Track. G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien" With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1 Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item submit conditional final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to Owner. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Schedule of unit prices. 4. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final) 5. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 6 List of Contractors staff assignments. 7 List of Contractors principal consultants. 8. Copies of building permits. 9. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 10. Initial progress report. 11. Report of preconstruction conference. 12. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 13. Pre -construction photos. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. J. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. Contractors affidavit of payment of debts and claims* use forms provided by Owner or if form is not designated use AIA Document G706-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims " 5. Contractors affidavit of release of liens; use forms provided by Owner or if form is not designated use AIA Document G706A-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. Consent of surety to final payment; use forms provided by Owner or if form is not designated, use AIA Document G707-1994, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 - 3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 - 4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. B. Related Sections include: 1. Division 01 Section "Summary" for restrictions on use of the premises, Owner -occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements. 2. Division Se Section 013516 'Alteration Project Procedures" for general protection and work procedures for alteration projects. 3. Division 01 Section "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off -site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. E. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. 1.03 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For refrigerant recovery technician. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control and, for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. C. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity Ensure Owner's on -site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Use of elevator and stairs. 5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. D. Predemolition Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by demolition operations. Comply with Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation." Submit before Work begins. E. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered. F. Warranties: Documentation indicating that existing warranties are still in effect after completion of selective demolition 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA -approved certification program. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb, immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on -site is not permitted. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 0241 19-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire -protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties* Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials and using approved contractors so as not to void existing warranties. Notify warrantor before proceeding. Existing warranties include the following: 1. <Insert warranted system>. B. Notify warrantor on completion of selective demolition, and obtain documentation verifying that existing system has been inspected and warranty remains in effect. Submit documentation at Project closeout. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Review Project Record Documents of existing construction or other existing condition and hazardous material information provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents. C. Perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations. 1. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. D. Steel Tendons: Locate tensioned steel tendons, if any, and include recommendations for de - tensioning. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 0241 19-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL E. Verify that hazardous materials demolition operations. F. Survey of Existing Conditions: photographs or video. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 have been remediated before proceeding with building Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction 1. Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation." 2. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs or video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations 3. Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials and construction details required to make exact reproduction. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Refrigerant: Before starting demolition, remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.03 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 3. Disconnect demolish, and remove fire -suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated on Drawings to be removed. a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material and leave in place. c. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material and leave in place. g. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 0241 19-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3.04 PROTECTION A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls.' B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. C. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist. 3.05 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame -cutting operations. Maintain portable fire -suppression devices during flame -cutting operations 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin -infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off -site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. C. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owners storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. D. Removed and Reinstalled Items. 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.06 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Using power -driven saw, cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch at junctures with construction to remain. Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete. Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated. B. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power -driven saw, and then remove masonry between saw cuts. C. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade: Saw -cut perimeter of area to be demolished, and then break up and remove. D. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to recommendations in RFCI s "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings." E. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than necessary to install tubular skylights per manufacturer's recommendations. See Division 08 Section "Tubular Skylights " Remove what can be covered in one day by new roofing and so that building interior remains watertight and weathertight. 3.07 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA -approved construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 0241 19-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. 3.08 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 0241 19-7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast -in -place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. B. Related Sections include: 1. Division 09 Section "Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment" for liquid sealer/hardener products applied to cured concrete. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement D. Samples: For river rock aggregate used in locations designated to received decorative concrete finish, not less than 1/2 lb. indicating range of material and color to be expected. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. B. Material certificates. C. Material test reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel." C. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5. 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth -Formed Finished Concrete: Form -facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. B. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. 2.02 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Low -Allow Steel Reinforcing Bars: STM A 706/A 706M, deformed. C. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain, fabricated from as - drawn steel wire into flat sheets. D. Deformed Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497/A 497M, flat sheet. E. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, plain -steel bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs. F. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, Type II, or Type I/II. Supplement with fly ash complying with ASTM C 618, Class F. B. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, graded. 1. Maximum Coarse -Aggregate Size• As indicated on Structural Drawings. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.04 ADMIXTURES A. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and specified floor finishes and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture. ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture ASTM C 494/C 494M Type D. 4. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F 5. High -Range, Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M Type II. 2.05 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry. C. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Waterborne Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor covering. F. Clear, Solvent -Borne, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. G. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. 2.06 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation -Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1752, cork or self -expanding cork. 2.07 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. B. Cementitious Materials. Use fly ash as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used, by not more than 15 percent. C Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Slump Limit. 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.08 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.09 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301 to support vertical, lateral, static and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth -formed finished surfaces. 2. Class B, 1/4 inch for rough -formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 3.02 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3.03 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 3.04 JOINTS A. General. Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. C. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1. D. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301. 3.06 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete holes and defects repaired and patched. specified limits on formed -surface irregulari texture imparted by form -facing material with tie Remove fins and other projections that exceed ties. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces to receive a rubbed finish,. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth -formed finished as -cast concrete where indicated: 1. Smooth -Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching C. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.07 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1 R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots and fill low spots Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish. C. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power -driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin -film - finish coating system. 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155, for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 40; and of levelness, F(L) 40; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 30. D. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin -set method. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 1. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel -finished floor surfaces. E. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 3.08 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and ACI 301 for hot -weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days. 2. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing concrete placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. Removal& After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies curing compound will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.09 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete' Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Steel reinforcement welding. 3. Headed bolts and studs 4. Verification of use of required design mixture. 5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 6. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 7. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs. C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. 2. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 75 cu. yd. or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive -strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 3. Slump ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000-7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 4. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete;one test for each composite sample but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 5. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above and one test for each composite sample. 6. Unit Weight: ASTM C 567, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 7. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M. a. Cast and laboratory cure one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one set of two laboratory -cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. a. Test one cylinder at 7 days and one set cylinder at 28 days. b. Hold one cylinder for 56 days. c. A compressive -strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 9. When strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory - cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in -place concrete. 10. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive -strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 11. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days concrete mixture proportions and materials, slump, concrete temperature at placement, amount of added water, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. 12. Nondestructive Testing. Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. Conduct nondestructive testing only with the approval of the Architect. 13. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by Architect. 14. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 15. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. D. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 within 48 hours of finishing. END OF SECTION CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000-8 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY 1. Concrete masonry units. 2. Clay face brick. 3. Mortar and grout. 4. Masonry -joint reinforcement. 5. Ties and anchors. 6 Embedded flashing. 7. Miscellaneous masonry accessories. B. Products Installed but not Furnished under This Section: 1. Steel lintels in unit masonry. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For the following: 1. Masonry Units: Show sizes, profiles, coursing, and locations of special shapes. 2. Fabricated Flashing: Detail corner units, end -dam units, and other special applications. C. Samples for Initial Selection: 1. Clay face brick, in the form of small-scale units. 2. Colored mortar. 3. Weep holes/cavity vents. D. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of the following: 1. Clay face brick, in the form of straps of five or more bricks. 2. Accessories embedded in masonry. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A List of Materials Used in Constructing Mockups List generic product names together with manufacturers, manufacturers' product names, model numbers, lot numbers, batch numbers, source of supply, and other information as required to identify materials used Include mix proportions for mortar and grout and source of aggregates. 1. Submittal is for information only. Receipt of list does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents unless such deviations are specifically brought to the attention of Architect and approved in writing UNIT MASONRY 042000-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Material Certificates: For each type and size of the following: 1. Masonry units. a. Include data on material properties. b. For brick, include size -variation data verifying that actual range of sizes falls within specified tolerances. 2. Cementitious materials. Include name of manufacturer, brand name, and type. 3. Mortar admixtures. 4. Preblended, dry mortar mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 5. Joint reinforcement. 6. Anchors, ties, and metal accessories. C. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1. Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. Test according to ASTM C 109/C 109M for compressive strength, ASTM C 1506 for water retention, and ASTM C 91/C 91M for air content. D. Cold -Weather and Hot -Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment to be used to comply with requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups. 1. Build sample panels for each type of exposed unit masonry construction in sizes approximately 48 inches long by 48 inches high by full thickness. 2. Protect approved sample panels from the elements with weather -resistant membrane. 3. Approval of sample panels is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units; relationship of mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors tooling of joints; aesthetic qualities of workmanship; and other material and construction qualities specifically approved by Architect in writing. a. Approval of sample panels does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in sample panels unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing b. Approval of mockups is also for other material and construction qualities specifically approved by Architect in writing. c. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry. UNIT MASONRY 042000-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a use cementitious materials that have become damp. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can contamination avoided. D. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture -resistant containers. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms in a dry location or in covered weatherproof dispensing silos. E. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. dry location. Do not be maintained and 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides of walls, and hold cover securely in place. 2. Where one wythe of multiwythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to unconstructed wythe, and hold cover in place. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least three days after building masonry walls or columns. C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. P rotect base of walls from rain -splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading coverings on ground and over wall surface. P rotect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. P rotect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. D. Cold -Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold -weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 1. Cold -Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than seven days after completing cleaning. E. Hot -Weather Requirements: Comply with hot -weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. UNIT MASONRY 042000-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from single source from single manufacturer for each product required. B. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry from single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from single source or producer for each aggregate. 2.02 UNIT MASONRY, GENERAL A. Masonry Standard: Comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6, except as modified by requirements in the Contract Documents B. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to contain chips cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated. Do not use units where such defects are exposed in the completed Work. 2.03 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching exposed faces of adjacent units unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide bullnose units for outside corners unless otherwise indicated. a. CMUs: ASTM C 90. (1) Density Classification: Normal weight. 2.04 BRICK A. General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching finish and color of exposed faces of adjacent units: 1. For ends of sills and caps and for similar applications that would otherwise expose unfinished brick surfaces, provide units without cores or frogs and with exposed surfaces finished. 2. Provide special shapes for applications where stretcher units cannot accommodate special conditions, including those at corners, movement joints, bond beams, sashes, and lintels. 3. Provide special shapes for applications requiring brick of size, form, color, and texture on exposed surfaces that cannot be produced by sawing. 4. Provide special shapes for applications where shapes produced by sawing would result in sawed surfaces being exposed to view. B. Clay Face Brick: Facing brick complying with ASTM C 216. 1. Basis of Design: Design is based <Insert> Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable products approved by Architect. 2. Grade [SW] [MW or SW]. 3. Type: [FBX] [FBS] [FBA] UNIT MASONRY 042000-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 4. Size (Actual Dimensions): <King size (2-3/4 inches wide by 2-5/8 inches high by 9-5/8 inches long).> 2.05 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold - weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. 1. Alkali content shall not be more than 0.1 percent when tested according to ASTM C 114. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Portland Cement -Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients. D. Colored Cement Products: Packaged blend made from portland cement and hydrated lime and mortar pigments all complying with specified requirements, and containing no other ingredients. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Essroc. b. Holcim (US) Inc. c. Lafarge North America Inc. d. Lehigh Hanson; HeidelbergCement Group. 2. Formulate blend as required to produce color indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 3. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. E. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. 2. For mortar that is exposed to view, crushed stone. For joints less than 1/4 No. 16 sieve. use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or inch thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the F. Water: Potable. 2.06 REINFORCEMENT A. Masonry -Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTM A 951/A 951M, hot -dip galvanized carbon steel. 1. Wire Size for Side Rods: 0 148-inch diameter. 2. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.148 inch diameter. 3. Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches o.c. 4. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units. Masonry -Joint Reinforcement for Single-Wythe Masonry: Ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods. UNIT MASONRY 042000-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 2.07 TIES AND ANCHORS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. General: Ties and anchors shall extend at least 1-1/2 inches into veneer but with at least a 5/8- inch cover on outside face. B. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that comply with the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Hot -Dip Galvanized, Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M, with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-2 coating. 2. Galvanized -Steel Sheet ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel, G60 zinc coating. 3. Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel, with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B coating. C. Adjustable Masonry -Veneer Anchors: 1. General: Provide anchors that allow vertical adjustment but resist a 100-Ibf load in both tension and compression perpendicular to plane of wall without deforming or developing play in excess of 1/16 inch. 2. Fabricate sheet metal anchor sections and other sheet metal parts from 0.075-inch-thick steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication. 3. Fabricate wire ties from 0.187-inch- diameter, hot -dip galvanized -steel wire unless otherwise indicated. 4. Screw -Attached, Masonry -Veneer Anchors: Wire tie and a sheet metal anchor section, 1- 1/4 inches wide by 6 inches long, with screw holes top and bottom and with raised rib - stiffened strap 5/8 inch wide by 3-5/8 inches long, stamped into center to provide a slot between strap and base for inserting wire tie. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: (1) Heckmann Building Products, Inc ; 315-D with 316. (2) Hohmann & Barnard Inc; DW-10HS. (3) Wire -Bond; 1004, Type III. 5. Polymer -Coated, Steel Drill Screws for Steel Studs: ASTM C 954 except manufactured with hex washer head and neoprene or EPDM washer, No 10 diameter by length required to penetrate steel stud flange with not less than three exposed threads and with organic polymer coating with salt -spray resistance to red rust of more than 800 hours according to ASTM B 117. 2.08 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing complying with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual' and as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304, 0.016 inch thick. 2. Fabricate continuous flashings in sections 96 inches long minimum but not exceeding 12 feet. Provide splice plates at joints of formed smooth metal flashing. 3. Fabricate metal drip edges from stainless steel Extend at least 3 inches into wall and 1/2 inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed. 4. Solder metal items at corners. B. Flexible Flashing: Use the following unless otherwise indicated: UNIT MASONRY 042000-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Stainless Steel Fabric Flashing: Stainless steel core with fabric laminated to one stainless steel face with non -asphalt adhesive. Use only where flashing is fully concealed in masonry. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following : (1) York Manufacturing, Inc.; Multi -Flash SS. (2) STS Coatings Inc. Gorilla Flash Stainless Fabric. (3) Illinois Products, Inc ; IPCO Stainless Steel Fabric Flashing. (4) TK Products, Inc.; TK TWF b. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, type: 304. (1) Minimum Stainless Steel Thickness: 2 mils. c. Fabric: Polymer fabric, laminated back face of stainless steel core. C. Application: Unless otherwise indicated, use the following: 1. Where flashing is indicated to receive counterflashing, use metal flashing. 2. Where flashing is partly exposed and is indicated to terminate at the wall face, use flexible flashing with a metal drip edge. 3. Where flashing is fully concealed, use flexible flashing. D. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: 1. Solder for Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, with acid flux of type recommended by stainless -steel sheet manufacturer. 2. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, chemically curing silicone sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and remain watertight E. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates. F. Termination Bars for Flexible Flashing: Stainless steel bars 0.075 inch by 1 inch. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Weep/Cavity Vent Products: Use the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Cellular Plastic WeepNent: One-piece, flexible extrusion made from UV -resistant polypropylene copolymer, full height and width of head joint and depth 1/8 inch less than depth of outer wythe, in color selected from manufacturer's standard. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: (1) Advanced Building Products Inc.; Mortar Maze Cell Vent. (2) Heckmann Building Products, Inc.; No. 85 Cell Vent. (3) Hohmann & Barnard Inc• QV Quadro-Vent. (4) Wire -Bond; Cell Vent (#3601). UNIT MASONRY 042000-7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Cavity Drainage Material: Free -draining mesh, made from polymer strands that will not degrade within the wall cavity. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Mortar Net Solutions; Mortar Net. 2. Configuration: Strips, full depth of cavity and 10 inches high, with dovetail -shaped notches 7 inches deep that prevent clogging with mortar droppings. 2.10 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air -entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Use portland cement -lime mortar unless otherwise indicated. B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated. 1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type M. 2. For reinforced masonry, use Type S. 3. For exterior, above -grade, load -bearing and nonload-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load -bearing walls; for interior nonload bearing partitions; and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N. D. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product. 1. Mix to match Architect's sample. 2. Application: Use pigmented mortar for exposed mortar joints with the following units: a. Clay face brick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. 2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified. 3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. 4. Verify that substrates are free of substances that impair mortar bond. B. Before installation examine rough -in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. UNIT MASONRY 042000-8 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to actual widths of masonry units using units of widths indicated. B. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections. C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to opening. D. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction cut units with motor -driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. E. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed. F. Matching Existing Masonry: Match coursing, bonding, color, and texture of existing masonry. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements: 1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation, do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch or minus 1/4 inch 2. For location of elements in plan, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/2 inch. 3. For location of elements in elevation, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total. B. Lines and Levels: 1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls, do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 3. For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet or 1/2-inch maximum. 5. For lines and surfaces, do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet or 1/2-inch maximum. 7. For faces of adjacent exposed masonry units, do not vary from flush alignment by more than 1/16 inch except due to warpage of masonry units within tolerances specified for warpage of units. C. Joints: 1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch. UNIT MASONRY 042000-9 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. For exposed bed joints, do not vary from bed -joint thickness of adjacent courses by more than 1/8 inch. 3. For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8 inch or minus 1/4 inch. 4. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. Do not vary from adjacent bed -joint and head -joint thicknesses by more than 1/8 inch. 5. For exposed bed joints and head joints of stacked bond, do not vary from a straight line by more than 1/16 inch from one masonry unit to the next. 3.04 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement -type joints, returns, and offsets Avoid using less than -half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in running bond; do not use units with less -than -nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 4 inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less -than -nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. D. Stopping and Resuming Work Stop work by stepping back units in each course from those in course below; do not tooth. When resuming work clean masonry surfaces that are to receive mortar, remove loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required before laying fresh masonry. E. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. F. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated. G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. H. Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items unless otherwise indicated. 3.05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay CMUs as follows: 1. Bed face shells in mortar and make head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. Bed webs in mortar in all courses of piers, columns and pilasters 3. Bed webs in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. 4. Fully bed entire units, including areas under cells, at starting course on footings where cells are not grouted. 5. Fully bed units and fill cells with mortar at anchors and ties as needed to fully embed anchors and ties in mortar. UNIT MASONRY 042000-10 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints. C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness unless otherwise indicated. 1. For glazed masonry units, use a nonmetallic jointer 3/4 inch or more in width. 3.06 ANCHORED MASONRY VENEERS A. Anchor masonry veneers to wall framing with masonry -veneer anchors to comply with the following requirements: 1. Fasten screw -attached anchors through sheathing to wall framing with metal fasteners of type indicated. Use two fasteners unless anchor design only uses one fastener 2. Embed tie sections in masonry joints. 3. Locate anchor sections to allow maximum vertical differential movement of ties up and down. 4. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 18 inches o.c. vertically and 24 inches o.c. horizontally, with not less than one anchor for each 2 sq. ft. of wall area. Install additional anchors within 12 inches of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 8 inches, around perimeter. 5. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 16 inches o.c. vertically and 25 inches o.c. horizontally, with not less than one anchor for each 2.67 sq. ft. of wall area. Install additional anchors within 12 inches of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 36 inches, around perimeter. 6. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 18 inches o.c. vertically and horizontally. Install additional anchors within 12 inches of openings and at intervals not exceeding 24 inches, around perimeter. B. Provide airspace indicated between back of masonry veneer and face of sheathing. 1. Keep airspace clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. Bevel beds away from airspace, to minimize mortar protrusions into airspace. Do not attempt to trowel or remove mortar fins protruding into airspace. 3.07 MASONRY -JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches. 1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c. 2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c. in foundation walls and parapet walls. 3. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches beyond openings in addition to continuous reinforcement. B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units. D. Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units. E. Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at corners, returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 11 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.08 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Install control- and expansion -joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses. Do not allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for in - plane wall or partition movement. B. Form control joints in concrete masonry as follows: 1. Install temporary foam -plastic filler in head joints, and remove filler when unit masonry is complete for application of sealant. 3.09 LINTELS A. Install steel lintels where indicated. B. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. 3.10 FLASHING, WEEP HOLES, AND CAVITY VENTS A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. Install cavity vents at shelf angles, ledges, and other obstructions to upward flow of air in cavities, and where indicated. B. Install flashing as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. At masonry -veneer walls, extend flashing through veneer, across airspace behind veneer, and up face of sheathing at least 8 inches; with upper edge lapping at least 8 inches over air barrier. Fasten upper edge of flexible flashing to sheathing through termination bar. 2. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches into masonry at each end. At heads and sills, extend flashing 6 inches at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches to form end dams. 3. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall, and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge. 4. Cut flexible flashing off flush with face of wall after masonry wall construction is completed. C. Install weep holes in exterior wythes and veneers in head joints of first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashing. 1. Use specified weep/cavity vent products to form weep holes. 2. Space weep holes 24 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. 3. Cover cavity side of weep holes with plastic insect screening at cavities insulated with loose -fill insulation. D. Place cavity drainage material in airspace behind veneers to comply with configuration requirements for cavity drainage material in "Miscellaneous Masonry Accessories" Article. E. Install cavity vents in head joints in exterior wythes at spacing indicated. Use specified weep/cavity vent products to form cavity vents. 1. Close cavities off vertically and horizontally with blocking in manner indicated. Install through -wall flashing and weep holes above horizontal blocking. UNIT MASONRY 042000-12 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas as needed to perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Inspections: Special inspections according to Level B in TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5. 1. Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of site -prepared mortar. 2. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades, sizes, and locations of reinforcement. 3. Place grout only after inspectors have verified proportions of site -prepared grout. C. Testing Prior to Construction: One set of tests. D. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof. E. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 140 for compressive strength. F. Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test (Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. 3.12 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar Point up joints, including corners, openings and adjacent construction to provide a neat, uniform appearance Prepare joints for sealant application where indicated. C. In -Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Protect adjacent nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean concrete masonry by applicable cleaning methods indicated in NCMA TEK 8-4A. UNIT MASONRY 042000-13 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 3.13 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site. B. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. END OF SECTION UNIT MASONRY 042000-14 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes structural steel and grout. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural -steel frame, as classified by AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." PART 2 - PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - PRODUCTS 3.01 STRUCTURAL -STEEL MATERIALS A. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M. B. Channels, Angles -Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M. C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M. D. Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B. F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 3.02 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy -hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade C, heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436, Type 1 hardened carbon -steel washers; all with plain finish. 1. Direct -Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325, compressible -washer type with plain finish B. Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108 Grades 1015 through 1020, headed -stud type, cold -finished carbon steel; AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Type B. C. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36. 1. Configuration: Hooked. 2. Finish Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. D. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, straight. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 1. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. 3.03 PRIMER A. Primer: Comply with Division 09 Section "Interior Painting." 3.04 GROUT A. Nonmetallic Shrinkage -Resistant Grout ASTM C 1107, factory -packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time 3.05 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC 360. B. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors Use automatic end welding of headed -stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.06 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Shop install high -strength bolts according to RCSC's 'Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 3.07 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches. 2. Surfaces to be field welded 3. Surfaces to be high strength bolted with slip -critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire -resistive materials (applied fireproofing). 5. Galvanized surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards: 1. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1 5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 4 - EXECUTION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 4.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify, with steel Erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry -bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 4.02 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC 303 and AISC 360. B. Base Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry -bearing surfaces of bond reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate. 3. Snug -tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage -resistant grouts. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 4.03 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Install high -strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 4.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect field welds and high -strength bolted connections. B. Bolted Connections: Bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's 'Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts.' C. Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested and inspected according to AWS Del .1/D1.1 M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. D. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 05 31 00 STEEL DECKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes composite deck. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of deck, accessory, and product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing channels, pans, cut deck openings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to other construction. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. B. Product certificates. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel." 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. AISI Specifications: Comply with calculated structural characteristics of steel deck according to AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members " 2.02 ROOF DECK A. Basis of Design: Design is based on products indicated on Structural Drawings. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect by one of the following: 1. Nucor Corp. STEEL DECKING 053100-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 2. Marlyn Steel Decks, Inc. 3. New Millennium Building Systems, LLC. B. Composite Floor Deck: Fabricate panels, with integrally embossed or raised pattern ribs and interlocking side laps, to comply with "SDI Specifications and Commentary for Composite Steel Floor Deck,' in SDI Publication No. 31, with the minimum section properties indicated, and with the following: 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33, G90 zinc coating. 2. Deck Profile: As indicated. 3. Profile Depth: As indicated. 4. Design Uncoated Steel Thickness: As indicated. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply with requirements indicated. B. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion -resistant, low -velocity, power -actuated or pneumatically driven carbon -steel fasteners; or self -drilling self -threading screws. C. Side -Lap Fasteners: Corrosion -resistant, hexagonal washer head; self -drilling, carbon -steel screws, No. 10 minimum diameter. D. Flexible Closure Strips: Vulcanized, closed cell, synthetic rubber. E. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, not less than 0.0359-inch design uncoated thickness, of same material and finish as deck of profile indicated or required for application. F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780. G. Repair Paint: Manufacturer's standard rust -inhibitive primer of same color as primer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in SDI Publication No. 31 manufacturer's written instructions and requirements in this Section. B. Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side -lap interlocks. C. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection. D. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or adjacent to deck. E. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, continuity of deck, and support of other work. STEEL DECKING 05 31 00 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 F. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds and methods used for correcting welding work. G. Mechanical fasteners may be used in lieu of welding to fasten deck. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to deck manufacturer's written instructions. H. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Weld steel -sheet pour stops and girder fillers to supporting structure according to SDI recommendations unless otherwise indicated. I. Floor -Deck Closures: Weld steel -sheet column closures, cell closures, and Z-closures to deck, according to SDI recommendations, to provide tight -fitting closures at open ends of ribs and sides of deck. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Field welds will be subject to inspection. C. Testing agency will report inspection results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected work with specified requirements. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces of deck with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION STEEL DECKING 05 31 00 - 3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include loose steel lintels. C. Related Sections include Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for installing loose lintels, anchor bolts, and other items built into unit masonry. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel.' 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M, cold -formed steel tubing. D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated. E. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold -formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4. 1. Size of Channels 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches uunless otherwise indicated. 2. Material: Cold -rolled steel, ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, structural steel Grade 33; 0.0966-inch minimum thickness; hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. 2.02 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless -steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc -plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required 1. Provide stainless steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers. C. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 325, Type 3; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563, Grade C3; and, where indicated, flat washers. D. Stainless -Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head annealed stainless -steel bolts, ASTM F 593; with hex nuts, ASTM F 594; and, where indicated, flat washers; Alloy Group 1. E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers. 1. Hot -dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. F. Anchors, General: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488/E 488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. G. Cast -in -Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot -dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 H. Post -Installed Anchors: Torque -controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors. 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon -steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 09 painting sections B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High -zinc -dust -content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it C. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M. D. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. E. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for normal -weight, air -entrained, concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi. 2.04 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat -head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. Where units are indicated to be built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6-inch embedment and 2-inch hook not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction 1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed. C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated. 2.06 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. Fabricate in single lengths for each opening unless otherwise indicated. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. B. Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to 1/12 of clear span, but not less than 8 inches unless otherwise indicated. C. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls. 2.07 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. B. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface. 2.08 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. General: 1. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. 2. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface. METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Steel and Iron Finishes: 1. Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products. a. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion. 2. Preparation for Shop Priming Galvanized Items: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic phosphate process. 3. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated. a. Shop prime with primers specified in Division 09 painting sections. 4. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, `Commercial Blast Cleaning." 5. Shop Priming Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. a. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. C. Aluminum Finishes: As -fabricated finish, AA-M12. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack, and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. D. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in -place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. 3.02 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings B. Anchor supports for overhead doors securely to, and rigidly brace from, building structure. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M END OF SECTION METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 06 01 40.61 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK REFINISHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes reconstruction of Council Desk using existing structure and substrates. Reconstruction will include the following: 1. Removing existing face materials and countertops. 2. Bullet -resistant laminated glass fiber panels. 3. Fabric covering 4. Transparent finish wood trim. B. Related Sections include Division 12 Section ' Plastic -Laminate -Clad Countertops" for new countertops installed over reconstructed Council Desk. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to support loads imposed by installed and fully loaded cabinets. 1.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For architectural cabinets. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Show large-scale details. 3. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections 4. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for items installed in architectural cabinets. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and finish specified, in manufacturer's or fabricator's standard size 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in- service performance. B. Installer Qualifications: Firm that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products on - site similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK REFINISHING 06 01 40.61 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Environmental Limitations Do not begin onsite cabinet reconstruction until building is enclosed, wet -work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CABINETS, GENERAL A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for grades of architectural cabinets indicated for construction finishes, installation, and other requirements. 1. The Contract Documents contain requirements that are more stringent than the referenced woodwork quality standard. Comply with requirements of Contract Documents in addition to those of the referenced quality standard 2.02 WOOD CABINET RECONSTRUCTION A. Grade: Premium. 2.03 WOOD MATERIALS A. Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of architectural cabinet and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use plain -sawn softwood lumber with exposed, flat surfaces more than 3 inches wide. 2. Wood Moisture Content: 8 to 13 percent. B. Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of architectural cabinet and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. MDF: ANSI A208.2 Grade 130. 2. Particleboard: Not permitted. 3. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, medium -density overlay. 2.04 WOOD TRIM MATERIALS A. Wood Species and Cut: As indicated on Drawings.. B. Grade: Premium. C. For trim items wider than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not glue for width. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK REFINISHING 06 01 40.61 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 2.05 BALLISTIC RESISTANT PANELS A. Ballistic Resistant Panels: Woven roving ballistic grade cloth mechanically injected with resin and placed in a hydraulic hot press, then pressed into flat rigid sheets. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by Armortex; Waco Composites, Ltd. or manufacturer of comparable materials approved by the Architect. 2. Ballistic Performance: Comply with UL 752, Level 3. 2.06 TEXTILE FOR FABRIC WRAPPED DOORS A. Description: Fabric from same dye lot; color and pattern as indicated by manufacturer's designations. 1. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: As indicated on Drawings. B. Adhesive: Mildew -resistant nonstaining strippable adhesive, for use with specific wall covering and substrate application indicated and as recommended in writing by wall -covering manufacturer. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln -dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post -installed anchors. Use nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors. 2.08 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate and finish wood trim to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges and corners to 1/16-inch radius unless otherwise indicated. B. Complete fabrication, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming and fitting. 2.09 SHOP FINISHING FOR WOOD TRIM A. Preparation for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing architectural cabinets, as applicable to each unit of work. 1. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed surfaces of cabinets. B. Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Premium. 2. AW I Finish: System - 5, conversion varnish. 3. Wash Coat for Closed -Grain Woods Apply wash -coat sealer to cabinets made from closed grain wood before staining and finishing. 4. Staining: Match approved sample for color. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK REFINISHING 060140.61-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 5. Filled Finish for Open -Grain Woods: After staining, apply wash -coat sealer and allow to dry. Apply paste wood filler and wipe off excess. Tint filler to match stained wood 6. Sheen: Satin, 31-45 gloss units measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D 523. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition cabinets to humidity conditions in installation areas for not less than 72 hours. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Reconstruct Council Desk to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. B. Grade: Reconstruct Council Desk to comply with quality standard grade of item to be installed. C. Remove existing facing as indicated on Drawings. D. Attach bullet -resistant panels to substrate as recommended by panel manufacturer. E. Fabric Wrapped Finish: Apply fabric fully covering visible surfaces of panel; with material stretched straight on the grain, tight, square, and free from puckers, ripples, wrinkles, sags blisters, seams adhesive, or other visible distortions or foreign matter. 1. Square Corners: Tailor corners. 2. Fabrics with Directional or Repeating Patterns or Directional Weave: Mark fabric top and attach fabric in same direction so pattern or weave matches in adjacent panels F. Wood Trim: Install wood trim after installation of fabric facing. 1. Install wood trim level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. 2. Scribe and cut wood trim to fit adjoining work refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts 3. Anchor wood trim to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening countersunk and filled flush with woodwork. a. For shop -finished items, use filler matching finish of items being installed. 4. Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible Do not use pieces less than 60 inches long except where shorter single length pieces are necessary. Scarf running joints and stagger in adjacent and related members a. Install standing and running trim with no more variation from a straight line than 1/8 inch in 96 inches. G. Shop Finishes: Touch up finishing after installation of architectural cabinets. Fill nail holes with matching filler. 1. Apply specified finish coats, including stains and paste fillers if any, to exposed surfaces where only sealer/prime coats are shop applied. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK REFINISHING 06 01 40.61 - 4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective cabinets, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects. Where not possible to repair, replace architectural cabinets. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Fabric -Faced Panels: 1. Clip loose threads; remove pills and extraneous materials. 2. Clean fabric on completion of installation to remove dust and other foreign materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Clean wood trim on exposed surfaces. Touch up finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK REFINISHING 06 01 40.61 - 5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 06 10 53 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Wood blocking and nailers. 2. Plywood backing panels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory -fabricated product. 1. Include data for wood -preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements 2. Include data for fire -retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 19 percent unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 WOOD -PRESERVATIVE -TREATED LUMBER A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in contact with the ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with the ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with the ground. 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. B. Kiln -dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or that does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Wood nailers, blocking, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood blocking concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 2.3 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire -retardant -treated materials are indicated, use materials complying with requirements in this article that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with fire - test -response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency. Fire -Retardant -Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 1. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less when tested according to ASTM D 3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. Use where exterior type is not indicated. C. Kiln -dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Kiln -dry plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent. D. Identify fire -retardant -treated wood with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Concealed blocking. 2. Plywood backing panels. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Standard, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber of any species. C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades: 1. Mixed southern pine; No. 3 grade SPIB. 2. Western woods; Standard or No 3 Common grade; WCLIB or WWPA. 2.5 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exterior, C-C Plugged, fire -retardant treated, in thickness indicated or if not indicated, not less than 1/2-inch nominal thickness. MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 2.6 FASTENERS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure -preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel. B. Power -Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. C. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Flexible Flashing Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, butyl rubber compound, bonded to a high -density polyethylene film, aluminum foil, or spunbonded polyolefin to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut and fitted Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit Locate nailers blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. C. Install fire -retardant treated plywood backing panels with classification marking of testing agency exposed to view. D. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative -treated lumber. E. Where wood -preservative -treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking. F. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power -driven fasteners 2. Table 2304.9.1 "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA -registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA - registered label. END OF SECTION MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 06 41 13 WOOD -VENEER -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Architectural wood cabinets. 2. Wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing architectural wood cabinets unless concealed within other construction before cabinet installation. 3. Shop finishing of architectural wood cabinets. B. Related Sections include Division 06 Section Section 'Rough Carpentry" for wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips required for installing cabinets and concealed within other construction before cabinet installation. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product, including panel products, cabinet hardware and accessories and finishing materials and processes. B. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 1. Show details full size. 2. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections 3. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for electrical switches and outlets and other items installed in architectural wood cabinets. C. Samples for Initial Selection: 1. Shop -applied transparent finishes. D. Samples for Verification: 1. Lumber and panel products with shop -applied transparent finish, 5 inches wide by 12 inches long for lumber and 8 by 10 inches for panels, for each finish system and color, with exposed surface finished. 2. Corner pieces as follows: a. Cabinet -front frame joints between stiles and rails, as well as exposed end pieces, 18 inches high by 18 inches wide by 6 inches deep. b. Miter joints for standing trim. 3. Exposed cabinet hardware and accessories, one unit for each type and finish. WOOD -VENEER -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 064113-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in- service performance. B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver cabinets until painting and similar operations that could damage woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If cabinets must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Field Conditions" Article. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cabinets until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: Where cabinets are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Locate concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support cabinets by field measurements before being enclosed, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. C. Established Dimensions: Where cabinets are indicated to fit to other construction establish dimensions for areas where cabinets are to fit. Provide allowance for trimming at site, and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that wood -veneer -faced architectural cabinets can be supported and installed as indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CABINETS, GENERAL A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for grades of architectural wood cabinets indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. The Contract Documents contain selections chosen from options in the quality standard and additional requirements beyond those of the quality standard. Comply with those selections and requirements in addition to the quality standard. WOOD -VENEER -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 0641 13-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.02 WOOD CABINETS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Grade: Premium. B. Type of Construction: As indicated on Drawings. C. Cabinet and Door and Drawer Front Interface Style: As indicated on Drawings. D. Wood for Exposed Surfaces: As indicated. 1. Cut: Plain sliced/plain sawn. 2. Matching of Veneer Leaves: Book match. 3. Veneer Matching within Panel Face: Running match. E. Semiexposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below: 1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Same species and cut indicated for exposed surfaces. 2. Drawer Subfronts, Backs, and Sides: Solid -hardwood lumber, same species indicated for exposed surfaces. 3. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood plywood. F. Drawer Construction: Fabricate with exposed fronts fastened to subfront with mounting screws from interior of body. 1. Join subfronts, backs, and sides with glued dovetail joints. 2.03 WOOD MATERIALS A. Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use plain -sawn softwood lumber with exposed, flat surfaces more than 3 inches wide. 2. Wood Moisture Content: 8 to 13 percent. B. Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Medium -Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. 2. Particleboard: Not permitted. 3. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, medium -density overlay. 4. Veneer -Faced Panel Products (Hardwood Plywood): HPVA HP-1. 2.04 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets except for items specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware (Descriptive Specification)." B. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): BHMA A156.9, B01602, 170 degrees of opening, self -closing. WOOD -VENEER -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 0641 13-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Door and Drawer Pulls: Back mounted wire pulls, solid metal, 4 inches long, 5/16 inch in diameter, unless otherwise indicated. D. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: BHMA A156.9, B04071; with shelf rests, B04081. E. Shelf Rests: BHMA A156.9, B04013, metal, two -pin type with shelf hold-down clip. F. Drawer Slides: BHMA A156.9. 1. Grade 1: Side mounted and extending under bottom edge of drawer; full -extension type; epoxy -coated steel with polymer rollers. 2. Grade 1 HD-100 and Grade 1 HD-200: Side mounted; full -extension type, zinc -plated steel ball -bearing slides. 3. For drawers not more than 6 inches high and not more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 1. 4. For drawers more than 6 inches high or more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 1 HD- 100. G. Door Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07121. H. Drawer Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07041. I. Door and Drawer Silencers: BHMA A156.16, L03011. J. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated. 1. Dark, Oxidized, Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed: BHMA 613 for bronze base; BHMA 640 for steel base, match Architect's sample. 2. Bright Brass, Clear Coated BHMA 605 for brass base; BHMA 632 for steel base. 3. Bright Brass, Vacuum Coated: BHMA 723 for brass base; BHMA 729 for zinc -coated -steel base. K. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements in BHMA A156.9. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: Select material type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post -installed anchors. Use nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors. 2.06 FABRICATION A. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following. 1. Corners of Cabinets: 1/16 inch unless otherwise indicated. B. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site Disassemble components only as necessary WOOD -VENEER -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 0641 13-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times woodwork fabrication will be complete. 2. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements before disassembling for shipment. C. Shop -cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 2.07 SHOP FINISHING A. General: Finish architectural wood cabinets at fabrication shop as specified in this Section. Defer only final touchup, cleaning, and polishing until after installation. B. Preparation for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing architectural wood cabinets, as applicable to each unit of work. 1. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed surfaces of cabinets. C. Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Premium. 2. AWI Finish: System - 5, conversion varnish. 3. Wash Coat for Closed Grain Woods Apply wash -coat sealer to cabinets made from closed -grain wood before staining and finishing. 4. Staining: Match approved sample for color Match Architect's sample. 5. Filled Finish for Open -Grain Woods: After staining, apply wash -coat sealer and allow to dry. Apply paste wood filler and wipe off excess. Tint filler to match stained wood 6. Sheen: Satin, 31-45 gloss units measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D 523. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition cabinets to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. B. Before installing cabinets, examine shop -fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Grade: Install cabinets to comply with same grade as item to be installed. B. Assemble cabinets and complete fabrication at Project site to the extent that it was not completed in the shop. WOOD -VENEER -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 0641 13-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 C. Install cabinets level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. D. Scribe and cut cabinets to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Anchor cabinets to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork. 1. For shop finished items use filler matching finish of items being installed. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 1. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 2. Maintain veneer sequence matching of cabinets with transparent finish. 3. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, and at ends not more than 16 inches o.c with No 10 wafer -head sheet metal screws through metal backing or metal framing behind wall finish. G. Touch up finishing work specified in this Section after installation of woodwork. Fill nail holes with matching filler where exposed. 1. Apply specified finish coats, including stains and paste fillers if any, to exposed surfaces where only sealer/prime coats are applied in shop. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective cabinets, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. C. Clean cabinets on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up shop -applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION WOOD -VENEER -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 0641 13-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 06 41 16 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Plastic -laminate -faced architectural cabinets. 2. Wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing plastic -laminate -faced architectural cabinets unless concealed within other construction before cabinet installation. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product, including: 1. Panel products. 2. High-pressure decorative laminate. 3. Cabinet hardware and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. C. Samples: Plastic laminates, for each color, pattern, and surface finish. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. 1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cabinets until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for grades of architectural plastic -laminate cabinets indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. B. Grade: Premium. C. Type of Construction: Frameless. D. Cabinet, Door, and Drawer Front Interface Style: As indicated. PLASTIC -LAMINATE -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 064116-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 E. High -Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated or if not indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Abet Laminati, Inc. b. Formica Corporation. c. Lamin-Art, Inc. d. Panolam Industries International, Inc. e. Wilsonart International Div. of Premark International, Inc. F. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: 1. Horizontal Surfaces: Grade HGS. 2. Vertical Surfaces: Grade HGS. 3. Pattern Direction: Vertically for drawer fronts, doors, and fixed panels. G. Materials for Semiexposed Surfaces: 1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: High-pressure decorative laminate, NEMA LD 3, Grade VGS 2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid -hardwood lumber. 3. Drawer Bottoms. Hardwood plywood. H. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces as indicated by laminate manufacturer's designations or if not indicated, as selected by Architect from laminate manufacturer's full range of solid colors, matte finish. 2.02 WOOD MATERIALS A. Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood Moisture Content: 8 to 13 percent. B. Composite Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Particle Board: Not permitted. 2. Medium -Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. 3. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, medium -density overlay. 4. Veneer -Faced Panel Products (Hardwood Plywood): HPVA HP-1. 2.03 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets except for items specified in Division 08 Section 'Door Hardware." B. Butt Hinges: 2-3/4-inch, five -knuckle steel hinges made from 0.095-inch-thick metal, and as follows: 1. Semiconcealed Hinges for Overlay Doors: BHMA A156.9, B01521. PLASTIC -LAMINATE -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 0641 16-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Back -Mounted Pulls: BHMA A156.9, B02011. D. Shelf Rests: BHMA A156.9, B04013; metal, two -pin type with shelf hold-down clip. E. Drawer Slides: BHMA A156.9. 1. Grade 1 and Grade 2: Side mounted and extending under bottom edge of drawer; full - extension type, zinc -plated steel or epoxy -coated steel with polymer rollers. 2. Grade 1HD-100 and Grade 1 HD-200: Side mounted; full -extension type, zinc -plated -steel ball bearing slides. 3. For drawers not more than 6 inches high and not more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 1. 4. For drawers more than 6 inches high or more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 1 HD- 100. F. Door Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07121. G. Drawer Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07041. H. Door and Drawer Silencers: BHMA A156.16, L03011. I. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated. 1. Satin Chromium Plated BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 652 for steel base. 2. Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post -installed anchors. Use nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Complete fabrication, including assembly and hardware application, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. B. Shop -cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. C. Install glass to comply with applicable requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing" and in GANA's "Glazing Manual." For glass in wood frames, secure glass with removable stops. PLASTIC -LAMINATE -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 0641 16-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition cabinets to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Grade: Install cabinets to comply with same grade as item to be installed. B. Install cabinets level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. C. Scribe and cut cabinets to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. D. Anchor cabinets to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork. E. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 1. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 2. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom and at ends not more than 16 inches o.c with No 10 wafer -head sheet metal screws through metal backing or metal framing behind wall finish. END OF SECTION PLASTIC -LAMINATE -FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 0641 16-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 07 11 13 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes cold -applied, emulsified -asphalt dampproofing. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.03 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations Proceed with application only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit dampproofing to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Source Limitations: Obtain primary dampproofing materials and primers from single source from single manufacturer. Provideauxiliary materials recommended in writing by manufacturer of primary materials. B. VOC Content: Products shall comply with VOC content limits of authorities having jurisdiction unless otherwise required 2.02 COLD -APPLIED, EMULSIFIED -ASPHALT DAMPPROOFING A. General. Provide dampproofing products that are compatible with existing dampproofing. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. BASF Corporation; Construction Systems. 2. Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company. 3. Henry Company. 4. W. R. Meadows, Inc. C. Trowel Coats: ASTM D 1227, Type II, Class 1. D. Fibered Brush and Spray Coats: ASTM D 1227, Type II, Class 1. E. Brush and Spray Coats: ASTM D 1227, Type III, Class 1. BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 071113-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 2.03 AUXILIARY MATERIALS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 A. General: Furnish auxiliary materials recommended in writing for intended use and compatible with bituminous dampproofing by dampproofing manufacturer • B. Emulsified -Asphalt Primer. ASTM D 1227, Type III, Class 1, except diluted with water as recommended in writing by manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for surface smoothness, surface moisture, and other conditions affecting performance of bituminous dampproofing work. B. Proceed with application only after substrate construction and penetrating work have been completed and unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Mask or otherwise protect adjoining exposed surfaces from being stained, spotted, or coated with dampproofing. Prevent dampproofing materials from entering and clogging weep holes and drains. B. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to the dampproofing work; fill voids, seal joints, and remove bond breakers if any, as recommended in writing by prime material manufacturer. 3.03 APPLICATION, GENERAL A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for dampproofing application, cure time between coats, and drying time before backfilling unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 1. Apply dampproofing to provide continuous plane of protection. 2. Apply additional coats if recommended in writing by manufacturer or to achieve a smooth surface and uninterrupted coverage. B. Where dampproofing exterior face of sheathing as masonry veneer walls, lap dampproofing at least 1/4 inch onto existing dampproofing, flashing, masonry reinforcement, veneer ties, and other items that penetrate inner wythe. 1. Lap dampproofing at least 1/4 inch onto shelf angles supporting veneer. 3.04 COLD -APPLIED, EMULSIFIED -ASPHALT DAMPPROOFING A. Exterior Face of Gypsum Sheathing: Apply primer and one brush or spray coat at not less than 1 gal./100 sq. ft.. BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 0711 13-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean spillage recommended CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures in writing by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 0711 13-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 I ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes glass -fiber blanket. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to moisture, soiling and other sources Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS -FIBER BLANKET A. Manufacturers 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Guardian Building Products, Inc. c. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. d. Knauf Insulation. e. Owens Corning. B. Glass -Fiber Blanket, Unfaced: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame -spread and smoke - developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. C. Glass -Fiber Blanket, Kraft Faced ASTM C 665, Type II (nonreflective faced), Class C (faced surface not rated for flame propagation); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier). 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Insulation for Miscellaneous Voids: 1. Glass -Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 764, Type II, loose fill; with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of 5, per ASTM E 84. THERMAL INSULATION 072100-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to insulation, including removing projections capable of puncturing insulation or vapor retarders or that interfere with insulation attachment. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice rain, or snow at any time. C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Provide sizes to fit applications and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths Apply single layer of insulation units unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness or to achieve R-value. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation. 4. For metal -framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches, support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping flanges of insulation to flanges of metal studs. B. Miscellaneous Voids: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials* 1. Glass -Fiber Insulation: Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION THERMAL INSULATION 0721 00-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes penetrations in fire -resistance -rated walls. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Product Schedule: For each penetration firestopping system Include location, illustration of firestopping system, and design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency. 1. Engineering Judgments: Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and inspecting agency's illustration for a particular penetration firestopping system submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration firestopping system manufacturer's fire -protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire - resistance -rated assembly. Obtain approval of authorities having jurisdiction prior to submittal. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Installer Certificates. From Installer indicating that penetration firestopping systems have been installed in compliance with requirements and manufacturer's written instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: 1. Perform penetration firestopping system tests by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Test per testing standards referenced in "Penetration Firestopping Systems" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Penetration firestopping systems shall bear classification marking of a qualified testing agency acceptable to the authorities having jursidiction. 2.02 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS A. Penetration Firestopping Systems. Systems that resist spread of fire, passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire -resistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items if any. PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Basis of Design: Design is based on products listed in UL Design Numbers indicated. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named products or comparable products approved by Architect by one of the following: a. 3M Fire Protection Products. b. Hilti Inc. c. Passive Fire Protection Partners. d. RectorSeal. e. Specified Technologies, Inc. f. Tremco, Inc. B. Penetrations in Fire -Resistance -Rated Walls: Penetration firestopping systems with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg. 1. F-Rating: Not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated. C. Exposed Penetration Firestopping Systems. Flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively per ASTM E 84. D. Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration firestopping system manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for conditions indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items substrates and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. General: Install penetration firestopping systems to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications. C. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross -sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings. 1. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not forming permanent components of firestopping D. Install fill materials by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories and penetrating items to achieve required fire -resistance ratings. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. Wall Identification: Permanently label walls containing penetration firestopping systems with the words 'FIRE AND/OR SMOKE BARRIER - PROTECT ALL OPENINGS," using lettering not less than 3 inches high and with minimum 0.375-inch strokes. 1. Locate in accessible concealed floor, floor -ceiling, or attic space at 15 feet from end of wall and at intervals not exceeding 30 feet. B. Penetration Identification: Identify each penetration firestopping system with legible metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of penetration firestopping system edge so labels are visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestopping systems. Use mechanical fasteners or self -adhering -type labels with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the following information on labels: 1. The words "Warning - Penetration Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number. 3. Designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 4. Date of installation 5. Manufacturer's name. 6. Installer's name. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections according to ASTM E 2174. B. Where deficiencies are found or penetration firestopping system is damaged or removed because of testing, repair or replace penetration firestopping system to comply with requirements. C. Proceed with enclosing penetration firestopping systems with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and installations comply with requirements. END OF SECTION PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS 1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Nonstaining silicone joint sealants. 3. Urethane joint sealants. 4. Mildew -resistant joint sealants. 5. Latex joint sealants. B. Related Sections include Division 32 Section "Concrete Paving Joint Sealants" for paving joint sealants installed in concrete paving, curbs, and walks. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint -sealant product. B. Samples: For each kind and color of joint sealant required. C. Joint -Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint -sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint -sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint -sealant formulation. 4. Joint -sealant color. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field -adhesion -test reports. B. Sample warranties. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Provide exterior joint sealants and accessories required to construct integrated exterior mockup specified in Division 01 Section "Mockups." 1.05 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. JOINT SEALANTS 079200-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion for typical elastomeric joint sealants. 2. Warranty Period: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion for silicone joint sealants installed in the exterior envelope. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL A. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system shall comply with the following: 1. Architectural sealants shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less. 2. Sealants and sealant primers for nonporous substrates shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less. 3. Sealants and sealant primers for nonporous substrates shall have a VOC content of 775 g/L or less. 2.02 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Silicone, S, NS, 50, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S Grade NS Class 50, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 791. b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.; SCS2000 SilPruf. c. Pecora Corporation; PCS. d. Sika Corporation; Sikasil WS-295 or Sikasil WS-295 FPS. 2.03 NONSTAINING SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Nonstaining Joint Sealants: No staining of substrates when tested according to ASTM C 1248. B. Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT: Nonstaining, single -component, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant ASTM C 920 Type S Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation;795. b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.; Silpruf NB. c. Pecora Corporation; 864NST or 895NST. d. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 2 or Spectrem 3. JOINT SEALANTS 079200-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.04 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Urethane, S, P, 25, T, NT: Single -component, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Construction Systems; Sonolastic SL 1. b. Pecora Corporation; NR-201 c. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Stampede 1SL. 2.05 MILDEW -RESISTANT JOINT SEALANTS A. Mildew -Resistant Joint Sealants: Formulated for prolonged exposure to humidity with fungicide to prevent mold and mildew growth. B. Silicone, Mildew Resistant, Acid Curing, S, NS, 25, NT: Mildew -resistant, single -component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability nontraffic-use, acid - curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 786-M White. b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.; SCS1700 Sanitary. c. Tremco Incorporated Tremsil 200. 2.06 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Acrylic Latex: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Construction Systems, Sonolac. b. Pecora Corporation; AC-20. c. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); 850A Siliconized Acrylic Latex Caulk or 950A Siliconized Acrylic Latex Caulk, White. d. Tremco Incorporated Tremflex 834. 2.07 JOINT -SEALANT BACKING A. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. 1. Provide any of the following types, as approved in writing by joint -sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated: a. Type C (closed -cell material with a surface skin). b. Type 0 (open cell material) c. Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin). B. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer. JOINT SEALANTS 079200-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer Material recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated as determined from preconstruction joint -sealant - substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. 2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1193 and joint -sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross -sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. C. Install bond -breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants. Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 1. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. JOINT SEALANTS 079200-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field -Adhesion Testing: Field test joint -sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate b. Perform one test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation. 2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field -Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. B. Evaluation of Field -Adhesion -Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.04 JOINT -SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces: Refer to Division 32 Section "Concrete Paving Joint Sealants" for joint sealants in concrete paving, curbs, and walks. B. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces where at least one joint surface is porous. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. b. Joints at cast stone. c. Joints at fiber cement siding. d. Joints between materials listed above. e. Joints between materials listed above and metal frames of doors, windows, and louvers. f. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. C. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces where both joint surfaces are glass or metal. 1. Joint Sealant: Silicone, S, NS, 50, NT. 2. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. D. Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Isolation joints in cast -in -place concrete slabs. b. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring. c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, P, 25, T, NT. JOINT SEALANTS 079200-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. E. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces at exterior walls. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces of exterior wall and frames of interior doors and windows. c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. F. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces not subject to significant movement. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors windows. c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex. 3. Joint -Sealant Color As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. G. Mildew -resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. b. Tile control and expansion joints where indicated. c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, mildew resistant, acid curing, S, NS, 25, NT. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. H. Concealed mastics. 1. Joint Locations: a. Aluminum thresholds. b. Sill plates. c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, S, NS, 50, NT. END OF SECTION JOINT SEALANTS 079200-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 07 92 19 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes acoustical joint sealants. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each acoustical joint sealant. B. Samples: For each kind and color of acoustical joint sealant required. C. Acoustical -Joint -Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint -sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint -sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint -sealant formulation. 4. Joint -sealant color. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranties. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace acoustical joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide acoustical joint -sealant products that effectively reduce airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction, as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS 079219-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 2.02 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS A. Acoustical Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex acoustical sealant complying with ASTM C 834. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Accumetric LLC. b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc. c. Grabber Construction Products. d. Hilti Inc. e. Pecora Corporation. f. Tremco Incorporated. g. United States Gypsum Company. 2. Colors of Exposed Acoustical Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. Primer. Material recommended by acoustical -joint -sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates. C. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials. D. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing acoustical joint sealants to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by acoustical -joint -sealant manufacturer. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS A. Comply with acoustical joint -sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions unless more stringent requirements apply B. STC-Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical joint sealant Install acoustical joint sealants at both faces of partitions, at perimeters, and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919, ASTM C 1193, and manufacturer's written recommendations for closing off sound -flanking paths around or through assemblies, including sealing partitions to underside of floor slabs above acoustical ceilings. ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS 079219-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Acoustical Ceiling Areas: Apply acoustical joint sealant at perimeter edge moldings of acoustical ceiling areas in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. END OF SECTION ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS 079219-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes hollow -metal work. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM- HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow -metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.04 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.05 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, fire -resistance ratings and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. Elevations of each door type. 2. Details of doors, including vertical- and horizontal -edge details and metal thicknesses. 3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. 4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 5. Details of each different wall opening condition. 6. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections. 7. Details of accessories. 8. Details of conduit and preparations for power, signal, and control systems. 9. For "Doors" and 'Frames' subparagraphs below prepare Samples approximately 12 by 12 inches to demonstrate compliance with requirements for quality of materials and construction: a. Doors: Show vertical -edge, top, and bottom construction; core construction; and hinge and other applied hardware reinforcement. Include separate section showing glazing if applicable. b. Frames: Show profile, corner joint, floor and wall anchors, and silencers. Include separate section showing fixed hollow -metal panels and glazing if applicable. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 C. Schedule: Provide a schedule of hollow -metal work prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings Coordinate with final Door Hardware Schedule. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow -metal work palletized, packaged, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic. 1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to factory -finished units. B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. C. Store hollow -metal work vertically under cover at Project site with head up. Place on minimum 4-inch-high wood blocking. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Black Mountain Door LLC. 2. Ceco Door ASSA ABLOY. 3. Pioneer Industries. 4. Republic Doors and Frames. 5. Steelcraft an Allegion brand. B. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow -metal work from single source from single manufacturer. 2.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire -protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. 2.03 INTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES A. Construct interior doors and frames to comply with the standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified. B. Heavy -Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2. 1. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250.4. 2. Doors: a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. c. Face: Uncoated, cold -rolled steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 u. Edge Construction: Model 1, Full Flush. e. Core: Manufacturers standard kraft-paper honeycomb, polystyrene, polyurethane, polyisocyanurate, mineral board, or vertical steel -stiffener core at manufacturer's discretion. 3. Frames: a. Materials. Uncoated steel sheet minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. b. Construction: Full profile welded. 4. Exposed Finish: Prime. 2.04 INTERIOR FRAMES A. Construct interior frames to comply with the standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances and clearances, and as specified. B. Heavy -Duty Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2. 1. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250.4. 2. Frames: a. Materials. Uncoated steel sheet minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. b. Construction: Full profile welded. 3. Exposed Finish: Prime. 2.05 EXTERIOR HOLLOW -METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Construct exterior doors and frames to comply with the standards fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, specified. B. Extra -Heavy -Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 3.. 1. Physical Performance: Level A according to SDI A250.4. 2. Doors: Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches Face: Metallic -coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0 A40 coating. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless. Core: Manufacturer's standard polystyrene, polyurethane, or manufacturer's discretion. (1) Thermal -Rated Doors: Provide doors fabricated with thermal -resistance value (R- value) of not less than 4.5 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu when tested according to ASTM C 1363. a. b. d. e. indicated for materials, and clearances, and as .053 inch, with minimum polyisocyanurate, core at 3. Frames: a. Materials: Metallic -coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum A40 coating. b. Construction: Full profile welded. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 4. Exposed Finish: Prime. 2.06 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap -and -stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than 0.042 inch thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick. 2. Stud -Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch thick. B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch, and as follows• 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip -type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners. 2.07 MATERIALS A. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. B. Hot -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled. C. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. D. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011 M, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M Class B. E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M. F. Power -Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow -metal frames of type indicated. G. Grout ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches, as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. H. Mineral -Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool; with maximum flame -spread and smoke - developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics I. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert -type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. 2.08 FABRICATION A. Fabricate hollow -metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Where practical, HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 -4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment. B. Hollow -Metal Doors: 1. Steel -Stiffened Door Cores: Provide minimum thickness 0.026 inch, steel vertical stiffeners of same material as face sheets extending full -door height, with vertical webs spaced not more than 6 inches apart. Spot weld to face sheets no more than 5 inches o.c. Fill spaces between stiffeners with glass- or mineral fiber insulation. 2. Vertical Edges for Single -Acting Doors: Bevel edges 1/8 inch in 2 inches. 3. Top Edge Closures: Close top edges of doors with inverted closures, except provide flush closures at exterior doors of same material as face sheets. 4. Bottom Edge Closures: Close bottom edges of doors with end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. 5. Exterior Doors. Provide weep hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. C. Hollow -Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 1. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval -head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 2. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted. 3. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottoms of jambs with at least four spot welds per anchor; however, for slip-on drywall frames, provide anchor clips or countersunk holes at bottoms of jambs. 4. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 16 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o c., to match coursing, and as follows: (1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. (2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. (3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches high. (4) Four anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 120 inches high. b. Stud -Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: (1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. (2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. (3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high. (4) Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high. 5. Head Anchors: Two anchors per head for frames more than 42 inches wide and mounted in metal -stud partitions. 6. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction. a. Single -Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double -Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. Fabricate concealed stiffeners and edge channels from either cold- or hot -rolled steel sheet. E. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow -metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates. 1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface -mounted door hardware. 2. Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for preparation of hollow -metal work for hardware. 2.09 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer. 1. Shop Primer. Manufacturer's standard, fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free primer complying with SDI A250.100 recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field -applied coatings despite prolonged exposure. 2.10 ACCESSORIES A. Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations before frame installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove welded -in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing as required to make repaired area smooth, flush and invisible on exposed faces. B. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface -mounted door hardware. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install hollow -metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place. Comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Hollow -Metal Frames: Install hollow -metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelites, borrowed lites, and other openings, of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI A250.11 or NAAMM- HMMA 840 as required by standards specified. 1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. At fire -rated openings install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. c. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening. d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured. f. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. g. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that will be filled with grout containing antifreezing agents. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. a. Floor anchors may be set with power -actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3. Metal -Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral -fiber insulation inside frames. 4. Masonry Walls Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout 5. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow -metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor. C. Hollow -Metal Doors: Fit hollow -metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary. 1. Non -Fire -Rated Steel Doors: a. Between Door and Frame Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. c. At Bottom of Door: 5/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch d. Between Door Face and Stop 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. 2. Fire -Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13-7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition Remove and replace defective work, including hollow -metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow -metal work immediately after installation. C. Prime -Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying, rust -inhibitive primer. D. Metallic -Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Factory -Finish Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with same material used for factory finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13-8 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 08 12 16 ALUMINUM FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Interior aluminum frames for doors installed in gypsum board partitions. 2. Interior aluminum frames for glazing installed in gypsum board partitions. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, fire -resistance rating, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For aluminum frames: 1. Include elevations, sections, and installation details for each wall -opening condition. 2. Include details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. 3. Include locations of reinforcements and preparations for hardware. 4. Include details of anchorages, joints, field splices connections, and accessories. 5. Include details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, in manufacturer's standard sizes. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of the following products: 1. Framing Member and Finish: 12 inches long. Include trim. 2. Corner Fabrication and Finish: 12-by-12-inch-long full-size window corner, including full- size sections of extrusions with factory -applied color finish. E. Product Schedule: For aluminum frames. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. Coordinate with door hardware schedule and glazing. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For aluminum frames to include in maintenance manuals. ALUMINUM FRAMES 081216-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Modulex Products, Inc. 2. RACO Interior Products, Inc. 3. Versatrac Frames; a division of American Door Products Inc. B. Source Limitations: Obtain aluminum frames from single source from single manufacturer. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Rated Frames: Frames for fire -rated door assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire -protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Aluminum Framing: ASTM B 221, with alloy and temper required to suit structural and finish requirements, and not less than 0.062 inch thick. B. Door Frames: Extruded aluminum, reinforced for hinges, strikes, and closers. C. Glazing Frames: Extruded aluminum, for indicated glass thickness. D. Trim. Extruded aluminum, not less than 0.062 inch thick; removable, snap -in glazing stops and door stops, without exposed fasteners. E. Doors: As specified in Division 08 Section "Flush Wood Doors." F. Frame and Trim Finish: Color -anodized aluminum. 1. Color: Dark bronze 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic, stainless -steel or other noncorrosive metal fasteners compatible with frames, stops, panels, reinforcement plates, hardware, anchors, and other items being fastened. B. Door Silencers: Manufacturer's standard continuous mohair, wool pile, or vinyl seals in black color. C. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard extruded or molded rubber or plastic, to accommodate glazing thickness indicated; in black. D. Glass: As specified in Division 08 Section "Glazing." E. Door Hardware: As specified in Division 08 Section Section "Door Hardware." ALUMINUM FRAMES 081216-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.05 FABRICATION A. Provide concealed corner reinforcements and alignment clips for accurately fitted hairline joints at butted and mitered connections. B. Factory prepare aluminum frames to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcements, mortising, drilling, and tapping, according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware " 1. Locate hardware cutouts and reinforcements as required by fire -rated label for assembly. C. Fabricate frames for glazing with removable stops to allow glazing replacement without dismantling frame. 1. Locate removable stops on the inside of spaces accessed by keyed doors. D. Fabricate components to allow secure installation without exposed fasteners. 2.06 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.07 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A31, Class II, 0.010 mm or thicker. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify that wall thickness does not exceed standard tolerances allowed by throat size of indicated aluminum frame. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install aluminum frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place; according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. At fire -protection -rated openings, install fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. B. Install frame components in the longest possible lengths with no piece less than 48 inches; components 96 inches or shorter shall be one piece. 1. Use concealed installation clips to produce tightly fitted and aligned splices and connections. 2. Secure clips to extruded main-frame components and not to snap -in or trim members. 3. Do not leave screws or other fasteners exposed to view when installation is complete. ALUMINUM FRAMES 081216-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Glass: Install glass according to Division 08 Section "Glazing" and aluminum -frame manufacturer's written instructions. D. Doors: Install doors aligned with frames and fitted with required hardware. E. Door Hardware: Install according to Division 08 Section "Door Hardware" and aluminum -frame manufacturer's written instructions. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Inspect installation, correct misalignments, and tighten loose connections. B. Doors: Adjust doors to operate smoothly and easily, without binding or warpin hardware to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. C. Clean exposed frame surfaces promptly after installation, using cleaning recommended in writing by frame manufacturer and according to AAMA 609 & 610. D. Touch Up: Repair marred frame surfaces to blend inconspicuously with adjacent unrepaired surface as viewed by Architect. Remove and replace frames with damaged finish that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. END OF SECTION 9• methods Adjust ALUMINUM FRAMES 081216-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS A. Section includes: 1. Solid -core doors with plastic -laminate faces. 2. Factory fitting flush wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction and trim for openings. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; and the following: 1. Dimensions and locations of blocking. 2. Dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 3. Dimensions and locations of cutouts. 4. Undercuts. 5. Fire -protection ratings for fire -rated doors. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For plastic -laminate door faces. D. Samples for Verification: 1. Plastic laminate, 6 inches square, for each color, texture, and pattern selected. 2. Corner sections of doors, approximately 8 by 10 inches, with door faces and edges representing actual materials to be used. a. Provide Samples for each color, texture, and pattern of plastic laminate required. 3. Frames for light openings, 6 inches long, for each material, type, and finish required. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Package doors individually in cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Mark each door on bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry and HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during remainder of construction period. 1.07 WARRANTY A. A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section. b. Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span. 2. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors 3. Warranty Period for Solid -Core Interior Doors* Life of installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. 2. Eggers Industries. 3. Graham Wood Doors; ASSA ABLOY Group company. 4. Marshfield DoorSystems, Inc. 5. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. 6. VT Industries Inc. B. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors from single manufacturer. 2.02 FLUSH WOOD DOORS, GENERAL A. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with AWI's, AWMAC's, and WI's 'Architectural Woodwork Standards." 1. Contract Documents contain selections chosen from options in quality standard and additional requirements beyond those of quality standard. Comply with those selections and requirements in addition to quality standard FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL B. Fire -Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying qualified testing agency, for fire -protection pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. 1. Cores: Provide core specified or mineral core as needed to provide fire -protection rating indicated. C. Particleboard -Core Doors: Not permitted. D. Structural -Composite -Lumber -Core Doors: 1. Structural Composite Lumber: WDMA I.S.10. a. Screw Withdrawal, Face: 700 Ibf. b. Screw Withdrawal, Edge: 400 Ibf. E. Mineral Core Doors: 1. Core Noncombustible mineral product complying with requirements of referenced quality standard and testing and inspecting agency for fire -protection rating indicated. 2. Blocking: Provide composite blocking with improved screw -holding capability approved for use in doors of fire -protection ratings indicated asfollows: a. 5-inch top -rail blocking. b. 5-inch bottom -rail blocking, in doors indicated to have protection plates. c. 5-inch midrail blocking, in doors indicated to have armor plates. d. 4-1/2-by-10-inch lock blocks, in doors indicated to have exit devices. 3. Edge Construction: At hinge stiles, provide laminated -edge construction with improved screw -holding capability and split resistance. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges. a. Screw -Holding Capability: 475 Ibf per WDMA T.M.-10. 2.03 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -FACED DOORS A. Interior Solid -Core Doors: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a ratings indicated, based on testing at positive 1. Grade: Premium. 2. Plastic -Laminate Faces: High-pressure decorative laminates complying with NEMA LD 3, Grade HGS. 3. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: As indicated opr if not indicated as selected by Architect from laminate manufacturer's full range of products 4. Exposed Verticaland Top Edges: Plastic laminate that matches faces, applied before faces. 5. Core. Either glued wood stave or structural composite lumber. 6. Construction: Five plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, then entire unit is abrasive planed before faces and crossbands are applied. Faces are bonded to core using a hot press. 2.04 LIGHT FRAMES AND LOUVERS A. Wood Beads for Light Openings in Wood Doors: Provide manufacturer's standard wood beads unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood Species: Any closed grain hardwood. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 2. Profile: Flush rectangular beads. 3. At wood -core doors with 20-minute fire -protection ratings, provide wood beads and metal glazing clips approved for such use. B. Metal Frames for Light Openings in Fire -Rated Doors: Manufacturer's standard frame formed of 0.048-inch-thick, cold -rolled steel sheet; with baked enamel- or powder -coated finish; and approved for use in doors of fire -protection rating indicated. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame -opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated. 1. Comply with NFPA 80 requirements for fire -rated doors. B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, BHMA- 156.115-W, and hardware templates. 1. Coordinate with hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. C. Openings: Factory cut and trim openings through doors. 1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. 2. Glazing: a. Typical Applications: Factory install glazing in doors indicated to be factory finished. Comply with applicable requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing." b. Fire -Rated Doors: Factory install fire -protection -rated glazing in doors indicated to be factory finished. Comply with applicable requirements in Division 08 Section ' Fire - Resistant Glazing." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames, with Installer present, before hanging doors. 1. Verify that installed frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." B. Installation Instructions Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 1. Install fire -rated doors according to NFPA 80. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 C. Job -Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire - rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal edges of doors, edges of cutouts, and mortises after fitting and machining. 1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering unless otherwise indicated. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, providel/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold unless otherwise indicated. a. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. b. Bevel non -fire -rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges. 2. Bevel fire -rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. D. Factory -Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. E. Factory -Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or that do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if Work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 08 31 13 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes access doors and frames for walls and ceilings. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, fire ratings, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Samples: For each type of access door and frame and for each finish specified, complete assembly minimum 6 by 6 inches in size C. Product Schedule: For access doors and frames. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Rated Access Doors and Frames: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire -protection and temperature -rise limit ratings indicated, according to NFPA 252 or UL 10B. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Acudor Products, Inc. 2. JL Industries, Inc.; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group. 3. Larsens Manufacturing Company. 4. MIFAB, Inc. 5. Milcor; Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc. 6. Nystrom, Inc. 2.03 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES A. Flush Access Doors with Exposed Flanges for Typical Applications: 1. Description: Face of door flush with frame, with exposed flange and concealed hinge. 2. Locations: Wall and ceiling. 3. Door Size As required to access and operate valve or damper, but not less than 12 inches square. 4. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet for Door: Nominal 0.064 inch, 16 gage, factory primed. 5. Frame Material Same material thickness, and finish as door. ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 083113-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 6. Latch and Lock: Cam latch, hex -head wrench operated. B. Flush Access Doors with Exposed Flanges for Installation at Restroom and Toilet Walls: 1. Description: Face of door flush with frame, with exposed flange and concealed hinge. 2. Locations: Walls. 3. Door Size. As required to access and operate valve or damper, but not less than 12 inches square. 4. Stainless -Steel Sheet for Door: Nominal 0.062 inch, 16 gage, No. 4 finish. 5. Frame Material: Same material, thickness, and finish as door. 6. Latch and Lock: Cam latch, hex -head wrench operated. 2.04 FIRE -RATED ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES A. Fire -Rated, Flush Access Doors with Exposed Flanges: 1. Description: Door face flush with frame, with a core of mineral -fiber insulation enclosed in sheet metal; with exposed flange, self -closing door, and concealed hinge. 2. Locations: Wall and ceiling. 3. Fire -Resistance Rating: Not less than that of adjacent construction. 4. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet for Door for Typical Applications: Nominal 0.040 inch, 20 gage, factory primed. 5. Stainless -Steel Sheet for Door for Applications at Restrooms and Toilets: Nominal 0.038 inch, 20 gage, No. 4 finish. 6. Frame Material: Same material, thickness, and finish as door. 7. Latch and Lock: Self -latching door hardware, operated by knurled -knob. 2.05 MATERIALS A. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 or A60 metallic coating. B. Stainless -Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666, Type 304. Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish. C. Frame Anchors: Same material as door face. D. Inserts, Bolts, and Anchor Fasteners: Hot -dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329. 2.06 FABRICATION A. General: Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for installation. B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. C. Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish mounting holes attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access doors to types of supports indicated. D. Latch and Lock Hardware: 1. Quantity: Furnish number of latches and locks required to hold doors tightly closed. ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 083113-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.07 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's ' Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D. Painted Finishes: Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish. 1. Factory Primed: Apply manufacturer's standard, lead- and chromate -free, universal primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. E. Stainless -Steel Finishes: 1. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish. 2. Polished Finish: No. 4 finish. Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches. a. Run grain of directional finishes with long dimension of each piece. b. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors and hardware, after installation, for proper operation. END OF SECTION ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 0831 13-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes service doors. B. Related Sections include Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel supports. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of overhead coiling door and accessory. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components, profiles for slats, and finishes. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For each installation and for special components not dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's product data. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies, and indicate dimensions, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include points of attachment and their corresponding static and dynamic loads imposed on structure. 4. Show locations of controls, locking devices, and other accessories. 5. Include diagrams for power signal, and control wiring. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish on the following components, in manufacturer's standard sizes: 1. Curtain slats. 2. Bottom bar with sensor edge. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For overhead coiling doors to include in maintenance manuals. OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08 33 23 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project. 1. Maintenance Proximity. Not more than two hours' normal travel time from Installer's place of business to Project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS, GENERAL A. Source Limitations: Obtain overhead coiling doors from single source from single manufacturer 1. Obtain operators and controls from overhead coiling door manufacturer. 2.02 DOOR ASSEMBLY A. Service Door: Overhead coiling door formed with curtain of interlocking metal slats. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Clopay Building Products. b. Cookson Company. c. Cornell Iron Works, Inc. d. Overhead Door Corporation. e. Raynor. f. Wayne -Dalton Corp. B. Operation Cycles: Door components and operators capable of operating for not less than 20,000. One operation cycle is complete when a door is opened from the closed position to the fully open position and returned to the closed position. C. Door Curtain Material: Aluminum. D. Door Curtain Slats: Flat profile slats of 1-7/8-inch to 2-5/8-inch center -to -center height. E. Bottom Bar: Two angles, each not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 by 1/8 inch thick; fabricated from stainless steel or aluminum extrusions and finished to match door. F. Curtain Jamb Guides: Stainless steel or aluminum with exposed finish matching curtain slats. G. Hood: Match curtain material and finish. 1. Shape: As shown on Drawings. 2. Mounting: Face of wall. H. Locking Devices: Equip door with locking device assembly. 1. Locking Device Assembly: Single -jamb side locking bars, operable from inside with thumb turn. OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Electric Door Operator: 1. Usage Classification* Light duty, up to 10 cycles per hour. 2. Operator Location: As shown on Drawings. 3. Motor Exposure: Interior. 4 Emergency Manual Operation: Push-up type. 5. Obstruction -Detection Device: Automatic electric sensor edge on bottom bar; self - monitoring type. 6. Control Station(s): Interior mounted. J. Door Finish: 1. Aluminum Finish: Clear anodized 2.03 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories* Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.04 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Door Curtains: Fabricate overhead coiling -door curtain of interlocking metal slats designed to withstand wind loading indicated, in a continuous length for width of door without splices. Unless otherwise indicated, provide slats of thickness and mechanical properties recommended by door manufacturer for performance, size, and type of door indicated, and as follows: 1. Aluminum Door Curtain Slats: ASTM B 209 sheet or ASTM B 221 extrusions, alloy and temper standard with manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated; thickness of 0.050 inch; and as required. B. Curtain Jamb Guides: Manufacturer's standard angles or channels and angles of same material and finish as curtain slats unless otherwise indicated, with sufficient depth and strength to retain curtain, to allow curtain to operate smoothly, and to withstand loading. Slot bolt holes for guide adjustment. Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain. 2.05 HOODS A. General: Form sheet metal hood to entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism at opening head. Contour to fit end brackets to which hood is attached Roll and reinforce top and bottom edges for stiffness. Form closed ends for surface -mounted hoods and fascia for any portion of between -jamb mounting that projects beyond wall face. Equip hood with intermediate support brackets as required to prevent sagging. 1. Aluminum. 0.040-inch-thick aluminum sheet complying with ASTM B 209, of alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. 2.06 LOCKING DEVICES A. Locking Device Assembly: Fabricate with cylinder lock, spring -loaded dead bolt, operating handle, cam plate, and adjustable locking bars to engage through slots in tracks OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 2.07 CURTAIN ACCESSORIES CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Push/Pull Handles: Equip each push -up -operated or emergency -operated door with lifting handles on each side of door, finished to match door. 2.08 COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM A. General: Counterbalance doors by means of manufacturer's standard mechanism with an adjustable -tension, steel helical torsion spring mounted around a steel shaft and contained in a spring barrel connected to top of curtain with barrel rings. Use grease -sealed bearings or self- lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members. B. Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of manufacturer's standard hot -formed, structural -quality seamless or welded carbon -steel pipe of sufficient diameter and wall thickness to support rolled up curtain without distortion of slats and to limit barrel deflection to not more than 0.03 in./ft. of span under full load. C. Counterbalance Spring: One or more oil -tempered, heat -treated steel helical torsion springs. Size springs to counterbalance weight of curtain with uniform adjustment accessible from outside barrel Secure ends of springs to barrel and shaft with cast -steel barrel plugs. D. Torsion Rod for Counterbalance Shaft: Fabricate of manufacturer's standard cold -rolled steel, sized to hold fixed spring ends and carry torsional load. E. Brackets: Manufacturer's standard mounting brackets of either cast iron or cold -rolled steel plate. 2.09 ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS A. General* Electric door operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and provided by door manufacturer for door and operation -cycles requirement specified, with electric motor and factory-prewired motor controls, starter gear -reduction unit, solenoid -operated brake, clutch control stations, control devices, integral gearing for locking door, and accessories required for proper operation. 1. Comply with NFPA 70. 2. Control equipment complying with NEMA ICS 1, NEMA ICS 2, and NEMA ICS 6, with NFPA 70 Class 2 control circuit, maximum 24-V ac or do B. Usage Classification: Electric operator and components capable of operating for not less than number of cycles per hour indicated for each door. C. Door Operator Location(s): Operator location indicated for each door. D. Motors: Reversible -type motor with controller (disconnect switch) for motor exposure indicated. 1 Electrical Characteristics: a. Phase: Single phase. b. Volts: 115 V. c. Hertz: 60. 2. Motor Size. Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough to start, accelerate, and operate door in either direction from any position, at a speed not less than 8 in./sec. and not more than 12 in./sec., without exceeding nameplate ratings or service factor. OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. Operating Controls, Controllers, Disconnect Switches, Wiring Devices, and Wiring: Manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated. 4. Coordinate wiring requirements and electrical characteristics of motors and other electrical devices with building electrical system and each location where installed. E. Limit Switches: Equip each motorized door with adjustable switches interlocked with motor controls and set to automatically stop door at fully opened and fully closed positions. F. Obstruction Detection Devices External entrapment protection consisting of indicated automatic safety sensor capable of protecting full width of door opening. For non -fire -rated doors, activation of device immediately stops and reverses downward door travel. 1 Electric Sensor Edge: Automatic safety sensor edge, located within astragal or weather stripping mounted to bottom bar. Contact with sensor activates device. Connect to control circuit using manufacturer's standard take-up reel or self -coiling cable. a. Self -Monitoring Type: Four -wire configured device designed to interface with door operator control circuit to detect damage to or disconnection of sensor edge. G. Control Station: Three -button control station in fixed location with momentary -contact push- button controls labeled "Open" and 'Stop" and sustained or constant -pressure push-button control labeled "Close." 1. Interior -Mounted Units: Full -guarded, surface -mounted, heavy-duty type, with general- purpose NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure. H. Emergency Manual Operation: Equip each electrically powered door with capability for emergency manual operation. Design manual mechanism so required force for door operation does not exceed 25 Ibf. I. Emergency Operation Disconnect Device: Equip operator with hand -operated disconnect mechanism for automatically engaging manual operator and releasing brake for emergency manual operation while disconnecting motor without affecting timing of limit switch. Mount mechanism so it is accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating when emergency operator is engaged. J. Motor Removal: Design operator so motor may be removed without disturbing limit -switch adjustment and without affecting emergency manual operation. 2.10 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM/NOMMA's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products (AMP 500-06)' for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.11 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A41, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.12 STAINLESS -STEEL FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish. B. Bright, Cold -Rolled, Unpolished Finish: No. 2B. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for substrate construction and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine locations of electrical connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install overhead coiling doors and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports; according to manufacturer's written instructions and as specified. B. Install overhead coiling doors, hoods, controls, and operators at the mounting locations indicated for each door. C. Accessibility: Install overhead coiling doors, switches, and controls along accessible routes in compliance with regulatory requirements for accessibility. D. Power -Operated Doors: Install according to UL 325. 3.03 STARTUP SERVICE A Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Perform installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Test and adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware and moving parts to function smoothly so that doors operate easily, free of warp, twist, or distortion. B. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts as recommended by manufacturer. C. Adjust seals to provide tight fit around entire perimeter. 3.05 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service shall include 12 months' full maintenance by skilled employees of coiling -door Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for door operation. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. 1. Perform maintenance during normal working hours. 2. Include 24-hour-per-day, seven -day -per -week, emergency callback service. 3.06 DEMONSTRATION A Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain overhead coiling doors. END OF SECTION OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083323-7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 08 41 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section storefront framing for punched openings. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For aluminum -framed entrances and storefronts. Include plans, elevations, sections, full-size details, and attachments to other work. 1. Include details of provisions for assembly expansion and contraction and for draining moisture occurring within the assembly to the exterior. 2. Include full-size isometric details of each vertical -to -horizontal intersection of aluminum - framed entrances and storefronts, showing the following: a. Joinery, including concealed welds. b. Anchorage. c. Expansion provisions. d. Glazing. a Flashing and drainage. 3. Show connection to and continuity with adjacent thermal, weather, air, and vapor barriers. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, in manufacturer's standard sizes. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Energy Performance Certificates: For aluminum -framed entrances and storefronts, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification NFRC-certified energy performance values for each aluminum - framed entrance and storefront. B. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For aluminum -framed entrances and storefronts to include in maintenance manuals. ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084113-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. 1. Do not change intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If changes are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review 1.06 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum -framed entrances and storefronts that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. d. Water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas. 2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of aluminum -framed entrances and storefronts representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. 1. Aluminum -framed entrances and storefronts shall withstand movements of supporting structure including, but not limited to story drift, twist, column shortening, long-term creep and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. 2. Failure also includes the following: a. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure. b. Glass breakage. c. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. d. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. B. Structural Loads: 1. Wind Loads: Determine positive and negative wind pressures according to ASCE/SEI 7 using the following wind speed criteria: a. Building Risk Category: Ill. b. Ultimate Wind Speed: 141 mph. ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 0841 13-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Deflection of Framing Members: At design wind pressure, as follows: 1. Deflection Normal to Wall Planes Limited to edge of glass in a direction perpendicular to glass plane not exceeding 1/175 of the glass edge length for each individual glazing lite or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch, whichever is less. 2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane* Limited to amount not exceeding that which reduces glazing bite to less than 75 percent of design dimension and that which reduces edge clearance between framing members and glazing or other fixed components to less than 1/8 inch. D. Structural: Test according to ASTM E 330 as follows: 1. When tested at positive and negative wind -load design pressures, assemblies do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits. 2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind -load design pressures, assemblies, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0 2 percent of span. 3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds. E. Air Infiltration: Test according to ASTM E 283 for infiltration as follows: 1. Fixed Framing and Glass Area: a. Maximum air leakage of 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. at a static -air -pressure differential of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.. F. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test according to ASTM E 331 as follows: 1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to a minimum static -air -pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind -load design pressure, but not less than 10 lbf/sq. ft G. Water Penetration under Dynamic Pressure: Test according to AAMA 501.1 as follows: 1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested at dynamic pressure equal to 20 percent of positive wind -load design pressure but not less than 10 Ibf/sq. ft. 2. Maximum Water Leakage: No uncontrolled water penetrating assemblies or water appearing on assemblies' normally exposed interior surfaces from sources other than condensation Water leakage does not include water controlled by flashing and gutters, or water that is drained to exterior H Energy Performance: Certify and label energy performance according to NFRC as follows: 1. Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U-factor of not more than 0.45 Btu/sq ft. x h x deg F as determined according to NFRC 100. 2. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have a solar heat gain coefficient of no greater than 0.25 as determined according to NFRC 200. I. Windborne-Debris Impact Resistance Pass missile -impact and cyclic -pressure tests when tested according to ASTM E 1886 and testing information in ASTM E 1996 for Wind Zone 3. 1. Large -Missile Test: For glazed openings located within 30 feet of grade. ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 0841 13-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 J. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes: 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2. Thermal Cycling: No buckling; stress on glass sealant failure; excess stress on framing, anchors, and fasteners; or reduction of performance when tested according to AAMA 501.5. a. High Exterior Ambient -Air Temperature: That which produces an exterior metal - surface temperature of 180 deg F. b. Low Exterior Ambient -Air Temperature: 15 deg F. c. Interior Ambient -Air Temperature: 75 deg F. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Arcadia, Inc. 2. EFCO Corporation 3. Kawneer North America; an Alcoa company. 4. Oldcastle BuildingEnvelopeTM 5. Trulite Glass & Aluminum Solutions, LLC. 6. Tubelite Inc. 7. U.S. Aluminum, a brand of C.R. Laurence B. Source Limitations: Obtain all components of aluminum -framed entrance and storefront system, including framing and accessories, from single manufacturer. 2.03 FRAMING A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's extruded- or formed aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. 1. Construction: Thermally broken. 2. Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. 3. Glazing Plane: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Framing Depth: 6-inch deep profile. 5. Finish: Color anodic finish. 6. Fabrication Method: Field -fabricated stick system. B. Backer Plates: Manufacturer's standard, continuous backer plates for framing members, if not integral, where framing abuts adjacent construction. C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high -strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. D. Materials: 1. Aluminum. Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221. c. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes ASTM B 429/B 429M. d. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 0841 13-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc -rich, corrosion -resistant primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPC-SP COM, and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard. a. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars. ASTM A 36/A 36M. b. Cold -Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. c. Hot -Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M. 2.04 GLAZING A. Glazing: Comply with Division 08 Section "Glazing." B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed -corner pressure -glazing system of black, resilient elastomeric glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers. C. Glazing Sealants: As recommended by manufacturer for specified performance. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. 1. Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration. 2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads. 3. Use exposed fasteners with countersunk Phillips screw heads, finished to match framing system, fabricated from 300 series stainless steel. B. Anchors: Three-way adjustable anchors with minimum adjustment of 1 inch that accommodate fabrication and installation tolerances in material and finish compatible with adjoining materials and recommended by manufacturer. C. Concealed Flashing: Dead -soft, 0.018-inch-thick stainless steel, ASTM A 240/A 240M of type recommended by manufacturer. D. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt -mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30-mil thickness per coat. 2.06 FABRICATION A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing. B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: 1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. 5. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from interior. ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 0841 13-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 6. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. D. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops. E. Storefront Framing: Fabricate components for assembly using shear -block system or screw - spline system. F. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 2.07 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A42/A44, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. 1. Color: Dark bronze to match existing exteriro aluminum framing as approved by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces that are in contact with structural sealant according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions to ensure compatibility and adhesion. Preparation includes but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Do not install damaged components. 3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints. 6. Seal perimeter and other joints watertight unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal Protection: 1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with materials recommended by manufacturer for this purpose or by installing nonconductive spacers. 2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. C. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" to produce weathertight installation. ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 0841 13-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades. E. Install glazing as specified in Division 08 Section "Glazing." 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A Erection Tolerances: Install aluminum -framed entrances and storefronts to comply with the following maximum tolerances: 1. Plumb. 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 2. Level: 1/8 inch in 20 feet. 3. Alignment: a. Where surfaces abut in line or are separated by reveal or protruding element up to 1/2 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch b. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element from 1/2 to 1 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/8 inch. c. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element of 1 inch wide or more, limit offset from true alignment to 1/4 inch. 4. Location• Limit variation from plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet; 1/2 inch over total length. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Field Quality -Control Testing: Perform the following test on representative areas of aluminum - framed storefronts. 1. Water -Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, areas designated by Architect shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration. a. Perform a minimum of two tests in areas as directed by Architect. C. Aluminum -framed entrances and storefronts will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. END OF SECTION ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 0841 13-7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 08 42 26 ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Interior sliding all -glass entrance doors. 2. All -glass sidelights. B. Related Sections include Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for overhead -steel support for all -glass systems. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for all -glass system. B. Shop Drawings: For all -glass entrances and storefronts. 1. Include plans, elevations, and sections. 2. Include details of fittings and glazing, including isometric drawings of rail fittings. 3. Door hardware locations, mounting heights, and installation requirements. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish indicated, prepared on Samples of size indicated below. 1. Metal Finishes: 6-inch-long sections of rail fittings, accessory fittings, and other items. 2. Glass: 6 inches square, showing exposed -edge finish. 3. Door Hardware: For exposed door hardware of each type, in specified finish, full size. D. Fabrication Sample: Continuous rail fitting at bottom, made from 12-inch lengths of full-size components and showing details of the following: 1. Joinery. 2. Anchorage. E. Entrance Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of entrance door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams Coordinate final entrance door hardware schedule with doors and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand function, and finish of entrance door hardware. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For all -glass systems to include in maintenance manuals. ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES 08 42 26 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. B. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. 1. Do not change intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architects approval. If changes are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review 1.05 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of all -glass systems that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including excessive deflection. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. c. Failure of operating components. 2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Blumcraft of Pittsburgh; C.R. Laurence Co, Inc. 2. DORMA USA, Inc. 3. Oldcastle BuildingEnvelopeTM' 4. Trulite Glass & Aluminum Solutions, LLC. 5. Vitro America. 2.02 METAL COMPONENTS A. Fitting Configuration: 1. Manual -Sliding, All -Glass Entrance Doors and Sidelights: Continuous rail fitting at top and bottom B. Rail Fittings: 1. Material: Aluminum. 2. Height: a. Top Rail: 3-1/2 inches. b. Bottom Rail: 3-1/2 inches. ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES 084226-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3. Profile: Tapered flat. 4. End Caps: Manufacturer's standard precision -fit end caps for rail fittings. C. Accessory Fittings: Match rail -fitting metal and finish for the following: D. Anchors and Fastenings: Concealed. E. Materials: 1. Aluminum. ASTM B 221, with strength and durability characteristics of not less than Alloy 6063-T5. a. Color: Dark bronze. 2.03 GLASS A. Glass. ASTM C 1048 Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent) tested for surface and edge compression per ASTM C 1048 and for impact strength per 16 CFR 1201 for Category II materials. 1. Class 1: Clear monolithic. a. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 2. Exposed Edges: Machine ground and flat polished. 2.04 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE A. Manual -Sliding Entrance Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard for sliding action indicated and with twin rollers. 1. Type: Top -hung, stacking partition. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Provide holes and cutouts in glass to receive hardware, fittings, and accessory fittings before tempering glass. Do not cut, drill, or make other alterations to glass after tempering. 1. Fully temper glass using horizontal (roller -hearth) process, and fabricate so that when glass is installed, roll -wave distortion is parallel with bottom edge of door or lite. B. Factory assemble components and factory install hardware and fittings to greatest extent possible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES 084226-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 3.02 INSTALLATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Install all -glass systems and associated components according to manufacturer's written instructions B. Set units level, plumb, and true to line, with uniform joints. C. Maintain uniform clearances between adjacent components. D. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Set, seal, and grout floor closer cases as required to suit hardware and substrate indicated. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust all -glass entrance doors and hardware to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points and weather stripping. END OF SECTION ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES 084226-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 08 56 19 PASS WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes transaction windows with bullet -resistant glazing for interior locations. B. Related Sections include: 1. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" for hollow metal frames used for pass windows. 2. Division 08 Section "Security Glazing" for bullet -resistant glazing installed at pass windows. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For pass windows. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, accessories, and details of installation and glazing. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color specified, 2 by 4 inches in size. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain aluminum windows from single source from single manufacturer. 2.02 PASS WINDOWS A. Gneral: Provide hollow metal steel frames for pass windows. B. Bullet -Resistant: As specified in Division 08 Section "Security Glazing." C. Glazing System. Manufacturer's standard factory -glazing system. D. Fasteners Noncorrosive and compatible with window members, trim, hardware, anchors, and other components. 1. Exposed Fasteners: Do not use exposed fasteners to greatest extent possible. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match finish hardware being fastened. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Voice Ports: <insert specification> B. Deal Trays: <insert specification> PASS WINDOWS 085619-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.04 FABRICATION A. Comply with Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" for pass window frames. 2.05 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.06 STEEL FRAMING FINISH A. Factory -primed finish as specified for hollow metal frames in Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames." 2.07 STAINLESS -STEEL FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish. B. Polished Finishes: Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches. 1. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. 2. Directional Satin Finish: No. 4. 2.08 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. B. Class II, Clear Anodic Finish: AA-M12C22A31 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated, Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class II, clear coating 0.010 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify rough opening dimensions, levelness of sill plate, and operational clearances. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PASS WINDOWS 085619-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" for installation of hollow metal framing. 1. Install hollow metal frames level, plumb, square true to line, without distortion, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper relation to other adjacent construction to produce weathertight construction. B. Comply with Division 08 Section "Security Glazing" for installing bullet -resistant glazing. C. Install voice ports and deal trays according to manucturer's instructions and approved Shop Drawings. 3.03 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installing windows. Avoid damaging protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances. 1. Keep protective films and coverings in place until final cleaning. B. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during construction period. C. Protect window surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If contaminating substances do contact window surfaces, remove contaminants immediately according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION PASS WINDOWS 085619-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 08 62 23 TUBULAR SKYLIGHTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes tubular skylights, consisting of roof dome, reflective tube, and diffuser assembly. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. B. Shop Drawings. Submit shop drawings showing layout, profiles and product components, including anchorage flashings and accessories. C. Samples: For the following: 1. Roof dome glazing. 2. Tube reflector. 3. Interior diffuser. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engaged in manufacture of tubular daylighting devices for minimum 15 years. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store and dispose of solvent -based materials and materials used with solvent -based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Daylighting Device: Manufacturer's standard warranty for 10 years. TUBULAR SKYLIGHTS 08 62 23 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 2 - PRODUCTS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Completed tubular daylighting device assemblies shall be capable of meeting the following performance requirements: 1. Air Infiltration Test: Air infiltration will not exceed 0 30 cfm per sq. ft. aperture with a pressure delta of 1 57 psf across the tube when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283. 2. Water Resistance Test: No uncontrolled water leakage at 10.5 psf pressure differential with water rate of 5 gallons per hour per sq. ft. when tested in accordance with ASTM E 547. 3. Uniform Load Test: a. No breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware parts or damage to make daylighting system inoperable or cause excessive permanent deflection of any section when tested at a Positive Load of 150 psf or Negative Load of 70 psf b. All units shall be tested with a safety factor of three for positive pressure and two for negative pressure, acting normal to plane of roof in accordance with ASTM E 330. 4. Fire Testing: a. When used with the Dome Edge Protection Band, all domes meet fire rating requirements as described in the 2006 International Building Code. b. Smoke Density - Rating no greater than 450 Per ASTM Standard E 84 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Design is based on units indicated as manufactured by Solatube International, Inc. Subject to compliance with requirements provide named products, or comparable units approved by the Architect. 2.03 TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES A. Tubular Daylighting Devices General : Transparent roof -mounted skylight dome with curb cap flashing, reflective tube, and ceiling level diffuser assembly, transferring sunlight to interior spaces; complying with ICBO/ICC AC-16. B. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provie SolaMaster Series, Solatube Model 750 DS-C Penetrating Ceiling, 21 inch Daylighting System. 1. Roof Dome Assembly: Transparent, UV and impact resistant dome with flashing base supporting dome and top of tube. a. Glazing: Type DA, 0.143 inch minimum thickness injection molded acrylic classified as CC2 material; UV inhibiting, impact modified acrylic blend. 2 LightTracker Reflector, made of aluminum sheet, thickness 0.015 inch with Spectralight Infinity. Positioned in the dome to capture low angle sunlight. 3. Roof Flashing Base: One piece, seamless, leak -proof flashing functioning as base support for dome and top of tube. a. Base Style: Type FCM, Curb cap, with inside dimensions of 27 inches by 27 inches to cover curb as specified in Section 7 Section "Roof Accessories." TUBULAR SKYLIGHTS 086223-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 4. Tube Ring Seal: Attached to the base of the dome ring; butyl glazing rope, 0 24 inch diameter; to minimize air infiltration. 5. Reflective Tubes: Aluminum sheet, thickness 0.018 inch. a. General: (1) Interior Finish: Spectralight Infinity high reflectance specular finish on exposed reflective surface Specular reflectance for visible spectrum (400 nm to 760 nm) greater than 99 percent. Total solar spectrum reflectance (400 nm to 2500 nm) less than 93 percent. (2) Color: a* and b* (defined by CIE L*a*b* color model) shall not exceed plus 2 or be less than minus 2 as determined in accordance to ASTM E 308. b Extension Tube: Reflective extension tube. 6. Diffuser Assemblies: Diffuser attached directly to bottom of tube. a. Lens: Type L1 OptiView Fresnel lens design to maximize light output and diffusion. Provide units with visible light transmission greater than 90 percent at 0.022 inch thick. Classified as CC2 b. Diffuser Trim Ring: Injection molded acrylic. Nominal wall thickness 0.172 inches. 7. Accessories: Open ceiling trim ring, Type R, Aluminum. Nominal thickness of 0.018 inches. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Same material as metals being fastened, non-magnetic steel, non -corrosive metal of type recommended by manufacturer, or injection molded nylon. B. Sealant: Polyurethane or copolymer based elastomeric sealant as provided or recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. TUBULAR SKYLIGHTS 086223-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. After installation of first unit field test to determine adequacy of installation. Conduct water test in presence of Owner Architect, or Contractor or their designated representative. Correct if needed before proceeding with installation of subsequent units. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair, or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION TUBULAR SKYLIGHTS 086223-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 1. Door hardware, including electric hardware. 2. Storefront and entrance door hardware. 3. Power supplies for electric hardware. 4. Door position switches. 5. Cylinders for doors fabricated with locking hardware. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Prelnstallation Conference: Initiate and conduct with supplier, Installer and related trades, coordinate materials and techniques, and sequence complex hardware items and systems installation. Include manufacturers' representatives of locks, panic hardware and door closers in the meetings. Convene prior to commencement of related work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Door Hardware Schedule: Only submittals printed one sided will be accepted and reviewed. Organize vertically formatted schedule into "Hardware Sets' with index of doors and headings, indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Minimum 10pt font size. Include following information: 1. Type, style, function, size, quantity and finish of hardware items. 2. Use BHMA Finish codes per ANSI A156.18 3. Name part number and manufacturer of each item. 4. Fastenings and other pertinent information 5. Location of hardware set coordinated with floor plans and door schedule. 6. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. 7. Mounting locations for hardware. 8. Door and frame sizes, materials and degrees of swing. 9 List of manufacturers used and their nearest representative with address and phone number. 10. Catalog cuts. 11. Point-to-point wiring diagrams. 12. Manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for electronic hardware. 13. Date of jobsite visit. B. Deviations: Highlight, encircle or otherwise identify deviations from "Schedule of Finish Hardware" on submittal with notations clearly designating those portions as deviating from this section. C. If discrepancy between Drawings and scheduled material in this section, bid the more expensive of the two choices, note the discrepancy in the submittal and request direction from Architect for resolution DOOR HARDWARE 087100-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. Furnish as-built/as-installed schedule with closeout documents, including keying schedule, riser and point-to-point wiring diagrams, manufacturers' installation, adjustment and maintenance information and supplier's final inspection report. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Supplier of products with warehousing Facilities: In Project's vicinity. Installer's responsibilies include: Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedule. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for electrified door hardware, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. 2. An employer of an Architectural Hardware Consultant who is available during the course of the Work to consult Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. 3. An employer of workers trained and approved by product manufacturers who are able to read and understand manufacturers' templates, suppliers' hardware schedule and printed installation instructions. Can readily distinguish drywall screws from manufacturers' furnished fasteners. Available to meet with manufacturers' representatives and related trades to discuss installation of hardware. B. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is currently certified by DHI as an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC). C. Furnish hardware items required to complete the work in accordance with specified performance level and design intent, complying with manufacturers' instructions and code requirements. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: coordinate delivery to appropriate locations (shop or field). 1. Permanent keys and cores: secured delivery direct to Owner's representative. B. Acceptance at Site: Items individually packaged in manufacturers original containers, complete with proper fasteners and related pieces. Clearly mark packages to indicate contents, locations in hardware schedule and door numbers. C. Storage: Provide securely locked storage area for hardware, protect from moisture, sunlight, paint, chemicals, dust, excessive heat and cold, etc. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION A. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of the thickness, profile, swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function, regardless of omissions or conflicts in the information on the Contract Documents. Furnish related trades with the following information: 1. Location of embedded and attached items to concrete. 2. Location of wall -mounted hardware, including wall stops. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 Location of finish floor materials and floor -mounted hardware. At masonry construction, coordinate with the anchoring and hollow metal supplier prior to frame installation by placing a strip of insulation, wood, or foam, on the back of the hollow metal frame behind the rabbet section for continuous hinges, as well as at rim panic hardware strike locations, silencers, coordinators, and door closer arm locations. When the frame is grouted in place, the backing will allow drilling and tapping without dulling or breaking the installer's bits. 5. Locations for conduit and raceways as needed for electrical, electronic and electro- pneumatic hardware items. Fire/life-safety system interfacing. Point-to-point wiring diagrams plus riser diagrams to related trades. Coordinate flush top rails of doors at outswinging exteriors, and throughout where adhesive -mounted seals occur 7. Manufacturers' templates to door and frame fabricators. B. Check Shop Drawings for doors and entrances to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for proper hardware installation. C. Prior to Submittal, carefully inspect existing conditions to verify door hardware required to complete Work, including sizes quantities, existing hardware scheduled for re -use, and sill condition material. If conflict between the specified/scheduled hardware and existing conditions, submit request for direction from Architect. Include date of jobsite visit in the submittal. 1. Submittals prepared without thorough jobsite visit by qualified hardware expert will be rejected as non -compliant. 1.07 WARRANTY: A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. b. Faulty operation of doors and door hardware. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering and use. 2. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion unless otherwise indicated below: a. Electrical Locksets: One year. b Electrical Exit Devices: One year. c. Closers: Thirty years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers and their abbreviations used in this schedule: 1. GLY Glynn -Johnson Hardware 2. IVE H B. Ives 3. LCN LCN Closers DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 4. SCE Schlage Electronics 5. SCH Schlage Lock Company 6. VON Von Duprin 7. ZER Zero International CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of door hardware from single manufacturer. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire -rated doors are indicated, provide door hardware complying with NFPA 80 that is listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire - protection ratings indicated based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. B. Means of Egress Doors: Latches do not require more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks do not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. C. Exit Doors: Operable from inside with single motion without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. D. Accessibility Requirements: For door hardware on doors in an accessible route, comply with the TDLR '2012 Texas Accessibility Standards" (TAS). 1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 Ibf. 2. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not more than 1/2 inch high. 3. Adjust door closer sweep periods so that, from an open position of 90 degrees, the door will take at least 5 seconds to move to a position of 12 degrees from the latch. 2.03 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. Provide products for each door that comply with requirements indicated in Part 2 and door hardware schedule. 1. Door hardware is scheduled on Drawings. B. Provide products that are free of defects, blemishes and excessive play. C. Provide hardware items required to complete the work in accordance with specified performance level and design intent, complying with manufacturers' instructions and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Where exact types of hardware specified are not adaptable to finished shape or size of members requiring hardware, provide suitable types having as nearly as practical the same operation and quality as type specified, subject to Architect's approval 2. Where scheduled item has been discontinued, provide manufacturer's updated/improved item. D. Items listed with no substitute manufacturers have been requested by Owner to meet existing standard. 2.04 HINGING METHODS A. Hinges: BHMA A156 1. Provide template -produced hinges for hinges installed on hollow -metal doors and hollow -metal frames. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Drawings typically depict doors at 90 degrees, doors will actually swing to maximum allowable. Use wide -throw conventional or continuous hinges as needed up to 8 inches in width to allow door to stand parallel to wall for true 180-degree opening. Advise architect if 8-inch width is insufficient. C. Conform to manufacturer's published hinge selection standard for door dimensions, weight and frequency, and to hinge selection as scheduled. Where manufacturer's standard exceeds the scheduled product, furnish the heavier of the two choices, notify Architect of deviation from scheduled hardware. D. Conventional Hinges: Steel or stainless steel pins and concealed bearings. Hinge open widths minimum, but of sufficient throw to permit maximum door swing. 1. Outswinging exterior doors: non-ferrous with non -removable (NRP) pins and security studs. 2. Non-ferrous material exteriors and at doors subject to corrosive atmospheric conditions. E. Pivots: high strength forged bronze or stainless steel, tilt -on precision bearing and bearing pin. 1. Bottom and intermediate pivots: adjustability of minus 0.063 inch, plus 0.125 inch. 2.05 LOCKSETS, LATCHSETS, DEADBOLTS A. Mortise Locksets and Latchsets: 1. Chassis: cold -rolled steel handing field -changeable without disassembly. 2. Universal lock case — 10 functions in one case. 3. Floating mounting tabs automatically adjusts to fit a beveled door edge. 4. Latchbolts: 0.75 inch throw stainless steel anti -friction type. 5. Lever Trim: through -bolted, accessible design, cast lever or solid extruded bar type levers as scheduled. Filled hollow tube design unacceptable. a. Spindles: security design independent breakaway. Breakage of outside lever does not allow access to inside lever's hubworks to gain wrongful entry. b. Inside lever applied by screwless shank mounting — no exposed trim mount screws. c. Levers rotate up or down for ease of use. d. Vandalgard locks: locked lever freely rotates down while remaining securely locked. This feature prevents damage to internal lock components when subjected to excessive force. 6. Furnish solid cylinder collars with wave springs. Wall of collar to cover rim of mortise cylinder. 7. Thumbturns: accessible design not requiring pinching or twisting motions to operate. 8. Deadbolts: stainless steel 1-inch throw. 9. Electric operation: Manufacturer -installed continuous duty solenoid. 10. Strikes: 16 gage curved steel, bronze or brass with 1 inch deep box construction, lips of sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing. 11. Certifications: a. ANSI A156.13, 1994 Grade 1 Operational, Grade 1 Security. b. ANSI/ASTM F476-84 Grade 31 UL Listed. 12. Basis of Design: Schlage L series, 17L design. a. Accepted substitutions: Corbin Russwin ML2000 Series DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 2.06 EXIT DEVICES / PANIC HARDWARE A. General features: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Independent lab -tested 1,000,000 cycles. 2. Push -through push -pad design. No exposed push -pad fasteners, no exposed cavities when operated. Return stroke fluid dampeners and rubber bottoming dampeners, plus anti -rattle devices 3. Deadlocking latchbolts, 0.75 inch projection. 4. End caps: impact -resistant, flush -mounted. No raised edges or lips to catch carts or other equipment. 5. No exposed screws to show through glass doors. Non -handed basic device design with center case interchangeable with all functions, no extra parts required to effect change of function. 7. Releasable in normal operation with 15-pound maximum operating force, and with 32- pound maximum pressure under 250-pound load to the door. 8. Exterior doors scheduled with XP-series devices: Static load force resistance of at least 2000 pounds. B. Specific features: 1. Non -Fire Rated Devices: cylinder dogging. 2. Lever Trim: breakaway type, forged brass or bronze escutcheon min. 0.130 inch thickness, compression spring drive match lockset lever design. 3. Rod and latch guards with sloped full -width kickplates for doors fitted with surface vertical rod devices with bottom latches. 4. Fire -Labeled Devices: UL label indicating 'Fire Exit Hardware". Vertical rod devices less bottom rod (LBR) unless otherwise scheduled. 5 Electrically Operated Devices: Single manufacturer source for electric latch retraction devices, electrically controlled trim, power transfers, power supplies, monitoring switches and controls. 6. Removable Mullions: Removable with single turn of building key Securely reinstalled without need for key. Furnish storage brackets for securely stowing the mullion away from the door when removed. 7. Basis of Design: Von Duprin 33/99 Series. a. Accepted substitutions: None, Match Existing. 2.07 POWER SUPPLIES/ TRANSFERS A. Power supplies to be tested and certified to meet UL294. B. Universal 120-240 VAC input, low voltage DC output, regulated and filtered. C. Power supplies to have 2A, 4A, 6A output, 12/24 VDC field selectable with jumper. D. Provide emergency release terminals, where required, that allow the release of all devices upon activation of the fire alarm system complete with fire alarm input for initiating "no delay" exiting mode. E. Power supplies for Von Duprin and Falcon/ Monarch electric latch retraction shall be 4A, and include a high inrush module as required for electric latch retraction. F. Power supplies shall be flat mounting design with polarized locking connections for additional option boards as specified. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 G. Provide a means to transfer power from the door frame to door style. Devices shall be reversible and allow a full 180 degree door swing. When door is closed transfer unit shall be concealed. H. Provide Von Duprin EPT power transfers with swiveling stainless steel tube at all electrified locks and exit devices. Von Duprin EPT shall be used at all exits that require a high amp inrush to retract latch. Power transfer hinges or coiled spring power transfers will not be acceptable. 2.08 CLOSERS A. Surface Closers: 1. Full rack-and-pinion type cylinder with removable non-ferrous cover and cast iron body. Double heat -treated pinion shaft, single piece forged piston, chrome -silicon steel spring. 2. ISO 2000 certified. Units stamped with date -of -manufacture code. 3. Independent lab -tested 10,000 000 cycles. 4. Non -sized, non -handed, and adjustable. Place closer inside building, stairs, and rooms. 5. Plates, brackets and special templating when needed for interface with particular header, door and wall conditions and neighboring hardware. 6. Separate adjusting valves for closing speed, latching speed and backcheck, fourth valve for delayed action where scheduled. 7. Extra -duty arms (EDA) solid forged steel main arms and factory assembled heavy-duty forged forearms for parallel arm closers with parallel arm units at doors scheduled with parallel arm units Exterior door closers: tested to 100 hours of ASTM B117 salt spray test, furnish data on request. Exterior doors: seasonal adjustments not required for temperatures from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F, furnish checking fluid data on request. 10. Non -flaming fluid, will not fuel door or floor covering fires. 11. Pressure Relief Valves (PRV) not permitted. 12. Basis of Design: LCN 4040 XP a. Accepted Substitutions: Sargen 281 2.09 OTHER HARDWARE A. Automatic Flush Bolts: Low operating force design. B. Overhead Stops: Non -plastic mechanisms and finished metal end caps. Field -changeable hold -open, friction and stop -only functions. C. Kick Plates: Four beveled edges, .050 inches minimum thickness, height and width as scheduled. Sheet -metal screws of bronze or stainless steel to match other hardware. D. Door Stops: Provide stops to protect walls, casework or other hardware. 1. Unless otherwise noted in Hardware Sets, provide floor type with appropriate fasteners. Where floor type cannot be used, provide wall type. If neither can be used, provide overhead type. 2. Locate overhead stops for maximum possible opening. Consult with Owner for furniture locations. Minimum. 90 deg stop / 95 deg deadstop. Note degree of opening in submittal. DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Seals: Adhesive type at head and jambs. Inelastic, rigid back, not subject to stretching. Self - compensating for warp, thermal bow, door settling, and out -of -plumb. Adhesive warranted for life of installation. F. Automatic Door Bottoms. low operating force units. Doors with automatic door bottoms plus head and jamb seals cannot require more than two pounds operating force to open when closer is disconnected. G. Thresholds: As scheduled and per details. Substitute products: certify that the products equal or exceed specified material's thickness. Proposed substitutions: submit for approval. 1. Saddle thresholds: 0.200 inches minimum thickness. H. Exteriors: Seal perimeter to exclude water and vermin. Use sealant complying with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." Minimum 0.25 inch diameter fasteners and lead expansion shield anchors, or Red Head #SFS-1420 (or approved equivalent) Flat Head Sleeve Anchors (SS/FHSL). I. Fire -rated Openings, 3-Hour Duration: Thresholds, where scheduled, to extend full jamb depth. J. Acoustic openings: Set units in full bed of silicone sealant according to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." Leave no air space between threshold and substrate. K. Plastic plugs with wood or sheet metal screws are not an acceptable substitute for specified fastening methods. L. Fasteners: Generally, exposed screws to be Phillips or Robertson drive. Pinned TORX drive at high security areas. Flat head sleeve anchors (FHSL) may be slotted drive. Sheet metal and wood screws: full -thread. Sleeve nuts: full length to prevent door compression. M. Through -bolts Verify with Architect. Coordinate with wood doors; ensure provision of proper blocking to support wood screws for mounting panic hardware and door closers. Coordinate with metal doors and frames; ensure provision of proper reinforcement to support machine screws for mounting panic hardware and door closers. 1. Exception: surface -mounted overhead stops, holders, and friction stays. N. Silencers: Interior hollow metal frames, 3 for single doors, 4 for pairs of doors. Leave no unfilled/uncovered pre -punched silencer holes. Intent: door bears against silencers, seals make minimal contact with minimal compression — only enough to effect a seal. O. Key Control Software: Same manufacturer as key cylinders, supply to Owner. P. Wall- and Floor -Mounted Electromagnetic Door Holders LCN's SEM series or approved equivalent. Incorporate into U.L. listed fire & life -safety system, doors release to allow closure and latching when door's zone is in alarm state. Use minimum projection required to allow door to open as widely as allowed by wall conditions and projection of door hardware. 2.10 FINISHES A. General: 1. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-8 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Provide finishes complying with BHMA A156.18 as indicated in door hardware schedule. 1. Generally: BHMA 626 Satin Chromium Steel OR BHMA 630 Satin Stainless Steel 2. Areas using BHMA 626: furnish push -plates, pulls and protection plates of BHMA 630, Satin Stainless Steel, unless otherwise scheduled. C. Door closers: factory powder coated to match other hardware, unless otherwise noted. 1. Provide satin -chrome plated arms, tracks and covers where scheduled bright metallic powder coat (MTLPC) not available. D. Finish designators used in appended hardware schedule: ANSI 313 626 628 630 652 689 695 AL BLK GRY U S U S10B U S26D U S28 U S32D U S26D U S28 U S10B U S28 Description Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Anodized Satin Chromium Plated Over Nickel S atin Aluminum, Clear Anodized Satin Stainless Steel S atin Chromium Plated Over Nickel Aluminum Painted Dark Bronze Painted Aluminum Mill Finish Black Grey Base Metal Aluminum Brass, Bronze Aluminum Stain. Steel 300 Ser Steel Any Any Aluminum Any Any 2.11 KEYING REQUIREMENTS: A. Key System. Schlage Everest 29 patented keyway, small format interchangeable core. Key blanks available only from factory -direct sources, not available from after -market key blank manufacturers. For estimate use factory GMK charge. Initiate and conduct meeting(s) with Owner to determine system keyway(s) and structure and keybow styles, furnish Owner's written approval of the system; do not order keys or cylinders without written confirmation of actual requirements from the Owner. 1. New factory registered master key system. B. Construction keying: furnish brass keyed -alike temporary cores plus 10 operating keys and 2 construction control keys. Temporary cores and keys remain property of hardware supplier. Contractor will install permanent cylinders/cores. Interchangeable Cores: furnish utility patented, 7-pin solid brass construction. Locksets and cores: keyed at factory of lock manufacturer where permanent records are maintained. F. Permanent keys and cores: use secured shipment direct from point of origination to Owner. 1. For estimate: 3 keys per change combination, 5 master keys per group, 5 grand -master keys, 3 control keys. C. D. E. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 9 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 G. For estimate: VKC stamping plus "DO NOT DUPLICATE". H. Bitting List* use secured shipment direct from point of origination to Owners upon completion. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS: A. Can read and understand manufacturers' templates, suppliers' hardware schedule and printed installation instructions. Can readily distinguish drywall screws from manufacturers' furnished fasteners. Available to meet with manufacturers' representatives and related trades to discuss installation of hardware. 3.02 PREPARATION: A Ensure that walls and frames are square and plumb before hardware installation. Make corrections before commencing hardware installation. Installation denotes acceptance of wall/frame condition. B. Locate hardware per SDI-100 and applicable building, fire, life -safety, accessibility, and security codes. 1. Notify Architect of code conflicts before ordering material. 2. Locate latching hardware between 34 inches to 44 inches above the finished floor. 3. Locate panic hardware between 36 inches to 44 inches above the finished floor. 4. Where new hardware is to be installed near existing doors/hardware scheduled to remain, match locations of existing hardware. C. Overhead stops: before installing, determine proposed locations of furniture items, fixtures, and other items to be protected by the overhead stop's action. D. Existing frames and doors to be retrofitted with new hardware: 1. Field -verify conditions and dimensions prior to ordering hardware. Fill existing hardware cut outs not being reused by the new hardware. Remove existing hardware not being reused, return to Owner unless directed otherwise. 2. Remove existing floor closers not scheduled for reuse, fill cavities with non -shrinking concrete and finish smooth. 3. Cut and weld existing steel frames currently prepared with 2.25 inch height strikes. Cut an approximate 8 inch section from the strike jamb and weld in a reinforced section to accommodate specified hardware's strike. 4. Patch and weld flush filler pieces into existing door hardware preparations in steel doors and frames, leave surfaces smooth. 5. Glue in solid wood block fillers to fill cut outs in existing wood doors, sand surfaces smooth. Alternatively, use an approved epoxy -based wood filler product, submit product data for approval 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Do not install surface - mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrate. Set units level plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate for proper installation and operation. Remove and reinstall or replace work deemed defective by Architect. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 10 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Gaskets: install jamb -applied gaskets before closers, overhead stops, rim strikes, etc; fasten hardware over and through these seals. Install sweeps across bottoms of doors before astragals, cope sweeps around bottom pivots, trim astragals to tops of sweeps. 2. When hardware is to be attached to existing metal surface and insufficient reinforcement exists, use RivNuts, NutSerts or similar anchoring device for screws. 3. Use manufacturers' fasteners furnished with hardware items, or submit Request for Substitution with Architect. 4. Replace fasteners damaged by power -driven tools. B. Locate floor stops no more that 4 inches from walls and not within paths of travel. Door should be well clear of point of wall reveal. Point of door contact no closer to the hinge edge than half the door width. Where situation is questionable or difficult, contact Architect for direction. C. Core concrete for exterior door stop anchors. Set anchors in approved non -shrink grout. D. Locate overhead stops for minimum 90 degrees at rest and for maximum allowable degree of swing. E. Install closers inside building, stairs, and rooms as scheduled. F. Drill pilot holes for fasteners in wood doors and/or frames. G. Lubricate and adjust existing hardware scheduled to remain. Carefully remove and give to Owner items not scheduled for reuse. H. Field -verify existing conditions and measurements prior to ordering hardware. hardware cut outs not being used by the new hardware. I. Remove existing hardware not being reused. Tag and bag removed hardware, Owner. Fill existing turn over to J. Where existing wall conditions will not allow door to swing using the scheduled hinges, provide wide -throw hinges and if needed, extended arms on closers. K. Provide manufacturer's recommended brackets to accommodate the mounting of closers on doors with flush transoms. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and check for proper operation and function. Replace units, which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly 1. Hardware damaged by improper installation or adjustment methods: repair or replace to Owner's satisfaction. 2. Adjust doors to fully latch with no more than 1 pound of pressure. 3. Adjust delayed -action closers on fire -rated doors to fully close from fully -opened position in no more than 10 seconds. 4. Adjust door closers to perform as specified. B. Fire rated doors: 1. Wood Doors: adjust to 0 125 inches clearance at heads, jambs, and meeting stiles. 2. Steel Doors: adjust to 0.063 inches minimum to 0.188 inches maximum clearance at heads, jambs, and meeting stiles 3. Adjust wood and steel doors to 0.75 inches maximum clearance (undercut) above threshold or finish floor material under door. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 11 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL C. D. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Adjust closers to meet accessibility requirements. Final inspection: Installer to provide letter to Owner that upon completion installer has visited the Project and has accomplished the following: 1. Has re -adjusted hardware. 2. Has evaluated maintenance procedures and recommend changes or additions, and instructed Owner's personnel. 3. Has identified items that have deteriorated or failed. 4. Has submitted written report identifying problems. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant: Engage a qualified independent Architectural Hardware Consultant to perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports. 1. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant will inspect door hardware and state in each report whether installed work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed and adjusted. 2. With installer present, test door hardware operation with climate control system and stairwell pressurization system both at rest and while in full operation. 3. With installer, access control contractor and electrical contractor present, test electrical, electronic and electro pneumatic hardware systems for satisfactory operation. 4. With installer and electrical contractor present, test hardware interfaced with fire/life-safety system for proper operation and release. 3.06 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate mechanical hardware and electrical, electronic and pneumatic hardware systems including adjustment and maintenance procedures 3.07 PROTECTION/CLEANING A. Cover installed hardware, protect from paint, cleaning agents, weathering, carts/barrows, etc. Remove covering materials and clean hardware just prior to substantial completion. B. Clean adjacent wall, frame and door surfaces soiled from installation / reinstallation process. 3.08 SCHEDULE OF FINISH HARDWARE A. See door schedule in drawings for hardware set assignments. Hardware Group No. 01 For use on door #(s): 101 A101 Each Qty 2 1 1 1 1 To Have: Description EA PIVOT SET EA KEYED REMOVABLE MULLION EA PANIC HARDWARE EA PANIC HARDWARE EA SFIC MORTISE CYL. Catalog Number EXISTING TO REMAIN KR4954-STAB-MT54 (AS REQ'D) 33A-EO-299 (AS REQ'D) 33A-NL-OP-388-299 (AS REQ'D) 80-132 X COLLAR AS REQ'D Finish Mfr B/O 695 VON 313 VON 313 VON 626 SCH DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 12 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 1 EA 2 EA 1 EA 2 EA 2 EA 2 EA 2 EA 2 EA 1 EA 1 EA 2 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 80-159 80-037 EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN 4040XP SCUSH TBSRT 4040XP-18PA (AS REQ'D) 4040XP-30 (AS REQ'D) 4040XP-61 (AS REQ'D) EXISTING TO REMAIN 8780N EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR (AS REQ D) 2 EA DOOR POSITION FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O SWITCH (AS REQ D) 1 EA POWER SUPPLY FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O (AS REQ D) OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: ENTRY BY VALID CREDENTIAL OR MANUAL KEY OVERRIDE FREE ENTRY WHEN PANIC DEVICES ARE DOGGED. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. ELECTRIC STRIKE IS FAIL -SECURE. S FIC RIM CYLINDER S FIC EVEREST CORE ELECTRIC STRIKE DOOR PULL S URFACE CLOSER PA MOUNTING PLATE CUSH SHOE SUPPORT BLADE STOP SPACER WEATHERSTRIPPING MULLION SEAL DOOR SWEEP THRESHOLD CREDENTIAL READER RX MOTION SENSOR 626 SCH 626 SCH B/O B/O 695 LCN 695 LCN 695 LCN 695 LCN B/O N ZER B/O B/O B/O B/O NOTE CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 13 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 02 For use on door #(s): A102 A103 Each To Have: Q ty Description 2 EA PIVOT SET 1 EA KEYED REMOVABLE MULLION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Catalog Number EXISTING TO REMAIN KR4954-STAB-MT54 (AS REQ'D) Finish Mfr B/O 695 VON 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 33A-EO-299 (AS REQ'D) 313 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 33A-NL-OP-388-299 (AS REQ'D) 313 1 EA SFIC MORTISE CYL. 80-132 X COLLAR AS REQ'D 626 1 EA SFIC RIM CYLINDER 80-159 626 2 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 80-037 626 2 EA DOOR PULL EXISTING TO REMAIN 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP SCUSH TBSRT 695 2 EA PA MOUNTING PLATE 4040XP-18PA (AS REQ'D) 689 2 EA CUSH SHOE SUPPORT 4040XP-30 (AS REQ'D) 689 2 EA BLADE STOP SPACER 4040XP-61 (AS REQ'D) 689 1 EA WEATHERSTRIPPING EXISTING TO REMAIN 2 EA DOOR SWEEP EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA THRESHOLD EXISTING TO REMAIN 2 EA DOOR POSITION FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR SWITCH (AS REQ'D) N OTE CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. Hardware Group No. 03 For use on door #(s): 102 Each To Have: Q ty Description 2 EA PIVOT SET 2 EA DUMMY PUSH BAR 2 EA DOOR PULL 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 2 EA DOOR STOP 1 EA WEATHERSTRIPPING Catalog Number EXISTING TO REMAIN 330 (AS REQ'D) EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN VON VON S CH S CH S CH B/O LCN LCN LCN LCN B/O B/O B/O B/O Finish Mfr B/O 313 VON B/O B/O B/O B/O N OTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 14 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 04 For use on door #(s) 106 111 135 Each To Have: Qty Description 1 EA PIVOT SET 1 EA FIRE EXIT HARDWARE 1 EA SFIC RIM CYLINDER 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 Catalog Number EXISTING TO REMAIN 3347A-NL-OP-F-388 (AS REQ'D) 80-159 80-037 EXISTING TO REMAIN (VERIFY FAIL -SECURE @ RATED OPENINGS) Finish Mfr B/O 313 VON 626 SCH 626 SCH B/O 1 EA DOOR PULL EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O 1 EA DOOR STOP EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O 1 EA WEATHERSTRIPPING EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O 1 EA DOOR SWEEP EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O 1 EA THRESHOLD EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O 1 EA RX MOTION SENSOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O 1 EA DOOR POSITION FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O SWITCH 1 EA POWER SUPPLY FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O (AS REQ'D) OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: ENTRY BY VALID CREDENTIAL OR MANUAL KEY OVERRIDE. FREE ENTRY WHEN PANIC DEVICES ARE DOGGED FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. ELECTRIC STRIKE IS FAIL -SECURE. ELECTRIC STRIKE TO TIE INTO BUILDING'S FIRE -ALARM SYSTEM NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. CONTRACTOR ALSO TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING SEALS FOR FIRE RATED OPENING VERIFY EXISTING ELECTRIC STRIKE IS FAIL -SECURE AND TIED TO THE BUILDING'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 15 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 05 For use on door #(s): 110 Each To Have: Qty Description 1 EA PIVOT SET 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA SFIC RIM CYLINDER 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 1 EA DOOR PULL 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA DOOR STOP 1 EA WEATHERSTRIPPING 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 1 EA THRESHOLD 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER 1 EA RX MOTION SENSOR 1 EA DOOR POSITION SWITCH 1 EA POWER SUPPLY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Catalog Number EXISTING TO REMAIN 33A-NL-OP-388-299 (AS REQ'D) 80-159 80-037 EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR (AS REQ'D) OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: ENTRY BY VALID CREDENTIAL OR MANUAL KEY OVERRIDE FREE ENTRY WHEN PANIC DEVICES ARE DOGGED. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. ELECTRIC STRIKE IS FAIL -SECURE. ELECTRIC STRIKE TO TIE INTO BUILDING'S FIRE -ALARM SYSTEM. Finish Mfr B/O 313 VON 626 SCH 626 SCH B/O B/O B/O B/O B/O B/O B/O B/O B/O B/O B/O NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. Hardware Group No. 06 For use on door #(s): A165 Each To Have: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish 3 EA HW HINGE 5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 (AS REQ'D) 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 99-EO 626 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA DOOR STOP EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA GASKETING 188S-BK S-Bk 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A 1 EA THRESHOLD EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA RAIN DRIP 142A (AS REQ D) A 1 EA DOOR POSITION FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR SWITCH (AS REQ D) NOTE CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME AND THRESHOLD CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. Mfr IVE VON B/O B/O ZER ZER B/O ZER B/O DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 16 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 07 For use on door #(s). A115 Each To Have: Qty Description 6 EA HW HINGE 1 EA KEYED REMOVABLE MULLION 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA SFIC MORTISE CYL. 1 EA SFIC RIM CYLINDER 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 2 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 2 EA PA MOUNTING PLATE 2 EA CUSH SHOE SUPPORT 2 EA BLADE STOP SPACER 1 EA GASKETING CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Catalog Number 5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP (AS REQ'D) KR4954-STAB-MT54 33A-EO-299 33A-NL-OP-388-299 80-132 X COLLAR AS REQ'D 80-159 80-037 8190HD 12' 0 4040XP SCUSH TBSRT 4040XP-18PA (AS REQ'D) 4040XP-30 (AS REQ'D) 4040XP-61 (AS REQ'D) 188S-BK (SEALS BY DOOR/FRAME SUPPLIER @ AL OPENINGS) 1 EA MULLION SEAL 8780N N 2 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A 1 EA THRESHOLD EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA RAIN DRIP 142A (AS REQ D) A 2 EA DOOR POSITION FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR SWITCH (AS REQ'D) NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME AND THRESHOLD CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. Finish Mfr 630 IVE 689 VON 626 VON 626 VON 626 SCH 626 SCH 626 SCH 630 IVE 689 LCN 689 LCN 689 LCN 689 LCN S-Bk ZER ZER ZER B/O ZER B/O DOOR HARDWARE 087100-17 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 08 For use on door #(s): A136 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 Each To Have: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 6 EA HINGES EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O 1 EA KEYED REMOVABLE KR4954-STAB-MT54 (AS REQ'D) 689 VON MULLION 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 33A-EO-299 (AS REQ'D) 626 VON 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 33A-NL-OP-388-299 (AS REQ'D) 626 VON 1 EA SFIC MORTISE CYL. 80-132 X COLLAR AS REQ'D 626 SCH 1 EA SAC RIM CYLINDER 80-159 626 SCH 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 80-037 626 SCH 2 EA DOOR PULL EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O 2 EA DOOR STOP EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O 1 EA GASKETING 188S-BK S-Bk ZER (SEALS BY DOOR/FRAME SUPPLIER @ AL OPENINGS) 1 EA MULLION SEAL 8780N N ZER 2 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O 1 EA RAIN DRIP 142A (AS REQ D) A ZER 2 EA DOOR POSITION FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O SWITCH (AS REQ D) NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME AND THRESHOLD CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. CONTRACTOR TO ALSO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME AND HARDWARE FINISH TO MATCH US10B ON INTERIOR SIDE AND 630 ON EXTERIOR. CONTRACTOR ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY NECESSARY PATCH WORK FOR EXISTING DOORS. Hardware Group No. 09 For use on door #(s): A112 A113 Each To Have: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE (AS REQ'D - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITY) 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080HD 17L 626 SCH 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 80-037 626 SCH 1 EA LOCK GUARD LG1 630 IVE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP SCUSH TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA GASKETING 188S-BK S-Bk ZER 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O 1 EA RAIN DRIP 142A (AS REQ D) A ZER NOTE CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME AND THRESHOLD CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. DOOR HARDWARE 087100-18 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 10 For use on door #(s): A156 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Each To Have: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 4 EA HW HINGE 5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE (AS REQ'D) 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 99-L-NL-17 626 VON 1 EA SFIC RIM CYLINDER 80-159 626 SCH 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 80-037 626 SCH 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6111 FSE 630 VON (AS REQ'D) 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP CUSH TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA SEALS/SILENCERS EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O 1 EA RX MOTION SENSOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O (AS REQ'D) 1 EA DOOR POSITION FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O SWITCH (AS REQ'D) 1 EA POWER SUPPLY FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O (AS REQ'D) OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION* ENTRY BY VALID CREDENTIAL OR MANUAL KEY OVERRIDE. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES ELECTRIC STRIKE IS FAIL -SECURE. NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. Hardware Group No. 11 For use on door #(s): A144 Each To Have: Qty Description 4 EA HW HINGE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE Catalog Number 5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 EPT10 RX-QEL+-99-L-NL-17 Finish Mfr 652 IVE 689 VON 626 VON 1 EA SFIC RIM CYLINDER 80-159 626 SCH 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 80-037 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP CUSH TBSRT 689 LCN 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O 1 EA DOOR POSITION FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O SWITCH 1 EA POWER SUPPLY FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: ENTRY BY VALID CREDENTIAL OR MANUAL KEY OVERRIDE. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 19 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 12 For use on door #(s): A155 Each To Have: Qty Description 4 EA HINGE I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 STOREROOM LOCK S FIC EVEREST CORE ELECTRIC STRIKE S URFACE CLOSER S EALS/SILENCERS CREDENTIAL READER RX MOTION SENSOR DOOR POSITION SWITCH 1 EA POWER SUPPLY FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: ENTRY BY VALID CREDENTIAL OR MANUAL KEY OVERRIDE. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES ELECTRIC STRIKE IS FAIL -SECURE. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Finish Mfr 652 IVE EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA Catalog Number 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 (AS REQ'D - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITY) L9080HD 17L 80-037 6211 FSE 4040XP CUSH TBSRT EXISTING TO REMAIN FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR 626 626 630 689 S CH S CH VON LCN B/O B/O B/O B/O N OTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE S PECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. Hardware Group No. 13 For use on door #(s): A109 Each To Have: Qty Description 4 EA HINGE 1 EA DOOR CORD 1 EA EU MORTISE LOCK 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA DOOR STOP 1 EA SEALS/SILENCERS 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER 1 EA DOOR POSITION SWITCH 1 EA POWER SUPPLY FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: ENTRY BY VALID CREDENTIAL OR MANUAL KEY OVERRIDE. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES ELECTRIC LOCK IS FAIL -SECURE. Finish Mfr 652 IVE Catalog Number 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 (AS REQ'D) 798-18 L9092HDEU 17L RX 80-037 4040XP REG OR PA AS REQ TBSRT EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR 626 SCE 626 SCH 626 SCH 689 LCN B/O B/O B/O B/O N OTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE S PECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 20 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 14 For use on door #(s): 113 132 Each To Have: Qty 4 Description EA HINGE 1 EA DOOR CORD 1 EA EL MORTISE LOCK 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA DOOR STOP 1 EA WEATHERSTRIPPING 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER 1 EA DOOR POSITION SWITCH 1 EA POWER SUPPLY FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: ENTRY BY VALID CREDENTIAL OR MANUAL KEY OVERRIDE. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES ELECTRIC LOCK IS FAIL-SAFE AND IS TO BE TIED INTO BUILDING'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 Finish Mfr 652 IVE Catalog Number 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 (AS REQ'D) 798-18 L9093HDEL 17L RX 80-037 4040XP REG OR PA AS REQ TBSRT EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR 626 SCE 626 SCH 626 SCH 689 LCN B/O B/O B/O B/O NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. CONTRACTOR ALSO TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING SEALS FOR FIRE RATED OPENINGS. Hardware Group No. 15 For use on door #(s): 207 224 Each To Have: Qty Description 4 EA HINGE 308 1 EA POWER TRANSFER 1 EA EL MORTISE LOCK 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA DOOR STOP 1 EA GASKETING 1 EA 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER DOOR POSITION SWITCH 332 Catalog Number 56E31 4.5 X 4.5 (AS REQ'D) EPT10 L9093HDEL 17L RX 80-037 4040XP REG OR PA AS REQ TBSRT EXISTING TO REMAIN 188S-BK (SEALS BY FRAME MNFR @ AL OPENINGS) FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR Finish Mfr 652 IVE 689 VON 626 SCH 626 SCH 689 LCN B/O S-Bk ZER B/O B/O 1 EA POWER SUPPLY FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: ENTRY BY VALID CREDENTIAL OR MANUAL KEY OVERRIDE. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES ELECTRIC LOCK IS FAIL-SAFE AND IS TO BE TIED INTO BUILDING'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DOOR HARDWARE 087100-21 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 16 For use on door #(s): 108 119 306 307 Each To Have: Qty Description 4 EA HINGE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 121 209 212 A152 1 EA POWER TRANSFER 1 EA EU MORTISE LOCK 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA DOOR STOP 3 EA SILENCER 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER 1 EA DOOR POSITION SW ITCH 1 EA POWER SUPPLY Catalog Number 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 (3 EA @ DOORS UNDER 90") EPT10 L9092HDEU 17L RX 80-037 4040XP REG OR PA AS REQ TBSRT FS436/WS402/403CCV AS REQ'D SR64 (SEALS BY FRAME MNFR @ AL FRAMES) FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR 229 Finish Mfr 652 IVE 689 VON 626 SCH 626 SCH 689 LCN 626 IVE GRY IVE B/O B/O FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: ENTRY BY VALID CREDENTIAL OR MANUAL KEY OVERRIDE. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES LOCK IS FAIL -SECURE. NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 22 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 17 For use on door #(s): A108 Each To Have: Qty Description 4 EA HW HINGE 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA DOOR CORD ELEC PANIC HARDWARE S FIC EVEREST CORE S URFACE CLOSER S EALS/SILENCERS CREDENTIAL READER DOOR POSITION SWITCH 1 EA POWER SUPPLY OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION EGRESS AT ALL TIMES CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 Catalog Number 5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 (AS REQ'D - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITY) 798-18 (AS REQ D) RX-QEL+-99-L-NL-17 (AS REQ'D) 80-037 4040XP CUSH TBSRT EXISTING TO REMAIN FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR Finish Mfr 652 IVE 626 SCE 626 VON 626 SCH 689 LCN B/O B/O B/O FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O ENTRY BY VALID CREDENTIAL OR MANUAL KEY OVERRIDE. FREE N OTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE S PECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 23 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 18 For use on door #(s): A128 Each To Have: Qty Description 8 EA HW HINGE 2 EA DOOR CORD 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA SFIC RIM CYLINDER 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 2 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA SEALS/SILENCERS 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER 2 EA DOOR POSITION SWITCH CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 Catalog Number 5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 (AS REQ'D) 798-18 RX-9947 WDC-EO-LBR-ADJ10-338 RX-QEL+-9947-W DC-NL-OP-LBR-ADJ 10- 110WD-338 80-159 80-037 8190HD 12' O 4040XP CUSH TBSRT EXISTING TO REMAIN FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR Finish Mfr 652 IVE 626 SCE 626 VON 626 VON 626 SCH 626 SCH 630 IVE 689 LCN B/O B/O B/O 1 EA POWER SUPPLY FURNISHED X SEC CONTRACTOR B/O OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: ENTRY BY VALID CREDENTIAL OR MANUAL KEY OVERRIDE. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES NOTE. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. Hardware Group No. 19 For use on door #(s): A135 Each To Have: Qty Description 8 EA HW HINGE 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 EA EA EA EA EA EA EA PANIC HARDWARE PANIC HARDWARE S FIC RIM CYLINDER S FIC EVEREST CORE 90 DEG OFFSET PULL S URFACE CLOSER Catalog Number 5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 (AS REQ'D) 9947-W DC-EO-LBR-ADJ 10-338 9947-WDC-N L-OP-LBR-ADJ 10-110W D- 338 Finish Mfr 652 IVE 626 VON 626 VON 626 SCH 626 SCH 630 IVE 4040XP CUSH TBSRT 689 LCN SEALS/SILENCERS EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. 80-159 80-037 8190HD 12' O DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 24 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 20 For use on door #(s): A104 Each To Have: Qty Description 8 EA HW HINGE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA SFIC RIM CYLINDER 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 2 EA KICK PLATE 2 EA DOOR STOP 2 EA SILENCER N OTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE S PECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 Hardware Group No. 21 For use on door #(s): A149 Each To Have: Qty Description 8 EA HW HINGE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE Catalog Number 5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 9947-W DC-L-DT-LBR-06-338 9947-WDC-L-LBR-06-338 80-159 80-037 4040XP EDA TBSRT 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS FS436/WS402/403CCV AS REQ'D 626 IVE SR64 GRY IVE Catalog Number 5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4 5 9947-W DC-EO-LBR-ADJ 10-338 9947-W DC-NL-OP-LBR-ADJ 10-110W D- 338 1 EA SFIC RIM CYLINDER 80-159 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 80-037 2 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 8190HD 12' 0 689 LCN 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP CUSH TBSRT GRY IVE 2 EA SILENCER SR64 N OTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE S PECIFIED HARDWARE INSTALLATION. ANY LEFTOVER UNUSED HARDWARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER. Finish 652 626 626 626 626 689 630 Finish 652 626 626 Mfr IVE VON VON S CH S CH LCN IVE Mfr IVE VON VON Hardware Group No. 22 For use on door #(s): A150 Each To Have: Qty Description 4 EA HW HINGE 1 EA FIRE EXIT HARDWARE 1 EA SFIC RIM CYLINDER 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA GASKETING Catalog Number 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 99-L-F-17-SNB 80-159 80-037 4040XP CUSH TBSRT 188S-BK 626 626 630 S CH S CH IVE Finish Mfr 652 IVE 626 VON 626 SCH 626 SCH 689 LCN S-Bk ZER DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 25 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 23 For use on door #(s): A146 A148 Each To Have: Qty Description 4 EA HINGE 1 EA PRIVACY W/DEADBOLT 1 EA DOOR STOP 1 EA SEALS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 Catalog Number 5BB1 4 5 X 4.5 L9440 17N L583-363 L283-722 FS436/WS402/403CCV AS REQ'D FURNISHED BY FRAME MNFR Finish 652 626 626 NOTE CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING DOOR/FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. CONTRACTOR ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY NECESSARY PATCHWORK ON DOOR. Hardware Group No. 24 For use on door #(s): 120 Each To Have: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish 4 EA HINGE 5BB1 4 5 X 4 5 652 1 EA PRIVACY W/DEADBOLT L9440 17N L583-363 L283-722 626 1 EA DOOR STOP FS436/WS402/403CCV AS REQ'D 626 1 EA SEALS FURNISHED BY FRAME MNFR NOTE CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING DOOR/FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. CONTRACTOR ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY NECESSARY PATCHWORK ON DOOR. Hardware Group No. 25 For use on door #(s): A132 A133 A157 A158 Each To Have: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish 4 EA HINGES EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA PRIVACY W/DEADBOLT L9440 17N L583-363 L283-722 626 1 EA DOOR STOP EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA SEALS/SILENCERS EXISTING TO REMAIN NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING DOOR/FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. CONTRACTOR ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY NECESSARY PATCHWORK ON DOOR. Mfr IVE SCH IVE B/O Mfr IVE SCH IVE B/O Mfr B/O SCH B/O B/O DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 26 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 26 For use on door #(s): 127 206 222 223 325 326 A138 A139 Each To Have: Qty Description 3 EA HINGE 213 226 329 A163 1 EA OFFICE/ENTRY LOCK 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 1 EA DOOR STOP 1 EA SEALS 1 EA COAT AND HAT HOOK Hardware Group No. 27 For use on door #(s): 112 204 304 319 A119 A153 118 205 313 321 A121 A154 Each To Have: Qty Description 3 EA HINGE 122 215 314 322 A122 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 1 EA DOOR STOP 1 EA SEALS Hardware Group No. 28 For use on door #(s): A126 A129 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 214 227 A116 A164 217 311 A117 A166 Catalog Number 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 (4 EA @ DOORS OVER 90" TALL) L9050HD 17L 80-037 FS436/WS402/403CCV AS REQ'D FURNISHED BY FRAME MNFR 508C 123 216 315 333 A125 124 219 317 335 A143 Catalog Number 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 (4 EA @ DOORS OVER 90" TALL) L9070HD 17L 80-037 FS436/WS402/403CCV AS REQ'D FURNISHED BY FRAME MNFR (3 EA SR64 @ HM FRAMES) 218 324 A137 A167 Finish Mfr 652 IVE 626 SCH 626 SCH 626 IVE B/O 626 IVE 126 221 318 A118 A151 Finish Mfr 652 IVE 626 SCH 626 SCH 626 IVE B/O Each To Have: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish 4 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 (AS REQ'D - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITY) 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK L9070HD 17L 626 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 80-037 626 1 EA DOOR STOP EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA SEALS/SILENCERS EXISTING TO REMAIN NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. Mfr IVE SCH SCH B/O B/O DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 27 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 29 For use on door #(s): A131 Each To Have: Qty Description 4 EA HINGE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK 626 SCH 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 626 SCH 1 EA DOOR STOP B/O 1 EA SEALS/SILENCERS EXISTING TO REMAIN B/O NOTE. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Finish Mfr 652 IVE Hardware Group No. 30 For use on door #(s): 114 117 334 A123 Each To Have: Qty 3 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 131 A124 Description HINGE CLASSROOM LOCK S FIC EVEREST CORE S URFACE CLOSER CUSH SHOE SUPPORT BLADE STOP SPACER DOOR STOP S EALS Hardware Group No. 31 For use on door #(s): 125 Each To Have: Qty Description 3 EA HINGE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 1 EA OH STOP 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA SEALS Catalog Number 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 (AS REQ'D - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITY) L9080HD 17L 80-037 EXISTING TO REMAIN 133 211 Catalog Number 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 L9070HD 17L 80-037 4040XP REG OR PA AS REQ TBSRT 4040XP-30 (AS REQ'D) 4040XP-61 (AS REQ'D) FS436/WS402/403CCV AS REQ'D FURNISHED BY FRAME MNFR (3 EA SR 64 @ HM FRAMES) Catalog Number 5BB145X4.5 L9070HD 17L 80-037 90S 4040XP REG OR PA AS REQ TBSRT FURNISHED BY FRAME MNFR 312 Finish 652 626 626 689 689 689 626 Mfr IVE S CH S CH LCN LCN LCN IVE B/O Finish Mfr 652 IVE 626 SCH 626 SCH 630 GLY 689 LCN B/O DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 28 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 32 For use on door #(s): 109 115 210 225 331 A147 Each To Have: Qty 3 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 128 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 129 134 208 305 309 323 Description HINGE STOREROOM LOCK S FIC EVEREST CORE S URFACE CLOSER PA MOUNTING PLATE CUSH SHOE SUPPORT BLADE STOP SPACER DOOR STOP S EALS Hardware Group No. 33 For use on door #(s): A106 Each To Have: Qty Description 4 EA HINGE Catalog Number 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 L9080HD 17L 80-037 4040XP REG OR PA AS REQ TBSRT 4040XP-18PA (AS REQ'D) 4040XP-30 (AS REQ'D) 4040XP-61 (AS REQ'D) FS436/WS402/403CCV AS REQ'D FURNISHED BY FRAME MNFR Catalog Number 5BB1 4.5 X 4 5 652 (AS REQ'D - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITY) 327 Finish Mfr 652 IVE 626 SCH 626 SCH 689 LCN 689 LCN 689 LCN 689 LCN 626 IVE B/O 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080HD 17L 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 80-037 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP CUSH TBSRT (AS REQ'D) 1 EA SEALS/SILENCERS EXISTING TO REMAIN N OTE CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING DOOR/FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. CONTRACTOR ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY N ECESSARY PATCHWORK ON DOOR. Finish 626 626 689 Mfr IVE S CH S CH LCN B/O DOOR HARDWARE 087100-29 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 34 For use on door #(s): 203 303 A159 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A161 A162 Each To Have: Qty Description Catalog Number 4 EA HINGE 56131 4.5 X 4.5 (AS REQ'D - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITY) 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080HD 17L 626 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 80-037 626 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP REG OR PA AS REQ TBSRT 689 (AS REQ'D) 1 EA PA MOUNTING PLATE 4040XP-18PA (AS REQ'D) 689 1 EA CUSH SHOE SUPPORT 4040XP-30 (AS REQ'D) 689 1 EA BLADE STOP SPACER 4040XP-61 (AS REQ'D) 689 1 EA DOOR STOP EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA SEALS/SILENCERS EXISTING TO REMAIN NOTE CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING DOOR/FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. CONTRACTOR ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY NECESSARY PATCHWORK ON DOOR. CONTRACTOR ALSO TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING SEALS FOR FIRE RATED OPENINGS 203 AND 303. Hardware Group No. 35 For use on door #(s): 105 Each To Have: Qty Description 4 EA HINGE 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK S FIC EVEREST CORE S URFACE CLOSER DOOR STOP GASKETING Catalog Number 5BB14.5X45 (AS REQ'D - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITY) L9080HD 17L 80-037 4040XP REG OR PA AS REQ TBSRT (AS REQ'D) EXISTING TO REMAIN 188S-BK (AS REQ'D- SEALS BY FRAME MNFR FOR AL FRAMES) NOTE CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING DOOR/FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. CONTRACTOR ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY NECESSARY PATCHWORK ON DOOR. Finish Mfr 652 IVE S CH S CH LCN LCN LCN LCN B/O B/O Finish Mfr 652 IVE 626 SCH 626 SCH 689 LCN B/O S-Bk ZER DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 30 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 36 For use on door #(s): A145 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 Each To Have: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish 4 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 (AS REQ'D - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITY) 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080HD 17L 626 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 80-037 626 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP REG OR PA AS REQ TBSRT 689 1 EA DOOR STOP EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA SEALS/SILENCERS EXISTING TO REMAIN (CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY SEALS @ RATED OPENINGS) N OTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE S PECIFIED HARDWARE. Hardware Group No. 37 For use on door #(s): A114 Mfr IVE S CH S CH LCN B/O B/O Each To Have: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 4 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE (AS REQ'D - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITY) 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080HD 17L 626 SCH 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 80-037 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP REG OR PA AS REQ TBSRT 689 L O 1 EA DOOR STOP EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA GASKETING 188S-BK S-Bk ZER N OTE CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE S PECIFIED HARDWARE. Hardware Group No. 38 For use on door #(s): 336 337 Each To Have: Qty Description 6 EA HINGE 1 SET CONST LATCHING BOLT CLASSROOM LOCK SFIC EVEREST CORE OH STOP SILENCER 1 1 2 2 EA EA EA EA Catalog Number 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 FB51T L9070HD 17L 80-037 90S SR64 Finish Mfr 652 IVE 630 IVE 626 SCH 626 SCH 630 GLY GRY IVE DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 31 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 39 For use on door #(s): 320 328 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Each To Have: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 6 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4 5 652 IVE 1 SET CONST LATCHING FB51T 630 IVE BOLT 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK L9070HD 17L 626 SCH 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 80-037 626 SCH 1 EA OH STOP & HOLDER 90H 630 GLY 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP HCUSH TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA SEALS FURNISHED BY FRAME MNFR B/O NOTE CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL CYLINDER SIDE OF LOCK SET ON PUSH SIDE (CONFERENCE ROOM SIDE) TO PREVENT ANYONE FROM BEING LOCKED INTO GATHERING SPACE Hardware Group No. 40 For use on door #(s): A111 Each To Have: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr 8 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE (AS REQ'D - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITY) 1 SET CONST LATCHING FB51 P 630 IVE BOLT 1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP1/DP2 (AS REQ'D) 626 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080HD 17L 626 SCH 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 80-037 626 SCH 1 EA COORDINATOR COR X FL X MB AS REQ'D 628 IVE 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP CUSH TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA GASKETING 188S-BK S-Bk ZER 2 EA ASTRAGAL 326AA AA ZER NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. Hardware Group No. 41 For use on door #(s): 103 Each To Have: Qty 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EA EA EA EA EA EA EA Description HINGE P USH PLATE P ULL PLATE S URFACE CLOSER KICK PLATE MOP PLATE DOOR STOP Catalog Number 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 8200 6" X 16" 8302 10" 6' X 16" 4040XP REG OR PA AS REQ TBSRT 8400 10" X 2' LDW B-CS 8402 4' X 1 1/2" LDW B-CS FS436/WS402/403CCV AS REQ'D Finish 652 630 630 689 630 630 626 Mfr IVE IVE IVE LCN IVE IVE IVE DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 32 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 42 For use on door #(s): 201 202 301 Each To Have: Qty Description 4 EA HINGES 1 EA PUSH PLATE 1 EA PULL PLATE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA DOOR STOP 1 EA SEALS/SILENCERS Hardware Group No. 43 For use on door #(s) A105 A107 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 302 Catalog Number EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN Finish Mfr B/O B/O B/O B/O B/O B/O Each To Have: Qty Description Catalog Number Finish 4 EA HINGES EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA FILLER PLATE AS REQ'D 626 1 EA CLASSROOM B663HD DEADBOLT 1 EA PUSH PLATE EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA PULL PLATE EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10' X 2" LDW B-CS 630 (AS REQ'D) 1 EA DOOR STOP EXISTING TO REMAIN NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING DOOR/FRAME CONDITIONS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED HARDWARE. CONTRACTOR ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY NECESSARY PATCHWORK ON DOOR. Hardware Group No. 44 For use on door #(s): 104 Each To Have: Qty Description 3 EA HINGE 1 EA PUSH PLATE 1 EA PULL PLATE 1 EA OH STOP 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA KICK PLATE 1 EA MOP PLATE Catalog Number 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 8200 6' X 16" 8302 10" 6" X 16" 90S 4040XP REG OR PA AS REQ TBSRT 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 8402 4" X 1 1/2' LDW B-CS Mfr B/O SCH B/O B/O B/O IVE B/O Finish Mfr 652 IVE 630 IVE 630 IVE 630 GLY 689 LCN 630 IVE 630 IVE DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 33 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 45 For use on door #(s): 116 316 Each To Have: Qty Description 2 EA PIVOT SET 4 EA INTERMEDIATE PIVOT 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA 1 EA 2 EA 2 EA 2 EA 2 EA 2 EA 2 EA 1 EA S FIC RIM CYLINDER S FIC EVEREST CORE 90 DEG OFFSET PULL S URFACE CLOSER PA MOUNTING PLATE CUSH SHOE SUPPORT BLADE STOP SPACER DOOR STOP S EALS Hardware Group No. 46 For use on door #(s): 136 A168 Each To Have: Qty Description 1 EA SFIC MORTISE/RIM CYLINDER 1 EA SAC EVEREST CORE EA NOTE: Hardware Group No. 47 For use on door #(s): 107 Each To Have: Qty 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA Description S IVOT SET INTERMEDIATE PIVOT PANIC HARDWARE S FIC RIM CYLINDER S FIC EVEREST CORE S URFACE CLOSER KICK PLATE DOOR STOP S EALS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Catalog Number 7215 SET 7215 INT 9947-W DC-EO-LBR-ADJ 10-338 9947 WDC-NL-OP-LBR-ADJ10-110WD- 338 80-159 80-037 8190HD 12" 0 4040XP EDA TBSRT 4040XP-18PA (AS REQ'D) 4040XP-30 (AS REQ'D) 4040XP-61 (AS REQ'D) FS436/WS402/403CCV AS REQ'D FURNISHED BY FRAME MNFR Catalog Number 80-132/80-159 AS REQ'D 80-037 (AS REQ'D) BALANCE OF REMAINING HARDWARE BY DOOR SUPPLIER Catalog Number 7215 SET 7215 INT 99-L-17-1439 80-159 80-037 4040XP EDA TBSRT 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS FS436/WS402/403CCV AS REQ'D FURNISHED BY FRAME MNFR Finish Mfr 626 IVE 626 IVE 626 VON 626 VON 626 626 630 689 689 689 689 626 S CH S CH IVE LCN LCN LCN LCN IVE B/O Finish Mfr 626 SCH 626 SCH Finish 626 626 626 626 626 689 630 626 Mfr IVE IVE VON S CH S CH LCN IVE IVE B/O DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 34 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Hardware Group No. 48 For use on door #(s). GATE Each To Have: Qty Description 1 EA PADLOCK L/CYL-SFIC 1 EA SFIC EVEREST CORE 0 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 Catalog Number KS21F1200 80-037 BALANCE OF REMAINING HARDWARE BY GATE SUPPLIER END OF SECTION Finish 606 626 626 Mfr SCH SCH VON DOOR HARDWARE 087100-35 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Glazing for: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING a. Doors. b. Interior borrowed lites. c. Storefront framing for punched openings. ?. Glazing products include: a. Monolithic uncoated glass. b. Monolithic coated glass. c. Insulated glazing units with reflective coating. d. Insulated glazing units with low-ecoating and laminated lites. 3. Glazing sealants and accessories. B. Related Sections include: 1. Division 08 Section "All -Glass Entrances" for sliding glass entries. 2. Division 08 Section "Decorative Glazing" for back -painted glass. 3. Division 08 Section "Mirrors " 4. Division 08 Section "Fire -Resistant Glazing." 5. Division 08 Section "Security Glazing' for bullet -resistant glazing and security film. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Glass Thicknesses: Indicated by thickness designations in millimeters according to ASTM C 1036. B. IBC: International Building Code. C. Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating -glass unit. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Glass Samples: For each type of glass product other than clear monolithic vision glass; 12 inches square. GLAZING 08 80 00 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL C. Glazing Schedule List glass types same designations indicated on Dr 1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranties: For special wa 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use awings. rranties. A. Fabricator Qualifications for Insulating -Glass Units with Sputter -Coated, Low-E Coatings: A qualified insulating -glass fabricator who is approved and certified by coated glass manufacturer. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. B. Comply with insulating -glass manufacturer's written instructions for venting and sealing units to avoid hermetic seal ruptures due to altitude change. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1. Do not install glazing sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated -Glass Products: Manufacturer agrees to replace coated -glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Laminated Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace laminated glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of laminated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated glass standard. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Insulating Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace insulating -glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's GLAZING 088000-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations for Glass: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer for each glass type. 1. Obtain tinted glass from single source from single manufacturer. B. Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer for each product and installation method. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General. Installed glazing systems shall withstand normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, or installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. B. Structural Performance: Glazing shall withstand the following design loads within limits and under conditions indicated determined according to the IBC and ASTM E 1300. 1. Design Wind Pressures: Determine positive and negative wind pressures according to ASCE/SEI 7 using wind speed criteria indicated on Structural Drawings, based on heights above grade indicated on Drawings. 2. Design Wind Pressures: Determine design wind pressures applicable to Project according to ASCE/SEI 7 based on heights above grade indicated on Drawings. 3. Wind Loads: Determine positive and negative wind pressures according to ASCE/SEI 7 using the following wind speed criteria: a. Building Risk Category: III. b. Ultimate Wind Speed: 141 mph. 4. Maximum Lateral Deflection: For glass supported on all four edges, limit center -of -glass deflection at design wind pressure to not more than 1/50 times the short -side length or 1 inch, whichever is less. 5. Differential Shading Design glass to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading within individual glass lites. C. Windborne-Debris-Impact Resistance: Exterior glazing shall comply with basic -protection testing requirements in ASTM E 1996 for Wind Zone 3 when tested according to ASTM E 1886. Test specimens shall be no smaller in width and length than glazing indicated for use on Project and shall be installed in same manner as glazing indicated for use on Project. 1. Large -Missile Test: For glazing located within 30 feet of grade. D. Safety Glazing: Where safety glazing is indicated, provide glazing that complies with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. GLAZING 088000-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties Provide glass with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated below: 1. For monolithic -glass lites, properties are based on units with lites 6 mm thick. 2. For insulating -glass units, properties are based on units of thickness indicated for overall unit and for each lite. 3. U-Factors: Center -of -glazing values, according to NFRC 100 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F. 4. Solar Heat -Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance: Center -of -glazing values, according to NFRC 200 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program. 2.03 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below unless more stringent requirements are indicated. See these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. GANA Publications: "Laminated Glazing Reference Manual and ' Glazing Manual." 2. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, ' North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use." B. Safety Glazing Labeling. Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies. C. Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass that complies with performance requirements and is not less than the thickness indicated. 1. Thickness of Tinted Glass: Provide same thickness for each tint color indicated throughout Project. D. Strength: 1. Where annealed float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, heat -strengthened float glass, or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements' Article. 2. Where heat -strengthened float glass is indicated provide heat -strengthened float glass or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. 3. Where fully tempered float glass is indicated, provide fully tempered float glass 2.04 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Clear Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1 (clear), Quality-Q3. B. Tinted Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 2 (tinted), Quality-Q3. C. Fully Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3. D. Heat -Strengthened Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind HS (heat strengthened), Type I, Condition A (uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3. GLAZING 088000-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Ceramic -Coated Vision Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition C, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3; and complying with Specification No. 95-1-31 in GANA's 'Engineering Standards Manual." F. Reflective -Coated Vision Glass: ASTM C 1376. 2.05 LAMINATED GLASS A. Laminated Glass: ASTM C 1172. Use materials that have a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after fabrication and installation. 1. Construction: Laminate glass with ionomeric polymer interlayer to comply with interlayer manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to comply with requirements. 3. Interlayer Color: Clear unless otherwise indicated. B. Windborne-Debris-Impact-Resistant Laminated Glass: Comply with requirements specified above for laminated glass except laminate glass with the following to comply with interlayer manufacturer's written instructions: 1. lonomeric polymer interlayer. 2.06 INSULATING GLASS A. Insulating -Glass Units: Factory -assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, qualified according to ASTM E 2190. 1. Sealing System: Dual seal, with manufacturer's standard primary and secondary sealants. 2. Spacer: Manufacturer's standard spacer material and construction. 2.07 GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: 1. Compatibility: Compatible with one another and with other materials they contact, including glass products, seals of insulating -glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. B. Glazing Sealant: As recommended for application indicated. 2.08 GLAZING TAPES A. Back -Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl -based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. GLAZING 088000-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed -cell, PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types: 1. AAMA 810.1, Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. 2. AAMA 810.1, Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, with requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking). F. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type 0 (open -cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. 2.10 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS A. Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to fit openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. 1. Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on glass framing members and glazing components a. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine framing, glazing channels, and stops, with Installer present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep systems. 3. Minimum required face and edge clearances. GLAZING 088000-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass -framing members. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. B. Examine glazing units to locate exterior and interior surfaces. Label or mark units as needed so that exterior and interior surfaces are readily identifiable. Do not use materials that leave visible marks in the completed Work. 3.03 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass includes glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass, impair performance or impair appearance. C. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. D. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. E. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. F. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches. 1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. G. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. H. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. I. Set glass lites with proper orientation so that coatings face exterior or interior as specified. J. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. GLAZING 088000-7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 K. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from puffing away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer 3.04 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first, then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs then to heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from tape until right before each glazing unit is installed. F. Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant. G. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. H. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape. 3.05 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. B. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. C. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer D. Installation with Pressure -Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure -glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. E. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.06 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers GLAZING 088000-8 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. 3.07 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately after installation remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains. 1. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. Remove and replace glass that cannot be cleaned without damage to coatings. C. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period. D. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer 3.08 MONOLITHIC GLASS SCHEDULE A. Typical Interior Glazing: Clear annealed float glass. 1. Minimum Thickness: 6 mm. B. Interior Safety Glazing: Clear fully tempered float glass. 1. Minimum Thickness: 6 mm. 2. Safety glazing required. C. Interior Glazing with Ceramic Frit Pattern: Ceramic -coated vision glass; heat -strengthened. 1. Glass: Clear float glass. 2. Ceramic Coating Color and Pattern: As indicated on Drawings and selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 3. Minimum Thickness: 6 mm. 4. Coating Location: Second surface. D. Interior Safety Glazing with Ceramic Frit Pattern: Ceramic -coated vision glass; heat - strengthened 1. Glass: Clear, fully -tempered float glass. 2. Ceramic Coating Color and Pattern As indicated on Drawings and selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 3. Minimum Thickness: 6 mm. 4. Coating Location: Second surface. 5. Safety glazing required. GLAZING 088000-9 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.09 INSULATING -LAMINATED -GLASS SCHEDULE A. Reflective -coated, insulating glass. 1. Basis -of -Design: PPG Industries Solorcool Bronze Reflective #2. 2. Kind: Kind CV (coated vision glass). 3. Coating Type: Sputter -coating (vacuum deposition process). 4. Coating Color: As required to match existing. 5. Overall Unit Thickness: 1 inch. 6. Minimum Thickness of Each Glass Lite 6 mm. 7. Outdoor Lite• Tinted heat -strengthened float glass. a. Tint Color: Bronze 8. Interspace Content: Air. 9 Indoor Lite* Clear annealed float glass. 10. Coating Location: Second surface. 11. Outdoor Visible Reflectance: 11 percent maximum. 12. Transmittance: a. Visible Light Transmittance: 19 percent minimum. b. UV Transmittance: 6 percent maximum. 13. Thermal Performance a. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.47 maximum. b. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.50 maximum. c. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.33 maximum. B. Reflective -coated, insulating safety glazing. 1. Basis -of -Design: PPG Industries Solorcool Bronze Reflective #2. 2. Kind: Kind CV (coated vision glass). 3. Coating Type: Sputter -coating (vacuum deposition process). 4. Coating Color: As required to match existing. 5. Overall Unit Thickness: 1 inch. 6. Minimum Thickness of Each Glass Lite• 6 mm. 7. Outdoor Lite• Tinted fully-temperd float glass. a. Tint Color: Bronze 8. Interspace Content: Air. 9 Indoor Lite* Clear fully -tempered float glass. 10. Coating Location: Second surface. 11. Outdoor Visible Reflectance: 11 percent maximum. 12. Transmittance: a. Visible Light Transmittance: 19 percent minimum. b. UV Transmittance: 6 percent maximum. 13. Thermal Performance a. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.47 maximum. b. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.50 maximum. c. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.33 maximum. GLAZING 088000-10 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 14. Safety glazing required. 3.10 INSULATING -LAMINATED -GLASS SCHEDULE A. Typical Exterior Glazing: Low-E-coated, tinted, insulating laminated glass. 1. Basis of Desigh: Design is based on PPG Industries Solarban 70XL on Solarbronze Low- E #2 with 9/16-inch Interior Lite Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect. 2. Overall Unit Thickness: 1-3/16 inch. 3. Minimum Thickness of Outdoor Lite* 6 mm 4. Outdoor Litea Tinted heat -strengthened float glass. 5. Tint Color: Bronze to match existing glazing as approved by Architect. 6. Interspace Content: Air. 7. Indoor Litea Clear laminated glass with two plies of annealed float glass. a. Minimum Thickness of Each Glass Ply: 6 mm. b. Interlayer Thickness: As required for specified performance. Low-E Coating: Sputtered on second surface. Transmittance: a. Visible Light Transmittance: 38 percent minimum. b. UV Transmittance: 1 percent maximum. 10. Thermal Performance a. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0 28 maximum. b. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.26 maximum. c. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.21 maximum. END OF SECTION GLAZING 08 80 00 - 11 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 08 81 13 DECORATIVE GLASS GLAZING 1. Laminated glass with decorative interlayer. 2. Back -painted glass 1.02 DEFINITION A. Glass Thickness: Indicated by thickness designations in millimeters according to ASTM C 1036. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. 1.04 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review temporary protection requirements for glazing during and after installation. 1.05 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For decorative glass. Show fabrication and installation details. Include the following: 1. Size and location of penetrations. 2. Mounting method. 3. Attachments to other work. 4. Full-size details of edge -finished profiles. C. Glass Samples: For the following products, 12 inches square: 1. Each edge treatment on type of decorative glass. 2. Each applied coating on type of decorative glass. D. Decorative Glazing Schedule List decorative glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. DECORATIVE GLASS GLAZING 088113-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.06 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.07 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For each type of decorative glass and each applied coating to include in maintenance manuals. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockups in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect decorative glass and glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun or other causes B. Retain packaging and sequencing numbers for decorative -glass units. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install decorative glass until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings and construction contiguous with decorative glass by field measurements before fabrication. 1.11 WARRANTY PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations for Glass: Obtain each type of decorative glass from single source from single manufacturer. B. Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer for each product and installation method. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Installed glazing systems shall withstand normal impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, or installation; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. DECORATIVE GLASS GLAZING 0881 13-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Structural Performance: Decorative glass installed adjacent to walking surfaces shall withstand the following design loads within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Differential deflection of adjacent unsupported edges shall not exceed glass thickness when subjected to 50 Ibf/ft. applied horizontally to one panel at any point up to 42 inches above the adjacent walking surface. 2. Base design on thickness at thinnest part of the glass. C. Safety Glazing: Where safety glazing is indicated, provide glazing that complies with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. 2.03 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and "GANA's "Glazing Manual" unless more stringent requirements are indicated. See these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. B. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies. C. Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass lites in thicknesses as needed to comply with requirements indicated. D. Strength: 1. Where annealed float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, heat -strengthened float glass, or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with requirements indicated. 2. Where heat strengthened glass is indicated, provide heat -strengthened float glass or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with requirements indicated. 3. Where fully tempered glass is indicated, provide fully tempered float glass. 2.04 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Fully Tempered Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3. 1. Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller -hearth) process with roll -wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed unless otherwise indicated. B. Laminated Glass: ASTM C 1172. Use materials that have a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after fabrication and installation. 1. Construction: Two plies of clear, fully tempered float glass. 2. Thickness of Each Glass Ply: 3 mm. 3. Construction: Laminate glass with decorative PVB interlayer to comply with interlayer manufacturer's written instructions 4. Interlayer Thickness Not less than 0.030 inch. 5. Interlayer Color and Pattern: Architect will provide artwork. 6. Safety glazing required DECORATIVE GLASS GLAZING 0881 13-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Back -Painted Glass: Glass painted with a proprietary process to ensure consistent color and coverage. Provide aluminum trim for complete system. 1. Basis of Design: Design is based on Fuller -Phoenix, Inc. Colorspan 1 Subject to compliance with requirements provide products indicated or comparable products approved by Architect by one of the following: a. Goldray USA. b. McGrory Glass Inc. c. Pulp Studios. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 2.05 GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glazing Sealants, Tapes, and Miscellaneous Glazing Materials: As specified in Section 088000 "Glazing." 1. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.06 HARDWARE FOR GLASS INSTALLATION A. Hardware for Back -Painted Glass: Provide manufacturer's standard frame and trim. 1. Material and Finish: As selected by Architect. B. Fasteners: Fabricated of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal and matching it in finished color and texture where fasteners are exposed. C. Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard, compatible with decorative glass type indicated. D. Anchors and Inserts: Provide devices as required for hardware installation Provide metal expansion -bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. Provide stainless -steel anchors and inserts for applications on inside face of exterior walls and where indicated. 2.07 DECORATIVE -GLASS FABRICATION A. Fabricate decorative glass and provide other glazing products in sizes indicated on Drawings, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with product manufacturer's written instructions and with referenced glazing standard. B. Edge Finishing: Finish edges smooth and polished, without chips, scratches, or warps. 1. Finished Edge: Flat polished. C Lite Treatment: Cut out as indicated on Drawings with smooth, uniform edge. DECORATIVE GLASS GLAZING 0881 13-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine decorative -glass framing members, with Installer present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 3. Effective sealing between joints of decorative -glass framing members. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. B. Examine glazing units to locate orientation of outer surfaces. Label or mark units as needed so that surface orientation is readily identifiable. Do not use materials that leave visible marks in the completed Work. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Set decorative -glass units in each series true in line with uniform orientation, pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. B. Set glass lites with proper orientation so that each outer surface faces the direction indicated on Drawings. C. Set decorative glass in locations indicated on Drawings. Install glass with hardware and accessories according to hardware manufacturer's written instructions. Attach hardware securely to mounting surfaces. D. Set decorative glass in locations indicated on Drawings. 3.04 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Decorative Glass: Install glazing as specified in Division 08 Section "Glazing." B. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, gaskets sealants, tapes, and other glazing materials unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. C. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. E. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. DECORATIVE GLASS GLAZING 0881 13-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is more than 50 inches. 1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances, and to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch-minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. 3. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications 3.05 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels and between glass -to -glass joints to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants smooth. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately after installation, remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. C. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period. D. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. END OF SECTION DECORATIVE GLASS GLAZING 0881 13-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 08 83 00 MIRRORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes annealed monolithic silvered flat glass mirrors. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Mirrors. Include description of materials and process used to produce each type of silvered flat glass mirror specified that indicates sources of glass, glass coating components, edge sealer, and quality -control provisions. B. Shop Drawings: Include mirror elevations, edge details, mirror hardware, and attachment details. C. Samples: For each type of the following: 1. Mirrors: 12 inches square, including edge treatment on two adjoining edges. 2. Mirror Clips: Full size. 3. Mirror Trim: 12 inches long. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For mirrors to include in maintenance manuals. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect mirrors according to mirror manufacturer's written instructions and as needed to prevent damage to mirrors from moisture, condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. B. Comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions for shipping, storing, and handling mirrors as needed to prevent deterioration of silvering, damage to edges, and abrasion of glass surfaces and applied coatings. Store indoors. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install mirrors until ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at levels indicated for final occupancy. MIRRORS 088300-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 1.07 WARRANTY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of mirrors is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to mirror breakage or to maintaining and cleaning mirrors contrary to manufacturer's written instructions Defects include discoloration, black spots, and clouding of the silver film. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Binswanger Mirror; a division of Vitro America, Inc. 2. Guardian Industries Corp.; SunGuard. 3. National Glass Industries. 4. Stroupe Mirror Co , Inc. 5. Trulite Glass & Aluminum Solutions, LLC. B. Source Limitations for Mirrors: Obtain mirrors from single source from single manufacturer. C. Source Limitations for Mirror Accessories: Obtain mirror glazing accessories from single source. 2.02 SILVERED FLAT GLASS MIRRORS A. Mirrors, General: ASTM C 1503. B. Annealed Monolithic Glass Mirrors: Mirror Select Quality, clear. 1. Nominal Thickness: 6.0 mm. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Setting Blocks* Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. B. Edge Sealer: Coating compatible with glass coating and approved by mirror manufacturer for use in protecting against silver deterioration at mirrored glass edges C. Mirror Mastic: An adhesive setting compound, asbestos -free, produced specifically for setting mirrors and certified by both mirror and mastic manufacturer as compatible with glass coating and substrates on which mirrors will be installed. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Franklin International. b. Laurence, C. R. Co., Inc. c Liquid Nails Adhesive. MIRRORS 088300-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL d. Pecora Corporation. e. Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.04 MIRROR HARDWARE A. Aluminum J-Channels and Cleat: Aluminum extrusions with a return deep enough to produce a glazing channel to accommodate mirrors of thickness indicated and in lengths required to cover edges of mirrors in a single piece. 1. Bottom Trim: J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 5/16 and 3/4 inch in height, respectively. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: (1) Laurence, C. R. Co., Inc. 2. Top Trim Formed with front leg with a height matching bottom trim and back leg designed to fit into the pocket created by wall -mounted aluminum cleat. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: (1) Laurence, C. R. Co., Inc. 3. Finish: Clear bright anodized. B. Fasteners. Fabricated of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal and matching it in finished color and texture where fasteners are exposed. C. Anchors and Inserts: Provide devices as required for mirror hardware installation. Provide toothed or lead -shield, expansion -bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. Provide galvanized anchors and inserts for applications on inside face of exterior walls and where indicated. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabricate mirrors in the shop to greatest extent possible. B. Fabricate cutouts for notches and holes in mirrors without marring visible surfaces. Locate and size cutouts so they fit closely around penetrations in mirrors. C. Mirror Edge Treatment: Flat polished. 1. Seal edges of mirrors with edge sealer after edge treatment to prevent chemical or atmospheric penetration of glass coating. 2. Require mirror manufacturer to perform edge treatment and sealing in factory immediately after cutting to final sizes. MIRRORS 088300-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 A. Examine substrates, over which mirrors are to be mounted, with Installer present, for compliance with installation tolerances, substrate preparation, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility of existing finishes or primers with mirror mastic. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Comply with mastic manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparation of substrates, including coating substrates with mastic manufacturer's special bond coating where applicable. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install mirrors to comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions and with referenced GANA publications. Mount mirrors accurately in place in a manner that avoids distorting reflected images 1. GANA Publications: "Glazing Manual" and "Mirrors, Handle with Extreme Care: Tips for the Professional on the Care and Handling of Mirrors." B. Provide a minimum airspace of 1/8 inch between back of mirrors and mounting surface for air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface. C. Install mirrors with mastic and mirror hardware. Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surfaces with mechanical fasteners installed with anchors or inserts as applicable. Install fasteners so heads do not impose point loads on backs of mirrors. 1. Aluminum J-Channels and Cleat: Fasten J-channel directly to wall and attach top trim to continuous cleat fastened directly to wall. 2. Install mastic as follows: a. Apply barrier coat to mirror backing where approved in writing by manufacturers of mirrors and backing material. b. Apply mastic to comply with mastic manufacturer's written instructions for coverage and to allow air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface. c. After mastic is applied, align mirrors and press into place while maintaining a minimum airspace of 1/8 inch between back of mirrors and mounting surface. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect mirrors from breakage and contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. B. Do not permit edges of mirrors to be exposed to standing water. C. Maintain environmental conditions that prevent mirrors from being exposed to moisture from condensation or other sources for continuous periods of time. MIRRORS 088300-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. Clean exposed surface of mirrors not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Clean mirrors as recommended in writing by mirror manufacturer. END OF SECTION MIRRORS 088300-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 08 88 13 FIRE-RESISTANT GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes fire -protection -rated glazing. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Glass Samples: For each type of glass product; 12 inches square. C. Glazing Schedule& List glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install fire-resistant glazing until spaces are enclosed and weathertight and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations for Glass: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer for each glass type. B. Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer for each product and installation method as recommended by manufacturer of fire-protiection-rated glazing. FIRE-RESISTANT GLAZING 088813-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Installed glazing systems shall withstand normal thermal movement and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, or installation; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. 2.03 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organization below unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. GANA Publications: "Glazing Manual." B. Safety Glazing Labeling: Permanently mark glazing with certification label of the Safety Glazing Certification Council or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, glass thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies. 2.04 FIRE -PROTECTION -RATED GLAZING A. Fire -Protection -Rated Glazing* Listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire -protection ratings indicated, based on positive -pressure testing according to NFPA 257 or UL 9 including the hose -stream test, and shall comply with NFPA 80 B. Fire -Protection -Rated Glazing Labeling:. Permanently mark fire -protection -rated glazing with certification label of a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name; test standard; whether glazing is permitted to be used in doors or openings; if permitted in openings whether or not glazing has passed the hose -stream test; whether or not glazing meets 450 deg F (250 deg C) temperature -rise limitation; and the fire - resistance rating in minutes. C. Film -Faced Ceramic Glazing: Clear, ceramic flat glass; 5-mm thickness; faced on one surface with a clear glazing film, and complying with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. AGC Glass Company North America, Inc.; Pyran Platinum F. b. SAFTI FIRST Fire Rated Glazing Solutions, Pyran Platinum F. c. Schott North America Inc.; Pyran Platinum F. d. Technical Glass Products; FireLite NT. e. Vetrotech Saint-Gobain; SGG Keralite FR-F. 2.05 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Provide glazing gaskets, glazing sealants, glazing tapes, setting blocks, spacers, edge blocks, and other glazing accessories that are compatible with glazing products and each other and are approved by testing agencies that listed and labeled fire-resistant glazing products with which products are used for applications and fire -protection ratings indicated. B. Glazing Sealants for Fire -Rated Glazing Products: Neutral -curing silicone glazing sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50 Use NT Comply with sealant and FIRE-RESISTANT GLAZING 088813-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following a. Dow Corning Corporation. b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc. c. Tremco Incorporated 2. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. C. Back -Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl -based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 804.3 tape, where indicated. 2. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 3. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure D. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed -cell, PVC foam tapes factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types: 1. AAMA 810.1, Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. 2. AAMA 810.1, Type 2 for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type 0 (open -cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. C. Perimeter Insulation for Fire -Resistive Glazing: Product that is approved by testing agency that listed and labeled fire-resistant glazing product with which it is used for application and fire - protection rating indicated. 2.07 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS A. Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to fit openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. FIRE-RESISTANT GLAZING 088813-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Examine framing, glazing channels, and stops, with Installer present, for compliance with manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners, and for compliance with minimum required face and edge clearances. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. B. Examine glazing units to locate fire side and protected side. Label or mark units as needed so that fire side and protected side are readily identifiable. Do not use materials that leave visible marks in the completed work. 3.03 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Use methods approved by testing agencies that listed and labeled fire-resistant glazing products B. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials unless more stringent requirements are indicated including those in referenced glazing publications. C. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. E. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches. 1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. H. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. FIRE-RESISTANT GLAZING 088813-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 Set glass lites with proper orientation so that coatings face fire side or protected side as specified. J. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. K. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer 3.04 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from tape until right before each glazing unit is installed. F. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. 3.05 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. B. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop, so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. C. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. D. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.06 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. FIRE-RESISTANT GLAZING 088813-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial washaway from glass. 3.07 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately after installation, remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains. 1. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. C. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period. D. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. END OF SECTION FIRE-RESISTANT GLAZING 088813-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 088853 - SECURITY GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following types of security glazing: 1. Bullet-reisistant glass -clad polycarbonate for interior applications. 2. Bullet-reisistant glass -clad polycarbonate with ceramic frit coating for interior applications. 3. Security film applied to inside face of existing exterior glazing. B. Related Sections include Division 01 "Alternates" for Schedule of Alternates affecting the Work of this Section. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on security glazing, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. 1.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review location of each type of securing glazing and installation requirements. 3. Review temporary protection requirements for security glazing during and after installation. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Security Glazing Samples: For each type of security glazing; 12 inches square. 1. For security film, apply film to a glass samply similar to existing glazing. C. Security Glazing Schedule* List security glazing types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same designations indicated on Drawings Indicate coordinated dimensions of security glazing and construction that receives security glazing, including clearances and glazing channel dimensions. D. Delegated Design Submittal: For security glazing indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For installers. SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Product Certificates: For each type of product indicated, from manufacturer. C. Product Test Reports: For each type of security glazing, for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency. D. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs glazing installers for this Project with experience installing types of security glazing required for this project. 1. Security Film Installers: Installers certified by the manufacturer of security film materials. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Install one bullet resistant lite in location directed by Architect. 2. Install not less than 100 sq. ft. of security film in location directed by Architect complete with perimeter sealant. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect security glazing and glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent damage from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of security film when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by security film material manufacturers and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1. Do not install glazing sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by sealant manufacturer or below 40 deg F 1.09 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace coated glass that deteriorates within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Glass -Clad Polycarbonate: Manufacturer agrees to replace glass -clad polycarbonate that deteriorates within specified warranty period. Deterioration of glass -clad polycarbonate is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning glass -clad polycarbonate contrary to manufacturer's written instructions Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glazing, blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced glass -clad polycarbonate standard, yellowing, and loss of light transmission. SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Security Film: Manufacturer agrees to replace security film that deteriorates within specified warranty period. Deterioration of security film is defined as defects developed from normal use, including change of color, peeling, bubbling, rippling cracking, delamination and demetalization, that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning security film contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking and other indications of deterioration in coating. 1. Warranty Period: 12 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations for Security Glazing. Obtain each type of security glazing from single source from single manufacturer using the same types of lites, plies, interlayers, and spacers for each security glazing type indicated. B. Source Limitations for Glazing Sealants and Gaskets: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer for each product and installation method. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Installed security glazing shall withstand normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or breakage attributable to the following defective manufacture, fabrication, or installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing; or other defects in construction. 2. Installed security glazing shall withstand security -related loads and forces without damage to the glazing beyond that allowed by referenced standards. B. Thermal Movements for Exterior Security Glazing. Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on glazing framing members and glazing components. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. C. Windborne-Debris-Impact Resistance: Exterior glazing shall conform to basic -protection testing requirements in ASTM E 1996 for Wind Zone 2 when tested according to ASTM E 1886. Test specimens shall be no smaller in width and length than glazing indicated for use on the Project and shall be installed in same manner as glazing indicated for use on the Project. 1. Large -Missile Test: For glazing located within 30 feet of grade. D. Safety Glazing. Where safety glazing is indicated, provide glazing that complies with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. 2.03 SECURITY GLAZING, GENERAL A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of security glazing and glazing material manufacturers and organizations below unless more stringent requirements are SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - - 3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. GANA Publications: "Laminated Glazing Reference Manual" and "Glazing Manual." B. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the Safety Glazing Certification Council or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glazing, glass thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glazing complies. C. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide security glazing with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on construction products indicated and on procedures indicated below: 1. U-Factors: Center -of -glazing values, according to NFRC 100 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program, expressed as Btu/sq ft. x h x deg F. 2. Solar -Heat -Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance: Center -of -glazing values, according to NFRC 200 and based on LBL s WINDOW 5.2 computer program. 3. Visible Reflectance: Center of -glazing values, according to NFRC 300. 2.04 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Quality-Q3, Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated. B. Heat -Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048; Type I; Quality-Q3; Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated; of kind and condition indicated. 1. Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller -hearth) process with roll -wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed unless otherwise indicated. 2. For heat -strengthened float glass, comply with requirements for Kind HS. 3. For fully tempered float glass comply with requirements for Kind FT 4. For coated vision glass, comply with requirements for Condition C (other coated glass). 2.05 POLYCARBONATE SECURITY GLAZING A. Glass -Clad Polycarbonate: ASTM C 1349. 2.06 SECURITY FILM A. Security Film. Proprietary composite of clear film materials for field application with field - applied structural security sealant. 1. Basis of Design: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Saint=Gobain Solar Gard ArmorGlass Film or comparable product approved by Architect. 2. Minimum Thickness 8 mils. 2.07 GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: 1. Compatibility: Provide glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materials they contact, including security glazing, seals of insulating security glazing and air -gap security glazing, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - - 4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and security glazing manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. B. Structural Sealant for Security Film. Nonsag, silicone sealant for joints complying with ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 12.5 or 25, Use NT, and with a Shore A hardness of at least 45 when tested according to ASTM C 661. Provide products recommended by manufacturer of security film materials. 2.08 GLAZING TAPES A. Back -Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl -based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and security glazing manufacturers for application indicated; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 2. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed -cell, PVC foam tapes factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types: 1. AAMA 810.1, Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. 2. AAMA 810.1, Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of security glazing and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks* Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. D. Spacers* Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by security glazing manufacturer to maintain security glazing lites in place for installation indicated. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit security glazing lateral movement (side walking). F. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type 0 (open -cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. 2.10 FABRICATION OF SECURITY GLAZING A. Fabricate security glazing in sizes required to fit openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - - 5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Grind smooth and polish exposed security glazing edges and corners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine framing for security glazing, with Installer present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 3. Minimum required bite. 4. Effective sealing between joints of framing members. B. Examine existing glazing to receive security film with Installer present. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving security glazing immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. B. Clean glass surfaces to receive glazing film as recommended by manufacturer of security film materials. C. Examine glazing units to locate exterior and interior surfaces. Label or mark units as needed so that exterior and interior surfaces are readily identifiable. Do not use materials that will leave visible marks in the completed work. 3.03 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of security glazing, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Protect edges of security glazing from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged security glazing from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged security glazing includes units with edge or face damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken security glazing and impair performance and appearance. C. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. D. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications unless otherwise required by glazing unit manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead E. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by security glazing manufacturers for installing lites. F. Provide spacers for security glazing lites where the length plus width is larger than 50 inches. 1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of security glazing. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances unless SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - - 6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on glazing lites and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. G. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent security glazing from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by security glazing manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. H. Set security glazing in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. I. Set coated security glazing with proper orientation so that coatings and films face exterior or interior as specified. 3.04 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by security glazing, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from tape until just before each glazing unit is installed. F. Center security glazing in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. 3.05 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. B. Insert soft compression gasket securely in place between glazing unit and frame or fixed stop, so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. C. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center security glazing in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in security glazing. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. D. Installation with Pressure -Glazing Stops: Center security glazing in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure -glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in security glazing. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - - 7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.06 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between security glazing and glazing stops to maintain face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glazing channel and blocking weep systems. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to security glazing and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial washaway from security glazing. 3.07 SECURITY FILM INSTALLATION A. Apply squarely aligned to glass edges, uniformly smooth, and free from tears, air bubbles, wrinkles, and rough edges, in single sheet completely overlaying the back face of clean glass, according to manufacturer's written instructions, including surface preparation and application temperature limitations. B. Install structural sealant for security film according to Divison 07 Section "Joint Sealants' and manufacturer's written instructions to provide overlap coverage on film as required to bond security film to aluminum framing. C. Completed work must meet IWFA visual acceptance standard 3.08 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately after installation remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. B. Protect security glazing from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations, including weld splatter. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains. 1 If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with security glazing, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by security glazing manufacturer. Remove and replace security glazing that cannot be cleaned without damage. C. Wash security glazing on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash security glazing as recommended in writing by security glazing manufacturer. 3.09 GLASS -CLAD POLYCARBONATE SECURITY GLAZING SCHEDULE A. Clear symmetrical glass -clad polycarbonate. 1. Ballistic Resistance: Level 3 according to UL 752. B. Clear symmetrical glass -clad polycarbonate with dccorative ceramic frit coating. 1. Ballistic Resistance: Level 3 according to UL 752. 2. Ceramic Frit Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - - 8 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. Ceramic Frit Pattern: 70 percent coverage in pattern selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range 3.10 SECURITY FILM SCHEDULE A. Clear security glazing. 1. Wind -Borne Debris Resistance: Large Missile C (ASTM E 1996). END OF SECTION SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - - 9 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 09 21 16.23 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes gypsum board shaft wall assemblies. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each component of gypsum board shaft wall assembly. 1. Include data indicating compliance with performance standards. Clearly indicate on Product Data size and thickness of framing required for each condition. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and support them on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. 1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with gypsum-shaftliner-board manufacturer's written instructions. B. Do not install finish panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration sagging and irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Steel Framing: Metal thicknesses indicated are minimum thickness selected to meet structural design criteria for non-structural, interior partitions Where metal framing manufacturer's published Product Data recommends a greater thickness for the condition indicated, provide metal framing in recommended thickness. 1. Lateral Load. 5 lbs/sq. ft. 2. Maximum Allowable Deflection: a. Typical Partitions: L/240. b. Partitions With tile Finishes: L/480. GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 09211623-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: For fire -resistance -rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. C. STC-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a testing and inspecting agency. 2.02 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES A. Fire -Resistance Rating: As indicated. B. STC Rating: As indicated. C. Gypsum Shaftliner Board: 1. Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; manufacturer's proprietary fire -resistive liner panels with paper faces 1 inch thick, with double beveled long edges. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: (1) American Gypsum, Shaft Liner or Shaft Liner Panels. (2) CertainTeed Corporation; ProRoc Shaftliner. (3) Georgia-Pacific Building Products; ToughRock Fireguard Shaftliner. (4) National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond Brand Fire -Shield Shaftliner. (5) United States Gypsum Company Sheetrock Brand Gypsum Liner Panel. D. Non -Load -Bearing Steel Framing, General: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated and complying with requirements for fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated. 1. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, hot -dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated. E. Studs: Manufacturer's standard profile for repetitive, corner, and end members as follows: 1. Depth: As indicated. 2. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch. F. Runner Tracks: Manufacturer's standard J-profile track with manufacturer's standard long -leg length, but at least 2 inches long and matching studs in depth. 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: Matching steel studs. G. Firestop Tracks. Top runner manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract with movement of the structure while maintaining continuity of fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Fire Trak Corp; Fire Track System. b. Grace Construction Products W.R. Grace & Co. -- Conn.; FlameSafe FlowTrak System. GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16.23 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 c. Metal-Lite; The System. d. Steel Network, Inc. (The); VertiTrack VTD. H. Finish Panels: Gypsum board as specified in Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board.". I. Sound Attenuation Blankets: As specified in Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board." 2.03 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with shaft wall manufacturer's written instructions. B. Trim Accessories: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints of material and shapes as specified in Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board" that comply with gypsum board shaft wall assembly manufacturer's written instructions for application indicated. C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated. D. Track Fasteners: Power -driven fasteners of size and material required to withstand loading conditions imposed on shaft wall assemblies without exceeding allowable design stress of track, fasteners, or structural substrates in which anchors are embedded. 1. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with allowable load or strength design capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC193 and ACI 318 greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488/E 488M conducted by a qualified testing agency. 2. Power -Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with allowable load capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC70, greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency. E. Reinforcing: Galvanized -steel reinforcing strips with 0.033-inch minimum thickness of base metal (uncoated). F. Acoustical Sealant: Division 07 Section "Acoustical Joint Sealants." G. Gypsum Board Cants: 1. Gypsum Board Panels: As specified in Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board," Type X, 1/2- or 5/8-inch Insert requirements panels. 2. Non -Load -Bearing Steel Framing: As specified in Division 09 Section "Non -Structural Metal Framing." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 09211623-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 3.02 INSTALLATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 A. General: Install gypsum board shaft wall assemblies to comply with requirements of fire - resistance -rated assemblies indicated and manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Do not bridge building expansion joints with shaft wall assemblies; frame both sides of expansion joints with furring and other support. C. Install supplementary framing in gypsum board shaft wall assemblies around openings and as required for blocking, bracing, and support of gravity and pullout loads of fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishings, wall -mounted door stops, and similar items that cannot be supported directly by shaft wall assembly framing. 1. Reinforcing: Provide where items attach directly to shaft wall assembly as indicated on Drawings; accurately position and secure behind at least one layer of face panel. D. Penetrations: At penetrations in shaft wall, maintain fire -resistance rating of shaft wall assembly by installing supplementary steel framing around perimeter of penetration and fire protection behind boxes containing wiring devices, elevator call buttons and floor indicators, and similar items E. Isolate perimeter of gypsum panels from building structure to prevent cracking of panels while maintaining continuity of fire -rated construction. F. Firestop Tracks: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated. G. Control Joints: Install control joints at locations indicated on Drawings or if not indicated according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect while maintaining fire -resistance rating of gypsum board shaft wall assemblies. H. Sound -Rated Shaft Wall Assemblies: Seal gypsum board shaft walls with acoustical sealant at perimeter of each assembly where it abuts other work and at joints and penetrations within each assembly. Gypsum Board Cants: At projections into shaft exceeding 4 inches, install gypsum board cants covering tops of projections. 1. Slope cant panels at least 75 degrees from horizontal. Set base edge of panels in adhesive and secure top edges to shaft walls at 24 inches o.c. with screws fastened to shaft wall framing. Where non -load -bearing steel framing is required to support gypsum board cants, install framing at 24 inches o.c and extend studs from the projection to shaft wall framing. J. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration sagging, and irregular shape. GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 09211623-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 09211623-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING A. Section includes: 1. Non -load bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions. 2. Suspension systems for interior ceilings and soffits. 3. Grid suspension systems for gypsum board ceilings. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include data indicating compliance with performance standards. Clearly indicate on Product Data size and thickness of framing required for each condition. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For each type of code -compliance certification for studs and tracks. B. Evaluation Reports: For firestop tracks, post -installed anchors and power -actuated fasteners, from ICC-ES or other qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code -Compliance Certification of Studs and Tracks: Provide documentation that framing members are certified according to the product -certification program of the Certified Steel Stud Association, the Steel Framing Industry Association, or the Steel Stud Manufacturers Association. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Steel Framing: Metal thicknesses indicated are minimum thickness selected to meet structural design criteria for non-structural, interior partitions Where metal framing manufacturer's published Product Data recommends a greater thickness for the condition indicated, provide metal framing in recommended thickness. 1. Lateral Load: 5 lbs/sq. ft. 2. Maximum Allowable Deflection: a. Typical Partitions: L/240. Partitions With tile Finishes: L/480. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: For fire -resistance -rated assemblies that incorporate non - load -bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated, according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. C. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated on Drawings, according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. 2.02 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot -dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated. B. Studs and Tracks: ASTM C 645. 1. Steel Studs and Tracks: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: (1) Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems LLC. (2) Marino\WARE. (3) Phillips Manufacturing Co. (4) Steel Network, Inc. (The). b. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: As required by performance requirements for horizontal deflection but not less than 0.0179 inch. c. Depth: As indicated on Drawings C. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide one of the following: 1. Clip System. Clips designed for use in head -of -wall deflection conditions that provide a positive attachment of studs to tracks while allowing 1-1/2-inch minimum vertical movement a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: (1) CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co. (2) ClarkDietrich Building Systems. (3) Fire Trak Corp. (4) Steel Network, Inc. (The). 2. Single Long -Leg Track System ASTM C 645 top track with 2-inch-deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into top track and with continuous bridging located within 12 inches of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing. 3. Double -Track System ASTM C 645 top outer tracks, inside track with 2-inch-deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and fastened to studs, and outer track sized to friction -fit over inner track. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 4. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top track manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: (1) CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co. (2) ClarkDietrich Building Systems. (3) Metal-Lite (4) Perfect Wall, Inc. (5) Steel Network, Inc. (The). (6) Telling Industries. D. Firestop Tracks: Top track manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract with movement of structure while maintaining continuity of fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. 1. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co. b. ClarkDietrich Building Systems. c. Fire Trak Corp. d. Metal-Lite e. Perfect Wall, Inc. f. Steel Network, Inc. (The). E. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings but not less than 0.0329 inch. F. Cold -Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.0538-inch minimum base -metal thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-wide flanges 1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches 2. Clip Angle Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068-inch-thick, galvanized steel. G. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch. 2. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. H. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch-deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission. 1. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped. I. Cold -Rolled Furring Channels: 0.053-inch uncoated steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: 3/4 inch. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated edge -type steel sheet with minimum uncoated - steel thickness of 0.0329 inch. 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch-diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048 inch -diameter wire. 2.03 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Tie Wire ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch-diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch-diameter wire. B. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: 1. Post -Installed Anchors Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC193 or AC308 as appropriate for the substrate. a. Uses: Securing hangers to structure. b. Type: Torque -controlled expansion anchor or torque -controlled, adhesive anchor. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon -steel components zinc -plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. Material for Exterior or Interior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless -steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594. 2. Power -Actuated Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.16 inch in diameter. D. Flat Hangers: Steel sheet, 1 by 3/16 inch by length indicated. E. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): Cold -rolled, commercial -steel sheet with a base -metal thickness of 0.0538 inch and minimum 1/2-inch-wide flanges. 1. Depth: 2-1/2 inches. F. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 1. Cold -Rolled Channels: 0.0538-inch uncoated -steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-wide flanges, 3/4 inch deep. 2. Steel Studs and Tracks: ASTM C 645. a. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch. b. Depth: 1-5/8 inches. 3. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 7/8 inch deep. a. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch. 4. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch-deep members designed to reduce sound transmission. a. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 G. Grid Suspension System for Gypsum Board Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct -hung system composed of main beams and cross -furring members that interlock. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation. c. United States Gypsum Company. 2.04 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. 1. Fasteners for Steel Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Adhesive -backed, closed cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames, cast -in anchors and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Suspended Assemblies: Coordinate installation of suspension systems with installation of overhead structure to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive hangers at spacing required to support the Work and that hangers will develop their full strength. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754. 1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, with connections securely fastened. C. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. D. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. E. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non -load -bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.04 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. 1. Single -Layer Application: 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. 2. Multilayer Application: 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. 3. Tile Backing Panels: 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. D. Install tracks at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts that penetrate partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. 2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 4. Fire -Resistance -Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated. 5. Sound -Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound -rated assembly indicated. E. Direct Furring: Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. F. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. 3.05 INSTALLING CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Install suspension system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. 1. Hangers: 48 inches o.c. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 inches o.c. 3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches o.c. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. C. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced installation standards. 3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Flat Hangers: Secure to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure and hanger, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 5. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck 6. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast -in -place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 7. Do not attach hangers to rolled -in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck. 8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. D. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports. E. Grid Suspension Systems. Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross -furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. F. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes. END OF SECTION NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216-7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Tile backing panels. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For the following products: 1. Trim Accessories: Full-size Sample in 12-inch-long length for each trim accessory indicated. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. 1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS A Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written instructions, whichever are more stringent. B. Do not install paper -faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration sagging or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies' For fire -resistance rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. 2.02 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Size. Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.03 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. American Gypsum. b. CertainTeed Corporation. c. Georgia Pacific Building Products. d. National Gypsum Company. e. Temple-Inland Building Products by Georgia-Pacific. f. United States Gypsum Company. 2. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 3. Long Edges: Tapered and featured (rounded or beveled) for prefilling. 2.04 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass -Mat, Water -Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C 1178/C 1178M, with manufacturer's standard edges. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation; GlasRoc Tile Backer. b. Georgia-Pacific Building Products; DensShield Tile Backer. c. National Gypsum Company; eXP Tile Backer. 2. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274. 2.05 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum -coated steel sheet or rolled zinc 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. LC -Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. c. L-Bead: L-shaped* exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. U-Bead: J-shaped exposed short flange does not receive joint compound. e. Expansion (control) joint. GYPSUM BOARD 092900-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Aluminum Trim. Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Fry Reglet Corporation. b. Gordon, Inc. c. Pittcon Industries. 2. Aluminum. Alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties of ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5. 3. Finish: Corrosion -resistant primer compatible with joint compound and finish materials specified. 2.06 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper. 2. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting -type taping compound. a. Use setting -type compound for installing paper -faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting type, sandable topping compound. D. Joint Compound for Glass -Mat, Water -Resistant Backing Panels: As recommended by backing panel manufacturer. 2.07 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General. Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. GYPSUM BOARD 092900-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. Sound -Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral -fiber requirements of assembly. E. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Division 07 Section "Acoustical Sealants." F. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow -metal frames and support framing with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back -blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally 1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch-wide joints to install sealant. G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non -load -bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. GYPSUM BOARD 092900-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 H. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. STC-Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturers written instructions for locating edge trim and closing off sound -flanking paths around or through assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings. J. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. 3.03 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1. Type X: Vertical and horizontal surfaces unless otherwise indicated. B. Single -Layer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly. 3. On Z-shaped furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members 4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. C. Multilayer Application: 1. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face -layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base -layer joints unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. 2. Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers with screws; fasten face layers with adhesive and supplementary fasteners. 3.04 APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass -Mat, Water Resistant Backing Panels Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and install at locations indicated to receive tile. Install with 1/4-inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. B. Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces. GYPSUM BOARD 092900-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 3.05 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect. C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners unless otherwise indicated. 2. LC -Bead: Use at exposed panel edges 3. L-Bead: Use where indicated. 4. U Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. D. Aluminum Trim. Install in locations indicated on Drawings. 3.06 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." E. Glass -Mat Faced Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non -drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred or otherwise damaged during drywall application B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration sagging, or irregular shape. GYPSUM BOARD 092900-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION GYPSUM BOARD 092900-7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 09 30 13 CERAMIC TILING 1. Ceramic tile. 2. Stone thresholds. 3. Cementitious tile backing panels. 4. Waterproof membrane. 5. Crack isolation membrane. 6. Metal edge strips. B. Related Sections include Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board" for glass -mat, water-resistant backer board. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified. B. ANSI A108 Series: ANSI A108.01, ANSI A108.02, ANSI A108.1 A, ANSI A108.1B, ANSI A108.1C, ANSI A108 4 ANSI A108.5 ANSI A108.6, ANSI A108.8, ANSI A108.9, ANSI A108.10, ANSI A108.11, ANSI A108.12, ANSI A108.13, ANSI A108.14, ANSI A108.15, ANSI A108.16, and ANSI A108.17 which are contained in its "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile." C. Ceramic Tile: Includes porcelain tile, pressed floor tile, ceramic mosaic tile, quarry tile, and glazed wall tile. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces. C. Samples: 1. Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and trim for each color and finish required 2. Assembled samples mounted on a rigid panel, with grouted joints, for each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required Make samples at least 12 by 18 inches square, but not fewer than four tiles. Use grout of type and in color or colors approved for completed Work. 3. Stone thresholds in 6-inch lengths. 4. Metal edge strips in 6-inch lengths. CERAMIC TILING 093013-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, color pattern, and size indicated. 2. Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, and color indicated. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of each type of floor tile installation. 2. Build mockup of each type of wall tile installation. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages. B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination can be avoided. D. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from single source or producer. 1. Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area. B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from single manufacturer and each aggregate from single source or producer. CERAMIC TILING 093013-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Obtain setting and grouting materials, except for unmodified Portland cement and aggregate, from single manufacturer. 2. Obtain waterproof membrane and crack isolation membrane, except for sheet products, from manufacturer of setting and grouting materials. C. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section from a single manufacturer: 1. Stone thresholds. 2. Metal edge strips. 2.02 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard. Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02, ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced by TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements specified. C. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. D. Mounting: For factory -mounted tile provide back- or edge -mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 2.03 TILE PRODUCTS A. Basis of Design Product: Design is based on tile products scheduled on Drawings. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named proudcts or comparable products approved by Architect. 2.04 THRESHOLDS A. General Fabricate to sizes and profiles indicated or required to provide transition between adjacent floor finishes. 1. Bevel edges at 1:2 slope, with lower edge of bevel aligned with or up to 1/16 inch above adjacent floor surface. Finish bevel to match top surface of threshold Limit height of threshold to 1/2 inch or less above adjacent floor surface. B. Marble Thresholds: ASTM C 503/C 503M, with a minimum abrasion resistance of 10 according to ASTM C 1353 or ASTM C 241/C 241M and with honed finish. 1. Description: Uniform, fine- to medium -grained white stone with gray veining. 2.05 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9 or ASTM C 1325, Type A, in maximum lengths available to minimize end to end butt joints. 1. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: CERAMIC TILING 093013-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL a. C-Cure. b. Custom Building Products. c. FinPan, Inc. d. Georgia-Pacific Building Products. e. United States Gypsum Company. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 2.06 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. General: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A118.10 and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer. B. Fabric -Reinforced, Fluid -Applied Membrane: System consisting of liquid -latex rubber or elastomeric polymer and continuous fabric reinforcement. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Ardex Engineered Cements. b. Custom Building Products c. Laticrete International, Inc d. MAPEI Corporation. e. Merkrete by Parex USA, Inc. f. Texas Cement Products, Inc. 2.07 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE A. General: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A118.12 for standard performance and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer. Fabric -Reinforced, Fluid -Applied Membrane: System consisting of liquid -latex rubber or elastomeric polymer and fabric reinforcement. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Ardex Engineered Cements. b. Custom Building Products. c. Laticrete International, Inc d. MAPEI Corporation. e. Merkrete by Parex USA, Inc. f. Texas Cement Products, Inc. 2.08 SETTING MATERIALS A. Portland Cement Mortar (Thickset) Installation Materials: ANSI A108.02. CERAMIC TILING 093013-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized, welded -wire fabric, 2 by 2 inches by 0.062-inch diameter; comply with ASTM A 185/A 185M and ASTM A 82/A 82M, except for minimum wire size 2. Latex Additive: Manufacturer's standard acrylic resin or styrene-butadiene-rubber water emulsion, serving as replacement for part or all of gaging water, of type specifically recommended by latex -additive manufacturer for use with field -mixed portland cement and aggregate mortar bed. B. Modified Dry -Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.4. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. ARDEX Americas. b. C-Cure. c. Custom Building Products. d. Laticrete International, Inc. e. MAPEI Corporation. f. Merkrete by Parex USA, Inc. g. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc. h. Texas Cement Products, Inc. 2. Provide prepackaged, dry -mortar mix containing dry redispersible, vinyl acetate or acrylic additive to which only water must be added at Project site. 3. For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.4. C. Medium -Bed, Modified Dry -Set Mortar: Comply with requirements in ANSI A118.4. Provide product that is approved by manufacturer for application thickness of 5/8 inch. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. ARDEX Americas. b. C-Cure. c. Custom Building Products. d. Laticrete International, Inc. e. Merkrete by Parex USA, Inc. f Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc. g. Texas Cement Products, Inc. 2. Provide prepackaged, dry -mortar mix containing dry redispersible, vinyl acetate or acrylic additive to which only water must be added at Project site. 2.09 GROUT MATERIALS A. High -Performance Tile Grout: ANSI A118.7. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: CERAMIC TILING 093013-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL a. Ardex Engineered Cements. b. C-Cure. c. Custom Building Products. d. Laticrete International, Inc. e. MAPEI Corporation f. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc. g. Texas Cement Products, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Polymer Type: Ethylene vinyl acetate or acrylic additive, in dry, redispersible form, prepackaged with other dry ingredients. B. Water -Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Ardex Engineered Cements. b. C-Cure. c. Custom Building Products. d. Laticrete International, Inc. e. MAPEI Corporation. f. Merkrete by Parex USA, Inc. g. Texas Cement Products, Inc. C. Grout for Pregrouted Tile Sheets: Same product used in factory to pregrout tile sheets. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile -setting materials for installations indicated. B. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shaped, height to match tile and setting -bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed specifically for flooring applications; stainless -steel, ASTM A 666, 300 Series exposed -edge material. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Blanke Corporation. b. Ceramic Tool Company, Inc. c. Schluter Systems L.P. C. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. 2.11 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. CERAMIC TILING 093013-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile -setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. 2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108 01 for installations indicated. a. Verify that surfaces that received a steel trowel finish have been mechanically scarified. b. Verify that protrusions, bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding or grinding. 3. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed. 4. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Fill cracks holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile - setting material manufacturer. B. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortar bed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot toward drains. C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. 3.03 CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series 'Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. 1. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage CERAMIC TILING 093013-7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a. Tile floors consisting of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger. b. Tile floors consisting of rib -backed tiles. B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars or covers overlap tile. D. Provide manufacturer's standard trim shapes where necessary to eliminate exposed tile edges. E. Where accent tile differs in thickness from field tile, vary setting -bed thickness so that tiles are flush. F. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. 1. For tile mounted in sheets make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work. 2. Where adjoining tiles on floor base, walls, or trim are specified or indicated to be same size, align joints. 3. Where tiles are specified or indicated to be whole integer multiples of adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim, align joints unless otherwise indicated. G. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with joint widths recommended by tile manufacturer. H. Lay out tile wainscots to dimensions indicated or to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated. I. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant -filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw -cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them or apply strip of crack suppression membrane over joints in concrete substrate according to tile manufacturer's recommendations and adjust exposed joint location as required and as approved by Architect. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." J. Stone Thresholds: Install stone thresholds in same type of setting bed as adjacent floor unless otherwise indicated. 1. At locations where mortar bed (thickset) would otherwise be exposed above adjacent floor finishes, set thresholds in latex-portland cement mortar (thinset) 2. Do not extend waterproofing or crack isolation membrane under thresholds set in latex- portland cement mortar. Fill joints between such thresholds and adjoining tile set on waterproofing or crack isolation membrane with elastomenc sealant. CERAMIC TILING 093013-8 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 K. Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated and where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with or below top of tile and no threshold is indicated. 3.04 TILE BACKING PANEL INSTALLATION A. Install panels and treat joints according to ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's written instructions for type of application indicated. 3.05 WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION A. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness that is bonded securely to substrate. B. Allow waterproofing to cure and verify by testing that it is watertight before installing tile or setting materials over it. 3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace tile that is damaged or that does not match adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as specified and in a manner to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. B. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. C. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces. 3.08 INTERIOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Interior Floor Installations, Concrete Subfloor: 1. Typical Ceramic Tile Installation: TCNA F113; thinset mortar. Ceramic Tile Type: As indicated on Drawings. Thinset Mortar. Latex-portland cement mortar except use medium -bed, latex-portland cement mortar where large -format porcelain tile is indicated. Grout: High-performance sanded grout. CERAMIC TILING 093013-9 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Ceramic Tile Installation at First Floor Restrooms and Toilets: TCNA F115; thinset mortar; epoxy grout. a. Ceramic Tile Type: As indicated on Drawings. b. Thinset Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar except use medium -bed, latex-portland cement mortar where large -format porcelain tile is indicated. c. Grout: Water -cleanable epoxy grout. 3. Ceramic Tile Installation at First Floor Showers: TCNA F121 and ANSI A108.1C; cement mortar bed (thickset) a. Ceramic Tile Type: As indicated on Drawings. b. Bond Coat for Cured Bed Method: Latex-portland cement mortar. c. Grout: Water -cleanable epoxy grout. 4. Ceramic Tile Installation at Restrooms and Toilets at Second and Third Floors: TCNA F122; thinset mortar on waterproof membrane a. Ceramic Tile Type: As indicated on Drawings. b. Thinset Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar except use medium -bed, latex-portland cement mortar where large -format porcelain tile is indicated. c. Grout Water -cleanable epoxy grout. 5. Floor Joints: Movement joint design in thinset floors and perimeter joints; TCA EJ 171. B. Interior Wall Installations, Metal Studs or Furring: 1. Typical Ceramic Tile Installation: TCNA W245 or TCNA W248; thinset mortar on glass - mat, water-resistant gypsum backer board. a. Ceramic Tile Type: As indicated on Drawings. b. Thinset Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar. c. Grout: High-performance sanded grout. 2. Typical Ceramic Tile Installation at Restrooms and Toilets: TCNA W245 or TCNA W248; thinset mortar on glass -mat, water-resistant gypsum backer board. a. Ceramic Tile Type: As indicated on Drawings. b. Thinset Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar. c. Grout: Water -cleanable epoxy grout. END OF SECTION CERAMIC TILING 093013-10 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for ceilings. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, 6 inches in size. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Structural members to which suspension systems will be attached. 3. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical panels. 4. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. 5. Perimeter moldings. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals. 1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Panels: Full-size panels equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 2. Suspension -System Components: Quantity of each exposed component equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of typical ceiling area as shown on Drawings. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical panels, suspension -system components, and accessories to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1.09 FIELD CONDITIONS A Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame -Spread Index: Comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials. 2.02 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL A. Source Limitations: 1. Acoustical Ceiling Panel Obtain each type from single source from single manufacturer. 2. Suspension System. Obtain each type from single source from single manufacturer. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel and supporting suspension system from single source from single manufacturer. C. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types, patterns, acoustical ratings, and light reflectances unless otherwise indicated. 1. Mounting Method for Measuring NRC Type E 400; plenum mounting in which face of test specimen is 15-3/4 inches away from test surface according to ASTM E 795. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 0951 13-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. Acoustical Panel Colors and Patterns: Match appearance characteristics indicated for each product type. 1. Where appearance characteristics of acoustical panels are indicated by referencing pattern designations in ASTM E 1264 and not manufacturers' proprietary product designations, provide products selected by Architect from each manufacturer's full range that comply with requirements indicated for type pattern, color, light reflectance, acoustical performance, edge detail, and size 2.03 ACOUSTICAL PANELS (TYPE I) A. Basis of Design: Design is based on Rockfon (Roxul Inc ) Tropic. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect. B. Classification: Provide panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for type, form, and pattern as follows: 1. Type and Form: Type XX, stone wool base with membrane -faced overlay. 2. Pattern: G (smooth). C. Color: White. D. LR: Not less than 0.86. E. NRC: Not less than 0.85. F. Edge/Joint Detail: Square. G. Thickness: 5/8 inch. H. Modular Size As indicated on Drawings. 2.04 ACOUSTICAL PANELS (TYPE II) A. Basis of Design: Design is based on Rockfon (Roxul Inc.) Alaska CDX Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect. B. Classification: Provide panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for type, form, and pattern as follows: 1. Type and Form: Type XX, stone wool base with membrane -faced overlay. 2. Pattern: G (smooth). C. Color: White. D. LR: Not less than 0.86. E. NRC: Not less than 0.90. F. Edge/Joint Detail: Beveled, kerfed and rabbeted long edges and square, butt -on short edges. G. Thickness: 7/8 inch. H. Modular Size. As indicated on Drawings. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 0951 13-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 2.05 ACOUSTICAL PANELS FOR LOBBY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Basis of Design: Design is based on Rockfon (Roxul Inc.) Tropic. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect. B. Classification: Provide panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for type, form, and pattern as follows: C. Classification: Provide panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for type, form, and pattern as follows: 1. Type and Form: Type XX, stone wool base with membrane -faced overlay. 2. Pattern: G (smooth). D. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range. E. LRt Not less than 0.86. F. NRC: Not less than 0.85. G. Edge/Joint Detail: Square. H. Thickness: 3/4 inch. I. Modular Size. As indicated on Drawings. 2.01 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL PANELS FOR LOBBY A. Basis of Design: Design is based on Rockfon (Roxul Inc.) Island. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect. B. Classification: Provide panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for type, form, and pattern as follows: C. Classification: Provide panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for type, form, and pattern as follows: 1. Type and Form: Type XX, stone wool base with membrane -faced overlay. 2. Pattern: G (smooth). D. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range. E. LR: Not less than 0.86. F. Edge/Joint Detail: Square. G. Thickness: 1-1/2 inch. H. Modular Size: As indicated on Drawings. I. Attachment Device: Minimum of four manufacturer's proprietary screws provided for field installation to back of each panel. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 0951 13-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.02 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL A. Metal Suspension -System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct -hung metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable requirements in ASTM C 635/C 635M. B. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements. 1. Power -Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, without failure a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. C. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: 1 Zinc -Coated, Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106-inch- diameter wire D. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust -inhibitive paint. E. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch wide; formed with 0.04-inch-thick, galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; with bolted connections and 5/16-inch-diameter bolts. 2.03 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Rockfon (Roxul Inc.) 2. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 3. CertainTeed Corporation. 4. Chicago Metallic Corporation. 5. United States Gypsum Company. B. Wide -Face, Capped, Double -Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold -rolled steel sheet; prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 653/A 653M, not less than G30 coating designation; with prefinished 15/16-inch-wide metal caps on flanges. 1. Structural Classification: Intermediate -duty system. 2. End Condition of Cross Runners: Override (stepped) type. 3. Face Design Flat, flush 4. Cap Material. Steel cold -rolled sheet. 5. Cap Finish: Painted white. 2.04 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 0951 13-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 2. CertainTeed Corporation. 3. Chicago Metallic Corporation. 4. Fry Reglet Corporation. 5. Gordon, Inc. 6. United States Gypsum Company. B. Roll -Formed, Sheet -Metal Edge Moldings and Trim. Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturers standard moldings for edges and penetrations that comply with seismic design requirements; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension -system runners. 1. Provide manufacturer's standard edge moldings that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated and that match width and configuration of exposed runners unless otherwise indicated. 2. For lay -in panels with reveal edge details, provide stepped edge molding that forms reveal of same depth and width as that formed between edge of panel and flange at exposed suspension member. 3. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly. C. Extruded -Aluminum Edge Moldings and Trim. Where indicated, provide manufacturer's extruded -aluminum edge moldings and trim of profile indicated or referenced by manufacturer's designations, including splice plates, corner pieces, and attachment and other clips, complying with seismic design requirements and the following: 1. Aluminum Alloy: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with not less than the strength and durability properties of aluminum extrusions complying with ASTM B 221 for Alloy and Temper 6063-T5. 2. Baked Enamel or Powder -Coat Finish: Minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Comply with ASTM C 635/C 635M and coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish. 2.05 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: As specified in Division 07 Section "Acoustical Sealants." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical panel ceilings. B. Examine acoustical panels before installation. Reject acoustical panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 0951 13-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 3.02 PREPARATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less -than -half -width panels at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636/C 636M and seismic design requirements indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." 1. Suspended Acoustical Panels at Lobby: Do not secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension -system runners or edge moldings of ceiling above . Install manufacturer's proprietary screw attachments provided with panels and bracing wires per manufacturer's written instructions and per General Installation instructions. B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension -system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling -suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both the structure to which hangers are attached and the type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion or elevated temperatures. 6. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast -in -place hanger inserts, postinstalled mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power - actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete. 7. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires. 8. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 9 Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 10. Space hangers not more than 48 inches o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. 11. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast -in -place or postinstalled anchors. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113-7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. 1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet. Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. E. Install suspension -system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. F. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension -system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. 1. For square -edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension -system runners and moldings. 2. For reveal -edged panels on suspension -system runners, install panels with bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges. 3. Paint cut edges of panel remaining exposed after installation, match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension -system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 0951 13-8 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 09 65 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Resilient base. 2. Resilient stair accessories. 3. Resilient molding accessories. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, not less than 12 inches long. C. Product Schedule: For resilient base and accessory products. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.03 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for every 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, and size of resilient product installed. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Coordinate mockups in this Section with mockups specified in other Sections. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive resilient products during the following time periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 3. 48 hours after installation. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. After installation and until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 THERMOSET -RUBBER BASE A. Manufacturers: B. Basis of Design: Design is based on products scheduled on Drawings. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect, C. Product Standard: ASTM F 1861, Type TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset), Group I (solid, homogeneous). 1. Style: Style B, Cove unless otherwise indicated D. Thickness: 0.125 inch. E. Height: 4 inches. F. Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length. G. Outside Corners: Preformed. H. Inside Corners: Job formed. I. Colors: As indicated by manufacturer's designations or if not indicated as selected by Architect from full range of industry colors. 2.02 RUBBER STAIR ACCESSORIES A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Burke Mercer Flooring Products; a division of Burke Industries Inc. 3. Flexco 4. Johnsonite• A Tarkett Company. 5. Roppe Corporation, USA. C. Stair Treads: ASTM F 2169. 1. Type: TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset). 2. Class: 2 (pattern, embossed grooved, or ribbed). RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. Nosing Style: Square, adjustable to cover angles between 60 and 90 degrees. 4. Nosing Height: 1-1/2 inches 5. Thickness: 1/4 inch and tapered to back edge. 6. Size Lengths and depths to fit each stair tread in one piece. D. Separate Risers: Smooth, flat; in height that fully covers substrate; produced by same manufacturer as treads and recommended by manufacturer for installation with treads. 1. Style: Coved toe, 7 inches high by length matching treads. 2. Thickness: 0.125 inch. E. Landing Tile: Matching treads; produced by same manufacturer as treads and recommended by manufacturer for installation with treads. F. Colors: As indicated by manufacturer's designations or if not indicated as selected by Architect from full range of industry colors. 2.03 RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSORY A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following* 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Burke Mercer Flooring Products; a division of Burke Industries Inc. 3. Flexco. 4. Johnsonite; A Tarkett Company. 5. Roppe Corporation, USA. B. Description: Vinyl nosing for resilient flooring and transition strips. C. Profile and Dimensions: As indicated. D. Colors: As indicated by manufacturer's designations or if not indicated as selected by Architect from full range of industry colors. 2.04 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds. Latex -modified portland cement based or blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by resilient product manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by resilient -product manufacturer for resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Installation of resilient products indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Concrete Substrates for Resilient Stair Accessories: Prepare horizontal surfaces according to ASTM F 710 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity falls within range on pH scale recommended by manufacturer in writing, but not less than 5 or more than 9 pH. 4. Moisture Testing: Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing according to manufacturers written recommendations, but not less stringent than the following: a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test according to ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture -vapor -emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. D. Do not install resilient products until they are the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed 1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed. E. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products 3.03 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base. B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practical without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation. F. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 G. Preformed Corners: Install preformed corners before installing straight pieces. H. Job -Formed Corners: 1. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 3 inches in length. a. Cope corners to minimize open joints. 3.04 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories. B. Resilient Stair Accessories: 1. Use stair -tread -nose filler to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours. 2. Tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. 3. For treads installed as separate, equal -length units, install to produce a flush joint between units. C. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of floor covering that would otherwise be exposed. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient products. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient -product installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum horizontal surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp -mop horizontal surfaces to remove marks and soil. C. Protect resilient products from mars, marks indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D. Cover resilient products subject to wear and foot traffic until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 09 65 19 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes solid vinyl floor tile. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For each type of floor tile. Include floor tile layouts, edges, columns, doorways, enclosing partitions, built-in furniture, cabinets, and cutouts. 1. Show details of special patterns. C. Samples: Full-size units of each color and pattern of floor tile required. D. Product Schedule: For floor tile. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For each type of floor tile to include in maintenance manuals. 1.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1 Floor Tile: Furnish one box for every 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type, color, and pattern of floor tile installed. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs workers for this Project who are competent in techniques required by manufacturer for floor tile installation and seaming method indicated. 1. Engage an installer who employs workers for this Project who are trained or certified by floor tile manufacturer for installation techniques required. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockups for floor tile including resilient base and accessories. a. Size. Minimum 100 sq. ft. for each type, color, and pattern in locations directed by Architect. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096519-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store floor tile and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. Store floor tiles on flat surfaces. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer but not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive floor tile during the following time periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. B. After installation and until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Close spaces to traffic during floor tile installation. D. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor tile installation. E. Install floor tile after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics. For resilient tile flooring, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm. 2.02 SOLID VINYL FLOOR TILE A. Manufacturers: B. Basis of Design: Design is based on products scheduled on Drawings. Subject to compliance with requirements provide named products or comparable products approved by Architect. C. Tile Standard: ASTM F 1700. 1. Class: Class III printed film vinyl tile. 2. Type: A, smooth surface. D. Thickness: 0.080 inch. E. Sizes 7 by 48 inches. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096519-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 F. Colors: As indicated by manufacturer's designations or if not indicated as selected by Architect from full range of industry colors. 2.03 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by floor tile manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by floor tile and adhesive manufacturers to suit floor tile and substrate conditions indicated. C. Floor Polish: Provide protective, liquid floor -polish products recommended by floor tile manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of floor tile. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to floor tile manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Do not use solvents 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity falls within range on pH scale recommended by manufacturer in writing, but not less than 5 or more than 9 pH. 4. Moisture Testing: Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing according to floor tile manufacturer's written recommendations, but not less stringent than the following: a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test according to ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture -vapor -emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq ft. in 24 hours. b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes according to ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level. C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096519-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 D. Do not install floor tiles until they are the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. 1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient floor tile and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed. E. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient floor tile. 3.03 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor tile. B. Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter. 1. Lay tiles square with room axis. C. Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked chipped, or deformed tiles. 1. Lay tiles with grain running in one direction. D. Scribe, cut, and fixtures including E. Extend floor tiles to center of door fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes outlets, and door frames. into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend floor tiles openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cuttin by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent markin device. g g G. Install floor tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, building expansion -joint covers, and similar items in finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern between pieces of tile installed on covers and adjoining tiles. Tightly adhere tile edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters. H. Adhere floor tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting floor tile. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing floor tile installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp -mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096519-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 C. Protect floor tile from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D. Floor Polish: Remove soil, adhesive, and blemishes from floor tile surfaces before applying liquid floor polish. 1. Apply three coat(s). E. Cover floor tile until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096519-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 09 65 36 STATIC -CONTROL RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Static -dissipative, vinyl composition floor tile. B. Related Sections include Division 09 Section "Resilient Base and Accessories" for resilient base, reducer strips, and other accessories installed with static -control resilient flooring. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of static -control resilient flooring. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of static -control resilient flooring, of size indicated below: 1. Floor Tile: Full-size units. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For each type of static -control resilient flooring to include in maintenance manuals. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs workers for this Project who are competent in techniques required by manufacturer for static -control resilient flooring. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store static -control resilient flooring and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. 1. Floor Tile: Store on flat surfaces. STATIC -CONTROL RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 36 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 85 deg F, in spaces to receive static -control resilient flooring during the following time periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. B. Until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Close spaces to traffic during static -control resilient flooring installation. D. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after static -control resilient flooring installation. E. Install static -control resilient flooring after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Static -Dissipative Properties. Provide static -control resilient flooring with static -control properties indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by an independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Electrical Resistance: Test per ASTM F 150 with 100-V applied voltage . a. Average greater than 1 megohm and less than or equal to 1000 megohms when test specimens are tested surface to ground. b. Average greater than 1 megohm and less than or equal to 1000 megohms when installed floor coverings are tested surface to ground. Static Generation* Less than 300 V.when tested per AATCC-134 at 20 percent relative humidity with conductive footwear Static Decay: 5000 to zero V in less than 0.25 seconds when tested per FED-STD- 101 C/4046.1. B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm. 2.02 STATIC -DISSIPATIVE RESILIENT FLOOR COVERINGS A. Static -Dissipative, Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: ASTM F 1066 (vinyl composition floor tile, nonasbestos formulated), Class 2 (through -pattern tile). 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: STATIC -CONTROL RESILIENT FLOORING 096536-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Thickness: Not less than 0.125 inch. 3. Size 12 by 12 inches. 4. Colors and Patterns: As indicated by manufacturer's designations or if not indicated as selected by Architect from full range of industry colors. 2.03 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified portland cement or blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Static -Control Adhesive: Provided or approved by manufacturer; type that maintains electrical continuity of floor -covering system to ground connection. C. Grounding Strips: Provided or approved by manufacturer, type and size that maintains electrical continuity of floor -covering system to ground connection. D. Floor Polish: Provide protective, static -control liquid floor polish products as recommended by floor -covering manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer and manufacturer's representative present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion or static -control characteristics of floor coverings. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of static -control resilient flooring and electrical continuity of floor -covering systems. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with floor -covering adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. 4. Moisture Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. STATIC -CONTROL RESILIENT FLOORING 096536-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 D. Do not install static -control resilient flooring until it is same temperature as space where it is to be installed. 1. Move static -control resilient flooring and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. E. Sweep and vacuum substrates to be covered by static -control resilient flooring immediately before installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install static -control resilient flooring according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Embed grounding strips in static -control adhesive. Extend grounding strips beyond perimeter of static -control resilient floor -covering surfaces to ground connections. C. Scribe, cut, and fit static -control resilient flooring to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames. D. Extend static -control resilient flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend static -control resilient flooring to center of door openings. E. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on static -control resilient flooring as marked on substrates Use chalk or other nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. F. Install static -control resilient flooring on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items in installation areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of static - control resilient flooring installed on covers. Tightly adhere static -control resilient flooring edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters. G. Adhere static -control resilient flooring to substrates using a full spread of static -control adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. 3.04 FLOOR -TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor tile. B. Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets so floor tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half floor tile at perimeter. 1. Lay floor tiles square with room axis. C. Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting floor tiles from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed floor tiles. 1. Lay static -dissipative, vinyl composition floor tiles with grain running in one direction unless otherwise indicated. STATIC -CONTROL RESILIENT FLOORING 096536-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to test electrical resistance of static -control resilient flooring for compliance with requirements. 1. Arrange for testing after static -control adhesives have fully cured and static -control resilient flooring has stabilized to ambient conditions and after ground connections are completed. 2. Arrange for testing of static -control resilient flooring before and after performing floor polish procedures. B. Static -control resilient flooring will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of static -control resilient flooring. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing static -control resilient flooring: 1. Remove static -control adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp -mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. C. Protect static -control resilient flooring from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. 1. If recommended in writing by manufacturer, apply protective static -control floor polish formulated to maintain or enhance floor covering's electrical properties ensure static - control resilient flooring surfaces are free from soil, static -control adhesive, and surface blemishes. a. Verify that both floor polish and its application method are approved by manufacturer and that floor polish will not leave an insulating film that reduces static -control resilient flooring's effectiveness for static control. D. Cover static -control resilient flooring until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION STATIC -CONTROL RESILIENT FLOORING 096536-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 09 68 13 TILE CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes modular carpet tile. B. Related Sections include Division 09 Section "Resilient Base and Accessories" for resilient wall base and accessories installed with carpet tile. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include manufacturer's written data on physical characteristics, durability, and fade resistance. 2. Include manufacturer's written installation recommendations for each type of substrate. B. Shop Drawings: For carpet tile installation, plans showing the following: 1. Columns, doorways, enclosing walls or partitions, built-in cabinets, and locations where cutouts are required in carpet tiles. 2. Carpet tile type, color, and dye lot. 3. Type of subfloor. 4. Type of installation. 5. Pattern of installation. 6. Pattern type, location, and direction. 7. Pile direction. 8. Type color and location of insets and borders. 9. Type color and location of edge transition, and other accessory strips. 10. Transition details to other flooring materials. C. Samples: For each of the following products and for each color and texture required. Label each Sample with manufacturer's name, material description, color, pattern, and designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 1. Carpet Tile: Full-size Sample. 2. Exposed Edge Transition and Other Accessory Stripping: 12-inch-long Samples. D. Product Schedule: For carpet tile. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.03 IINFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. TILE CARPETING 096813-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For carpet tiles to include in maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1. Methods for maintaining carpet tile, including cleaning and stain -removal products and procedures and manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule. 2. Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to carpet tile. 1.05 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Carpet Tile: Full-size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but not less than 10 sq. yd. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockups at locations and in sizes shown on Drawings. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard." 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard" for temperature, humidity, and ventilation limitations. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install carpet tiles until spaces are enclosed and weathertight wet -work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. C. Do not install carpet tiles over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. D. Where demountable partitions or other items are indicated for installation on top of carpet tiles, install carpet tiles before installing these items. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Carpet Tiles: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of carpet tile installation that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet tile due to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. 2. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: TILE CARPETING 096813-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 a. More than 10 percent edge raveling, snags, and runs. b. Dimensional instability. c. Excess static discharge. d. Loss of tuft -bind strength. e. Loss of face fiber. f. Delamination. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CARPET TILE A. Basis of Design: Design is based on carpet tile products scheduled on Drawings. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect. B. Color and Pattern: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 2.02 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew -resistant, nonstaining, pressure -sensitive type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated that comply with flammability requirements for installed carpet tile, and are recommended by carpet tile manufacturer for releasable installation. C. Metal Edge/Transition Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of profile and width shown, of height required to protect exposed edge of carpet, and of maximum lengths to minimize running joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet tile performance. B. Examine carpet tile for type, color, pattern, and potential defects. C. Concrete Slabs: Verify that surfaces are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. 1. Moisture Testing: Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 1000 sq. ft., and perform no fewer than three tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas. a. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture -vapor -emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. TILE CARPETING 096813-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 b. Perform additional moisture tests recommended in writing by adhesive and carpet tile manufacturers. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with CRI's "Carpet Installation Standards" and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive carpet tile. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer s written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, depressions, and protrusions in substrates. Fill or level cracks holes and depressions 1/8 inch wide or wider, and protrusions more than 1/32 inch unless more stringent requirements are required by manufacturer's written instructions. C. Concrete Substrates: Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, without using solvents. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by adhesive and carpet tile manufacturers. D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet tile. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard," Section 18, "Modular Carpet" and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Installation Method: As recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. C. Maintain dye -lot integrity. Do not mix dye lots in same area. D. Maintain pile -direction patterns recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. E. Cut and fit carpet tile to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. F. Extend carpet tile into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open -bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. G. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on carpet tile as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. H. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet tile: 1. Remove excess adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. 2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet tile surface. 3. Vacuum carpet tile using commercial machine with face -beater element. TILE CARPETING 096813-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Protect installed carpet tile to comply with CRI's "Carpet Installation Standard," Section 20, Protecting Indoor Installations." C. Protect carpet tile against damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. END OF SECTION TILE CARPETING 096813-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 09 72 00 WALL COVERINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Vinyl wall covering. 2. Textile wall covering. 3. Wood -veneer wall covering. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include data on physical characteristics, durability, fade resistance, and fire -test -response characteristics. B. Shop Drawings: Show location and extent of each wall -covering type. Indicate pattern placement, veneer matching, seams and termination points. C. Samples: For each type of wall covering and for each color, pattern, texture, and finish specified, full width by 36-inch- long in size 1. Wall -Covering Sample. From same production run to be used for the Work with specified treatments applied Show complete pattern repeat. Mark top and face of fabric. 2. Wood -Veneer Wall -Covering Sample: From same flitch to be used for the Work, with specified finish applied. D. Product Schedule: For wall coverings. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For wall coverings to include in maintenance manuals. 1.05 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Wall -Covering Materials For each type, color, texture, and finish, full width by length to equal to 5 percent of amount installed. WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for installation. 1. Build mockups for each type of wall covering on each substrate required. Comply with requirements in ASTM F 1141 for appearance shading characteristics. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install wall coverings until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at levels intended for occupants after Project completion during the remainder of the construction period. 1. Wood -Veneer Wall Coverings: Condition spaces for not less than 48 hours before installation. B. Lighting: Do not install wall covering until lighting that matches conditions intended for occupants after Project completion is provided on the surfaces to receive wall coveting. C. Ventilation: Provide continuous ventilation during installation and for not less than the time recommended by wall -covering manufacturer for full drying or curing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 VINYL WALL COVERING A. Basis of Design: Design is based on Knoll, Inc. Parallel Lines WC1045/3 Hemp. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named products or comparable products approved by Architect. B. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: As indicated on Drawings. 2.02 TEXTILE WALL COVERING A. Basis of Design: Design is based Carnegie Xorel High Performance. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named products or comparable products approved by Architect. B. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: As indicated on Drawings. 2.03 WOOD -VENEER WALL COVERING A. Basis of Design: Design is based on Koroseal Interior Products, LLC Arbor Series. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named products or comparable products approved by Architect. B. Description: Provide wood -veneer wall covering in rolls from same production run. WALL COVERINGS 097200-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Sheet Size. Manufacturer's standard. D. Veneer Construction: Single ply veneer. E. Wood Species: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full range of products. F. Cut and Figure: Flat cut. G. Veneer Match: Book. H. Sheet Match: Running. I. Applied Backing Material: Manufacturer's standard. J. Finish: Field applied using wall -covering manufacturer's standard stain and polyurethane system. 1. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Galvanized Steel Sheet for Magnetic Substrate: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating, either commercial steel or forming steel. B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. C. Adhesive: 1. Wall Coverings: Mildew -resistant, nonstaining, strippable adhesive, for use with specific wall covering and substrate application indicated and as recommended in writing by wall - covering manufacturer. 2. Galvanized Steel Sheet Adhesive: Mildew -resistant, nonstaining, for use in adhering metal sheet to gypsum wall covering. D. Primer/Sealer: Mildew resistant, complying with requirements in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting" and recommended in writing by primer/sealer and wall -covering manufacturers for intended substrate. E. Metal Primer. Interior ferrous metal primer complying with Division 09 Section "Interior Painting" and recommended in writing by primer and wall -covering manufacturers for intended substrate. F. Seam Tape: As recommended in writing by wall -covering manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for levelness, wall plumbness maximum moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work WALL COVERINGS 097200-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of wall covering, including dirt, oil, grease, mold, mildew, and incompatible primers. C. Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clean, structurally sound surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, and defects. 1. Moisture Content: Maximum of 5 percent on new plaster, concrete, and concrete masonry units when tested with an electronic moisture meter 2. Plaster. Allow new plaster to cure. Neutralize areas of high alkalinity. Prime with primer recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall -covering manufacturer. 3. Metals: If not factory primed, clean and apply primer recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall -covering manufacturer. 4. Gypsum Board: Prime with primer as recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall -covering manufacturer. 5. Painted Surfaces Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding. D. Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semigloss, and eggshell finish with fine sandpaper. E. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. F. Acclimatize wall -covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation. 3.03 GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET INSTALLATION A. Where magnetic board is indicated under wall covering, laminate galvanized steel sheet to gypsum board surface and supplement with fasteners. 3.04 WALL -COVERING INSTALLATION A. Comply with wall -covering manufacturers' written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Cut wall -covering strips in roll number sequence. Change the roll numbers at partition breaks and corners. C. Install strips in same order as cut from roll. 1. For solid -color, even -texture, or random -match wall coverings, reverse every other strip. D. Install wall covering without lifted or curling edges and without visible shrinkage. E. Match pattern 72 inches above the finish floor. F. Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches from outside corners and 3 inches from inside corners unless a change of pattern or color exists at corner. Horizontal seams are not permitted. WALL COVERINGS 097200-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 G. Trim edges and seams for color uniformity, pattern match, and tight closure. Butt seams without overlaps or gaps between strips. H. Fully bond wall covering to substrate. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. 3.05 FIELD FINISHING OF WOOD -VENEER WALL COVERINGS A. Apply wood -veneer -wall -covering manufacturer's standard stain and polyurethane system according to coating manufacturer's written instructions to produce finish that is consistent in color and gloss and matches approved Samples. B. Apply no fewer than three finish coats. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive at seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces. B. Use cleaning methods recommended in writing by wall -covering manufacturer. C. Replace strips that cannot be cleaned. D. Reinstall hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. END OF SECTION WALL COVERINGS 097200-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1. Concrete. 2. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). 3. Steel and iron. 4. Galvanized metal. 5. Gypsum board. 6. Insulation facing. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Level 1: according to ASTM B. MPI Gloss Level 2: according to ASTM C. MPI Gloss Level 3: ASTM D 523. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS D. Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at D 523. Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at D 523. 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, 85 degrees, 85 degrees, according to A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Include Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. 2. Indicate VOC content. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product Data: For paints and coatings, indicating VOC content. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches squ 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application are. coat required for system. area. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Product List: Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations. 1.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 2 - PRODUCTS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 3. Pratt & Lambert. 4. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). 2.02 PAINT, GENERAL A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its 'MPI Approved Products Lists ' B. Material Compatibility: 1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. C. Colors: As indicated in a color schedule or if not indicated as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Masonry (Clay and CMUs) 12 percent. 3. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. E. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 - 3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 3.02 PREPARATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" and "MPI Maintenance Repainting Manual' applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface -applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions E. Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. F. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer, if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. G. Shop -Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -primed surfaces. H. Galvanized Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in "MPI Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 - 4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. E. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work: 1. Paint the following work where exposed in equipment rooms. a. Uninsulated metal piping. b. Uninsulated plastic piping. 2. Paint the following work where exposed in occupied spaces: a. Equipment, including panelboards. b. Uninsulated metal piping. c. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f Plastic conduit. g. Other items as directed by Architect. 3. Paint portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets that are visible from occupied spaces. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 - 5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.06 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Concrete Substrates, Nontraffic Surfaces: 1. Latex System MPI INT 3.1A: a. Prime Coat: Primer alkali resistant, water based, MPI #3. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 2 or 3), MPI #44 or MPI #52. CMU Substrates: 1. Latex System MPI INT 4.2A: a. Block Filler: Block filler, latex, interior/exterior, MPI #4. b. Intermediate Coat. Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 2 or 3), MPI #44 or MPI #52. C. Steel Substrates for Typical Applications: 1. Latex System, Alkyd Primer MPI INT 5.1Q: a. Prime Coat: Primer alkyd, quick dry, for metal, MPI #76. b. Intermediate Coat. Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi -gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #54. D. Steel Substrates for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1. High -Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 5.1 R: a. Prime Coat: Primer alkyd, quick dry, for metal, MPI #76. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi -gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #141. E. Steel Substrates for Exposed Overhead Structure: 1. Water -Based Dry -Fall System MPI INT 5.1C: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, quick dry, for metal, MPI #76. b. Topcoat: Dry fall, water based, for galvanized steel, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1), MPI #133. Galvanized -Metal Substrates for Typical Applicatons: 1. Latex System MPI INT 5.3J: a. Prime Coat: Primer galvanized, water based, MPI #134. b. Intermediate Coat. Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat Latex, interior, semi -gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #54. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 - 6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 G. Galvanized Metal Substrates for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1. High -Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 5.3M: a. Prime Coat: Primer galvanized, water based, MPI #134. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi -gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #141. 2. Water -Based Dry -Fall System MPI INT 5.3H: a. Prime Coat: Dry fall, water based, for galvanized steel, matching topcoat b. Topcoat: Dry fall, water based, for galvanized steel, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1), MPI #133. H. Gypsum Board Substrates for Typical Walls: 1. Latex over Latex Sealer System MPI INT 9.2A: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, MPI #50. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 2 or 3), MPI #44 or MPI #52. d. Topcoat Latex, interior, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1), MPI #53. I. Gypsum Board Substrates for Typical Ceilings and Soffits: 1. Latex over Latex Sealer System MPI INT 9.2A: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, MR #50. b. Intermediate Coat. Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat Latex, interior, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1), MPI #53. J. Gypsum Board Substrates for Walls at Corridors, Lobbies, and Similar High Touch Areas: 1. High -Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 9.2B: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, MPI #50. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 2 or 3), MPI #138 or MPI #139. K. Gypsum Board Substrates for Walls at Toilets, Restrooms, Janitor's Closets, Kitchens, and Similar Service Areas: 1. High -Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 9.2B: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, MPI #50. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi -gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #141. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 - 7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 L. Kraft -Facing of Exposed Batt Insulation: 1. Latex System (Two Coats): a. Prime Coat: Dry fall, water based, matching topcoat.. b. Topcoat: Dry fall, latex, water based, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1) MPI Category #118,. END OF SECTION INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 - 8 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 09 97 24 PENETRATING LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes penetrating liquid floor treatment applied to cured concrete. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Clear, chemically reactive, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; colorless; that penetrates, hardens, and densifies concrete surfaces. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Curecrete Distribution Inc.; Ashford Formula. b. Euclid Chemical Company (The) Euco Diamond Hard. c. Meadows, W. R., Inc ; Liqui-Hard. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances that could impair application of penetrating liquid floor treatment including dirt, oil, grease, and paints. 3.02 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Prepare, apply, and finish penetrating liquid floor treatment according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Apply to concrete that is fully cured, do not apply to concrete that is less than 28 days old. 2. Apply liquid until surface is saturated, scrubbing into surface until a gel forms; rewet; and repeat brooming or scrubbing. Rinse with water; remove excess material until surface is dry. Apply a second coat in a similar manner if surface is rough or porous. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. PENETRATING LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENT 099724-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Protect work of other trades against damage from floor treatment application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. END OF SECTION PENETRATING LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENT 099724-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 10 11 00 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes fabric -wrapped magnetic boards. B. Related Sections include: 1. Division 09 Section "Fabric -Wrapped Panels" for tackable, fabric -covered panels mounted on walls. 2. Division 10 Section "Visual Display Fabrics" for visual display wall coverings intended for use with dry -erase markers. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: For fabric -wrapped magnetic boards. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachment to other work. 2. Show locations of panel joints. Show locations of field -assembled joints for factory - fabricated units too large to ship in one piece. B. Samples: For each type of visual display unit indicated. 1. Fabric -Wrapped Magnetic Boards: Not less than 8-1/2 by 11 inches, with facing, core, and backing indicated for final Work. Include one panel for each type, color, and texture required. C. Product Schedule: For fabric -wrapped magnetic boards. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For fabric -wrapped magnetic boards to include in maintenance manuals. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockup of fabric -wrapped magnetic boards as directed by Architect. Include accessories. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 101100-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver factory -fabricated fabric -wrapped magnetic boards completely assembled in one piece. If dimensions exceed maximum manufactured unit size, or if unit size is impracticable to ship in one piece, provide two or more pieces with joints in locations indicated on approved Shop Drawings. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install visual display units until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet -work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of construction contiguous with visual display units by field measurements before fabrication. 1. Allow for trimming and fitting where taking field measurements before fabrication might delay the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of visual display unit from single source from single manufacturer. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame -Spread Index: 25 or less. 2. Smoke -Developed Index: 450 or less. 2.03 FABRIC -WRAPPED MAGNETIC BOARDS A. Fabric -Wrapped Magnetic Boards: Field or factory fabricated. 1. Corners: Square. 2. Height and Width: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Mounting Method: Direct to wall. B. Fabric -Wrapped Magnetic Boards: Fabric stretched over galvanized steel sheet laminated to core indicated. 1. Fabric Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors. VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 101100-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 2.04 TACKBOARD PANELS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Tackboard Panels: 1. Facing Fabric as indicated or if not indicated as selected by Architect. 2. Magnetic Substrate: Galvanized steel sheet, 0.022 inch minimum thickness. 3. Core: 3/8-inch-thick fiberboard. 2.05 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; structural quality. B. Medium -Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. C. Adhesives for Field Application: Mildew -resistant, nonstaining adhesive for use with specific type of panels sheets or assemblies; and for substrate application; as recommended in writing by visual display unit manufacturer. D. Primer/Sealer: Mildew -resistant primer/sealer complying with requirements in Division 09 Section 'Interior Painting" and recommended in writing by visual display unit manufacturer for intended substrate. 2.06 FABRICATION A. Laminate steel sheet to fiberboard core using adhesives specifically recommended for that purpose. B. Facing Material: Apply fabric fully covering visible surfaces of panel; with material stretched straight, on the grain, tight, square, and free from puckers, ripples wrinkles, sags, blisters seams adhesive or other visible distortions or foreign matter. 1. Square Corners: Tailor corners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, surface conditions of wall, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine walls and partitions for proper preparation and backing for visual display units. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation. B. Clean substrates of substances, such as dirt, mold, and mildew, that could impair the performance of and affect the smooth, finished surfaces of visual display boards. VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 1011 00-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Prepare surfaces to achieve a smooth, dry, clean surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, defects, projections, depressions, and substances that will impair bond between visual display units and wall surfaces. D. Prime wall surfaces indicated to receive fabric -wrapped magnetic boards and as recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and visual display unit manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fabric -wrapped magnetic boards in locations and at mounting heights indicated on Drawings, or if not indicated at heights indicated below. Keep perimeter lines straight level, and plumb Provide grounds, clips backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim and accessories necessary for complete installation. B. Attach fabric -wrapped magnetic boards using concealed clips, hangers, and grounds to wall surfaces and to visual display board assemblies with fasteners at not more than 16 inches o.c Secure tops and bottoms of boards to walls 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clip loose threads; remove pills and extraneous materials. B. Clean panels on completion of installation to remove dust and other foreign materials according to manufacturer's written instructions C. Cover and protect fabric -wrapped magnetic boards after installation and cleaning. END OF SECTION VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 101100-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 10 11 46 VISUAL DISPLAY FABRICS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes dry -erase wall coverings. B. Related Sections include Division 09 Section "Wall Coverings" for standard vinyl wall coverings. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of dry -erase wall covering. Include data on physical characteristics, durability, and flame -resistance characteristics. B. Shop Drawings: Show location and extent. Indicate seams and termination points. C. Samples for Verification: Full width by 36-inch-long section of dry -erase wall covering. D. Product Schedule: For dry -erase wall coverings. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For dry -erase wall coverings to include in maintenance manuals. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for installation. 1. Build mockup of typical dry -erase wall covering as shown on Drawings. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install dry -erase wall coverings until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet -work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Lighting: Do not install dry -erase wall covering until a permanent level of lighting is provided on the surfaces to receive dry -erase wall covering. VISUAL DISPLAY FABRICS 101146-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 2 - PRODUCTS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.01 DRY -ERASE WALL COVERINGS A. Dry -Erase Wall Covering: Intended for use with dry -erase markers and as a projection surface and consisting of low -gloss plastic film bonded to fabric backing. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Egan Visual Inc. b. Marsh Industries, Inc. c. Specified Solutions Inc. d. Koroseal Interior Products. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesives for Field Application: Strippable, mildew -resistant, nonstaining adhesive for use with dry -erase wall coverings; and for substrate application; as recommended in writing by dry - erase wall covering manufacturer. B. Primer/Sealer: Mildew -resistant primer/sealer complying with requirements in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting" and recommended in writing by dry -erase wall covering manufacturer for intended substrate. C. Marker Trays: Manufacturer's standard. 1. Solid Type: Extruded aluminum with ribbed section and smoothly curved exposed ends. 2. Length: Manufacturer's standard length, but not less than 18 inches. D. Starter Kits: Provide starter kits for each wall on which dry -erase wall coverings are installed consisting of the following• 1. Not less than six markers in assorted colors. 2. Marker cleaner in spray bottle, not less than 4 fl. oz. 3. One eraser for each marker surface, but not less than 2 per room. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances surface conditions of wall, moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine walls and partitions for proper preparation for dry -erase wall covering. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. VISUAL DISPLAY FABRICS 10 11 46 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3.02 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation. B. Clean substrates of substances, including dirt, mold, and mildew, that could impair the bond of dry -erase wall coverings or affect the smooth finished surfaces of dry -erase wall coverings. C. Prepare surfaces to achieve a smooth, dry, clean surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, defects, projections, and depressions. D. Prepare substrates indicated to receive dry -erase wall covering as required by manufacturer's written instructions to achieve a smooth, dry, clean, structurally sound surface that is uniform in color. 1. Moisture Content: Maximum of 4 percent when tested with an electronic moisture meter. 2. Gypsum Board. Prime with primer as recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall -covering manufacturer. 3. Painted Surfaces Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Dry -Erase Wall Covering: Comply with dry -erase wall -covering manufacturers' written installation instructions. 1. Install seams horizontal and level, with lowest seam 24 inches above finished floor. Railroad fabric (reverse roll direction) to ensure color matching. 2. Double cut seams, with no gaps or overlaps. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. 3. After installation, clean dry -erase wall covering according to manufacturer's written instructions. Remove excess adhesive at finished seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove excess adhesive at finished seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces. B. Clean dry -erase wall covering according to manufacturer's written instructions. Attach one removable cleaning instructions label to dry -erase wall covering in each room. C. Reinstall hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. END OF SECTION VISUAL DISPLAY FABRICS 101146-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 10 14 23 PANEL SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes panel signs. 1.02 ALLOWANCES A. Allowances for signage are specified in Division 01 Section "Allowances." 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Accessible: In accordance with the accessibility standard. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For panel signs. 1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work. 2. Show sign mounting heights locations of supplementary supports to be provided by others, and accessories. 3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including raised characters and Braille, and layout for each sign at least half size. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of sign assembly showing all components and with the required finish(es), in manufacturers standard size unless otherwise indicated and as follows: 1. Panel Signs: Full-size Sample. D. Sign Schedule: Use same designations specified or indicated on Drawings or in a sign schedule. 1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. PANEL SIGNAGE 101423-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.08 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Deterioration of finishes. b. Deterioration of embedded graphic image. c. Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components. 2. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Accessibility Requirements: Rehabilitated elevators must comply with the TDLR "2012 Texas Accessibility Standards" (TAS). 2.02 SIGNS A. Provide panel signs as selected by Architect under specified allowance. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signage, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following: 1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed. B. Adhesive: As recommended by sign manufacturer. C. Two -Face Tape: Manufacturer's standard high -bond, foam -core tape, 0.045 inch thick, with adhesive on both sides. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas and conditions with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of signage work. B. Verify that sign -support surfaces are within tolerances to accommodate signs without gaps or irregularities between backs of signs and support surfaces unless otherwise indicated. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PANEL SIGNAGE 101423-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to the accessibility standard. 3. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation. B. Mounting Methods: 1. Adhesive: Clean bond -breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply linear beads or spots of adhesive symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign after cure without slippage Keep adhesive away from edges to prevent adhesive extrusion as sign is applied and to prevent visibility of cured adhesive at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage adhesive. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. 2. Two -Face Tape Clean bond -breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage. Keep strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage tape adhesive. C. Signs Mounted on Glass: Provide opaque sheet matching sign material and finish onto opposite side of glass to conceal back of sign. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed signs and signs that do not comply with specified requirements. Replace signs with damaged or deteriorated finishes or components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed. C. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signs according to manufacturer's written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION PANEL SIGNAGE 101423-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 10 21 13.16 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes plastic -laminate -clad toilet compartments configured as toilet enclosures and urinal screens 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For toilet compartments. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachment details. C. Samples: For each type of toilet compartment material indicated. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the "Texas Accessibility Standards" (TAS) for toilet compartments designated as accessible. 2.02 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD TOILET COMPARTMENTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Accurate Partitions Corp.; ASI Grop. 2. Ampco Products, LLC. 3. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. 4. Bradley Corporation. 5. General Partitions Mfg. Corp. 6. Scranton Products. 7. Tex -Lam Manufacturing, Inc. B. Toilet -Enclosure Style: Overhead braced. PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 21 13.16 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Urinal -Screen Style: Wall hung. D. Door, Panel, and Pilaster Construction: One-piece, plastic -laminate facing sheets pressure laminated to core material without splices or joints in facings or cores; with laminate applied to edges before faces to seal edges and prevent laminate from being pried loose. Seal exposed core material at cutouts to protect core from moisture. 1. Core Material: Particleboard. 2. Doors and Panels: Finished to not less than 1 inch thick. 3. Pilasters: Provide construction to comply with the following: a. Finished to not less than 1-1/4 inches thick and with internal, nominal 0.134-inch-thick, steel -sheet reinforcement. E. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Formed from stainless -steel sheet, not less than 0.031- inch nominal thickness and 3 inches high, finished to match hardware. F. Brackets (Fittings): 1. Stirrup Type Brackets (Fittings): Ear or U-brackets, chrome -plated zamac. G. Plastic -Laminate Finish: One color and pattern in each room. 1. Color and Pattern: As indicated by manufacturer's designations or if not indicated as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.03 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard operating hardware and accessories. 1. Material: Chrome -plated zamac. 2. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard paired, self -closing type that can be adjusted to hold doors open at any angle up to 90 degrees, allowing emergency access by lifting door. 3. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturers standard surface -mounted latch unit designed for emergency access and with combination rubber -faced door strike and keeper. Provide units that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartments designated as accessible. 4. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard combination hook and rubber -tipped bumper, sized to prevent in -swinging door from hitting compartment -mounted accessories. 5. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's standard rubber -tipped bumper at out -swinging doors. 6. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit at out -swinging doors that complies with regulatory requirements for accessibility. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments designated as accessible. B. Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded -aluminum head rail with antigrip profile and in manufacturer's standard finish. C. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, finished to match the items they are securing, with theft -resistant -type heads. Provide sex -type PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 21 13.16 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 bolts for through -bolt applications. For concealed anchors use stainless -steel, hot -dip galvanized steel, or other rust -resistant, protective -coated steel anchors compatible with related materials. 2.04 MATERIALS A. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2 with 45-lb density B. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD 3, general-purpose HGS grade, 0.048-inch nominal thickness. C. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stretcher -leveled standard of flatness. D. Stainless -Steel Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M. E. Zamac: ASTM B 86, commercial zinc -alloy die castings. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabrication, General: Fabricate toilet compartment components to sizes indicated. Coordinate requirements and provide cutouts for through -partition toilet accessories where required for attachment of toilet accessories. B. Overhead -Braced Units: Provide manufacturers standard corrosion -resistant supports, leveling mechanism and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling mechanism. C. Door Size and Swings: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch-wide in -swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36-inch-wide out -swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch- wide clear opening for compartments designated as accessible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. 1. Maximum Clearances: a. Pilasters and Panels: 1/2 inch. b. Panels and Walls: 1 inch. 2. Stirrup Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with no fewer than three brackets attached at midpoint and near top and bottom of panel. a. Locate wall brackets so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. B. Overhead Braced Units: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, and tighten. Set pilasters with anchors penetrating not less than 1-3/4 inches into structural floor unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. Secure continuous head rail to each pilaster PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 21 13.16 - 3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 with no fewer than two fasteners. Hang doors to align tops of doors with tops of panels, and adjust so tops of doors are parallel with overhead brace when doors are in closed position. C. Urinal Screens: Attach with anchoring devices to suit supporting structure. Set units level and plumb, rigid, and secured to resist lateral impact. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in -swinging doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out -swinging doors to return doors to fully closed position. END OF SECTION PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 21 13.16 - 4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 10 26 00 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes corner guards. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, impact strength, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes B. Shop Drawings: For each type of wall and door protection showing locations and extent. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of impact -resistant wall -protection unit indicated, in each color and texture specified. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish on the following products, prepared on Samples of size indicated below: 1. Corner Guards. 12 inches long. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For each type of wall and door protection product to include in maintenance manuals. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store wall and door protection in original undamaged packages and containers inside well - ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling extreme temperatures, and humidity. 1. Maintain room temperature within storage area at not less than 70 deg F during the period plastic materials are stored. 2. Keep plastic materials out of direct sunlight. 3. Store plastic wall- and door -protection components for a minimum of 72 hours, or until plastic material attains a minimum room temperature of 70 deg F. a. Store corner -guard covers in a vertical position. WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 102600-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Construction Specialties, Inc. 2. InPro Corporation (IPC). 3. Nystrom, Inc. 4. Pawling Corporation. B. Source Limitations: Obtain wall- and door -protection products of each type from single source from single manufacturer. 2.02 CORNER GUARDS A. Surface -Mounted, Opaque -Plastic Corner Guards: Fabricated as one piece from acrylic - modified vinyl sheet or opaque polycarbonate sheet; with formed edges; fabricated with 90- or 135-degree turn to match wall condition. 1. Wing Size. Nominal 1-1/8 by 1-1/8 inches. 2. Mounting Adhesive. 3. Color and Texture: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. B. Surface -Mounted Metal Corner Guards: Fabricated as one piece from formed or extruded metal with formed edges; with 90- or 135 degree turn to match wall condition. 1. Material: Stainless -steel sheet, Type 304. a. Thickness: Minimum 0.0625 inch. b. Finish: Directional satin No. 4. 2. Wing Size. Nominal 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches. 3. Corner Radius: 1/8 inch. 4. Mounting: Adhesive. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Plastic Materials: Chemical- and stain -resistant, high -impact -resistant plastic with integral color throughout; extruded and sheet material as required, thickness as indicated. B. Polycarbonate Plastic Sheet: ASTM D 6098 S-PC01, Class 1 or Class 2, abrasion resistant; with a minimum impact -resistance rating of 15 ft.-lbf/in. of notch when tested according to ASTM D 256, Test Method A. C. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless -steel, or other noncorrosive metal screws, bolts, and other fasteners compatible with items being fastened. Use security -type fasteners where exposed to view. D. Adhesive: As recommended by protection product manufacturer. 2.04 FINISHES A. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 102600-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and wall areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine walls to which wall and door protection will be attached for blocking, grounds, and other solid backing that have been installed in the locations required for secure attachment of support fasteners. 1. For wall and door protection attached with adhesive, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Complete finishing operations, including painting, before installing wall and door protection. B. Before installation, clean substrate to remove dust, debris, and loose particles. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Installation Quality: Install wall and door protection according to manufacturer's written instructions level plumb, and true to line without distortions. Do not use materials with chips, cracks voids, stains, or other defects that might be visible in the finished Work. 3.04 CLEANING A. Immediately after completion of installation, clean plastic covers and accessories using a standard ammonia -based household cleaning agent. B. Remove excess adhesive using methods and materials recommended in writing by manufacturer. END OF SECTION WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 102600-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Public -use washroom accessories. 2. Public -use shower room accessories. 3. Childcare accessories. 4. Custodial accessories. B. Related Sections include: Division 08 Section "Mirrors" for frameless mirrors. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles and finishes. 2. Include anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in other work and substrate preparation. B. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required 1. Identify locations using room designations indicated. 2. Identify accessories using designations indicated. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranty. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For accessories to include in maintenance manuals. TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00- 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 2 - PRODUCTS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.01 PUBLIC -USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES A. Basis of Design: Design is based on products scheduled on Drawings manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named products or comparable products approved by Architect by one of the following: 1. American Specialties, Inc. 2. Bradley Corporation. B. Source Limitations: Obtain public -use washroom accessories from single source from single manufacturer. 2.02 PUBLIC -USE SHOWER ROOM ACCESSORIES A Liquid -Soap Dispenser: 1. Basis of Design: Design is based on Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Model B 26607. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect by one of the following: a. AJW Architectural Products. b. American Specialties, Inc. c. Bradley Corporation. d. Brey-Krause Manufacturing Co. e. GAMCO Specialty Accessories; a division of Bobrick. f. Seachrome Corporation. 2. Description: Designed for dispensing antibacterial soap in liquid form. 3. Mounting: Vertically oriented, surface mounted. 4. Capacity 500 ml. 5. Materials: Welded, 0.8 mm (22 gauge) 1.4301, 304 stainless steel with satin finish. 6. Lockset: Manufacturer's standard. 7. Refill Indicator: Window type. B. Shower Curtain Rod: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following• a. AJW Architectural Products. b. American Specialties, Inc. c. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. d. Bradley Corporation e. Brey-Krause Manufacturing Co. f. GAMCO Specialty Accessories; a division of Bobrick. 2. Description: 1-inch OD; fabricated from nominal 0.0375-inch-thick stainless steel. 3. Mounting Flanges Stainless -steel flanges designed for exposed fasteners. 4. Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Shower Curtain: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AJW Architectural Products. b. American Specialties, Inc. c. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. d. Bradley Corporation e. Brey-Krause Manufacturing Co. f. GAMCO Specialty Accessories; a division of Bobrick. 2. Size. Minimum 12 inches wider than opening by 72 inches high. 3. Material: Vinyl, minimum 0.006 inch thick, opaque, matte. 4. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range. 5. Grommets: Corrosion resistant at minimum 6 inches o.c. through top hem. 6. Shower Curtain Hooks: Chrome -plated or stainless -steel, spring wire curtain hooks with snap fasteners, sized to accommodate specified curtain rod. Provide one hook per curtain grommet. D. Folding Shower Seat: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AJW Architectural Products. b. American Specialties, Inc. c. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. d. Bradley Corporation. e. Brey-Krause Manufacturing Co. f. GAMCO Specialty Accessories; a division of Bobrick. 2. Configuration: L-shaped seat, designed for wheelchair access. 3. Seat: Phenolic or polymeric composite of slat -type or one-piece construction in color as selected by Architect. 4. Mounting Mechanism. Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). 5. Dimensions: As indicated on Drawings. E. Robe Hook: 1. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AJW Architectural Products. b. American Specialties, Inc. c. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. d. Bradley Corporation. e. Brey-Krause Manufacturing Co. f. GAMCO Specialty Accessories; a division of Bobrick. 2. Description: Double -prong unit. 3. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.03 DIAPER -CHANGING STATION A. Source Limitations: Obtain childcare accessories from single source from single manufacturer. B. Basis of Design: Design is based on products scheduled on Drawings manufactured by Koala Kare Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named products or comparable products approved by Architect by one of the following: a. American Specialties, Inc. b. Diaper Deck & Company, Inc. 2.04 MOP AND BROOM HOLDER A. Source Limitations: Obtain custodial accessories from single source from single manufacturer. B. Basis of Design: Design is based on products scheduled on Drawings manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named products or comparable products approved by Architect by one of the following: 1. American Specialties, Inc. 2. Bradley Corporation. 2.05 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, 0.031-inch minimum nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. C. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit and tamper - and -theft resistant where exposed, and of galvanized steel where concealed. D. Chrome Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service). 2.06 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with full-length, continuous hinges. Equip units for concealed anchorage and with corrosion -resistant backing plates. B. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Grab Bars. Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to ASTM F 446. TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 10 43 13 DEFIBRILLATOR CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes cabinets to receive automatic external defibrillator furnished by the Owner. 1.02 DEFINITION A. Automatic External Defibrillator (AED): Device used to automatically treat a patient with cardiac arrest whose heart is beating irregularly (fibrillating). 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For AED cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Maintenance data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordinate sizes and locations of AED cabinets with wall depths. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. B. Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Quality q3, 3 mm thick, Class 1 (clear) 2.02 AED CABINET A. Basis of Design: Design is based on Philips Premium Semi -recessed Cabinet No. PFE7023D Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect by one of the following: 1. J L Industries, Inc., a division of Activar Construction Products Group. 2. Modern Metal Products Division of Technico Inc. B. Cabinet Type: Suitable for AED. C. Cabinet Construction: Nonrated. D. Cabinet Material: Steel sheet. DEFIBRILLATOR CABINETS 104313-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Semirecessed Cabinet: Cabinet box partially recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit style of trim indicated; with one-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surrounding wall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge (backbend). Provide where walls are of insufficient depth for recessed cabinets but are of sufficient depth to accommodate semirecessed cabinet installation. F. Cabinet Trim Material: Steel sheet. G. Door Material: Steel sheet. H. Door Style: Horizontal duo panel with frame. I. Door Glazing: Tempered glass. J. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door -operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. K. Accessories: 1. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated. a. Identify AED in cabinet with the words "Automated External Defibrillator." (1) Location: Applied to cabinet door. (2) Application Process: Engraved. (3) Lettering Color: Black. (4) Orientation: Horizontal. L. Finishes: 1. Manufacturer's standard baked -enamel paint for the following: a. Interior of cabinet. 2. Steel: Baked enamel or powder coat. 2.03 FABRICATION A. AED Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub) with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Miter and weld joints and grind smooth. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed cabinets will be installed and prepare recesses as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. B. AED Cabinets: 1. Install AED cabinets at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. DEFIBRILLATOR CABINETS 104313-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3. Adjust AED cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly. 4. Replace AED cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION DEFIBRILLATOR CABINETS 104313-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 10 44 13 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes semi recessed fire -protection cabinets for portable fire extinguishers. B. Related Sections include Division 10 Section "Fire Extinguishers." 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Show door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style. Include roughing -in dimensions and details showing recessed , semirecessed , or surface -mounting method and relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction. B. Shop Drawings: For fire -protection cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Product Schedule: For fire -protection cabinets. Indicate whether recessed semirecessed, or surface mounted. Coordinate final fire -protection cabinet schedule with fire-extinguisher schedule to ensure proper fit and function. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For fire -protection cabinets to include in maintenance manuals. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of fire -protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated B. Coordinate sizes and locations of fire -protection cabinets with wall depths. 1.05 SEQUENCING A. Apply vinyl lettering on field -painted fire -protection cabinets after painting is complete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE -PROTECTION CABINET A. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following. a. Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc. b. JL Industries, Inc.; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group. FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 104413-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 c. Kidde Residential and Commercial Division. d. Larsens Manufacturing Company. e. MOON American. f. Potter Roemer LLC. B. Cabinet Construction: Nonrated. C. Cabinet Material: Cold -rolled steel sheet. D. Semirecessed Cabinet: One-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surrounding wall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge (backbend) 1. Square -Edge Trim: 1-1/4- to 1-1/2-inch backbend depth. E. Cabinet Trim Material: Steel sheet. F. Door Material: Steel sheet. G. Door Style: Solid opaque panel with frame. H. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door -operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. 1. Provide projecting lever handle with cam -action latch. 2. Provide continuous hinge, of same material and finish as trim, permitting door to open 180 degrees. I. Accessories: 1. Door Lock: Cam lock that allows door to be opened during emergency by pulling sharply on door handle. 2. Identification Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as directed by Architect Insert location. a. Identify fire extinguisher in fire -protection cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER.' (1) Location: Applied to cabinet door. (2) Application Process: Pressure -sensitive vinyl letters. (3) Lettering Color: Red. (4) Orientation: Horizontal. J. Materials: 1. Cold -Rolled Steel: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. a. Finish: (1) Door and Frame. Factory primed for field painting. (2) Cabinet: Baked enamel or powder coat in manufacturer's standard white. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fire -Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub) with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 104413-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Weld joints and grind smooth. 2. Provide factory -drilled mounting holes. 3. Prepare doors and frames to receive locks. 4. Install door locks at factory B. Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, from materials indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles. 1. Fabricate door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow -metal design, minimum 1/2 inch thick. 2. Fabricate door frames of one-piece construction with edges flanged. 3. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. C. Cabinet Trim. Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. 2.03 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM's AMP 500, "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products," for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces of fire -protection cabinets from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Finish fire -protection cabinets after assembly. D. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed and semirecessed cabinets will be installed. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare recesses for recessed and semirecessed fire -protection cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire -protection cabinets in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights indicated below: B. Fire -Protection Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. 1. Unless otherwise indicated provide recessed fire -protection cabinets. If wall thickness is inadequate for recessed cabinets, provide semirecessed fire -protection cabinets. 2. Provide inside latch and lock for break -glass panels. 3. Fasten mounting brackets to inside surface of fire -protection cabinets, square and plumb. FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 104413-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Identification: Apply vinyl lettering at locations indicated. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as fire -protection cabinets are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Adjust fire -protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly. C. On completion of fire -protection cabinet installation, clean interior and exterior surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. D. Touch up marred finishes, or replace fire -protection cabinets that cannot be restored to factory -finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by fire -protection cabinet and mounting bracket manufacturers. E. Replace fire -protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 104413-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 10 44 16 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes portable, hand -carried fire extinguishers. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include rating and classification, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire extinguisher B. Product Schedule: For fire extinguishers. Coordinate final fire-extinguisher schedule with fire - protection cabinet schedule to ensure proper fit and function. Use same designations indicated on Drawings 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire extinguishers to include in maintenance manuals. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire -protection cabinets to ensure fit and function. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturers standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. 2. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 104416-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Fire Extinguishers Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 PORTABLE, HAND -CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each fire -protection cabinet indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc. b. JL Industries, Inc.; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group. c. Kidde Residential and Commercial Division. d. Larsens Manufacturing Company. e. MOON American. f. Potter Roemer LLC. 2. Valves: Manufacturers standard. 3. Handles and Levers: Manufacturer's standard. 4. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10 Appendix B, and bar coding for documenting fire-extinguisher location, inspections maintenance, and recharging. B. Multipurpose Dry -Chemical Type in Steel Container: UL-rated 4-A:60-B:C, 10-lb nominal capacity, with monoammonium phosphate -based dry chemical in enameled -steel container. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire extinguishers in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 104416-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 10 5113 METAL LOCKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes knocked -down lockers. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of metal locker. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of metal locker. B. Shop Drawings: For metal lockers. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 2. Show locker trim and accessories. 3. Include locker identification system and numbering sequence. C. Samples: For each color specified, in manufacturer's standard size. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For adjusting, repairing, and replacing locker doors and latching mechanisms to include in maintenance manuals. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver metal lockers until spaces to receive them are clean, dry, and ready for their installation. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of recessed openings by field measurements before fabrication. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of work specified in other Sections to ensure that metal lockers can be supported and installed as indicated. METAL LOCKERS 105113-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 1.09 WARRANTY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal lockers that fail in materials or workmanship, excluding finish, within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures. b. Faulty operation of latches and other door hardware. Damage from deliberate destruction and vandalism is excluded. Warranty Period for Knocked Down Metal Lockers: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Accessibility Requirements: For lockers indicated to be accessible, comply with applicable provisions in the TDLR "2012 Texas Accessibility Standards" (TAS). 2.02 KNOCKED -DOWN LOCKERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1 List Industries Inc 2. Lyon Workspace Products, LLC. 3. Penco Products, Inc. 4. Republic Storage Systems, LLC. B. Doors: One piece; fabricated from 0.075-inch nominal -thickness steel sheet; formed into channel shape with double bend at vertical edges and with right-angle single bend at horizontal edges. 1. Doors less than 12 inches wide may be fabricated from 0.048 inch nominal -thickness steel sheet. 2. Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard reinforcing angles, channels, or stiffeners for doors more than 15 inches wide; welded to inner face of doors. 3. Stiffeners: Manufacturer's standard full -height stiffener fabricated from 0.048 inch nominal - thickness steel sheet; welded to inner face of doors. 4. Door Style: Vented panel as follows: a. Louvered Vents: No fewer than two louver openings at top and bottom, or three louver openings at top or bottom, for triple -tier lockers. C. Body: Assembled by riveting or bolting body components together. Fabricate from unperforated steel sheet with thicknesses as follows: 1 Tops, Bottoms, and Intermediate Dividers: 0.024-inch nominal thickness, with single bend at sides. 2. Backs and Sides: 0.024-inch nominal thickness, with full -height, double -flanged connections. 3. Shelves. 0.024-inchnominal thickness, with double bend at front and single bend at sides and back. METAL LOCKERS 1051 13-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 D. Frames: Channel formed; fabricated from 0.060-inch nominal -thickness steel sheet; lapped and factory welded at corners; with top and bottom main frames factory welded into vertical main frames. Form continuous, integral, full -height door strikes on vertical main frames. E. Hinges: Welded to door and attached to door frame with no fewer than two factory -installed rivets per hinge that are completely concealed and tamper resistant when door is closed; fabricated to swing 180 degrees. 1. Knuckle Hinges: Steel, full loop, five or seven knuckles, tight pin, minimum 2 inches high. Provide no fewer than three hinges for each door more than 42 inches high. F. Projecting Door Handle and Latch: Finger -lift latch control designed for use with either built-in combination locks or padlocks; positive automatic latching, chromium plated; pry and vandal resistant 1. Latch Hooks: Equip doors 48 inches and higher with three latch hooks and doors less than 48 inches high with two latch hooks; fabricated from 0.105-inch nominal -thickness steel sheet; welded or riveted to full -height door strikes; with resilient silencer on each latch hook 2. Latching Mechanism. Manufacturer's standard, rattle -free latching mechanism and moving components isolated to prevent metal -to -metal contact, and incorporating a prelocking device that allows locker door to be locked while door is open and then closed without unlocking or damaging lock or latching mechanism. G. Identification Plates: Manufacturer's standard, etched, embossed, or stamped aluminum plates, with numbers and letters at least 3/8 inch high. H. Hooks: Manufacturer's standard ball -pointed type hooks, aluminum or steel, zinc plated. Continuous Zee Base: Fabricated from manufacturer's standard thickness, but not less than 0.060-inch nominal -thickness steel sheet. 1. Height: 4 INCHES. Continuous Sloping Tops: Fabricated from manufacturer's standard thickness, but not less than 0.036-inch nominal -thickness steel sheet. 1. Closures: Vertical -end type. K. Finished End Panels: Fabricated from 0.024-inch nominal -thickness steel sheet. L. Materials: 1. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, suitable for exposed applications. M. Finish: Baked enamel or powder coat. 1. Color: As indicated by manufacturer's designations or if not iindicated as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.03 LOCKS A. Combination Padlocks: Provided by Owner. METAL LOCKERS 1051 13-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 2.04 FABRICATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 A. Fabricate metal lockers square, rigid, without warp, and with metal faces flat and free of dents or distortion. Make exposed metal edges safe to touch and free of sharp edges and burrs. 1. Form body panels, doors, shelves, and accessories from one-piece steel sheet unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide fasteners, filler plates, supports, clips, and closures as required for complete installation. B. Fabricate each metal locker with an individual door and frame, individual top, bottom, and back; and common intermediate uprights separating compartments. Factory weld frame members of each metal locker together to form a rigid, one-piece assembly. C. Equipment: Provide each locker with an identification plate and the following equipment: 1. Triple -Tier Units: One double -prong ceiling hook. D. Knocked -Down Construction: Fabricate metal lockers using nuts, bolts, screws, or rivets for nominal assembly at Project site. E. Accessible Lockers: Fabricate as follows: 1. Locate bottom shelf no lower than 15 inches above the floor. 2. Where hooks, coat rods, or additional shelves are provided, locate no higher than 48 inches above the floor. F. Continuous Base: Formed into channel or zee profile for stiffness, and fabricated in lengths as long as practical to enclose base and base ends of metal lockers; finished to match lockers. G. Continuous Sloping Tops: Fabricated in lengths as long as practical, without visible fasteners at splice locations; finished to match lockers. H. Finished End Panels: Designed for concealing unused penetrations and fasteners, except for perimeter fasteners, at exposed ends of nonrecessed metal lockers; finished to match lockers. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Zinc- or nickel -plated steel, slotless-type, exposed bolt heads; with self-locking nuts or lock washers for nuts on moving parts. B. Anchors: Material, type, and size required for secure anchorage to each substrate. 1. Provide nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls, and elsewhere as indicated, for corrosion resistance. 2. Provide toothed -steel or lead expansion sleeves for drilled -in -place anchors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine walls, floors, and support bases, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. METAL LOCKERS 1051 13-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install lockers level, plumb, and true; shim as required, using concealed shims. 1. Anchor locker runs at ends and at intervals recommended by manufacturer, but not more than 36 inches o.c. Using concealed fasteners, install anchors through backup reinforcing plates, channels, or blocking as required to prevent metal distortion. 2. Anchor single rows of metal lockers to walls near top and bottom of lockers. B. Knocked Down Lockers: Assemble with standard fasteners, with no exposed fasteners on door faces or face frames. C. Equipment: 1. Attach hooks with at least two fasteners. 2. Attach door locks on doors using security -type fasteners 3. Identification Plates: Identify metal lockers with identification indicated on Drawings. a. Attach plates to each locker door, near top, centered, with at least two aluminum rivets. D. Trim. Fit exposed connections of trim, fillers, and closures accurately together to form tight, hairline joints, with concealed fasteners and splice plates. 1. Attach sloping -top units to metal lockers, with closures at exposed ends. 2. Attach finished end panels using fasteners only at perimeter to conceal exposed ends of nonrecessed metal lockers. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. Adjust doors and latches to operate easily without binding. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect metal lockers from damage, abuse, dust, dirt, stain, or paint. Do not permit use during construction. B. Touch up marred finishes, or replace metal lockers that cannot be restored to factory -finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by locker manufacturer. END OF SECTION METAL LOCKERS 1051 13-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 10 51 23 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD LOCKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes plastic -laminate -clad wood lockers. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product data. B. Shop Drawings: For plastic -laminate -clad wood lockers. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, attachments to other work, and locker identification system and numbering sequence. C. Samples: For each exposed finish. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranty. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install lockers until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of lockers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Accessibility Requirements: For lockers indicated to be accessible, comply with applicable provisions in the TDLR "2012 Texas Accessibility Standards" (TAS). 2.02 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD WOOD LOCKERS A. Basis of Design: Design is based on Salsbury Industries, 33000 Series Triple Tier. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect by one of the following: PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD LOCKERS 105123-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Construction Style: Reveal overlay. C. Locker Body: Fabricated from particleboard -core panels covered on both sides with thermoset decorative overlay. 1. Side, Top, and Bottom Panels: Manufacturer's standard 3/4 or 5/8 inch thick. 2. Back Panel: Manufacturer's standard 1/2 or 3/8 inch thick. 3. Exposed Panel Edges: High-pressure decorative laminate, to match panels. D. Plastic -Laminate -Clad Wood Doors: High-pressure decorative laminate, Grade VGS, over both sides of particleboard core. 1. Thickness: Manufacturer's standard 3/4 or 5/8 inch thick. 2. Panel Edges High-pressure decorative laminate, Grade VGS, to match panels. E. End Panels: Match style, material, construction, and finish of plastic -laminate -clad wood doors. F. Shelves: Fabricated from particleboard -core panels covered on both sides with thermoset decorative overlay; fixed. 1. Thickness: 3/4 inch. 2. Exposed Edges: High-pressure decorative laminate, Grade VGS, to match panels. G. Corners and Filler Panels: 3/4-inch-thick panels. Match style, material, construction, and finish of plastic -laminate -clad wood doors. H. Continuous Finish Base: Plastic -laminate -clad, 3/4-inch-thick panel that matches door faces; fabricated in lengths as long as practical to enclose base and base ends of lockers. I. Continuously Sloping Tops: Plastic -laminate -clad, 3/4-inch-thick panel that matches door faces for installation over lockers with separate flat tops. Fabricate tops in lengths as long as practical, without visible fasteners at splice locations. Provide fasteners, supports, and closures, as follows: 1. Closures: Vertical -end type. J. Plastic -Laminate Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: 1. As indicated by manufacturers designations or if not indicated as selected by Architect from plastic -laminate manufacturer's full range of colors and patterns. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Composite Wood Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2. B. High -Pressure Decorative Laminate• NEMA LD 3, grades as follows: 1. Horizontal Surfaces: Grade HGS. 2. Postformed Surfaces: Grade HGP. 3. Vertical Surfaces: Grade HGS. PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD LOCKERS 1051 23-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. D. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post -installed anchors. Use nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors. E. Wood Support Base: 2-by-4-inch nominal -size lumber treated with manufacturer's standard preservative -treatment, nonpressure process. 2.04 HARDWARE A. General. Provide manufacturer's standard locker hardware complying with the requirements in this Section. B. Cam Padlock Hasp: Surface mounted, steel; finished to match other locker hardware. C. Frameless Hinges (European Type): Fully concealed, nickel plated steel, with not less than 125 degrees of opening. 1. Provide two hinges for doors 36 inches high and less. 2. Provide three hinges for doors more than 36 inches high. D. Accessible Handle: Metal, fixed, graspable lever handle and rose trim; surface mounted. E. Hooks: Manufacturer's standard, ball -pointed aluminum or steel; chrome finished. Attach hooks with at least two fasteners. 1. Provide one double -prong ceiling hook for each compartment of triple -tier lockers. F. Exposed Hardware Finishes: Polished chrome unless otherwise indicated. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Number Plates: 1-1/2-inch-diameter, etched, embossed, or stamped, plastic plates with black numbers and letters at least 1/2 inch high. Identify lockers in sequence indicated on Drawings 2.06 FABRICATION A. Fabricate components square, rigid, without warp, and with finished faces flat and free of scratches and chips. Accurately factory machine components for attachments Make joints tight and true. B. Accessible Lockers: Fabricate as follows: 1. Locate bottom shelf no lower than 15 inches above the floor. C. Venting: Fabricate lockers with space between doors and locker assembly of not less than 1/4 inch. D. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, to maximum extent possible, before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD LOCKERS 1051 23-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 E. Shop cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install wood support base with 1/2-inch-thick plywood top. B. Install lockers level, plumb, and true; use concealed shims. C. Connect groups of lockers together with manufacturer's standard fasteners, through predrilled holes with no exposed fasteners on face frames. Fit lockers accurately together to form flush tight, hairline joints. D. Install lockers without distortion so doors fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors in openings, providing unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 1. Installation Tolerance: No more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. Shim as required with concealed shims. E. Locker Anchorage: Fasten wood lockers through back, near top and bottom, at ends with No. 8 flush head wood screws sized for 1-inch penetration into wood framing, blocking, or furring and spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. F. Scribe and cut corner and filler panels to fit adjoining work using fasteners concealed where practical. Repair damaged finish at cuts. G. Attach sloping -top units to lockers, with end panels covering exposed ends. H. Install number plates after lockers are in place. END OF SECTION PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD LOCKERS 1051 23-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 10 73 00 PROTECTIVE COVERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes extruded aluminum protective shelters. B. Related Sections include Division 01 "Alternates" for Schedule of Alternates affecting the Work of this Section. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Shelters: Independent structures. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. B. Shop Drawings: Plans and elevations for protective covers. 1. Include layout, spacings of columns and supports, sizes, thicknesses and types of aluminum framing and decking; fabrication; provisions for drainage, and fastening and anchorage details including mechanical fasteners. C. Samples: For each type of finish and color selections. D. Delegated -Design Submittal. For protective covers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Warranties: Samples of special warranties. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For protective covers to include in maintenance manuals. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer capable of fabricating extruded aluminum protective covers meet or exceed specified performance requirements. B. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer of protective covers. C. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of protective cover assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. PROTECTIVE COVERS 107300-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Do not revise intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If revisions are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.2/D1 2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of structural supports for protective covers by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Special Assembly Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of extruded aluminum protective covers that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. c. Deterioration of metals and other materials beyond normal weathering. d. Water penetration through decking areas or drainage components. 2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory -applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214 c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Extruded aluminum protective covers shall comply with performance requirements without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. B. Delegated Design: Design extruded aluminum protective covers, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. C. Structural Performance Extruded aluminum protective covers shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated. PROTECTIVE COVERS 107300-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 1. Dead and Live Loads: As required by local authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Wind Loads: Determine lateral loads and uplift loads according to ASCE/SEI 7 using wind speed criteria indicated on Structural Drawings 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Design is based on products manufactured by AVAdek. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by named manufacturer or comparable products approved by the Architect manufactured by one of the following: 1. Dittmer Architectural Aluminum. 2. East Texas Canopy, Inc. 3. Mapes Architectural Products 4. Mason Corporation 5. Superior Metal Products. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. 1. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221. 2. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429. 3. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: AWS A5.10/A5.10M. 2.04 COMPONENTS A. Sizes indicated on Drawings for columns, beams, and deck are minimum. Use larger or heavier component sizes where required to meet performance requirements. B. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. 1. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads 2. Where exposed fasteners are required provide countersunk Phillips screw heads, finished to match framing system, fabricated from 300 series stainless steel. C. Concealed Flashing: Unless otherwise indicated, provide manufacturers standard corrosion - resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Form or extruded aluminum shapes before finishing. B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: 1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of framing and decking. PROTECTIVE COVERS 107300-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 5. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. 6. Components curved to indicated radii. 7. Have an internal drainage system through columns. 8. Provide welded end closures at the deck terminations. D. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 2.06 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. High -Performance Organic Finish: Two -coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions 1. At the Contractor's option, provide power coated finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. 2. Color and Gloss: As indicated by manufacturer's designations or if not indicated as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A Erect protective covers after concrete and masonry work in vicinity is completed and cleaned. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Generals 1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and appoved Shop Drawings. 2. Do not install damaged components. 3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints. 6. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated B. Install flashing as required. C. Metal Protection: 1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape or installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. PROTECTIVE COVERS 107300-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. D. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within glazed aluminum curtain wall to exterior. Install raincaps over draining sections of the deck. Fill downspout columns with grout to the discharge level to prevent standing water. Deflectors should be installed after grouting. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Erection Tolerances: Install protective covers to comply with the following maximum tolerances: 1. Plumb. 1/8 inch in 10 feet; 1/4 inch over total height. 2. Level: 1/4 inch in 20 feet; 1/2 inch in 40 feet. 3. Alignment: a. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element from 1/2 to 1 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/8 inch. b. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element of 1 inch wide or more, limit offset from true alignment to 1/4 inch. 4. Locations Limit variation from plane to 1/2 inch in 12 feet; 1 inch over total length. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as framing and decking are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of components. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. B. After installation, clear drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and sealant. C. Replace protective cover components that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION PROTECTIVE COVERS 107300-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 11 31 00 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 1. Cooking appliances. 2. Kitchen exhaust ventilation. 3. Refrigeration appliances. 4. Cleaning appliances. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components, and finishes for each appliance 2. Include rated capacities operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished accessories. B. Product Schedule: For appliances. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each residential appliance to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Maintains, within 20 miles of Project site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Appliances Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Accessibility Requirements For appliances indicated to be accessible, comply with applicable provisions in the TDLR "2012 Texas Accessibility Standards" (TAS). RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 113100-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 2.02 APPLIANCES CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Basis of Design: Design is based on products scheduled on Drawings. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named products or comparable products approved by Architect. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide each appliances with manufacturer's standard accessories including, but not limited to racks and shelves. B. Trim Accessories: Where appliances are indicated to be built-in, provide appliances with necessary trim and fillers for a complete installation. 2.04 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, power connections, and other conditions affecting installation and performance of residential appliances. B. Examine roughing -in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before appliance installation. C. Examine walls, ceilings, and roofs for suitable conditions where overhead exhaust hoods will be installed. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install appliances according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Built-in Equipment: Securely anchor units to supporting cabinets or countertops with concealed fasteners Verify that clearances are adequate for proper functioning and that rough openings are completely concealed. C. Freestanding Equipment: Place units in final locations after finishes have been completed in each area. Verify that clearances are adequate to properly operate equipment. D. Range Anti -Tip Device: Install at each range according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory -authorized service representative: RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 113100-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Perform visual, mechanical, and electrical inspection and testing for each appliance according to manufacturers' written recommendations. Certify compliance with each manufacturers appliance -performance parameters. 2. Leak Test: After installation, test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After installation, start units to confirm proper operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and components. B. An appliance will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.04 DEMONSTRATION A Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust operate, and maintain residential appliances. END OF SECTION RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11 31 00 - 3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 11 47 00 ICE MACHINES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes ice and water dispenser. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's model number and accessories and requirements for access and maintenance clearances, water and drainage, power or fuel, and service - connections including roughing -in dimensions. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Options: Drawings indicate ice machine based on the products indicated. Other manufacturers' equipment with equal size and performance characteristics may be considered. B. ASHRAE Compliance: Provide mechanical refrigeration systems complying with the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers' ASHRAE 15, 'Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration." C. ANSI Standards: Comply with applicable ANSI standards for electric -powered appliances and for plumbing fittings, including vacuum breakers and air gaps, to prevent siphonage in water piping. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver ice machine as factory -assembled units with protective crating and covering. B. Store ice machine in original protective crating and covering and in a dry location. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of ice machine installation areas by field measurements before equipment fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Established Dimensions Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish required dimensions and proceed with fabricating equipment without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. ICE MACHINES 11 47 00 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate location and requirements of service -utility connections. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Ice Machine Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace ice machine, dispenser, or storage bin components (except compressor and evaporator) that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Breakage. b. Faulty operation. 2. Warranty Period: 3 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Ice Machine Compressor, Air -Cooled Condenser Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace compressors that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Breakage. b. Faulty operation. 2. Warranty Period for Parts: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ICE MACHINE A. Basis of Design Design is based on Hoshizaki America, Inc. Opti-Serve Series DCM- 300BAH-OS. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by the Architect. B. Ice Production: 321 lbs. (minimum) per day at 70 deg F ambient air temperature. C. Ice Storage: 40 lbs. (minimum). D. Dimensions: 1. Height: 40 inches. 2. Width 26 inches. 3. Depth: 22-1/2 inches. E. Operating Limits. 45 to 100 deg F ambient air temperature. F. Electrical Characteristics: 115 volt, 60 hertz, single phase; 20 amp max fuse. G. Finish: Manufacturer's standard stainless steel satin finish. 1. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipment. ICE MACHINES 11 4700-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, service -utility connections, and other conditions affecting installation and performance of ice making equipment. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine roughing -in for piping, mechanical, and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install ice making equipment level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions, original design, and referenced standards. B. Install equipment with access and maintenance clearances according to manufacturer's written instructions and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.03 PROTECTING A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure ice making equipment is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 3.04 COMMISSIONING A. Startup Services: Engage factory -authorized service representatives to perform startup services and to demonstrate and train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below. 1. Remove protective coverings and clean and sanitize equipment, both inside and out. Where applicable, comply with manufacturer's written cleaning instructions 2. Test equipment for proper operation. Repair or replace equipment that is defective in operation, including units that operate below required capacity or that operate with excessive noise or vibration. 3. Test water, drain, refrigerant, and liquid -carrying components for leaks. Repair or replace leaking components. 3.05 DEMONSTRATION A Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust operate, and maintain ice maker. END OF SECTION ICE MACHINES 114700-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 11 52 13 PROJECTION SCREENS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes electrically operated, front -projection screens and controls. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts and types of front -projection screens. Include the following: 1. Location of seams in viewing surfaces. 2. Anchorage details, including connection to supporting structure for suspended units. 3. Location of wiring connections for electrically operated units. 4. Wiring diagrams for electrically operated units. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICALLY OPERATED, FRONT -PROJECTION SCREENS A. General: Manufacturer's standard units consisting of case, screen, motor, controls, mounting accessories, and other components necessary for a complete installation. 1. Controls: Remote three -position control switch. 2. Motor in Roller Instant -reversing motor of size manufacturer; with permanently lubricated ball protection, and positive -stop action to prevent coa 3. Screen Mounting: Top edge securely anchored formed into a pocket holding a 3/8-inch-diameter plastic caps. B. Suspended, Electrically Operated Screens with Automatic Ceiling Closure, with Motor -in - Roller, and without Tab Tensioning: Units designed and fabricated for suspended mounting; with bottom of case composed of two panels, fully enclosing screen, motor, and wiring one panel hinged and designed to open and close automatically when screen is lowered and fully raised, the other removable or openable for access to interior of case. 1. Basis of Design: Design is based on Draper Inc. Access/Series E. Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Da-Lite Screen Company; Cosmopolitan Electrol. b. Stewart Filmscreen Corporation; Model A ElectriScreen. and capacity recommended by screen bearings, automatic thermal -overload sting. to rigid metal roller and bottom edge metal rod with ends of rod protected by 2. Provide metal or metal -lined wiring compartment. 3. Provide screen case with trim flange to receive ceiling finish. PROJECTION SCREENS 11 52 13 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 4. Finish on Exposed Surfaces: Vinyl covering or baked enamel 2.02 FRONT -PROJECTION SCREEN MATERIAL A. Matte -White Viewing Surface Peak gain of not less than 0.9, and gain of not less than 0.8 at an angle of 50 degrees from the axis of the screen surface. 1. Design is based on Draper Inc. Matt White XT1000E. Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Da-Lite Screen Company; Da -Mat. b. Stewart Filmscreen Corporation; Snomatte 100. B. Seamless Construction: Provide screens, in sizes indicated, without seams. C. Edge Treatment: Black masking borders. D. Size of Viewing Surface: As indicated on drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install front -projection screens at locations indicated to comply with screen manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install front -projection screens with screen cases in position and in relation to adjoining construction indicated. Securely anchor to supporting substrate in a manner that produces a smoothly operating screen with vertical edges plumb and viewing surface flat when screen is lowered. 1. Install low -voltage controls according to NFPA 70 and complying with manufacturer's written instructions. a. Wiring Method Install wiring in raceway except in accessible ceiling spaces and in gypsum board partitions where unenclosed wiring method may be used. Use UL-listed plenum cable in environmental air spaces, including plenum ceilings. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. 2. Test electrically operated units to verify that screen controls, limit switches, closures, and other operating components are in optimum functioning condition. END OF SECTION PROJECTION SCREENS 115213-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 115216.29 VIDEO PROJECTOR MOUNTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes video projector mounts. B. Related Sections include Division 26 Sections for electrical service and connections including metal device boxes for switches. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For video projector mounts and ceiling plate B. Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. Location of projector centerline relative to projection screens. 2. Connections to supporting structure for mounts. 3. Suspension details for ceiling plate. 4. Anchorage details. C. Samples for Selection: 3-inch samples of finishes for video projector mounts and ceiling plate. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of projection screens with adjacent construction, including ceiling framing, light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire -suppression system, and partitions. B. Coordinate specific model of project mount and ceiling plate with video projector model number provided by Owner. C. Owner will provide manufacturer and model number of video projector so that mount and ceiling plate can be ordered. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M, hot -dip galvanized. B. Cold -Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade A, unless another grade is required by structural loads. VIDEO PROJECTOR MOUNTS 115216.29 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Steel Mechanical Tubing: Cold -rolled, electric -resistance -welded carbon or alloy steel tubing complying with ASTM A 513 or steel tubing fabricated from steel complying with ASTM A 569/A 569M and complying with the dimensional tolerances in ASTM A 500. D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating, either commercial quality or lock - forming quality, stretcher -leveled standard of flatness. E. Uncoated, Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M, matte finish, stretcher -leveled standard of flatness Electrolytic zinc -coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 591/A 591M, Class C coating, commercial quality, stretcher -leveled standard of flatness, may be substituted at fabricator's option. 2.02 VIDEO PROJECTOR MOUNT A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: 1. Chief, a division of Milestone AV Technologies. 2. Draper, Inc. 3. Peerless Industries Inc. 4. Premier Mounts. B. General: Provide top -mounting projector mounts where indicated. 1. Provide unit with adjustable height ceiling mount and hollow steel tube support system that permits connection to ceiling plate mounted in suspended ceiling. 2. Provide units with the following features: a. User access to mounted projectors for viewing adjustments, lamp exchange, and filter maintenance. b. Capability for tilt, swivel, and yaw adjustments to align projector with screen. C. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard fasteners for connecting to steel structural framing. D. Finish: Manufacturer's standard powder coating in color selected by the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Installation: 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and approved Shop Drawings for installation fo ceiling plates and video projector mounts. 2. Suspend project mount only to structural steel framing. Do not connect to steel deck, HVAC ductwork, or ceiling suspension system. 3.02 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. After installation, protect projector mounts from damage during construction. If damage occurs despite such protection, remove and replace damaged components or entire unit as required to provide units in their original, undamaged condition. END OF SECTION VIDEO PROJECTOR MOUNTS 115216.29 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 12 12 05 ART HANGING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes cable system for hanging art from wall. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Cable Hangers Two lengths, 4 meters each. 2. Wall Anchors 4 wall anchors complete with wall struts, base plates, and fasteners. 3. Metal Clips: 12 clips. 4. Bottom Anchors: 2 bottom anchors. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Install wall hanging systems after drywall installation is complete and wall surfaces have been painted. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate locations of wall hanging systems with framing, blocking, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that wall hanging systems can be supported and installed as indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Design is based on products manufactured by Carl Stahl DecorCable, Inc.. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by named manufacturer or comparable products approved by Architect. ART HANGING SYSTEMS 121205-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Capacities: Provide systems capable of suspending visuals 40 mm from wall surface and supporting a maximum of 30 lbs per cable. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Galvanized Steel Cable Hangers: 7 by 7, 1.5 mm dia. galvanized steel aircraft cable. 1. Quantities: Provide 12 cables, not less than 84 inches in length. B. Metal Clips: Brass fittings for attaching display panels up to 3/16 inch thick to cables. 1. Quantities: Provide six clips for each length of cable. 2. Finish: Powder coating in color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. C. Bottom Anchors: Brass fittings including spring and crip assembly. 1. Quantities: Provide one for each length of cable. 2. Finish: Powder coating in color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. D. Wall Anchors: Brass wall struts, base plates, and wall anchors for cable to walls. 1. Quantities: Provide two of each anchor for each length of cable. 2. Finish: Powder coating in color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer for applications indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install art hanging systems according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Remove protective coatings. C. Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION ART HANGING SYSTEMS 121205-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 12 24 13 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes motor -operated roller shades with single rollers. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include styles, material descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual components and profiles features finishes, and operating instructions for roller shades B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for roller shades, including shadeband materials, their orientation to rollers and their seam and batten locations. 1. Motor -Operated Shades: Include details of installation and diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type and color of shadeband material. 1. Include Samples of accessories involving color selection. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of roller shade. 1. Shadeband Material: Not less than 10 inches square. Mark inside face of material if applicable. 2. Roller Shade: Full-size operating unit, not less than 16 inches wide by 36 inches long for each type of roller shade indicated. 3. Installation Accessories: Full-size unit, not less than 10 inches long. E. Roller -Shade Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For roller shades to include in maintenance manuals. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 122413-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver roller shades in factory packages, marked with manufacturer, product name, and location of installation using same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install roller shades until construction and finish work in spaces, including painting, is complete and dry and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. B. Field Measurements: Where roller shades are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings Allow clearances for operating hardware of operable glazed units through entire operating range. Notify Architect of installation conditions that vary from Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: B. Basis of Design: Design is based on products manufactured by Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by named manufacturer or comparable product approved by Architect by one of the following• 1. Draper Inc. 2. MechoShade Systems, Inc. 3. Solarfective Products Limited. C. Source Limitations: Obtain roller shades from single source from single manufacturer. 2.02 MOTOR -OPERATED, SINGLE -ROLLER SHADES A. Motorized Operating System: Provide factory -assembled, shade -operator system of size and capacity and with features, characteristics, and accessories suitable for conditions indicated, complete with electric motor and factory-prewired motor controls, power disconnect switch, enclosures protecting controls and operating parts, and accessories required for reliable operation without malfunction. Include wiring from motor controls to motors Coordinate operator wiring requirements and electrical characteristics with building electrical system. 1 Electrical Components: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2 Electric Motor: Manufacturer's standard tubular enclosed in roller. a. Electrical Characteristics: Single phase, 24 V, 60 Hz 3. Remote Control* Electric controls with NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure for recessed or flush mounting. Provide the following for remote -control activation of shades: ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 122413-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a. Group Control Station: Momentary -contact, three -position, rocker -style, wall -switch - operated control station with open, close, and center off functions for single -switch group control. b. Infrared Control: System consisting of concealed receiver complete with external eye and connecting modular cable and three portable, multiple -channel transmitters with separate buttons to open and close up to 12 individual shades or groups of shades, to open and close shades simultaneously, and to stop shade movement. c. Microprocessor Control Electronic programmable means for setting, changing, and adjusting control features, isolated from voltage spikes and surges d. Color As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 4 Limit Switches: Adjustable switches interlocked with motor controls and set to stop shades automatically at fully raised and fully lowered positions. 5. Operating Features: a. Group switching with integrated switch control; single faceplate for multiple switch cutouts. b. Capable of interface with audiovisual control system. c. Override switch. B. Rollers: Corrosion -resistant steel or extruded -aluminum tubes of diameters and wall thicknesses required to accommodate operating mechanisms and weights and widths of shadebands indicated without deflection. Provide with permanently lubricated drive -end assemblies and idle -end assemblies designed to facilitate removal of shadebands for service. 1. Roller Drive -End Location: Right side of inside face of shade. 2. Direction of Shadeband Roll: Regular, from back of roller. 3. Shadeband-to-Roller Attachment: Removable spline fitting integral channel in tube. C. Mounting Hardware: Brackets or endcaps corrosion resistant and compatible with roller assembly, operating mechanism, installation accessories, and mounting location and conditions indicated. D. Shadebands: 1. Shadeband Material Light -blocking fabric. 2. Shadeband Bottom (Hem) Bar: Steel or extruded aluminum. a. Type: Enclosed in sealed pocket of shadeband material. b. Color and Finish: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. E. Installation Accessories: 1. Exposed Headbox: Rectangular, extruded -aluminum enclosure including front fascia, top and back covers, endcaps, and removable bottom closure. a. Height: Manufacturer's standard in height required to enclose roller and shadeband when shade is fully open, but not less than 4 inches 2 Endcap Covers: To cover exposed endcaps. 3. Installation Accessories Color and Finish: As selected from manufacturer's full range. 2.03 SHADEBAND MATERIALS A. Shadeband Material Flame -Resistance Rating: Comply with NFPA 701. Testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13- 3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B Light -Blocking Fabric: Opaque fabric, stain and fade resistant. 1. Basis of Design: Design is based on Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. THETA fabrics. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect. 2. Source: Roller -shade manufacturer. 3. Type: PVC -coated fiberglass with bonded PVC film. 4. Roll Width: As indicated on Drawings. 5. Orientation on Shadeband: Up the bolt. 6. Color [As indicated on Drawings] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range] <Insert color>. 2.04 ROLLER -SHADE FABRICATION A. Product Safety Standard: Fabricate roller shades to comply with WCMA A 100.1, including requirements for flexible, chain -loop devices; lead content of components; and warning labels. B. Unit Sizes Fabricate units in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows, measured at 74 deg F: 1. Between (Inside) Jamb Installation: Width equal to jamb -to -jamb dimension of opening in which shade is installed less 1/4 inch per side or 1/2-inch total, plus or minus 1/8 inch. Length equal to head -to -sill or -floor dimension of opening in which shade is installed less 1/4 inch, plus or minus 1/8 inch. C. Shadeband Fabrication: Fabricate shadebands without battens or seams to extent possible except as follows: 1. Vertical Shades: Where width -to -length ratio of shadeband is equal to or greater than 1:4, provide battens and seams at uniform spacings along shadeband length to ensure shadeband tracking and alignment through its full range of movement without distortion of the material PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, operational clearances, accurate locations of connections to building electrical system, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 ROLLER -SHADE INSTALLATION A. Install roller shades level, plumb, and aligned with adjacent units according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Opaque Shadebands: Located so shadeband is not closer than 2 inches to interior face of glass. Allow clearances for window operation hardware. B. Electrical Connections: Connect motor -operated roller shades to building electrical system. ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 122413-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and balance roller shades to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean roller -shade surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that roller shades are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion C. Replace damaged roller shades that cannot be repaired, in a manner approved by Architect, before time of Substantial Completion. 3.05 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain motor operated roller shades. END OF SECTION ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 122413-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 12 36 23.13 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS PART 1 - GENERAL A. Section includes plastic -laminate countertops. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product, including panel products and high-pressure decorative laminate. B. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 1. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, soap dispensers, and other items installed in plastic -laminate countertops. C. Samples for Verification: 1. Plastic laminates, 8 by 10 inches, for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish, with one sample applied to core material and specified edge material applied to one edge. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in- service performance. B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver countertops until painting and similar operations that could damage countertops have been completed in installation areas. If countertops must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Field Conditions" Article. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install countertops until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: Where countertops are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Established Dimensions: Where countertops are indicated to fit to other construction establish dimensions for areas where countertops are to fit. Provide allowance for trimming at site, and PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS 123623.13-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PLASTIC -LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for grades indicated for construction installation, and other requirements. 1. The Contract Documents contain selections chosen from options in the quality standard and additional requirements beyond those of the quality standard. Comply with those selections and requirements in addition to the quality standard. B. Grade: Premium. C. High -Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, Grade HGS. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Formica Corporation. b. Nevamar, a Panolam Industries International, Inc. brand. c. Pionite; a Panolam Industries International, Inc. brand. d. Wilsonart LLC. D. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces as indicated by manufacturers designations or if not indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of solid colors, matte finish. E. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces. F. Core Material: 1. Typical Applications: Medium -density fiberboard. 2. Countertops with Sinks Exterior -grade plywood. G. Core Thickness: 3/4 inch. 1. Build up countertop thickness to 1-1/2 inches at front, back, and ends with additional layers of core material laminated to top. H. Paper Backing: Provide paper backing on underside of countertop substrate. 2.02 WOOD MATERIALS A. Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood Moisture Content: 8 to 13 percent. PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS 123623.13-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Composite Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Medium -Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130 . 2. Particleboard: Not permitted. 3. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Grommets for Cable Passage through Countertops: 1-1/4-inch OD, black, molded -plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Doug Mockett & Company, Inc. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabricate countertops to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Provide front and end overhang of 1 inch over base cabinets. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: B. Complete fabrication, including assembly, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times woodwork fabrication will be complete. 2. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements before disassembling for shipment. C. Shop cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing - in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 1. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition countertops to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. B. Before installing countertops, examine shop -fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming. PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS 123623.13-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 3.02 INSTALLATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 A. Grade: Install countertops to comply with same grade as item to be installed. B. Assemble countertops and complete fabrication at Project site to the extent that it was not completed in the shop. 1. Provide cutouts for appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. 2. Seal edges of cutouts by saturating with varnish. C. Field Jointing: Where possible, make in the same manner as shop jointing, using dowels splines, adhesives, and fasteners recommended by manufacturer Prepare edges to be joined in shop so Project site processing of top and edge surfaces is not required. Locate field joints where shown on Shop Drawings. 1. Secure field joints in plastic -laminate countertops with concealed clamping devices located within 6 inches of front and back edges and at intervals not exceeding 24 inches. Tighten according to manufacturer's written instructions to exert a constant, heavy -clamping pressure at joints. D. Install countertops level, plumb, true, and straight Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. E. Scribe and cut countertops to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. 1. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 2. Secure backsplashes to tops with concealed metal brackets at 16 inches o.c. and to walls with adhesive. 3. Seal junctures of tops, splashes, and walls with mildew -resistant silicone sealant or another permanently elastic sealing compound recommended by countertop material manufacturer. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective countertops, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean countertops on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up shop -applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS 123623.13-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 12 36 61.19 QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Quartz agglomerate countertops. 2. Quartz agglomerate backsplashes and end splashes. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For countertop materials. B. Shop Drawings: For countertops. Show materials, finishes, edge and backsplash profiles, methods of joining, and cutouts for plumbing fixtures. 1. Show locations and details of joints. 2. Show direction of directional pattern, if any. C. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Countertop material, 6 inches square. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For quartz agglomerate countertops to include in maintenance manuals. Include Product Data for care products used or recommended by Installer and names, addresses, and telephone numbers of local sources for products. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications. Shop that employs skilled workers who custom -fabricate countertops similar to that required for this Project, and whose products have a record of successful in- service performance. B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of countertops. C. Mockups: Build mockups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for fabrication and execution. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of countertops by field measurements before countertop fabrication is complete. QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS 12 3661.19 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 1.06 COORDINATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 A. Coordinate locations of utilities that will penetrate countertops or backsplashes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOP MATERIALS A. Quartz Agglomerate: Solid sheets consisting of quartz aggregates bound together with a matrix of filled plastic resin and complying with ICPA SS-1, except for composition. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Cambria. b. Cosentino USA. c. E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. d. LG Chemical, Ltd. e. Wilsonart. 2. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. B. Plywood: Exterior softwood plywood complying with DOC PS 1, Grade C-C Plugged, touch sanded. 2.02 COUNTERTOP FABRICATION A. Fabricate countertops according to quartz agglomerate manufacturer's written instructions and the AWI/AWMAC/WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards." 1. Grade: Premium. a. Configuration: As indicated on Drawings. b. Countertops: 3/4-inch- thick, quartz agglomerate with front edge built up with same material c. Backsplashes: 3/4-inch- thick, quartz agglomerate d. Fabricate tops with shop -applied edges and backsplashes unless otherwise indicated. Comply with quartz agglomerate manufacturers written instructions for adhesives, sealers, fabrication, and finishing. e. Joints Fabricate countertops without joints. f. Cutouts and Holes: (1) Undercounter Plumbing Fixtures: Make cutouts for fixtures in shop using template or pattern furnished by fixture manufacturer. Form cutouts to smooth, even curves. (2) Fittings: Drill countertops in shop for plumbing fittings, undercounter soap dispensers, and similar items. 2.03 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Adhesive: Product recommended by quartz agglomerate manufacturer. B. Sealant for Countertops: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS 12 36 61.19 - 2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to receive quartz agglomerate countertops and conditions under which countertops will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of countertops B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install countertops level to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet, 1/4 inch maximum. Do not exceed 1/64-inch difference between planes of adjacent units. B. Fasten subtops to cabinets by screwing through subtops into cornerblocks of base cabinets. Shim as needed to align subtops in a level plane. C. Secure countertops to subtops with adhesive according to quartz agglomerate manufacturer's written instructions. Align adjacent surfaces and, using adhesive in color to match countertop, form seams to comply with quartz agglomerate manufacturer's written instructions. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface. D. Bond joints with adhesive and draw tight as countertops are set. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to joints to prevent adhesive smears. E. Complete cutouts not finished in shop. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to cutouts to prevent damage while cutting. Make cutouts to accurately fit items to be installed, and at right angles to finished surfaces unless beveling is required for clearance. Ease edges slightly to prevent snipping. 1. Seal edges of cutouts in subtops by saturating with varnish. F. Apply sealant to gaps at walls; comply with Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." END OF SECTION QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS 123661.19-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 12 61 19 FIXED AUDIENCE SEATING RESTORATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes reupholstery of fixed, chair -type seating. B. Related Sections include Division 01 "Alternates" for Schedule of Alternates affecting the Work of this Section. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Show design dimensions, welting, installation, and anchorage details for each type of cushion. Show field dimensions and layout of installation. C. Maintenance Data: Include precautions for cleaning upholstery fabrics. D. Samples For each type of upholstery fabric; 12-inch square unit, from dye lot used for the Work, with specified treatments applied. Mark top and face of fabric. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product certificates. B. Material certificates. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same production run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fabric: 5 percent on the bolt of quantity installed for each type. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications Engage firms experienced in upholstering, and who have completed work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in installation with a record of successful in-service performance. Arrange for upholstery cushion installation specified in this Section by same firm which fabricated them. FIXED AUDIENCE SEATING RESTORATION 12 61 19 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockups of two typical seats. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install seat cushions until space is enclosed and weatherproof; wet work in space is complete and dry; finishes, including painting, are complete; work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are continuously maintained at the levels anticipated for final occupancy. B. Verify location and quantity of seating units requiring repairs and indicate on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace components of fixed audience seating that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, wear and deterioration of fabric and stitching beyond normal use. B. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations Upholstery Fabric: Obtain fabric of a single dye lot for each color and pattern of fabric required. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics of Upholstered Chairs: 1. Fabric and Padding: a. Fabric: Class 1 according to DOC CS 191 or 16 CFR 1610, tested according to California Technical Bulletin 117-2000. b. Padding: Comply with California Technical Bulletin 117-2000. B. Strength and Durability Performance: Chairs and components shall pass testing according to BIFMA X5.4. FIXED AUDIENCE SEATING RESTORATION 1261 19-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 2.03 FIXED AUDIENCE SEATING A. Fabric Upholstered Chairs: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Back: a. Padding Thickness: 1-1/4 inches. b. Upholstery Options: Construction to match existing. 2. Seat: a. Padding Thickness: Minimum 1-1/2 inches at front and rear edges. b. Upholstery Options: Construction to match existing. 2.04 MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Basis of Design: Design of fabric is based on American Seating CF Stinston Ace Grade Level 4 fabric. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect . 1. Fabric: Manufacturer's standard stain -resistant polyester with flame-retardant treatment if required to meet performance requirements. a. Weight: 0 86 lb./linear yd. b. Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2. Upholstery Padding: Flexible, cellular, molded or slab polyurethane foam. a. Pounding -Fatigue Performance: Grade AP (heavy-duty use) for seats and Grade BP (normal duty use) for backs; according to ASTM D 3453. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Remove seat and back cushions without damaging arms, backs, seat supports, or moving components. B. Comply with requirements of Division 01 Section "Selective Demolition" for disposal of removed material. 3.02 REUPHOLSTERING OF FIXED CHAIRS A. Install new fabric with pile and pattern running in a consistent direction. B. Install new fabric to match original construction, including hemming and stitching. C. Install new fabric free of wrinkles, welts, creases, stretch lines, gaps, or defects. D. Fasten new fabric covers and cushions to inner panel to match original construction. Reinstall cushions without damaging arms, backs, seat supports, or moving components. FIXED AUDIENCE SEATING RESTORATION 1261 19-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.03 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION A. Clean cushions upon completion of installation to remove dust or foreign materials from the fabric, using a dry brush, a vacuum, or both. B. Protect and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to the Installer that ensures that the fabric upholstery units are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. C. Replace upholstered cushions that cannot be cleaned or repaired, in manner acceptable to the Architect, prior to the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION FIXED AUDIENCE SEATING RESTORATION 1261 19-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 14 01 20.71 ELEVATOR REHABILITATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes rehabilitation of existing hydraulic passenger elevators including: 1. Hostway and car doors and frames. 2. Cab finishes. 3. Controls. 4. Equipment. B. Related Sections include Division 01 Section "Execution" for cutting and patching requirements. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product required. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include elevations and large-scale details indicating location of relocated items including hall fixtures and signals and control panel in each car. C. Samples: For exposed finishes. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For elevators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. Submit manufacturer's/installer's standard operation and maintenance manual, in accordance with ASME A17.1/CSA B44. B. Inspection and Acceptance Certificates and Operating Permits: As required by authorities having jurisdiction for normal, unrestricted elevator use. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Elevator manufacturer or an authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer to perform maintenance and upgrade work on existing elevators. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver store, and handle materials, components and equipment in manufacturer's protective packaging. Store materials, components, and equipment off of ground, under cover and in a dry location. ELEVATOR REHABILITATION 14 01 20 71 - 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 1.06 WARRANTY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair, restore, or replace elevator work that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 5 year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products approved by the Architect by one of the following: 1. KONE Inc. 2. Otis Elevator Co. 3. Schindler Elevator Corp. 4. ThyssenKrupp Elevator. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.. B. Accessibility Requirements: Rehabilitated elevators must comply with the TDLR "2012 Texas Accessibility Standards" (TAS). 2.03 SCHEDULE OF NEW ELEVATOR ITEMS TO REPLACE EXISTING A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard items as indicated with accessories required for a complete opertating elevators. B Elevator Descriptions• Elevators 1 and 2. C. Pump Unit: Provide the following new items. 1. Power unit (adjacent). 2. Shut off valve (provide complete kit). 3. Oil line. 4. Oil. D. Control System: Provide new tank mounted controller. E. Car Door Equipment: Provide the following new items: 1. Front door operator (provide complete kit). 2. Infrared door dector. 3. Front car door and hatch side restrictors (vanes), F. Cab/Platform/Car Fixtures: 1. Retain existing cab sling and platform, 2. Provide the following new items. a. Fan. ELEVATOR REHABILITATION 14012071 -2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL Car top railing, c. Main Car station including custom finish selected by Architect, applied panels, braille plates, digital position indicators, key switch package, locked service cabinet, ADA phone system, emergency light, swing return (TKE cab only) vandal resistand floor buttons, d. Car position indicator. e. Hands -free phone. f. Emergency lighting, G. Hall and Lobby Fixtures: Provide the following new items. 1. Hall stations (including egress). 2. Egress hall stations at Lobby). 3. Jamb braille, 4. Hall lanterns. 5. Hoistway access switch. H. Hoistway Equipment: Provide new leveling unit / landing system. I. Hoistway Door Equipment: Refurbish hatch door equipment (complete). J. Hoistway Wiring: Provide the following new items: 1. Traveling cable / car wiring. 2. Hoistway wiring. 3. Hoistway duct kit, K. Pit: 1. Retain existing hydraulic jack. 2. Provide the following new items. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a. Pit ladder. b. Pit switch. c. New jack packing. L. Miscellaneous: Provide the following new items. 1. Screening in hoistway. 2. Toe guard. 2.04 FINISH MATERIALS A. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, commercial steel, Type B, exposed, matte finish B. Hot -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, commercial steel, Type B, pickled. C. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304. ELEVATOR REHABILITATION 1401 2071 -3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Examine each existing elevator, with Installer present, for conditions affecting performance of the Work. Verify critical dimensions and examine supporting structure and other conditions under which elevator work is to be installed. B. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install new elevator items according to manufacturer's instructions approved Shop Drawings, and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Welded Construction: Provide welded connections for installing elevator work where bolted connections are not required for subsequent removal or for normal operation, adjustment, inspection, maintenance and replacement of worn parts. Comply with AWS workmanship and welding operator qualification standards. C. Lubricate operating parts of systems as recommended by manufacturers. D. Alignment: Coordinate installation of hoistway entrances with installation of elevator guide rails for accurate alignment of entrances with car. Where possible, delay installation of sills and frames until car is operable in shaft Reduce clearances to minimum, safe, workable dimension at each landing. E. Leveling Tolerance: 1/4 inch, up or down, regardless of load and travel direction. F. Where existing components that are indicated to remain are in unsatisfactory condition or cannot be modified, replace components with new components as specified. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Acceptance Testing: On completion of elevator installation and before permitting elevator use (either temporary or permanent), perform acceptance tests as required and recommended by ASME A17.1/CSA B44 and by governing regulations and agencies. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Temporary Use: Temporary used for construction purposes is not permitted. END OF SECTION ELEVATOR REHABILITATION 1401 2071 -4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 21 00 00 COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS (FIRE PROTECTION) PART 1 - GENERAL A. Refer to Division 23, Section 23 00 00. PART 2 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS (FIRE PROTECTION) 21 00 00 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 21 05 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Grout. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Galvanized Steel -Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends. 2.2 GROUT Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic cement grout Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, rated partitions and roofs. B. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 2. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve -seal system SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING 210517-1 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Division 07 Section ' Penetration Firestopping." 3.2 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping -penetration applications: 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized steel wall sleeves. 2. Concrete Slabs above Grade: Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized steel -pipe sleeves. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized steel -pipe sleeves. END OF SECTION SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING 21 0517-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 21 05 18 ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ESCUTCHEONS A. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With polished, chrome -plated and rough -brass finish and setscrew fastener. B. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with chrome -plated finish and spring -clip fasteners. 2.2 FLOOR PLATES A. One -Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. Split -Casting Floor Plates: Cast brass with concealed hinge. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece deep -pattern type. b. Chrome -Plated Piping: One-piece, cast -brass or split -casting brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING 210518-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast - brass or split -casting brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass or split -casting brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. f. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass or split -casting brass type with rough -brass finish. g. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms. One-piece, cast -brass or split -casting brass type with rough -brass finish. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment -room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping: One-piece, floor -plate type. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials. END OF SECTION ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING 21 05 18- 2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties. 2. Fire -protection valves. 3. Fire -department connections. 4. Sprinklers. 5. Alarm devices 6. Manual control stations. 7. Control panels. 8. Pressure gages. 1.2 DEFINITIONS Standard -Pressure Sprinkler Piping: Wet -pipe sprinkler system piping designed to operate at working pressure of 175 psig maximum. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. Wet -Pipe Sprinkler System. Automatic sprinklers are attached to piping containing water and that is connected to water supply through alarm valve Water discharges immediately from sprinklers when they are opened. Sprinklers open when heat melts fusible link or destroys frangible device. Hose connections are included if indicated. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Standard -Pressure Piping System Component Listed for 175-psig minimum working pressure. B. Delegated Design: Design sprinkler system(s), including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. 1. Available fire -hydrant flow test records are available at the city.. C. Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: 10 percent or match the minimum required by the authority having jurisdiction, including losses through water - service piping, valves and backflow preventers. 2. Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications: a. Building Service Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 b. Electrical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. c. General Storage Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. d. Libraries except Stack Areas: Light Hazard. a Mechanical Equipment Rooms. Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. f. Office and Public Areas Light Hazard. g. Kitchen Service Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 3. Minimum Density for Automatic -Sprinkler Piping Design: a. Light -Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. b. Ordinary -Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. 4. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: Per UL listing. 5. Total Combined Hose -Stream Demand Requirement: According to NFPA 13 unless otherwise indicated: a. Light -Hazard Occupancies: 100 gpm for 30 minutes. b. Ordinary -Hazard Occupancies 250 gpm for 60 to 90 minutes. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For wet -pipe sprinkler systems. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Delegated Design Submittal: For sprinkler systems indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Sprinkler systems, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Items penetrating finished ceiling include the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. B. Fire -hydrant flow test report. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sprinkler specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire -hydrant flow test. a. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field test reports by a qualified professional engineer. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, and fitting materials, and for joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Standard Weight, Galvanized and Black -Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. B. Schedule 10, Black -Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795/A 795M, Schedule 10 in NPS 5 and smaller; and NFPA 13-specified wall thickness in NPS 6 to NPS 10 plain end. C. Galvanized and Black -Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard -weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. D. Galvanized and Uncoated, Steel Couplings: ASTM A 865, threaded. E. Galvanized and Uncoated, Gray -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. F. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Class 150. G. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M and ASME B16.9. H. Grooved -Joint, Steel -Pipe Appurtenances: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 1313-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. a. Anvil International, Inc. b. Victaulic Company. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum 3. Galvanized and Uncoated, Grooved End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable -iron casting or ASTM A 536, ductile -iron casting; with dimensions matching steel pipe. 4. Grooved End -Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213, rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated for steel -pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts. 2.3 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free. 1. Class 125, Cast -Iron Flanges and Class 150, Bronze Flat -Face Flanges: Full -face gaskets. B. Metal, Pipe -Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. C. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. 2.4 LISTED FIRE -PROTECTION VALVES A. General Requirements: 1. Valves shall be UL listed or FM approved. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating for Standard -Pressure Piping: 175 psig. B. Ball Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Anvil International, Inc. b. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: UL 1091 except with ball instead of disc. 3. Valves NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends. 4. Valves NPS 2 and NPS 2-1/2: Bronze body with threaded ends or ductile -iron body with grooved ends. 5. Valves NPS 3: Ductile -iron body with grooved ends. C. Bronze Butterfly Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 1313-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. a. Fivalco Inc. b. Global Safety Products, Inc. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. 2. Standard: UL 1091. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 4. Body Material: Bronze 5. End Connections: Threaded. D. Check Valves: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. c. Victaulic Company. d. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 312. 3. Pressure Rating 250 psig minimum. 4. Type: Swing check 5. Body Material: Cast iron. 6. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. E. Iron OS&Y Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Crane Co. b. Hammond Valve. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. Mueller Co.; Water Products Division. e. NIBCO INC. 2. Standard: UL 262. 3. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. 5. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. F Indicating -Type Butterfly Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Anvil International, Inc. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO INC. d. Victaulic Company. WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 1313-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2. Standard: UL 1091. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 4. Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: a. Valve Type: Ball or butterfly. b. Body Material: Bronze c. End Connections: Threaded. 5. Valves NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a. Valve Type: Butterfly. b. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. c. End Connections: Flanged grooved, or wafer. 6. Valve Operation: Integral visual indicating device. G. Indicator Posts: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following• a. Crane Co.. b. Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc. c. Mueller Co.; Water Products Division. d. NIBCO INC. e. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP 2. Standard: UL 789. 3. Type: Horizontal for wall mounting. 4. Body Material: Cast iron with extension rod and locking device. 5. Operation: Wrench 2.5 TRIM AND DRAIN VALVES A. General Requirements: 1. Standard: UL's ' Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide," published by FM Global, listing. 2. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. B. Angle Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fire Protection Products, Inc. b. United Brass Works, Inc. C. Ball Valves: WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1 Manufacturers: Subject offering products that may the following: a. b. c. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Victaulic Company. 2.6 SPECIALTY VALVES A. General Requirements: 1. Standard* UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing published by FM Global, listing. 2. Pressure Rating: or "Approval Guide," Standard -Pressure Piping Specialty Valves: 175 psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. 4. Size* Same as connected piping. 5. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. B. Alarm Valves: 1. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. c. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. Victaulic Company. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 193. 3. Design: For horizontal or vertical installation. 4. Include trim sets for bypass drain electrical sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages, retarding chamber, and fill -line attachment with strainer. 5. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain without valves and separate from main drain piping. Automatic (Ball Drip) Drain Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. c. AFAC Inc. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP 2. Standard: UL 1726. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 4. Type: Automatic draining, ball check. 5. Size* NPS 3/4 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 1313-7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 6. End Connections: Threaded. 2.7 SPRINKLER SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS A. Branch Outlet Fittings: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Anvil International, Inc. b. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP c. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: UL 213. 3. Pressure Rating 175 psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Ductile -iron housing with EPDM seals and bolts and nuts. 5. Type: Mechanical-T and -cross fittings 6. Configurations: Snap -on and strapless ductile -iron housing with branch outlets. 7. Size Of dimension to fit onto sprinkler main and with outlet connections as required to match connected branch piping. 8. Branch Outlets: Grooved plain -end pipe, or threaded. B. Flow Detection and Test Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. b. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP c. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard UL's ' Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide," published by FM Global, listing 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Cast- or ductile -iron housing with orifice, sight glass, and integral test valve. 5. Size. Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded C. Sprinkler Inspector's Test Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP b. Victaulic Company. c. Viking Corporation. WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2. Standard: UL's ' Fire Protection published by FM Global, listing. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Cast- or ductile -iron housing with sight glass. 5. Size Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.8 SPRINKLERS Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide," A. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. 2. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP 3. Victaulic Company. 4. Viking Corporation. B. General Requirements: 1. Standard: UL's ' Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide," published by FM Global, listing. 2. Pressure Rating for Residential Sprinklers: 175 psig maximum. 3. Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175 psig minimum. C. Automatic Sprinklers with Heat -Responsive Element: 1. Early -Suppression, Fast -Response Applications: UL 1767. 2. Nonresidential Applications: UL 199. 3. Residential Applications: UL 1626 4. Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6, and for "Ordinary" temperature classification rating unless otherwise indicated or required by application. D. Sprinkler Finishes: 1. Chrome plated. 2. Bronze. 3. Painted. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types and finishes for the following sprinkler mounting applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed type sprinklers are specified with sprinklers. 1. Ceiling Mounting: Chrome -plated steel, one piece, flat. 2. Sidewall Mounting: Chrome -plated steel, one piece, flat. F. Sprinkler Guards: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. b. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. c. Victaulic Company. d. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 199. 3. Type: Wire cage with fastening device for attaching to sprinkler. 2.9 ALARM DEVICES A. Alarm -device types shall match piping and equipment connections. B. Electrically Operated Alarm Bell: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fire-Lite Alarms, Inc.; a Honeywell company. b. Notifier; a Honeywell company. c. Potter Electric Signal Company. 2. Standard: UL 464. 3. Type: Vibrating, metal alarm bell. 4. Size 8-inch minimum- diameter 5. Finish: Red -enamel factory finish, suitable for outdoor use. C. Water -Flow Indicators: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. McDonnell & Miller; ITT Industries. b. Potter Electric Signal Company. c. Viking Corporation. d. Watts Industries (Canada) Inc. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Water -Flow Detector: Electrically supervised. 4. Components Two single -pole, double -throw circuit switches for isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory -set, field - adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that sends signal if removed. 5. Type: Paddle operated. 6. Pressure Rating: 250 psig. 7. Design Installation: Horizontal or vertical. D. Pressure Switches: WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 13 - 10 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. AFAC Inc. b. Potter Electric Signal Company. c. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP d. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Type: Electrically supervised water -flow switch with retard feature. 4. Components: Single -pole, double -throw switch with normally closed contacts. 5. Design Operation: Rising pressure signals water flow. Valve Supervisory Switches: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fire-Lite Alarms, Inc.; a Honeywell company. b. Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc. c. Potter Electric Signal Company. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Type: Electrically supervised. 4. Components: Single pole, double -throw switch with normally closed contacts. 5. Design: Signals that controlled valve is in other than fully open position. 2.10 PRESSURE GAGES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AMETEK; U.S. Gauge Division. 2. Ashcroft, Inc. 3. Brecco Corporation. B. Standard: UL 393. C. Dial Size 3-1/2- to 4-1/2-inch diameter. D. Pressure Gage Range: 0 to 250 psig minimum. E. Water System Piping Gage: Include "WATER" or "AIR/WATER" label on dial face. F. Air System Piping Gage: Include retard feature and "AIR" or "AIR/WATER" label on dial face. WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 13 - 11 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Perform fire -hydrant flow test according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 291. Use results for system design calculations required in "Quality Assurance" Article B. Report test results promptly and in writing. 3.2 SERVICE -ENTRANCE PIPING A. Connect sprinkler piping to water -service piping for service entrance to building. Comply with requirements for exterior piping in Division 21 Section "Facility Fire -Suppression Water -Service Piping." B. Install shutoff valve, check valve, pressure gage, and drain at connection to water service. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Piping Standard: Comply with requirements for installation of sprinkler piping in NFPA 13. B. Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. C. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved -end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections E. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff valve, and sized and located according to NFPA 13. F. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage. G. Install sprinkler control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes. H. Install automatic (ball drip) drain valve at each check valve for fire -department connection, to drain piping between fire department connection and check valve. Install drain piping to and spill over floor drain or to outside building. I. Install alarm devices in piping systems. J. Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply with requirements for hanger materials in NFPA 13. Fill sprinkler system piping with water. WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 13 - 12 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 L. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 21 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire -Suppression Piping." M. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 21 Section ' Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire -Suppression Piping." N. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 21 Section "Escutcheons for Fire - Suppression Piping." 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated. B. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. C. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved -end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections D. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. E. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water service Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. G. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. H. Steel -Piping, Cut -Grooved Joints: Cut square -edge groove in end of pipe according to AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved -end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel -pipe joints. I. Steel -Piping, Roll -Grooved Joints' Roll rounded -edge groove in end of pipe according to AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel -pipe grooved joints. 3.5 VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install listed fire -protection valves, trim and drain valves, specialty valves and trim, controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and authorities having jurisdiction. WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 13 - 13 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Install listed fire -protection shutoff valves supervised open, located to control sources of water supply except from fire -department connections. Install permanent identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. C. Install check valve in each water -supply connection. Install backflow preventers instead of check valves in potable -water -supply sources. D. Specialty Valves: 1. General Requirements: Install in vertical position for proper direction of flow, in main supply to system. 2. Alarm Valves: Include bypass check valve and retarding chamber drain -line connection. 3.6 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of acoustical ceiling panels. Refer to detail on drawings for additional requirements. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in NFPA 13. B. Identify system components, wiring, cabling and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section ' Identification for Electrical Systems.' 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance" Chapter. 3. Coordinate with fire -alarm tests. Operate as required. 3.9 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. B. Remove and replace sprinklers with paint other than factory finish. 3.10 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Piping between Fire -Department Connections and Check Valves: Galvanized, standard -weight steel pipe with threaded ends; cast-iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 13 - 14 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Sprinkler specialty fittings may be used, downstream of control valves, instead of specified fittings. C. Standard -pressure, wet -pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following: 1. Standard -weight black -steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray -iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Standard -weight, black -steel pipe with plain ends; steel welding fittings; and welded joints D. Standard -pressure, wet -pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2-1/2 to and larger, shall be one of the following: 1. Standard -weight, black -steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray -iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Standard -weight, black -steel pipe with cut- or roll -grooved ends; uncoated, grooved end fittings for steel piping' grooved end -pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 3. Standard -weight, black -steel pipe with plain ends; steel welding fittings; and welded joints 4. Schedule 10, black -steel pipe with roll -grooved ends; uncoated, grooved -end fittings for steel piping; grooved -end -pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 5. Schedule 10, black -steel pipe with plain ends; welding fittings; and welded joints. 3.11 SPRINKLER SCHEDULE A. Use sprinkler types in subparagraphs below for the following applications, (sprinkler heads with flexible branch piping are not allowed): 1. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers. 2. Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Concealed sprinklers. Provide sprinkler types in subparagraphs below with finishes indicated. Concealed Sprinklers: Rough brass, with factory -painted white cover plate. Upright and Sidewall Sprinklers: Chrome plated in finished spaces exposed to view; rough bronze in unfinished spaces not exposed to view; wax coated where exposed to acids, chemicals, or other corrosive fumes. END OF SECTION WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 21 13 13 - 15 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 00 00 COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS (PLUMBING) PART 1 - GENERAL A. Refer to Division 23, Section 23 00 00. PART 2 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS (PLUMBING) 220000-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 05 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Grout. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES Galvanized -Steel -Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends. 2.2 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic cement grout B. Characteristics: Nonshrink, recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, rated partitions and roofs B. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 2. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve -seal system SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517-1 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Division 07 Section ' Penetration Firestopping." 3.2 SLEEVE SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping -penetration applications: 1. Concrete Slabs above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized steel -pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized steel -pipe sleeves. END OF SECTION SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 05 18 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ESCUTCHEONS One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: setscrew fastener. B. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: spring -clip fasteners. 2.2 FLOOR PLATES With polished, chrome -plated and rough -brass finish and Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with chrome -plated finish and A. One -Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece deep -pattern type. b. Chrome -Plated Piping: One-piece, cast -brass or split -casting brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast - brass or split -casting brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass or split -casting brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. f. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass or split -casting brass type with rough -brass finish. g. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast -brass or split -casting brass type with rough -brass finish. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment -room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. New Piping: One-piece, floor -plate type. END OF SECTION ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Thermal -hanger shield inserts. 4. Fastener systems 5. Pipe stands. 6. Equipment supports. 1.2 DEFINITIONS MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Carbon -Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. Copper Pipe Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper -coated steel, factory -fabricated components. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper -coated steel. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.2 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made from structural carbon -steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon -steel hanger rods nuts, saddles, and U- bolts B. The Contractor shall obtain permission from the Engineer to utilize trapeze pipe hangers and also perform all necessary calculations and detailing at each location used. 2.3 THERMAL -HANGER SHIELD INSERTS Insulation -Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig or ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier. Insulation -Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with 100-psig ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig or ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig minimum compressive strength. C. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. D. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. E. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.4 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field -fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon - steel shapes. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon -steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Unless otherwise specifically indicated or hereinafter specified in the specifications, all supporting, hanging and anchoring of piping, equipment, etc., shall be performed by each trade as is necessary for completion of the work per the specifications. Supporting and hanging shall be done so that excessive load will not be placed on any one hanger so as to allow for proper pitch and expansion of piping. Hangers and supports shall be placed as near as possible to joints, turns and branches. For concrete construction, utilize adjustable concrete inserts for fasteners. Expansion anchors and power driven devices may be used when approved in writing by the Engineer. D. Utilize beam clamps for fastening to steel joists and beams and expansion anchors in masonry construction. E. When piping is routed within joists, piping shall be top mounted on trapeze type hangers with each pipe individually clamped to trapeze hanger F. Trapeze hangers are not allowed, unless specifically approved by the engineer. G. Install all miscellaneous steel other than designed building structural members as required to provide means of securing hangers, supports, etc., where piping does not pass directly below or cross steel joists. H. Piping shall not be supported by the equipment to which it is connected. Support all piping so as to remove any load or stress from the equipment. Where piping, etc., is routed vertically, approved riser clamps, brackets or other means shall be utilized at approximately 10'-0" center to center minimum and an approved adjustable base stand or fitting on concrete support base shall be utilized at the base of the vertical run. J. Where piping is routed along walls, knee braced angle frames or pipe brackets with saddles, clamps, and rollers (where required) mounted on structural brackets fastened to walls or columns shall be used. K. Support all ceiling hung equipment, with approved vibration isolators. L. Where copper tubing is specified, hangers shall be of copper clad type when piping is uninsulated M. Uninsulated piping hung from above shall be supported with ring and clevis type pipe hangers. Uninsulated piping mounted on trapeze and wall bracket type support shall be held in place with U-bolts. U-bolts shall allow for axial movement in the piping. N. All insulated piping shall be supported with clevis type and pipe roll hangers. Hangers shall be sized to allow the pipe insulation to pass through the hangers. Install insulation protection saddles at all hanger locations. Welded pipe saddles shall be installed at all hangers on piping 5' and larger. The pipe saddles shall be sized for the thickness of insulation used. Hangers shall fit snugly around outside of insulation saddles. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 O. Under no conditions will perforated band iron or steel wire driven hangers be permitted. P. In general, support piping at the following spacing: 1. Steel and copper piping - 8 foot intervals for piping 3" and smaller; 10 foot intervals for larger piping. Q. Where fireproofing is damaged from the building structures due to contractor's installation of hangers, clamps, etc., it shall be the contractor's responsibility to repair all dislodged/damaged fireproofing to original fire proof rating. This shall also include all work performed by the contractor's sub -contractors. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION Metal Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers supports clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe -Hanger Installation. Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field -fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. The Contractor shall obtain permission from the Engineer to utilize trapeze pipe hangers and also perform all necessary calculations and detailing at each location used. 2. Pipes of Various Sizes• Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 3. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon -steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M C. Thermal -Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. D. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder -actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder -actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder -actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical -expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Pipe Stand Installation: 1. Pipe Stand Types except Curb -Mounted Type: Assemble components and mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane. 2. Curb -Mounted -Type Pipe Stands: Assemble components or fabricate pipe stand and mount on permanent stationary roof curb. See Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories' for curbs. 3. The Contractor shall perform all necessary calculations and detailing at each location used. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. G. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded -structural -steel shapes. H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. I. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts K. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. L. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. Insulated Piping: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal -hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0 06 inch thick. c. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium -silicate -insulation inserts of length at least as long as protective shield. Thermal -Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS Cut drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous -thread hanger and support rods to 1 inch. 3.6 PAINTING Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field -applied finish. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon -steel pipe hangers and supports and attachments for general service applications. F. Use copper -plated pipe hangers and copper or stainless -steel attachments for copper piping and tubing. G. Use thermal -hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. H. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Yoke -Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F,pipes N PS 4 to NPS 24, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel, Double -Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes N PS 3/4 to NPS 36, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1/2 to N PS 24 if little or no insulation is required. 5. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off - center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid -Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 8. 7 Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of n oninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 8 8. Extension Hinged or Two -Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of n oninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 3 9 U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 10. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. 11. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel - pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon -steel plate 12. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel -pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon -steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 13. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion -type support for pipes N PS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 if vertical adjustment is required, with steel -pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. Vertical -Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to N PS 24. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps. J. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529-7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. Malleable -Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. K. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Top -Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar -joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape 2. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20) For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 3. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 4. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large 5. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 6. Top -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 7. Side -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I beams. 8. Steel -Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel (- beams for heavy loads. 9. Linked Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel (- beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 10. Malleable -Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 11. Welded Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb. 12. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 13. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 14. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58). For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. L. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 2. Thermal -Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. M. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. O. Use powder -actuated fasteners or mechanical -expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction after permission is obtained from the Engineer. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Use pipe positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and waste piping for plumbing fixtures. END OF SECTION HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Pipe labels. 3. Stencils. 4. Valve tags. 5. Warning tags. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer multicolor plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color White. 3. Background Color: Black. 4. Maximum Temperature. Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 5. Minimum Label Size. Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless -steel self -tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number. IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.2 PIPE LABELS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size At least 1-1/2 inches high. 2.3 STENCILS A. Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for piping; minimum letter height of 1-1/2 inches for ducts 1. Stencil Material: Fiberboard or metal. 2. Stencil Paint: GS-11 compliant, low emitting, black paint . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. Mark each lay -in ceiling panel which is nearest access to equipment, valves, etc., with a lamacoid plate located on the ceiling grid. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION Piping Color -Coding: Painting of piping shall be according to the following chart: B. Stenciled Pipe Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels on each piping system. IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 15 feet (5m) along each run. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. All piping shall be minimally identified once above all room ceilings and where it passes thru walls or floors. D. Pipe Label Schedule: 1. Domestic Cold Water Piping: DCW 2. Domestic Hot Water Piping: DHW 3. Domestic Hot WaterRecirculation: RHW 4. Natural Gas Piping: NG 5. Sanitary Waste Piping: SAN 6. Sanitary Vent Piping: VENT 7. Storm Water Piping: STORM END OF SECTION IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulation Materials: a. Mineral fiber. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 07 00 PLUMBING INSULATION 2. Insulating cements. 3. Adhesives. 4. Mastics. 5. Lagging adhesives. 6. Sealants. 7. Factory -applied jackets. 8. Field -applied fabric -reinforcing mesh. 9. Field -applied cloths. 10. Field -applied jackets. 11. Tapes. 12. Securements. 13. Corner angles. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any). 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire -test - response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive mastic tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke -developed index of 150 or less. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers and insulation shields specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment.' B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application, duct Installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.6 SCHEDULING Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Mineral -Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. Provide insulation with factory -applied ASJ. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp. Commercial Board. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 b. Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas. c. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board. d. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series. F. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok. b. Knauf Insulation 1000 Pipe Insulation c. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation. ?. Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory -applied ASJ-SSL. Factory - applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets' Article 3. Type II, 1200 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type II, Grade A, with factory -applied ASJ-SSL. Factory - applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral -Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195. Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 196. Mineral Fiber, Hydraulic Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. B. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) C. ASJ Adhesive and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) D. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 1. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.4 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-C-19565C, Type II. 1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) B. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43 mil dry film thickness 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 59 percent by volume and 71 percent by weight. 4. Color: White. C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 3 perms at 0.0625-inch dry film thickness. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 200 deg F. 3. Solids Content: 63 percent by volume and 73 percent by weight. 4. Color: White. 2.5 LAGGING ADHESIVES A. Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 1. For indoor applications, use lagging adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Fire-resistant, water -based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire- resistant lagging cloths over equipment, and pipe insulation. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Color: White. 2.6 SEALANTS A. Joint Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F. 4. Color: White or gray. 5. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 4. Color: White. 5. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.7 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated comply with the following: 1. ASJ White, kraft-paper, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2.8 FIELD -APPLIED CLOTHS A. Woven Glass -Fiber Fabric: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I, plain weave, and presized a minimum of 6 oz./sq. yd.. 2.9 FIELD -APPLIED JACKETS Field -applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil -face, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing. C. Metal Jacket: 1 Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14. a. Factory cut and rolled to size. b. Finish and thickness are indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. c. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil- thick, heat -bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. d. Factory -Fabricated Fitting Covers: 1) Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. 2) Preformed 2-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long -radius elbows. 3) Tee covers. 4) Flange and union covers. 5) End caps. 6) Beveled collars. 7) Valve covers. 8) Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory -fabricated fitting covers are not available. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.10 TAPES CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. ASJ Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Width: 3 inches. 2. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent 5. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf/inch in width. 6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. PVC Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching field -applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive. Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Width: 2 inches. 2. Thickness: 6 mils. 3. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 500 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch in width. 2.11 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Products; Bands. b. PABCO Metals Corporation; Bands. c. RPR Products, Inc.; Bands. 2. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 316; 0.015 inch thick, 3/4 inch wide with wing or closed seal. 3. Aluminum: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 3/4 inch wide with wing or closed seal. 4. Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application. B. Staples: Outward -clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel. C. Wire: 0.080-inch nickel -copper alloy, 0.062-inch soft -annealed, stainless steel or 0.062-inch soft -annealed, galvanized steel. 2.12 CORNER ANGLES A. PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C. White or color -coded to match adjacent surface. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless -steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment and fittings and piping including fittings, valves and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment, and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. 3.4 PENETRATIONS Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions. 1. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" and fire - resistive joint sealers. F. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 2. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor -retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor -barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric -reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well -shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field -applied jacket install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers that conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless - steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless -steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-10 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.6 MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 2. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o c. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral -fiber blanket insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. 5. Install PVC jacket. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. 3. Install PVC jacket. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when AAavailable. 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation 4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.7 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Underground piping. 2. Chrome -plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-11 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. PVC condensate drainage piping from HVAC units. 3.8 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water: 1. NPS 1-1/4 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following: a. Mineral Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick. 2. NPS 1-1/2 and Larger: Insulation shall be the following: a. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick. Domestic Cold Water Concealed in Walls or Chases: 1. NPS 4 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch thick. C. Roof Drain, Roof Drain Bodies, Overflow Drains and Overflow Drain Bodies: 1. All Drain Bodies and Horizontal Pipe Sizes Insulation shall be the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch thick. D. Floor Drains, Traps, and Sanitary Drain Piping within 10 Feet of Drain Receiving Condensate and Equipment Drain Water below 60 Deg F: 1. All Pipe Sizes. Insulation shall be the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch thick. 3.9 OUTDOOR, ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Chilled Water, Hot Water: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. Phenolic: 2 inches thick. Moisture barrier shall be heat bonded PE and kraft paper. b. Metal Jacket: Provide with 3-mil thick aluminum jacket. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-12 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 END OF SECTION PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-13 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 11 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. Section Includes: 1. Under -building slab and aboveground domestic water pipes, tubes, fittings, and specialties inside the building. 2. Encasement for piping. 3. Specialty valves. 4. Flexible connectors. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following products: 1. Specialty valves. 2. Backflow preventers and vacuum breakers. 3. Water penetration systems. B. Water Samples: Specified in "Cleaning" Article. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. Comply with NSF 61 for potable domestic water piping and components. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in 'Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L and ASTM B 88, Type M water tube, drawn temper. 4. 1. Wrought -Copper Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought -copper pressure fittings. 2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16 24 Class 150, with solder -joint ends 3. Grooved Joint Copper -Tube Appurtenances: DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following : 1) Anvil International. 2) Shurjoint Piping Products. 3) Victaulic Company. b. Copper Grooved -End Fittings: ASTM B 75 copper tube or ASTM B 584 bronze castings. c. Grooved End -Tube Couplings Copper -tube dimensions and design similar to AWWA C606. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gaskets suitable for hot and cold water, and bolts and nuts B. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought -copper pressure fittings. C. Copper Pressure -Seal -Joint Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Elkhart Products Corporation. b. NIBCO Inc. c. Viega. 2. Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Wrought -copper fitting with EPDM-rubber, 0-ring seal in each end. D. Appurtenances for Grooved End Copper Tubing: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Anvil International. b. Shurjoint Piping Products. c. Victaulic Company. 2. Bronze Fittings for Grooved End, Copper Tubing: ASTM B 75 copper tube or ASTM B 584 bronze castings. 3. Mechanical Couplings for Grooved End Copper Tubing: a. Copper -tube dimensions and design similar to AWWA C606. b. Ferrous housing sections. c. EPDM-rubber gaskets suitable for hot and cold water. d. Bolts and nuts. e. Minimum Pressure Rating: 300 psig. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.3 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free, unless otherwise indicated; full -face or ring type unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal, Pipe -Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general - duty brazing unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. General Requirements: 1. Same size as pipes to be joined. 2. Pressure rating at least equal to pipes to be joined. 3. End connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Fitting -Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting Sleeve -Type Transition Coupling: AWWA C219. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing b. Dresser, Inc. Dresser Piping Specialties. c. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. (The) d. JCM Industries. e. Romac Industries, Inc. f. Smith -Blair, Inc; a Sensus company. g. Viking Johnson; c/o Mueller Co. 2.5 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials or ferrous material body with separating nonconductive insulating material suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. B. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. b. c. d. e. f. Central Plastics Company. EPCO Sales, Inc. Hart Industries International, Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Water Control Products. 2. Description: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a. Pressure Rating: 150 psig at 180 deg F. b. End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. 2.6 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. 2. Flexicraft Industries. 3. Flex Pression, Ltd. 4. Flex -Weld, Inc. 5. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. 6. Mercer Rubber Co. 7. Metraflex, Inc 8. Proco Products, Inc. 9. Tozen Corporation. 10. Unaflex, Inc. 11. Universal Metal Hose; a Hyspan company B. Bronze -Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated bronze tubing with bronze wire -braid covering and ends brazed to inner tubing. 1. Working -Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig. 2. End Connections NPS 2 and Smaller Threaded copper pipe or plain -end copper tube. 3. End Connections NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged copper alloy. Stainless -Steel -Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated stainless -steel tubing with stainless steel wire -braid covering and ends welded to inner tubing. 1. Working -Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig 2. End Connections NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded steel -pipe nipple. 3. End Connections NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged steel nipple. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16-4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 B. Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." C. Install ductile -iron piping under building slab with restrained joints according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. D. Install underground copper tube and ductile -iron pipe in PE encasement according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. E. Install shutoff valve, hose -end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve, inside the building at each domestic water service entrance. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for pressure gages and Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for drain valves and strainers. F. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. G. Install water -pressure -reducing valves downstream from shutoff valves. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for pressure -reducing valves. H. Install domestic water piping level without pitch and plumb. I. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. J. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. K. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space L. Install piping adjacent to equipment and specialties to allow service and maintenance. Install piping to permit valve servicing. N. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. O. Install piping free of sags and bends. P. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Q. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty. Install pressure gages on suction and discharge piping from each plumbing pump and packaged booster pump. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for pressure gages. S. Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Pumps" for thermostats. T. Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping from each water heater. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping' for thermometers. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16-5 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 U. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." V. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." W. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 22 Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." X. Do not install piping in a method that's subject to freezing. 3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Brazed Joints: Join copper tube and fittings according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," 'Brazed Joints" Chapter. E. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook " F. Copper -Tubing Grooved Joints: Roll groove end of tube. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts Join copper tube and grooved end fittings according to AWWA C606 for roll -grooved joints. G. Steel -Piping Grooved Joints: Roll groove end of pipe. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts Join steel pipe and grooved -end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel -pipe grooved joints. H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos -free, nonmetallic gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for domestic water service Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. I. Dissimilar -Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.3 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General -Duty Valves* Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for valve installations. B. Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. C. Install drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. Drain valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." 1. Hose -End Drain Valves: At low points in water mains, risers and branches. 2. Stop -and -Waste Drain Valves: Instead of hose -end drain valves where indicated. D. Install calibrated balancing valves in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set calibrated balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for calibrated balancing valves. 3.4 TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping. B. Transition Fittings in Underground Domestic Water Piping: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Fitting -type coupling. 2. NPS 2 and Larger: Sleeve -type coupling. 3.5 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings C. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 : Use dielectric flanges . 3.6 FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR INSTALLATION A. Install flexible connectors in suction and discharge piping connections to each domestic water pum p• B. Install bronze -hose flexible connectors in copper domestic water tubing. C. Install stainless -steel -hose flexible connectors in steel domestic water piping. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116-7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger and support products and installation. 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. c. Longer Than 100 Feet If Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. C. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double -rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch. D. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod. 5. NPS 3 to NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2-inch rod. 6. NPS 6: 10 feet with 5/8-inch rod. 7. NPS 8: 10 feet with 3/4-inch rod. E. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. F. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/4 and Smaller: 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 1-1/2: 108 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 2: 10 feet with 3/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 2-1/2 11 feet with 1/2-inch rod. 5. NPS 3 and NPS 3-1/2. 12 feet with 1/2-inch rod. 6. NPS 4 and NPS 5 12 feet with 5/8-inch rod. 7. NPS 6: 12 feet with 3/4-inch rod. 8. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 12 feet with 7/8-inch rod. G. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet. H. Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water -service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials Connect domestic water piping to water -service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following: 1. Domestic Water Booster Pumps: Cold -water suction and discharge piping. 2. Water Heaters: Cold -water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 3. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Comply with requirements in Division 22 plumbing fixture Sections for connection sizes. 4. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3.9 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for identification materials and installation 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Piping Inspections: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Piping Tests: 1. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. 2. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3. Leave new, altered, extended, or unconcealed until it has been tested concealed before it was tested. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 replaced domestic water piping uncovered and and approved. Expose work that was covered or 4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required. D. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. 3.11 ADJUSTING Perform the following adjustments before operation: 1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position 3. Open throttling valves to proper setting. 4. Adjust balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide adequate flow. a. Manually adjust ball -type balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide flow of hot water in each branch. b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during installation. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and are clean and ready for use. 8. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. 3.12 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 - 10 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. B. Clean non -potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. C. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. D. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. 3.13 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Under -building -slab, domestic water, building service piping, NPS 3 and smaller, shall be the following: 1. HDPE, with fusion -welded joints. D. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2 and smaller , shall be one of the following: 1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; wrought- copper solder -joint fittings; and soldered joints. 2. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper pressure -seal -joint fittings; and pressure - sealed joints. E. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2-1/2 and above; shall be the following: 1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; grooved -joint, copper -tube appurtenances; and grooved joints. 3.14 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use ball, or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 2. Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use ball valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. Hot -Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated balancing valves. 4. Drain Duty: Hose -end drain valves. B. Use check valves to maintain correct direction of domestic water flow to and from equipment. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 - 11 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Iron grooved -end valves may be used with grooved -end piping. END OF SECTION DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 - 12 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 11 19 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following domestic water piping specialties: 1. Vacuum breakers. 2. Backflow preventers. 3. Water pressure -reducing valves. 4. Balancing valves. 5. Drain valves. 6. Water hammer arresters. 7. Trap -seal primer valves. 8. Trap -seal primer systems. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 125 psig, unless otherwise indicated. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For domestic water piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, Article 100, by a testing agency intended use. B. NSF Compliance: 1. Comply with NSF 14, domestic water piping 2. Comply with NSF 61 through 9.' and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic components. "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19- 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VACUUM BREAKERS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Pipe -Applied, Atmospheric Type Vacuum Breakers 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work Standard: ASSE 1001. 2. Size• NPS 1/4 to NPS 3, as required to match connected piping. 3. Body: Bronze 4. Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded. 5. Finish: Chrome plated. 2.2 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Reduced Pressure -Principle Backflow Preventers 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. c. Wilkins d. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 2. Standard: ASSE 1013. 3. Operation: Continuous -pressure applications. 4. Body: Bronze 5. Accessories: a. Air -Gap Fitting: ASME A112.1.2, matching backflow-preventer connection. b. Strainers. 2.3 WATER PRESSURE -REDUCING VALVES A. Water Regulators 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cash Acme. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. Honeywell Water Controls. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 2. Standard: ASSE 1003 3. Pressure Rating: Initial working pressure of 150 psig. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 2211 19-2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 4. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3. 5. End Connections Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3. 2.4 BALANCING VALVES A. Copper -Alloy Calibrated Balancing Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Armstrong International, Inc. b. ITT Industries; Bell & Gossett Div. c. NIBCO INC. d. Taco, Inc e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 2. Type: Ball or Y-pattern globe valve with two readout ports and memory setting indicator. 3. Body: Brass or bronze, 4. Size% Same as connected piping, but not larger than NPS 2. 5. Accessories: Meter hoses, fittings, valves, differential pressure meter, and carrying case. 2.5 OUTLET BOXES A. Clothes Washer Outlet Boxes: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Acorn Engineering Company. b. Guy Gray Manufacturing Co., Inc. c. Oatey. d. Plastic Oddities; a division of Diverse Corporate Technologies. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f Whitehall Manufacturing; a div. of Acorn Engineering Company. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. 3. Mounting: Recessed. 4. Material and Finish. Enameled steel or epoxy -painted -steel box and faceplate. 5. Faucet: Combination valved fitting or separate hot- and cold -water, valved fittings complying with ASME A112.18.1. Include garden hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7 on outlets. 6. Supply Shutoff Fittings: NPS 1/2 gate, globe, or ball valves and NPS 1/2 copper, water tubing. 7. Drain NPS 2 standpipe and P-trap for direct waste connection to drainage piping. 8. Inlet Hoses* Two 60-inch- long, rubber household clothes washer inlet hoses with female, garden hose -thread couplings Include rubber washers. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 2211 19-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 Drain Hose: One 48 inch- long, rubber household clothes washer drain hose with hooked end. B. Ice maker/coffee maker Outlet Boxes: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following• a. Acorn Engineering Company. b. Guy Gray Manufacturing Co., Inc. c. LSP Products Group, Inc. d. Oatey. e. Plastic Oddities; a division of Diverse Corporate Technologies. 3. Mounting: Recessed. 4. Material and Finish: Enameled -steel or epoxy -painted steel or plastic box and faceplate. 5. Faucet: Valved fitting complying with ASME A112.18.1. Include NPS 1/2 or smaller copper tube outlet. 6. Supply Shutoff Fitting: NPS 1/2 gate, globe, or ball valve and NPS 1/2 copper, water tubing. 2.6 HOSE BIBBS A. Hose Bibbs HB: Refer to Drawing Schedule. 2.7 WALL HYDRANTS Refer to Drawing Schedule. 2.8 DRAIN VALVES Ball -Valve -Type, Hose -End Drain Valves: 1. Standard: MSS SP-110 for standard -port, two-piece ball valves. 2. Pressure Rating: 400 psig minimum CWP. 3. Size. NPS 3/4. 4. Body: Copper alloy. 5. Ball. Chrome -plated brass. 6. Seats and Seals: Replaceable. 7. Handle: Vinyl -covered steel. 8. Inlet: Threaded or solder joint 9. Outlet: Threaded, short nipple with garden -hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7 and cap with brass chain. 2.9 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS A. Water Hammer Arresters: DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 2211 19-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1. Available Manufacturers: offering products that may the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to following: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the a. AMTROL, Inc. b. Josam Company. c. PPP Inc. d. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. a Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. f. Watts Drainage Products Inc. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 3. Standard: ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 201. 4. Type: Metal bellows 5. Size ASSE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F or PDI-WH 201, Sizes A through F. 2.10 AIR VENTS A. Bolted -Construction Automatic Air Vents: 1. Body: Bronze. 2. Pressure Rating: 125-psig minimum pressure rating at 140 deg F. 3. Float: Replaceable, corrosion -resistant metal. 4. Mechanism and Seat: Stainless steel. 5. Size NPS 3/8 minimum inlet. 6. Inlet and Vent Outlet End Connections: Threaded. 2.11 TRAP -SEAL PRIMER VALVES A. Drainage -Type, Trap -Seal Primer Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. b. Zurn Plumbing Products Group 2. Standard: ASSE 1044, lavatory P-trap with NPS 3/8 minimum, trap makeup connection. 3. Size NPS 1-1/4 minimum. 4. Material: Chrome -plated, cast brass. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 2211 19-5 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS oject No. B. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and syste s and 15O6 to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system. 2. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric -vent drain connection with air -gap fitting fixed air -gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at least two pipe diameters in drain piping and pipe to floor drain. Locate air -gap device attached to or under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are not acceptable for this application. 3. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. C. Install water regulators with inlet and outlet shutoff valves. Install pressure gages on inlet and outlet. D. Install balancing valves in locations where they can easily be adjusted. E. Install outlet boxes recessed in wall. Install 2-by-4-inch fire -retardant -treated -wood blocking wall reinforcement between studs. Fire -retardant -treated wood blocking is specified in Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry." F. Install water hammer arresters in water piping according to PDI-WH 2O1. G. Install air vents at high points of water piping. Install drain piping and discharge onto floor drain.] H. Install supply -type, trap -seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent and connect to floor -drain body, trap or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow. Install trap -seal primer systems with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor -drain body trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust system for proper flow. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and prepare test reports: 1. Test each pressure vacuum breaker reduced pressure -principle backflow preventer according to authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference standard. B. Remove and replace malfunctioning domestic water piping specialties and retest as specified above. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Set field -adjustable pressure set points of water pressure reducing valves. Set field -adjustable flow set points of balancing valves. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119-6 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Set field -adjustable temperature set points of temperature -actuated water mixing valves. END OF SECTION DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 2211 19-7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 11 21 NATURAL GAS PIPING 1. Pipes tubes, and fittings. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Piping and tubing joining materials. 4. Valves. 5. Pressure regulators. 6. Service meters. 7. Concrete bases. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Operating -Pressure Ratings: 1. Piping and Valves: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. 2. Service Regulators: 65 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. Natural -Gas System Pressure within Buildings: 0.5 psig or less. C. Natural -Gas System Pressures within Buildings: Two pressure ranges. Primary pressure is more than 0.5 psig but not more than 2 psig, and is reduced to secondary pressure of 0.5 psig or less. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. Valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection data of selected models. 2. Pressure regulators. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities. NATURAL GAS PIPING 221121-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and dispose of liquids from existing natural-gas piping according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. C. Store and handle pipes and tubes having factory -applied protective coatings to avoid damaging coating, and protect from direct sunlight. D. Protect stored PE pipes and valves from direct sunlight. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Contact utility -locating service for area where Project is located. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. B. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for valves installed concealed behind finished surfaces. Comply with requirements in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames." 1.9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. 1. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern. 2. Wrought -Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M for butt welding and socket welding. 3. Unions ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass -to -iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends. B. PE Pipe: ASTM D 2513, SDR 11. NATURAL GAS PIPING 221121-2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. PE Fittings: ASTM D 2683, socket -fusion type or ASTM D 3261, butt -fusion type with dimensions matching PE pipe. 2. PE Transition Fittings: Factory -fabricated fittings with PE pipe complying with ASTM D 2513, SDR 11; and steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. 3. Anodeless Service -Line Risers: Factory fabricated and leak tested. Underground Portion: PE pipe complying with ASTM D 2513, SDR 11 inlet. Casing: Steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, black steel, Type E or S, Grade B, with corrosion -protective coating covering. Vent casing aboveground. c. Aboveground Portion: PE transition fitting. d. Outlet shall be threaded or flanged or suitable for welded connection. e. Tracer wire connection. f. Ultraviolet shield. g. Stake supports with factory finish to match steel pipe casing or carrier pipe. a. 2.2 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Appliance Flexible Connectors: 1. Indoor, Fixed -Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.24. 2. Indoor, Movable -Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.69. 3. Outdoor Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.75. 4. Corrugated stainless -steel tubing with polymer coating. 5. Operating -Pressure Rating 0.5 psig. 6. End Fittings Zinc -coated steel. 7. Threaded Ends Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 8. Maximum Length: 72 inches. Quick -Disconnect Devices: Comply with ANSI Z21.41. 1. Copper -alloy convenience outlet and matching plug connector. 2. Nitrile seals 3. Hand operated with automatic shutoff when disconnected. 4. For indoor or outdoor applications. 5. Adjustable, retractable restraining cable. Y-Pattern Strainers: 1. Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. 2. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. Strainer Screen: -mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless -steel basket with 50 percent free area. 4. CWP Rating: 125 psig. D. Weatherproof Vent Cap. Cast- or malleable -iron increaser fitting with corrosion -resistant wire screen, with free area at least equal to cross sectional area of connecting pipe and threaded - end connection. NATURAL GAS PIPING 22 11 21 - 3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. B. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. C. Brazing Filler Metals: Alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F complying with AWS A5.8/A5.8M. Brazing alloys containing more than 0.05 percent phosphorus are prohibited. 2.4 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES A. See "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles for where each valve type is applied in various services. B. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Comply with ASME B16.33. 1. CWP Rating: 125 psig . 2. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20 1 3. Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B1 20.3. 4. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 5. Listing• Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1 inch and smaller. 6. Service Mark: Valves 1-1/4 inches to NPS 2 shall have initials "WOG" permanently marked on valve body. C. One -Piece, Bronze Ball Valve with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BrassCraft Manufacturing Company; a Masco company. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc., Apollo Div. c. Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc. d. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. e. Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company. 2. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 3. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. 4. Stem: Bronze blowout proof. 5. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof 6. Packing: Separate packnut with adjustable -stem packing threaded ends. 7. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule' and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 8. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 9. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. D. Cast -Iron, Nonlubricated Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. NATURAL GAS PIPING 22 11 21 - 4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co b. Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div. c. Xomox Corporation; a Crane company. 2. Body: Cast iron, complying with ASTM A 126, Class B. 3. Plug: Bronze or nickel -plated cast iron. 4. Seat: Coated with thermoplastic. 5. Stem Seal Compatible with natural gas. 6. Ends: Threaded or flanged as indicated in ' Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule' and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 7. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. 8. Pressure Class: 125 psig. 9. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. E. Valve Boxes: 1. Cast-iron, two -section box. 2. Top section with cover with "GAS" lettering. 3. Bottom section with base to fit over valve and barrel a minimum of 5 inches in diameter. 4. Adjustable cast-iron extensions of length required for depth of bury. 5. Include tee -handle, steel operating wrench with socket end fitting valve nut or flat head, and with stem of length required to operate valve. 2.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. General Requirements: 1. Single stage and suitable for natural gas. 2. Steel jacket and corrosion -resistant components. 3. Elevation compensator. 4. End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for regulators NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Actaris. b. American Meter Company. c. Eclipse Combustion, Inc. d. Fisher Control Valves and Regulators; Division of Emerson Process Management. e. Invensys. f. Maxitrol Company. g. Richards Industries; Jordan Valve Div. NATURAL GAS PIPING 221121-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. 3. Springs* Zinc -plated steel; interchangeable. 4. Diaphragm Plate. Zinc -plated steel. 5. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port. 6. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. 7. Seal Plug Ultraviolet -stabilized, mineral -filled nylon. 8. Single -port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator. 9. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream, and not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff 10. Atmospheric Vent Factory- or field -installed, stainless steel screen in opening if not connected to vent piping. 11. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 2 psig . CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Appliance Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.18. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Canadian Meter Company Inc. b. Eaton Corporation; Controls Div. c. Harper Wyman Co. d. Maxitrol Company. e. SCP Inc. 2. Body and Diaphragm Case: Die-cast aluminum. 3. Springs Zinc -plated steel; interchangeable. 4. Diaphragm Plate* Zinc -plated steel. 5. Seat Disc Nitrite rubber. 6. Seal Plug Ultraviolet -stabilized, mineral -filled nylon. 7. Factory -Applied Finish: Minimum three -layer polyester and polyurethane paint finish. 8. Regulator may include vent limiting device, instead of vent connection, if approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 9. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 1 psig . 2.6 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Hart Industries International, Inc. d. Jomar International Ltd. e. Matco-Norca, Inc. f. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. NATURAL GAS PIPING 221121-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. g• h. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Wilkins; a Zurn company. Description: a. Standard: ASSE 1079. b. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F . c. End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. C. Dielectric Flanges: Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Matco-Norca, Inc. d. Watts Regulator Co ; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. e. Wilkins; a Zurn company. Description: a. Standard: ASSE 1079. b. Factory -fabricated bolted, companion -flange assembly. c. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F . d. End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder - joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. 2.7 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali -resistant, PE film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored yellow. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in for natural-gas piping system to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off natural gas to premises or piping section. NATURAL GAS PIPING 22 11 21 - 7 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Inspect natural-gas piping according to the International Fuel Gas Code to determine that natural-gas utilization devices are turned off in piping section affected. C. Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code requirements for prevention of accidental ignition. 3.3 OUTDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B. Install underground, natural-gas piping buried at least 36 inches below finished grade. Comply with requirements in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 1. If natural-gas piping is installed less than 36 inches below finished grade, install it in containment conduit C. Install underground, PE, natural-gas piping according to ASTM D 2774. Steel Piping with Protective Coating: 1. Apply joint cover kits to pipe after joining to cover, seal and protect joints. 2. Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating manufacturer. 3. Replace pipe having damaged PE coating with new pipe. E. Copper Tubing with Protective Coating: 1. Apply joint cover kits over tubing to cover, seal, and protect joints. 2. Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating manufacturer. F. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Install pressure gage from each service regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." 3.4 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss expansion and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. D. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. NATURAL GAS PIPING 221121-8 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. F. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. G. Locate valves for easy access. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. K. Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas -fired appliances and equipment for roughing -in requirements. L. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service -meter outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate is subject to freezing. 1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap. M. Extend relief vent connections for service regulators line regulators, and overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. N. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view. Concealed Location Installations: Except as specified below, install concealed natural-gas piping and piping installed under the building in containment conduit constructed of steel pipe with welded joints as described in Part 2. Install a vent pipe from containment conduit to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. 1. Above Accessible Ceilings: Natural-gas piping, fittings, valves, and regulators may be installed in accessible spaces without containment conduit. 2. In Floors: Install natural-gas piping with welded or brazed joints and protective coating in cast -in -place concrete floors. Cover piping to be cast in concrete slabs with minimum of 1-1/2 inches of concrete. Piping may not be in physical contact with other metallic structures such as reinforcing rods or electrically neutral conductors. Do not embed piping in concrete slabs containing quick -set additives or cinder aggregate 3. In Walls or Partitions Protect tubing installed inside partitions or hollow walls from physical damage using steel striker barriers at rigid supports. a. Exception: Tubing passing through partitions or walls does not require striker barriers. Prohibited Locations: NATURAL GAS PIPING 221121-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Do not install natural-gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues) ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts b. Do not install natural-gas piping in solid walls or partitions. P . Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes Install fittings with level side down. Q . Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment. Unions are not required at flanged connections. S . Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode. T Install strainer on inlet of each line -pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated valve U . Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each line regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." V. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 23 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." W. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 23 Section ' Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping.' X. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 23 Section "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping." 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless -steel tubing, aluminum, or copper connector. B. Install underground valves with valve boxes. C. Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space adequate for servicing and testing. 3.6 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: 1. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1.20.1. 2. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. NATURAL GAS PIPING 221121-10 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe 4. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal threading is specified. 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. PE Piping Heat -Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. Plain -End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain -End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic -restraint devices specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and supports specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment " C. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes. 1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 1-1/40 Maximum span, 108 inches, minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements. B. Install natural-gas piping electrically continuous and bonded to gas appliance equipment grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance according to NFPA 70. C. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances. D. Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install valve within 72 inches of each gas -fired appliance and equipment. Install union between valve and appliances or equipment. E. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance. 3.9 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for piping and valve identification. B. Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. NATURAL GAS PIPING 221121 -11 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.10 PAINTING CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for painting interior and exterior natural-gas piping. B. Paint exposed, exterior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory -applied paint or protective coating. 1. Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.1 D. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat. c. Topcoat Exterior alkyd enamel (flat) . d. Color: Gray C. Paint exposed, interior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory -applied paint or protective coating. 1. Latex Over Alkyd Primer System: MPI INT 5.1 Q. a. Prime Coat: Quick -drying alkyd metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior latex (low sheen) . d. Color: Gray . D. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory -applied finishes with materials and by procedures to match original factory finish. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Test, inspect, and purge natural gas according to the International Fuel Gas Code and authorities having jurisdiction. 3.12 OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE A. Underground natural-gas pipingshall be the following: 1. PE pipe and fittings joined by heat fusion, or mechanical couplings; service -line risers with tracer wire terminated in an accessible location. B. Aboveground natural-gas pipingshall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints. 2. Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints. NATURAL GAS PIPING 22 11 21 - 12 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. 3.13 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES LESS THAN 0.5 PSIG A. Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 and smaller shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints. Aboveground, distribution piping shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints. 2. Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints. C. Underground, below building, piping shall be the following: 1. Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints. D. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. E. Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded or wrought -steel fittings with welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. 3.14 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES MORE THAN 0.5 PSIG AND LESS THAN 5 PSIG A. Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 and smaller shall be the following: 1 Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints. B. Aboveground, distribution piping shall be the following: 1 Steel pipe with steel welding fittings and welded joints. C. Underground, below building, piping shall be the following: 1. Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints. D. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. E. Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded or wrought -steel fittings with welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. 3.15 ABOVEGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE A. Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller at service meter shall be one of the following: 1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve. B. Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger at service meter shall be one of the following: NATURAL GAS PIPING 22 11 21 - 13 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1. Cast-iron, nonlubricated plug valve. C. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller shall be one of the following: 1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. D. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger shall be one of the following: 1. Cast-iron, nonlubricated plug valve. E. Valves in branch piping for single appliance shall be one of the following: 1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 END OF SECTION NATURAL GAS PIPING 221121 -14 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING A. This Section includes the following for soil, waste, and vent piping inside the building: 1. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 2. Special pipe fittings. 3. Encasement for underground metal piping. 4. Excavating and backfilling trenches for utilities and pits for buried utility structures. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. B. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. C. LLDPE• Linear, low -density polyethylene plastic. D. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. E. PE: Polyethylene plastic. F. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. G. TPE: Thermoplastic elastomer. H. Utilities: On -site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. 2.3 HUB -AND -SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class(es). B. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber. C. Calking Materials: ASTM B 29, pure lead and oakum or hemp fiber. 2.4 HUBLESS CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. B. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion -resistant fasteners, and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. 1. Standard, Shielded, Stainless -Steel Couplings: CISPI 310, with stainless -steel corrugated shield; stainless -steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. a. Available Manufacturers: 1) ANACO. 2) Fernco, Inc. 3) Ideal Div.; Stant Corp. 4) Mission Rubber Co. 5) Tyler Pipe; Soil Pipe Div. 2.5 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Solid -Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent. 1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, socket type, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. Solvent Cement and Adhesive Primer. 1. Use PVC solvent cement that has according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D 2. Use adhesive primer that has a according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION, GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a VOC content of 510 g/L or less when calculated (EPA Method 24). VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated (EPA Method 24). Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions. 1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials. 2. Remove rock to lines and grades indicated to permit installation of permanent construction without exceeding the following dimensions: a. b. c. d. 24 inches outside of concrete forms other than at footings. 12 inches outside of concrete forms at footings. 6 inches outside of minimum required dimensions of concrete cast against grade. 6 inches beneath bottom of concrete slabs -on -grade. 6 inches beneath pipe in trenches, and the greater of 24 inches (600 mm) wider than pipe or 42 inches wide. 3.2 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations. 1. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below frost line. B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or conduit Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit unless otherwise indicated. 1. Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe. Trench Bottoms. Excavate trenches 4 inches deeper than bottom of pipe and conduit elevations to allow for bedding course. Hand -excavate deeper for bells of pipe. 1. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.3 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice but not before completing the following. 1. Testing and inspecting underground utilities. 2. Removing trash and debris. B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. C. Trenches under Footings: Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches of bottom of footings with satisfactory soil fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings Concrete is specified in Division 03 Section ' Miscellaneous Cast -in -Place Concrete." D. Trenches under Roadways: Provide 4-inch- thick, concrete -base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30 inches below surface of roadways. After installing and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a minimum of 4 inches of concrete before backfilling or placing roadway subbase course. Concrete is specified in Division 03 Section " Miscellaneous Cast -in - Place Concrete." E. Backfill voids with satisfactory soil while removing shoring and bracing. F. Place and compact initial backfill of bed sand or subbase material in 6 inch lifts, free of particles larger than 1 inch in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches over the pipe or conduit. 1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both sides and along the full length of piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. 3.4 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping, unless otherwise indicated. B. Aboveground, soil and waste piping shall be any of the following: Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded stainless -steel and rigid, unshielded couplings; and hubless-coupling joints. C. Aboveground, vent piping shall be any of the following: 1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 2. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded stainless -steel and rigid, unshielded couplings; and hubless-coupling joints. D. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping shall be any of the following: 1. Service class cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 2. Schedule 40 PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent cemented joints. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.5 PIPING INSTALLATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 Sanitary sewer piping outside the building is specified in Division 22 Section "Facility Sanitary Sewers." B. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." C. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary force -main piping. E. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1. Install encasement on underground piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. F. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long -sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short -sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long -turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. G. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. H. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Sanitary Drain. 1/8" slope per foot in direction of flow for all below and above slab piping. 2. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack. I. Install engineered soil and waste drainage and vent piping systems as follows: 1. Combination Waste and Vent: Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Sovent Drainage System: Comply with ASSE 1043 and sovent fitting manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3. Reduced -Size Venting: Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction. J. Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs -on -grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing. K. Install PVC soil and waste drainage and vent piping according to ASTM D 2665. L. Install underground PVC soil and waste drainage piping according to ASTM D 2321. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 -5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 M. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction N. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for P lumbing Piping." P. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 22 Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing P iping." 3.6 JOINT CONSTRUCTION Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." B. Join hub -and -spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil P ipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints. C. Join hubless cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-coupling joints. PVC Nonpressure Piping Joints: Join piping according to ASTM D 2665. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION P ipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for P lumbing Piping and Equipment." Install the following: Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs according to the following: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. c. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. B. Install supports according to Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. D. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double -rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods. E. Install hangers for cast-iron soil and vent piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 6: 60 inches with 3/4-inch rod. 5. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 60 inches with 7/8-inch rod. F. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet. G. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 2. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 48 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Roughing -in Plumbing Test Procedure. Test drainage and vent piping, except outside leaders, on completion of roughing -in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water. From 15 minutes before SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-7 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent -stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. END OF SECTION SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 13 19 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES This Section includes the following sanitary drainage piping specialties: 1. Cleanouts. 2. Floor drains. 3. Roof flashing assemblies. 4. Miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. B. FRP: Fiberglass -reinforced plastic. C. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control test reports. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: For drainage piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency B. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic sanitary piping specialty components. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of roof penetrations. B. Coordinate pipe routing with Division 21, 23, 26 & 27 Trades SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CLEANOUTS A. Exposed Metal Cleanouts: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. MIFAB, Inc. c. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. d. Watts Drainage Products Inc. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group. 2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for cast iron ASME A112.3.1 for stainless steel for cleanout test tee. 3. Size Same as connected drainage piping 4. Body Material: Hub -and -spigot, cast-iron soil pipe T-branch as required to match connected piping. 5. Closure: Countersunk, brass plug. 6. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. 7. Closure: Stainless -steel plug with seal with round top. B. Metal Floor Cleanouts: 1. Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. c. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. d. Watts Drainage Products Inc. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group. 2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for heavy-duty, adjustable housing cleanout. 3. Size• Same as connected branch. 4. Type: Heavy-duty, adjustable housing. 5 Body or Ferrule: Cast iron. 6. Clamping Device: Required. 7. Outlet Connection: Threaded. 8 Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket. 9 Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads. 10. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Stainless -steel. 11. Frame and Cover Shape: Round. 12. Top Loading Classification Heavy Duty. 13. Riser: ASTM A 74, Service class, cast-iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout. C. Cast -Iron Wall Cleanouts: SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319-2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. MIFAB, Inc. c. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. d. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. e. Watts Drainage Products Inc. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M. Include wall access. 3. Size Same as connected drainage piping. 4. Body: Hub -and -spigot, cast-iron soil pipe T-branch as required to match connected piping. 5. Closure. Countersunk, drilled -and -threaded brass plug. 6. Closure Plug Size Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size 7. Wall Access. Round, deep, chrome -plated bronze cover plate with screw. 8. Wall Access: Round, stainless -steel wall -installation frame and cover. 2.2 FLOOR DRAINS A. Cast -Iron Floor Drains: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. MIFAB, Inc c. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. d. Watts Drainage Products Inc. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES Hub drains, Open Drains or Open Receptacles (Referenced as OR's on drawings): 1. Description: Shop or field fabricate from ASTM A 74, Service class, hub -and -spigot, cast-iron, soil -pipe fittings. Include P-trap with primer fitting, hub -and -spigot riser section; and where required, increaser fitting joined with ASTM C 564 rubber gaskets. 2. Size Same as connected waste piping. 3. Accessories: Provide funnel, air -gap fitting, etc. as shown on drawings. B. Floor -Drain, Trap -Seal Primer Fittings: 1. Description: Cast iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap -seal primer valve connection. 2. Size Same as floor drain outlet with NPS 1/2 side inlet. SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.4 FLASHING MATERIALS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper bearing, with the following minimum weights and thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated: 1. General Use: 4.0-Ib/sq ft., 0 0625-inch thickness. 2. Vent Pipe Flashing. 3.0-Ib/sq ft., 0.0469-inch thickness. 3. Burning: 6-lb/sq. ft., 0.0938-inch thickness. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 152/B 152M, of the following minimum weights and thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated: 1. General Applications. 12 oz /sq. ft. thickness. 2. Vent Pipe Flashing: 8 oz./sq. ft thickness. C. Zinc -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with 0 20 percent copper content and 0.04- inch minimum thickness, unless otherwise indicated. Include G90 hot -dip galvanized, mill- phosphatized finish for painting if indicated. D. Elastic Membrane Sheet: ASTM D 4068, flexible, chlorinated polyethylene, 40-mil minimum thickness. E. Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened. F. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required for installation; matching or compatible with material being installed. G. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy. H. Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent -type, bituminous mastic. 2.5 MOTORS A. General requirements for motors are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment." 1. Motor Sizes. Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and connections are specified in Division 26 Sections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements. B. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319-4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping. 4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack. For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor. D. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall. E. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance. 2. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage. Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii: a. Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than 1/4- inch total depression. b. Radius, 30 to 60 Inches: Equivalent to 1 percent slope. c. Radius, 60 Inches or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater than 1- inch total depression. 3. Install floor -drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. 4. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated. F. Install roof flashing assemblies on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof. G. Assemble open drain fittings and install with top of hub 2 inches above floor. H. Install floor -drain, trap -seal primer fittings on inlet to floor drains that require trap -seal primer connection. 1. Exception: Fitting may be omitted if trap has trap -seal primer connection. 2. Size Same as floor drain inlet. I. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 -5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.3 FLASHING INSTALLATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Fabricate flashing from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. Join flashing according to the following if required: 1. Lead Sheets: Burn joints of lead sheets 6.0-Ib/sq ft., 0.0938-inch thickness or thicker. Solder joints of lead sheets 4.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625-inch thickness or thinner. 2. Copper Sheets: Solder joints of copper sheets. B. Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement. C. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device. D. Extend flashing up vent pipe passing through roofs and turn down into pipe, or secure flashing into cast-iron sleeve having calking recess. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 14 23 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Section Includes: 1. Roof drains. 2. Miscellaneous storm drainage piping specialties. 3. Cleanouts. 4. Flashing materials. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL ROOF DRAINS A. Cast -Iron, Large -Sump, General -Purpose Roof Drains: 1. Basis of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. Josam Company. b. Marathon Roofing Products. c. MIFAB, Inc d. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. a Tyler Pipe. f. Watts Water Technologies, Inc. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 2.2 CLEANOUTS Floor Cleanouts: STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221423-1 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Josam Company. b. Oatey. c. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. d. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. e. Tyler Pipe. f. Watts Water Technologies, Inc. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Products Operation. h. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M, for adjustable housing cleanouts. 3. Size: Same as connected branch. 4. Type: Adjustable housing. 5. Body or Ferrule Material: Cast iron. 6. Clamping Device: Not required. 7. Outlet Connection: Threaded. 8. Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket. 9. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads. 10. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Nickel -bronze, copper alloy. 11. Frame and Cover Shape: Round. 12. Top -Loading Classification Medium Duty. 13. Riser: ASTM A 74, Service class, cast-iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout. 2.3 FLASHING MATERIALS A. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 152/B 152M, 12 oz /sq. ft.. Zinc -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with 0 20 percent copper content and 0.04- inch minimum thickness unless otherwise indicated. Include G90 hot -dip galvanized, mill- phosphatized finish for painting if indicated. C. Elastic Membrane Sheet: ASTM D 4068, flexible, chlorinated polyethylene, 40-mil minimum thickness. D. Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened. E. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required for installation; matching or compatible with material being installed. F. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install roof drains at low points of roof areas according to roof membrane manufacturer's written installation instructions. Roofing materials are specified in Division 07 Sections. STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221423-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1. Install flashing collar or flange of adjoining roofing. Maintain integrity 2. Install expansion joints, if indicated, 3. Position roof drains for easy access CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 roof drain to prevent leakage between drain and of waterproof membranes where penetrated in roof drain outlets. and maintenance B. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following instructions unless otherwise indicated: 1. Use cleanouts the same size as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated 2. Locate cleanouts at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate cleanouts at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping. 4. Locate cleanouts at base of each vertical soil and waste stack. C. For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor. D. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall. E. Install horizontal backwater valves in floor with cover flush with floor. F. Install drain -outlet backwater valves in outlet of drains. G. Install test tees in vertical conductors and near floor. H. Install wall cleanouts in vertical conductors. Install access door in wall if indicated. I. Install trench drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished surface unless otherwise indicated. J. Assemble channel drainage system components according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install on support devices so that top will be flush with adjacent surface. K. Install through -penetration firestop assemblies in plastic conductors at concrete floor penetrations. L. Install sleeve flashing device with each conductor passing through floors with waterproof membrane. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings and specialties. 3.3 FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Fabricate flashing from single piece of metal unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. Join flashing according to the following if required: 1. Copper Sheets: Solder joints of copper sheets. STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221423-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs with waterproof membrane. 1. Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching the pipe size, with a minimum length of 10 inches and with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around pipe. 2. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around sleeve 3. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around specialty. C. Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device. Fabricate and install flashing and pans, sumps, and other drainage shapes. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221423-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 34 00 FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS A. Section Includes: 1. Commercial, gas -fired, high -efficiency, domestic -water heaters. 2. Domestic -water heater accessories. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.3 SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type and size of domestic -water heater indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. 1. Product Data for Prerequisite EA 2: Documentation indicating that units comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 7, "Service Water Heating.' B. Shop Drawings: 1. Wiring Diagrams. For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Product Certificates: For each type of commercial, gas -fired, domestic -water heater, from manufacturer. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. E. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories• Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Fabricate and label fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters to comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. C. NSF Compliance: Fabricate and label equipment components that will be in contact with potable water to comply with NSF 61, 'Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects." FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.5 COORDINATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of fuel fired, domestic -water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including storage tank and supports. b. Faulty operation of controls. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use. 2. Warranty Periods: From date of Substantial Completion. a. Commercial, Gas -Fired, Storage, Domestic -Water Heaters: 1) Storage Tank: Five years. 2) Controls and Other Components: One year(s). PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Commercial, Gas -Fired, High -Efficiency, Storage, Domestic -Water Heaters: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. AERCO International, Inc. b. Ajax Boiler Inc. c. Bradford White Corporation. d. Lochinvar Corporation. e. Rheem Manufacturing Company. f Smith A O. Water Products Co.; a division of A. O. Smith Corporation. g. State Industries. 2. Standard: ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3. 3. Description* Manufacturer's proprietary design to provide at least 95 percent combustion efficiency at optimum operating conditions. 4. Factory -Installed Storage -Tank Appurtenances: a. Anode Rod: Replaceable magnesium. b. Dip Tube: Required unless cold -water inlet is near bottom of tank. c. Drain Valve: Corrosion -resistant metal complying with ASSE 1005. d. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Surround entire storage tank except connections and controls. e. Jacket: Steel with enameled finish. FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 22 34 00 - 2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 f. Burner or Heat Exchanger: Comply with UL 795 or approved testing agency requirements for gas -fired, high -efficiency, domestic -water heaters and natural-gas fuel. g. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat. h. Safety Controls: Automatic, high -temperature -limit and low-water cutoff devices or systems. i. Combination Temperature -and -Pressure Relief Valves: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4-M. Include one or more relief valves with total relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than domestic -water heater working - pressure rating. Select one relief valve with sensing element that extends into storage tank. B. Capacity and Characteristics: Refer to drawings for capacity and characteristics. 2.2 DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES A. Drain Pans: Corrosion -resistant metal with raised edge. Comply with ANSI/CSA LC 3 Include dimensions not less than base of domestic -water heater, and include drain outlet not less than NPS 3/4 with ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads or with ASME B1.20.7 garden -hose threads. B. Gas Shutoff Valves: ANSI Z21.15/CSA 9.1-M, manually operated. Furnish for installation in piping. C. Gas Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.18/CSA 6.3, appliance type. Include pressure rating as required to match gas supply D. Automatic Gas Valves: ANSI Z21.21/CSA 6.5, appliance, electrically operated, on -off automatic valve. E. Combination Temperature -and -Pressure Relief Valves: Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than domestic -water heater working - pressure rating. Select relief valves with sensing element that extends into storage tank. 1. Gas -Fired, Domestic -Water Heaters: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4-M. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Hydrostatically test commercial domestic -water heaters and storage tanks to minimum of one and one-half times pressure rating before shipment. Domestic -water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section ' Quality Requirements" for retesting and reinspecting requirements and Division 01 Section "Execution" for requirements for correcting the Work. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.1 DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A. Commercial, Domestic -Water Heater Mounting: Install commercial domestic -water heaters on concrete base. Comply with requirements for concrete base specified in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete ." 1. Exception: Omit concrete bases for commercial domestic -water heaters if installation on stand, bracket, suspended platform, or directly on floor is indicated. 2. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances 3. Arrange units so controls and devices that require servicing are accessible. 4. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 5. For supported equipment, install epoxy -coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 7. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 8. Anchor domestic -water heaters to substrate. 9. Provide drain pan between tank and concrete. B. Install gas -fired, domestic -water heaters according to NFPA 54. 1. Install gas shutoff valves on gas supply piping to gas -fired, domestic -water heaters without shutoff valves. 2. Install gas pressure regulators on gas supplies to gas -fired, domestic -water heaters without gas pressure regulators if gas pressure regulators are required to reduce gas pressure at burner. 3. Install automatic gas valves on gas supplies to gas -fired, domestic -water heaters if required for operation of safety control 4. Comply with requirements for gas shutoff valves, gas pressure regulators, and automatic gas valves specified in Division 23 Section "Facility Natural -Gas Piping." C. Install combination temperature -and -pressure relief valves in top portion of storage tanks. Use relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks Extend commercial -water -heater relief -valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic -water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain. D. Install water -heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill by positive air gap into open drains or over floor drains. Install hose -end drain valves at low points in water piping for domestic -water heaters that do not have tank drains. Comply with requirements for hose -end drain valves specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." E. Install thermometer on outlet piping of domestic -water heaters. Comply with requirements for thermometers specified in Division 22 Section ' Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." F. Assemble and install inlet and outlet piping manifold kits for multiple domestic -water heaters. Fabricate, modify, or arrange manifolds for balanced water flow through each domestic -water heater. Include shutoff valve and thermometer in each domestic -water heater inlet and outlet, and throttling valve in each domestic -water heater outlet. Comply with requirements for valves specified in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping," and comply with FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400-4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 requirements for thermometers specified in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." G. Install piping -type heat traps on inlet and outlet piping of domestic -water heater storage tanks without integral or fitting -type heat traps. Fill domestic -water heaters with water. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for domestic -water piping specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. C. Where installing piping adjacent to fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters, allow space for service and maintenance of water heaters. Arrange piping for easy removal of domestic -water heaters. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper operation 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. Domestic -water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section ' Quality Requirements" for retesting and reinspecting requirements and Division 01 Section "Execution" for requirements for correcting the Work. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain commercial, gas -fired, storage, domestic -water heaters. END OF SECTION FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 223400-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Product Data: For each type of plumbing fixture indicated. Include selected fixture and trim, fittings, accessories, appliances appurtenances, equipment, and supports Indicate materials and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow -control rates. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category through one source from a single manufacturer. Exception: If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single manufacturer obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for that category B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities" for plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures D. NSF Standard Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components --Health Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water. E. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are compatible. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbing fixtures: 1. Stainless Steel Commercial, Handwash Sinks: NSF 2 construction. 2. Vitreous -China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M. 3. Water -Closet, Flush Valve, Tank Trim: ASME A112.19.5. 4. Water -Closet, Flushometer Tank Trim: ASSE 1037. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM A. Refer to fixture schedule on drawings for fixture and trim requirements. B. Available Manufacturers: PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. Vitreous China: ASME A112.19.2M a. American Standard b. Kohler c. Toto d. Zurn Water Closet Seats: a. Bemis b. Church c. Olsonite 3. Stainless Steel Drop -in Sinks: a. Elkay b. Just c. Moen Commercial 4. Service Sinks: a. Eljer b. Fiat c. Acorn d. Mustee e. Zurn 5. Tub Sinks: a. Eagle b. Elkay 6. Flush Valve Fixtures: a. Sloan 7. Lavatory Faucets: a. Moen Commercial b. Toto 8. Service Faucets: a. Delta b. Chicago Faucets c. Moen Commercial d. Speakman e. Toto f. Zurn 9. Lab Faucets and Gas Cocks: a. Chicago Faucets b. Zurn CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 10. Water Coolers: a. Elkay b. Halsey Taylor c. Oasis 11. Wall Hydrants: a. Myfab b. Elkay 12. Emergency/Safety Fixtures: a. Bradley b. Acorn c. Guardian 13. Appliance Connection Boxes: a. Guy Gray b. Oatley c. Wolverine 14. Fixture Carriers and Supports: a. Josam b. Kohler c. Tyler Pipe d. Zurn e. Wade f. Smith g. Watts CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 15. P-trap Insulation covering for ADA Fixtures a. IPS Corp. b. McGuire c. Plumberex. 16. P-traps, Tailpieces, and Escutcheons: a. American Standard b. Elkay c. Kohler d. McGuire e. Moen Commercial f. Sloan g. Zurn. 17. Water supplies and stops: a. American Standard b. Elkay c. Kohler PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. d. McGuire a Moen Commercial f. Nibco g. Sloan h. Watts i. Zurn, 18. Showers: a. Bradley b. Symmons c. Chicago Faucets d. Speakman Company e. Powers f Acorn g. Willoughby 19. Wash Fountains: a. Bradley b. Acorn c. Willoughby PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Examine roughing -in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before plumbing fixture installation. Examine cabinets, counters, floors, and walls for suitable conditions where fixtures will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Assemble plumbing fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers' written instructions. B. Install off -floor supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall -mounting fixtures. 1. Use carrier supports with waste fitting and seal for back -outlet fixtures. 2. Use carrier supports without waste fitting for fixtures with tubular waste piping. 3. Use chair -type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible fixtures. C. Install back -outlet, wall -mounting fixtures onto waste fitting seals and attach to supports. D. Install floor -mounting fixtures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or building substrate. PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Install wall -mounting fixtures with tubular waste piping attached to supports. F. Install floor -mounting back -outlet water closets attached to building floor substrate and wall bracket and onto waste fitting seals. G. Install counter -mounting fixtures in and attached to casework. H. Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing -in drawings. I. Install water -supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. 1. Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valves if supply stops are not specified with fixture. Valves are specified in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping " Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to sanitary drainage system. Install tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly connected to drainage system. Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach. M. Install tanks for accessible, tank -type water closets with lever handle mounted on wide side of compartment. N . Install toilet seats on water closets. Install trap -seal liquid in dry urinals. P . Install faucet -spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. Q . Install water -supply flow -control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop valves. R. Install faucet flow -control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. S . Install shower flow -control fittings with specified maximum flow rates in shower arms. T Install traps on fixture outlets. 1. Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps. 2. Exception: Omit trap on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated. U . Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep -pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Escutcheons are specified in Division 22 Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-5 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 V. Set service basins in leveling bed of cement grout. Grout is specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." W. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and countertops using sanitary -type, one -part, mildew -resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Sealants are specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants.' 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings and specialties. B. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings, and controls. B. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops. C. Install fresh batteries in sensor -operated mechanisms. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean fixtures, faucets and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. Do the following: 1. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers and spouts. 2. Remove sediment and debris from drains. B. After completing installation of exposed, factory -finished fixtures, faucets, and fittings, inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings. B. Do not allow use of plumbing fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 00 00 COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section includes common and individual requirements for the three projects listed herein. 1. New Jones Elementary School - Prairie View, Texas. 2. Roberts Road Elementary School - Waller, Texas. 3. Waller High - Waller, Texas. 1.2 GENERAL A. All manufacturers, suppliers, fabricators, contractors, etc. submitting proposals to any part if for work, services, materials or equipment to be used on or applied to this project are hereby directed to become familiar with all documents pertinent to this Contract. In case of conflict between these Common Mechanical Requirements and the General and/or Special Conditions, the affected Contractor shall contact the Architect/Engineer for clarification 10 days prior to bid for clarification. B. Each Proposer shall also be governed by any unit prices and Addenda insofar as may affect the work or services. C. The work included in this division consists of the furnishing of all labor, equipment, transportation, excavation backfill, supplies, material, appurtenances and services necessary for the satisfactory installation of the complete and operating Mechanical System(s) indicated or specified in the Contract Documents. D. Any materials, labor, equipment or services not mentioned specifically herein which may be necessary to complete or perfect any part of the Mechanical Systems in a substantial manner, in compliance with the requirements stated, implied or intended in the drawings and/or specifications, shall be included as part of this Contract. It is not the intent of this section of the specifications to make any Contractor, other than the General Contractor (or Construction Manager, if applicable) responsible to the Owner, Architect and Engineer. All transactions such as submittal of shop drawings, claims for extra costs requests for equipment or materials substitution, shall be routed through the General Contractor to the Architect (if applicable), then to the Engineer. This section of the specifications shall not be construed as an attempt to arbitrarily assign responsibility of work, material, equipment or services to a particular trade or Contractor. Unless stated otherwise, the subdivision and assignment of work under the various sections shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor (or Construction Manager, if applicable). G. It is the intent of this Contract to deliver to the Owner a new and complete project once work is complete. Although plans and specifications are complete to the extent possible, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractors involved to remove and/or relocate or re -attach any existing or new systems which interfere with new equipment or materials required for the complete installation without additional cost to the Owner COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000-1 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 H. In general, and to the extent possible, all work shall be accomplished without interruption of facility operations. The Contractor shall advise the Owner at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the interruption of any services (gas, water, HVAC, etc ). The Owners shall be advised of the exact time that interruption will occur and the length of time the interruption will last. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in complete work stoppage by the Contractors involved u ntil a complete schedule of interruptions can be developed Each proposer shall give written notice to the Architect/Engineer 10 days prior to the submission of a proposal of any materials or apparatus believed inadequate or unsuitable; in violation of codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations of authorities having jurisdiction; and any n ecessary items of work omitted. In the absence of such written notice, Proposers signify that they have included the cost of all required items in the proposal and that the Proposer will be responsible for the safe and satisfactory operation of the entire system without additional cost to the Owner. 1.3 INTENT A. It is the intention of the Contract Documents to call for finished work, tested and ready for o peration. B. Details not usually shown or specified, but necessary for the proper installation and operation of systems equipment, materials, etc. shall be included in the work, the same as if herein specified or indicated. 1.4 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The drawings are diagrammatic only and indicate the general arrangement of the systems and are to be followed. If deviations from the layouts are necessitated by field conditions detailed layouts of the proposed departures shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval before proceeding with the work. The drawings are not intended to show every item which may be necessary to complete the systems. All proposers shall anticipate that additional items are required without additional cost to the Owner and submit their bid accordingly. B. The drawings and specifications are intended to supplement each other. No Proposer shall take advantage of conflict between them, or between parts of either. This also includes potential conflicts with regards to equipment and material model numbers, part numbers, etc. and respective description and/or performance. Should this condition exist, the Proposer shall request a clarification not less than 10 days prior to the submission of the proposal so that the condition may be clarified by Addendum. In the event that such a condition arises after work is started, the interpretation of the Architect/Engineer shall be final and without additional cost to the Owner. C. The drawings and specifications shall be considered to be cooperative and anything appearing in the specifications which may not be indicated on the drawings or conversely, shall be considered as part of the Contract and must be executed the same as though indicated by both. D. Contractor shall make all necessary and required measurements in the field and shall be responsible for correct fitting. The work shall be coordinated with all other branches of work in such a manner as to cause a minimum of conflict or delay. E. The Architect/Engineer shall reserve the right to make adjustments in location of piping, ductwork, equipment, etc. where such adjustments are in the interest of improving the project. COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000- 2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Unless a formal proposal request is issued, this work shall be performed without additional cost to the Owner. F. Should conflict or overlap (duplication) of work between the various trades become evident, this shall be called to the attention of the Architect/Engineer. In such event neither trade shall assume to be relieved of the work until instructions in writing are received from the Architect/Engineer. G. Unless dimensioned, the mechanical drawings only indicate approximate locations of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. Dimensions given in figures on the drawings shall take precedence over scaled dimensions and all dimensions, whether given in figures or scaled, shall be verified in the field to insure no conflict with other work. Each Proposer shall review all construction drawings including Architectural, Mechanical, Electrical, Fire Protection, Landscaping, Structural, Surveys, etc., to insure that the work does n ot encroach or conflict with or affect the work of others in any way. Where such a condition does occur it shall be the Proposer's responsibility to satisfactorily eliminate any such encroachment conflict prior to the submission of his proposal. I. Each Proposer shall in particular insure that there is adequate space to install the equipment and materials Failure to do so shall result in the correction of such encroachment conflict or effect of any work awarded the proposer and shall be accomplished fully without additional expense to the Owner and that they are reasonably accessible for maintenance Check closely all mechanical and electrical closets, chases, ceiling voids, wall voids, crawl spaces etc., to insure adequate spaces. J. Where on the drawings a portion of the work is drawn out and the remainder is indicated in o utline, or not indicated at all, the parts drawn out shall apply to all other like portions of the work. Where ornamentation or other detail is indicated by starting only, such detail shall be continued throughout the courses or parts in which it occurs and shall also apply to all other similar parts of the work, unless otherwise indicated. K. Details not usually shown or specified, but necessary for the proper installation and operation of systems equipment materials, etc., shall be included in the work without additional cost to the Owner, the same as if herein specified or indicated. Where on the Drawings or Addenda the word typical is used, it shall mean that the work method or means indicated as typical shall be repeated in and each time it occurs whether indicated or n ot. M. Each Proposer shall always check ceiling heights indicated on Architectural Documents and insure they can be installed appropriately and that they may be maintained after all mechanical and electrical equipment is installed. Do not install equipment in the affected area until the conflict is resolved. 1.5 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SUBSTITUTIONS OR DEVIATIONS A. When any Contractor requests approval of materials and/or equipment of different physical size, weight, capacity, function color access, it shall be understood that such substitution, if approved, will be made without additional cost to anyone other than the Contractor requesting the change regardless of changes in connections, space requirements, electrical characteristics, etc. COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. In all cases where substitutions affect other trades, the Contractor requesting such substitutions shall advise all such Contractors of the change and shall compensate them for all necessary changes in their work. Any drawings, specifications, diagram, etc., required to describe and coordinate such substitutions or deviations shall be professionally prepared at the responsible Contractor's expense. C. Review of shop drawings, submittals, etc. by the Architect/Engineer does not in any way absolve the Contractor of the responsibilities of equipment and materials substitutions or deviations. D. Even with any reference in the specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form, or type of construction by name, make or catalog number, such reference shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition; any devices, products, materials, fixtures, forms, or types of construction which, in the judgment of the Architect/Engineer, are equivalent to those specified are acceptable, provided the preceding provisions are met. E. Wherever any equipment and material is specified exclusively only such items shall be used unless substitution is accepted in writing by the Architect/Engineer. F. Each Proposer shall furnish along with the proposal a list of requested equipment and materials which is to be provided. Where several makes are mentioned in the specifications and the Contractor fails to state which they propose to furnish, the Architect/Engineer shall choose any of the makes mentioned without change in price. Inclusion in this list shall not insure that the Architect/Engineers will approve shop drawings unless the equipment, materials, etc., submitted in shop drawings are satisfactorily comparable to the items specified and/or indicated. G. Each proposer shall give written notice to the Architect/Engineer 5 days prior to the submission of a proposal of any materials or apparatus believed inadequate or unsuitable; in violation of codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations of authorities having jurisdiction; and any necessary items of work omitted. In the absence of such written notice, Proposers signify that they have included the cost of all required items in the proposal and that the Proposer will be responsible for the safe and satisfactory operation of the entire system without additional cost to the Owner. 1.6 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONDITIONS A. Each Proposer shall be responsible for the conditions under which the work is to be performed, the site of the work, the structure of the ground, above and below grade, the obstacles that may be encountered, the availability and location of necessary facilities and all relevant matters concerning the work. B. Each Proposer shall also be responsible with all conditions as to ingress and egress, distance of haul from supply points, routes for transportation of materials, facilities and services, availability of utilities, etc. C. The proposal shall cover all expenses or disbursements in connection with such matters and conditions in the Contract. No allowance will be made for lack of knowledge concerning such conditions after bids are accepted. COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTOR AND TRADESMEN A. The installation of all Automatic Sprinkler Systems shall be performed by a specialized contractor normally engaged in such services and in accordance with current State Law. The installation of all Electrical Work shall be performed by licensed electricians and in accordance with current Local and State Codes 1.8 SUPERVISION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall personally supervise the work for which they are responsible or have a competent superintendent, approved by the Architect/Engineers, on the work at all times during progress with full authority to act on behalf of the Contractor. 1.9 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. All equipment, materials and articles incorporated in the work shall be new and of comparable quality to that specified. Each Proposer shall determine that the materials and/or equipment he proposes to furnish can be brought into the building(s) and installed within the space available. In certain cases, it may be necessary to remove and replace walls, floors and/or ceilings and this work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All equipment shall be installed so that all parts are readily accessible for inspection, maintenance, replacement of filters, etc. Extra compensation will not be allowed for relocation of equipment for accessibility or for dismantling equipment to obtain entrance into the building(s). Insure, through coordination that no other Contractor seals off access to space required for equipment materials, etc. B. Use extreme care in the selection of equipment and its installation to insure that noise and vibration are kept at a minimum. The Architect/Engineer's determination shall be final and corrections to such discrepancies shall be made at the cost of the Contractor. Each length of pipe, fitting, trap, fixture and device used in the plumbing or drainage systems shall be stamped or indelibly marked with the weight or quality thereof and with the manufacturer's mark or name All equipment shall bear the manufacturer's name and address. All electrically operated equipment shall bear a data plate indicating required horsepower, voltage phase and ampacity Pumps shall have a data plate indicating horsepower, static pressure head and flow rate. 1.10 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. The Contractor shall give full cooperation to all other trades and shall furnish in writing with copies to the Architect/Engineer, any information necessary to permit the work of other trades to be installed satisfactorily and with the least possible interference or delay. B. Where any work is to be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with work of other trades, each shall cooperate in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment without additional charge. C. The Contractor shall furnish to other trades, as required, all necessary templates, patterns, setting plans, and shop details for the proper installation of work and for the purpose of coordinating adjacent work. COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.11 CLEANING CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. The Contractor shall, at all times, keep the area of their work presentable to the public and clean of rubbish and debris caused by operations; and at the completion of the work, shall remove all rubbish, debris, all of his tools, equipment, temporary work and surplus materials from and about the premises, and shall leave the area clean and ready for use. B. If the Contractor does not attend to cleaning upon request, the Architect/Engineer may cause cleaning to be done by others and charge the cost of same to the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage from fire which originates in, or is propagated by, accumulations of the Contractor's rubbish or debris. After completion of all work and before final acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials and shall remove all foreign matter such as grease, dirt, plaster labels, stickers, etc., from the exterior of piping, equipment, fixtures and all other associated or adjacent fabrication. Ductwork and piping shall be kept clean at all times. Ductwork stored on the job site shall be placed a minimum of 4" above the floor and shall be completely covered in plastic Installed ductwork shall be protected with plastic. Do not install the ductwork if the building is not "dried - in". If this is required, the entire lengths of duct shall be covered in plastic to protect. The Owner/Architect/Engineer shall periodically inspect that these procedures are followed. If deemed unacceptable, the Contractor shall be required to clean the duct system utilizing a NADCA certified Contractor. Refer to ductwork specification for other reuirements. 1.12 CODES, RULES, PERMITS, FEES, INSPECTIONS, REGULATIONS, ETC. A. The Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain and pay for all permits, government sales taxes, fees, inspections and other costs, including all utility connections, meters, meter settings, taps tap fees, extensions, etc. in connection with his work. B. The Contractor shall file all necessary plans, pay necessary fees, prepare all documents and obtain all necessary approvals of all governmental departments and/or the appropriate municipality or utility company having jurisdiction, whether indicated or specified or not. This shall include boiler submittals, kitchen range hood submittals, plumbing submittals, health department submittals, fuel oil submittals etc. C. The Contractor shall obtain all required certificates of inspection for the work and deliver same to the Architect/Engineer before request for acceptance and final payment for the work. D. Ignorance of Codes, Rules, Regulations, Laws, etc. shall not render the Contractor irresponsible for compliance. The Contractor shall be versed in all Codes, Rules and Regulations pertinent to the work prior to submission of a proposal. The Contractor shall include in the work, without extra cost, any labor, materials, services, apparatus and drawings in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, whether or not indicated or specified. F. All materials furnished and all work installed shall comply with the National Fire Codes of the National Fire Protection Association, with the requirements of local utility companies, or municipalities and with the requirements of all governmental agencies having jurisdiction. COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000-6 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 G. All materials and equipment so indicated and all equipment and materials for the electrical portion of the mechanical systems shall bear the approval label of, or shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories (UL), Incorporated. Each packaged assembly shall be approved as a package. Approval of components of a package shall not be acceptable. H. All plumbing work is to be constructed and installed in accordance with applicable codes, plans and specifications which have been approved in their entirety and/or reflect any changes requested by the State Department of Health. Plumbing work shall not commence until such plans are in the possession of the Plumbing Contractor and on the job site. I. All Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning work shall be accomplished in accordance with the Building Code and amendments thereto, the latest standards recognized by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning and the National Fire Protection Association. J. The Contractor shall furnish three (3) copies of all Final Inspection Certificates obtained to the Architect/Engineer when work is complete. Final payment for work will be contingent upon compliance with this requirement. Where minimum code requirements are exceeded in the Design, the Design shall govern. L The Contractor shall insure that the work is accomplished in accordance with the OSHA Standards. All work relating to the handicapped shall be in accord with regulations currently enforced by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. N . All work in relation to domestic water systems shall, in addition to all other Codes, Rules, Regulations and Standards, be in compliance with the requirements of the local water utility company. All work in relation to the installation of sanitary or storm sewers shall, in addition to all other Codes, Rules Regulations and Standards, be in compliance with the requirements of the local water utility company P . Discharge of any toxic, odorous or otherwise noxious materials, refrigerants, etc. into the atmosphere or any system shall be subject to regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and/or the local air pollution control commission. If in doubt, contact the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). Q . All pressure vessel installations shall comply with the State, and/or Federal Code applicable. A Certificate of Final Boiler Inspection shall be required. R. All work in conjunction with a natural gas installation shall, in addition to all other Codes, Rules, Regulations, Standards, etc., comply with the requirements of the local gas supplier and/or standards and recommendations of the American Gas Association 1.13 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall insure that any deviations from the Design as they occur are recorded in red, erasable pencil on record drawings kept at the jobsite. Keep information in a set of drawings set aside at the job site especially for this purpose and deliver to the Architect/Engineers upon completion of the work. COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000-7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. The Architect/Engineer shall review the record documents from time to time to insure compliance with this specification. Compliance shall be a contingency of final payment. C. Pay particular attention to the location of under floor sanitary and water lines, shut-off valves, cleanouts and other appurtenances important to the maintenance and operation of Mechanical Systems. P ay particular attention to deviations in the control systems and all exterior utilities. E. All underground utilities/piping installed as part of this project shall be surveyed by a land surveyor licensed in the State the project is being constructed. The survey shall be furnished on a compact disc in AutoCAD '.dwg" format and " pdf" format. Also furnish one Mylar copy. 1.14 TEMPORARY SERVICES A. The Contractor shall arrange any temporary water, electrical and other services which may be required to accomplish the work. The Contractor shall not rely on the permanent services of the P roject for their use as temporary services during construction. Refer also to General and S pecial Conditions. 1.15 TEMPORARY USE OF EQUIPMENT A. The permanent heating and plumbing equipment, when installed, may be used for temporary services, with the consent of the Architect/Engineer. Should the permanent systems be used for this purpose the Contractor shall make all temporary connections required at their expense The Contractor shall also make any replacement required due to damage wear and tear, etc. leaving the same in new condition. B. Permission to use the permanent equipment does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for any damages to the building construction and/or equipment which might result because of its use. C. A pre -start-up conference shall be held with the Architect, Owner, General Contractor and the Mechanical Contractor. Equipment shall not be started until after this meeting. D. During all phases of construction: 1. Air Handling Units: a. At a minimum, four complete sets of filter media are required for each unit. In each unit, install two sets of filter media during construction (more shall be required if construction activities dictate more frequent changes). In each unit install one set of filter media at substantial completion. Leave one set of filter media in boxes in appropriate mechanical room as a spare set for the Owner. All other filters shall be used by the Contractor during construction. Dispose of all construction filter media. b. On the outside of all return air openings install a minimum of two sets of fiberglass filter media, such as cheesecloth, to be utilized as pre filters for the "construction" filters. Install first set upon start-up and then install second set when first set is dirty. Dispose of all dirty construction filters. Change filters as often as necessary to keep units from becoming dirty at no additional cost. COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 c. At substantial completion of the project the entire unit shall be cleaned to present a like "new" unit for the Owner and all filters shall be replaced with new. 2. Outside Air Units: a. These units shall not be used for temporary heating and cooling by the Contractor. They shall, however, be made operational, tested, etc. as specified during construction by the Contractor. Three complete sets of filters are required for each unit. In each unit, install one set of filters during construction. In each unit, install one set of filters at substantial completion. For each unit, leave third set of filters in boxes in appropriate mechanical room as a spare set for the Owner. Dispose of all construction filters. b. At substantial completion of the project the entire unit shall be cleaned to present a like "new" unit for the Owner and all filters shall be replaced with new. E. The contractor shall be allowed to use the above mentioned units and its associated ductwork provided the following conditions are met. 1. The return air ductwork main shall be disconnected above the ceiling to utilize the space above the ceiling as a plenum during construction. This shall prevent the return air ductwork from being used. 2. Pleated fiberglass filter media (25% efficient) shall be installed at all of the inlets of each air handling unit. A differential pressure gauge shall be installed and the filter media shall be changed whenever a 1.0" wg pressure differential is present across the filter media This shall be reviewed and recorded daily by the Contractor. The contractor is responsible for any temporary duct modifications as required to install the filter media. 3. The Contractor shall replace all filter media with new and connect all ductwork to the units prior to the start of balancing any duct systems. 4. Upon completion of the project the entire unit shall be cleaned to present a like "new" unit for the owner and all filters shall be replaced with new. 1.16 SURVEY, MEASUREMENTS AND GRADE A. The Contractor shall lay out the work and be responsible for all necessary lines, levels, elevations and measurements. The Contractor must verify the figures shown on the drawings before laying out the work and shall be held responsible for any error resulting from failure to do so B. The Contractor shall base all measurements, both horizontal and vertical from established bench marks. All work shall agree with these established lines and levels. Verify all measurements at the site and check the correctness of same as related to the work. C. Should the Contractor discover any discrepancy between actual measurements and those indicated which prevents following good practice or the intent of the contract documents, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect/Engineer and shall not proceed with this work until the Contractor has received instructions from the Architect/Engineer on the disposition of the work. 1.17 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for all material and equipment furnished in connection with the work and special care shall be taken to properly protect all parts thereof COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 from damage during the construction period. Such protection shall be by a means acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. All piping, etc., shall be properly plugged or capped during construction in a manner approved by the Architect/Engineer. Equipment damaged stolen or vandalized while stored on site, either before or after installation, shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense. 1.18 EQUIPMENT SUPPORT A. Each piece of equipment, apparatus, piping, or conduit suspended from the ceiling or mounted above the floor level shall be provided with suitable structural support, pipe stand, platform or carrier in accordance with the best recognized practice. Such supporting or mounting means shall be provided by the Contractor for all equipment and piping. Exercise extreme care that structural members of building are not overloaded by such equipment. Provide any required additional bracing, cross members, angles, support, etc. 1.19 DUCT AND PIPE MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. All exposed or concealed ductwork piping, etc., shall be held as high as possible unless otherwise noted and coordinated with all other trades. Exposed piping and ductwork shall, insofar as possible, routed perpendicular or parallel to the building structure. 1.20 ACCESSIBILITY AND ACCESS DOORS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the sufficiency of the size of shafts and chases, the adequate clearance in double partitions and hung ceilings for the proper installation of the work. The Contractor shall cooperate with all others whose work is in the same space. Such spaces and clearances shall, however, be kept to the minimum size required. C. The Contractor shall locate and install all equipment so that it may be serviced, and maintained as recommended by the manufacturer Allow ready access and removal of the entire unit and/or parts such as coils, valves, filters fan belts, motors, prime shafts, etc. D. The Contractor shall include in the bid any and all ceiling and wall access panels for each concealed shut-off valve, motorized control damper, manual air damper or other device requiring service as required whether indicated or not on the plans. Locations of these panels shall be identified by the Contractor for acceptance by Architect in sufficient time to be installed in the normal course of work. E. Extra charges for ceiling and wall access panels will not be accepted! 1.21 FINAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor shall finally connect to mechanical services (water, waste, gas, and air), any terminal equipment, appliances, etc., provided under this and other divisions of the work. Such connections shall be made in strict accord with current codes, safety regulations and the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 00 - 10 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.22 REQUIRED CLEARANCE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. The NEC has specific required clearances above, in front, and around electrical gear, panels etc. B. The Contractor shall not install any piping, ductwork, etc., in the required clearance. If any appurtenance is located in the NEC required clearance, it shall be relocated without additional cost to the Owner. 1.23 NOISE, VIBRATION OR OSCILLATION A. All work shall operate under all conditions of load without any sound or vibration which is objectionable in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer. In case of moving machinery, sound or vibration noticeable outside of room in which it is installed, or annoyingly noticeable inside its own room, will be considered objectionable. Sound or vibration conditions considered objectionable by the Architect/Engineer shall be corrected in an approved manner at the Contractor's expense. B. All equipment subject to vibration and/or oscillation shall be mounted on vibration supports whether indicated or not suitable for the purpose of minimizing noise and vibration transmission, and shall be isolated from external connections such as piping, ducts, etc. by means of flexible connectors, vibration absorbers, or other approved means. Unitary equipment, such as small room heating units, small exhaust fans, etc , shall be rigidly braced and mounted to wall, floor or ceiling as required and tightly gasketed and sealed to mounting surface to prevent air leakage and to obtain quiet operation Flush and surface mounted equipment such as diffusers, grilles, etc., shall be gasketed and affixed tightly to their mounting surface. C. The Contractor shall provide supports for all equipment they furnish. Supports shall be liberally sized and adequate to carry the load of the equipment and the loads of attached equipment, piping, etc. All equipment shall be securely fastened to the structure either directly or indirectly through supporting members by means of bolts or equally effective means. If strength of supporting structural members is questionable, contact the Project Structural Engineer. 1 24 EQUIPMENT/CONTROLS STARTUP & VERIFICATION A. A pre -start-up conference shall be held with the Architect, Owner, General Contractor, Mechanical Contractor, Electrical Contractor, Controls Contractor, Test and Balance Contractor, and any manufacturer's providing startup services. The purpose of this meeting will be discuss the goals, procedures, etc. for start-up Equipment and controls startup and verification shall be required for this project. 1. A specific line -item shall be included on the schedule of values by each Trade for "equipment and controls startup". 2. This line -item value shall be approved by the Architect/Engineer. Draws against this line - item shall not occur until verification has been performed by the Architect/Engineer. 3. The Architect/Engineer, Owner and the Architect/Engineer's Field Inspectors shall closely monitor progress and quality of the equipment and controls startup and may withhold pay requests as deemed appropriate 4. Final payment shall be contingent upon receipt of completed and approved checklists. COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 00 - 11 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. The Contractor shall include in the bid to provide equipment and controls startup and verification for all mechanical systems specified for this project 1. Specific startup/verification specifications are included throughout the Mechanical specifications 2. In general, as part of the verification process, equipment suppliers shall perform 'manufacturer" start-up by their factory authorized technicians (not third party contractors) and shall complete and submit start-up reports/checklists. Submit factory start-up reports to the Architect/Engineer. This shall include all equipment have start-up forms at the end of this section. 3. The contractor shall have appropriate trades on site to correct all deficiencies noted by the factory representative. For each deficiency noted, documentation of corrective action (including date and time) shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer and Owner. 4. Where factory start-up is not specified for a particular piece of equipment or system, the Contractor shall be responsible to perform start-up per the manufacturer's recommended procedures. D. Many pieces of equipment and systems are specified with "manufacturer" startup. 1. In general, the manufacturer's recommended startup procedures and checklists will be acceptable for use in the project. 2. Where ' manufacturer' startup is not specified, then this Contractor shall perform startup services in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures. 3. All startup/verification process shall be thoroughly documented by the Contractor and shall include the time and date when performed. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparation and completion of System Verification Checklist (SVC) / Manufacturer's Checklists that are included in this section. These forms are separate and independent of start-up reports required to be completed by the equipment vendor and must be completed prior to manufacturer start-up. 1. Furnish to the Testing Agent and Architect/Engineer. 2. Sample checklists shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer, Owner, and Testing Agent for approval. 1.25 HVAC CONTRACTOR START-UP FORMS A. Refer to attached. COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000-12 ZCA+ HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 HVAC CONTRACTOR START-UP FORM Air Handling Unit PROJECT: Equipment Nameifag: Location: System. Area Served: Related Equipment: ITEM 4 COMMENTS I'ItE-STAitT-Ui' INSPECTION Commissioning lock -out procedures reviewed Operation and maintenance information Mounting/support system and vibration isolation Equipment guards Alignment & \''-belt tension Freedom of rotation Lubrication Plenums clean and free of loose material Temporary start-up filters Fire & balance dampers positioned Duct system tested and cleaned Access doors, Insulation and interior lights 1 ocal valuing/piping (tins, ('IIWs, steam, condensate, dinins) Drain pans Heating and cooling coils Failed position of heating coil valve -open to coil Failed position of cooling coil valve -closed to coil Outside air, return air and mixed air dampers Building & Ian room cleanliness Filter hank, 1W switch gauge and photohelics Electrical wiring complete Motor rated for VSD service Overload protection (sized correctly) Disconnect switch (tested) Instrumentation (lrmpRraturc, volunw, pre: ur4' & humidity ) Control system - point to point cheeks complete Pre -start checks by: Date: Start-up checks by: Date: print name signature COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000-13 ZCA+ HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 HVAC CONTRACTOR START-UP FORM Chiller tttttvtt PROJECT: Equipment NamerTag: Location: System/Area Served: Related Equipment: • ITEM si COMMENTS PRE -START-UP INSPECTION Operation and maintenance information Mounting/support system Maintenance clearance Local tanks, valving/piping make-up water correct and identification). (including expansion Pressurization and leak tests Supplier (report attached) pre -start (including charging the system) Chemical cleaning and treatment (report attached) Insulation/ Iaggint, Refrigerant relief valve Temperature and pressure gauges Flow switches - safety interlocks Temperature sensors - safety interlocks UL and ASME approvals C'ontrolldiagnostic/programmable module setpuutt DDC and alai interface and m output` demand with limiter specified analogue points inputs, e.g and chilled '%, load, water run status Electrical wiring Overload protection (sized correctly) Disconnect switch (tested) Control system - point to point checks complete Pre -start checks by: Date: Slat t-up checks by: Date: !:&'r ]turn print name COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 00 - 14 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 HVAC CONTRACTOR START-UP FORM Heating and Cooling Coils • SULit?t?" ►.' PROJECT: Equipment Name/Tag: Location: System/Area Served: Related I?quipment: ITEM ¶ COMMENTS PRE -START-UP INSPECTION M Mounting/support system B Building & fan room cleanliness P Plenums clean and free of loose material D Duct system tested and cleaned I.ncal Nralvingipiping (IIWS, (*II\vs, steam, condensate, drains) D Drain pans C Coils clean, tins straight and not damaged or corroded. W Water system cleaned & treated (report attached) Strainers - construction screens removed. F Failed position of heating coil valve -open to coil F Failed position of cooling coil valve -closed to coil C Control system - point to point checks complete Pre -start checks by: Start-up checks by: print name signature I)ate: [)ate: COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 00 - 15 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 HVAC CONTRACTOR START-UP FORM Cooling Tower PROJECT: Equipment NameiTag: Location: System/Area Served: Related Equipment: ITEM COMMENTS PRE; -START-UP INSPECTION Operation and maintenance information N'lounting!support system/vibration isolation Maintenance clearance and access panels Local valving/piping correct (including make up water, meter, back Ilow prevenlcr and idcntilication). Cooling tower leak test Sump clean and free of loose material Rlowdown, drain and overflow system Chemical cleaning & treatment (report attached) Temperature gauges Temperature sensors Vibration sensor Sump heater aqua tat. Sump heater, low water and high temp. cutout. I .uhrication High and low speed motors (or VSD) Motor guards. Sheaves and belts, alignment and tension Freedom of rotation Electrical wiring (complete) Civet load protection (sized correctly) Disconnect switch (tested) Local control panel with DDC interface (Control system - point to point checks complete Pre -start checks by: Date: Start-up checks by: Date: pint ewes! s, unah_ u) COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 00 -- 16 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 HVAC CONTRACTOR START-UP FORM Exhaust Fan PROJECT: Equipment Name/Tag: Location: System/Area Served: Related Equipment: ITEM PRE -START-UP INSPECTION Commissioning lock -out procedures reviewed Operation and maintenance information Mounting/support system and vibration isolation Flexible connections Equipment guards Alignment & V-belt tension Freedom of rotation Lubrication Plenum volute clean and free of loose material Duct system tested and cleaned Fire & balance dampers positioned Exhaust louvers tested (gravity or motorized) Electrical wiring Motor rated for VSD service Overload protection (sized correctly) Disconnect switch (tested) Control system - point to point checks complete COMMENTS Ike -start checks by: Date: Start-up checks by: Date: print name Y volute COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000-17 ZCA + H B L CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 U V A CC CONTRACTOR START-UP FORM Pum s PltOJEC'T: Ii:gtiipment Name/Tag: System/Area Served: IIclatccl 1_quipinent: I .c)catil)n: ITEM PIZE-START-UP INSPECTION Opel ation and maintenance information Pitying and valving \'lc)nnling;stippo t systen) and VIbIatll)il isolation I'rtct.Ioi 1 0r I Otatitn I ubrication COMMENTS Lk ctt ical wit iug ( )vei load protection ( sized correctly) Disconnect switch (tested) Control system - point to point checks complete Pre start checks by: Date: Stat t• up checks by: Date: print n.3mn =,;t)111uru COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 00 - 18 ZCA+ HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 HVAC CONTRACTOR START-UP FORM AHU or OA Fan PROJECT: Equipment Name/Tag: Location: System/Area Served: Related Equipment: ITEM sj COMMENTS PRE -START-UP INSPECTION Operation and maintenance information Mounting/support system and vibration isolation F Flexible connections F Freedom of rotation L Lubrication D Duct system tested and cleaned F Fire & balance dampers positioned B Building & fan room cleanliness Electrical wiring Motor rated for VSI) service Overload protection (sized correctly) D Disconnect switch (tested) Control system - point to point checks complete Pre -start checks by: Start-up checks by: Ord I MO s gnatuic Date: Date: COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000-19 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 H V A C CONTRACTOR START-UP FORM Terminal Boxes PRO.1EC'"1': Equipment Name/ l'ag: Location: Sy,`tem/Atea Served: Related kquipuient: PRE -START-UP INSPECTION [heck tltc following equipment tin: local ductwork maim( nance access damper operation sensor location and operation Building cleanliness hilt 11) Room Mg Coil Ducting Ilrc. Cont. Mounting Support I\tainf. access operation Damper Airflow Sensor 'Tenth. Sensor Pre -start cheeks 1w. Star t up checks by: (:) :tits,•. Dale: Date: COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 00 - 20 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 PART 2 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION COMMON MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230000-21 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 05 13 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose, on motors for use on ac power tems up to horizontal,small latedium, equ pmentrrel-cage manufacturer's 'factory or shipped separately by equipment 600 V manufacturer for field installation. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1. Motor controllers. 2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the Toad. 3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are specified in HVAC equipment schedules or Sections. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet above sea level. B. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. 2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORS A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. B. Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1. COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513-1 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS C. Service Factor: 1.15. Project No. 1506 D. Multispeed Motors: Variable torque. 1 For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed. E. Multispeed Motors: Separate winding for each speed. F. Rotor: Random -wound, squirrel cage. G. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. H. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating. I. Insulation: Class H. J. Code Letter Designation: 1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. 2. Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic. K. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T . 2.4 POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Motors Used with Reduced Voltage and Multispeed Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method B. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers• Ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer. 1. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture -resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse -width modulated inverters. 2. Premium -Efficient Motors: Class B temperature rise; Class H insulation. 3. Inverter -Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation. 4. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors. 2.5 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS A. Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: 1. Permanent -split capacitor. 2. Split phase. 3. Capacitor start, inductor run. 4. Capacitor start, capacitor run. B. Multispeed Motors: Variable -torque, permanent -split -capacitor type. COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513-2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS CMTA, Inc. PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. D. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded -pole type. E. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when iwinding teanal- rote tion device shallature exceeds a fe value calibrated to temperature automatically reset when motor temperatgurefret motor insulation. Therm p to normal range. 2.6 EC Motors - Brushless DC motors. - Provide as Scheduled. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 05 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Sleeve -seal systems. 3. Grout. 12 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Galvanized -Steel -Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends. 2.2 GROUT A. Standard. ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230517-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS a. PException: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas oject No. or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 2. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve -seal system. B. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.2 SLEEVE SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping -penetration applications: 1. Concrete Slabs above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized steel -pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. END OF SECTION SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230517-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 05 18 ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: spring -clip fasteners. C. Split -Casting Brass Type: With setscrew PART 3 - EXECUTION ESCUTCHEONS One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With polished, chrome -plated finish and setscrew fastener. Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with chrome -plated finish and polished, chrome -plated finish and with concealed hinge and 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep -pattern type. Chrome -Plated Piping One-piece cast -brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped -steel type . d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast - brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. a. b. ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING 230518-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, c st-brass ss type with polished, chrome -plated finish. f. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass type with finish. g. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms. One-piece, cast -brass type with finish. 2. Escutcheons for Existing Piping: a. Chrome -Plated Piping: Split -casting brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. b. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split -casting brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish c. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split -casting brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. d. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split -casting brass type with finish. e. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms. Split -casting brass type with finish C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment -room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping: One-piece, floor -plate type. 2. Existing Piping: Split -casting, floor -plate type. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials. END OF SECTION ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING 230518-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 23 05 19 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING A. Section Includes: 1. Bimetallic -actuated thermometers. 2. Filled -system thermometers. 3. Thermowells. 4. Dial -type pressure gages. 5. Gage attachments. 6. Test plugs. 7. Impeller -turbine, thermal -energy meters. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BIMETALLIC -ACTUATED THERMOMETERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Ashcroft Inc. 2. Ernst Flow Industries. 3. Marsh Bellofram. 4. Miljoco Corporation. 5. Nanmac Corporation. 6. Noshok. 7. Palmer Wahl Instrumentation Group. 8. REOTEMP Instrument Corporation. 9 TeI-Tru Manufacturing Company. 10. Trerice, H. O. Co. 11. Watts Regulator Co.; a div. of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 12. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 13. WIKA Instrument Corporation - USA. 14. Winters Instruments - U.S Standard: ASME B40.200. C. Case& Liquid -filled type(s); stainless steel with 3-inch nominal diameter. D. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings and scales in deg F . E. Connector Type(s): Union joint, adjustable angle , with unified -inch screw threads. F. Connector Size* 1/2 inch , with ASME B1.1 screw threads. G. Stem. 0.25 or 0.375 inch in diameter; stainless steel. METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519-1 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS H. Window: Plain glass Project No. 1506 I. Ring: Stainless steel. J. Element: Bimetal coil. K. Pointer: Dark -colored metal. L. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1.5 percent of scale range. 2.2 DUCT -THERMOMETER MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Description: Flanged bracket with screw holes, for attachment to air duct and made to hold thermometer stem. 2.3 THERMOWELLS A. Thermowells: 1. Standard: ASME B40.200. 2. Description: Pressure -tight, socket -type fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting. 3. Material for Use with Copper Tubing: CNR . 4. Material for Use with Steel Piping: CRES . 5. Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated. 6. External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1 ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. 7. Internal Threads: 1/2, 3/4, and 1 inch, with ASME B1 1 screw threads 8. Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 9. Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 10. Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing. 11. Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of thermometer connection. B. Heat -Transfer Medium: Mixture of graphite and glycerin . 2.4 PRESSURE GAGES A. Direct Mounted, Metal -Case, Dial -Type Pressure Gages: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge. b. Ashcroft Inc. c. Ernst Flow Industries. d. Flo Fab Inc. e. Marsh Bellofram. f. Miljoco Corporation. g. Noshok. h. Palmer Wahl Instrumentation Group. i. REOTEMP Instrument Corporation. METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 j. TeI-Tru Manufacturing Company. k. Trerice, H. O. Co. I. Watts Regulator Co.; a div. of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. m. Weiss Instruments, Inc. n. WIKA Instrument Corporation - USA. o. Winters Instruments - U.S 2. Standard: ASME B40.100. 3. Case Liquid -filled type(s); cast aluminum or drawn steel ; 4-1/2-inch nominal diameter. 4. Pressure -Element Assembly: Bourdon tube unless otherwise indicated. 5. Pressure Connection: Brass, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 , ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and bottom -outlet type unless back -outlet type is indicated. 6. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 7. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in psi . 8. Pointer: Dark -colored metal. 9. Window: Glass . 10. Ring Brass . 11. Accuracy: Grade Al plus or minus 1 percent of middle half of scale range. 2.5 GAGE ATTACHMENTS A. Snubbers: ASME B40.100, brass; with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 , ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and piston -type surge -dampening device. Include extension for use on insulated piping. B. Siphons: Loop -shaped section of brass pipe with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 pipe threads. C. Valves: Brass ball, with NPS 1/4, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. 2.6 TEST PLUGS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Flow Design, Inc. 2. Miljoco Corporation. 3. National Meter, Inc. 4. Peterson Equipment Co., Inc. 5. Sisco Manufacturing Company, Inc. 6. Trence, H O. Co. 7. Watts Regulator Co.; a div. of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 8. Weiss Instruments, Inc. Description: Test -station fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting. Body: Brass or stainless steel with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap. Include extended stem on units to be installed in insulated piping. D. Thread Size NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. E. Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 500 psig at 200 deg F . METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 F. Core Inserts: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic and EPDM self-sealing rubber. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install thermowells with socket extending to center of pipe and in vertical position in piping tees. B. Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Include bushings if required to match sizes. C. Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping. D. Fill thermowells with heat -transfer medium. E. Install direct mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted positions. F. Install remote -mounted thermometer bulbs in thermowells and install cases on panels; connect cases with tubing and support tubing to prevent kinks. Use minimum tubing length. G. Install duct -thermometer mounting brackets in walls of ducts. Attach to duct with screws. H. Install direct mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at the most readable position. I. Install remote -mounted pressure gages on panel. J. Install valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gage for fluids (except steam). K. Install valve and syphon fitting in piping for each pressure gage for steam. L. Install test plugs in piping tees. M. Install flow indicators in piping systems in accessible positions for easy viewing. N . Assemble and install connections, tubing, and accessories between flow -measuring elements and flowmeters according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install flowmeter elements in accessible positions in piping systems. P . Install wafer -orifice flowmeter elements between pipe flanges. Q . Install differential -pressure -type flowmeter elements, with at least minimum straight lengths of pipe, upstream and downstream from element according to manufacturer's written instructions. R. Install permanent indicators on walls or brackets in accessible and readable positions. S . Install connection fittings in accessible locations for attachment to portable indicators. T. Mount thermal -energy meters on wall if accessible; if not, provide brackets to support meters. METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 U. Install thermometers in the following locations: 1. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic boiler. 2. Two inlets and two outlets of each chiller. 3. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil in air -handling units. 4. Two inlets and two outlets of each hydronic heat exchanger. 5. Outside-, return-, supply-, and mixed air ducts. V. Install pressure gages in the following locations: 1. Discharge of each pressure -reducing valve. 2. Inlet and outlet of each chiller chilled -water and condenser -water connection. 3. Suction and discharge of each pump. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance of meters, gages, machines, and equipment. B. Connect flowmeter-system elements to meters. C. Connect flowmeter transmitters to meters. D. Connect thermal -energy meter transmitters to meters. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation, calibrate meters according to manufacturer's written instructions. Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility. 3.4 THERMOMETER SCHEDULE A. Thermometers at inlets and outlets of each chiller shall be the following: 1. Liquid -filled , bimetallic -actuated type. B. Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil in air -handling units and built-up central systems shall be the following' 1. Liquid -filled , bimetallic -actuated type. C. Thermometers at outside-, return-, supply-, and mixed air ducts shall be the following: 1. Liquid -filled , bimetallic -actuated type. D. Thermometer stems shall be of length to match thermowell insertion length. 3.5 THERMOMETER SCALE -RANGE SCHEDULE A. Scale Range for Chilled -Water Piping: 0 to 100 deg F. METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519-5 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS B. Scale Range for Chilled/Hot-Water Pi ping: 9: 0 to 150 deg F. Project No. 1506 C. Scale Range for Geothermal Piping: 0 to 150 deg F. D. Scale Range for Heating, Hot -Water Piping: 20 to 240 deg F. E. Scale Range for Air Ducts: 0 to 150 deg F and minus 20 to plus 70 deg C. 3.6 PRESSURE -GAGE SCHEDULE A. Pressure gages at discharge of each pressure -reducing valve shall be the following: 1. Liquid -filled , direct -mounted, metal case. B. Pressure gages at inlet and outlet of each chiller chilled -water and condenser -water connection shall be the following• 1. Liquid -filled , direct -mounted, metal case. C. Pressure gages at suction and discharge of each pump shall be the following: 1. Liquid -filled , direct -mounted, metal case. 3.7 PRESSURE -GAGE SCALE -RANGE SCHEDULE A. Scale Range for Chilled -Water Piping: 0 to 160 psi and 0 to 1100 kPa. B. Scale Range for Heating, Hot -Water Piping: 0 to 160 psi and 0 to 1100 kPa. END OF SECTION METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230519-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze ball valves. 2. Iron, single -flange butterfly valves. 3. Iron, grooved end butterfly valves. 4. Bronze swing check valves. 5. Iron swing check valves. 6. Iron gate valves. 7. Bronze globe valves. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 HVAC piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only. 2. Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber. C. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber. NRS: Nonrising stem. E. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke. F. RS: Rising stem. G. SWP: Steam working pressure. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 2. ASME B31.1 for power piping valves. 3. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends 3. Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling. 4. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. 5. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. 6. Block check valves in either closed or open position. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. PART 2 - PRODUCTS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Refer to HVAC valve schedule articles for applications of valves. B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. C. Valve Sizes• Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Gear Actuator: Install on all butterfly valves located in the central plant. Install on all valves 4-inch size and larger. 2. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter -turn types. 3. Wrench: For plug valves with square heads. Furnish Owner with 1 wrench for every 10 plug valves, for each size square plug -valve head. E. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch stem extensions and the following features: 1. Gate Valves: With rising stem. 2. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non thermal -conductive material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation. 3. Butterfly Valves: With extended neck. Valve -End Connections: GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 - 2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Flanged* With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves. Grooved: With grooves according to AWWA C606. 2.2 BRONZE BALL VALVES A. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Stainless -Steel Trim: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Hammond Valve. b. Kitz Corporation c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. e. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating 150 psig c. CWP Rating 600 psig d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Bronze. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE or TFE. h. Stem: Stainless steel. i. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. j. Port. Full. 2.3 IRON, SINGLE -FLANGE BUTTERFLY VALVES 150 CWP, Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves with EPDM Seat and Aluminum -Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Hammond Valve. b. Kitz Corporation. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. e. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. b. CWP Rating 150 psig. c. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. e. Seat: EPDM GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 f Stem. One- or two-piece stainless steel. g. Disc: Aluminum bronze. 2.4 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES A. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Hammond Valve. b. Kitz Corporation. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. e. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3. b. CWP Rating 200 psig. c. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: Bronze 2.5 BRONZE GATE VALVES A. Class 125, RS Bronze Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Hammond Valve. b. Kitz Corporation. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC e. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2. b. CWP Rating 200 psig. c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw -in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint. e. Stem. Bronze. f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron. GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.6 BRONZE GLOBE VALVES A. Class 125 and Class 150, Bronze Globe Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Hammond Valve. b. Kitz Corporation. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. e. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw -in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint. e. Stem and Disc: Bronze f. Packing: Asbestos free. Handwheel: Malleable iron. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully dosed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523-5 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. Project No. 1506 E. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated or valve type indicated on drawings, use the following: 1. Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly, or gate valves. 2. Butterfly Valve Dead End Service: Single -flange (lug) type. a. Provide gear driven actuators where indicated on the drawings and in this specification. B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Solder -joint except where except where indicated otherwise. 2. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends. 3. For Grooved End Steel Piping: Valve ends may be grooved. END OF SECTION GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Thermal -hanger shield inserts. 4. Fastener systems. 5. Pipe stands. 6. Equipment supports. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 05 29 HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Trapeze pipe hanger and equipment support design is the responsibility of the Contractor, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon -Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports. 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-1 E. ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. B. Stainless -Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. 2. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 3. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel. C. Copper Pipe Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper -coated steel, factory -fabricated components. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper -coated steel. 2.2 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made from structural carbon -steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon -steel hanger rods nuts, saddles, and U- bolts. B. The Contractor shall obtain permission from the Engineer to utilize trapeze pipe hangers and also perform all necessary calculations and detailing at each location used. 2.3 THERMAL -HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Insulation -Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate and vapor barrier. C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig or with 125-psig minimum compressive strength Insulation -Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with 100-psig ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig or ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig minimum compressive strength. C. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems. Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.4 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. The Contractor shall obtain permission from the Engineer prior to use of fastener systems. B. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. C. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert wedge -type, zinc -coated or stainless steel anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon -steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout. ASTM C 1107, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Unless otherwise specifically indicated or hereinafter specified in the specifications, all supporting, hanging and anchoring of piping, ductwork, equipment etc., shall be performed by each trade as is necessary for completion of the work per the specifications. Supporting and hanging shall be done so that excessive load will not be placed on any one hanger so as to allow for proper pitch and expansion of piping. Hangers and supports shall be placed as near as possible to joints, turns and branches. C. For concrete construction, utilize adjustable concrete inserts for fasteners. Expansion anchors and power driven devices may be used when approved in writing by the Engineer. D. Utilize beam clamps for fastening to steel joists and beams and expansion anchors in masonry construction. E. When piping is routed within joists, piping shall be top mounted on trapeze type hangers with each pipe individually clamped to trapeze hanger F. Trapeze hangers are not allowed, unless specifically approved by the engineer. G. Install all miscellaneous steel other than designed building structural members as required to provide means of securing hangers, supports, etc., where piping does not pass directly below or cross steel joists H. Piping shall not be supported by the equipment to which it is connected. Support all piping so as to remove any load or stress from the equipment. I. Where piping, etc., is routed vertically, approved riser clamps, brackets or other means shall be utilized at approximately 101-0" center to center minimum and an approved adjustable base stand or fitting on concrete support base shall be utilized at the base of the vertical run. J. Where piping is routed along walls, knee braced angle frames or pipe brackets with saddles, clamps, and rollers (where required) mounted on structural brackets fastened to walls or columns shall be used. K. Support all ceiling hung equipment, with approved vibration isolators. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS L. Where copper tubing is specified, hangers shall be of copper clad type Pwhent Nois uninsulated piping M. Uninsulated piping hung from above shall be supported with ring and clevis type pipe hangers. Uninsulated piping mounted on trapeze and wall bracket type support shall be held in place with U-bolts. U-bolts shall allow for axial movement in the piping. N. All insulated piping shall be supported with clevis type and pipe roll hangers. Hangers shall be sized to allow the pipe insulation to pass through the hangers. Install insulation protection saddles at all hanger locations. Welded pipe saddles shall be installed at all hangers on piping 5" and larger. The pipe saddles shall be sized for the thickness of insulation used. Hangers shall fit snugly around outside of insulation saddles. O. Under no conditions will perforated band iron or steel wire driven hangers be permitted. In general, support piping at the following spacing: 1. Steel and copper piping - 8 foot intervals for piping 3" and smaller; 10 foot intervals for larger piping. 2. Polypipe and PVC - 4 foot intervals. Q. Where fireproofing is damaged from the building structures due to contractor's installation of hangers, clamps, etc., it shall be the contractor's responsibility to repair all dislodged/damaged fireproofing to original fire proof rating. This shall also include all work performed by the contractor's sub -contractors. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe -Hanger Installation Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field -fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. The Contractor shall obtain permission from the Engineer to utilize trapeze pipe hangers and also perform all necessary calculations and detailing at each location used. 2. Pipes of Various Sizes Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 3. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon -steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M C. Thermal -Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder -actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder -actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder -actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 2. Install mechanical -expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Pipe Stand Installation: 1. Pipe Stand Types except Curb -Mounted Type: Assemble components and mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane. 2. Curb -Mounted -Type Pipe Stands Assemble components or fabricate pipe stand and mount on permanent, stationary roof curb. See Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories' for curbs. 3. The Contractor shall perform all necessary calculations and detailing at each location used. 4. Ground mounted pipe supports. Fabricate from welded -structural -steel shapes and finished. F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. G. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded -structural -steel shapes. H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. I. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. J. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts K. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. L. All fabricated structural supports shall be of an engineered design. Pipe Slopes Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. N. Insulated Piping: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal -hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS a. ject Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used. IncluderosteeNweig0- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. b. c. d. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. NPS 4 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0 06 inch thick. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0 075 inch thick. NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0 105 inch thick. Shields weight- 5. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium -silicate -insulation inserts of length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal -Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute Toads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous -thread hanger and support rods to 1 inch. 3.5 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-6 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon -steel pipe hangers and supports and attachments for general service applications. F. Use stainless -steel pipe hangers and stainless -steel or corrosion -resistant attachments for hostile environment applications. G. Use copper -plated pipe hangers and copper or stainless -steel attachments for copper piping and tubing. H. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. I. Use thermal -hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. J. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Yoke -Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F,pipes N PS 4 to NPS 24, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel, Double -Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes N PS 3/4 to NPS 36, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1/2 to N PS 24 if little or no insulation is required. 5. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off - center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection 6. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid -Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of n oninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 8. 7. Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of n oninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 8 8. Extension Hinged or Two -Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of n oninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 3 9 U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 10. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-7 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 11. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel - pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon -steel plate. 12. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel -pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon -steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 13. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion -type support for pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 if vertical adjustment is required, with steel -pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 14. Single -Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30, from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 15. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 24, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 16. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. 17. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 24 if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical adjustment is not necessary. 18. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 30 if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. K. Vertical -Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24. 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps. L. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. 4. Malleable -Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. M. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling 2. Top -Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar -joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-8 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 7. Top -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I -beams. 9. Steel -Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel (- beams for heavy loads. 10. Linked -Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel (- beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11. Malleable -Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded -Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated Toads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 Ib. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 Ib. c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 Ib 13. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: Steel -Pipe -Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. Thermal -Hanger Shield Inserts. For supporting insulated pipe. O. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Restraint -Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. 2. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1- 1/4 inches. 3. Spring -Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41, roll hanger with springs. 4. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. 5. Variable -Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. 6. Variable -Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. 7. Variable -Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. 8. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load -adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 c. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical -type supports and one trapeze member P. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Q. Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. R. Use powder -actuated fasteners or mechanical -expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction after permission is obtained from the Engineer. END OF SECTION HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-10 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 23 05 48.13 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Elastomeric isolation pads. 2. Elastomeric hangers. 3. Spring hangers. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 21 05 48.13 "Vibration Controls for Fire Suppression" for devices for fire - suppression equipment and systems. 2. Section 22 05 48 13 "Vibration Controls for Plumbing" for devices for plumbing equipment and systems. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated Toad, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device 2. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of vibration isolation device type required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION PADS A. Elastomeric Isolation Pads: 1. Fabrication: Single or multiple layers of sufficient durometer stiffness for uniform loading over pad area. 2. Size Factory or field cut to match requirements of supported equipment. 3. Pad Material: Oil and water resistant with elastomeric properties. 4. Surface Pattern: Waffle pattern. 5. Infused nonwoven cotton or synthetic fibers. 6. Load -bearing metal plates adhered to pads. VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 4813 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 7 Sandwich -Core Material: Resilient and elastomeric. a. Surface Pattern: Waffle pattern. b. Infused nonwoven cotton or synthetic fibers. 2.2 ELASTOMERIC HANGERS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS P roject No. 1506 Elastomeric Mount in a Steel Frame with Upper and Lower Steel Hanger Rods: 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated with a connection for an upper threaded hanger rod and an opening on the underside to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular lower hanger - rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Dampening Element: Molded, oil -resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material with a projecting bushing for the underside opening preventing steel to steel contact. 2.3 SPRING HANGERS Combination Coil -Spring and Elastomeric-Insert Hanger with Spring and Insert in Compression: 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger -rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil -resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel -washer -reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. 7. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up -stop" on lower threaded rod. 8. Self -centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in of reinforcement and cast -in -place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23054813-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3.2 VIBRATION CONTROL DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Installation of vibration isolators must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping, or ductwork resulting in stresses or misalignment. END OF SECTION VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 4813 - 3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23054813-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Pipe labels. 3. Duct labels. 4. Stencils. 5. Valve tags. 6. Warning tags. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: White. 3. Background Color: Black. 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 5. Minimum Label Size Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless -steel self -tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.2 PIPE LABELS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size At least 1-1/2 inches high. 2.3 DUCT LABELS A. Duct Stencil Requirements: 1. Letter Color: Black. 2. Minimum Letter Size Refer to "Stencils" paragraph within this section. 3. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, duct size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 4. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with duct system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate flow direction. 5. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high. 2.4 STENCILS A. Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for piping; minimum letter height of 1-1/2 inches for ducts Stencil Material: Fiberboard or metal. Stencil Paint: GS-11 compliant, low emitting, black paint . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. Mark each lay -in ceiling panel which is nearest access to equipment, valves, dampers, filters, duct heaters, etc., with a lamacoid plate located on the ceiling grid. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color -Coding: Painting of piping shall be according to the following chart: B. Stenciled Pipe Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels on each piping system. C. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms, accessiblemaintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible encl 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termin 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 15 feetalong each run. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. All piping shall be once above all room ceilings and where it passes thru walls or floors. Pipe Label Schedule: 1. Chilled Water Piping: CWS/CWR. 2. Heating Water Piping: HWS/HWR. 3. Geothermal Piping: GS/GR. and terminal units. osures. view of concealed ation. minimally identified 3.4 DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Stenciled Duct Label Option: Stenciled labels, showing service and flow direction, may be provided instead of plastic -laminated duct labels, at Installer's option, if lettering larger than 1 inch high is needed for proper identification because of distance from normal location of required identification. B. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of 15 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system. END OF SECTION IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Balancing Air Systems: a. All forced air systems. 2. Balancing Hydronic Piping Systems. a. Primary/Variable-flow hydronic systems (Chilled Water System). b. Primary -secondary hydronic systems (Heating Hot Water System). c. Constant -flow hydronic systems (Condenser Water System). 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. AABC• Associated Air Balance Council. B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. TABB• Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau. E. TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work. F. TCC: Temperature Control Contractor. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation that the TAB contractor and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 90 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article. C. Certified TAB reports. D. Sample report forms. E. Instrument calibration reports, to include the following: 1. Instrument type and make. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2. Serial number. 3. Application. 4. Dates of use. 5. Dates of calibration. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC or NEBB. 1. TAB Field Supervisor• Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by AABC NEBB . 2. TAB Technicians Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by AABC NEBB as a TAB technician. TAB Conference: Meet with Architect on approval of the TAB strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Require the participation of the TAB field supervisor and technicians. Provide fourteen days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. 1. Agenda Items: a. b. c. d. The Contract Documents examination report. The TAB plan. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. Coordination of documentation and communication flow. C. Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2. Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. D. TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by Architect . E. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111, Section 5, "Instrumentation." 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. B. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TAB SPECIALISTS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Allowance for HVAC Test & Balance. Refer to Architect. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment Examine supply outside, return and exhaust air systems to verify they meet the duct pressure and seal class specified in Section 23 31 13 ' Metal Ducts". C. Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow -control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are accessible. D. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment. E. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. F. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. 1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. G. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality -control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. H. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. I. Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. J. Examine terminal units, such as variable -air -volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. K. Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens are replaced by permanent screens with indicated perforations. L. Examine three-way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or mixing fluid flows. M. Examine heat transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 N. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping. O. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment. P Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step by -step procedures. B. Complete system -readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical -power wiring is complete. 2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. 3. Automatic temperature -control systems are operational. 4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 5. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 6. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 7. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air -pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 8. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met. 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance" and in this Section. 1. Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.2, "Air Balancing." B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts 2. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation." C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper -control positions, valve position indicators, fan -speed -control levers and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch -pound (IP) units. 3.5 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as -built" duct layouts. C. For variable -air -volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct -airflow measurements. E. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor -air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust - air dampers through the supply -fan discharge and mixing dampers. F. Locate start -stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. I. Check for airflow blockages. J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. K. Check for proper sealing of air -handling -unit components. L. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts." 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT -VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer 1. Measure total airflow. a. Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow. 2. Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. c. Measure inlet static pressure of single -inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double -inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 3. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air -handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air -handling and -treating equipment. a. Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are measured. 4. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps, heat - recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-5 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 5. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures Calculate actual system effect factors Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions. 6. Obtain approval from Engineer for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in HVAC Sections for air -handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air -handling -unit performance 7. Do not make fan -speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan -speed safety factors Modulate dampers and measure fan - motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full -cooling, full -heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. 1. Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts. a. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. 2. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. 3. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. C. Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D. Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals. 1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR VARIABLE -AIR -VOLUME SYSTEMS A. Compensating for Diversity: When the total airflow of all terminal units is more than the indicated airflow of the fan, place a selected number of terminal units at a minimum set -point airflow with the remainder at maximum -airflow condition until the total airflow of the terminal units equals the indicated airflow of the fan Select the reduced airflow terminal units so they are distributed evenly among the branch ducts. B. Pressure -Independent, Variable -Air -Volume Systems. After the fan systems have been adjusted, adjust the variable -air -volume systems as follows: 1. Set outdoor -air dampers at minimum, and set return- and exhaust -air dampers at a position that simulates full -cooling load. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-6 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Select the terminal unit that is most critical to the supply -fan airflow and static pressure. Measure static pressure. Adjust system static pressure so the entering static pressure for the critical terminal unit is not less than the sum of the terminal -unit manufacturer's recommended minimum inlet static pressure plus the static pressure needed to overcome terminal -unit discharge system losses. 3. Measure total system airflow. Adjust to within indicated airflow. 4. Set terminal units at maximum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed maximum airflow. Use terminal -unit manufacturer's written instructions to make this adjustment. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units the same as described for constant -volume air systems. 5. Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow the same as described for constant -volume air systems. a. If air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but leave outlets balanced for maximum airflow. 6. Remeasure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minimum outdoor airflow. a. Adjust the fan and balance the return/exhaust-air ducts and inlets the same as described for constant -volume air systems 7 Measure static pressure at the most critical terminal unit and adjust the static -pressure controller at the main supply -air sensing station to ensure that adequate static pressure is maintained at the most critical unit. 8. Record final fan -performance data. 3.8 PROCEDURES FOR MULTIZONE SYSTEMS A. Set unit at maximum airflow through the cooling coil. B. Adjust each zone's balancing damper to achieve indicated airflow within the zone. 3.9 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports with pertinent design data, and number in sequence starting at pump to end of system. Check the sum of branch -circuit flows against the approved pump flow rate. Correct variations that exceed plus or minus 5 percent. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as -built" piping layouts. Prepare hydronic systems for testing and balancing according to the following, in addition to the general preparation procedures specified above: 1. Open all manual valves for maximum flow. 2. Check liquid level in expansion tank. 3. Check makeup water -station pressure gage for adequate pressure for highest vent. 4. Check flow -control valves for specified sequence of operation, and set at indicated flow. 5. Set and coordinate with TCC differential -pressure control valves and ensure that valves are set at specified differential pressure. Do not set at fully closed position when pump is positive -displacement type unless several terminal valves are kept open. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-7 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 6. Set system controls so automatic valves are wide open to heat exchangers. 7. Check pump -motor load. If motor is overloaded, throttle main flow -balancing device so motor nameplate rating is not exceeded. 8. Check air vents for a forceful liquid flow exiting from vents when manually operated. 3.10 PROCEDURES FOR VARIABLE -FLOW HYDRONIC SYSTEMS A. Balance systems with automatic two-way control valves by setting systems at maximum flow through heat -exchange terminals and proceed as specified above for hydronic systems. B. The system is equipped with zone pressure independent zone control valves Field verify installation and operating differential pressure range of all pressure independent zone control valves and that temperatures measured for AT control is with -in +/- 5%.. Total system flow shall be verified to be within +/-10% of system design. All chilled water zone control valves installed shall be checked for individual conformance Any individual adjustments for the pressure independent valve assembly (valve and actuator combination) for field conditions shall be performed using the pressure independent control valve manufacturer's documented procedure following the guidelines of the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) and the Testing Adjusting Balancing Bureau (TABB). 1. Balance two-way control valves downstream of zone pressure independent valves as specified above for hydronic systems. Record pressure drop across control valves. 3.11 PROCEDURES FOR PRIMARY -SECONDARY HYDRONIC SYSTEMS A. Balance the primary circuit flow first and then balance the secondary circuits. 3.12 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS • A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: 1. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Efficiency rating. 5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 7. Starter thermal -protection -element rating. B. Motors Driven by Variable Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying from minimum to maximum Test the manual bypass of the controller to prove proper operation Record observations including name of controller manufacturer, model number, serial number and nameplate data. 3.13 PROCEDURES FOR CHILLERS A. Balance water flow through each evaporator and condenser to within specified tolerances of indicated flow with all pumps operating. With only one chiller operating in a multiple chiller installation do not exceed the flow for the maximum tube velocity recommended by the chiller TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-8 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 manufacturer. Measure and record the following data with each chiller operating at design conditions: 1. Evaporator -water entering and leaving temperatures, pressure drop, and water flow. 2. Power factor if factory -installed instrumentation is furnished for measuring kilowatts. 3. Kilowatt input if factory -installed instrumentation is furnished for measuring kilowatts. 4. Capacity: Calculate in tons of cooling. 5. For air-cooled chillers verify condenser -fan rotation and record fan and motor data including number of fans and entering- and leaving -air temperatures. 3.14 PROCEDURES FOR CONDENSING UNITS A. Verify proper rotation of fans. B. Measure entering- and leaving -air temperatures. C. Record compressor data. 3.15 PROCEDURES FOR BOILERS A. Hydronic Boilers: Measure and record entering- and leaving -water temperatures and water flow. 3.16 PROCEDURES FOR HEAT -TRANSFER COILS A. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each water coil: 1. Entering- and leaving -water temperature. 2. Water flow rate. 3. Water pressure drop. 4. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 5. Wet -bulb temperature of entering and leaving air for cooling coils. 6. Airflow. 7. Air pressure drop across coil and control valve. 3.17 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent . 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent . 3. Heating -Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 10 percent . 4. Cooling -Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 10 percent . 3.18 REPORTING A. Initial Construction -Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-9 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. 3.19 FINAL REPORT A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. 1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer 2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field -report data, include the following: 1. Pump curves. 2. Fan curves. 3. Manufacturers' test data. 4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 5. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and product data. C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data: 1. Title page 2. Name and address of the TAB contractor. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8 Report date. 9 Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values. 15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following• a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust -air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable -air -volume systems g. Settings for supply -air, static -pressure controller. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-10 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single -line diagram and include the following: 1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Water and steam flow rates. 3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes 4. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 5. Terminal units. 6. Balancing stations. 7. Position of balancing devices. E. Air -Handling -Unit Test Reports: For air -handling units with coils, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Unit arrangement and class. g. Discharge arrangement. h. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. i. Center to center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. j. Number, make, and size of belts. k. Number, type, and size of filters. 2. Motor Data: a. Motor make, and frame type and size b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full -load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make size in inches, and bore. f. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. 3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total air flow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. c. Fan rpm d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Filter static -pressure differential in inches wg. f. Cooling -coil static -pressure differential in inches wg. g. Heating -coil static -pressure differential in inches wg. h. Outdoor airflow in cfm. i. Return airflow in cfm. j. Outdoor -air damper position. k. Return -air damper position. I. Vortex damper position Apparatus -Coil Test Reports: TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-11 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1. Coil Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Coil type. d. Number of rows. e. Fin spacing in fins per inch o.c. f. Make and model number. g. Face area in sq. ft.. h. Tube size in NPS i. Tube and fin materials. j. Circuiting arrangement. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a. Air flow rate in cfm. b. Average face velocity in fpm. c. Air pressure drop in inches wg. d. Outdoor -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. e. Return -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. f. Entering -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. g. Leaving -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. h. Water flow rate in gpm. i. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig. j. Entering -water temperature in deg F k. Leaving -water temperature in deg F. I. Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types. m. Refrigerant suction pressure in psig. n. Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F. o. Inlet steam pressure in psig. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following: 1. Fan Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make size in inches, and bore. h. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. 2. Motor Data: a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full -load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make size in inches, and bore. f. Center to center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. g. Number, make, and size of belts. 3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 - 12 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Suction static pressure in inches wg. Round, Flat -Oval and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: representing the duct cross-section and record the following: 1. Report Data: a. System and air -handling -unit number. b. Location and zone. c. Traverse air temperature in deg F. d. Duct static pressure in inches wg. e. Duct size in inches. f. Duct area in sq ft.. g. Indicated air flow rate in cfm. h. Indicated velocity in fpm. i. Actual air flow rate in cfm. j. Actual average velocity in fpm. k. Barometric pressure in psig. Air -Terminal Device Reports: 1. Unit Data: a. System and air -handling unit identification. b. Location and zone. c. Apparatus used for test. d. Area served. e. Make. f. Number from system diagram. g. Type and model number. h. Size. i. Effective area in sq. ft.. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. b. c. d. e. f. g• J. Pump Test include the 1. Include a diagram with a grid Air flow rate in cfm. Air velocity in fpm. P reliminary air flow rate as needed in cfm. P reliminary velocity as needed in fpm. Final air flow rate in cfm. Final velocity in fpm. S pace temperature in deg F. Reports: Calculate impeller size by plotting the shutoff head on pump curves and following: Unit Data: a. b. c. U nit identification. Location. S ervice. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 - 13 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. d. e . f. h. i. j. k. I. m. n . o . ps Make and size. Model number and serial number. Water flow rate in gpm. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig. Required net positive suction head in feet of head Pump rpm. Impeller diameter in inches. Motor make and frame size Motor horsepower and rpm. Voltage at each connection. Amperage for each phase. Full -load amperage and service factor. Seal type. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Static head in feet of head or psig. b. Pump shutoff pressure in feet of head or psig. c. Actual impeller size in inches. d. Full -open flow rate in gpm. e . Full -open pressure in feet of head or psig. f. Final discharge pressure in feet of head or psig. g. Final suction pressure in feet of head or psig. h. Final total pressure in feet of head or psig. i. Final water flow rate in gpm. j. Voltage at each connection. k. Amperage for each phase. K. Instrument Calibration Reports: 1. Report Data: a. b. c. d. e. Instrument type and make. Serial number. Application. Dates of use. Dates of calibration. 3.20 INSPECTIONS A. Initial Inspection: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 or psig. 1. After testing and balancing are complete, operate each system and randomly check measurements to verify that the system is operating according to the final test and balance readings documented in the final report 2. Check the following for each system. a. Measure airflow of at least 10 percent of air outlets. b. Measure water flow of at least 50 percent of terminals. c. Measure room temperature at each thermostat/temperature sensor. Compare the reading to the set point. d. Verify that balancing devices are marked with final balance position. e. Note deviations from the Contract Documents in the final report. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-14 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 Final Inspection: 1. After initial inspection is complete and documentation by random checks verifies that testing and balancing are complete and accurately documented in the final report request that a final inspection be made by Architect 2. The TAB contractor's test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the presence of Architect. 3. Architect shall randomly select measurements, documented in the final report, to be rechecked. Rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the total measurements recorded or the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in a normal 8-hour business day. 4. If rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as 'FAILED." 5. If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be considered incomplete and shall be rejected. C. TAB Work will be considered defective if it does not pass final inspections. If TAB Work fails, proceed as follows: 1. Recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing device settings to include all changes; resubmit the final report and request a second final inspection 2. If the second final inspection also fails, Owner may contract the services of another TAB contractor to complete TAB Work according to the Contract Documents and deduct the cost of the services from the original TAB contractor's final payment. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.21 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near -peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near -peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-15 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulation Materials: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 07 00 HVAC INSULATION a. Flexible elastomeric. b. Phenolic. c. Mineral fiber. 2. Adhesives. 3. Mastics. 4. Lagging adhesives. 5. Sealants. 6. Field -applied cloths. 7. Tapes. 8. Securements. 9. Corner angles. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 21 Section "Fire -Suppression Systems Insulation." 2. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Insulation." 3. Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" for duct liners. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any). 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire -test - response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive mastic tapes, and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke -developed index of 150 or less. HVAC INSULATION 230700-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers and insulation shields specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application, duct Installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.6 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Flexible Elastomeric: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded -rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. HVAC INSULATION 230700-2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 G. Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type III with factory -applied FSK jacket. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets' Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following : a. CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville; Microlite. c. Knauf Insulation Duct Wrap. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap. e . Owens Corning; All -Service Duct Wrap. H. Mineral Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide insulation with factory -applied FSK jacket. For equipment applications provide insulation with factory -applied ASJ . Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following : a. CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board. b. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX. c. Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas. d. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board. e . Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board. f. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series. I. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200. b. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok. c. Knauf Insulation 1000 Pipe Insulation. d. Manson Insulation Inc ; Alley-K. e . Owens Corning; Foamglas Pipe Insulation. 2. Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory -applied ASJ or with factory - applied ASJ-SSL Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. J. Phenolic: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Kingspan Corp.; Koolphen K. 2. Preformed pipe insulation of rigid, expanded, closed -cell structure. Comply with ASTM C 1126, Type III, Grade 1. 3. Block insulation of rigid, expanded, closed cell structure. Comply with ASTM C 1126, Type II, Grade 1. HVAC INSULATION 230700-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 4. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. 5. Factory -Applied Jacket: Requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. a. Preformed Pipe Insulation: ASJ. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. B. Cellular -Glass Adhesive: Solvent -based resin adhesive, with a service temperature range of minus 75 to plus 300 deg F. C. Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I. D. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. E. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 2.3 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-C-19565C, Type II. B. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43 mil dry film thickness 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 59 percent by volume and 71 percent by weight. 4. Color: White. 2.4 LAGGING ADHESIVES A. Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates 1. Fire-resistant, water -based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire- resistant lagging cloths over duct, equipment, and pipe insulation. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 180 deg F. 3. Color: White. 2.5 SEALANTS A. Joint Sealants: 1. Joint Sealants for Cellular -Glass Products: HVAC INSULATION 230700-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 a. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. b. Permanently flexible, elastomenc sealant. c. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F. d. Color: White or gray. e. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 4. Color: Aluminum. 5. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomenc sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 4. Color: White. 2.6 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 2.7 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Width: 3 inches. 2. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent 5. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf/inch in width. 6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil -face vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Width: 3 inches. 2. Thickness: 6 5 mils. 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. HVAC INSULATION 230700-5 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 5. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf/inch in width. 6. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. Aluminum -Foil Tape: Vapor -retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Width: 2 inches. 2. Thickness: 3.7 mils. 3. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 5 percent 5. Tensile Strength: 34 Ibf/inch in width. 2.8 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Products; Bands. b. PABCO Metals Corporation; Bands. c. RPR Products, Inc.; Bands. 2. Aluminum. ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 3/4 inch wide with wing seal 3. Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application. B. Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Cupped -Head, Capacitor -Discharge -Weld Pins• Copper- or zinc -coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor -discharge welding, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon -steel washer. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1. 2) GEMCO; Cupped Head Weld Pin. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc Cupped Head. 4) Nelson Stud Welding; CHP. 2.9 CORNER ANGLES A. PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C. White or color -coded to match adjacent surface. B. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005; Temper H-14 HVAC INSULATION 230700-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. HVAC INSULATION 230700-7 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. P. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration -control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. HVAC INSULATION 230700-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.4 PENETRATIONS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1 Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions. Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire -rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. 1. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping"irestopping and fire -resistive joint sealers. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Duct: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations that are not fire rated. For penetrations through fire -rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." HVAC INSULATION 230700-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor -retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 7 Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor -barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric -reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well -shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field -applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes, vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. 3.6 PHENOLIC INSULATION INSTALLATION A. General Installation Requirements: HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 - 10 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1 Secure single -layer insulation with stainless -steel bands at 12-inch intervals and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Install 2-layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches. Secure inner layer with 0.062-inch wire spaced at 12-inch intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless -steel bands at 12-inch intervals B. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above ambient services, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets with vapor retarders on below ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of block insulation of same material and thickness as pipe insulation. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed insulation sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed insulation sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.7 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. All Supply Air (SA) and Outdoor Air (OA) ducts shall be insulated. B. Items Not Insulated: 1. Fibrous -glass ducts. 2. Return air ducts. 3. Factory -insulated flexible ducts. 4. Factory -insulated plenums and casings. HVAC INSULATION 230700-11 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 5. Flexible connectors. 6. Vibration -control devices. 7. Factory -insulated access panels and doors. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.8 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Concealed, round and flat -oval, supply -air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-Ib/cu. ft. nominal density. B. Concealed, rectangular, supply -air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-Ib/cu. ft. nominal density. C. Concealed, rectangular, outdoor -air duct insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-Ib/cu. ft. nominal density. D. Exposed (including exposed ducts in mechanical rooms), rectangular and round supply -air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral Fiber Board: 1-1/2 inches thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 3.9 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL or flat -oval, A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. 2. Underground piping. 3. Chrome -plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury. 3.10 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Condensate and Equipment Drain Water below 60 Deg F: 1. All Pipe Sizes Insulation shall be the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch thick. B. Refrigerant Piping: 1. All Pipe Sizes Insulation shall be the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric C. Chilled Water: 3/4 inch thick. HVAC INSULATION 230700-12 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. NPS 12 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following: Phenolic, Preformed Pipe, Type III: 2 inches thick. D. Geothermal Supply and Return: 1. NPS 4 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following: a. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I: 2 inches thick. E. Heating -Hot -Water Supply and Return, 200 Deg F and below: 1. NPS 4 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following: a. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I: 2 inches thick. 3.11 OUTDOOR, ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Chilled Water, Hot Water: 1. All Pipe Sizes Insulation shall be the following: a. Phenolic: 2 inches thick. Moisture barrier shall be heat bonded PE and kraft paper. b. Metal Jacket: Provide with 3-mil thick aluminum jacket. END OF SECTION HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 - 13 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 09 00 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK A. General: The building control system (BCS) shall be comprised of a Network Server and/or Network Area Controllers (NAC) and application/unitary controllers within the facility. The n etwork server and/or NAC's shall connect to the owner's local or wide area network. Access to the system, either locally in the building, or remotely from a central site or sites, shall be accomplished through standard web browsers, via the Internet and/or local area n etwork. Each NAC shall communicate to MS/TP resident BACnet DDC controllers provided under this section. B. The Building Automation and Controls shall be an extension to the existing CLIMATEC city wide Tridium system at Pearland. NO EXCEPTIONS. C. As a part of this project, CLIMATEC shall upgrade the existing City of Pearland BAS system to the latest version of Niagara N4 city wide. Graphics at existing sites shall remain and brought into Niagara 4. All graphics for this project shall be the latest Climatec standard. The existing server shall be utilized. Climatec to coordinate with The City of Pearland IT department for server & network requirements. D. The BCS shall be a BACnet compliant web -based system that is stand alone in all aspects and shall consist of a high-speed, peer -to -peer network of direct digital controls (DDC), an operators workstation, the network server NAC's application controllers, and all input/output devices. All BCS controllers and workstations shall communicate using the protocols and network standards as defined by ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2010, BACnet or latest revision. Management level Ethernet network speeds shall be 1Gbps minimum and DDC level MSTP network speeds shall be 76.8 Kbps minimum. E. The web server(s) shall gather data from the system and generate web pages accessible through a conventional web browser from all personal computers (PC's) connected to the n etwork. System shall include any and all software and hardware to support at least 50 simultaneous users. Web -browser software shall be Microsoft Internet Explorer 9.0 as a minimum. F. Operators shall be able to view and configure systems through the standard web browser and all graphical/data representations shall appear identical, whether the user is on site or ✓ iewing via the Internet at a remote location. Standard operator functions such as control point manipulation, configuration and viewing of trends, schedules and alarms shall be performed through the standard web -browser. Each mechanical system and building floor plan shall be depicted on the operator workstation by point -and -click graphics. G. The system shall directly control HVAC equipment as specified in the sequences of o peration. Furnish energy conservation features such as optimal start and stop, night setback, request -based logic, and demand level adjustment of set points as specified in the sequences or on the input/output (I/O) summary H. The BCS supplier shall provide the following additional services as part of this specification: warranty and service during the warranty period; submittals, samples and record documentation; comprehensive commissioning and testing of the BCS with documentation; INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND,TEXAS Project No. 1506 training services for the owner and BCS operators; coordination with other site contractors and suppliers; operator and technician training program. I. Products furnished under this specification but installed by other. 1. Mechanical devices installed under Division 23 by the mechanical contractor or other suppliers: temperature sensing thermowells; automatic control valves; pipe taps for flowmeters; water pressure sensors and switches; automatic control dampers not installed in air handling unit mixing boxes or louver schedules; damper actuators for variable air volume (VAV) terminal units; mounting cost of controller and actuator for VAV terminal units. 2. Electrical devices installed under Division 26 by the electrical contractor: a. 120 VAC power to controllers and control panels at locations indicated on the drawings. Review and verify that these locations are adequate for the proposed BCS. b. Interlock wiring to duct mounted smoke detector or fire alarm shutdown relays to HVAC equipment motor starters and variable frequency drives (VFD). J. Provide and install all interconnecting cables between all operator's terminals and peripheral devices (such as printers, etc.) supplied under this section. 1.2 WEB SOFTWARE OVERVIEW A. Dynamic Colored Floor plans: Dynamic colored floor plans that compare actual space conditions to setpoints shall be provided on all floorplan graphics displayed on the front-end. Floorplan enlargements shall also use the thermographs to display space conditions. Zones within the set point range shall appear transparent white. As the space gets warmer the zone color shall gradually modulate from transparent white to transparent red to identify a hot zone. As the space conditions get cooler the zone color shall gradually modulate from transparent white to transparent blue to identify a cold zone. Each zone shall indicate the current actual zone temperature within the zone. The floor plans shall use a gray scale to indicate schedule occupancy for each zone. If in the unoccupied state (gray), the zone shall still display space conditions through the transparent gray. As the space gets warmer the zone color shall gradually modulate from transparent gray to transparent gray/red to identify a hot zone. As the space conditions get cooler the zone color shall gradually modulate from transparent gray to transparent gray/blue to identify a cold zone. From the floorplan graphic the operator shall be able to click on any zone and go directly to the graphic for the piece of equipment controlling that zone. All dynamic floorplans shall be visible via web interface as well as on the LAN. The authorized system operator shall be able to change the zone or system identifier (or name) on the graphic and that change shall be distributed to other associated graphics and to the equipment controller. B. Imbedded Trend Logs Provide trend logs that automatically pop up when the operator mouse clicks on the point from the graphic. Provide imbedded trends for all dampers control valves, temperature sensors, CO2 sensors, humidity sensors, airflows static pressures, flow meters, VFD speeds, etc. The BCS contractor shall set up all trends for the owner. The embedded trend shall include a trend tool that allows the operator to modify the trend time scale and sample interval for up to 10 sample values. The trends shall be graphical on the computer screen but shall provide an output as an .xls/.csv, .pdf, HTML, oBIX or text file. The owner shall not be responsible for setting up trendlogs for those points on each equipment graphic. C. Custom User HTML applications: The BCS shall utilize HTML applications as an extra feature. At minimum provide 7 day forecast, weather radar, traffic map and hurricane tracker. All of these features shall be imbedded into the BCS system. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. Remote Support: The BCS shall provide a remote support feature allowing the owner and contractor to engage in a remote session where both parties are seeing the same computer screen. The owner and contractor shall be able to swap control of the computer allowing for trouble shooting and training purposes at the same time. E. Provided a web -based BCS platform; contractor shall provide an Open License software. Licenses that are not open are not acceptable. There shall be no per seat or per user licensing fee charged to the owner by the contractor. F. System shall use the BACnet protocol for communication to the operator workstation or web server and for communication between control modules. Schedules, set points, trends, and alarms shall be BACnet Objects. G. User access shall include 50 assigned operators that shall include five levels of access within the web system. Each operator log -in shall have an expiration date to allow for temporary access to the system. The operator's access description shall include his e-mail address and cell/phone numbers The operator access can be limited from 5 minutes to permanent access. The user shall be limited to eight bad login attempts before being locked out of the system. H. Global modification: Provide the capability for global modification of user definable parameters of all points shall be provided Global modification is defined as the mass adjustment of user definable parameters across a defined group, area, facility campus, or network. Parameters shall included, but not be limited to temperature set point (VAV boxes, AHU Discharge VAV AHU Static Pressure Set points etc.), equipment start/stop equipment status, valve output signal VFD speed control signal, and damper position signal. User shall be able to lock the definable parameter to a set value, or adjust a set point to an operator adjustable value. This function shall be accomplished through the standard graphical user interface/workstation and is to be selectively applicable by the user to all controllers on the network, all controllers in a specific facility or all controllers in a specific zone within a specific facility. The system operator shall be able to override the output signal to the valves, dampers, variable frequency drives, lighting outputs, etc with the use of the PC mouse click on the device. The system override shall include a Hand -Off -Auto (HOA) capability. If the output is commanded to the hand position the operator shall designate an output value of 0-100% in 1 % increments. The hand override position shall be permanent or expire after an owner designated time period and revert to the auto position. The color -graphic shall indicate the device that has been overridden by a color change of the output value. J. For non -emergency in -warranty events the system operator may submit a Service Request directly from the floor plan or system graphic. The web interface shall include the BCS suppliers contact information including phone numbers and e-mail address. The service request will be logged into the BCS suppliers service department. A non -response by the assigned technician shall elevate the request to the next highest manager or supervisor until the system operator receives an response that their request has been received and is scheduled for a resolution. All requests for service shall be maintained in the customer's database for future reference. The service request capability may be extended after the expiration of the warranty as part of a service agreement. K. The web -based system shall be accessible from Tablet PC's or Smart Phones and provide the same functionality that is available from personal computers connected through the LAN or WAN to the system operator. The tablet PC's as a minimum shall include an Apple iPad and Google Android based tablet PC. Operation shall include touch screen capability and use of the tablet keyboard screen. The operator shall be able to view color - graphics, system trends, override setpoints, change time schedules, and override damper and valve positions and override points the same as you can from a PC. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.3 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. The BCS Contractor shall: 1. Have a local staff of trained personnel capable of giving instructions and providing routine and emergency maintenance on the BCS, all components and software/firmware and all other elements of the BCS. 2. Have a proven record of experience in the supply and installation of equivalent BACnet systems over a minimum period of five years Provide documentation of at least three equal or greater size and complexity, if so requested by the owner's representative. 3. Be a factory certified representative for the native BACnet BCS manufacturer for design, installation, and maintenance of the proposed systems. 4. Have comprehensive local service, training and support facilities for the total BCS as provided. Maintain local, supplies of essential expendable parts. 5. Approved Systems • • • CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Alerton / Tridium installed by Climatec Contact Brandon Williams 713-539-1351 or bwilliams@climatec.com 1.4 RELATED DOCUMENTS & REFERENCES A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract documents, apply to this section including: 1. General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections. 2. Division 23 for mechanical equipment, ductwork, piping, systems 3. Division 26 for electrical, lighting, and fire alarm equipment. B. The latest edition of the following standards and codes in effect as approved by the authority having jurisdiction and amended as of supplier's proposal date, and any applicable subsections thereof, shall govern design and selection of equipment and material supplied: 1. ANSI MC85.1 - Terminology for Automatic Control. 2. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE). 3. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2010, BACnet (building automation and controls network). 4. BTL Mark by the BACnet Testing Laboratories. 5. International Building Code (2015 IBC), including local amendments. 6. UL 916 Underwriters Laboratories Standard for Energy Management Equipment. Canada and the US. 7. National Electrical Code (2014 NEC). 8. FCC Part 15, Subpart J, Class A. 9. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). 1.5 SUBMITTALS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Shop Drawings: 1. The following information shall be included on the cover page for each shop drawing and equipment documentation submittal: a. Project name with date. Refer to the applicable specifications by name and number. b. Provide submittal number and re -submittal number and date as applicable. c. Provided name and address of Consulting Engineer, Mechanical Contractor, General Contractor 2. Shop drawings shall be CAD generated, plot size of 8-1/2" x 11" or 11" x 17". Drawings shall include diagrams, mounting instructions, installation procedures, equipment details and software descriptions for all aspects of the system to be installed. 3. Provide schematic of systems indicating instrumentation locations, all interconnecting cables between supplied cabinets on a mechanical floor plan. 4. Software specifications and descriptions including operating sequences. Provide a bill of material that indicates specific manufacturer, part number, part description and quantity of each device for all system components. Provide a list of the wire labels to be installed on each end of the control wiring, at the device and the control panel terminal. Labels shall be machine generated, typed and legible with a maximum of 17 characters. The label description 'AHU-1 SAT' shall indicate the supply air temperature of AHU-1. Equipment Schematic: Provide an electronic equipment schematic for each piece of mechanical equipment. The schematic shall display all mechanical equipment characteristics including fans, dampers, valves, sensors and other applicable control devices. The schematic shall show wiring terminations to each control device as shown in the submittal and as -build documentation. Control devices shall be labeled by a symbol that can easily be identified in a bill of material that is shown on this graphic. The bill of material shall show the device symbol, description, manufacture and part number. 8. Sequences of Operation: The sequences of operation shall be viewable for each piece of mechanical equipment and be in a text format as shown in the as built documentation. The sequence of operations shall be selectable at the applicable location for the control program. Control component submittals: 1. Component technical data sheets with mounting and installation details. 2. The documentation shall include comprehensive and complete details of the BIBB and automation level documentation including address, associated controller type, etc. as required and for the interface to the BCS. 3. Details of networks/communications equipment cabling and protocols proposed. Provide schedule of cabling including details of proposed cable types. 4. Module Drawing: Provide an electronic wiring diagram of each control module (as shown in submittal documentation). Diagram shall display wiring schematic and terminations to end devices. Diagram shall display each input and output terminals and label those that are used for the control application. Diagram shall display module type/name and network address. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 4. Field sensor and instrumentation specification sheets. Provide complete manufacturer's specifications for all items that are supplied. Include vendor name of every item supplied. 5. Schedule and specification sheets for dampers, valves and acutators. 6. Design and provide layout of all components of panel mounted control devices, terminal strips and power supplies. C. Colorgraphics: Provide sample layout of colorgraphic representations of the systems for review. The submittal shall indicate the quality of the graphic to be provided with the system with a sample of the specific control points to be included. Control points shall as a minimum include points indicated in the input/output summary, control schematic and primary controlling points defined in the sequences of operation. Provide a sample of a floor plan layout, typical AHU, terminal unit, outside air pretreatment unit, variable frequency drive, exhaust/supply fan, chiller plant and hot water plant. For control points to be provided by equipment BACnet integration provide sample of the control points, up to 25 total. D. Commissioning reports. The submittal shall include a sample of the commissioning reports to be utilized during the commissioning section of this specification. Sample reports shall be approved as submitted or be modified by the engineer or owner's representative. The commissioning reports shall be included in the final operation and maintenance manuals. Reports shall be provided in hard -copy paper forms or electronic (.pdf) format. 1. Project Commissioning/System Verification Form for each controller. a. General information for each form shall include: project name; associated equipment with mark number; control panel number and location; controller number and model number; controller device instance number (address); MS/TP LAN segment number; verifying technician and date. Each connected control point and device shall contain the following columns with a separate line for each connected physical point: point description (same as device label); input/output number for each connected control device (IN-XX or AO-XX) c. Check boxes confirming that the commissioning tasks have been completed: device location proper termination at device; proper termination at control panel; sequence is verified; point trend is enabled. d. Data entry boxes indicating measured/confirmed values: preliminary control point value on the graphic; observed control point value; calibration or adjustment value to correct offset; final displayed point value on the color -graphic; date of commissioning; engineer or owner's representative verification. 2. Control Panel Commissioning Form for each control panel. a. General information: panel location and identification number; panel dimensions and NEMA rating; panel properly installed; Class 1 and Class 2 wiring are properly separated; correct voltage to the panel; no shorts or grounds in panel; no induce voltages in panel wiring; point to point termination match submittal; devices are mounted in the correct location; controller software revision number; address of controllers; panel device checkout is complete; panel startup is complete. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3. Sequence of Operation Commissioning Form per piece of equipment (AHU, VAV, chiller, boiler, etc.). a. General information: project name; system identifier; building area served; control panel and controller numbers; controller model number and instance number (address); MS/TP LAN segment number; name of verifying technician and date b. Each step of the sequence of operation for each piece of equipment shall be documented shall include a "description of test", "input to trigger test" and 'expected outcome". A pass/fail checkbox shall indicate each of these actions. Provide space for technician approval with associated date. E. Operating and Maintenance (O&M) manuals: Provide O&M manual with full information to allow the owner to operate, maintain and repair installed products. Include trade names with model numbers, color, dimensions and other physical characteristics. 1. Format: Produce on 8-1/2 x 11-inch pages, and bind in 3-ring/D binders with durable plastic covers. Label binder covers with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL', title of project, and subject matter and "Number _ of _" of binder. Provide substantial dividers tabbed and titled by section/component number. 2. Table of Contents for each volume. a. Part 1: Directory with name, address and telephone number of Designer, Contractor and Subcontractors and Suppliers for each Project Manual section. b. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by Project Manual Section number where practical and where not, by system. Include: 3. Product design criteria, functions, normal operating characteristic and limiting conditions. Installation, alignment, adjustment, checking instructions and troubleshooting guide. Operating instructions for start-up, normal operation, regulation and control, normal shutdown and emergency shutdown. Test data and performance curves. 4. Spare parts list for operating products, prepared by manufacturers including detailed drawings giving location of each maintainable part, lists of spares recommended for user- service inventory and nearest source of in -stock spares. F. Record Documentation: 1. Details of all alarm, diagnostic error and other messages. Detail the Operator action to be taken for each instance. 2. Detail special programs provided and provide a complete programming instruction manual. Detail operation of all software applications. 3. Detailed list of the database for all installed devices. 4. Record drawings shall be CAD generated and shall include final locations and point ID for each monitored and controlled device. 5. In additional to the required hard -copies, provide a CD with all of the record documentation in PDF format and a CD(s) containing backup copies of all installed software and graphics. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 6. Online as -built documentation: provide digital replications of as-builts that shall be accessible from each equipment graphic controlled or monitored by the BCS. 1.6 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Refer to Division 0 and Division 1 for allowances and related contractual requirements. B. Refer to Section 23 for General Mechanical Provisions, chillers, air handling units, VAV terminal units and computer room units. 1. Chiller supplier shall provide, install and commission a BACnet interface to each chiller. 2. CRAC unit and packaged DX unit manufacturer shall provide BACnet interface to BAS. C. Refer to Section 26 for General Electrical Provisions. 1. Division 26 shall provide all conduit and wiring for 120 volts and above, such as power to DDC control panels, 120v valve operators, VAV terminal units, power supplies, etc. 2. Switchgear manufacturer shall provide BACnet or Modbus interface to BCS. 3. Fire alarm manufacturer shall provide contacts within 18 inches of Division 23 control panels for monitoring of binary inputs. Controls contractor shall coordinate. 1.7 ELECTRICAL POWER PROVISIONS A. Power (120 VAC) shall be provided under Division 26 by the electrical contractor to the DDC panel locations indicated on the mechanical & electrical drawings. Provide step down transformers within panel enclosures. Provide all necessary fuses and circuit protection devices B. Normal power shall be provided to the controllers serving fan powered terminal units with electric heat via the control transformer provided with the unit. C. All components of the BCS shall be powered from the sources above. Provide final terminations from the locations indicated on the Division 23 Drawings. D. The BCS Contractor shall provide any additional control (24 volt) power that is required as part of this contract and not indicated by other. This shall include all conduit, cabling, circuit breakers, etc. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warranty work and the equipment provided under this contract shall be for a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion. Warranty shall cover all components system software, parts and assemblies supplied by this contractor and shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion. Labor to troubleshoot, repair reprogram or replace system components that have failed due to defects in materials and workmanship shall be provided by this contractor at no charge to the owner during the warranty period All corrective software modifications made during warranty service periods shall be updated on all user documentation and on user and manufacturer archived software disks. All warranty work shall be performed by the BCS contractor's local service group. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-8 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Warranty shall not cover repair or replacement of equipment damaged by under- or over -voltage, misuse, lack of proper maintenance, lightning, and water damage from weather or piping failure, unless due to control eqpt non -operation due to defect. C. Hardware and software personnel supporting this warranty agreement shall provide on - site or off -site service in a timely manner after failure notification to the BCS contractor. The maximum acceptable response time to provide this service at the site shall be 24 hours, during normal working hours. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NETWORK AREA CONTROLLER (NAC) A. Provide one or more Network Area Controllers (NAC) to meet the sequences of operation and the type and quantity of devices being integrated into the system. The NAC shall provide the interface between the local area network (LAN) or wide area network (WAN) and the field control devices The NAC shall provide global supervisory control functions over the associated controllers and shall be capable of executing application control programs to provide: calendar functions; scheduling; trending; alarm monitoring and routing, time synchronization; integration of controller data for each applicable protocol network management functions for all network devices. The user may view real-time information via web -based graphical displays at each NAC. Web software shall not be required to provide the following features. B. The Network Area Controller shall provide the following hardware features as a minimum: two Ethernet Ports —10/100 Mbps; one RS-232 port, one RS-485 BACnet MS/TP port; battery backup; 256 DDR RAM memory; 128 MB flash memory for long term data backup. If battery backup or flash memory is not supplied provide u ninterruptible power source (UPS) per network controller to maintain memory for 48 hours. C. The NAC shall be capable of operation over a temperature range of 32 to 122°F and o peration over a humidity range of 5 to 95% RH, non -condensing; storage temperatures of between 32 and 158°F. D. The NAC shall provide multiple user access to the system and support for ODBC or SQL A database resident on the NAC shall be an ODBC-compliant database or must provide an ODBC data access mechanism to read and write data stored within it. E. Event Alarm Notification and actions: The NAC shall provide alarm recognition, storage; routing, management, and analysis to supplement distributed capabilities of equipment o r application specific controllers. Alarm conditions shall be routed to any defined user location whether connected to a local or wide -area network. 1. Alarm generation shall be selectable for annunciation type and acknowledgement requirements including but limited to: alarm; return to normal; fault. 2. Provide for the creation of a minimum of eight alarm classes for the purpose of routing types and or classes of alarms, i.e.: security, HVAC, Fire etc. Allow timed routing of alarms by class, object, group, or node. 3. Provide alarm generation from binary object "runtime" and/or event counts for equipment maintenance (i.e. filter status, fan run status). Authorized users shall be able to reset runtime or event count values with appropriate password control. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 4. Control equipment and network failures shall be treated as alarms and annunciated. 5. Alarms shall be annunciated in any of the following manners as defined by the user: screen message text; e-mail of the complete alarm message to multiple recipients. Provide the ability to route and email alarms based on: day of the week, time of day and recipient. 6. Color -graphic shall have flashing alarm object(s). Printed message may be routed directly to a dedicated alarm printer. 7. The following shall be recorded by the NAC for each alarm (at a minimum). time and date; location (building, floor, zone, office number, etc.) associated equipment. Upon acknowledgement of the alarm the NAC shall document the time date and authorized user. The number of alarm occurrences since the last acknowledgement shall be recorded. 8. Defined users shall be given proper access to acknowledge any alarm, or specific types or classes of alarms defined by the user. Alarm actions may be initiated by user defined programmable objects created for that purpose. 9. Alarm archiving: A log of all alarms shall be maintained by the NAC and/or a server and shall be available for review by the user. Provide a 'query' feature to allow review of specific alarms by user defined parameters A separate log for system alerts (controller failures, network failures, etc.) shall be provided and available for review by the user. F. Data Collection and Storage: The NAC shall have the ability to collect data for any property of any object and store this data for future use. 1. The user shall designate the log as an interval log or deviation log. For an interval log, the object shall be configured for time of day, day of week and the sample collection interval. For deviation log, the object shall be configured for the deviation of a variable to a fixed value. This value when reached, will initiate logging of the object. For all logs, provide the ability to set the maximum number of data stores for the log and to set whether the log will stop collecting when full, or rollover the data on a first -in, first -out basis. Each log shall have the ability to have its data cleared on a time -based event or by a user -defined event or action. 2. All log data shall be stored in a relational database in the NAC and the data shall be accessed from the server or a standard web browser. All log data, when accessed from the server, shall be capable of being manipulated using standard SQL statements. 3. All log data shall be available to the user in the following data formats: HTML, XML, plain text, comma separated values (.csv) as a minimum. 4. The NAC shall have the ability to archive its log data either locally, or remotely to the server or other NAC on the network. Local Access: The NAC shall provide redundancy of system access to the local controllers at the remote building if the Central Network Server should lose communication or be off-line. The NAC shall maintain setpoint and scheduling features, access to the color -graphic displays, maintain trend logs and reports. Upon restoration of communication with the CNS the archived information shall be transmitted to the server for archiving. 2.2 MANAGEMENT LEVEL NETWORK INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-10 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Extension of the management level network shall meet, at minimum, the following requirements: Ethernet TCP/IP network BACnet standards; cabling shall be Category 5 or higher quality and shall be tested and certified for 1 GBps data transfer rate. 2.3 OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE FOR THE NAC A. The distributed architecture of the operating system for the CNS and NAC's shall provide the operator a comprehensive interface to allow the operator to configure and customize the BCS to optimize the HVAC system to save energy, schedule and maintain equipment and provide occupant comfort. The provided graphical toolset shall allow the operator to create applications in a drag and drop environment. 1. Input/output capability shall allow the operator to request the current value or status of the control point; command/override equipment to a specific state; add, change or delete control points alarm limits and controllers; change descriptors to control points and equipment; modify parameters; create or modify DDC loops; Operator System Access: Via software password with five access levels at work stations and at each control unit. C. Color graphic tools shall allow the user to create equipment and floor plan graphics from a standard library of symbols; allow custom generation of symbols; utilize over 64 or more colors; create real-time dynamic data for the graphics. Up to 60 control points may be displayed on each graphic. 1. Provide a link between compatible graphics to minimize the paths to additional information. For example provide the link from the zone sensor to the VAV terminal to the air handling unit and to the central plant Web pages shall be provided to allow the operator to zoom into specific areas of the facility and then link the space to the floor plan to the overall building and then to the facility site plan. 2. Graphical tools shall allow the creation of bar graphs, pie graphs and other tools to visualize control information such as run time hours energy consumed and occupant comfort. Alarm processing tools shall allow the operator to create alarm messages that include as a minimum. time of alarm, point descriptor, alarm condition and remote annunciation. Critical alarms shall be displayed, archived to a storage device or printed on a alarm printer Alarms shall be displayed in order of occurrence and have an optional audible alarm indicator. 1. Print alarm messages, up to 60 characters in length, for each alarm point specified. 2. Alarms may be routed to other devices including web -enabled cell phones, pagers, tablet PC's and designated personal computers on the network or Internet. 3. Operator specifies when alarm requires acknowledgment. Continue to indicate unacknowledged alarms after return to normal. An alarm log shall be maintained to archive alarms for future reference with the above specified parameters as well as indicating the person acknowledging the alarm. 4. The graphical display shall indicate the number of the current unacknowledged alarms by individual building site or by sum of all campus -wide facilities. 5. The operator may create and forward an e-mail message to another user directly from the graphical interface so that the message can be read when the second user logs on to the system. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-11 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Upon a power failure to equipment in the facility the BCS shall automatically start equipment upon the restoration of power. Program a time delay between individual equipment restart on a schedule to minimize demand charges from the utility company. F. Custom reports may be created by the operator with a requested time and date manually or automatically. All reports may be logged to a storage device for future reference. The data reports shall allow customization and scaling of the X-Y coordinates; plotting of tabular reports; provide multi -point graphical reports with not less than eight variables on the same report. Print reports on daily, weekly, monthly yearly or scheduled basis as scheduled. G. The network server current operating system, database, color -graphics, custom reports shall be backed up automatically to a remote server or storage device as directed by the owner's representative. H. Maintenance Management capability shall allow the system to monitor and log the run- time for HVAC equipment; schedule maintenance reports that include recommended material and labor for the assigned task. 2.4 EXPANDABLE APPLICATION CONTROLLERS (EAC) A. Expandable application controllers shall be capable of implementing control strategies for the system based on information from any or all connected inputs The EAC shall utilize factory pre-programmed global strategies that may be modified by field personnel on -site. Global control algorithms and automated control functions should execute via a 32-bit processor B. Programming shall be object -oriented using control program blocks that will support a minimum of 500 Analog Values and 500 Binary Values. Analog and binary values shall support standard BACnet priority arrays. Provide means to graphically view inputs and outputs to each program block in real-time as program is executing. C. Controller shall have adequate data storage to ensure high performance and data reliability. Battery shall retain static RAM memory and real-time clock functions for a minimum of 1.5 years (cumulative). Battery shall be a field -replaceable (non - rechargeable) lithium type. The onboard, battery -backed real time clock must support schedule operations and trend logs. D. Controller shall include both on -board 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet BACnet communication over a twisted pair cable (UTP) and shall include BACnet IP communication E. The base unit of the EAC shall host up to 8 expansion modules with various I/O combinations including universal 10-bit inputs, binary triac outputs and 8-bit switch selectable analog outputs (0-10V or 0-20 mA). Inputs shall support 3K and 10K thermistors, 0-5VDC, 0-10VDC 4-20mA, dry contacts and pulse inputs directly. F. All outputs must have onboard Hand -Off -Auto switches and a status indicator light. HOA switch position shall be monitored. Each analog output shall include a potentiometer for manually adjusting the output when the HOA switch is in the Hand position. The position of each and every HOA switch shall be available system wide as a BACnet object. G. BACnet Conformance 1. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include as a minimum. Analog Input, Binary Input, Analog Output, Binary Output, Analog Value, Binary Value, Device, File, Group, Event Enrollment, Notification Class, Program and Schedule object types. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-12 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. The Controller shall comply with Annex J of the BACnet specification for IP connections. This device shall use Ethernet to connect to the IP internetwork, while using the same Ethernet LAN for non-IP communications to other BACnet devices on the LAN. Must support interoperability on wide area networks (WANs) and campus area networks (CANs) and function as a BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD) H. Schedules: Each EAC shall support a minimum of 50 BACnet schedule objects. Logging Capabilities: Each controller shall support a minimum of 200 trend logs. Sample time interval shall be adjustable at the operator's workstation. Controller shall periodically upload trended data to system server for long term archiving if desired. Archived data stored in database format shall be available for use in third -party spreadsheet or database programs. J. Alarm Generation: Alarms may be generated within the system for any object change of value or state either real or calculated. This includes things such as analog object value changes, binary object state changes, and various controller communication failures. Alarm logs shall be provided for alarm viewing. Log may be viewed on -site at the operator's terminal or off -site via remote communications. Controller must be able to handle up to 200 alarm setups stored as BACnet event enrollment objects — system destination and actions individually configurable. 2.5 UNITARY CONTROLLERS - GENERAL A. The BCS Contractor shall provide all Unitary Controllers (UC). UC shall be fully programmable or applications specific controllers with pre -packaged operating sequences maintained in EEPROM or flash RAM. B. The UC shall be a node on one of the automation LANs and shall control its own communications so that the failure of any one node, shall not inhibit communications on the network between the remaining nodes. UC shall be totally independent of other LAN nodes for their monitoring and control functions. C. Provide each UC with a battery back-up or EEPROM for the protection of volatile memory for a minimum of 72 hours. Batteries shall be rated for a seven year life. All associated applications programs shall reside at the UC. The UC shall not require communication to any other panel for normal operating sequences other than time scheduled base commands. E. Control shall be based on algorithms, i.e. proportional plus integral plus derivative (PID), proportional plus integral (PI), or proportional to comply with the sequences of operation PID algorithms shall maintain the system operation within + or - 1.0 Deg. F. of the space temperature set points. F. The UC shall be configured with sufficient input/output capacity to achieve the required control points to meet the sequence of operations. 2.6 UNITARY CONTROLLER — VAV TERMINAL UNITS A. The BCS Contractor shall provide all UC s required for all variable air volume (VAV) terminal units The number and location of terminal units and air flow rates shall be as indicated on the mechanical drawings. B. The UC shall be capable of monitoring and controlling the following parameters for VAV terminal units per the sequences of operation and input/output summary: space temperature; primary air flow rate, damper modulation, heating coil stage control, heating valve control, heating SCR control (as applicable); fan on/off control; supply air sensor; occupancy senor; CO2 Sensor or humidity sensor. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00 - 13 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Furnish primary damper actuators, for factory mounting, meeting the following requirements: direct shaft mounting; adequate torque, to properly operate the damper from fully open to fully closed without binding; locking "V" groove or similar means to prevent slippage between actuator and shaft. D. The BCS Contractor shall field install the following components for each terminal unit: space temperature sensor' supply air temperature sensor; occupancy sensor and/or CO2 sensor as indicated on the drawings or input/output summary; E. The BCS Contractor shall furnish to the terminal unit manufacturer the following components for factory installation and wiring for each terminal unit VAV controller with integral differential pressure transducer for the monitoring of the terminal unit primary air flow rate and damper actuator. F. The terminal unit manufacturer shall provide the following components for each terminal unit for interface and mounting of the UC: primary air dampers' enclosure to house the UC and associated components including suitable mounting brackets shall be NEMA 1 rating and located outside the terminal unit; multi -point averaging type flow sensor at the primary air inlet to the terminal unit; 24 VAC control transformer; 24 VAC fan control relay interface; 24 VAC heater control relay interface (up to two stages); 24 volt SCR heater input as scheduled (0-10 Vdc or 4-20 mA). 2.7 UNITARY CONTROLLER AIR HANDLING UNITS (AHU) & FAN COIL UNITS (FCU) A. The BCS Contractor shall provide UC's required for chilled/hot water and DX/electric heat air handling units and fan coil units. Provide an enclosure to house the UC and associated components including suitable mounting brackets shall be NEMA 1 rated and located outside the UV s and FCU's. B. The UC shall be capable of monitoring and controlling the following parameters per the sequences of operation and input/output summary* space temperature; space relative humidity sensor ; cooling/heating stage control or modulating valve control; fan on/off control and status; supply air sensor; occupancy sensor; space CO2 sensor; VFD control and monitoring. 2.8 BCS CONTROLLER LEVEL NETWORK A. BCS Automation Level LAN shall consist of BACnet/MSTP (76.8 Kbps minimum). Data transfer rate and data throughput as required to meet the alarm annunciation requirements. 2.9 FIELD INSTRUMENTATION A. Temperature: All temperature sensors to be solid state electronic thermistor or RTD, factory -calibrated to within 0.5°F, totally interchangeable with housing appropriate for application Sensors shall be 10,000 ohm thermistor @ 77 F (type II or III as applicable) with temperature curve rated for the application. Sensor wiring terminations shall be in a galvanized box (not plastic). 1. Outside air temperature sensor: Sensors shall be installed in weather proof enclosure with ventilated PVC sun shieLd 2. Duct mounted temperature sensor shall be averaging type for supply air, mixed air and low temperature applications for air handling units. Duct probe temperature sensor shall be acceptable for terminal units. 3. Space temperature sensors shall have NO local display. They shall have local occupant override capabilities and a lever for setpoint adjustment. The setpoint adjustment shall be configured through the system to allow for user defined parameters. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00 - 14 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a. Space temperature sensors shall be Alerton Microtouch 4. Thermowell temperature sensor: Sensors shall be stainless steel probe of length that is equivalent to a minimum of 20% of the pipe diameter. End -to -end accuracy shall be ± 0.25 deg. F. Connection box shall be moisture/water proof with conduit fitting. Furnish the stainless steel thermowell to the mechanical contractor for installation. A thermal conducting grease shall be installed in the thermowell to provide uniform temperature sensing. B. Carbon Dioxide Sensor: The CO2 sensor shall be capable of monitoring CO2 concentration with an accuracy of +/- 30 parts per million (PPM). The CO2 sensor shall produce a linear 0-10 VDC or 4-20 ma signal over the range of 0 to 2000 PPM. The CO2 sensor shall measure using non -dispersed infrared (NDIR) technology to measure carbon dioxide gas and shall have 1. Wall mounted carbon dioxide sensors shall be Veris CWE series. 2. Duct Mounted Carbon Dioxide Sensor: CO2 sensors for duct mounted applications shall be installed in the return air path. Duct mounted carbon dioxide sensors shall be Veris CDE series. 3. The BCS contractor shall utilize the required calibration devices to properly commission and calibrate the CO2 sensors per the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Relative humidity sensors. All relative humidity sensors shall be a two wire type, 4 20 mA output proportional to the relative humidity range of 0-100%. The accuracy of the sensors shall be +3% over a range of 5-95% r.h. The sensor shall be replaceable. Sensor wiring terminations shall be in a galvanized box (not plastic). Veris HO series or approved equal. 1. Outdoor air relative humidity sensors: provide non -corroding outdoor shield to minimize wind effects and solar heating. Install wall -mount weather proof enclosure with conduit fitting. 2. Interior air relative humidity sensor: wall mounted humidity sensors shall be installed in a wall mounted enclosure with white or off-white cover to match the wall temperature sensors. 3. Duct mounted relative humidity sensor: Duct mounted relative humidity sensors shall be provided with a moister resistant enclosure with conduit fitting. The probe length shall be 8" minimum. D. Combination Temperature/Humidity wall sensor 1. Humidity sensor shall be 4-20 mA output proportional to the relative humidity range of 0-100%. The accuracy of the sensors shall be +3% over a range of 5- 95% r.h. 2. Temperature sensor shall be solid state electronic thermistor or RTD. The accuracy of the temperature sensor shall be +0.5°F. 3. Veris HEW series or approved equal. E. Differential pressure sensors: 1. Duct static pressure sensor: The differential pressure sensors shall have an input range compatible with the medium being measured. The proportional output signal shall be 0-10 Vdc or 4-20 mA. Accuracy of the sensor shall be +5% over an operating range of 0-2.0 inches w.g. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00 - 15 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Water differential pressure sensors: The water differential pressure sensor shall be provided with a cast aluminum NEMA-1 enclosure with an operating range of 0-30 psig and an accuracy of +2% of full scale reading. Sensor shall be installed with a valved piping bypass by the mechanical contractor. See details on the drawings. F. Freezestat: Provide freezestats for all chilled water air handling systems that receive more than 10% untreated outside air. Freezestats shall provide vapor tension elements, which shall serpentine the inlet face on all coils. Provide additional sensors, wired in series, to provide one linear foot per square foot of coil surface area. Freezestat shall be manually reset at the switch. Interlock to the associated fan so that fan will shut down when HOA switch is in hand or auto position. Provide time delay relays with a 0-10 minute time delay relay duration to minimize nuisance freezestat trips. Time delay relay shall be adjustable at the associated control panel. G. Air differential pressure switch: For fan shutdown provide air differential pressure switches for all fans controlled by a variable frequency drive (VFD) to shut down the associated fan in the event of sensing high differential pressure. Air differential pressure switches shall have an adjustable setpoint with a range of 0-10 inches w.g. with manual reset at the switch. Provide IA inch copper tubing with compression fittings to mount to the side of the duct. H. Momentary control relays: Provide momentary control relays as indicated. . Relays shall have coil ratings of 120 VAC, 50 mA or 10-30 VAC/VDC 40 mA as suitable for the application. Contact ratings shall be 10 amp. Provide complete isolation between the control circuit and the digital output. Relays shall be located in the UC or other local enclosures and have pin -type terminals. Relays shall have LED indication of status Current sensing relay: Current sensing relays shall be rated for the applicable load. The output relay shall have an accessible trip adjustment over its complete operating range. Enclosure shall have an LED to indicate relay status. J. Photocell. Ambient light level shall by a photocell in a non -corroding in a weatherproof housing with sun shield suitable for exterior installation. The photocell control signal output shall be 4-20 ma or binary contact closure as specified in the sequences of operation. Mount the photocell on the north side of the building on the roof. The sensor reading shall be 0 750 foot candles. Water flowmeter -- insertion type: Water dual turbine shall have a stainless steel insertion probe with non-metallic rotors; 2 0 % accuracy of actual reading from 0.4 to 20 ft/s; turndown ratio of 30:1; pulse outputs proportional to flow rate. The flowmeter shall be an Insertion type single turbine on applications with 20 diameters of pipe upstream and 5 diameters of pipe downstream. The flow meter shall be a dual turbine flow meters on applications with 10 diameters of pipe upstream and 5 diameters of pipe downstream. Provide valve to allow for removal and re-insertion without disruption to the water service. 1. Manufacturer shall Onicon or approved equal. M Energy BTU Measurement System 1. The entire Energy Measurement System shall be built and calibrated by a single manufacturer, ONICON Incorporated, and shall consist of a flow meter, two temperature sensors, a BTU meter temperature thermowells, and all required mechanical installation hardware. A certificate of NIST* traceable calibration shall be provided with each system. All equipment shall be covered by the manufacturer s two year warranty. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00 - 16 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. BTU Meter: Provide an ON ICON System-10 BTU Meter. The BTU meter shall provide the following points both at the integral LCD and as outputs to the building control system Energy Total, Energy Rate, Flow Rate, Supply Temperature and Return Temperature. Output signals shall be either serial network (protocol conforming to BACnetR MS/TP BACnet/IP, LONWORKSR, JCI-N2, MODBUS RTU RS485, MODBUS RTU TCP/IP, or Siemens-P1) and/or via individual analog and pulse outputs. Each BTU meter shall be factory programmed for its specific application and shall be re -programmable using the front panel keypad (no special interface device or computer required). 3. Temperature sensors: Temperature sensors shall be loop -powered current based (mA) sensors and shall be bath -calibrated and matched (NIST* traceable) for the specific temperature range for each application. The calculated differential temperature used in the energy calculation shall be accurate to within +0.15°F (including the error from individual temperature sensors, sensor matching, input offsets, and calculations). 1. Flow Meter: Provide an ONICON Model F-1210 Dual Turbine Flow Meter complete with all installation hardware necessary to enable insertion and removal of the meter without system shutdown. The flow meter shall be hand -insertable up to 400 psi. The flow meter shall have two contra -rotating axial turbines, with electronic impedance -based sensing and an averaging circuit to reduce measurement errors due to swirl and flow profile distortion. Wetted metal components shall be nickel - plated brass (unless optional 316L SS is otherwise specified). Optional 316L SS construction is required for HW applications operating over 250 degrees F, and for any application in non-metallic pipe The maximum operating temperature shall be 280 degrees F, 300 F peak. Each flow meter shall be individually wet -calibrated against a primary volumetric standard that is accurate to within 0.1% and traceable to NIST*. The manufacturer's certificate of calibration shall be provided with each flow meter. Accuracy shall be within ± 0.5% of rate at the calibrated velocity, within ± 1% of rate over a 10:1 turndown (3.0 to 30 ft/s) and within ± 2% of rate over a 5001 turndown (from 0.4 to 20 ft/s). The flow meter shall include integral analog output(s), 4-20 mA, 0-10V, or 0-5V. The flow meter shall be covered by the manufacturer's two year warranty. 2.13 AIRFLOW MEASURING STATIONS (AFMS) A. Duct mounted airflow measuring stations with combination airflow and air temperature measurement devices shall have the following features: 1. Multi -point sensors in one or more probe assemblies with a maximum of one to sixteen sensor nodes per location, and a single remotely mounted microprocessor -based transmitter for each measurement location Each sensor node shall consist of two hermetically sealed bead -in -glass thermistors. Each sensing point shall independently determine the airflow rate and temperature at each node which shall be equally weighted in calculations by the transmitter prior to output as the cross -sectional average. Each ducted sensor probe shall have an integral, U.L. Listed, plenum rated cable. Each independent temperature sensor shall have a calibrated accuracy of +/-0.14° F (0.08° C) over the entire operating temperature range of -20° F to 160° F (-28 9° C to 71° INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00 - 17 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C).and be calibrated at 3 temperatures against standards that are traceable to NIST. Acceptable manufacturer shall be EBTRON, Inc. GTx116-PC 2. Each transmitter shall have a display capable of simultaneously displaying both airflow and temperature. Airflow rate shall be field configurable to be displayed as velocity or volumetric rates, selectable as IP or SI units. Each transmitter shall operate on 24 VAC and be fused and protected from over voltage, over current and power surges. 3. Each independent airflow sensor shall have a laboratory accuracy of +/-2% of Reading over the entire calibrated airflow range of 0 to 5,000 fpm (25.4 m/s). and be wind tunnel calibrated at 16 points against air velocity standards that are traceable to NIST. 2.14 AUTOMATIC DAMPERS A. Furnish automatic dampers (AD) as indicated on the Division 23 Mechanical Drawings for installation by the Division 23 Mechanical Contractor. The maximum leakage rate for AD shall not exceed 10 cfm per square foot at 4 inches W.C. Provide actuators for BCS furnished automatic dampers and for dampers provided as part of a factory installation within an AHU or fan -coil unit to comply with the sequence of operations including actuator mountings, installation, drive arms, linkages and damper end switches. Actuators shall be directly coupled to damper drive blades with no intermediate linkages or shall be rotary type actuators directly coupled to the damper drive shaft. Where required by the sequences of operation, actuators shall have a spring return to the de - energized position upon loss of power. Damper normal and failure positions shall be as identified within the sequences of operation. Power rating shall be 120 Vac + or - 10% 60 Hz or 24 Vac power supply. B. Control Dampers. The control contractor shall furnish and size all automatic control dampers unless provided with the HVAC equipment. The sheet metal contractor shall install all dampers unless provided with HVAC equipment. 1. All dampers used for modulating service shall be opposed blade type arrange for normally open or normally closed operation as required to comply with the sequences of operation. The damper is to be sized so that when wide open the pressure drop is a sufficient amount of its close -off pressure drop for effective throttling. 2. All dampers used for two -position or open -close control shall be parallel blade type arranged for normally open or closed operation as required. 3. Damper linkage hardware shall be constructed of corrosion resistant zinc & nickel -plated steel. Blade -to -blade linkage shall be concealed within the frame. 4. Frame shall utilize a heavy duty 5 in. by 1 in. 16 gauge galvanized steel hat channel frame designed for installation inside the ductwork. Frame shall have reinforced corners and low profile head and sill on dampers less than 17 in high. 5. Blades shall be 3 V, single thickness of 16 gauge galvanized steel. Provide dampers with flexible metal compression -type jamb seals and extruded vinyl blade edge seals for low leakage performance. 6. Shafts shall be A in. diameter square plated steel axles positively locked to the blades to eliminate slippage between blades and axles. Actuator shaft shall be removable. Provide molded synthetic (acetyl) bearings in a polished extruded frame raceway. 7 Dampers shall be Honeywell D2 or Ruskin CD36 series. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-18 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Damper Actuators: 1. Outside air and exhaust air damper actuators shall be mechanical spring return. The actuator mounting arrangement and spring return feature shall permit normally open or normally closed positions of the damper as required. 2. Outside and return air modulating actuators shall utilize analog (proportional) control 2-10 VDC. Actuators shall be driven in both the open and closed directions 3. Electric damper actuators shall be direct shaft mounted and use a V-bolt and toothed V-clamp causing a cold weld effect for positive gripping. Single bolt or setscrew type fasteners are not acceptable. 4. Single section dampers shall have one electronic actuator direct shaft mounted. 5. Multi section dampers with electric actuators shall be arranged so that each damper section operates individually. One electronic actuator shall be direct shaft mounted per damper section 6. Damper actuators shall be Belimol. 2.15 CONTROL VALVES A. Furnish all valves controlled by the BCS as detailed in the mechanical drawings, the sequences of operation and the input/output summary. Furnish chiller isolation valves as indicated in the sequences. Control valves shall be factory fabricated of type, body material, and pressure class based on maximum pressure and temperature rating of piping system, unless otherwise indicated. Where necessary to achieve the required performance and pressure drop a control valve may be down sized up to two nominal sizes below line size Two -position control valves shall be full -line size. 1. All chilled water, condenser water, and hot water valves shall meet, at minimum, the following ANSI Class 150 ratings. Valves 0.5 inch to 2 inches shall have NPT female screwed ends. Valves 2.5 inches and larger shall have flanged ends. 2. Equal Percentage control characteristic shall be provided for all 3-way water coil control valves. B. Characterized Control Ball Valves (CCV) for /2" to 2": for 2 and 3-way applications shall have equal percentage characteristics. Manufacturer shall be Belimo CCV or approved equal. 1. Valve housing shall consist of forged brass rated at no less than 400 psi at 250°F. Three-way valves shall have EPDM o-rings behind ball seals to allow for a minimum close -off pressure of 40 psi with an actuator that provides 35 in-Ibs torque for % to 2 in. sizes Three-way valves shall be installed in a "tee" configuration with actuator perpendicular to the shaft. Confirm mixing or diverting application for correct valve selection. Butterfly valves: For chiller isolation control valves and cooling tower bypass valves butterfly control valves may be provided 1. Butterfly valves shall be sized for modulating service at 60-70 degree stem rotation. Isolation valves shall be line -size. Design velocity shall be less than 12 feet per second when used with standard EPDM seats Butterfly valves shall have ductile iron body, 304 stainless steel disc and EPDM seat The valve body close -off pressure rating shall be 150 psi over a range of -20 F to 250 F The INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00 - 19 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 flange shall be ANSI 125/250. Belimo F6 and F7 series or approved manufacturer. D. Control Valve Actuators for PICCV, CCV and Globe valves: 1. Provide electric actuators for all control valves that are furnished as part of the BCS contract. Two way and three way control valve actuators shall meet, at minimum, the following requirements: 2. Motor driven type with gear assembly made of hardened steel. Actuator shall have an input voltage of 24 VAC. Interior actuator housings shall be NEMA-2 rated. Exterior housings shall require a weather shield or shall be NEMA-4 rated. Provide visual mechanical position indication 3. Valves shall be sized to meet the shut-off requirements when operating at the maximum system differential pressure and with the installed system pump operating at shut-off head Actuators shall control against system maximum working pressures. 4. Normal and failure positions shall be as indicated in the operating sequences. Provide spring return action per the sequences. 5. Manual declutch lever to enable manual operation of the valve. It shall be possible for an operator to manually modulate valves located in mechanical rooms in the event of loss of power. 6. Overload Protection: Actuators shall provide protection against actuator burnout by using an internal current limiting circuit or digital motor rotation sensing circuit. Circuit shall insure that actuators cannot burn out due to stalled damper or mechanical and electrical paralleling End switches to deactivate the actuator at the end of rotation are acceptable only for butterfly valve actuators. 7. All actuators shall be capable of being electronically programmed in the field by use of external computer software or a dedicated handheld tool for the adjustment of flow. Programming using actuator mounted switches or multi -turn actuators are not acceptable. 8. Electric actuators shall be Belimo or Honeywell compatible with valve furnished. E. Butterfly Valve Industrial Actuators 1 Enclosure shall be NEMA 4 (weatherproof) enclosure and will have an industrial quality coating. 2. Actuator shall have a motor rated for continuous duty. The motor shall be fractional horsepower; permanent split capacitor type designed to operate on a 120 VAC, 1 phase, 60 Hz supply. Two adjustable cam actuated end travel limit switches shall be provided to control direction of travel. A self -resetting thermal switch shall be imbedded in the motor for overload protection. 3. Reduction gearing shall be designed to withstand the actual motor stall torque. Gears shall be hardened alloy steel, permanently lubricated. A self-locking gear assembly or a brake shall be supplied. 4. Actuator shall have a 6 ft wiring harness provided for ease in field wiring (above 1500 in-Ibs). Two adjustable SPDT cam -actuated auxiliary switches, rated at 250 VAC shall be provided for indication of open and closed position. Actuator shall have heater and thermostat to minimize condensation within the actuator housing. 5. Actuator shall be equipped with a hand wheel for manual override to permit operation of the valve in the event of electrical power failure or system malfunction. Hand wheel must be permanently attached to the actuator and when in manual INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00 - 20 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 operation electrical power to the actuator will be permanently interrupted. The hand wheel will not rotate while the actuator is electrically driven 6. The actuator shall be analog, floating or two position as called out in the control sequence of operation. All analog valves shall be positive positioning and respond to a 2-10 VDC, 4-20 mA, or adjustable signal as required. Analog actuators shall have a digital control card allowing any voltage input for control and any DC voltage feedback signal for position indication. 7. Butterfly valve actuators shall be Belimo furnished with specified butterfly valves. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PRE -CONSTRUCTION A. The BCS supplier shall provide a pre -construction coordination meeting with the affected trades to ensure a cooperative efficient process of installation. The invited trades shall include the general contractor, mechanical contractor, electrical contractor, test and balance contractor owner's representative, consulting engineer and others with a direct interest in the coordination of the affected systems The BCS contractor shall provide an outline of the meeting agenda highlighting the construction schedule, coordination with mechanical and electrical trades. Provide a sign -in sheet and submit it through the attendees along with a summary of the meeting notes for future reference. 3.2 INSPECTION DURING INSTALLATION A. Provide a technician to assist the engineer or owner's representative with inspections made during the installation period that are required to review the progress and quality of ongoing work. The engineer/owner's representative shall generate field observation reports on the findings of the inspection. The engineer or owner's representative shall advise the BCS contractor during the inspection of any concerns noted with respect to the installation and shall repeat the concerns in writing as soon as possible after the inspection is completed The BCS contractor shall take corrective action to meet the requirements of the specifications. Upon correction the BCS contractor shall submit written documentation through the contractors to the engineer. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS A. Provide all interlock and control wiring. All wiring shall be installed in a neat and professional manner in accordance with specification division 26 and all national, state and local electrical codes. Provide wire and wiring techniques recommended by equipment manufacturers. Control wiring shall not be installed in power circuit raceways. Magnetic starters and disconnect switches shall not be used as junction boxes. Provide auxiliary junction boxes as required. Coordinate location and arrangement of all control equipment with the Owner's Representative prior to rough -in Provide auxiliary pilot duty relays on motor starters as required for control function. C. Electrical Contractor shall provide 120 or 277 volt power at a junction box within 48" of the controller. The BAS Contractor shall coordinate with the Electrical Contractor to identify locations of power requirements prior to the installation of the controls. Conduit for control wiring shall be provided whenever one of the following conditions exists: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-21 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Conduit is indicated on the drawings or specifically required by the specifications. 2. Cabling runs through inaccessible areas such as within partitions/walls, above closed in ceilings, under floor; within trenches and underground; on the exterior of the building; exposed on the surface of the building when encased in concrete or other material that makes the cable inaccessible or when located such that access to the cable is not readily obtained. 3. Cable within mechanical, telecommunications and electrical equipment rooms and control rooms. 4. Conduit shall be installed, inside wall from sensor box to above the wall, for all wall mounted temperature, humidity and CO2 sensors. E. Control wiring located above an accessible ceiling space may be plenum rated cable. Plenum rated wire shall be bundled and routed at right angles to the building lines and secured to the building structure every 15 feet. F. When communication bus enters or exits a building, a surge suppressor shall be installed. The surge suppressor shall be installed according to the controls manufacturer's instructions. G. Provide sleeves for all cable and conduit passing through walls, partitions, structural components, floors and roof H. All sensor wiring shall be labeled to indicate the origination (at the device) and destination of data (at the control panel) The description shall indicate the type and location of the control device such as "AHU-1 SA temp" or "VAV 1-1 space temp". Wall temp sensors at 48" above the finished floor to comply with ADA requirements and to match the height of the light switches. Mount humidity sensor at equal height to wall temperature sensor. 3.3 COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS A. Commissioning shall be provided by the BCS contractor to demonstrate and confirm that the installed system complies with the specifications and the control sequences of operation herein specified. upon completion of the commissioning process the BCS contractor shall demonstrate to the engineer or owner's representative the functionality of the control system devices are in compliance with the contract documents. B. Technicians provided by the BCS contractor shall be factory trained and qualified in the operation of the provided control system. The BCS contractor shall provide, if requested, the factory training certificates of the individuals providing the commissioning services on this project. C. Commissioning tools, applicable to the system provided, shall be utilized by the factory trained technicians for proper verification of system operation and functionality Temperature verification sensors shall be NIST certified within the last 12 months. Meters such as Fluke 52 series or better shall be utilized. Use of non -certified meters may require the system to be re -commissioned with certified meters at no cost to the owner. D. Documentation of the commissioning process shall be provided per the project general conditions in a hard -copy paper or electronic (.pdf) format as requested. Documentation shall include the following forms: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-22 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Project Commissioning/System Verification Form for each controller provided on the project to verify the proper function of each controller control device and system component provided. 2. Panel Commissioning Form for each control panel to document the proper installation and function of each control panel provided. 3. Sequence of Operation Commissioning Form for each piece of controlled equipment to confirm compliance of the control system with the specified sequences of operation. 4. Not providing proper documentation for each control devices, panel, or system, upon request by the engineer or owner's representative, may require the BCS contractor to re -commission the applicable systems at no additional cost to the owner. E. After completion of the commissioning, the BCS contractor shall be able to demonstrate the sequence of operations for each system to the engineer and the owner's representative. F. Equipment checkout sheets are to be produced by this contractor showing checkboxes and compliance with the following procedures for each piece of equipment and turned over to the owner and/or mechanical engineer. 3.4 COLORGRAPHICS A. The CNS/NAC colorgraphics shall be provided for the BCS system prior to system acceptance and owner training. The colorgraphics provided shall include the following as a template. Provide forward and backward links on the graphic. 1. Site plan with link to overall building plan including detached buildings. The site plan shall be referenced to an automatically updated aerial view or map view of the area such as Google Maps or Bing Maps. Provide link to proceed to the overall building floor plan. 2. The overall building plan shall indicate space temperature conditions referenced by the color of the zone. Specific details of the zone temperatures and equipment are not required. Provide a link to the floor plan wings, upper floors and remote buildings. 3. The floor plan colorgraphics shall indicate the space temperatures by color references Additional information shall indicate the space temperature, the occupancy of the zone, air handling units VAV terminals and ductwork with diffusers. A link at each terminal unit or AHU shall automatically connect the system operator to the equipment colorgraphic. 4. The colorgraphics for the equipment shall as a minimum be equal to the points from the input/output summary or control schematic. Primary control devices as required by the sequences of operation shall also be provided. 5. Control points from equipment that are integrated into the BCS via a factory BACnet card shall be provided to convey the operating conditions of the attached equipment. Up to 25 key operating points per equipment graphic may be required. Coordination of the specific points shall be provided during the submittal phase. 3.5 CONTROL SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION and ACCEPTANCE A. Startup testing documentation: Prepare the checklist documenting startup testing of each input and output device, with technician s initials and date certifying each device INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00 - 23 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 has been tested and calibrated prior to acceptance testing. This document shall indicate proof that the following functions have been commissioned and shall be included in the as -built documentation: short to ground check, configuration of trends, confirmation that color -graphics are accurately representing actual systems, point to point checkout, all damper and valve actuators respond to input change control modules are addressed and have functional descriptors, specified interlocks are functional, calibration report of all sensors, discrete outputs respond to time schedule or manual enable command. B. Demonstration. Prior to acceptance, demonstrate the following performance tests to demonstrate system operation and compliance with specifications 1. Engineer, owner's representative and mechanical contractor shall be invited to observe and review system demonstration Provide attendees at least 10 days notice. 2. Demonstration shall follow process approved as part of the submittal and shall include complete checklists and forms for each system as part of system demonstration. 3. Demonstrate actual field operation of each sequence of operation as specified. Demonstrate calibration and response of any input and output points requested by engineer or owner's representative. 5. Demonstrate complete operation of operator interface including review of color - graphics, time schedules, trend logs, alarm notification, functionality of tablet PC operation. a. DDC loop response. Supply graphical trend data output showing each DDC loop's response to a set point change representing an actuator position change of at least 25% of full range. Trend sampling rate shall be selectable from 10 seconds to 3 minutes, depending on loop speed. Each sample's trend data shall show set point, actuator position, and controlled variable values. b. Demand limiting if applicable in the sequence of operations. Supply trend data output showing demand -limiting algorithm action. Trend data shall document action sampled each minute over at least a 30-minute period and shall show building kW, demand -limiting set point and status of set points and other affected equipment parameters. c. Trend logs for each system. Trend data shall indicate set points, operating points, valve positions, and other data as specified. Logs shall be accessible through system's operator interface and shall be retrievable for use in other software programs. 6. Alarms and Interlocks. Check each alarm with an appropriate signal at a value that will trip the alarm. Trip interlocks using field contacts to check logic and to ensure that actuators fail in the proper direction. Alarm verification shall include temperatures exceeding alarm threshold (high and low), fan failure safety, duct high static pressure switch, freezestat, smoke detector shutdown. 7 Tests that fail to demonstrate proper system operation to the engineer shall be repeated after contractor makes necessary repairs or revisions to hardware or software to successfully complete each test. C. Acceptance. 1. After tests described in this specification are performed to the satisfaction of both engineer and owner s representative, the engineer shall accept the control system as meeting completion requirements Engineer may exempt tests from INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00 - 24 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 completion requirements that cannot be performed due to circumstances beyond BCS contractor's control. Engineer shall provide written statement of each exempted test. Exempted tests shall be performed as part of warranty. System shall not be accepted until completed demonstration forms and checklists are submitted and approved by the engineer. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION AND OWNER TRAINING A. Furnish basic operator training for multiple persons on data display, alarm and status descriptors, requesting data, execution commands and log requests. Include a minimum of 16 hours: 8 hours instructor time for onsite training and 8 hours of hands on class environment training. Training sessions may be provided in 4-hour increments as approved by the owner's representative. 1. Change/modify temperature setpoints. 2. Change/modify time of day, holiday and override schedules. 3. Display, create, and modify trends of system points. 4. Update room numbers on the color -graphics. B. Demonstrate complete and operating system to Owner. Provide written documentation listing the attendees of the specified training with sign -in sheet and training time and date. Refer to Division 01, Section ' Demonstration and Training". 3.7 SEQUENCES OF OPERATION A. Refer to Section 23 09 93. END OF SECTION INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-25 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. SECTION 23 09 20 VARIABLE FREQUENCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Section includes separately enclosed, pre -assembled, combination VFCs, rated 600 V and less, for speed control of three-phase, squirrel -cage induction motors. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. BAS: Building automation system. CPT: Control power transformer. C. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. D. IGBT: Insulated gate bipolar transistor. E. LAN: Local area network. F. LED• Light -emitting diode. G. MCP: Motor -circuit protector. H. NC: Normally closed. I. NO: Normally open. J. OCPD: Overcurrent protective device. K. PCC: Point of common coupling. L. PID: Control action, proportional plus integral plus derivative. M. PWM: Pulse -width modulated. N . RFI: Radio frequency interference. O. TDD: Total demand (harmonic current) distortion. P . THD(V): Total harmonic voltage demand. Q . VFC or VFD: Variable frequency motor controller. VARIABLE FREQUENCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS 23 09 20 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and rating of VFC indicated. Include features, performance, electrical ratings, operating characteristics, shipping and operating weights, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings For each VFC indicated. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, and sections; and conduit entry locations and sizes, mounting arrangements, and details including required clearances and service space around equipment. 1. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following a. Each installed unit's type and details. b. Factory -installed devices. c. Enclosure types and details. d. Nameplate legends. e. Short-circuit current (withstand) rating of enclosed unit. f. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of each VFC and installed devices. 2. Schematic and Connection Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. Operation and Maintenance Data: For VFCs to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting thermal -magnetic circuit breaker and MCP trip settings. 2. Manufacturer's written instructions for setting field -adjustable overload relays. 3. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing, adjusting, and reprogramming microprocessor control modules. 4. Manufacturer's written instructions for setting field -adjustable timers, controls, and status and alarm points. D. Load -Current and Overload Relay Heater List* Compile after motors have been installed, and arrange to demonstrate that selection of heaters suits actual motor nameplate, full -load currents. Load -Current and List of Settings of Adjustable Overload Relays: Compile after motors have been installed and arrange to demonstrate that switch settings for motor -running overload protection suit actual motors to be protected. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. Comply with NFPA 70. C. IEEE Compliance: Fabricate defined in Division 26 Section and test VFC according to IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." VARIABLE FREQUENCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS 23 09 20 - 2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation, capable of driving full load without derating, under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature: Not less than 14 deg F and not exceeding 104 deg F. 2. Ambient Storage Temperature: Not less than minus 4 deg F and not exceeding 140 deg F 3. Humidity: Less than 95 percent (noncondensing). B. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for VFCs, including clearances between VFCs, and adjacent surfaces and other items. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, load characteristics, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 2. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 3. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location. B. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor - bolt inserts into bases 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace VFCs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Basis -of -Design Product Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. ABB 2. Danfoss Inc. 3. Yaskawa. B. General Requirements for VFCs: 1. All VFC on project shall be supplied from the same manufacturer with the exception of manufacturer provided VFC for chillers. This shall included but not be limited to air handling equipment, pumps, cooling towers, etc. 2. The following equipment shall have drives provided with disconnect and manual bypass: VARIABLE FREQUENCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS 230920-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. a. Pumps b. Cooling Towers CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. The following equipment shall have drives provided with disconnects, (manual bypass's shall not be provided): a. Pumps b. Cooling Towers 4. Comply with NEMA ICS 7, NEMA ICS 61800-2, and UL 508C. C. Application: Variable torque. D. VFC Description: Variable frequency power converter (rectifier, dc bus, and IGBT, PWM inverter) factory packaged in an enclosure, with integral disconnecting means and overcurrent and overload protection; listed and labeled by an NRTL as a complete unit; arranged to provide self-protection, protection, and variable -speed control of one or more three-phase induction motors by adjusting output voltage and frequency. 1. Units suitable for operation of inverter -duty motors as defined by NEMA MG 1, Section IV Part 31 "Definite -Purpose Inverter Fed Polyphase Motors." 2. Listed and labeled for integrated short-circuit current (withstand) rating by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Design and Rating: Match load type, such as fans, blowers, and pumps; and type of connection used between motor and Toad such as direct or through a power -transmission connection. F. Output Rating: Three-phase; 10 to 60 Hz, with voltage proportional to frequency throughout voltage range; maximum voltage equals input voltage. G. Unit Operating Requirements: 1. Input AC Voltage Tolerance: Plus 10 and minus 10 percent of VFC input voltage rating. 2. Input AC Voltage Unbalance: Not exceeding 3 percent. 3. Input Frequency Tolerance: Plus or minus 3 percent of VFC frequency rating. 4. Minimum Efficiency 97 percent at 60 Hz, full load. 5. Minimum Displacement Primary -Side Power Factor: 98 percent under any load or speed condition. 6. Ambient Temperature Rating: Not less than 14 deg F and not exceeding 104 deg F. 7. Ambient Storage Temperature Rating: Not less than minus 4 deg F and not exceeding 140 deg F 8. Humidity Rating: Less than 95 percent (noncondensing). 9. Altitude Rating: Not exceeding 3300 feet 10. Vibration Withstand: Comply with IEC 60068-2-6. 11. Overload Capability: 1.1 times the base load current for 60 seconds, minimum of 1.8 times the base load current for three seconds. 12. Starting Torque: Minimum 100 percent of rated torque from 3 to 60 Hz. 13. Speed Regulation: Plus or minus 5 percent. 14. Output Carrier Frequency. Selectable; 0.5 to 15 kHz. 15. Stop Modes: Programmable; includes fast, free -wheel, and dc injection braking. H. Inverter Logic: Microprocessor based, 32 bit, isolated from all power circuits. I. Isolated Control Interface: Allows VFCs to follow remote -control signal over a minimum 40:1 speed range. VARIABLE FREQUENCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS 23 09 20 - 4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1. Signal: Electrical. J. Internal Adjustability Capabilities: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Minimum Speed: 5 to 25 percent of maximum rpm. 2. Maximum Speed: 80 to 100 percent of maximum rpm. 3. Acceleration: 0.1 to 999.9 seconds. 4. Deceleration: 0.1 to 999.9 seconds. 5. Current Limit: 30 to minimum of 150 percent of maximum rating. K. Self -Protection and Reliability Features: 1. Input transient protection by means of surge suppressors to provide three-phase protection against damage from supply voltage surges 10 percent or more above nominal line voltage. 2. Loss of Input Signal Protection: Selectable response strategy, including speed default to a percent of the most recent speed, a preset speed, or stop; with alarm. 3. Under- and overvoltage trips. 4. Inverter overcurrent trips. 5. VFC and Motor Overload/Overtemperature Protection: Microprocessor -based thermal protection system for monitoring VFCs and motor thermal characteristics, and for providing VFC overtemperature and motor overload alarm and trip; settings selectable via the keypad; NRTL approved. 6. Critical frequency rejection, with three selectable, adjustable deadbands. 7. Instantaneous line -to -line and line -to -ground overcurrent trips 8. Loss -of -phase protection. 9. Reverse -phase protection. 10. Short-circuit protection. 11. Motor overtemperature fault. Automatic Reset/Restart Attempt three restarts after drive fault or on return of power after an interruption and before shutting down for manual reset or fault correction; adjustable delay time between restart attempts. M. Bidirectional Autospeed Search: Capable of starting VFC into rotating loads spinning in either direction and returning motor to set speed in proper direction without causing damage to drive, motor, or load. N. Torque Boost: Automatically varies starting and continuous torque to at least 1.5 times the minimum torque to ensure high -starting torque and increased torque at slow speeds. O. Motor Temperature Compensation at Slow Speeds: Adjustable current fall -back based on output frequency for temperature protection of self cooled, fan -ventilated motors at slow speeds. Integral Input Disconnecting Means and OCPD: NEMA AB 1, molded -case switch, with power fuse block and current -limiting fuses with pad -lockable, door -mounted handle mechanism. 1. Disconnect Rating: Not less than 115 percent of VFC input current rating. 2. Disconnect Rating: Not less than 115 percent of NFPA 70 motor full -load current rating or VFC input current rating, whichever is larger. 3. Auxiliary Contacts: NO/NC, arranged to activate before switch blades open. VARIABLE FREQUENCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS 230920-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Status Lights: Door -mounted LED indicators displaying the following conditions: 1. Power on. 2. Run. 3. Overvoltage. 4. Line fault. 5. Overcurrent. 6. External fault. Panel -Mounted Operator Station: Manufacturer's standard front -accessible, sealed keypad and plain -English language digital display, allows complete programming, program copying operating monitoring, and diagnostic capability. 1. Keypad: In addition to required programming and control keys, include keys for HAND, OFF, and AUTO modes. 2. Security Access: Provide electronic security access to controls through identification and password with at least three levels of access: View only; view and operate; and view operate, and service. Control Authority: Supports at least four conditions: Off, local manual control at VFC, local automatic control at VFC, and automatic control through a remote source. C. Historical Logging Information and Displays: 1. Real-time clock with current time and date. 2. Running log of total power versus time 3. Total run time 4. Fault log, maintaining last four faults with time and date stamp for each. D. Indicating Devices: Digital display mounted flush in VFC door and connected to display VFC parameters including, but not limited to: 1. Output frequency (Hz) 2. Motor speed (rpm) 3. Motor status (running, stop, fault). 4. Motor current (amperes). 5. Motor torque (percent). 6. Fault or alarming status (code). 7. PID feedback signal (percent). 8. DC -link voltage (V dc). 9. Set point frequency (Hz). 10. Motor output voltage (V ac). Control Signal Interfaces: 1. Electric Input Signal Interface: A minimum of two programmable analog inputs: 0- to 10-V dc 4- to 20-mA dc. A minimum of six multifunction programmable digital inputs. VARIABLE FREQUENCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS 230920-6 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Remote Signal Inputs: Capability to accept any of the following speed -setting input signals from the BAS or other control systems: a. 0- to 10-V dc. b. 4- to 20-mA dc. c. Potentiometer using up/down digital inputs. d. Fixed frequencies using digital inputs. 3. Output Signal Interface A minimum of two programmable analog output signal(s) (0- to 10-V dc 4- to 20-mA dc), which can be configured for any of the following: a. Output frequency (Hz). b. Output current (load). c. DC -link voltage (V dc). d. Motor torque (percent). e. Motor speed (rpm). f. Set point frequency (Hz) Remote Indication Interface: A minimum of two programmable dry -circuit relay outputs (120-V ac, 1 A) for remote indication of the following: a. Motor running. b. Set point speed reached c. Fault and warning indication (overtemperature or overcurrent). d. PID high- or low -speed limits reached. F. PID Control Interface: Provides closed loop set point, differential feedback control in response to dual feedback signals. Allows for closed -loop control of fans and pumps for pressure, flow, or temperature regulation. 1. Number of Loops: One . G. BAS Interface: Factory -installed hardware and software to enable the BAS to monitor, control, and display VFC status and alarms and energy usage. Allows VFC to be used with an external system within a multidrop LAN configuration; settings retained within VFC's nonvolatile memory. 1. Network Communications Ports: Ethernet and RS-422/485. 2. Embedded BAS Protocols for Network Communications: ASHRAE 135 BACnet; protocols accessible via the communications ports. 2.3 BYPASS SYSTEMS, (Refer to drawing schedule for locations required) A. Bypass Operation: Safely transfers motor between power converter output and bypass circuit, manually, automatically, or both. Selector switches set modes and indicator lights indicate mode selected. Unit is capable of stable operation (starting, stopping and running) with motor completely disconnected from power converter. B. Bypass Mode: Manual operation only; requires local operator selection at VFC. Transfer between power converter and bypass contactor and retransfer shall only be allowed with the motor at zero speed. C. Bypass Controller Two -contactor -style bypass allows motor operation via the power converter or the bypass controller. VARIABLE FREQUENCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS 230920-7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1. Bypass Contactor: Load -break, IEC-rated contactor. Bypass Contactor Configuration: Full -voltage (across -the -line) type. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. NORMAL/BYPASS selector switch. 2. Contactor Coils: Pressure -encapsulated type. a. Operating Voltage: Depending on contactor NEMA size and line -voltage rating, manufacturer's standard matching control power or line voltage. b. Power Contacts Totally enclosed, double break, and silver cadmium oxide; assembled to allow inspection and replacement without disturbing line or load wiring. 3. Control Circuits: 120-V ac; obtained from integral CPT, with primary and secondary fuses, with of sufficient capacity to operate all integral devices and remotely located pilot, indicating and control devices. a. CPT Spare Capacity: 50 VA. 4. Overload Relays: NEMA ICS 2. a. Melting -Alloy Overload Relays: 1) Inverse -time -current characteristic. 2) Class 10 tripping characteristic. 3) Heaters in each phase matched to nameplate full -load current of actual protected motor and with appropriate adjustment for duty cycle. b. External overload reset push button. 2.4 ENCLOSURES VFC Enclosures: NEMA 250, to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. 1. Dry and Clean Indoor Locations: Type 1. 2. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R. 3. Weather resistant, dirty, or wet locations: Type 3R 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. General Requirements for Control -Circuit and Pilot Devices: NEMA ICS 5; factory installed in VFC enclosure cover unless otherwise indicated. 1. Push Buttons, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: Heavy-duty, type. a. Push Buttons: Unguarded types, maintained. b. Pilot Lights: LED types•. c. Selector Switches Rotary type. B. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable solid-state time delay relays. VARIABLE FREQUENCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS 230920-8 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Phase -Failure, Phase -Reversal, and Undervoltage and Overvoltage Relays: Solid-state sensing circuit with isolated output contacts for hard -wired connections. Provide adjustable undervoltage, overvoltage, and time -delay settings. 1. Current Transformers: Continuous current rating, basic impulse insulating level (BIL) rating, burden, and accuracy class suitable for connected circuitry. Comply with IEEE C57.13. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, surfaces, and substrates to receive VFCs, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine VFC before installation. Reject VFCs that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Examine roughing -in for conduit systems to verify actual locations of conduit connections before VFC installation. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of VFCs with other construction including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. Wall -Mounting Controllers: Install VFCs on walls with tops at uniform height and with disconnect operating handles not higher than 79 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated, and by bolting units to wall or mounting on lightweight structural -steel channels bolted to wall. For controllers not on walls, provide freestanding racks complying with Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." C. Install fuses in each fusible -switch VFC. D. Install fuses in control circuits if not factory installed. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Fuses." E. Install, connect, and fuse thermal -protector monitoring relays furnished with motor -driven equipment. F. Comply with NECA 1. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify VFCs, components, and control wiring. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." VARIABLE FREQUENCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS 230920-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1 Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, warning signs. Label each VFC with engraved nameplate. Label each enclosure -mounted control and pilot device. B. Operating Instructions: Frame printed operating instructions for VFCs, including control sequences and emergency procedures. Fabricate frame of finished metal, and cover instructions with clear acrylic plastic. Mount on front of VFC units. 3.4 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 and components; provide A. Install wiring between VFCs and remote devices and facility's central -control system. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Control -Voltage Electrical Power Cables." B. Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures. C. Connect selector switches and other automatic control devices where applicable. 1. Connect selector switches to bypass only those manual- and automatic control devices that have no safety functions when switches are in manual -control position. 2. Connect selector switches with control circuit in both manual and automatic positions for safety -type control devices such as low- and high-pressure cutouts, high -temperature cutouts, and motor overload protectors. 3.5 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Insert startup steps if any. 3.6 ADJUSTING Program microprocessors for required operational sequences, status indications, alarms, event recording, and display features. Clear events memory after final acceptance testing and prior to Substantial Completion. B. Set field -adjustable switches, auxiliary relays, time -delay relays, timers, and overload relay pickup and trip ranges. Adjust the trip settings of MCPs and thermal -magnetic circuit breakers with adjustable, instantaneous trip elements. Initially adjust to six times the motor nameplate full -load amperes and attempt to start motors several times, allowing for motor cool -down between starts. If tripping occurs on motor inrush, adjust settings in increments until motors start without tripping Do not exceed eight times the motor full -load amperes (or 11 times for NEMA Premium Efficient motors if required). Where these maximum settings do not allow starting of a motor, notify Architect before increasing settings. D. Set the taps on reduced voltage autotransformer controllers. VARIABLE FREQUENCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS 23 09 20 - 10 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Set field adjustable circuit -breaker trip ranges as specified in Division 26 Section "Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study " F Set field -adjustable pressure switches. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat to maintain temperature according to manufacturer's written instructions until controllers are ready to be energized and placed into service. B. Replace VFCs whose interiors have been exposed to water or other liquids prior to Substantial Completion. 3.8 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust operate, reprogram, and maintain VFCs. END OF SECTION VARIABLE FREQUENCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS 230920-11 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 09 93 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes control sequences for HVAC systems, subsystems, and equipment. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" for control equipment and devices and for submittal requirements. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. BAS: Building Automation System. B. CZV: Pressure Independent Chilled Water Zone Control Valve C. DDC: Direct digital control. D. VAV: Variable air volume. E. VFD: Variable Frequency Drive or Controller. F. VFC: Variable Frequency Drive or Controller. G. VFV: Variable Refrigerant Volume. H. TAB: Test and Balance I. FMS: Facility Monitoring System. 1.3 BUILDING OPERATION SCHEDULE A. The BAS system shall provide the uses with complete flexibility to set-up custom scheduling from the web interface. Through the web interface, the user shall have the ability to schedule an unlimited number of groups of equipment that can include individual air handling units, outside air units and chillers and shall not be limited to the number of groups that can be set-up. 1.4 CHILLED WATER SYSTEM SEQUENCES A. General: The chilled water system will consist of two air-cooled chillers, primary chilled water pumps and secondary distribution pumps. 1. , Occupied Mode: SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 23 09 93 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a. The chilled water system shall operate whenever air handling equipment is operational and calling for cooling. 2. Unoccupied Mode: Off. 3. Optimum Start: a. Morning Cool -down Call: The chilled water system shall operate during morning cool down. b. Morning Warm-up Call: The chilled water system shall be off. Chiller Sequencing: The chilled water system shall be started and stopped through the BAS. There shall be three different operating methods. 1. Off: All chillers and pumps shall be off. 2. Manual The chillers and associated primary and secondary pumps shall be started manually. 3. Automatic: a. Chillers shall operate per the buildings occupancy schedule. b. Staging of chillers is automated. c. Chillers shall operate on lead/lag sequence with lead chiller rotating on a weekly basis, (adj). d. Discharge water temperature from chiller shall be maintained at 42F (adj) through the chillers factory controls. e. In the event that chilled water temperature to the building, (downstream of secondary pumps), rises to 45F, and the lag chiller shall operate. f. The lag chiller shall be deactivated when chilled water temperatures at the chiller inlet fall to 49F (adj). C. Pump Sequencing: 1. Whenever a chiller is activated, its respective primary chilled water pump shall be activated. The chiller's primary pump shall be started/stopped thru the chillers control panel and shall be interlocked as indicated below. The chillers secondary pump shall be started and stopped through the BAS. 1) ACCH-la: Interlock with P-1 a (primary) 2) ACCH-1 b: Interlock with P-1 b (primary) 2. Install factory -furnished chilled -water flow switches at the chiller, a chiller shall not be allowed to start unless chilled water flow is proven at the chiller. 3. Provide each pump with a differential pressure sensor. If flow is not proven, the pump shall be deactivated and an audio visual alarm shall sound at the BAS and in the main mechanical room. In the event chilled water flow fails after the chiller is operating, the chiller and chilled water pump shall be de -activated. Once the cause of the alarm has been investigated and repaired, the chiller/pump shall be placed into normal operating conditions by resetting the system. Provide a thirty second time delay to prevent false alarms. D. Variable Speed Pump Control: Secondary Pumps are variable flow and will distribute chilled water to the building. Secondary Pumps are sized for full building demand. Operate pumps on a lead/lag basis via BAS. 1. Provide variable speed drive for each pump. 2. Provide differential water pressure sensor and install where indicated on drawings. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 230993-2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. The BAS shall continuously monitor the differential pressure sensor and shall modulate pump speed via VFD as required to maintain a pressure differential set -point. 4. The BAS shall continuously survey all chilled water control valves in the system and utilize differential pressure optimization. This will be accomplished by polling all chilled water control valves and resetting the DP set -point based on AHU valve position as indicated below. Field calibrate the adjustable reset range value with TAB Contractor a. Goal: All control valves less than 95% open, AND one of the conditions below: 1) Condition #1. One 2' or larger CHW control valve is 95%, but less than 100% open. 2) Condition #2: Control valve on two of any other units is between 95% and 100% open. 5. If secondary pumps are operating simultaneously, each pumps variable speed controller shall be operating at the same speed. 6. In the event that only one pump is operating and system pressure cannot be maintained, the next secondary pump shall start. 7 When multiple secondary pumps are running, de -energize one when VFD reaches minimum Hz. E. Operator Station Display: Indicate the following on operator workstation display terminal: 1. DDC system graphic. 2. DDC system status, on -off. 3. Mode of operation, (occupied, event, etc). 4. Outdoor -air temperature. 5. Cooling (software) demand indication. 6. Time and time schedule. 7 Primary and Secondary chilled -water pump(s) on -off status. 8. Primary and Secondary chilled -water pump(s) on -off indication. 9. Secondary Pump(s) speed. 10. Differential pressure. 11. Differential pressure current set point. 12. Chilled -water flow indication. 13. Chilled -water supply temperature, (secondary loop temp to/from building). 14. Chilled -water return temperature, (secondary loop temp to/from building) 15. Chilled -water bypass loop temp. 16. Chilled -water temperature control -point adjustment. 17. Chiller(s) on -off status 18. Chiller(s) on -off indication. 19. Chiller(s) and Pumps) "failure -to -start" indication. 20. Chiller(s) chilled -water supply and return temperature. 21. Secondary loop water flow (gpm). 22. System capacity in tons (based on secondary loop flow and supply/return water temperatures). 1.5 HEATING HOT WATER SYSTEM CONTROL SEQUENCES A. General: The heating hot water system consists of a condensing boiler and variable flow distribution pump. 1. Occupied Mode: a. On, based on Table 1 below. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 230993-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Unoccupied Mode: The heating hot water system shall be de -activated. 3. Optimum Start. a. Morning Cool -down: Off. b. Morning Warm-up: On (on a call for heating regardless of OA temp.) Hot Water Heating System Status OA Temp (deg F) Less than 64F (adj) ON 64F (adj) and Above OFF able 1: Hot Water Heating System Temperature Operation Schedule B. Boiler operation: The boiler shall be started and stopped through the BAS. The distribution pump shall operate a minimum of 15 minutes after boiler has been shut -down to allow heat removal from boiler. There shall be three different operating modes: 1. Off: The boiler and all pumps shall be off. 2. Manual: The boiler and pumps shall operate. 3. Automatic: The boiler shall operate per the buildings occupancy and Ambient schedule. C. Boiler sequencing: The boiler shall operate to maintain building heating hot water supply temperatures. As load demand changes, the following operating modes shall commence: 1. The condensing boiler shall modulate to maintain heating water set point. 2. As the demand decreases the condensing boiler shall unload to a minimum point. D. Pump Sequencing: 1. The circulation pumps shall be controlled by boiler controls 2. A differential pressure sensor shall be installed for distribution and circulation pumps. The boiler shall not be allowed to start unless boiler water flow is proven. If flow is not proven, the pumps and boiler shall de -activate, an audio/visual alarm shall sound at the BAS and in the mechanical room and the boiler shall not be allowed to start. In the event boiler water flow fails after the boiler is operating, the boiler and associated boiler pumps shall all be de -activated, an audio/visual alarm shall be activated at the BAS and in the mechanical room Once the cause of the alarm has been investigated and repaired, the boiler/pumps shall be placed into normal operating conditions by resetting the system. A thirty second time delay shall prevent false alarms. The audio alarm shall have a silencing button. Hot Water Temperature Control: 1. The boiler shall operate under its own boiler controls. 2. Hot water temperature supply to building shall be based on the below schedule, provide input sources as required. OA Temp F) HWS Temp. F) (deg (deg <30F 150F 30F to 60F Linear reset >60F 100F F. Variable Speed Pump Control: Distribution Pump is variable flow and will distribute hot water to the building. 1. Provide Variable speed drive for distribution pump. 2. Provide differential water pressure sensor and install where indicated on drawings. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 230993-4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. The BAS shall continuously monitor the differential pressure sensor and shall modulate pump speed as required to maintain a pressure differential set -point. 4. Provide automatic controls to start the standby pump if lead pump fails to start. Continue alarm until manually reset. Operator Station Display: Indicate the following on operator workstation display terminal: 1. DDC system graphic. 2. DDC system status, on -off. 3. Mode of Operation. 4. Outdoor -air temperature. 5. Time and time schedule. 6. Pump on -off status. 7. Pump on -off indication. 8. Pump failure to start indication. 9 Hot-water supply temperature. 10. Hot-water return temperature 11. Hot-water temperature control -point adjustment. 12. Boiler on -off status. 13. Boiler on -off indication. 14. Boiler "failure -to -start" indication. 15. Building GPM. 16. Total heating capacity being supplied to building. 1.6 EMERGENCY GAS SHUT DOWN A. General: All gas fired equipment in mechanical room shall be shut -down automatically if emergency alarm is activated Provide 'Red Mushroom buttons" with appropriate labels at each entrance to the mechanical room (two button are required) If emergency shut -down switches are activated, gas supply to the boilers and water heaters shall be stopped and the equipment shut -down. 1.7 ENERGY RECOVERY UNIT A. General: Units consist of supply fan(s) with VFD, exhaust fan(s) with VFD, air-to-air total energy core heat -exchange, 2-way 2-position damper at connection to OA louver and 2-way 2- position damper at connection to exhaust air louver. 1. Occupied Mode: The ERU shall be placed into operation by the BAS based upon user defined schedule. 2. Unoccupied Mode: During the unoccupied mode, the supply air fan shall de -activate, exhaust fan de -activate, and outside air/exhaust air dampers close. B. Supply Fan Speed Control: 1. Before supply fan start, 2-way 2-position OA damper shall open. 2. A differential air pressure sensor shall prove fan status. 3. The supply air fan shall be controlled through a unit -mounted variable frequency drive (VFD) 4. ERU-1 shall be interlocked to start/stop with AHU-2 during occupied mode. 5. ERU-2 shall be interlocked with AHU-A1 and AHU-A2. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 230993-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. C. Exhaust Fan Speed Control: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Before exhaust fan start, 2-way 2-position EA damper shall open. 2. Modulate exhaust fans VFD at same percentages as supply fan. Toilet Room Exhaust Control: 1. General: The ERU. E. Morning Cool -down / Warm-up: Morning cool -down or warm-up occurs prior to morning o ccupied change -over. When a unit has been called to start-up by the BAS, the following shall occur in sequential order: 1. The ERU supply fan shall remain off. OA shall not be introduced during morning cool - down or warm-up. 2. The ERU exhaust fan shall remain off. 3. After the start-up period, the ERU shall return to its normal operating sequence. F. System Shut -down: When a unit has been called to shut -down by the BAS, the following shall o ccur in sequential order: 1. The SA and EA fans speed shall be reduced to no airflow over a period of 5 minutes (adj). 2. Once SA & EA fans have reached their minimum set -point, the SA and EA fans shall be deactivated. Smoke Detector: A smoke detector shall be located in the supply and exhaust air streams over 2000 cfm. If smoke is detected, the supply fan shall de -activate and an audio/visual alarm shall activate. Upon correction of the problem, the system shall be reset and unit shall return to n ormal operation. H. Filters: A differential air pressure sensor shall be installed across each MERV8 filter bank When the differential pressure exceeds 0.7"wg (adjustable), then an alarm shall be generated at the front-end PC indicating filter changing. I. Temperature Indication: Provide air temperature indication in the supply and exhaust entering/leaving air temperature to each core air path. J. Operator Station Display: Indicate the following on operator workstation display terminal: 1. DDC system graphic. 2. DDC system on -off indication. 3. DDC system occupied/unoccupied mode. 4. Supply -fan on -off indication, (on/off/failure to start). 5. Supply -fan -discharge static -pressure indication. 6. Supply -fan -discharge static -pressure set point. 7. Supply -fan speed. 8. Exhaust -fan on -off indication, (on/off/failure to start). 9. Exhaust -fan speed. 10. Core effectiveness sensor package: Air temp DB & RH (EA inlet and outlet and OA inlet and outlet at core). 11. OA-discharge air -temperature indication, (from sensor mounted in discharge duct). SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 230993-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.8 VARIABLE VOLUME AIR -HANDLING -UNIT CONTROL SEQUENCES A. General: Units shall consist of supply fan(S) with VFD and chilled water coil with modulating 2- way control valve, filter section. AHU will serve multiple terminal units, each with a dedicated temperature sensor or thermostat. 1. Occupied Mode: The air handling unit shall be placed into operation by the BAS based upon user defined schedule. 2. Unoccupied Mode: During the unoccupied mode, the supply air fan shall de -activate, and control valves shall close. a. Morning Cool-Down/Warm-up Mode: Enable software start/stop time optimization for cooling only, (space heating is provided by the heating hot water coils in the FVAV terminal units). B. Supply Air Fan: 1. The supply air fan shall be controlled through a VFD. 2. Provide and install duct mounted pressure sensors as indicated on plans, (if a pressure differential sensor is not indicated, locate in ductwork at a point remote from AHU and verify location with engineer). AHUs that serve terminal units on multiple floors shall provide duct pressure sensors at each floor. The pressure sensors shall control the operation of the supply fan VFD and shall utilize differential pressure optimization. 3. Differential pressure optimization shall be accomplished by polling all VAV box damper positions and resetting the DP set point so that at least one VAV damper is between 95% and 99% open. DP set point shall be adjusted no more than 0.05" every 5 minutes. 4. The adjustable reset range will be from 0.3' wg to 1.25" wg. 5. The minimum cooling fan speed shall be 20% of designed airflow to space. A differential air pressure sensor shall prove fan status. Discharge Air Temperature Control: 1. A duct mounted discharge air temperature sensor shall control the units 2-way chilled water control valve. 2. The 2-way control valve shall be modulated as required to maintain discharge air temperatures indicated in table below, (all temperatures shall be adjustable). OA Temp. F) Discharge Air Temp. (deg F) (deg <55F 60F 55F to 65F Linear reset >65F 55F A. Morning Cool -down: When a unit has been called to start-up by the BAS, the following shall occur in sequential order: 1. The units control valve shall open to a minimum position of 50% (adj) or as required to achieve discharge air temperature (whichever is greater) for a minimum period of 15 minutes (adj). 2. The supply fan shall activate and operate under its normal sequence. 3. After the start-up period, the valve shall return to its normal operating mode. B. System Shut -down: When a unit has been called to shut -down by the BAS, the following shall occur in sequential order: SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 230993-7 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1 The units 2-way control valve shall lock in its current position while SA fans are deactivated. 2. The SA fans speed shall be reduced to its minimum setting over a period of 5 minutes (adj). 3. Once SA fans have reached their minimum set -point, the SA fans shall be deactivated. 4. After SA fans have been deactivated, the units chilled water control valve shall close. C. Smoke Detector: A smoke detector shall be located in the return air stream of units 2000 cfm or larger If smoke is detected, the supply fan shall de -activate and an audio/visual alarm shall activate. Upon correction of the problem, the system shall be reset and unit shall return to normal operation. D. Filters: A differential air pressure sensor shall be installed across each MERV8 filter bank. When the differential pressure exceeds 0.7"wg (adjustable), then an alarm shall be generated at the front-end PC indicating filter changing. E. Temperature Indication: Provide air temperature indication in the supply and return ducts and entering/leaving air temperature to each water coil. Provide water temperature indication for water temperature to each coil. F. UV Emitter: The UV Disinfection system shall be ON when unit is active, provide relays and contactors as required to control field supplied UV lights. G. Operator Station Display: Indicate the following on operator workstation display terminal: 1. DDC system graphic. 2. DDC system on -off indication. 3. DDC system occupied/unoccupied mode. 4. Outdoor air -temperature indication. 5. Supply -fan on -off indication (on/off/failure to start). 6. Supply -fan -discharge static -pressure indication. 7. Supply -fan -discharge static -pressure set point. 8. Supply -fan airflow rate. 9. Supply -fan speed. (from VFD) 10. Mixed air temperature 11. Relative humidity indication, (mount in return duct). 12. Filter air -pressure -drop indication. 13. Filter high -air -pressure set point. 14. Fan -discharge air -temperature indication. 15. Fan -discharge air -temperature set point. 16. Cooling -coil air -temperature discharge. 17. Cooling -coil control -valve position (calculated not measured). 18. Cooling coil return water temperature 19. UV Emitter Status. 1.9 VARIABLE VOLUME AIR -HANDLING -UNIT CONTROL SEQUENCE (UNIT WITH DIRECT OA CONNECTION) (AHU-1) General: Units shall consist of supply fan with VFD, chilled water coil with modulating 2-way control valve, hot water coil with modulating 2-way control valve, outside air damper with modulating control damper. AHU will serve multiple terminal units, each with a dedicated temperature sensor or thermostat. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 230993-8 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Occupied Mode: The air handling unit shall be placed into operation by the BAS based upon user defined schedule. 2. Unoccupied Mode: During the unoccupied mode, the supply air fan shall de -activate. B. Supply Air Fan: 1. The supply air fan shall be controlled through a VFD. 2. Provide and install duct mounted pressure sensors as indicated on plans, (if a pressure differential sensor is not indicated, locate in ductwork at a point remote from AHU and verify location with engineer). AHUs that serve terminal units on multiple floors shall provide duct pressure sensors at each floor. The pressure sensors shall control the operation of the supply fan VFD and shall utilize differential pressure optimization. 3. Differential pressure optimization shall be accomplished by polling all VAV box damper positions and resetting the DP set point so that at least one VAV damper is between 95% and 99% open. DP set point shall be adjusted no more than 0.05" every 5 minutes. The adjustable reset range will be from 0.2' wg to 1.25' wg. The minimum cooling fan speed shall be 20% of designed airflow to space. A differential air pressure sensor shall prove fan status. C. Discharge Air Temperature Control: Unit mounted discharge air temperature sensors shall control the 2-way modulating chilled water valve, and hot water control valve. 1. Call for cooling: a. The 2-way control valve shall be modulated as required to maintain discharge air temperatures indicated in table below, (all temperatures shall be adjustable). b. The units 2-way hot water control valve shall be 100% closed. Discharge Air Temp. F) OA Temp. F) 60F (deg (deg <55F 55F to 65F Linear reset >65F 55F Call for Heating: a. The 2-way hot water control valve shall modulate as required to maintain a 60° F (adj) discharge temperature. b. The units 2-way chilled water control valve shall be 100% closed. D. Control of OA Damper: The OA damper shall be normally closed. Control OA damper open during occupied mode. Damper shall be closed during morning warm-up / cool -down. E. Morning Cool -down: When a unit has been called to start-up by the BAS, the following shall occur in sequential order: 1. The units control valve shall open to a minimum position of 50% (adj) or as required to achieve discharge air temperature (whichever is greater) for a minimum period of 15 minutes (adj). 2. The supply fan shall activate and operate under its normal sequence. 3. After the start-up period, the valve shall return to its normal operating mode. F. System Shut -down: When a unit has been called to shut -down by the BAS, the following shall occur in sequential order: The units 2-way control valves close. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 230993-9 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. The SA fans speed shall be reduced to zero flow setting over a period of 1 minute (adj). 3. Once SA fans have reached their minimum set -point, the SA fans shall be deactivated. G. Smoke Detector: A smoke detector shall be located in the return air stream. If smoke is detected, the supply fan shall de -activate and an audio/visual alarm shall activate. Upon correction of the problem, the system shall be reset and unit shall return to normal operation. H. Filters: A differential air pressure sensor shall be installed across each filter bank. When the differential pressure exceeds 0.7"wg (adjustable), then an alarm shall be generated at the front- end PC indicating filter changing. Freeze Protection: Provide freeze-stat across back side of pre -heat coil. If a temperature of 40 degF (adjustable) is detected, implement the following: 1. Open heating hot water coil control valve. 2. Signal heating water pump and system to start. 3. If freeze-stat temperature continues to fall to 36 degF; Close OA damper, open CHW control valve, Shut down AHU fan, and implement manual -reset AudioNisual alarm at BAS workstation and at mechanical room 4. Upon resolving alarm conditions, manually reset the alarm, and set the system back to normal operation. J. Temperature Indication: Provide air temperature indication in the supply and return ducts and entering/leaving air temperature to each water coil. Provide water temperature indication for water temperature to each coil. K. UV Emitters: The UV Disinfection system shall be on when unit is active, provide relays and contactors as required to control field installed AHU UV lights. L. Operator Station Display: Indicate the following on operator workstation display terminal: 1. DDC system graphic. 2. DDC system on -off indication. 3. DDC system occupied/unoccupied mode. 4. Outdoor air -temperature indication. 5. Supply -fan on -off indication (on/off/failure to start). 6. Supply -fan speed. 7. Mixed air temperature 8. Relative humidity indication, (mount in return duct sensor). 9. Filter air -pressure -drop indication. 10. Filter low -air -pressure set point. 11. Filter high -air -pressure set point. 12. Fan -discharge air -temperature indication. 13. Fan -discharge air -temperature set point. 14. Cooling -coil air -temperature discharge. 15. Cooling -coil control -valve position (calculated not measured). 16. Cooling coil return water temperature 17. Heating -coil air -temperature set point. 18. Heating -coil control -valve position (calculated not measured). 19. UV Emitter Status. 20. OA damper position 21. RA damper position SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 230993-10 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.10 TERMINAL UNIT OPERATING SEQUENCES A. Series Fan Powered VAV Box, (FVAV) with ECM Motor and Heating Hot Water Coil 1. Occupancy: a. Occupied Mode: Terminal boxes shall be active when associated AHU is operational. b. Unoccupied Mode: Off. c. Optimum Start Mode: Terminal boxes shall be active when associated OA unit is operational. Space Temperature Control: The supply fan shall be balanced to connected grille total listed on the drawings. When cooling is required, the air valve shall modulate between its minimum and maximum setting (listed on the terminal box schedule) as required to maintain space temperature. 1) The terminal boxes supply fan shall be balanced to the connected grille total listed on the drawings. c. If heating is required, the supply air damper shall modulate to minimum set point and Heating Hot Water valve shall modulate as required to satisfy thermostat set - point temperature. d. The inlet flow rings shall measure CFM. 3. Morning Cool -down: When an AHU has been called to start-up for morning cool -down cycle by the BAS, the following shall occur in sequential order: a. The series Fan Powered terminal unit shall start at high speed. b. The box incoming air damper shall be 100% open c. The heating hot water control valve shall be closed. Note: valve shall be 100% open during morning warm-up d. When morning cycle is complete, fan speed, incoming air damper, and reheat control valve shall return to normal position/operation. Display: a. DDC system graphic. b. Room/area served. c. Air valve minimum set -point, (per terminal box schedule). d. Actual airflow through air valve. e. Room temperature. f. Room temperature set point, occupied. g. Room temperature set point, unoccupied. h. Discharge air temp (install downstream of heating coil). i. Air -damper position as percent open. j. Box supply fan status, (control point only, current sensing relay not required) k. Heating -coil leaving air -temperature. I. Heating -coil leaving air -temperature set point. m. Heating -coil control -valve position. (%-open) n. Heating -coil flow -rate. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 230993-11 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.11 DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEMS (as applicable) CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. General: Install and wire manufacturer provided thermostat. 1. Occupancy Scheduling: a. The unit shall have the ability to for full occupancy scheduling, however, the system shall be initially set-up to operate 24/7 b. Provide space temperature sensor to monitor by BAS. B. Display: 1. Space Temperature. 2. Unit status (on/off). 1.12 SHELTER IN PLACE A. General: A wall mounted push button at the reception desk shall active a "shelter -in -place' mode. Under this condition, all OA intake equipment and Exhaust equipment dampers shall close and associated fans shall be shut -down. 1.13 AIR TRANSFER FANS A. General: Fans serve equipment closets and will run continuously. Provide wall mounted switch inside closet. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 230993-12 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.1 SUMMARY CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 21 13 HYDRONIC PIPING This Section includes pipe and fitting materials, joining methods, special -duty valves, specialties and chemical treatment for the following: 1. Hot-water heating piping. 2. Chilled -water piping. 3. Pre -insulated HVAC piping. 4. Buried HVAC piping. 5. Makeup -water piping. 6. Air -vent piping. 7. Safety -valve -inlet and -outlet piping. Related Sections include the following: Division 23 Section "Hydronic Pumps" for pumps, motors, and accessories for hydronic piping. The scope of chemical treatment includes all new piping and all new and existing chilled water piping throughout the school. All cost associated with draining and filling new and existing piping including chemicals shall be included. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Hydronic piping components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure and temperature: 1. Hot -Water Heating Piping 150 psig at 200 deg F. 2. Chilled -Water Piping: 150 psig at 200 deg F 3. Buried HVAC piping 150 psig at 200 deg F. 4. Makeup -Water Piping: 80 psig at 150 deg F. 5. Condensate -Drain Piping: 150 deg F. 6. Air -Vent Piping: 200 deg F. 7. Safety -Valve -Inlet and -Outlet Piping: Equal to the pressure of the piping system to which it is attached. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. Valves. Include flow and pressure drop curves based on manufacturer's testing for calibrated -orifice balancing valves and automatic flow -control valves. 2. Air control devices. HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3. Chemical treatment. 4. Hydronic specialties. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: duty valves to include in emergency, C. Water Analysis: Submit a copy of P roject site. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 For air control devices, hydronic specialties, and special - operation, and maintenance manuals. the water analysis to illustrate water quality available at P ipe Welding. Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. 1. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. B. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel " 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Water -Treatment Chemicals: Furnish enough chemicals for initial system startup and for preventive maintenance for one year from date of Substantial Completion. 1.7 WATER TREATMENT SERVICE P rovide water treatment services for one year after substantial completion. Services to included: 1. Monthly closed loop water testing. 2. Chemical treatment including all inhibitors and closed loop cleaners needed for closed loop water treatment 3. PDF written reports detailing test results, services performed and chemicals added. 1.8 PRE -INSULATED PIPING A. Furnish a complete system of factory pre -insulated steel piping for the specified service. All pre - insulated pipe, fittings, Insulating materials, and technical support shall be provided by the Pre - insulated Piping System manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Drawn Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L. HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. D. Annealed Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type K. DWV Copper Tubing: ASTM B 306, Type DWV. Wrought -Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22. 1. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: b. c. Anvil International, Inc. S. P Fittings; a division of Star Pipe Products. Victaulic Company of America. 2. Grooved End Copper Fittings: ASTM B 75, copper tube or ASTM B 584, bronze casting. 3. Grooved End -Tube Couplings: Rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting. Ductile -iron housing with keys matching pipe and fitting grooves prelubricated EPDM gasket rated for minimum 230 deg F for use with housing and steel bolts and nuts. E. Wrought -Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. 2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel with plain ends; type, grade, and wall thickness as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. B. Pre -insulated Pipings as manufactured by Thermacor, Insul-Pipe, or Perma-Pipe. 1. Carrier pipe shall be steel ASTM A-53, Grade B, ERW or seamless, standard weight for sizes 2" and larger. 2. Insulation shall be polyurethane foam either spray applied or injected with one shot into the annular space between carrier pipe and jacket, and shall be bonded to both. Insulation shall be rigid 90-95% closed cell polyurethane with a 2.0 to 3.0 lbs. per cubic foot density and coefficient of thermal conductivity (K- Factor) of 0 16 and shall conform to ASTM C-591. Maximum operating temperature shall not exceed 250°F. 3. Jacketing material shall be extruded, high density polyethylene (HDPE), having a wall thickness not less than 100 mils for jacket sizes less than 12". No tape jacket allowed The inner surface of the HDPE jacket shall be oxidized by means of corona treatment flame treatment, or other approved methods. 4. Straight run joints are joined using ductile iron couplings with ePDM gaskets. Joints are insulated with flexible polyurethane and may be jacketed with split sleeve and sealed with heat shrink tape to prevent the ingression of moisture of debris. 5. Fittings shall be butt -welded steel. The fittings are uninsulated and anchored with concrete thrust blocks. Fittings are thrust blocked at all changes of direction and pipe size changes. Steel fittings are to be coated with a thick layer (1/16") of mastic. Cast -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4; Classes 125 and 250 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Classes 150 and 300 as indicated in Part 3 'Piping Applications" Article. HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 E. Malleable -Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. F. Cast -Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Classes 25, 125, and 250; raised ground face and bolt holes spot faced as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. G. Wrought -Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wall thickness to match adjoining pipe. H. Wrought Cast- and Forged -Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: 1. Material Group: 1.1. 2. End Connections Butt welding. 3. Facings: Raised face Grooved Mechanical -Joint Fittings and Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International, Inc. b. Victaulic Company of America. 2. Joint Fittings: ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron; ASTM A 47/A 47M, Grade 32510 malleable iron; ASTM A 53/A 53M Type F, E, or S, Grade B fabricated steel; or ASTM A 106 Grade B steel fittings with grooves or shoulders constructed to accept grooved end couplings; with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings. 3. Couplings: Ductile- or malleable -iron housing and synthetic rubber gasket of central cavity pressure -responsive design; with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings. J. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of same materials and wall thicknesses as pipe in which they are installed. 2.3 POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Driscoplex 5300 Climate Guard" 2. Centennial Plastics 3. Charter Plastics 4. Flying W Plastics 5. Lamson Vylon Pipe 6. PolyPipe Inc. B. All pipe and heat fused materials shall be manufactured from a virgin polyethylene extrusion compound material in accordance with ASTM D-2513, Sections 4.1 and 4.2. C. Pipe shall be manufactured to outside diameters, wall thickness, and respective tolerances as specified in ASTM D-3035 or D-2447 HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13-4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. Fittings shall be manufactured to diameters, wall thicknesses, and respective tolerances as specified in ASTM D-2683 for socket fittings and ASTM F-1055 for electrofusion fittings. E. The material shall maintain a 1600 psi hydrostatic design basis at 73.4 degrees F per ASTM D- 2837, and shall be listed in PPI TR4 as a PE3408 piping formulation. F. The material shall be high density, polyethylene extrusion compound having a cell classification of PE345434C or PE355434C as specified in ASTM D-3350 with the following exception: this material shall exhibit zero failures (FO) when tested for 192 or more hours under ASTM D-1693, condition C, as required in ASTM D-3350. G. Pipe with a diameter of %", 1" and 11/4" (nominal sizes) shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D-3035 with a dimension ratio of 9 rated @ 200 psi. H. Pipe with diameter of 1'/2" and 2" (nominal sizes) shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D-3035 with a minimum dimension ratio of 15.5 (or Schedule 40). I. Pipe 3" (nominal) and larger shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D-3035 with a minimum dimension ratio of 17. J. Sufficient information shall be permanently marked on the length of the pipe as defined by the appropriate ASTM pipe standard. Piping shall also have permanent factory length markings. K. "U" bend fitting shall be manufactured by manufacturer of piping materials. L. U-Bend Assembly: Factory fabricated with embossed depth stamp every 36 inches minimumfrom U-bend. 2.4 PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. CPVC Plastic Pipe: ASTM F 441/F 441M, Schedules 40 and 80, plain ends as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications' Article B. CPVC Plastic Pipe Fittings: Socket -type pipe fittings, ASTM F 438 for Schedule 40 pipe; ASTM F 439 for Schedule 80 pipe. C. PVC Plastic Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedules 40 and 80, plain ends as indicated in Part 3 'Piping Applications" Article. D. PVC Plastic Pipe Fittings: Socket -type pipe fittings, ASTM D 2466 for Schedule 40 pipe; ASTM D 2467 for Schedule 80 pipe. 2.5 JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a. Full -Face Type: For flat -face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast -bronze flanges. b. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13-5 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Plastic, Pipe -Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for joining copper with copper; or BAg-1, silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. F. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10 12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. G. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled and working temperatures and pressures. H. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. 2.6 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper -alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder - joint, plain, or weld neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: 1. Factory -fabricated union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. Dielectric Couplings: 1. Galvanized steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 2.7 VALVES A. Gate, Globe, Check, Ball, and Butterfly Valves: Comply with requirements specified in Division 23 Section "General -Duty Valves for HVAC Piping." B. Automatic Temperature -Control Valves, Actuators, and Sensors: Comply with requirements specified in Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC." C. Bronze, Calibrated -Orifice, Balancing Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following• Armstrong Pumps, Inc. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries. HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. c. Flow Design Inc d. Griswold Controls. e. Taco. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Body: Bronze, ball or plug type with calibrated orifice or venturi. 3. Ball: Brass or stainless steel 4 Plug: Resin. 5 Seat: PTFE. 6. End Connections: Threaded or socket. 7 Pressure Gage Connections: Integral seals for portable differential pressure meter. 8. Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position. 9. CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig. 10. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F. D. Cast -Iron or Steel, Calibrated Orifice, Balancing Valves: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following. a. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. b. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries. c. Flow Design Inc d. Griswold Controls. e. Taco. f. Tour & Anderson; available through Victaulic Company of America. 2. Body: Ductile -iron body, ball, plug, or globe pattern with calibrated orifice or venturi. 3. Ball: Brass or stainless steel. 4. Stem Seals: EPDM 0-rings. 5 Disc: Glass and carbon filled PTFE. 6. Seat: PTFE. 7. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. 8. Pressure Gage Connections: Integral seals for portable differential pressure meter. 9. Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position. 10. CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig. 11. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F. E. Diaphragm -Operated, Pressure -Reducing Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Amtrol, Inc. b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. c. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump, a division of ITT Industries. d. Kitz Corporation. e. Spence Engineering Company, Inc. f. Taco. g. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Body: Bronze or brass. 3. Disc: Glass and carbon -filled PTFE. 4. Seat: Brass. 5. Stem Seals: EPDM 0-rings. HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13-7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 6. Diaphragm. EPT. 7. Low inlet -pressure check valve. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 8. Inlet Strainer: Stainless steel, removable without system shutdown. 9. Valve Seat and Stem. Noncorrosive. 10. Valve Size, Capacity, and Operating Pressure: Selected to suit system in which installed, with operating pressure and capacity factory set and field adjustable. F. Diaphragm -Operated Safety Valves: Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Amtrol, Inc. b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. c. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump, a division of ITT Industries. d. Kitz Corporation. e. Spence Engineering Company, Inc. f. Taco. g. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Body: Bronze or brass. 3. Disc: Glass and carbon -filled PTFE. 4. Seat: Brass. 5. Stem Seals: EPDM 0-rings. 6. Diaphragm: EPT. 7. Wetted, Internal Work Parts: Brass and rubber. 8. Inlet Strainer: Stainless steel, removable without system shutdown. 9. Valve Seat and Stem. Noncorrosive. 10. Valve Size, Capacity, and Operating Pressure: Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IV and selected to suit system in which installed, with operating pressure and capacity factory set and field adjustable. 2.8 AIR CONTROL DEVICES Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Amtrol, Inc. 2. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. 3. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries. 4. Taco. Manual Air Vents: 1. Body: Bronze 2. Internal Parts: Nonferrous. 3. Operator: Screwdriver or thumbscrew. 4. Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2 5. Discharge Connection. NPS 1/8. 6. CWP Rating: 150 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 225 deg F. C. Automatic Air Vents: HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Body: Bronze or cast iron. 2. Internal Parts: Nonferrous. 3. Operator: Noncorrosive metal float. 4. Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2. 5. Discharge Connection: NPS 1/4. 6. CWP Rating: 150 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. D. Expansion Tanks: 1. Tank: Welded steel, rated for 125-psig working pressure and 375 deg F maximum operating temperature, with taps in bottom of tank for tank fitting and taps in end of tank for gage glass. Tanks shall be factory tested with taps fabricated and labeled according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII Division 1. 2. Air -Control Tank Fitting: Cast-iron body, copper -plated tube, brass vent tube plug, and stainless -steel ball check, 100-gal. unit only; sized for compression -tank diameter Provide tank fittings for 125-psig working pressure and 250 deg F maximum operating temperature. 3. Tank Drain Fitting: Brass body, nonferrous internal parts, 125-psig working pressure and 240 deg F maximum operating temperature; constructed to admit air to compression tank, drain water, and close off system. 4. Gage Glass: Full height with dual manual shutoff valves, diameter gage glass, and slotted -metal glass guard. E. Diaphragm -Type Expansion Tanks: 1. Tank: Welded steel, rated for 125-psig working pressure and 375 deg F maximum operating temperature. Factory test with taps fabricated and supports installed and labeled according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. 2. Diaphragm . Securely sealed into tank to separate air charge from system water to maintain required expansion capacity 3. Air -Charge Fittings: Schrader valve, stainless steel with EPDM seats. F. Tangential -Type Air Separators: 1. Tank: Welded steel; ASME constructed and labeled for 125-psig minimum working pressure and 375 deg F maximum operating temperature. 2. Air Collector Tube: Perforated stainless steel, constructed to direct released air into expansion tank. 3. Tangential Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged connections for NPS 2-1/2 and larger 4. Blowdown Connection: Threaded. 5. Size Match system flow capacity. G. Air Purgers: 1. Body: Cast iron with internal baffles that slow the water velocity to separate the air from solution and divert it to the vent for quick removal. 2. Maximum Working Pressure: 150 psig 3. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F. HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.9 CLOSED LOOP CHEMICAL TREATMENT CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Bypass Chemical Feeder for Chilled and Hot Water Systems: Neptune BDF-5 5 gallon bypass shot feeder for chilled loop chemical feed; welded steel constructions 125-psig working pressure; with fill funnel and inlet outlet, and drain valves. 1. Chemicals: Specially formulated, based on analysis of makeup water, to prevent accumulation of scale and corrosion in piping and connected equipment. Water Treatment Test Kit: Nitrite test kit for closed loop inhibitor testing. 2.10 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Stainless -Steel Bellow, Flexible Connectors: 1. Body: Stainless -steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire -reinforcing protective jacket. 2. End Connections: Threaded or flanged to match equipment connected. 3. Performance: Capable of 3/4-inch misalignment. 4. CWP Rating: 150 psig. 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F. Spherical, Rubber, Flexible Connectors: 1. Body: Fiber -reinforced rubber body 2. End Connections: Steel flanges drilled to align with Classes 150 and 300 steel flanges. 3. Performance: Capable of misalignment. 4. CWP Rating: 150 psig. 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F. C. Expansion fittings are specified in Division 23 Section "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Hot-water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following: 1. Type L, drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and brazed joints. 2. Schedule 40, Grade B, Type 96 steel pipe; Class 125 cast-iron fittings; cast-iron flanges and flange fittings; and threaded joints B. Hot-water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, shall be any of the following: 1. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought -steel fittings and wrought -cast or forged -steel flanges and flange fittings and welded and flanged joints. 2. Schedule 40 steel pipe; grooved, mechanical joint coupling and fittings; and grooved, mechanical joints. 3. Hot water heating piping, buried, shall be NPS 2-1/2 and larger. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113-10 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Hot-water heating piping, Buried, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, shall be any of the following: 1. Pre -insulated pipe, Schedule 40 steel pipe, pre -insulated fittings and wrought -cast or forged -steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. D. Chilled -water piping, aboveground, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following: 1. Type L, drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings and brazed joints. 2. Schedule 40, Grade B, Type 96 steel pipe; Class 125 cast-iron fittings; cast-iron flanges and flange fittings; and threaded joints. 3. Make-up water piping installed above ground shall be the following: a Type L, drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and soldered joints. Chilled -water piping, aboveground, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, shall be any of the following: 1. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought -steel fittings and wrought -cast or forged -steel flanges and flange fittings and welded and flanged joints. 2. Schedule 40 steel pipe; grooved, mechanical joint coupling and fittings; and grooved, mechanical joints. F. Chilled -water piping, Buried, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, shall be any of the following: 1. Pre -insulated pipe, Schedule 40 steel pipe, pre -insulated fittings and wrought -cast or forged -steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. G. Makeup -water piping installed aboveground shall be the following: 1. Type L ,drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and soldered joints. H. Makeup -water piping buried shall be the following: 1. Type L ,drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and soldered joints. Apply a thick coating of mastic for direct burial. Condensate -Drain Piping: Type DWV, drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and soldered joints or Schedule 40 PVC plastic pipe and fittings and solvent -welded joints. J. Blowdown-Drain Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which blowdown drain is installed. Air -Vent Piping: 1. Inlet: Same as service where installed with metal -to -plastic transition fittings for plastic piping systems according to the piping manufacturers written instructions 2. Outlet: Type K, annealed temper copper tubing with soldered or flared joints. Safety -Valve -Inlet and -Outlet Piping for Hot -Water Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which safety valve is installed with metal -to - plastic transition fittings for plastic piping systems according to the piping manufacturer's written instructions. HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 - 11 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Install shutoff -duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, and at supply connection to each piece of equipment. B. Install check valves at each pump discharge and elsewhere as required to control flow direction, (check not required if triple duty valves are provided). C. Install safety valves at hot-water generators and elsewhere as required by ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Install drip -pan elbow on safety -valve outlet and pipe without valves to the outdoors; and pipe drain to nearest floor drain or as indicated on Drawings Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1, for installation requirements. D. Install pressure -reducing valves at makeup water connection to regulate system fill pressure. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATIONS A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicate piping locations and arrangements if such were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping to permit valve servicing. F. Install piping at indicated slopes. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Install piping to allow application of insulation. J. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. K. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. L. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage. Install piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow. N. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up. HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13 - 12 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 O. Install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch connected to the bottom of the main pipe. For up -feed risers, connect the branch to the top of the main pipe. P. Install valves according to Division 23 Section "General -Duty Valves for HVAC Piping." Q. Install unions in piping, NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. R. Install flanges in piping, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, at final connections of equipment and elsewhere as indicated. S. Identify piping as specified in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment " Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 23 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 23 Section ' Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping.' Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 23 Section "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping." 3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper -phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20 1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance' Article. HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 - 13 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. I. Plastic Piping Solvent -Cemented Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. J. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with coupling and gasket, lubricant, and bolts Cut or roll grooves in ends of pipe based on pipe and coupling manufacturer's written instructions for pipe wall thickness. Use grooved -end fittings and rigid, grooved end -pipe couplings K. Fusion -welded joints: Use manufacturer recommended tools and procedures. 3.5 BURIED PIPING A. Underground systems shall be buried in a trench of not less than two feet deeper than the top of the pipe and not less than eighteen inches wider than the combined OD of all piping systems. A minimum thickness of 24 inches of compacted backfill over the top of the pipe will meet H-20 highway loading. B. Trench bottom shall have a minimum of 6" of sand or specified backfill material, as a cushion for the piping. Pipe and fittings shall be laid sequentially, field cutting the pipe as necessary per the manufacturer's installation instructions. At least the center 75% of each section of pre -insulated pipe shall be covered with select backfill material. All fittings shall be suitably thrust blocked before attempting any pressure tests of the system. C. A hydrostatic pressure test of the cattier pipe shall be performed at 1.5 times the normal system operating pressure for not Tess than two hours. Care shall be taken to insure all trapped air is removed from the system prior to the test. Take appropriate safety measures for the safety of property and personnel. 3.6 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat -transfer coils, and elsewhere as required for system air venting. B. Install piping from boiler air outlet, air separator, or air purger to expansion tank with a 2 percent upward slope toward tank. C. Install tangential air separator in pump suction. Install blowdown piping with gate or full -port ball valve extend full size to nearest floor drain. D. Install bypass chemical feeders in each hydronic system where indicated, in upright position with top of funnel not more than 48 inches above the floor. Install feeder in minimum NPS 3/4 bypass line, from main with full-size, full -port, ball valve in the main between bypass connections. Install NPS 3/4 pipe from chemical feeder drain, to nearest equipment drain and include a full-size full -port, ball valve. HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 - 14 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Install expansion tanks above the air separator. Install tank fitting in tank bottom and charge tank. Use manual vent for initial fill to establish proper water level in tank. 1. Install tank fittings that are shipped loose. 2. Support tank from floor or structure above with sufficient strength to carry weight of tank, piping connections, fittings, plus tank full of water. Do not overload building components and structural members. F. Install expansion tanks on the floor. Vent and purge air from hydronic system, and ensure tank is properly charged with air to suit system Project requirements. 3.7 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Sizes for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than equipment connections B. Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment. Install ports for pressure gages and thermometers at coil inlet and outlet connections according to Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." 3.8 CHEMICAL TREATMENT A. Perform an analysis of makeup water to determine type and quantities of chemical treatment needed to keep system free of scale, corrosion, and fouling, and to sustain the following water characteristics: 1. pH: 9.0 to 10.5 2. Boron: 100 to 200 ppm . 3. Chemical Oxygen Demand: Maximum 100 ppm . Modify this value if closed system contains glycol. 4. Corrosion Inhibitor: a. Sodium Nitrate: 1000 to 1500 ppm . 5. Tolyiriazole Copper and Yellow Metal Corrosion Inhibitor: >40 ppm . 6. Total Suspended Solids: Maximum 10 ppm . 7. Microbiological Limits. a. Total Aerobic Plate Count: Maximum 1000 organisms/ml. b. Total Anaerobic Plate Count: Maximum 100 organisms/ml. c. Nitrate Reducers: 100 organisms/ml. d. Sulfate Reducers: Maximum 0 organisms/ml. e. Iron Bacteria: Maximum 0 organisms/ml. Fill system with fresh water and add liquid alkaline compound with emulsifying agents and detergents to remove grease and petroleum products from piping. Circulate solution for a minimum of 24 hours, drain, clean strainer screens, and refill with fresh water. C. Add initial chemical treatment and maintain water quality in ranges noted above for the first year of operation. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113-15 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows: 1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test. 2. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing. 3. Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water; then remove and clean or replace strainer screens. 4. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment. 5. Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test. B. Perform the following tests on hydronic piping: 1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used. 2. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release air. Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of test liquid. 3. Isolate expansion tanks and determine that hydronic system is full of water. 4. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the system's working pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times "SE" value in Appendix A in ASME B31.9, ' Building Services Piping." 5. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no Teaks. 6. Prepare written report of testing Perform the following before operating the system: 1. Open manual valves fully. 2. Inspect pumps for proper rotation. 3. Set makeup pressure reducing valves for required system pressure. 4. Inspect air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and operating freely (automatic type) or bleed air completely (manual type) 5. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. 6. Inspect and set operating temperatures of hydronic equipment, such as boilers, chillers, cooling towers, to specified values. 7. Verify lubrication of motors and bearings. END OF SECTION HYDRONIC PIPING 232113-16 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 21 23 HYDRONIC PUMPS 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. End Suction, long coupled pump. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Buna-N: Nitrile rubber. B. EPT: Ethylene propylene terpolymer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Product Data: Include certified performance curves and rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, final impeller dimensions, and accessories for each type of product indicated. Indicate pump's operating point on curves. Shop Drawings: Show pump layout and connections. Include setting drawings with templates for installing foundation and anchor bolts and other anchorages. 1. Wiring Diagrams. Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For pumps to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain hydronic pumps through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of hydronic pumps and are based on the specific system indicated Refer to Division 01 Section 'Product Requirements." C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. D. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor -operated water pumps. HYDRONIC PUMPS 23 21 23 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Manufacturer's Preparation for Shipping: Clean flanges and exposed machined metal surfaces and treat with anticorrosion compound after assembly and testing. Protect flanges, pipe openings, and nozzles with wooden flange covers or with screwed -in plugs. B. Store pumps in dry location. C. Retain protective covers for flanges and protective coatings during storage. D. Protect bearings and couplings against damage from sand, grit, and other foreign matter. E. Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SPLIT COUPLED, VERTICAL IN -LINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A. Available Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong Pumps Inc. 2. Aurora Pump; Division of Pentair Pump Group. 3. Taco, Inc. 4. Weinman; Div. of Crane Pumps & Systems. B. Provide Vertical In -Line (VIL) pumps, single stage, single or double suction type, with pump characteristics which provide rising heads to shut off. Refer to pump schedule for pump flows and heads and motor speed, enclosure, efficiency and power requirements and other system conditions. C. Motors: Pump motors shall be non -overloading at any point on curve and shall be premium efficiency TEFC Totally Enclosed, Fan Cooled. D. Pump Construction: Pump Casing - Cast Iron with 125 psig ANSI/PN16 flanges for working pressure below 175 psig (12 bar) at 150°F (65°C) and Ductile Iron with 250 psig ANSI/PN25 flanges for working pressures to 375 psig (25 bar) at 150°F (65°C). Suction and discharge connections shall be flanged and the same size and shall be drilled and tapped for seal flush and gauge connections. E. Impeller - Bronze, fully enclosed type. Dynamically balanced. Two -plane balancing is required where installed impeller diameter is less than 6 times the impeller width. F. Shaft - Provide Stainless Steel pump shaft. Coupling - Rigid spacer type of high tensile aluminum alloy. Coupling to be designed to be easily removed on site to reveal a space between the pump and motor shafts sufficient to HYDRONIC PUMPS 2321 23-2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 remove all mechanical seal components for servicing and to be replaced without disturbing the pump or motor. H. Mechanical Seals - Shall be Stainless Steel multi -spring outside balanced type with Viton secondary seal, carbon rotating face and silicon carbide stationary seat. Provide 316 stainless steel gland plate. Provide factory installed flush line with manual vent. I. All split coupled pumps shall be provided with a lower seal chamber throttle bushing to ensure seals maintain positively cooling and lubrication. J. Seal flush line accessories, if required to improve seal chamber cleanliness: Supply in the flush line to the mechanical seal a 50 micron cartridge filter and sight flow indicator, to suit the working pressure encountered. K. Filters shall be changed, by the installing contractor, after system is flushed and on a regular basis until turned over to the owner. L. Alternately, a maintenance -free accessory needing pump differential pressures exceeding 70 ft /30 psig/200 kPa for effective operation: Supply in the flush line to the mechanical seal a maintenance -free sediment separator, with sight flow indicator. 2.2 PUMP SPECIALTY FITTINGS Suction Diffuser: Angle pattern, pressure rating, -iron body and end cap, pump -inlet fitting; with bronze startup and bronze or stainless -steel permanent strainers; bronze or stainless -steel straightening vanes; drain plug; and factory -fabricated support. Triple -Duty Valve: Angle or straight pattern, pressure rating, -iron body pump -discharge fitting; with drain plug and bronze -fitted shutoff, balancing, and check valve features. Brass gage ports with integral check valve, and orifice for flow measurement. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine equipment foundations and anchor -bolt locations for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. Examine roughing -in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before pump installation. C. Examine foundations and inertia bases for suitable conditions where pumps are to be installed. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 CONCRETE BASES A. Install concrete bases of dimensions indicated for pumps and controllers. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Work Results for HVAC." HYDRONIC PUMPS 23 21 23 - 3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around full perimeter of base. 2. For supported equipment, install epoxy -coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. B. Cast -in -place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 03. 3.3 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Comply with HI 1.4. B. Install pumps with access for periodic maintenance including removal of motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. C. Independently support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps and weight of pumps is not supported by piping. D. Install continuous -thread hanger rods and elastomeric hangers of sufficient size to support pump weight. Vibration isolation devices are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Fabricate brackets or supports as required Hanger and support materials are specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 3.4 ALIGNMENT A. Align pump and motor shafts and piping connections after setting on foundation, grout has been set and foundation bolts have been tightened, and piping connections have been made. B. Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions. C. Adjust pump and motor shafts for angular and offset alignment by methods specified in HI 1.1- 1.5, "Centrifugal Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Application and Operation." D. After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly. Completely fill baseplate with nonshrink nonmetallic grout while metal blocks and shims or wedges are in place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping fittings and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect piping to pumps. Install valves that are same size as piping connected to pumps. Install suction and discharge pipe sizes equal to or greater than diameter of pump nozzles. HYDRONIC PUMPS 23 21 23 - 4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Install triple -duty valve on discharge side of pumps. F. Install suction diffuser and shutoff valve on suction side of pumps. G. Install flexible connectors on suction and discharge sides of base -mounted pumps between pump casing and valves. H. Install pressure gages on pump suction and discharge, at integral pressure -gage tapping, or install single gage with multiple input selector valve. I. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." J. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust operate, and maintain hydronic pumps. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training.' END OF SECTION HYDRONIC PUMPS 23 21 23 - 5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 31 13 METAL DUCTS 1. Single -wall rectangular ducts and fittings. 2. Single -wall round and flat -oval ducts and fittings. 3. Double -wall round and flat -oval ducts and fittings. 4. Sheet metal materials. 5. Sealants and gaskets. 6. Hangers and supports. B. Related Sections: Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing requirements for metal ducts. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound -control devices, duct - mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in current year SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" B. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Factory- and shop -fabricated ducts and fittings. 2. Fittings. 3. Penetrations through fire -rated and other partitions. 4. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment and vibration isolation. 5. Provide specific gauge of sheet metal used for each pressure class and associated application and specific applicable current year SMACNA duct construction reinforcing table and details. Coordination Drawings: For duct systems with pressure class of 3" or greater or installed in exposed locations, provide scaled, field coordinated drawings of the complete duct system. Included with drawings: 1. All duct systems, i.e. supply, return, exhaust, etc. METAL DUCTS 233113-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2. All fitting types used. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Coordination of Existing Conditions: Prior to purchase and fabrication of ductwork (shop fabricated or manufactured), coordinate installation with both new and existing conditions. Notify architect of any discrepancies 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start -Up." ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, Section 6.4 4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SINGLE -WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with current year SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static -pressure class unless otherwise indicated. Minimum gauge thickness for Rectangular duct is 24 gauge. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible " current year figures charts or tables for "Transverse (Girth) Joints," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to current year SMACNA's 'HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible " current year figures, charts or tables for "Longitudinal Seams - Rectangular Ducts,' for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," current year figures, charts or tables for "Fittings and Other Construction,' for static - pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's 'HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.2 SINGLE -WALL ROUND AND FLAT -OVAL DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," current year figures, charts or tables for, 'Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct " based on indicated static -pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: METAL DUCTS 2331 13-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. a. Lindab Inc. b. McGill AirFlow LLC. c. SEMCO Incorporated. d. Eastern Sheet Metal CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Flat -Oval Ducts: Indicated dimensions are the duct width (major dimension) and diameter of the round sides connecting the flat portions of the duct (minor dimension). C. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible " current year figures, charts or tables for "Transverse Joints - Round Duct," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1. Transverse Joints in Ducts Larger Than 24" in Diameter or 24" duct width: Flanged. D. Longitudinal Seams. Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," current year figures, charts or tables for, "Seams - Round Duct and Fittings," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1. Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches in diameter with butt -welded longitudinal seams. 2. Fabricate flat -oval ducts larger than 72 inches in width (major dimension) with butt - welded longitudinal seams. E. Tees and Laterals. Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible " current year figures, charts or tables for, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals " and current year figures, charts or tables for "Conical Tees,' for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.3 DOUBLE -WALL ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1 Lindab Inc. 2. Eastern Sheet Metal 3. McGill AirFlow LLC. 4. SEMCO Incorporated. 5. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc. Outer Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on static -pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1 "Round Duct Transverse Joints," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, METAL DUCTS 2331 13-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." a. Transverse Joints in Ducts Larger Than 60 Inches in Diameter: Flanged. 2. Longitudinal Seams Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's 'HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Round Duct Longitudinal Seams," for static -pressure class applicable sealing requirements, materials involved duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." a. Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches in diameter with butt -welded longitudinal seams. b. Fabricate flat -oval ducts larger than 72 inches in width (major dimension) with butt - welded longitudinal seams. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5 "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees " for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.' C. Inner Duct: Minimum 0.028-inch perforated galvanized sheet steel having 3/32-inch- diameter perforations, with overall open area of 23 percent. D. Interstitial Insulation: Fibrous -glass liner complying with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 90B; and with NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard." 1. Maximum Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean temperature 2. Install spacers that position the inner duct at uniform distance from outer duct without compressing insulation. 3. Coat insulation with antimicrobial coating. 4. Cover insulation with polyester film complying with UL 181, Class 1. 2.4 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90. 2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized. PVC -Coated, Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60 . 2. Minimum Thickness for Factory -Applied PVC Coating: 4 mils thick on sheet metal surface of ducts and fittings exposed to corrosive conditions, and minimum 4 mil thick on opposite surface. METAL DUCTS 2331 13-4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. Coating Materials: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on ducts listed and labeled by an NRTL for compliance with UL 181, Class 1. D. Carbon -Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, with oiled, matte finish for exposed ducts. E. Stainless -Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304 or 316, as indicated in the 'Duct Schedule" Article; cold rolled annealed, sheet. Exposed surface finish shall be No. 2B, No. 2D, No. 3, or No. 4 as indicated in the "Duct Schedule' Article. F. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209 Alloy 3003, H14 temper; with mill finish for concealed ducts, and standard, one -side bright finish for duct surfaces exposed to view. G. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. 1. Where black- and galvanized steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials. H. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.5 DUCT LINER A. General: Duct liner is to be used only on RA ducts for sound control where specifically indicated on drawings. Refer to Duct Schedule in this section for additional information. Fibrous -Glass Duct Liner: Comply with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 90B; and with NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard." 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation; Insulation Group. b. Johns Manville. c. Knauf Insulation. d. Owens Corning. e. Maximum Thermal Conductivity: 1) Type I, Flexible: 0.27 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean temperature. 2. Water -Based Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with ASTM C 916. Insulation Pins and Washers: 1. Cupped -Head, Capacitor -Discharge -Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc -coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor -discharge welding diameter shank length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon -steel washer. METAL DUCTS 2331 13-5 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick galvanized steel; with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter D. Shop Application of Duct Liner: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,' Figure 7-11, "Flexible Duct Liner Installation." 1. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with at least 90 percent adhesive coverage at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thickness with multiple layers of duct liner is prohibited Apply adhesive to transverse edges of liner facing upstream that do not receive metal nosing. Butt transverse joints without gaps, and coat joint with adhesive. Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted edge overlapping. Do not apply liner in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and dimensions of standard liner make longitudinal joints necessary. 6. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not exceeding 12 inches transversely; at 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches longitudinally. 7. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have either channel or 'Z" profiles or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge facings at the following locations: a. Fan discharges. b. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct. c. Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts where air velocities are higher than 2500 fpm or where indicated. 2.6 SEALANT AND GASKETS A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface -burning characteristics for sealants and gaskets shall be a maximum flame -spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke -developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL. B. Water -Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1. Application Method: Brush on. 2. Solids Content Minimum 65 percent. 3. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20. 4. Water resistant. 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water) 7. Maximum Static -Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative. 8. Service: Indoor or outdoor. 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets C. Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920. 1. General: Single -component, acid -curing, silicone, elastomeric. 2. Type: S. 3. Grade: NS. 4. Class: 25. METAL DUCTS 2331 13-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Use: O. For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). D. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. 2.7 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium -plated steel rods and nuts. B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments Electrogalvanized, all -thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc -chromate primer after installation. C. Strap and Rod Sizes Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible," current year figures, charts or tables for, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size,' and current year figures, charts or tables for "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct." 1. Duct constructed to Pressure Class of 3" or greater shall only use trapeze type hangers. Hangers screwed to ductwork are not allowed. D. Steel Cables for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603. Steel Cables for Stainless -Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492. F. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium -plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic -locking and clamping device. G. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self -tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. H. Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1. Supports for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel shapes and plates. 2. Supports for Stainless -Steel Ducts: Stainless -steel shapes and plates. 3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air -handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. C. Install round and flat -oval ducts in maximum practical lengths. METAL DUCTS 2331 13-7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Install factory- or shop -fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for branch connections. F. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. I. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and enclosures. J. Where ducts pass through non -fire -rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. Where ducts pass through fire -rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers. L. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials. Comply with SMACNA's "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines." 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK A. Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged. B. Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use two-part tape sealing system. C. Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds, and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding. D. Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings, hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets. E. Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these requirements 3.3 DUCT SEALING A. Seal ducts for duct static -pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct Schedule' Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible " METAL DUCTS 2331 13-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," current year figures, charts or tables for, "Hangers and Supports." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder -actuated fasteners, or structural -steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. 2. Install powder -actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 3. Use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for standard -weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 4. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight -aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 5. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNAs "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," current year figures, charts or tables for, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size,' and current year figures, charts or tables for, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds, bolts, sheet metal screws or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet and terminal unit connections. 3.6 PAINTING A. Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized steel primer. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 09 painting Sections. 3.7 DUCT CLEANING A. Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Use service openings for entry and inspection. METAL DUCTS 2331 13-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 1 Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static -pressure class if required for cleaning access Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process. Particulate Collection and Odor Control: 1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles. 2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building. D. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). 2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and dnve assemblies. 3. Air -handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains. 4. Coils and related components. 5. Return -air ducts dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. 6. Supply -air ducts dampers, actuators, and turning vanes. 7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems. E. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology: 1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building. 2. Use vacuum -collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure. 3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of metal ducts duct liner, or duct accessories. 4. Clean fibrous -glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous -glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth. 5. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash -down procedures. 3.8 STARTUP A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC.' METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 - 10 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.9 Field Quality Control: A. Leakage Tests: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual." Submit a test report for each test. a. Control shall test the complete system from unit outlet to terminal inlet. Phased test are not allowed all ductwork shall be tested at one time. Contractor shall cap and seal branch runouts and unit connection as required. 3.10 DUCT SCHEDULE A. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as otherwise indicated and as follows: B. Supply Ducts and Outside Air Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units, (ductwork downstream of terminal boxes labeled VAV, CAV, FVAV & EVAV): a. Pressure Class: Positive 1-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 24. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 24. e. Minimum gauge thickness for Rectangular: 24 gauge 2. Ducts Connected to Variable -Air -Volume Air -Handling Units, (ductwork from discharge of AHU's to inlet of terminal box): a. Pressure Class: Positive 6-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. d. Rectangular duct is not allowed. Ducts Connected to Energy Recovery Units (OA ducts), (OA ductwork from discharge of OA units to terminal box): a. Pressure Class: Positive 6-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. d. Rectangular duct is not allowed. 4. Ducts Connected to single zone and AHU's: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 3-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d. Minimum gauge thickness for Rectangular: 24 gauge. C. Return Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Air -Handling Units: METAL DUCTS 233113-11 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. a. b. c. d. e . P ressure Class: Positive or negative 3-inch wg . Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. S MACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. S MACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12. Minimum gauge thickness for Rectangular 24 gauge. D. Exhaust Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to In -line Exhaust Fans and Kiln Hood: a. b. c. d. P ressure Class: Negative 1-inch wg. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A if negative pressure. S MACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 24. Minimum gauge thickness for Rectangular: 24 gauge. 2. Ducts Connected to Energy Recovery Units: a. b. c. d. e . CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 P ressure Class: Positive or negative 3-inch wg. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A if positive or negative pressure. S MACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. S MACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12. Minimum gauge thickness for Rectangular 24 gauge. 3. Ducts Connected to Commercial Dryers: a. b. c. d. e . P ressure Class: Positive or negative 4-inch wg. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. S MACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. S MACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12. Minimum gauge thickness for Rectangular. 24 gauge. Ducts Connected to Commercial Kitchen Hoods: Comply with NFPA 96. a. b. c. d. e . f. Exposed to View: Type 304, stainless -steel sheet, No. 4 finish. Concealed: Carbon -steel sheet. Welded seams and joints. P ressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: Welded seams, joints, and penetrations. S MACNA Leakage Class: 3. Ducts Connected to Dishwasher Exhaust System: a. b. c. d. e . f. g• Type 304 stainless -steel sheet. Exposed to View: No. 4 finish. Concealed: No. 2D finish. Welded seams and flanged joints with watertight EPDM gaskets. P ressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: Welded seams, joints, and penetrations. S MACNA Leakage Class: 3. E. Elbow Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,' current year figures, charts or tables for, "Rectangular Elbows." METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 - 12 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a. Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius -to -diameter ratio. b. Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius -to -diameter ratio and two vanes. c. Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," current year figures, charts or tables for, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and current year figures, charts or tables for, 'Vane Support in Elbows." 2. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," current year figures, charts or tables for, "Round Duct Elbows." a. Minimum Radius -to -Diameter Ratio and Elbow Segments: Comply with SMACNA s "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," current year figures, charts or tables for, "Mitered Elbows.' Elbows with less than 90-degree change of direction have proportionately fewer segments. 1) Radius -to Diameter Ratio: 1.5. b. Round Elbows, 12 Inches and Smaller in Diameter: Stamped or pleated. c. Round Elbows, 14 Inches and Larger in Diameter: Welded. F. Branch Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Refer to drawings for details. 45 degree entry's are required at all connections to rectangular mains. Spin -in duct fitting are not allowed in any locations. 2. Round and Flat Oval: Connections shall be combination type tees, refer to drawings for additional details. Liner" Liner is used for noise control only, in general it is used on the last 10 ft of return ductwork. Only use on RA duct were specifically indicated on drawings. 1. Return Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, Type I, 1 inch thick. H. Oval Duct: Project is designed utilizing rectangular and round sheet metal ductwork. Oval duct may be used by request in writing END OF SECTION METAL DUCTS 233113-13 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 33 00 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 1. Manual volume dampers. 2. Control dampers. 3. Flange connectors. 4. Duct silencers. 5. Turning vanes. 6. Duct -mounted access doors. 7. Flexible connectors. 8. Flexible ducts. 9. Duct accessory hardware. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "HVAC Gravity Ventilators" for roof -mounted ventilator caps. 2. Division 28 Section 'Fire Detection and Alarm" for duct -mounted fire and smoke detectors. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. For duct silencers, include pressure drop and dynamic insertion loss data. Include breakout noise calculations for high transmission Toss casings. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air duct accessories to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." Comply with AMCA 500-D testing for damper rating. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90. C. Stainless -Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304, and having a No. 2 finish for concealed ducts and No. 4 finish for exposed ducts. D. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, Temper H14; with mill finish for concealed ducts and standard, 1-side bright finish for exposed ducts. E. Extruded Aluminum. Comply with ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063, Temper T6. F. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless -steel ducts. G. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.2 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. Manual Volume Damper Manufacturers: 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. b. c. d. e. Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. Leader Industries, Inc. Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc. Ruskin Company. Safeair. Standard, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers: 1. Standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream. 2. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 3. Frames: 4. b. c. Hat -shaped, galvanized steel channels, 0.064-inch minimum thickness. Mitered and welded corners. Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. Blades: a. Multiple or single blade. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 b. Parallel- or opposed -blade design. c. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Galvanized -steel, 0.064 inch thick. 5. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 6. Bearings: Oil -impregnated bronze Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 7. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. C. Damper Hardware: 1. Zinc -plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch- thick zinc -plated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut. 2. Include center hole to suit damper operating -rod size. 3. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting. 2.3 CONTROL DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. 2. Arrow United Industries; a division of Mestek, Inc. 3. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 4. Leader Industries, Inc. 5. Ruskin Company. 6. Pottorff. B. Low -leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and bearing AMCA's Certified Ratings Seal for both air performance and air leakage. Frames: 1. Hat shaped. 2. Galvanized steel channels, 0.064 inch thick. 3. Mitered and welded corners. D. Blades: 1. Multiple blade with maximum blade width of 8 inches. 2. Parallel- and opposed -blade design. 3. Galvanized crimped blade steel or aluminum airfoil blades. 4. 0.064 inch thick. 5. Blade Edging: Closed cell neoprene edging. 6. Blade Edging. Inflatable seal blade edging, or replaceable rubber seals. 7. Blade Seals: Vinyl. 8. Jamb Seals: Cambered stainless steel. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 E. Blade Axles: 1/2-inch- diameter galvanized steel; blade -linkage hardware of zinc -plated steel and brass; ends sealed against blade bearings. 1. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. Bearings: 1. Oil -impregnated bronze 2. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 3. Thrust bearings at each end of every blade. 2.4 FIRE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Arrow United Industries; a division of Mestek, Inc. 2. Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc. 3. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 4. Nailor Industries Inc. 5. Prefco, Perfect Air Control, Inc. 6. Ruskin Company. Type: Static; rated and labeled according to UL 555 by an NRTL. C. Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg static pressure class and minimum 2000-fpm velocity. D. Fire Rating: 1-1/2 and 3 hours. E. Frame: Curtain type with blades outside airstream, fabricated with roll -formed, 0.034-inch- thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners. F. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field -installed, galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Thickness: 0.05 thick, as indicated, and of length to suit application. 2. Exception: Omit sleeve where damper -frame width permits direct attachment of perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor thickness of damper frame must comply with sleeve requirements. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated. H. Blades: Roll -formed, interlocking, 0.024-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel. In place of interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034-inch- thick, galvanized steel blade connectors I. Horizontal Dampers: Include blade lock and stainless -steel closure spring. J. Heat -Responsive Device: Replaceable, 165 deg F rated, fusible links. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.5 DUCT SILENCERS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the followings 1. Industrial Noise Control, Inc. 2. McGill AirFlow LLC. 3. Ruskin Company. 4. Vibro-Acoustics. 5. Dynasonics. B. General Requirements: 1. Factory fabricated. 2. Fire -Performance Characteristics: Adhesives, sealants, packing materials, and accessory materials shall have flame -spread index not exceeding 25 and smoke - developed index not exceeding 50 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 3. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004. Shape: Refer to Drawings D. Rectangular Silencer Outer Casing: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 galvanized sheet steel, 0.034 inch thick. Inner Casing and Baffles: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 galvanized sheet metal, 0.034 inch thick, and with 1/8-inch- diameter perforations. F. Connection Sizes Match connecting ductwork unless otherwise indicated. Principal Sound -Absorbing Mechanism. 1. Controlled impedance membranes and broadly tuned resonators without absorptive media. 2. Dissipative type with fill material. a. Fill Material: Inert and vermin -proof fibrous material, packed under not less than 15 percent compression Moisture -proof nonfibrous material b. Erosion Barrier: Polymer bag enclosing fill, and heat sealed before assembly. Fabricate silencers to form rigid units that will not pulsate, vibrate, rattle, or otherwise react to system pressure variations. Do not use mechanical fasteners for unit assemblies. 1. Flange connections. 2. Suspended Units: Factory -installed suspension hooks or lugs attached to frame in quantities and spaced to prevent deflection or distortion 3. Reinforcement: Cross or trapeze angles for rigid suspension. I. Accessories: 1. Factory -installed end caps to prevent contamination during shipping. J. Capacities and Characteristics: Refer to drawings. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.6 TURNING VANES CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible' ; Figures 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows.' B. Vane Construction: Double wall. 2.7 DUCT -MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. 2. Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc. 3. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 4. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 5. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 6. Kees, Inc. 7. Nailor Industries Inc. 8. Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc. 9. Ventfabrics, Inc. B. Duct -Mounted Access Doors• Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 2-10, "Duct Access Doors and Panels," and 2-11, "Access Panels - Round Duct." 1. Door: a. Double wall, rectangular. b. Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class c. Hinges and Latches: 1-by-1-inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches. d. Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. 2. Frame. Galvanized sheet steel, with bend -over tabs and foam gaskets. 2.8 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. Ventfabncs Inc. 4. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics. C. Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-6 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. Metal -Edged Connectors. Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3-1/2 inches wide attached to 2 strips of 2-3/4-inch- wide, 0.028-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch- thick aluminum sheets. Provide metal compatible with connected ducts. E. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. 1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 480 Ibf/inch in the warp and 360 Ibf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 2.9 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 2. McGill AirFlow LLC. 3. Thermaflex, A Division of Flexible Technologies, Inc. 4. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Noninsulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, 2-ply vinyl film supported by helically wound, spring -steel wire. 1. Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg positive and 1.0-inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 10 to plus 160 deg F. C. Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, multiple layers of aluminum laminate supported by helically wound spring -steel wire; fibrous -glass insulation; polyethylene vapor -barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating: 6-inch wg positive and 1.0-inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 5000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 210 deg F. 4. Insulation R-value: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004. Flexible Duct Connectors: 1. Clamps: Nylon strap in sizes 3 through 18 inches, to suit duct size. 2.10 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct -insulation thickness. B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's 'HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards,' for fibrous -glass ducts. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized steel accessories in galvanized steel and fibrous -glass ducts, stainless -steel accessories in stainless steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts C. Install backdraft or control dampers at inlet of exhaust fans or exhaust ducts as close as possible to exhaust fan unless otherwise indicated. D. Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel. 1. Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts. 2. Install aluminum volume dampers in aluminum ducts. E. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing. F. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated. G. Install fire and smoke dampers according to UL listing. H. Connect ducts to duct silencers rigidly. I. Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and equipment at the following locations: 1. On both sides of duct coils. 2. Control devices requiring inspection. 3. Elsewhere as indicated. Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure. K. Access Door Sizes. 1. One -Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches. 2. Two -Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches. 4. Head and Shoulders Access 21 by 14 inches. 5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 by 17 inches. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment. M. For fans developing static pressures of 5-inch wg and more, cover flexible connectors with loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 N. Connect terminal units to supply ducts directly. Do not use flexible ducts. O. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive plus sheet metal screws. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Tests and Inspections: 1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2. Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be performed. 3. Operate fire, smoke, and combination fire and smoke dampers to verify full range of movement and verify that proper heat response device is installed. 4. Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation. 5. Operate remote damper operators to verify full range of movement of operator and damper. END OF SECTION AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 34 23 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 1. Centrifugal roof ventilators. 2. Ceiling -mounted ventilators. 1 2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Project Altitude: Base fan -performance ratings on sea level. B. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Also include the following: 1. Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. 2. Certified fan sound -power ratings. 3. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics, plus motor and electrical accessories. 4. Material thickness and finishes, including color charts. 5. Dampers including housings, linkages, and operators. 6. Roof curbs. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For power ventilators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 1. Belts: One set(s) for each belt -driven unit. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. AMCA Compliance: Fans shall have AMCA Certified performance ratings and shall bear the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. C. UL Standards: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705. Power ventilators for use for restaurant kitchen exhaust shall also comply with UL 762. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS A. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Aerovent; a division of Twin City Fan Companies, Ltd. 2. CaptiveAire. 3. Carnes Company. 4. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 5. Loren Cook Company. 6. PennBarry. 7. Breidert. General: Exhaust fan and associated roof curbs shall be constructed and installed as required to maintain a 120 mph wind rating. C. Housing: Removable, spun -aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle; square, one-piece, aluminum base with venturi inlet cone. 1. Upblast Units: Provide spun -aluminum discharge baffle to direct discharge air upward, with rain and snow drains and grease collector. 2. Hinged Subbase: Galvanized steel hinged arrangement permitting service and maintenance D. Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward -inclined blades. E. Belt Drives: 1. Resiliently mounted to housing. 2. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub. 3. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self -aligning ball bearings. 4. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable -pitch motor pulley. 5. Fan and motor isolated from exhaust airstream. F. Accessories: HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1. UL 762 Listing for grease removal. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 G. Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 1-1/2-inch- thick, rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 1-1/2-inch wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof opening and fan base. Roof curb shall be rated for 120 MPH wind load. 1. Configuration. Built-in cant and mounting flange. 2. Overall Height: 8 inches. 3. Metal Liner• Galvanized steel. 4. Vented Curb: Unlined with louvered vents in vertical sides. Capacities and Characteristics: Refer to drawing schedules. 2.2 CEILING -MOUNTED VENTILATORS A. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Breidert Air Products. 2. Broan-NuTone LLC. 3. Carnes Company. 4. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 5. JencoFan. 6. Loren Cook Company. 7. PennBarry. Housing: Steel, lined with acoustical insulation. C. Fan Wheel: Centrifugal wheels directly mounted on motor shaft. Fan shrouds, motor, and fan wheel shall be removable for service. Grille: Plastic, louvered grille with flange on intake and thumbscrew attachment to fan housing. Electrical Requirements: Junction box for electrical connection on housing and receptacle for motor plug-in. Accessories: 1. Motion Sensor: Motion detector with adjustable shutoff timer. 2. Isolation: Rubber -in -shear vibration isolators. G. Capacities and Characteristics: Refer to drawing schedule 2.3 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Division 23 Section 'Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 1. Motor Sizes. Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in Division 26 Sections. B. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Certify sound -power level ratings according to AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Factory test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. B. Certify fan performance ratings, including flow rate pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation and efficiency by factory tests according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install power ventilators level and plumb. B. Support units using elastomeric mounts having a static deflection of 1 inch . Vibration- and seismic -control devices are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 1. Secure vibration and seismic controls to concrete bases using anchor bolts cast in concrete base. C. Secure roof -mounted fans to roof curbs with cadmium -plated hardware. See Division 07 S ection "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs. D. Ceiling Units: Suspend units from structure; use steel wire or metal straps. E. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. F. Label units according to requirements specified in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC P iping and Equipment.' 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors. Flexible connectors are specified in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories " B. Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical S ystems." HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal -overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches. 3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete. 4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards. 5. Adjust belt tension. 6. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 7. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. 8. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected ductwork systems are in fully open position. 9. Disable automatic temperature -control operators, energize motor and adjust fan to indicated rpm, and measure and record motor voltage and amperage. 10. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature -control operators. 11. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust belt tension. B. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design airflow. Lubricate bearings. END OF SECTION HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 36 00 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 1. Series Fan Powered air terminal unit. 2. Shutoff, single -duct air terminal units. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's 'HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible" . 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following products, including rated capacities, furnished specialties, sound -power ratings, and accessories. 1. Air terminal units. B. Shop Drawings: For air terminal units. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air terminal units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following• 1. Instructions for resetting minimum and maximum air volumes. 2. Instructions for adjusting software set points. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment' and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start -Up." AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.1 SHUTOFF, SINGLE -DUCT AIR TERMINAL UNITS A. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Anemostat. 2. Environmental Technologies, Inc. 3. Nailor Industries Inc. 4. Price Industries. 5. Titus. 6. Trane. 7. Metalaire. B. Configuration: Volume -damper assembly inside unit casing with control components inside a protective metal shroud. C. Casing: 0.034-inch steel, single wall. 1. Casing Lining: Adhesive attached, 1/2-inch- thick, polyurethane foam insulation complying with UL 181 erosion requirements, and having a maximum flame -spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke -developed index of 50, for both insulation and adhesive, when tested according to ASTM E 84. 2. Air Inlet: Round stub connection or S-slip and drive connections for duct attachment. 3. Air Outlet S-slip and drive connections, size matching inlet size 4. Access: Removable panels for access to parts requiring service, adjustment, or maintenance; with airtight gasket. 5. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004. Volume Damper: Galvanized steel with peripheral gasket and self-lubricating bearings. 1. Maximum Damper Leakage: ARI 880 rated, 2 percent of nominal airflow at 3-inch wg inlet static pressure. 2. Damper Position: Normally closed. E. Control Panel Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1, with access panel sealed from airflow and mounted on side of unit. 2.2 SERIES FAN POWERED AIR TERMINAL UNITS A. Basis of -Design Product Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Anemostat. 2. Environmental Technologies, Inc. 3. Nailor Industries Inc. 4. Price Industries. 5. Titus. 6. Trane. 7. Metalaire. AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600-2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Configuration: Pressure independent with volume -damper assembly and fan in series arrangement inside unit casing with control components inside a protective metal shroud for installation above a ceiling. C. Casing: 0.034-inch steel, single wall. 1. Casing Lining: Adhesive attached, 1/2-inch- thick, polyurethane foam insulation complying with UL 181 erosion requirements, and having a maximum flame -spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke -developed index of 50, for both insulation and adhesive, when tested according to ASTM E 84. 2. Air Inlets Round stub connections. 3. Air Outlet: S-slip and drive connections. 4. Access: Removable panels for access to parts requiring service, adjustment, or maintenance; with airtight gasket and quarter -turn latches. 5. Fan: Forward -curved centrifugal, located at plenum air inlet. 6. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. D. Volume Damper: Galvanized steel with flow -sensing ring and peripheral gasket and self- lubricating bearings. 1. Maximum Damper Leakage: ARI 880 rated, 2 percent of nominal airflow at 3-inch wg inlet static pressure. 2. Damper Position: Normally closed. E. Velocity Sensors: Multipoint, center averaging. F. Motor: Ultra high efficiency, brushless DC ECM motor with PWM controller that allows for 0-10v signal from DDC controller to adjust fan speed. Provide input to allow control of motor speed by BAS. 1. Fan -Motor Assembly Isolation: Rubber isolators. 2. Enclosure: Open dripproof. 3. Enclosure Materials: Cast iron. 4. Efficiency: Premium efficient. 5. Electrical Characteristics: Refer to schedule on drawings. Hot water reheat Coils: Copper pipe with aluminum fins. Refer to drawings. In a galvanized steel housing. 1. Location° Plenum air inlet. 2. Control: Modulating 2-way linear CCV.. 3. Downstream air temperature sensor with local connection to override discharge -air temperature to not exceed a maximum temperature set point (adjustable.) 4. Fan interlock contacts. Factory -Mounted and -Wired Controls: Electrical components mounted in control box with removable cover. Incorporate single -point electrical connection to power source. 1. Control Transformer: Factory mounted for control voltage on electric and electronic control units with terminal strip in control box for field wiring of thermostat and power source. 2. Provide input to allow control of motor speed by BAS input. AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3. Wiring Terminations: Fan and controls to terminal strip. quantities, sizes, and materials of branch -circuit conductors. terminal box that is sized according to NFPA 70. 4. Disconnect Switch: Factory -mounted, fuse type. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Terminal lugs to match Enclose terminal lugs in I. Control Panel Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1, with access panel sealed from airflow and mounted on side of unit. 2.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium -plated steel rods and nuts. B. Steel Cables: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603. C. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium -plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic -locking and clamping device. D. Air Terminal Unit Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. E. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes and plates for units with steel casings; aluminum for units with aluminum casings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install air terminal units according to NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." B. Install air terminal units level and plumb. Maintain sufficient clearance for normal service and maintenance. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 4, "Hangers and Supports." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder -actuated fasteners, or structural -steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1.. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. 2. Install powder -actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 3. Use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for standard -weight aggregate concretes and for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 4. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight -aggregate concretes and for slabs less than 4 inches thick. C. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. AIR TERMINAL UNITS 23 36 00 - 4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 D. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. E. Attachments to the terminal box shall be "double nutted" to prevent loosening over time. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Install piping adjacent to air terminal unit to allow service and maintenance. B. Hot -Water Piping: In addition to requirements in Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping " connect heating coils to supply with shutoff valve, strainer, control valve, and union or flange; and to return with balancing valve and union or flange. C. Connect ducts to air terminal units according to Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts." D. Connections to air terminal units shall be via. hard ducts. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Label each air terminal unit with plan number, nominal airflow, and maximum and minimum factory -set airflows. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section 'Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment' for equipment labels and warning signs and labels. END OF SECTION AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 37 13 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Various types of diffusers, registers and grilles. B. Related Sections: Division 08 Section "Louvers and Vents" for fixed and adjustable louvers and wall vents, whether or not they are connected to ducts. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static -pressure drop and noise ratings. 2. Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. Include with the shop drawings a room -by -room schedule indicating devices installed. Also note ceiling types and installations. 3. Finishes shall be selected by the Architect. If Architect elects not to select color, all colors shall be white. Factory color samples shall be submitted with shop drawings PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 1. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. Krueger. METALAIRE, Inc. Price Industries. Titus. 2.2 DIFFUSER, REGISTER AND GRILLE TYPES A. Refer other 1 to the drawing schedules for material, finish, face size, face style, mounting, pattern and accessories, options and parameters. Rectangular and Square Ceiling Diffusers: DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2. Louver Face Diffuser: 3. Linear Bar Diffuser: 4. Linear Slot Diffuser: 5. Drum Louver: 6. Security Grilles and Registers: 7. Linear Bar Grille: 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb. B. Ceiling -Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay -in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect/Engineer for a determination of final location. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. END OF SECTION DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 51 00 BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Listed double -wall vents. Direct Vent. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Special gas vents. B. Shop Drawings: For vents, breechings, chimneys, and stacks. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, methods of field assembly, components, hangers and seismic restraints, and location and size of each field connection. 2. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads include calculations required for selecting seismic restraints and structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories." 1.4 WARRANTY Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of venting system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, structural failures caused by expansion and contraction. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS 23 51 00 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LISTED SPECIAL GAS VENTS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Heat -Fab, Inc. 2. Metal -Fab, Inc. 3. Selkirk Inc.; Selkirk Metalbestos and Air Mate. Description: Double -wall metal vents tested according to UL 1738 and rated for 480 deg F continuously, with positive or negative flue pressure complying with NFPA 211. C. Construction: Inner liner and outer jacket separated by at least a 1/2-inch airspace. D. Inner Liner: ASTM A 959, Type AL29-4C stainless steel. E. Outer Jacket: Stainless steel. F. Design Wind Loads: 120 MPH. G. Accessories: Tees, elbows, increasers, draft -hood connectors, terminations, adjustable roof flashings, storm collars, support assemblies, thimbles, firestop spacers, and fasteners; fabricated from similar materials and designs as vent pipe straight sections; all listed for same assembly. 1. Termination: Round chimney top designed to exclude minimum 98 percent of rainfall. Construct per boiler manufacturer. Material to match Inner Liner (AL29-4C)/ 2.2 DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER VENTING A. Discharge and intake venting shall be schedule 40 PVC installed per manufacturer recommendations. Provide with all required inlet screens and terminating caps. B. Design Wind Loads: 120 MPH. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Listed Special Gas Vent: Condensing gas appliances. BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS 23 51 00 - 2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF LISTED VENTS AND CHIMNEYS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Locate to comply with minimum clearances from combustibles and minimum termination heights according to product listing or NFPA 211, whichever is most stringent. B. Support vents at intervals recommended by manufacturer to support weight of vents and all accessories, without exceeding appliance loading. C. Slope breechings down in direction of appliance, with condensate drain connection at lowest point piped to nearest drain. Route to condensate neutralizer as per manufacturer D. Lap joints in direction of flow. E. Connect base section to foundation using anchor lugs of size and number recommended by manufacturer. Join sections with acid -resistant joint cement to provide continuous joint and smooth interior finish. Erect stacks plumb to finished tolerance of no more than 1 inch out of plumb from top to bottom. 3.4 CLEANING A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finishes. B. Clean breechings internally, during and after installation, to remove dust and debris. Clean external surfaces to remove welding slag and mill film Grind welds smooth and apply touchup finish to match factory or shop finish. C. Provide temporary closures at ends of breechings, chimneys, and stacks that are not completed or connected to equipment. END OF SECTION BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS 2351 00-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. SECTION 23 52 16 CONDENSING BOILERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Product Data: Include performance data, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For boilers, boiler trim, and accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Wiring Diagrams. Power, signal, and control wiring. Operation and Maintenance Data: For boilers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. E. Other Informational Submittals: 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories• Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label boilers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. C. UL Compliance: Test boilers for compliance with UL 795, "Commercial -Industrial Gas Heating Equipment." Boilers shall be listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 COORDINATION Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of boilers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: CONDENSING BOILERS 235216-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 a. Leakage and Materials: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Heat Exchanger Damaged by Thermal Stress and Corrosion: non -prorated for 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. AERCO International. 2. Camus Hydronics. 3. Hydrotherm. 4. Lochinvar Corporation. B. General Requirements: 1. The BOILER shall be constructed in accordance with the following code requirements as standard equipment. a. CSD1 / Factory Mutual / GE Gap The BOILER shall bear the ASME "H" stamp for 160 psi working pressure and shall be National Board listed. The BOILER shall have a fully welded 316L stainless steel fire tube heat exchanger. There shall be a single pressure vessel. Multiple pressure vessels are not acceptable. Fire Tube shall be of the Wave Fire Tube design and capable of transferring 30,000 to 40,000 Btu's per tube. A liquid impact die shall be used to form the Wave Fire Tube. There shall be no banding material, bolts, gaskets or "0" rings in the heat exchanger construction. The Wave Fire Tube shall be robotically welded to the tube sheets. The heat exchanger shall be designed for a single -pass water flow to limit the water side pressure drop. Pressure drop shall be no greater than 2.4 psi at 180 gpm. The condensate collection basin shall be constructed of welded 316L stainless steel. The complete heat exchanger assembly shall carry a ten (10) year limited warranty. 3. The BOILER shall be certified and listed by C.S.A. International under the latest edition of the harmonized ANSI Z21.13 test standard for the U.S. and Canada. The BOILER shall comply with the energy efficiency requirements of the latest edition of the ASHRAE 90.1 Standard and the minimum efficiency requirements of the latest edition of the AHRI BTS- 2000 Standard as defined by the Department of Energy in 10 CFR Part 431. The BOILER shall operate at a minimum of 92% thermal efficiency (FB 1500- FB 3500) or 93% thermal efficiency (FB 4000-FB 5000) at full fire as registered with AHRI. All models shall operate up to 97% thermal efficiency with return water temperatures at 90°F or below at 20°F temperature rise. The BOILER shall be certified for indoor installation. 4. The BOILER shall be constructed with a heavy gauge steel jacket assembly, primed and pre -painted on both sides. 5. The combustion chamber shall be sealed and completely enclosed, independent of the outer jacket assembly, so that integrity of the outer jacket does not affect a proper seal. Two burner/flame observation ports shall be provided. The single burner shall be a premix design with an upper and a lower chamber supplied by individual combustion systems and constructed of high temperature stainless steel with a woven Fecralloy outer covering to provide modulating firing rates. The BOILER shall be supplied with two gas valves designed with negative pressure regulation and be equipped with a pulse width CONDENSING BOILERS 235216-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 modulation blower system, to precisely control the fuel/air mixture to provide modulating boiler firing rates for maximum efficiency The BOILER shall operate in a safe condition with gas supply pressures as low as 4 inches of water column. The burner flame shall be ignited by direct spark ignition with flame monitoring via a flame sensor. The BOILER shall have an independent laboratory rating for Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) to meet the requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District in Southern California and the requirements of Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (FB 1500-FB 2000). The manufacturer shall verify proper operation of the burner, all controls and the heat exchanger by connection to water and venting for a factory fire test prior to shipping Controls: 1. The BOILER shall utilize a 24 VAC control circuit and components. The control system shall have a display for boiler set-up, boiler status, and boiler diagnostics. All components shall be easily accessed and serviceable from the front and top of the jacket. The BOILER shall be equipped with a temperature/pressure gauge; high limit temperature control with manual reset; ASME certified pressure relief valve set for 50 psi (standard); o utlet water temperature sensor (dual thermistor); return water temperature sensor; o utdoor air sensor, flue temperature sensor (dual thermistor); high and low gas pressure switches, low water cut off with manual reset, blocked drain switch and a condensate trap for the heat exchanger condensate drain. 2. The BOILER shall feature the LCD Touch control screen which is standard and factory installed with an 8' liquid crystal touch screen display, password security, outdoor air reset pump delay with freeze protection, pump exercise, ramp delay featuring six steps, domestic hot water prioritization with limiting capabilities and PC port connection. A secondary control that is field mounted outside or inside the appliance is not acceptable. The BOILER shall have alarm contacts for any failure, runtime contacts and data logging of runtime at given modulation rates, ignition attempts and ignition failures. The BOILER shall have a built-in "Cascade' to sequence and rotate while maintaining modulation of up to eight boilers of different Btu inputs without utilization of an external controller. The internal "Cascade' function shall be capable of lead -lag efficiency optimization, front-end loading, and rotation of lead boiler every 24 hours The BOILER shall be capable of controlling an isolation valve (valve shall be offered by manufacturer) during heating o peration and rotation of open valves in standby operation for full flow applications. The control must be equipped with standard Modbus communication protocol with a minimum 55 readable points. The BOILER shall have an optional gateway device which will allow integration with LON or BacNet (MSTP or IP) protocols. 3. Through the touch screen control shall increase fan speed to boost flame signal when a weak flame signal is detected during normal operation. a. A 0 -10 VDC output signal shall control a variable speed boiler pump (pump to be offered by manufacturer) to keep a fixed delta t across the boiler regardless of the modulation rate. b. The BOILER shall have the capability to receive a 0 — 10 VDC input signal from a variable speed system pump to anticipate changes in system heat load in order to prevent flow related issues such as erratic temperature cycling 4. Hardwired Points: The boiler shall have the following "Hardwired" Points: a. Monitoring: On/off status, common trouble alarm low water level alarm. b. Control: On/off operation, hot water supply temperature set -point adjustment. D. Trouble Shooting Software: Provide with all manufacturer software and or devices used for maintenance trouble shooting. CONDENSING BOILERS 235216-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 E. Electrical Requirements: The BOILER shall be equipped with two terminal strips for electrical connection. 1. A low voltage connection board with 30 data points for safety and operating controls, i.e., Alarm Contacts, Runtime Contacts, Louver Proving Switch, Tank Thermostat, Remote Enable/Disable, System Supply Sensor, Outdoor Sensor, Tank Sensor, Modbus Building Management System signal and Cascade control circuit. 2. A high voltage terminal strip shall be provided for Supply voltage. Supply voltage shall be 480 volt / 60 hertz / 3 phase and 600 volt / 60 hertz / 3 phase. The high voltage terminal strip plus integral relays are provided for independent pump control of the system pump and boiler pump. F. Boiler Venting: 1. Direct Vent system with vertical roof top termination of both the exhaust vent and combustion air. The flue shall be Category IV approved Stainless Steel sealed vent material terminating at the rooftop with the manufacturer's specified vent termination. A separate pipe shall supply combustion air directly to the boiler from the outside. The air inlet pipe must be sealed and may be other materials listed in the Installation manual. The boiler's total combined air intake length shall not exceed 100 equivalent feet. The boiler's total combined exhaust venting length shall not exceed 100 equivalent feet. The air inlet must terminate on the rooftop with the exhaust. G. Capacity: Refer to drawings for required capacity. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before boiler installation, examine roughing -in for concrete equipment bases, anchor -bolt sizes and locations, and piping and electrical connections to verify actual locations, sizes, and other conditions affecting boiler performance, maintenance, and operations 1. Final boiler locations indicated on Drawings are approximate. Determine exact locations before roughing -in for piping, electrical connections and housekeeping pads. Revise existing housekeeping pads as required B. Examine mechanical spaces for suitable conditions where boilers will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 BOILER INSTALLATION Install boilers level on concrete base. Concrete base is specified in Division 23 Section 'Common Work Results for HVAC," and concrete materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 03. B. Vibration Isolation: Elastomeric isolation pads with a minimum static deflection of 0.25 inch . Vibration isolation devices and installation requirements are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment " CONDENSING BOILERS 235216-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. Install gas fired boilers according to NFPA 54 and manufacturer instructions. D. Assemble and install boiler trim. E. Install electrical devices furnished with boiler but not specified to be factory mounted. F. Install control wiring to field -mounted electrical devices. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Install piping from equipment drain connection to nearest floor drain. Piping shall be at least full size of connection. Provide an isolation valve if required. B. Connect gas piping to boiler gas -train inlet with union. Piping shall be at least full size of gas train connection. Provide a reducer if required Connect hot-water piping to supply- and return -boiler tappings with shutoff valve and union or flange at each connection. D. Install piping from safety relief valves to nearest floor drain. E. Boiler Venting: 1. Install flue venting kit and combustion -air intake. 2. Connect full size to boiler connections. F. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." G. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust operate, and maintain boilers. Video training sessions. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION CONDENSING BOILERS 235216-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 64 23 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Packaged, air-cooled, electric -motor -driven, scroll water chillers. 1.2 DEFINITIONS COP: Coefficient of performance. The ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy input using consistent units for any given set of rating conditions. EER: Energy -efficiency ratio. The ratio of the cooling capacity given in terms of Btu/h to the total power input given in terms of watts at any given set of rating conditions. C. IPLV: Integrated part -load value. A single number part -load efficiency figure of merit calculated per the method defined by ARI 550/590 and referenced to ARI standard rating conditions. kW/Ton: The ratio of total power input of the chiller in kilowatts to the net refrigerating capacity in tons at any given set of rating conditions E. NPLV: Nonstandard part -load value. A single number part -load efficiency figure of merit calculated per the method defined by ARI 550/590 and intended for operating conditions other than the ARI standard rating conditions. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include refrigerant, rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. 1. Performance at ARI standard conditions and at conditions indicated. 2. Performance at ARI standard unloading conditions. 3. Minimum evaporator flow rate. 4. Refrigerant capacity of water chiller. 5. Oil capacity of water chiller. 6. Fluid capacity of evaporator. 7. Characteristics of safety relief valves 8. Minimum entering condenser -air temperature 9. Performance at varying capacity with constant design entering condenser -air temperature. Repeat performance at varying capacity for different entering condenser -air temperatures from design to minimum in 10 deg F increments. 10. Primary Chilled Water Pump and pump accessories data including certified curves. B. Shop Drawings: Complete set of manufacturer's prints of water chiller assemblies, control panels, sections and elevations, and unit isolation. Include the following* SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Assembled unit dimensions. 2. Weight and load distribution. 3. Required clearances for maintenance and operation. 4. Size and location of piping and wiring connections. 5. Wiring Diagrams. For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Startup service reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each water chiller to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. E. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ARI Certification: Certify chiller according to ARI 590 certification program. B. ARI Rating: Rate water chiller performance according to requirements in ARI 550/590, "Water Chilling Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle.' C. ASHRAE Compliance: ASHRAE 15 for safety code for mechanical refrigeration. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1- 2004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air -Conditioning." E. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and stamp water chiller heat exchangers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. F. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Ship water chillers from the factory fully charged with refrigerant and filled with oil. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Chiller shall be provided with complete five (5) year parts and labor warranty. Warranty shall include refrigerant and oil charge replacement. SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.1 PACKAGED AIR-COOLED WATER CHILLERS A. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Daikin McQuay. 2. Trane. 3. Carrier Description: Factory -assembled and run -tested water chiller complete with base and frame, condenser casing, compressors, compressor motors and motor controllers, evaporator, condenser coils, condenser fans and motors, electrical power, controls, primary pumps, and accessories. Cabinet: 1. Base: Galvanized steel base extending the perimeter of water chiller. Secure frame, compressors, and evaporator to base to provide a single -piece unit. 2. Frame. Rigid galvanized steel frame secured to base and designed to support cabinet, condenser, control panel, and other chiller components not directly supported from base. 3. Casing: Galvanized steel. 4. Finish: Coat base, frame, and casing with a corrosion -resistant coating capable of withstanding a 500 -hour salt -spray test according to ASTM B 117. Provide stainless steel hardware where exposed to ambient air. 5. Sound -reduction package consisting of the following, (refer to drawings for maximum allowable sound levels): a. Acoustic enclosure around compressors. b. Reduced speed fans with acoustic treatment. c. Designed to reduce sound level without affecting performance. 6. Security Package* Provide security grilles with fasteners for additional protection of compressors, evaporator, and condenser coils. Grilles shall be coated for corrosion resistance and shall be removable for service access. Compressors: 1. Description: Positive -displacement direct drive with hermetically sealed casing. 2. Each compressor provided with suction and discharge service valves, crankcase oil heater, and suction strainer 3. Operating Speed: Nominal 3600 rpm for 60-Hz applications. 4. Capacity Control: On -off compressor cycling. 5. Oil Lubrication System. Automatic pump with strainer, sight glass, filling connection, filter with magnetic plug and initial oil charge. 6. Vibration Isolation Mount individual compressors on vibration isolators. E. Compressor Motors: 1. Hermetically sealed and cooled by refrigerant suction gas. 2. High -torque, two -pole induction type with inherent thermal -overload protection on each phase. SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. F. Compressor Motor Controllers: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Across the Line: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, full voltage, non -reversing. G. Refrigeration: 1. Refrigerant: R-410a . Classified as Safety Group Al according to ASHRAE 34. 2. Refrigerant Compatibility: Parts exposed to refrigerants shall be fully compatible with refrigerants, and pressure components shall be rated for refrigerant pressures 3. Refrigerant Circuit: Each circuit shall include a thermal -expansion valve, refrigerant charging connections, a hot -gas muffler, compressor suction and discharge shutoff valves, a liquid -line shutoff valve, a replaceable -core filter -dryer, a sight glass with moisture indicator, a liquid line solenoid valve, and an insulated suction line. 4. Refrigerant Isolation: Factory install positive shutoff isolation valves in the compressor discharge line and the refrigerant liquid line to allow the isolation and storage of the refrigerant charge in the chiller condenser. H. Evaporator: 1. Brazed plate or shell -and -tube design, as indicated. 2. Shell and Tube: a. Description: Direct -expansion, shell -and -tube design with fluid flowing through the shell and refrigerant flowing through the tubes within the shell. b. Code Compliance: Tested and stamped according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. c. Shell Material: Carbon steel. d. Shell Heads: Removable carbon -steel heads with multi -pass baffles designed to ensure positive oil return and located at each end of the tube bundle. e. Shell Nozzles: Fluid nozzles located along the side of the shell and terminated with mechanical -coupling end connections for connection to field piping. f. Tube Construction: Individually replaceable copper tubes with enhanced fin design, expanded into tube sheets. 3. Brazed Plate: a. Direct -expansion, single -pass brazed -plate design. b. Type 316 stainless -steel construction c. Code Compliance: Tested and stamped according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. d. Fluid Nozzles: Terminate with mechanical -coupling end connections for connection to field piping. 4. Heater: Factory -installed and -wired electric heater with integral controls designed to protect the evaporator to minus 20 deg F. I. Air -Cooled Condenser: 1. Plate -fin coil with integral subcooling on each circuit, rated at 450 psig. a. Construct coils of copper tubes mechanically bonded to aluminum with precoated epoxy -phenolic fins. E-coat coils. b. Hail Protection: Provide condenser coils with louvers, baffles, or hoods to protect against hail damage. SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423-4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 2. Fans: Direct -drive propeller type with statically and dynamically balanced fan blades, arranged for vertical air discharge. 3. Fan Motors: Totally enclosed nonventilating (TENV) or totally enclosed air over (TEAO) enclosure, with permanently lubricated bearings, and having built-in overcurrent- and thermal -overload protection 4. Fan Guards: Steel safety guards with corrosion -resistant coating. J. Electrical Power: 1. Factory -installed and -wired switches, motor controllers, transformers, and other electrical devices necessary shall provide a single -point field power connection to water chiller. 2. House in a unit -mounted, NEMA 250, Type 3R enclosure with hinged access door with lock and key or padlock and key. 3. Wiring shall be numbered and color -coded to match wiring diagram. 4. Install factory wiring outside of an enclosure in a raceway. 5. Field power interface shall be to NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, nonfused disconnect switch. 6. Provide branch power circuit to each motor and to controls with one of the following disconnecting means: a. NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, fusible switch with rejection -type fuse clips rated for fuses. Select and size fuses to provide Type 2 protection according to IEC 60947- 4-1. b. NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, nonfusible switch. c. NEMA AB 1, motor -circuit protector (circuit breaker) with, short-circuit trip coordinated with motor locked -rotor amperes. 7. Provide each motor with overcurrent protection. 8. Overload relay sized according to UL 1995, or an integral component of water chiller control microprocessor. 9. Phase -Failure and Undervoltage: Solid-state sensing with adjustable settings. 10. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time -delay relays. 11. Indicate the following for water chiller electrical power supply: a. Fault log, with time and date of each. K. Controls: 1. Stand-alone, microprocessor based. 2. Enclosure: Share enclosure with electrical power devices or provide a separate enclosure of matching construction. 3. Operator Interface: Keypad or pressure -sensitive touch screen. Multiple -character, backlit, liquid -crystal display or Tight -emitting diodes. Display the following: a. Date and time. b. Operating or alarm status. c. Operating hours. d. Outside -air temperature if required for chilled -water reset. e. Temperature and pressure of operating set points. f. Entering and leaving temperatures of chilled water. g. Refrigerant pressures in evaporator and condenser. h. Saturation temperature in evaporator and condenser. i. No cooling load condition. j. Elapsed time meter (compressor run status). k. Pump status. I. Antirecycling timer status. SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 m. Percent of maximum motor amperage. n . Current -limit set point. o . Number of compressor starts. p. kWH used, (if internal controls cannot monitor and provide kWH output, manufacture shall purchase and provide BACnet communicating kWH meter for each chiller). 4. Control Functions: a. Manual or automatic startup and shutdown time schedule. b. Entering and leaving chilled -water temperatures, control set points, and motor load limit. c. Current limit and demand limit. d. Antirecycling timer. 5. Manual -Reset Safety Controls: The following conditions shall shut down water chiller and require manual reset: a. Low evaporator pressure or high condenser pressure. b. Low chilled -water temperature. c. Refrigerant high pressure. d. High or low oil pressure. e . High oil temperature. f. Loss of chilled -water flow. g. Control device failure 6. Building Automation System Interface: Factory -installed hardware and software to e nable building automation system to monitor control, and display water chiller status and alarms. ASHRAE 135 (BACnet) communication interface with building automation system shall enable building automation system operator to remotely control and monitor the water chiller from an operator workstation. Control features and monitoring points displayed locally at water chiller control panel shall be available through building automation system. L. Insulation: 1. Material: Closed cell, flexible elastomeric, thermal insulation complying with ASTM C 534, Type I, for tubular materials and Type II, for sheet materials. 2. Thickness: 3/4 inch . 3. Factory -applied insulation over cold surfaces of water chiller and pump components. a. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer and applied to 100 percent of insulation contact surface. Seal seams and joints. 4. Apply protective coating to exposed surfaces of insulation. M. Accessories: 1. Factory -furnished, chilled -water flow switches for field installation. Flow switches shall be thermal dispersion type, (paddle type flow switches are not allowed) 2. Individual compressor suction and discharge pressure gages with shutoff valves for each refrigeration circuit. SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. Factory -furnished neoprene isolators for field installation. 4. Primary Chilled Water Pump, mounted on vibration isolators. Provide suction diffuser, combination valve, P/T ports, gauges, thermometers, and isolation valves associated with pump. Trouble Shooting Software: Provide with all manufacturer software used for maintenance trouble shooting. Capacities and Characteristics: Refer to drawing schedule for capacity and characteristics. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform functional test of water chillers before shipping. B. Factory test and inspect evaporator according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII Division 1. Stamp with ASME label. PART 3 - EXECUTION (WHEN APPLICABLE) 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before water chiller installation, examine roughing -in for equipment support, anchor -bolt sizes and locations, piping, and electrical connections to verify actual locations, sizes, and other conditions affecting water chiller performance maintenance, and operations. 1. Water chiller locations indicated on Drawings are approximate. Determine exact locations before roughing -in for piping and electrical connections. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 WATER CHILLER INSTALLATION A. Equipment Mounting: Install water chiller on concrete bases using elastomeric pads . Comply with requirements in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete ." Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 1. Minimum Deflection: 1/4 inch . 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 3. For supported equipment, install epoxy -coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance. C. Charge water chiller with refrigerant if not factory charged and fill with oil if not factory installed. SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423-7 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS D. Install separate devices furnished by manufacturer and not factory installed. Project No. 1506 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping" Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to chiller to allow service and maintenance. C. Evaporator Fluid Connections: Connect to evaporator inlet with shutoff valve, flexible connector, thermometer, and plugged tee with pressure gage. Connect to evaporator outlet with shutoff valve, balancing valve flexible connector, flow switch, thermometer plugged tee with pressure gage, and drain connection with valve. Make connections to water chiller with a union, flange, or mechanical coupling. D. Connect each drain connection with a union and drain pipe and extend pipe, full size of connection, to floor drain. Provide a shutoff valve at each connection if required. 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. B. Inspect field -assembled components, equipment installation, and piping and electrical connections for proper assemblies, installations, and connections. C. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and perform the following: 1. Verify that refrigerant charge is sufficient and water chiller has been leak tested. 2. Verify that pumps are installed and functional 3. Verify that thermometers and gages are installed. 4. Operate water chiller for run-in period. 5. Check bearing lubrication and oil levels. 6. Verify that refrigerant pressure relief device for chillers installed indoors is vented outside. 7. Verify proper motor rotation. 8. Verify static deflection of vibration isolators, including deflection during water chiller startup and shutdown. 9 Verify and record performance of water chiller protection devices. 10. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Prepare a written startup report that records results of tests and inspections. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust operate, and maintain water chillers. Video record the training sessions. END OF SECTION SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 72 00 AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Packaged energy recovery units. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: For air-to-air energy recovery equipment. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams. For power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, elevations, and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other using input from Installers of the items involved: 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air-to-air energy recovery equipment to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Filters: Three set(s) of each type of filter specified. 2. Fan Belts: Two set(s) of belts for each belt -driven fan in energy recovery units. AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT 237200-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories• Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ARI Compliance: 1. Capacity ratings for air-to-air energy recovery equipment shall comply with ARI 1060, "Performance Rating of Air -to -Air Heat Exchangers for Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment." 2. Capacity ratings for air coils shall comply with ARI 410, "Forced -Circulation Air- Cooling and Air -Heating Coils." C. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup." 2. Capacity ratings for air-to-air energy recovery equipment shall comply with ASHRAE 84, "Method of Testing Air -to -Air Heat Exchangers." D. UL Compliance: 1. Packaged heat recovery ventilators shall comply with requirements in UL 1812, "Ducted Heat Recovery Ventilators'; or UL 1815, 'Nonducted Heat Recovery Ventilators " 2. Electric coils shall comply with requirements in UL 1995, "Heating and Cooling Equipment." 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of air-to-air energy recovery equipment and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire -suppression system, and partition assemblies. B. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. C. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of air-to-air energy recovery equipment that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for Packaged Energy Recovery Units: Two years. 2. Warranty Period for Fixed Plate Total Heat Exchangers: 10 years. AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT 237200-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TOTAL ENTHALPY CORE Allowable manufacturers: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. ConsERV 2. Dpoint ERV core 3. Lossnay Energy Core: Energy core shall be of total enthalpy, stationary air-to-air type and shall be an element of a removable energy core system 2.2 PACKAGED ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS A. Refer to drawing schedule B. Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. C. Housing: Manufacturer's standard construction with corrosion -protection coating and exterior finish, gasketed and caulked weather -tight hinged access doors with neoprene gaskets for inspection and access to internal parts, minimum 1-inch- thick thermal insulation, knockouts for electrical and piping connections exterior drain connection and lifting lugs. 1. Inlet: Weatherproof hood, with damper for exhaust and supply, or duct collar for interior units. a. Exhaust: Gravity backdraft damper. b. Supply: Spring -return, two -position, motor -operated damper. 2. Roof Curb: Provide with roof curb, as applicable. D. Heat Recovery Device Enthalpy air-to-air heat exchange core. E. Supply and Exhaust Fans: Forward -curved, centrifugal fan with spring isolators and flexible duct connections. 1. Motor and Drive: Belt driven with adjustable sheaves, motor mounted on adjustable base 2. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 23 05 13 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 3. Motor Sizes Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 4. Spring isolators on each fan having 1-inch static deflection. F. Disposable Pleated Filters (Exhaust air Side): 1. Comply with NFPA 90A. 2. Filter Holding Frames: Arranged for flat or angular orientation, with access doors on both sides of unit. Filters shall be removable from one side or lift out from access plenum. 3. Factory -fabricated, viscous -coated, flat -panel type. AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT 237200-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 4. Thickness: 2 inches. 5. MERV: 5, according to ASHRAE 52.2. 6. Media: Pleated glass fibers sprayed with nonflammable adhesive. 7. Frame. Galvanized steel with metal grid on outlet side, steel rod grid on inlet side, hinged, and with pull and retaining handles. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 G. Extended Surface, Disposable Pleated Filters (Supply Side): 1. Comply with NFPA 90A. 2. Filter Holding Frames: Arranged for flat or angular orientation, with access doors on both sides of unit. Filters shall be removable from one side or lift out from access plenum. 3. Factory -fabricated, dry, extended -surface type. 4. Thickness. 4 inches. 5. MERV: 13, according to ASHRAE 52.2. 6. Media: Fibrous material formed into deep -V-shaped pleats and held by self-supporting wire grid. 7. Media -Grid Frame. Nonflammable cardboard. 8. Mounting Frames: Welded, galvanized steel with gaskets and fasteners, suitable for bolting together into built-up filter banks. H. Piping and Wiring: Fabricate units with space within housing for piping and electrical conduits. Wire motors and controls so only external connections are required during installation. 1. Indoor Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 12 enclosure contains relays, starters, and terminal strip. 2. Outdoor Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 3R enclosure contains relays, starters, and terminal strip 3. Include fused disconnect switches. I. Accessories: 1. Roof Curb: Steel with gasketing to be mounted on concrete bed. Curb height shall be as required to offset ductwork below unit as indicated on plans. 2. Isolation Dampers Opposed blade, extruded aluminum dampers with cadmium -plated steel operating rods rotating in sintered bronze or nylon bearings mounted in a single extruded -aluminum frame with operating rods connected with a common linkage, and electric damper operator factory wired. Blades shall have gaskets and edge seals, and shall be mechanically fastened to operating rod. 3. Duct flanges. 4. Rubber -in -shear isolators for ceiling -mounted units. 5. Hinged access doors with quarter -turn latches. 2.3 CONTROLS A. General: Provide with temperature sensors on Exhaust and OA airstreams entering and leaving Core locations to monitor the Dry Bulb and Wet Bulb temperatures. Subsequent Core efficiency will be computed and recorded by the building automation system. Refer to temperature control sequences. 2.4 ELECTRICAL A. General: Provide with unit mounted starters and disconnects AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT 237200-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.5 CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS A. Refer to drawing schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine casing insulation materials and filter media before air-to-air energy recovery equipment installation. Reject insulation materials and filter media that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Examine roughing -in for electrical services to verify actual locations of connections before installation. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install heat wheels so supply and exhaust airstreams flow in opposite directions and rotation is away from exhaust side to purge section to supply side. Install fixed -plate heat exchangers so supply and exhaust airstreams flow in opposite directions. C. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install air-to-air energy recovery equipment on cast -in -place concrete equipment bases. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. Install new filters at completion of equipment installation and before testing, adjusting, and balancing. 1. Requirements for Low -Emitting Materials: PVC solvent cement shall have a VOC content of 510 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for ductwork specified in Section 23 31 13 "Metal Ducts." B. Install electrical devices furnished with units but not factory mounted. AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT 237200-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service• Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations including connections, and to assist in testing. Tests and Inspections: 1. Operational Test After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 2. Adjust seals and purge. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 4. Set initial temperature and humidity set points. 5. Set field adjustable switches and circuit -breaker trip ranges as indicated. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain air-to-air energy recovery units. END OF SECTION 23 72 00 AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT 237200-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 23 73 13 MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Variable -air -volume, single -zone air -handling units. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: 1 Unit casing (wall/floor/roof panels and doors) shall be able to withstand up to 1.5 times design static pressure, or +/-6" w.g., whichever is less, and shall not exceed 0.0042" per inch of panel span (L/240). a. Floor panels shall be double -wall construction and designed to support a 300-lb Toad during maintenance activities and shall deflect no more than 0.0042" per inch of panel span. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each air -handling unit indicated. 1. Unit dimensions and weight. 2. Cabinet material, metal thickness, finishes, insulation, and accessories. 3. Sound data: a. Provide using AHRI 260 test methods for unit discharge, inlet and radiated sound power levels in dB shall be provided for 63, 125, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4,000 and 8,000 Hz. 4. Fans: a. Certified fan -performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. b. Certified fan -sound power ratings. c. Fan construction and accessories. d. Motor ratings, electrical characteristics, and motor accessories. e. For units with multiple fans provide the following: 1) Fan curve shall be provided showing the performance of the entire bank of fans at design conditions 2) Fan curve showing the performance of each individual fan in the bank of fans at design conditions. 3) Fan curve shall be provide showing the performance of the bank of fans when one fan is down. The percent redundancy of the bank of fans with one fan down shall be noted on the fan curve or in the tabulated fan data. Certified coil -performance ratings with system operating conditions indicated. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING 3 UNITS ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 7. Filters with performance characteristics. Provide list of any exceptions to the specification. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Mechanical -room layout and relationships between components and adjacent structural and mechanical elements. 2. Support location, type, and weight. 3. Field measurements. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air -handling units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. As a point of clarity, all units (AHU's and OA's) shall be provided with three sets of filters. Minimize filter sizes required for a project. 1. Filters: Two set(s) for each air -handling unit. 2. Gaskets One set(s) for each access door. 3. Fan Belts: Two set(s) for each air -handling unit fan. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A for design, fabrication, and installation of air - handling units and components. C. ARI Certification: Air -handling units and their components shall be factory tested according to ARI 430 'Central -Station Air -Handling Units," and shall be listed and labeled by ARI. D. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - 'Construction and Startup." E. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6 - "Heating Ventilating, and Air -Conditioning.' F. Comply with NFPA 70. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.9 COORDINATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. B. Coordinate sizes and locations of structural -steel support members, if any, with actual equipment provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following* 1. Carrier 2. Daikin Applied. 3. Temtrol 2.2 UNIT CASINGS A. Casing Performance: 1. Casing air leakage shall not exceed leakage Class 6 (CL=6) per ASHRAE 111 at specified casingg ypressure where maximum casing leakage (cfm/100 ft2 of casing surface area) =CLXP.s 2. Air leakage shall be determined at 1.5 times maximum casing static pressure up to +/-6 inches w.g. Specified air leakage shall be accomplished without the use of caulks. Total estimated air leakage shall be reported for each unit in CFM, as a percentage of supply air, and in accordance with ASHRAE 111 Leakage Class 6 Maximum leakage rates, as scheduled, must not be exceeded. B. General Fabrication Requirements for Casings: Casing panel liners must not extend to the exterior of the unit or contact the exterior frame. 1. Forming Form walls, roofs, and floors with at least two breaks at each joint. 2. Casing Joints: Sheet metal screws or pop rivets. 3. Sealing: Seal all joints with water-resistant sealant. 4. Factory Finish for Galvanized Steel Casings: G40 galvanized steel with industrial grade coating, Brugal GM4-RTU (65) or equal. Coating shall provide protection up to 300 hours salt -spray test per ASTM B117 for HDG substrate. 5. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. C. Casing Insulation and Adhesive: 1. Materials: ASTM C 1071, Type II or spray injected foam as required to achieve R-value of 13 hr-ft2-°F/BTU. a. Unit casing panels (roof, walls, floors) and external structural frame members shall be completely insulated filling the entire panel cavity in all directions so that no voids exist Foam panel boards are not acceptable. Panel insulation shall comply with NFPA 90A. 2. Location and Application: Encased between outside and inside casing. D. Inspection and Access Panels and Access Doors: MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1 Panel and Door Fabrication: Formed and reinforced, double -wall insulated panels of same materials and thicknesses as casing. All doors downstream of cooling coils shall be provided with thermal break construction of door panel and door frame. 2. Inspection and Access Panels a. Fasteners: Two or more camlock type for panel lift -out operation. Arrangement shall allow panels to be opened against air -pressure differential. b. Gasket: Neoprene applied around entire perimeters of panel frames. c. Size. Large enough to allow inspection and maintenance of air -handling unit's internal components. 3. Access Doors: a. Hinges: A minimum of two ball -bearing hinges or stainless -steel piano hinge and two wedge -lever -type latches, operable from inside and outside. Arrange doors to be opened against air -pressure differential. 1) It is the owner's preference to avoid the use of special locking keys or wrenches at access door and use a simple handle. b. Gasket: Neoprene, applied around entire perimeters of panel frames. c. Size At least 18 inches wide by full height of unit casing up to a maximum height of 60 inches. d. View window: fan section, coil section. Provide polycarbonate protection for unit sections that will use UV -Emitters. 4. Locations and Applications: Refer to drawing details for additional information, at minimum provide at the following locations. a. Fan Section: Doors b. Access Section: Doors. c. Coil Section: Inspection and access panel. d. Damper Section Doors. e. Filter Section: Doors large enough to allow periodic removal and installation of filters. f. Mixing Section: Doors. E. Condensate Drain Pans: 1. Fabricated with one percent slope in at least two planes to collect condensate from cooling coils (including coil piping connections, coil headers, and return bends) and from humidifiers and to direct water toward drain connection. a. Length: Extend drain pan downstream from leaving face to comply with ASHRAE 62.1. b. Depth: A minimum of 2 inches deep. c. Closed cell insulation on drainpans. 2. Formed sections 3. Double -wall stainless -steel sheet with space between walls filled with foam insulation and moisture -tight seal. 4. Drain Connection: Located at lowest point of pan and sized to prevent overflow. Terminate with threaded nipple on one end of pan. a. Minimum Connection Size 1" b. All drain pan threaded connections shall be visible external to the unit. Threaded connections under the unit floor shall not be acceptable c. Drain connections shall be of the same material as the primary drain pan and shall extend a minimum of 2 1/2' beyond the base to ensure adequate room for field piping of condensate traps. d. Coil support members inside the drain pan shall be of the same stainless steel material as the drain pan. 5. Units with stacked cods shall have an intermediate drain pan to collect condensate from top coil, materials shall match that of the lower drain pan. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313-4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 F. Air -Handling -Unit Mounting Frame. Formed galvanized steel channel or structural channel supports designed for low deflection, welded with integral lifting lugs. 2.3 FAN, DRIVE, AND MOTOR SECTION As a point of clarification, all fans shall be direct drive, plenum style fans. Belt driven FC or AF fans are not acceptable. B. Fan and Drive Assemblies: Statically and dynamically balanced and designed for continuous operation at maximum -rated fan speed and motor horsepower. C. All direct drive, plenum fan shall be controlled by a variable frequency drive. All fans shall be factory inverted balanced, including use of shaft grounding rings, and shall be statically and dynamically tested for vibration and alignment at speeds between 25% and 100% of design RPM. If fans are not factory -tested for vibration and alignment, the contractor shall be responsible for costs and labor associated with field balancing and certified vibration performance. 1. Shafts: Designed for continuous operation at maximum -rated fan speed and motor horsepower, and with field -adjustable alignment. a. Turned, ground, and polished hot -rolled steel with keyway. Ship with a protective coating of lubricating oil. b. Designed to operate at no more than 70 percent of first critical speed at top of fan's speed range. D. Centrifugal Fan Housings: Formed and reinforced -steel panels to form curved scroll housings with shaped cutoff and spun -metal inlet bell. 1. Bracing: Steel angle or channel supports for mounting and supporting fan scroll, wheel, motor, and accessories. 2. Horizontal -Flanged, Split Housing: Bolted construction. 3. Housing for Supply Fan: Attach housing to fan -section casing with metal -edged flexible duct connector. 4. Flexible Connector: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3-1/2 inches wide attached to 2 strips of 2-3/4-inch- wide, 0 028-inch- thick, galvanized -steel sheet or 0.032-inch- thick aluminum sheets; select metal compatible with casing. a Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric, double coated with neoprene. Fabrics, coatings, and adhesives shall comply with UL 181, Class 1. 1) Fabric Minimum Weight: 26 oz /sq yd.. 2) Fabric Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch in the warp and 360 Ibf/inch in the filling. 3) Fabric Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. E. Plenum Fan Housings: Steel frame and panel; fabricated without fan scroll and volute housing. F. Airfoil or plenum, Centrifugal Fan Wheels: Smooth -curved inlet flange, backplate, and hollow die -formed airfoil -shaped blades continuously welded at tip flange and backplate; cast-iron or cast -steel hub riveted to backplate and fastened to shaft with set screws. G. Fan Shaft Bearings: 1. Provide bearings complying with ANSI/AFBMA 9 for fatigue life ratings. 2. Provide Grease -Lubricated type, with grease lines extended to outside unit and a rated life L10 of at least 200,000 hours according to AFBMA 9. H. Belt Drives: Factory mounted, with adjustable alignment and belt tensioning, and with 1.5 service factor based on fan motor. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313-5 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Pulleys: Cast iron or cast steel with split, tapered bushing; dynamically balanced at factory. 2. Motor Pulleys: Adjustable pitch for use with 5-hp motors and smaller; fixed pitch for use with motors larger than 5 hp. Select pulley size so pitch adjustment is at the middle of adjustment range at fan design conditions. 3. Belts: Oil resistant, nonsparking, and nonstatic; in matched sets for multiple -belt drives. I. Discharge Dampers: Heavy-duty steel assembly with channel frame and sealed ball bearings, and opposed blades constructed of two plates formed around and welded to shaft, with blades linked out of air stream to single control lever. Internal Vibration Isolation: Fans shall be factory mounted with manufacturer's standard restrained vibration isolation mounting devices having a minimum static deflection of 1-inch for unit sizes 4,000 CFM and less and 2-inch for unit sizes above 4,000 CFM. All direct - drive plenum fans shall be mounted on spring isolation bases To avoid the potential for excessive vibration hard mounting multiple direct -drive fans to the unit floor is not acceptable. Inten1d:Ily-mounted motor .-hall be on the same isolation base. Fan and motor shall be internally isolated with spring isolators. Unit sizes up to nominal 4,000 shall have 1-inch springs. Unit sizes larger thorn nominal 4,000 cfnn shall have 2ainch spring isolators. A flexible connection (e.g. canvas duct) shall be installed between fan and unit casing to ensure complete isolation. Flexible connection shall comply with NFPA 90A and UL 131 requirements. If fans and irrotois are not internally isolated, then the entire unit shall be externally isolated from the building, including supply find return duct work, piping, and electrical connections. External isolation shall be furnished by the installing contractor in order to avoid transmission of noise and vibration through the ductwork and building structure 1. Fan sections containing multiple fans (fan arrays) shall be provided as indicated on the schedule and drawings. Each fan shall operate in parallel to each other fan in the array. The fans shall be SWSI plenum type with high efficient AF blades. Fans shall be direct driven. Fan wheels shall be aluminum. The HP characteristic of the fans shall be non - overloading. Gravity -driven backdraft style isolation dampers shall be field or factory mounted to prevent reverse airflow through any fan that fails. Dampers shall be sized and positioned to minimize impact on fan performance. All losses associated with the dampers shall be considered when making fan selections. 2. All fans, including those as part of a fan array, shall be tested, rated and certified in accordance with ANSI/AMCA Standard 210 for air delivery and in accordance with AMCA Standard 300 for sound power levels, bearing the AMCA seal Maximum rated speed of the fans shall not exceed 75% of the first critical speed. 3. The inlet of plenum fan assemblies or arrays shall be connected to the pressure - bulkhead panel (wall, floor, or roof) with flexible duct to prevent transmission of vibration to the unit casing. No metal to metal contact will be permitted between fixed and floating parts. Thrust restraints shall be provided as required to limit horizontal movement of fan assembly at design conditions. Fan bases shall be rigidly tied to the unit base during shipment to prevent damage from shipping vibrations. Shipping restraints shall be field removable with a common tool Each fan assembly shall be vibration tested prior to shipment. Measurements shall include both radial and axial displacement at each bearing using magnetic accelerometers connected to a vibration analyzer. Vibration shall not exceed limits specified herein. K. Motor: Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 23 05 13 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment.' 1. Enclosure Type: Open drip -proof for air handling units. 2. NEMA Premium (TM) efficient motors as defined in NEMA MG 1. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313-6 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3. Motor Sizes Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. Direct drive fan sections shall use 2ppole (3600 rpm), 4-pole (1800 rpm), or 6-po►e (1200 rprn) motors, NEMA Design 3, with Class B insulation to operate continuously at 104°F (40°C) ambient without tripping of overloads. Multiple fan selections utilizing 8- pole (900 rpm) motors are unacceptable due to motor inefficiency, cost, and replacement lead times. a. Nameplate motor horsepower for all fans, including fan arrays, shall be at least 10% greater than design brake horsepower of each fan. Motors for fan arrays shall each have an independent overload and an independent ground connection. 4. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in electrical Sections. 2.4 COIL SECTION General Requirements for Coil Section: 1. Comply with ARI 410. 2. Fabricate coil section to allow removal and replacement of coil for maintenance and to allow in -place access for service and maintenance of coil(s) 3. Coils shall not act as structural component of unit. 4. Cooling coil and heating coil casings shall be stainless steel. 2.5 AIR FILTRATION SECTION A. General Requirements for Air Filtration Section: All filters shall be 2" thick MERV 8, pleated. Filter gages as specified under paragraph 2.5.0 shall be factory installed, field installation is not acceptable. 1. Comply with NFPA 90A. 2. Provide minimum arrestance according to ASHRAE 52.1, and a minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV) according to ASHRAE 52.2. 3. Provide filter holding frames arranged for flat or angular orientation, with access doors on both sides of unit. Filters shall be removable from one side or lifted out from access plenum. B. Extended Surface, Disposable Panel Filters: 1. Factory -fabricated, dry, extended -surface type. 2. Thickness 2 inches. 3. Resistance: Refer to drawing schedule for additional information. 4. Mery (ASHRAE 52.2): 8. 5. Media: Fibrous material formed into deep -V-shaped pleats and held by self-supporting wire grid. 6. Media -Grid Frame: Nonflammable cardboard. 7. Mounting Frames: Welded, galvanized steel, with gaskets and fasteners, suitable for bolting together into built-up filter banks C. Filter Gage: 1. 3-1/2-inch- diameter, diaphragm -actuated dial in metal case. 2. Vent valves. 3. Black figures on white background. 4. Front recalibration adjustment. 5. 2 percent of full-scale accuracy. 6. Range: 0- to 1 0-inch wg. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313-7 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 7. Accessories: Static -pressure tips with integral compression fittings, 1/4-inch aluminum tubing, and 2- or 3-way vent valves. 2.6 DAMPERS A. General Requirements for Dampers: Leakage rate, according to AMCA 500, "Laboratory Methods for Testing Dampers for Rating " shall not exceed 2 percent of air quantity at 2000-fpm face velocity through damper and 4-inch wg pressure differential. B. Damper Operators: Comply with requirements in Section 23 09 00 "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC.' C. Zone Dampers: Two single -blade, galvanized steel dampers offset 90 degrees from each other on cadmium -plated steel operating rod rotating in sintered bronze or nylon bearings mounted in a single galvanized -steel frame. Provide blade gaskets and edge seals, and mechanically fasten blades to operating rod. D. Face -and -Bypass Dampers: Opposed -blade, galvanized steel dampers with cadmium - plated steel operating rods rotating in sintered bronze or nylon bearings mounted in a single galvanized steel frame and with operating rods connected with a common linkage. Provide blade gaskets and edge seals, and mechanically fasten blades to operating rod. 2.7 AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY A. Plate Heat Exchanger: 1 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ConSery b. Dpoint ERV core c. RenewAire 2. Casing: a. Steel, G90 galvanized 20-gauge, with lapped corners and stainless steel screw fasteners The unit roof shall be one piece or have watertight standing seam joints and shall overlap wall panels and doors in order to positively shed water. Provide with manufacturer's corrosion -resistant paint coating. b. Support removable core on casing walls. c. Provide double -wall construction with 24-gauge galvanized steel liner. d. Access doors shall be gasketed with automotive type gasket material. Doors shall be hinged and include handle latches that are UV-resiliant. 3. Core: The energy recovery component shall be a fixed plate cross -flow construction, with no moving parts. a. ERV shall be capable of transferring both sensible and latent energy between airstreams. Latent energy transfer shall be accomplished by direct water vapor transfer from one air stream to the other, without exposing transfer media in succeeding cycles directly to the exhaust air and then to the fresh air. Must insure laminar flow through at design conditions. Energy transfer ratings must be ARI Certified to Standard 1060 and bear the ARI certification symbol for ARI Air -to -Air Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment Certification Program based on ARI 1060. d. ERV core shall perform without condensing or frosting under normal operating conditions above -10°F. c. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.8 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION A. Units shall be provided with Field installed Ultraviolet Disinfection for HVAC Mold, Bacteria & Odor Control. B. Manufacturer: Provide Steril-Aire UVC fixtures in accordance with these specifications and manufacturers recommendations. C. UVC Emitters• Emitters and fixtures are to be of the very high output, HVAC type. 1. Individual emitter output shall be measured in an ASME nozzled, test apparatus, consisting of a 50 F moving air stream of not Tess than 500 fpm. The emitter tube shall be of very high output, hot cathode and shall produce 95% of their energy at 253.7 nm and must be capable of producing the specified output at airflow velocities to 1000 fpm at temperatures of 40 F and above. UVC emitters shall produce no ozone or other secondary communication. Energy Efficiency: Power supplies shall be of the high efficiency electronic type, matched to the Emitter, and capable of producing the specified intensity at no more than 80 Watts of power consumption per 4 square feet of coil surface area. Irradiation: Emitters and fixtures are to be installed in sufficient quantity and in such an arrangement so as to provide an equal distribution of UVC energy on the coil and in the drain pan. To maintain energy efficiency, the UVC energy produced shall be of the lowest possible reflected and shadowed losses. Intensity: The minimal UVC energy striking the leading edge of all coil fins shall not be less than 1400 pW/cm^2 at the closest point and through placement, not less than 60% of that value at the farthest point Equal amounts are to strike the drain pan either directly or indirectly through reflection. The foregoing sets the placement and minimum quantity of fixtures to be installed. G. Installation Emitters and fixtures shall be installed at right angles to the conforming lines of coil fins, such that through incident angle reflection, UVC energy bathes all surfaces of the coil and drain pan as well as all of the available line of sight airstream. H. UVC lights shall be provided with a radiomenter installed and wired. Independent Testing: The device submitted is to be independently tested in accordance with the general provisions of IES Lighting Handbook, 1981 Applications Volume. Total output per one -inch arc length shall not be less than 9 pW/cm^2 at 1 meter in moving air of 50 F and 500 fpm Emitters and fixtures are to be listed with UL for damp locations. J. Cover/encase internal wiring and other susceptible items from UV degradation. 2.9 CABINET LIGHTS A. Provide factory installed LED light kits in each enclosed AHU section. B. Factory wire lights to combination 120V receptacle and light switch. Provide all required transformers to facilitate lighting requirements. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.10 CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS A. Refer to drawings schedules 2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Fan Sound -Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data " Test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Fans shall bear AMCA-certified sound ratings seal. B. Fan Performance Rating: Factory test fan performance for airflow, pressure, power, air density, rotation speed, and efficiency. Rate performance according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating." C. Water Coils: Factory tested to 300 psig according to ARI 410 and ASHRAE 33. PART 3 - EXECUTION (WHEN APPLICABLE) 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Examine casing insulation materials and filter media before air -handling unit installation. Reject insulation materials and filter media that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Examine roughing -in for hydronic, and condensate drainage piping systems and electrical services to verify actual locations of connections before installation. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install air -handling units on cast -in -place concrete equipment bases Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 03 30 00 "Cast - in -Place Concrete." 2. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 23 05 48.13 "Vibration Controls for HVAC." B. Arrange installation of units to provide access space around air -handling units for service and maintenance. C. Do not operate fan system until filters (temporary or permanent) are in place. Replace temporary filters used during construction and testing, with new, clean filters. D. Install filter -gage, static -pressure taps upstream and downstream of filters. Mount filter gages on outside of filter housing or filter plenum in accessible position. Provide filter gages on filter banks, installed with separate static -pressure taps upstream and downstream of filters. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313-10 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to air -handling unit to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect piping to air -handling units mounted on vibration isolators with flexible connectors. Connect condensate drain pans sized as required using, ASTM B 88, Type M copper tubing. Extend to nearest equipment or floor drain. Construct deep trap at connection to drain pan and install cleanouts at changes in direction. E. Hot- and Chilled -Water Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 23 21 13 'Hydronic Piping" and Section 23 21 16 Hydronic Piping Specialties." Install shutoff valve and union or flange at each coil supply connection. Install balancing valve and union or flange at each coil return connection. F. Connect duct to air -handling units with flexible connections. Comply with requirements in Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories.' 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, fill water and steam coils with water, and test coils and connections for leaks. 2. Fan Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. B. Air -handling unit or components will be considered defective if unit or components do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. B. Comply with requirements in Section 23 05 93 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for air -handling system testing, adjusting, and balancing. 3.6 CLEANING A. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing air -handling unit and air -distribution systems and after completing startup service, clean air -handling units internally to remove foreign material and construction dirt and dust. Clean fan wheels, cabinets, dampers, coils, and filter housings, and install new, clean filters. END OF SECTION MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313-11 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 00 90 DEMOLITION, RESTORATION AND SALVAGE 1A Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division A Specification Sections to apply to work specified in this section. PART 2 - DESCRIPTION OF WORK 2.1 This section covers all demolition restoration and salvage required to perform the electrical work indicted on the drawings specified and/or as required to complete the project. It is the intent of this section of work to remove all existing electrical equipment, materials, etc. which are not required for the completed building and to restore any and all finished surfaces to their original type and conditions. To accomplish these requirements, the Contractor(s) shall, at his own expense engage the services of others already performing finish work on this project. All work shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineers whose decisions shall be final. This requirement shall apply to all restoration work whether indicated or specified. PART 3 - ELECTRICAL 3.1 Where electrical fixtures, equipment or other materials are removed and/or relocated, all abandoned conduit and conductors shall be removed in exposed areas. In concealed areas, materials shall be abandoned in place or removed as indicated and patch all openings. 3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and/or relocation of any electrical equipment, fixtures, devices, appurtenances, etc. which may, in the course of construction, interfere with the installation of any new and/or relocated Architectural, Mechanical, Electrical, Structural or Fire Protection Systems whether indicated or not. PART 4 - REPAIR 4.1 Unless otherwise indicated, the Contractor shall be responsible for the patching and repairing of all holes, etc. in the ceiling, wall and floors where electrical equipment is removed PART 5 - SALVAGE 5.1 It is the intent of this section to deliver to the Owner all components of any electrical system (including fire alarm systems) which they may want to salvage. The Contractor shall make every effort to remove reusable components without damage. Coordinate removal with the owner and deliver to maintenance all items the owner requests from demolition. These items typically include light fixtures, switchgear, fire alarm systems, etc. PART 6 - LAMP DISPOSAL 6.1 Contractor shall be responsible for the careful removal of all lamps and fluorescent tubes without breakage from existing lighting fixtures. 6.2 Lamps removed from fluorescent, metal halide, mercury vapor and sodium fixtures that do not have green end caps shall be placed by the Contractor in cardboard boxes for recycling. The Contractor shall label each box with type and quantity of lamps in each box and seal the box. Boxes shall be stored at the project site in an area safe from breakage, vandalism, and fire, until properly recycled. DEMOLITION, RESTORATION, AND SALVAGE 260090-1 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 6.3 Broken, fluorescent, metal halide, mercury vapor, and sodium lamps without green end caps shall be immediately and carefully cleaned up by the Contractor and placed in a 55 gallon steel drum until properly recycled. 6.4 All lamps and tubes with green end caps as well as incandescent lamps shall be disposed of by the Contractor in his dumpster. Green end cap lamps and broken lamps shall not be placed in any box designated for recycling lamps. END OF SECTION DEMOLITION, RESTORATION, AND SALVAGE 260090-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 05 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS - ELECTRICAL The Instructions to Bidders, General and Special Conditions, and all other contract documents shall apply to the Contractor's work as well as to each of his Sub Contractor's work. Each Contractor is directed to familiarize himself in detail with all documents pertinent to this Contract. In case of conflict between these General Provisions and the General and/or Special Conditions, the affected Contractor shall contact the Engineer for clarification and final determination. 1.2 Each Contractor shall be governed by any alternates, unit prices and Addenda or other contract documents insofar as they may affect his part of the work. 1.3 The work included in this division consists of the furnishing of all labor, equipment, transportation, supplies material and appurtenances and performing all operations necessary for the satisfactory installation of complete and operating Electrical Systems indicated on the drawings and/or specified herein. 1.4 Any materials, labor, equipment or services not mentioned specifically herein which may be necessary to complete or perfect any part of the Electrical Systems in a substantial manner in compliance with the requirements stated, implied, or intended in the drawings and specifications, shall be included as part of this Contract. The Contractor shall give written notice of any materials or apparatus believed inadequate or unsuitable; in violation of laws, ordinances, rules or regulations of authorities having jurisdiction• and any necessary items of work omitted a minimum of ten days prior to bid. In the absence of such written notice and by the act of submitting his bid, it shall be understood that the Contractor has included the cost of all required items in his bid, and that he will be responsible for the approved satisfactory functioning of the entire system without extra compensations. 1.5 It is not the intent of this section of the specifications (or the remainder of the contract documents) to make any specific Contractor, other than the Contractor holding the prime contract, responsible to the Owner, Architect and Engineer. All transactions such as submittal of shop drawings, claims for extra costs, requests for equipment or materials substitution, shall be done through the Contractor to the Architect (if applicable), then to the Engineer. 1.6 This section of the Specifications or the arrangement of the contract documents shall not be construed as an attempt to arbitrarily assign responsibility for work, material, equipment or services to a particular trade Contractor or Sub -Contractor. Unless stated otherwise, the subdivision and assignment of work under the various sections shall be the responsibility of the Contractor holding the prime contract. 1.7 It is the intent of this Contract to deliver to the Owners a "like new" project once work is complete. Although plans and specifications are complete to the extent possible, it shall be responsibility of the Contractors involved to remove and/or relocate or re -attach any existing or new systems which interfere with new equipment or materials to be installed by other trades without additional cost to the Owner. 1.8 In general, and to the extent possible, all work shall be accomplished without interruption of the existing facilities operations. Each Contractor shall advise the Architect, Owner and Engineer in writing at least one week prior to the deliberate interruption of any services. The Owners shall be advised of the exact time that interruption will occur and the length of time the interruption will occur. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in complete work stoppage by the Contractors involved until a complete schedule of interruptions can be developed. GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 260501-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.9 Whenever utilities are interrupted, either deliberately or accidentally, the Contractor shall work continuously to restore said service. The Contractor shall provide tools, materials, skilled journeymen of his own and other trades as necessary, premium time as needed and coordination with all applicable utilities, including payment of utility company charges (if any), all without requests for extra compensation to the Owner, except where otherwise provided for in the contract for the work. 1.10 Definitions: Contractor - Any Contractor whether proposing or working independently or under the supervision of a General Contractor and/or Construction Manager and who installs any type of mechanical work (Electrical, Low Voltage Fire Alarm, etc.) or, the General Contractor. 1.10.1 Engineer - The Consulting Mechanical -Electrical Engineers either consulting to the Owner, Architect, other Engineers, etc. 1.10.2 Architect - The Architect of Record for the project, if any. 1.10.3 Furnish - Deliver to the site in good condition. 1.10.4 Provide - Furnish and install in complete working order. 1.10.5 Install - Install equipment furnished by others in complete working order. 1.10.6 Contract Documents - All documents pertinent to the quality and quantity of all work to be performed on the project. Includes but not limited to: Plans Specifications, Addenda, Instructions to Bidders, (both General and Sub -Contractors) Unit Prices, Shop Drawings, Field Orders, Change Orders Cost Breakdowns, Construction Manager's Assignments, Architect's Supplemental Instructions, Periodical Payment Requests, etc. 1.10.6.1 Note Any reference within these specifications to a specific entity, i e , "Electrical Contractor" is not to be construed as an attempt to limit or define the scope of work for that entity or assign work to a specific trade or contracting entity. Such assignments of responsibility are the responsibility of the Contractor or Construction Manager holding the prime contract, unless otherwise provided herein. PART 2 - INTENT 2.1 It is the intent of these specifications and all associated drawings that the Contractor provide finished work, tested, and ready for operation. Wherever the word "provide" is used, it shall mean "furnish and install complete and ready for use." 2.2 Minor details not usually shown or specified, but necessary for the proper installation and operation, shall be included in the work, the same as if herein specified or shown. PART 3 - ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 3.1 The drawings are diagrammatic only and indicate the general arrangement of the systems and are to be followed insofar as possible. If deviations from the layouts are necessitated by field conditions, detailed layouts of the proposed departures shall be submitted in writing to the Engineer for approval before proceeding with the work. The Contract Drawings are not intended to show every vertical or horizontal offset which may be necessary to complete the systems. Contractors shall, however, anticipate that additional offsets may be required and submit their bid accordingly. GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 26 05 01 -2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.2 The drawings and specifications are intended to supplement each other. No Contractor or supplier shall take advantage of conflict between them or between parts of either, but should this condition exist, the Contractor or supplier shall request a clarification of the condition at least ten days prior to the submission of bids so that the condition may be clarified by Addendum In the event that such a condition arises after work is started, the interpretation of the Engineer shall be the determining factor. In all instances, unless modified in writing and agreed upon by all parties thereto, the Contract to accomplish the work shall be binding on the affected Contractor. 3.3 The drawings and specifications shall be considered to be cooperative and complimentary and anything appearing in the specifications which may not be indicated on the drawings or conversely shall be considered as part of the Contract and must be executed the same as though indicated by both. 3.4 This Contractor shall make all his own measurements in the field and shall be responsible for correct fitting. He shall coordinate this work with all other branches of work in such a manner as to cause a minimum of conflict or delay. 3.5 The Engineer shall reserve the right to make minor adjustments in location of conduit, fixtures outlets, switches, etc., where he considers such adjustments desirable in the interest of concealing work or presenting a better appearance. 3.6 Each Contractor shall evaluate ceiling heights called for on Architectural Plans. Where the location of Electrical equipment may interfere with ceiling heights, the Contractor shall call this to the attention of the Engineer in writing prior to making the installation. Any such changes shall be anticipated and requested sufficiently in advance so as to not cause extra work on the part of the Contractor or unduly delay the work. 3.7 Should overlap of work between the various trades become evident, this shall be called to the attention of the Engineer In such event neither trade shall assume that he is to be relieved of the work which is specified under his branch until instructions in writing are received from the Engineer. 3.8 The Electrical drawings are intended to show the approximate location of equipment, materials, etc. Dimensions given in figures on the drawings shall take precedence over scaled dimensions and all dimensions whether given in figures or scaled shall be verified in the field. In case of conflict between small and large scale drawings, the larger scale drawings shall take precedence. 3.9 The Electrical Contractor and his Sub Contractors shall review all drawings in detail as they may relate to his work (structural, architectural, site survey, mechanical, etc.). Review all drawings for general coordination of work, responsibilities, ceiling clearances, wall penetration points chase access fixture elevations, etc. Make any pertinent coordination or apparent conflict comments to the Engineers at least ten days prior to bids, for issuance of clarification by written addendum. 3.10 Where on any of the drawings a portion of the work is drawn out and the remainder is indicated in outline, or not indicated at all, the parts drawn out shall apply to all other like portions of the work. Where ornament or other detail is indicated by starting only, such detail shall be continued throughout the courses or parts in which it occurs and shall also apply to all other similar parts of the work, unless otherwise indicated. 3.11 Special Note: Always check ceiling heights indicated on Drawings and Schedules and insure that these heights may be maintained after all mechanical and electrical equipment is installed. If a conflict is apparent, notify the Engineer in writing for instructions. PART 4 - EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONDITIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 26 05 01 -3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 4.1 Each Contractor shall inform himself of all of the conditions under which the work is to be performed, the site of the work the structure of the ground, the obstacles that may be encountered, the availability and location of necessary facilities and all relevant matters concerning the work. All Contractors shall carefully examine all Drawings and Specifications and inform themselves of the kind and type of materials to be used throughout the project and which may, in any way, affect the execution of his work. 4.2 Each Contractor shall fully acquaint himself with all existing conditions as to ingress and egress, distance of haul from supply points, routes for transportation of materials, facilities and services, availability of temporary or permanent utilities, etc. The Contractor shall include in his work all expenses or disbursements in connection with such matters and conditions. Each Contractor shall verify all work shown on the drawings and conditions at the site, and shall report in writing to the Engineer ten days prior to bid, any apparent omissions or discrepancies in order that clarifications may be issued by written addendum. No allowance is to be made for lack of knowledge concerning such conditions after bids are accepted. PART 5 - EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SUBSTITUTIONS OR DEVIATIONS 5.1 When any Contractor requests review of substitute materials and/or equipment, and when under an approved formal alternate proposal, it shall be understood and agreed that such substitution, if approved, will be made without additional cost regardless of changes in connections, spacing service, mounting, etc. In all cases where substitutions affect other trades, the Contractor offering such substitutions shall advise all such Contractors of the change and shall reimburse them for all necessary changes in their work. Any drawings, Specifications, Diagrams, etc., required to describe and coordinate such substitutions or deviations shall be professionally prepared at the responsible Contractor's expense. Special Note: Review of Shop Drawings by the Engineer does not absolve the Contractor of this responsibility 5 2 References in the specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form, or type of construction by name, make, or catalog number shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. Each Contractor, in such cases, may, at his option, use any article, device, product, material, fixture, form, or type of construction which in the judgment of the Engineer is equivalent to that specified, provided the provisions of paragraph (A) immediately preceding are met Substitutions shall be submitted to the Engineer a minimum of ten days prior to bid date for approval to bid in written form thru addenda or other method selected by the Engineer. If this procedure is not followed, the substitution will be rejected If prevailing laws of cities, towns, states or countries are more stringent than these specifications regarding such substitutions, then those laws shall prevail over these requirements. 5.3 Wherever any equipment and material is specified exclusively only such items shall be used unless substitution is accepted in writing by the engineers. 5.4 Each Contractor shall furnish along with his proposal a list of specified equipment and materials which he proposes to provide. Where several makes are mentioned in the Specifications and the Contractor fails to state which he proposes to furnish, the Engineer shall have the right to choose any of the makes mentioned without change in price. PART 6 - SUPERVISION OF WORK 6.1 Each Contractor and Sub -Contractors shall personally supervise the work or have a competent superintendent on the project site at all times during progress of the work, with full authority to act for him in matters related to the project. PART 7 - CODES, RULES, PERMITS, FEES, REGULATIONS, ETC. GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 26 05 01 -4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 7.1 The Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain and pay for all permits, government sales taxes, fees, and other costs including utility connections or extensions in connection with his work. As necessary, he shall file all required plans, utility easement requests and drawings, survey information on line locations, load calculations, etc., prepare all documents and obtain all necessary approvals of all utility and governmental departments having jurisdiction; obtain all required certificates of inspection for his work and deliver same to the Engineer before request for acceptance and final payment for the work. 7.2 Ignorance of Codes, Rules, regulations, utility company requirements, laws, etc., shall not diminish or absolve Contractor's responsibilities to provide and complete all work in compliance with such. 7.3 The Contractor shall include in the work, without extra cost to the Owner, any labor, materials, services, apparatus or drawings required in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances rules and regulations, whether or not shown on drawings and/or specified. 7.4 All materials furnished and all work installed shall comply with the current edition of the National Electrical Codes, National Fire Codes of the National Fire Protection Association, the requirements of local utility companies, and with the requirements of all governmental agencies or departments having jurisdiction. 7.5 All material and equipment for the electrical systems shall bear the approval label, and shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated. Listings by other testing agencies may be acceptable with written approval by the Engineer. 7.6 All electrical work is to be constructed and installed in accordance with plans and specifications which have been approved in their entirety and/or reflect any changes requested by the State Fire Marshal, as applicable or required. Electrical work shall not commence until such plans are in the hands of the Electrical Contractor. 7.7 The Contractor shall insure that his work is accomplished in accord with OSHA Standards and any other applicable government requirements. 7.8 Where conflict arises between any code and the plans and/or specifications, the code shall apply except in the instance where the plans and specifications exceed the requirements of the code. Any changes required as a result of these conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer at least ten working days prior to bid date, otherwise the Contractor shall make the required changes at his own expense. The provisions of the codes constitute minimum standards for wiring methods, materials, equipment and construction and compliance therewith will be required for all electrical work, except where the drawings and specifications require better materials, equipment, and construction than these minimum standards, in which case the drawings and specifications shall be the minimum standards. PART 8 - COST BREAKDOWNS 8.1 Within thirty days after acceptance of the Contract, each Contractor is required to furnish to the Engineer one copy of a detailed cost breakdown on each respective area of work These cost breakdowns shall be made on forms provided or approved by the Engineer or Architect. Payments will not be made until satisfactory cost breakdowns are submitted. PART 9 - GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES 9.1 Each Contractor shall reference General Conditions Article 3.5 and 12.2 for warranties and corrections of work. GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 26 05 01 -5 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 9.2 Items of equipment which have longer guarantees, as called for in these specifications or as otherwise offered by the manufacturer, such as generators, engines, batteries, transformers, etc., shall have warranties and guarantees completed in order, and shall be in effect at the time of final acceptance of the work by the Engineer. The Contractor shall present the Engineer with such warranties and guarantees at the time of final acceptance of the work The Owner reserves the right to use equipment installed by the Contractor prior to date of final acceptance. Such use of equipment shall in no way invalidate the guarantee except that Owner shall be liable for any damage to equipment during this period due to negligence of his operator or other employee. PART 10 - INSPECTION, APPROVALS AND TESTS 10.1 Before requesting a final review of the installation from the Architect and/or Engineer, each Contractor shall thoroughly inspect his installation to assure that the work is complete in every detail and that all requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled. Failure to accomplish this may result in charges from the Architect and/or Engineers for unnecessary and undue work on their part. 10.2 Owner's and Engineer's inspections: Two inspections will be held to generate and then review punchlist items. All site visits thereafter shall be billed to the Contractor at the Engineer's standard hourly rates. 10.3 The Contractor shall provide as a part of this contract electrical inspection an inspector, licensed to provide such services. All costs incidental to the provision of electrical inspections shall be borne by the Contractor. 10.4 The Contractor shall advise each Inspection Agency in writing (with an information copy of the correspondence to the Architect and/or Engineer) when he anticipates commencing work. Failure of the Inspection Agency to inspect the work in the stage following and submit the related reports may result in the Contractor's having to expose concealed work not so inspected. Such exposure will be at the expense of the responsible Contractor. 10.5 Inspections shall be scheduled for rough -in as well as finished work. The rough -in inspections shall be divided into as many inspections as may be necessary to cover all roughing -in without fad. Report of each such inspection visit shall be submitted to the Architect, Engineer and the Contractor within three days of the inspection. 10.6 Approval by an Inspector does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibilities of furnishing equipment having a quality of performance equivalent to the requirements set forth in these plans and specifications. All work under this contract is subject to the review of the Architect and/or Engineer, whose decision is binding. 10.7 Before final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish the original and three copies of the certificates of final approval by the Electrical Inspector (as well as all other inspection certificates) to the Engineer with one copy of each to the appropriate government agencies, as applicable. Final payment for the work shall be contingent upon completion of this requirement. 10.8 The Contractor shall test all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds before equipment and fixtures are connected, and when indicated or required, demonstrate by Megger Test the insulation resistance of any circuit or group of circuits. Where such tests indicate the possibility of faulty insulation, locate the point of such fault, pull out the defective conductor, replacing same with new and demonstrate by further test the elimination of such defect. PART 11 - CHANGES IN ELECTRICAL WORK REFER TO GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS. GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 26 05 01 -6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 PART 12 - CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COST REFER TO GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS. PART 13 - SURVEYS, MEASUREMENTS AND GRADES 13.1 The Contractor shall lay out his work and be responsible for all necessary lines, levels, elevations and measurements. He must verify the figures shown on the drawings before laying out the work and will be held responsible for any error resulting from his failure to do so. 13.2 The Contractor shall base all measurements, both horizontal and vertical from established benchmarks. All work shall agree with these established lines and levels. Verify all measurements at site and check the correctness of same as related to the work. 13.3 Should the Contractor discover any discrepancy between actual measurements and those indicated, which prevents following good practice or the intent of the drawings and specifications, he shall notify the Engineer thru normal channels of job communication and shall not proceed with his work until he has received instructions from the Engineer. PART 14 - TEMPORARY USE OF EQUIPMENT 14.1 The permanent electrical equipment, when installed, may be used for temporary services, subject to an agreement between the Contractors involved the Owner, and with the consent of the Engineer. Should the permanent systems be used for this purpose, each Contractor shall pay for all temporary connections required and any replacements required due to damage without cost, leaving the equipment and installation in "as new" condition. 14.2 Permission to use the permanent equipment does not relieve the Contractors who utilize this equipment from the responsibility for any damages to the building construction and/or equipment which might result because of its use. PART 15 - TEMPORARY SERVICES 15.1 The Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor or Construction Manager for temporary e lectrical and other services which he may require to accomplish his work. In the absence of other provisions in the contract, the Contractor shall provide for his own temporary services of all types, including the cost of connections, utility company fees, construction, removal, etc., in his bid. 15.2 All temporary services shall be removed by Contractor prior to acceptance of work. PART 16 - RECORD DRAWINGS 16.1 Note: Also, refer to additional record drawing requirements within the general conditions and other sections of these specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall insure that any deviations from the design are being recorded daily or as n ecessary on record drawings being maintained by the Contractor. Dimensions from fixed, visible permanent lines or landmarks shown in vertical and horizontal ways shall be utilized. Compliance shall be a requirement for final payment. Pay particular attention to the location of underfloor or u nderground exterior in -contract or utility -owned or leased service lines, main switches and other appurtenances important to the maintenance and safety of the Electrical System Deliver these record drawings to the Engineer as a system is completed, within ten days of the mark-up and/or while the accuracy of the mark-ups can be verified visually. Monthly payment may be withheld if the requirement is not complied with. GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 26 05 01 -7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 17 - MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 17.1 All electrical equipment, materials and articles incorporated in the work shall be new and of comparable quality to that specified All workmanship shall be first-class and shall be performed by electricians skilled and regularly employed in their respective trades. The Contractor shall determine that the equipment he proposes to furnish can be brought into the building(s) and installed within the space available. All equipment shall be installed so that all parts are readily accessible for inspection, maintenance, replacement, etc. Extra compensation will not be allowed for relocation of equipment for accessibility or for dismantling equipment to obtain entrance into the building(s). 17.2 All conduit and/or conductors shall be concealed underground, within crawl space in or below walls, floors or above ceilings unless otherwise noted. All fixtures, devices and wiring required shall be installed to make up complete systems as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. Raceways shall not be placed within foundation walls and footings See notes on plans about the limitation on work allowed to be installed within the crawl space. 17.3 All materials, where applicable, shall bear Underwriters' Laboratories label or that of another Engineer -approved testing agency, where such a standard has been established. 17.4 Each length of conduit, wireway, duct, conductor, cable, fitting, fixture and device used in the electrical systems shall be stamped or indelibly marked with the makers mark or name. 17.5 All electrical equipment shall bear the manufacturer's name and address and shall indicate its electrical capacity and characteristics. 17.6 All electrical materials, equipment and appliances shall conform to the latest standards of the National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA) and the National Board of Fire Underwriters (NBFU) and shall be approved by the Owner's insuring agency if so required. PART 18 - QUALIFICATIONS OF WORKMEN 18.1 All electrical contractors bidding this project must have been a licensed company for a minimum of three years to qualify to bid this project. Individual employee experience does not supercede this requirement 18.2 All subcontractors bidding the electrical work must have completed one project of 70% this subcontract cost size and two projects of 50% this subcontract cost size 18.3 All electrical work shall be accomplished by qualified workmen competent in the area of work for which they are responsible. Untrained and incompetent workmen as evidenced by their workmanship shall be relieved of their responsibilities in those areas. The Engineer shall reserve the right to determine the quality of workmanship of any workman and unqualified or incompetent workmen shall refrain from work in areas not satisfactory to him. Requests for relief of a workman shall be made through the normal channels of responsibility established by the Architect or the contract document provisions. 18.4 All electrical work shall be accomplished by Journeymen electricians under the direct supervision of a licensed Electrician. All applicable codes, utility company regulations, laws and permitting authority of the locality shall be fully complied with by the Contractor. 18.5 Special electrical systems, such as Fire Detection and Alarm Systems Intercom or Sound Reinforcement Systems, Telecommunications or Data Systems, Lightning Protection Systems, Video Systems, Special Electronic Systems, Control Systems, etc., shall be installed by workmen normally GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 26 05 01 -8 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 engaged or employed in these respective trades. As an exception to this, where small amounts of such work are required and are, in the opinion of the Engineer, within the competency of workmen directly employed by the Contractor involved, they may be provided by this Contractor. PART 19 - CONDUCT OF WORKMEN 19.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the conduct of all workmen under his supervision Misconduct on the part of any workmen to the extent of creating a safety hazard or endangering the lives and property of others, shall result in the prompt permanent dismissal of that workman from the project. The possession, consumption or influence of alcoholic beverages, narcotics or illegally used controlled substances on the jobsite is strictly forbidden. Possession of a fire -arm is prohibited and may result in prosecution. Foul or bad language, graffiti is strictly prohibited. Display of nude tattoos is prohibited. PART 20 - COOPERATION AND COORDINATION BETWEEN TRADES 20.1 The Contractor is expressly directed to read the General Conditions and all detailed sections of these specifications for all other trades and to study all drawings applicable to his work, including Architectural, Mechanical and Structural Drawings, to the end that complete coordination between trades will be effected. 20 2 Refer to Coordination Among Trades, Systems Interfacing and Connection of Equipment Furnished by Others section of these Specifications for further coordination requirements The Contractor is responsible for the correct location of all rough -in and connections at every piece of equipment. Work not correctly located shall be relocated at the Contractor's expense. PART 21 - PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT 21.1 The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for all material and equipment furnished by him in connection with his work and special care shall be taken to properly protect all parts thereof from damage and weather during the construction period. Such protection shall be by a means acceptable to the Engineer. All rough -in conduit shall be properly plugged or capped during construction in a manner approved by the Engineer. Equipment damaged while stored on site either before or after installation shall be repaired or replaced (as determined by the Engineer) by the responsible Contractor Electrical equipment exposed to the weather shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. PART 22 - CONCRETE WORK 22.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of all concrete work required for the installation of any of his systems or equipment. If this work is provided by another trade, it will not relieve the Electrical Contractor of his responsibilities relative to dimensions, quality of workmanship, locations, etc In the absence of other concrete specifications, all concrete related to Electrical work shall be 3000 PSI minimum compression strength at 28 days curing and shall conform to the standards of the American Concrete Institute Publication ACI-318. Heavy equipment shall not be set on pads for at least seven days after pour. 22.2 All concrete pads shall be complete with all pipe sleeves, embeds, anchor bolts, reinforcing steel, concrete, etc., as required. Pads larger than 18' in width shall be reinforced with minimum #4 round bars on 6" centers both ways. All reinforcing steel shall be per ASTM requirements, tied properly, lapped 18 bar diameters and supported appropriately up off form, slab or underlayment. Bars shall be GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 26 05 01 -9 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 approximately 3' above the bottom of the pad with a minimum 2" cover. All parts of pads and foundations shall be properly rodded or vibrated. If exposed parts of the pads and foundations are rough or show honeycomb after removing forms properly adhered repairs shall be made. If structural integrity is violated, the concrete shall be replaced. All surfaces shall be rubbed to a smooth finish and chamfered edges. 22.3 Special Note: All pads and concrete lighting standard bases shall be crowned slightly in center to avoid water ponding beneath equipment. 22.4 In general, concrete pads for small equipment shall extend 6" beyond the equipment's base dimensions. For large equipment with service access panels, extend pads 18" beyond base or overall dimensions to allow walking and servicing space at locations requiring service access. 22.5 Exterior concrete pads shall be 4" minimum above grade and 4" below grade on a tamped 4" dense grade rock base unless otherwise noted or required by utility company. Surfaces of all foundations and bases shall have a smooth finish with three-quarter inch radius or chamfer on exposed edges, trowelled or rubbed smooth. All exterior pads shall be crowned approximately 1/8" per foot, sloping from center for drainage. PART 23 - RESTORATION OF NEW OR EXISTING SHRUBS, PAVING, ETC. 23.1 The Contractor shall replace to their original condition all paving curbing surfaces, drainage ditches, structures, fences, shrubs, existing or new building surfaces and appurtenances, and any other items damaged or removed by his operations. Replacement and repairs shall be in accordance with good construction practice and shall match materials employed in the original construction of the item to be replaced. All repairs shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and in accord with the Architect's standards for such work, as applicable Patchwork on new construction will not be accepted. PART 24 - MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND LINES 24.1 The locations of all piping, conduits, cables, utilities and manholes existing, or otherwise, that come within the contract construction site, shall be subject to continuous uninterrupted maintenance with no exception unless the Owner of the utilities grants permission to interrupt same temporarily, if need be. Provide one week's written notice to Engineer, Architect and Owner prior to interrupting any utility service or line. Also see Article 1. General, this section. 24.2 Known utilities and lines as available to the Engineer are shown on the drawings. However, it is additionally required that, prior to any excavation being performed, each Contractor ascertain and mark all utilities or lines that would be endangered by the excavation. Contractor shall bear costs of repairing damaged utilities. 24.3 If the above mentioned utilities or lines occur in the earth within the construction site, the Contractor shall first probe and make every effort to locate the lines prior to excavating in the respective area. 24.4 Cutting into existing utilities and services shall be done in coordination with and as designated by the Owner of the utility The Contractor shall work continuously to restore service(s) upon deliberate or accidental interruption, providing premium time and materials as needed without extra claim to the Owner. 24.5 The Contractor shall repair to the satisfaction of the Engineer any surface or subsurface improvements damaged during the course of the work unless such improvement is shown to be abandoned or removed. GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 26 05 01 - 10 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 24.6 Machine excavation shall not be permitted within ten feet of existing gas or fuel lines. Hand excavate only in these areas, in accord with utility company, agency or other applicable laws, standards or regulations. 24.7 Protect all new or existing lines from damage by traffic, etc. during construction. 24.8 Protect existing trees, indicated to remain with fencing or other approved method. Hold all new subsurface lines outside the drip line of trees, offsetting as necessary to protect root structures. Refer to planting or landscaping plans, or in their absence, consult with the Architect. PART 25 - SMOKE AND FIRE PROOFING 25.1 The Contractor shall not penetrate rated fire walls, ceilings or floors with conduit, cable, bus duct, wireway or other raceway system unless all penetrations are protected in a code compliant manner which maintains the rating of the assembly. Smoke and fire stop all openings made in walls, chases, ceiling and floors. Patch all openings around conduit, wireway, bus duct, etc., with appropriate type material to smoke stop walls and provide needed fire rating at fire walls, ceilings and floors Smoke and fire proofing materials and method of application shall be approved by the local authority having jurisdiction. Submit means to be used. PART 26 - QUIET OPERATION, SUPPORTS, VIBRATION AND OSCILLATION 26.1 All work shall operate under all conditions of load without any objectionable sound or vibration, the performance of which shall be determined by the Engineer. Noise from moving machinery or vibration noticeable outside of room in which it is installed, or annoyingly noticeable noise or vibration inside such room, will be considered objectionable. Sound or vibration conditions considered objectionable by the Engineer shall be corrected in an approved manner by the Contractor (or Contractors responsible) at his expense. 26.2 All equipment subject to vibration and/or oscillation shall be mounted on vibration supports suitable for the purpose of minimizing noise and vibration transmission, and shall be isolated from external connections such as piping, ducts, etc., by means of flexible connectors, vibration absorbers or other approved means. Surface mounted equipment such as panels, switches, etc. shall be affixed tightly to their mounting surface. 26.3 The Contractor shall provide supports for all equipment furnished by him using an approved vibration isolating type as needed. Supports shall be liberally sized and adequate to carry the load of the equipment and the loads of attached equipment piping, etc. All equipment shall be securely fastened to the structure either directly or indirectly through supporting members by means of bolts or equally effective means. No work shall depend on the supports or work of unrelated trades unless specifically authorized in writing by the Architect or Engineer. PART 27 - FINAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT 27.1 The roughing -in and final connections to all electrically operated equipment furnished under this and all other sections of the contract documents or by others, shall be included in the Contract and shall consist of furnishing all labor and materials for connection and proper testing. The Contractor shall carefully coordinate with equipment suppliers, manufacturer's representatives, the vendor or other trades to provide complete electrical and dimensional interface to all such equipment (kitchen, hoods, mechanical equipment, panels, refrigeration equipment, etc.). PART 28 - WELDING 28.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for quality of welding done by his organization and shall repair or replace any work not done in accordance with the Architect s or structural Engineer's specifications for GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 26 05 01 - 11 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 such work. If required by the Engineer, the responsible Contractor shall cut at least three welds during the job for X-raying and testing. These welds are to be selected at random and shall be tested as a part of the responsible Contractor's work Certification of these tests and X-rays shall be submitted, in triplicate, to the Engineer. In case a faulty weld is discovered, the Contractor shall be required to furnish additional tests and corrective measures until satisfactory results are obtained. All welding to be accomplished by certified welder. PART 29 - ACCESSIBILITY 29.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the sufficiency of the size of shafts and chases, the adequate clearance in partitions and above suspended ceilings for the proper installation of his work. He shall cooperate with the General Contractor (or Construction Manager) and all other Contractors whose work is in the same space, and shall advise each Contractor of his requirements. Such spaces and clearances shall be kept to the minimum size required to ensure adequate clearance and access. 29.2 The Contractor shall locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated, or maintained in fully accessible positions. Equipment shall include but not be limited to junction boxes, pull boxes, contactors, panels, disconnects, controllers, switchgear, etc Minor deviations from drawings may be made to allow for better accessibility, and any change shall be approved where the equipment is concealed 29.3 Each Contractor shall provide (or arrange for the provision by other trades) the access panels for each concealed junction box, pull box, fixtures or electrical device requiring access or service as shown on Engineer's plans or as required. Locations of these panels shall be identified in sufficient time to be installed in the normal course of work. All access panels shall be installed in accord with the Architect's standards for such work. 29.4 Access Doors; in Ceilings or Walls: 29.4.1 In mechanical, electrical, or service spaces: 14 gauge aluminum, 1" border, refer to architectural specifications for finishes. 29.4.2 In finished areas: 14 gauge primed steel with 1' border to accept the architectural finishes specified for the space. Confirm these provisions with the Architect prior to obtaining materials or installing any such work. 29.4.3 In fire or smoke rated partitions, access doors shall be provided that equal or exceed the required rating of the construction they are mounted in. 29.4.4 All access doors shall have continuous hinge and screw type cover. Openings shall be sized to allow personal to pass through. PART 30 - ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 30.1 The Contractor shall furnish and install all power wiring and fusing complete from power source to motor or equipment junction box including power wiring through starters The Contractor shall install all starters not factory mounted on equipment. Unless otherwise noted, the supplier of equipment shall furnish starters with the equipment. Also refer to Division 25 of Specifications, shop drawings and equipment schedules for additional information. 30.2 All control, interlock, sensor, thermocouple and other wiring required for equipment operation shall be provided by the Contractor All such installations shall be fully compliant with all requirements of Division 26 regardless of which trade actually installs such wiring. Motors and equipment shall be provided for current and voltage characteristics as indicated or required All wiring shall be enclosed in raceways unless otherwise noted. GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 260501-12 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 30.3 Each Contractor or sub -contractor, prior to bidding the work, shall coordinate power, control, sensor, interlock and all other wiring requirements for equipment or motors with all other contractors or sub- contractors, to ensure all needed wiring is provided in the Contract. Failure to make such coordination shall not be justification for claims of extra cost or a time extension to the Contract. PART 31 - MOTORS 31.1 Each motor shall be provided by the equipment supplier or manufacturer with conduit terminal box, adequate starting and internal thermal overload protective equipment as specified or required. The capacity shall be sufficient to operate associated driven devices under all conditions of operation and load and without overload, and at least of the horsepower indicated or specified. Each motor shall be selected for quiet operation, maximum efficiency and lowest starting KVA per horsepower as applicable. Also, see mechanical specification for further requirements and scheduled sizes. PART 32 - CUTTING AND PATCHING 32.1 Unless otherwise indicated or specified, each Contractor shall provide his own cutting and patching necessary to install the work specified in this Division. Patching shall match adjacent surfaces to the satisfaction of the Engineer and shall be in accord with the Architect's standards for such work, as applicable. 32.2 No structural members shall be cut without the approvalof the Engineer and all such cutting shall be done in a manner directed by him. PART 33 - SLEEVES AND PLATES 33.1 Each Contractor shall provide and locate all sleeves and inserts required for his work before the floors and walls are built or shall be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required where sleeves and inserts were not installed, or where incorrectly located. Each Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of his hangers. Drilling of anchor holes may be prohibited in post - tensioned concrete construction, in which case the Contractor shall request approved methods from the Architect and shall carefully coordinate setting of inserts, etc., with the Structural Engineer and/or Architect 33.2 Galvanized steel sleeves shall be provided for all electrical conduit passing thru concrete floor slabs and concrete, masonry, tile and gypsum wall construction. 33.3 Where sleeves are placed in exterior walls below grade, the space between the pipe or conduit and the sleeves shall be packed with mechanical waterstop or other approved material and made completely water tight by a method approved by the Engineer and/or Architect. 33.4 Where conduit motion due to expansion and contraction will occur, make sleeves of sufficient diameter to permit free movement of pipe. Check floor and wall construction finishes to determine proper length of sleeves for various locations; make actual lengths to suit the following: 33.4.1 Terminate sleeves flush with walls, partitions and ceiling. 33.4.2 In areas where pipes are concealed, as in chases, terminate sleeves flush with floor. 33.4.3 In all areas where pipes are exposed, extend sleeves'h inch above finished floor, except in rooms having floor drains where sleeves shall be extended 3/4 inches above floor GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 260501 -13 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 33.5 Sleeves shall be constructed of 24 gauge galvanized sheet steel with lock seam joints for all sleeves set in concrete floor slabs terminating flush with the floor. All other sleeves shall be constructed of galvanized steel pipe unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 33.6 Fasten sleeves securely in floors, walls, so that they will not become displaced when concrete is poured or when other construction occurs around them. Take precautions to prevent concrete, plaster or other materials being forced into the space between pipe and sleeve during construction. Fire and smoke stop all sleeves in a manner approved by the local authority having jurisdiction or per prevailing codes. PART 34 - WEATHERPROOFING 34.1 Where any work pierces waterproofing, including waterproof concrete, the method of installation shall be as approved by the Architect and/or Engineer before work is done. The Contractor shall furnish all n ecessary sleeves caulking and flashing required to make openings absolutely watertight. 34.2 Wherever work penetrates roofing, it shall be done in a manner that will not diminish or void the roofing guarantee or warranty in any way. Coordinate all such work with the roofing installer. PART 35 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 35.1 Upon completion of all work and all tests, each Contractor shall furnish the necessary skilled labor and helpers for operating his systems and equipment for a period of three days of eight hours each, or as otherwise specified. During this period instruct the Owner or his representative fully in the operations, adjustment, and maintenance of all equipment furnished. Give at least one week s written n otice to the Owner, Architect and Engineer in advance of this period. Contractor shall prepare an agenda for approval by Owner. The Engineer may attend any such training sessions or operational demonstrations. The Contractor shall certify in writing to the Engineer with copy to the Owner and Architect that such demonstrations have taken place, noting the date, time and names of the Owner's representative that were present. 35.2 Each Contractor shall furnish three complete bound sets for approval to the Engineer of typewritten and/or blueprinted instructions for operating and maintaining all systems and equipment included in this contract. All instructions shall be submitted in draft, for approval, prior to final issue. Manufacturer's advertising literature or catalogs will not be acceptable for operating and maintenance instructions. Each section shall be properly tabbed, indexed and labeled, with a table of contents. Minimum 3-ring hard cover binder. Include specific part, catalog, model, serial, and shop order n umbers; statement of warranties — indexed by section, manufacturer names, P.O.C. for warranties, etc. 35.3 Each Contractor, in the above mentioned instructions, shall include the maintenance schedule for the principal items of equipment furnished under this contract and a detailed, easy to read parts list and the name and address of the nearest source of supply. PART 36 - SCAFFOLDING, RIGGING AND HOISTING 36.1 Each Contractor shall furnish all scaffolding, rigging, hoisting, and services necessaryfor erection and delivery into the premises of any equipment and apparatus furnished. Remove same from premises when no longer required in strict accordance with OSHA Guidelines. PART 37 - CLEANING 37.1 Each Contractor shall, at all times, keep the area of his work presentable to the public and clean of rubbish caused by his operations; and at the completion of the work, shall remove all rubbish, all of his tools, equipment, temporary work and surplus materials, from and about the premises, and shall GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 260501 -14 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 leave the work clean and ready for use. If the Contractor does not attend to such daily cleaning immediately upon request, the Engineer and/or Architect may cause cleaning to be done by others and charge the cost of same to the responsible Contractor. Each Contractor shall be responsible or all damage from fire which originates in, or is propagated by, accumulations of his rubbish or debris. 37.2 After completion of all work and before final acceptance of the work, each Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials and shall remove all foreign matter such as grease, dirt, plaster, labels, stickers, etc., from the exterior of materials, equipment and all associated fabrication. Pay particular attention to finished area surfaces such as lighting fixture lenses, lamps, reflectors, panels, etc PART 38 - PAINTING 38.1 Each fixture, device, panel, junction box, etc., that is located in a finished area shall be provided with finish of color and type as selected or approved by the Architect or Engineer. If custom color is required by the plans or specifications, it shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. All other equipment, fixtures or devices located in finished or unfinished areas, that are not required to have or are provided with finish color or coating shall be provided in a prime painted condition ready to receive finish paint or coating. All galvanized metal in finished areas and exposed on exterior shall be properly prepared with special processes to receive finish paint as directed and approved by the Architect. PART 39 - INDEMNIFICATION 39.1 The Contractor shall hold harmless and indemnify the Engineer, employees, officers, agents and consultants from all claims, Toss, damage, actions, causes of actions, expense and/or liability resulting from, brought for, or on account of any personal injury or property damage received or sustained by any person, persons, (including third parties), or any property growing out of, occurring, or attributable to any work performed under or related to this contract resulting in whole or in part from the negligence of the Contractor, any subcontractor, any employee, agent or representative. PART 40 - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 40.1 Any worker, occupant, visitor, inspector, etc., who encounters any material of whose content they are not certain shall promptly report the existence and location of that material to the Contractor and/or Owner. The Contractor shall, as a part of his work insure that his workers are aware of this potential and what they are to do in the event of suspicion. He shall also keep uninformed persons from the premises during construction. Furthermore, the Contractor shall insure that no one comes near to or in contact with any such material or fumes therefrom until its content can be ascertained to be non- hazardous. 40.2 CMTA, Inc., Consulting Engineers, have no expertise in the determination of the presence of hazardous materials Therefore, no attempt has been made by them to identify the existence or location of any such material. Furthermore, CMTA nor any affiliate thereof will neither offer nor make any recommendations relative to the removal, handling or disposal of such material. 40.3 If the work interfaces, connects or relates in any way with or to existing components which contain or bear any hazardous material, asbestos being one, then, it shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility to contact the Owner and so advise him immediately. 40.4 The Contractor by execution of the contract for any work and/or by the accomplishment of any work thereby agrees to bring no claim relative to hazardous materials for negligence, breach of contract, indemnity, or any other such item against CMTA, its principals, employees, agents or consultants. Also, the Contractor further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold CMTA, its principals, employees, GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 26 05 01 - 15 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND,TEXAS Project No. 1506 agents and consultants, harmless from any such related claims which may be brought by any subcontractors, suppliers or any other third parties. END OF SECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS (ELECTRICAL) 260501-16 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 05 02 DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PART 1 - ELECTRICAL - PRIMARY SERVICE 1.1 Primary electrical service shall be underground, nominal 15,000 volts, three phase, wye, to a pad - mount transformer as indicated on the plans. 1.2 Provide primary conduit, manhole extension connection, concrete transformer pad, pull ropes, C/T installation and trenching in accord with Utility Company requirements. 1.3 In general, the utility company will provide the pad -mounted transformer, primary cable and its terminations Conduits routed off the property and connected to or near a manhole or pole and all other work shall be in accord with utility company requirements Contact the utility company prior to bidding the work and include any and all charges for their work in bid. PART 2 - SECONDARY SERVICE 2.1 Secondary service shall be 277/480V/30/4W with solid grounded neutral. See Electrical One Line Diagram. Trench, backfill, conduit, Tugs, conductors, meterbase and CT cabinet by Electrical Contractor, all per utility company standards. PART 3 - ADDITIONAL UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS 3.1 The Contractor shall provide the local utility company with a drawing produced by a licensed Land Surveyor acceptable to the utility that locates the centerline of the primary duct. Coordinate further requirements with utility company. 3.2 Contact the utility company for specifics on construction of pads, conduit etc., prior to bidding the work and determine all their requirements. All work shall be in accord with their standards. 3.3 The electrical contractor is responsible for all fees, permit costs, etc., from the electrical utility company and the telephone company. This includes any cost to associated with the underground electrical service extension. 3.4 Each contractor, prior to bidding the work, is to contact the electrical utility company (as well as the telephone and cable T.V. utility company) and determine the exact points of extension of all underground services in the field with a representative of each utility company. Also, obtain construction details on manholes, transformer pads pedestal stub -ups, etc., from each utility company as applicable Extension points indicated on the plans are approximate, and are given for the bidder's information only. END OF SECTION DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 26 05 02 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 26 05 03 SHOP DRAWINGS, LITERATURE, MANUALS, PARTS LISTS, AND SPECIAL TOOLS PART 1 - SHOP DRAWINGS 1.1 Each Contractor shall submit to the Architect and/or Engineer, within thirty days after the date of the Contract, sets of shop drawings and/or manufacturer's descriptive literature (coordinate exact quantity with architectural specifications) on all equipment required for the fulfillment of his contract. Each shop drawing and/or manufacturer's descriptive literature shall have proper notation indicated on it and shall be clearly referenced so the specifications, schedules Tight fixture numbers, panel names and numbers, etc , so that the Architect and/or Engineer may readily determine the particular item the Contractor proposes to furnish. All data and information scheduled, noted or specified by hand shall be noted in color red on the submittals. The Contractor shall make any corrections or changes required and shall resubmit for final review as requested. Review of such drawings, descriptive literature and/or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviation from drawings or specifications unless they have, in writing, directed the reviewer's attention to such deviations at the time of submission of drawings, literature and manuals; nor shall it relieve them from responsibility for errors or omissions of any nature in shop drawings, literature and manuals. The term "as specified" will not be accepted. 1.2 If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements set forth above, the Architect and/or Engineer shall have the option of selecting any or all items listed in the specifications or on the drawings, and the Contractor will be required to provide all materials in accordance with this list 1.3 Review of shop drawings by the Engineer applies only to conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. In all cases, the installing Contractor alone shall be responsible for furnishing the proper quantity of equipment and/or materials required, for seeing that all equipment fits the available space in a satisfactory manner and that piping, electrical and all other connections are suitably located. 1.4 The Engineer's review of shop drawings, schedules or other required submittal data shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for the adaptability of the equipment or materials to the project, compliance with applicable codes rules, regulations, information that pertains to fabrication and installation, dimensions and quantities electrical characteristics, and coordination of the work with all other trades involved in this project. 1.5 No cutting, fitting, rough -in, connections, etc., shall be accomplished until reviewed equipment shop drawings are in the hands of the Contractors concerned. It shall be each Contractor s responsibility to obtain reviewed shop drawings and to make all connections, etc. in the neatest and most workmanlike manner possible. Each Contractor shall coordinate with all the other Contractors having any connections, roughing -in, etc., to the equipment, to make certain proper fit, space coordination voltage and phase relationships are accomplished. 1.6 In accord with the provisions specified hereinbefore, shop drawings, descriptive literature and schedules shall be submitted on each of the following indicated items as well as any equipment or systems deemed necessary by the Engineer: 1.6.1 Power Equipment - Switchgear and panelboards. - Circuit breakers or fusible switches, per each type. - Power and lighting contactors - Disconnect switches. SHOP DRAWINGS, LITERATURE, MANUALS, PARTS LISTS, AND SPECIAL TOOLS 26 05 03 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. - Fuses, per each type required. - Magnetic starters, if not submitted with unit equipment by supplier. - Control components (relays, timers, selector switches pilots, etc.) - Building service grounding electrode components. - Generator and Transfer Switches. 1.6.2 Raceways - Conduit (each type). - Cable tray and each type of cable tray fitting. - Wireways and each type of wireway fitting. - Surface raceways and fittings. - Bridle ring assembly. - Junction, pull, and device boxes. 1.6.2 Devices - Building wire, cable splices, and terminations - Each type of wiring device and their coverplates. - Floor boxes each by type, with required accessories. - Data/voice/video wallplates, each by type. - Any special items not listed above. 1.6.4 Lighting - Light fixtures, each by type, marked to indicate all required accessories and lamp selection. Also provide original color selection chart to allow Architect and/or Engineer to indicate color selection. - Lamps each by type. - Lighting standards or poles. - Photocells, time clocks or other lighting accessories. - Control systems (lighting). 1.6.5 Systems CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS P roject No. 1506 Note: Each system submittal is to be complete with legible cutsheets for all devices, equipment, special wiring, etc. Also provide scale building layout drawings that indicate device placement, wiring etc. Refer to the specific system's specification for additional submittal requirements where required. - Fire alarm system. - Security system. - Building paging/intercom audio system. - Video system - Data/voice network. - Sound reinforcement system(s). - Intrusion Detection System - CCTV Surveillance System - Access Control System 1.6.6 Miscellaneous - Control panel assemblies. SHOP DRAWINGS, LITERATURE, MANUALS, PARTS LISTS, AND SPECIAL TOOLS 260503-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 - Non-standard junction/pullboxes. PART 2 - SPECIAL WRENCHES, TOOLS AND KEYS 2.1 Each Contractor shall provide, along with the equipment provided, any special wrenches or tools necessary to dismantle or service equipment or appliances installed by him. Wrenches shall include necessary keys, handles and operators for valves, switches, breakers, etc. and keys to electrical panels, emergency generators, alarm pull boxes and panels, etc. At least two of any such special wrench keys, etc. shall be turned over to the Architect prior to completion of the project. Obtain a receipt that this has been accomplished and forward a copy to the Engineer PART 3 - FIRE ALARM SHOP DRAWINGS 3.1 The Contractor and equipment supplier shall submit to the Architect and/or Engineer, fire alarm system shop drawings complete with catalog cuts descriptive literature and complete system wiring diagrams for their review prior to submittal to the Department of Housing, Buildings and Construction or other governing authority for their review. PART 4 - MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION MANUALS 4.1 Upon substantial completion of the project, the Electrical Contractor shall deliver to the Engineers (in addition to the required Shop Drawings) three complete copies of operation and maintenance instructions and parts lists for all equipment provided. These documents shall at least include: 4.1.1 Detailed operating instructions. 4.1.2 Detailed maintenance instructions including preventive maintenance schedules. 4.1.3 Addresses and phone numbers indicating where parts may be purchased. 4.1.4 Reference architectural specifications for additional requirements. END OF SECTION SHOP DRAWINGS, LITERATURE, MANUALS, PARTS LISTS, AND SPECIAL TOOLS 260503-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 05 04 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND REPAIRING 1.1 Each Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all openings, sleeves, trenches, etc. that he may require in floors, roofs, ceilings, walls, etc. and shall coordinate all such work with the General Contractor and all other trades. He shall coordinate with the General Contractor any openings which he is to provide before submitting a bid proposal 'n order to avoid conflict and disagreement dunnq construction. Improperly located openings shall be reworked at the expense of the responsible Contractor. 1.2 Each Electrical Contractor shall plan his work ahead and shall place sleeves, frames or forms through all walls, floors and ceilings during the initial construction, where it is necessaryfor conduit, buss duct, conductors, wireways, etc. to go through; however, when this is not done, this Contractor shall do all cutting and patching as well as reinforcement required for the installation of his work, or he shall pay other trades for doing this work when so directed by the Architect Any damage caused to the buildings by the workmen of the responsible Contractor must be corrected or rectified by him at his own expense. 1.3 Each Electrical Contractor shall cut holes in casework, equipment panels, etc. (if any), as required to pass pipes in and out. 1.4 Each Electrical Contractor shall notify other trades in due time where he will require openings of chases in new concrete or masonry. He shall set all concrete inserts and sleeves for his work. Failing to do this, he shall cut openings for his work and patch same as required at his own expense. 1.5 Openings in slabs and walls shall be cut with core drill. Hammer devices will not be permitted. Edges of trenches and large openings shall be scribe cut with a masonry saw. 1.6 Cast iron sleeves shall be installed through all walls where pipe enters the building below grade. Sleeves shall be flush with each face of the wall and shall be sufficiently larger than the entering pipe to permit thorough caulking with lead and oakum between pipe and sleeve for waterproofing. 1.7 In all cases, sleeves shall be at least two pipe sizes larger than nominal pipe diameter. 1.8 Sleeves passing through exterior wall (none are permitted thru roof) or where there is a possibility of water leakage and damage shall be caulked water tight for horizontal sleeves and flashed and counter -flashed with lead (4 Ib.) or copper and soldered to the piping, lapped over sleeve and properly weather sealed. All roof penetrations shall be made inside mechanical equipment curbs, method to be approved by Nelson County Board of Education. 1.9 All rectangular or special shaped openings in plaster, stucco or similar materials including gypsum board shall be framed by means of plaster frames, casing beads, wood or metal angle members as required. The intent of this requirements is to provide smooth even termination of wall, floor and ceiling finishes as well as to provide a fastening means for lighting fixtures, panels, etc Lintels shall be provided where indicated over all openings in bearing walls, etc. 1.10 No cutting is to be done at points or in a manner that will weaken the structure and unnecessary cutting must be avoided. If in doubt, contact the Architect Each Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for properly shoring, bracing, supporting etc. any existing and/or new construction to guard against cracking, settling collapsing, displacing or weakening while openings are being made. Any damage occurring to the existing and/or new CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 26 05 04 - 1 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 structures, due to failure to exercise proper precautions or due to action of the elements shall be promptly and properly made good to the satisfaction of the Architect. 1.12 All work improperly done or not done at all as required by the Electrical trades in this section will be performed by the General Contractor at the direction of the Contractor whose work is affected. The cost of this work shall be paid for by the Contractor responsible. 1.13 All penetrations shall be patched with materials matching that which has been disturbed. END OF SECTION CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 26 05 04 2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 05 08 COORDINATION AMONG TRADES, SYSTEMS INTERFACING AND CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS PART 1 - COORDINATION 1.1 The Contractor is expressly directed to read the General Conditions and all sections of these specifications for all other trades and to study all drawings applicable to his work, including Architectural, Plumbing Fire Protection, Mechanical and Structural drawings, to the end that complete coordination between trades will be affected. Each Contractor shall make known to all other contractors the intended positioning of materials, raceways, supports, equipment and the intended order of his work Coordinate all work with other trades and proceed with the installation in a manner that will not create delays for other trades or affect the Owner's operations. 1.2 Special attention to coordination shall be given to points where raceways, fixtures, etc., must cross other ducts or conduit, where lighting fixtures must be recessed in ceilings, and where fixtures, conduit and devices must recess into walls, soffits, columns, etc. It shall be the responsibility of each Contractor to leave the necessary room for other trades. No extra compensation or time will be allowed to cover the cost of removing fixtures devices, conduit, pipes, ducts, etc. or equipment found encroaching on space required by others. At least 8" of clear space must be available above each recessed light fixture. 1.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with all trades to insure that they have made provision for connections, operational switches, disconnect switches, fused disconnects, etc., for electrically operated equipment provided under this or any other division of the specifications, or as called for on the drawings. Any connection, circuiting, disconnects, fuses, etc., that are required for equipment operation shall be provided as a part of this contract. 1.4 If any discrepancies occur between accompanying drawings and these specifications and drawings and specifications covering other trade's work, each trade shall report such discrepancies to the Architect far enough in advance so that a workable solution can be presented. No extra payment will be allowed for relocation of fixtures devices conduit, and equipment not installed or connected in accordance with the above instructions. 1.5 In all areas where air diffusers, devices lighting fixtures and other ceiling -mounted devices are to be installed, the Mechanical Trade(s) and the Electrical Trade and the General Trades shall coordinate their respective construction and installations so as to provide a combined symmetrical arrangement that is acceptable to the Architect and Engineer. Where applicable refer to reflected ceiling plans Request layouts from the Architect or Engineer where in doubt about the potential acceptability of an installation. PART 2 - INTERFACING 2.1 Each Electrical Trade, Specialty Controls Trade, Mechanical Trade and the General Trades, etc., shall insure that coordination is effected relative to interfacing of all systems. Some typical interface points are (but not necessarily all): 2.1.1 Connection of Telecommunications (voice, video, data) lines to Owner's existing or new services. 2.1.2 Connection of Power lines to Owner's existing or new services. 2.1.3 Connection of all controls to equipment. 2.1.4 Electrical power connections to electrically operated (or controlled) equipment COORDINATION AMONG TRADES, SYSTEMS INTERFACING, AND CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS 26 05 08 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 2.1.5 Electrical provisions for all equipment provided by other trades or suppliers within this contract. PART 3 - CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS 3.1 Each Contractor shall make all connections to equipment furnished by others, whenever such equipment is shown on any part of the drawings or mentioned in any part of the Specifications, unless otherwise specifically specified hereinafter. 3.2 All drawings are complementary one trade of the other. It is the Contractor's responsibility to examine all drawings and specifications to determine the full scope of his work. The project Engineers have arranged the specifications and drawings in their given order solely as a convenience in organizing the project, and in no way shall they imply the assignment of work to specific trades, contractors, subcontractors or suppliers. 3.3 Supervision to assure proper installation, functioning and operation shall be provided by the Contractor furnishing the equipment or apparatus to be connected. 3.4 Items indicated on the drawings as rough -in only (RIO) will be connected by the equipment supplier or Owner, as indicated. The Contractor shall be responsible for rough -in provisions only as indicated. These rough -ins shall be in accord with the manufacturer's or supplier's requirements. 3.5 For items furnished by others, relocated, or RIO, the Contractor shall obtain from the supplier or shall field determine as appropriate, the exact rough -in locations and connection sizes for the referenced equipment. 3.6 The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with the General and all other trades, as necessary, to determine any and all final connections that he is to make to equipment furnished by others. 3.7 Sides of cable trays cannot be obstructed by pipes, ductwork, cables, etc. END OF SECTION COORDINATION AMONG TRADES, SYSTEMS INTERFACING, AND CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS 260508-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 05 10 SCOPE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK 1.1 Each Electrical Contractor's attention is directed to Section 26 05 01 - General Provisions, Electrical, and all other Contract Documents as they apply to his work. PART 2 - SCOPE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK 2.1 The Electrical work for this project includes all labor, materials, equipment, fixtures, excavation, backfill and related items required to completely install, test place in service and deliver to the Owner complete electrical systems in accordance with the accompanying plans and all provisions of these specifications. This work shall primarily include but is not limited to the following: 2.1.1 All conduits, cable tray, conductors, outlet boxes, fittings, etc. 2.1.2 All switchgear, generators, transfer switches, panels, disconnect switches, fuses, transformers, contactors etc. 2.1.3 All wiring devices and device plates. 2.1.4 All light fixtures and lamps. 2.2 Electrical connection to all electrically operated equipment furnished and/or installed by others, including kitchen equipment, gymnasium equipment, mechanical equipment, etc. 2.3 Program/paging system, including equipment, wiring, terminal plates, service cables, etc., for the classroom system as described herein, as well as plates, wiring, terminations for a second owner - installed digital telephone system. 2.4 Inspection of electrical system by an approved Electrical Inspector, in compliance with local requirements. 2.5 Fire alarm system. 2.6 Grounding, per N.E.C. and the specified requirements. 2.7 All necessary coordination with electric utility company, telephone company, cable T.V. Co., etc., to insure that work, connections, etc., that they are to provide is accomplished. 2.8 All necessary fees and cost for permits, inspections, etc. Provision of electrical power, telephone and cable television services into the building from the utility termination points outside. 2.9 Special Note A specialty sub -contractor (Electronic Systems Contractor) shall be utilized for all video, paging -intercom system, data/voice network fire alarm work, sound systems and for the security system installation. The sub -contractor shall be especially skilled in such work and shall be able to demonstrate that their regular business involves such installations. The specialty sub- contractors) shall be acceptable to and approved by the Owner. The names of each such sub- contractor shall be listed on the form of proposal at the time of opening bids. Provisions for branch circuits, pulling of cabling, and installation of raceways for specialty systems may be regular sub- contractor if approved by specialty contractor. All terminations, connections, check-out and testing shall be by specialty contractor. SCOPE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK 260510-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 END OF SECTION SCOPE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK 260510-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 05 19 CONDUCTORS, IDENTIFICATION, SPLICING DEVICES & CONNECTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 This section of the Specifications covers all of the electrical power, lighting, and control power (line voltage) conductors, but does not include signal conductors which will be provided by the Contractor, as specified elsewhere. 1.2 No more than 40% conduit fill is permitted for adly conduit system, including video, intercom, data, power or other signal circuits. 1.3 No more than seven conductors shall be installed in conduit for except for switch legs and travelers in multi -point switching arrangements. Every circuit shall be provided with a separate neutral. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 CONDUCTORS 2.1.1 All conductors shall be 98% conductive annealed copper unless otherwise noted, UL listed and labeled. 2.1.2 Lighting and receptacle branch circuits shall be not less than No. 12 copper wire or as sized shown on the drawings with colored Type THW or THWN insulation. All feeder circuits shall be Type THW or THWN of the size as shown on the Contract Drawings. Conductor sizes indicated on drawings are based upon 75° C rating. 2.1.3 Conductors No.10 and smaller sizes of wire shall be solid. Conductors No. 8 and larger sizes shall be stranded. A 200 lb test nylon line shall be installed in all empty conduit and stubs for future use as indicated. Conductors for fire alarm wiring and control wiring shall be stranded, and in compliance with NEC 760. 2.1.4 All wire on the project shall be new, in good condition, and shall be delivered in standard coils or reels. 2.1.5 The color of the wire shall be selected to conform with Section 210-5 of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code. Refer also to 260519-4.1, Color Coding. 2.1.6 All equipment grounding conductors #6 AWG or less shall have green color insulation. Those larger than #6 shall be green taped 4" at each termination, pull and junction boxes. 2.1.7 Conductors used for motor connections and connections to vibrating or oscillating equipment shall be extra flexible. 2.1.8 Conductors 150V to ground and less and greater than 100' in length shall be increased at least one size to compensate for voltage drop. For higher voltages up to 600 volts, provide similar increase in wire size. All branch circuits shall be 3% maximum voltage drop 2.1.9 Conductors for main ground from neutral bus, equipment grounding bus, building steel, grounding grid and main cold water pipe connection shall be bare copper. 2.1.10 All conductors shall be identified by color code and by means of labels placed on conductors in junction boxes and at terminal points with Brady, Gardner, T & B or approved equivalent labels indicating source, circuit No. or terminal No. CONDUCTORS, IDENTIFICATIONS, SPLICING DEVICES & CONNECTORS 260519-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 2.1.11 MC cable is not permitted for use on this project. 2.2 SPLICING DEVICES & CONNECTORS 2.2.1 Splicing devices for use on No. 14 to No. 10 AWG conductors shall be pressure type such as T & B "STA-KON', Burndy, Reliable or approved equivalent. Wire nuts shall be spring pressure type, insulation 600V, 105 deg C insulation, up to #8 size Greater than #6 Cu shall be a compression type connection, 600V insulation, cold shrink tubing, taped, for full insulation value. 2.2.2 Terminating pressure applied ring type (or fork with upturned ends) terminations shall be employed on motor and equipment terminals where such terminals are provided on motor and equipment leads or on all stranded wire terminations using No. 10 AWG or smaller conductors. 2.2.3 The use of split -bolt clamps is not permitted. 2.2.4 Large connectors (lugs) shall be compression, hydraulically set. Lugs furnished on equipment shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. 2.2.5 No aluminum conductors shall be used. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3.1 The pulling of all wires and cable on this project shall be performed in strict compliance with applicable sections of the National Electrical Code. No conductor entering or leaving a cabinet or box shall be deflected in such a manner as to cause excess pressure on the conductor insulation and after all insulation and insulating bushings are in place. 3.2 The radius of bending of conductors shall be not less than eighteen (18) times the outside diameter of the conductor insulation. 3.3 Conductors installed within environmental air plenums shall be per N.E.C., teflon-type insulation or approved equivalent. 3.4 Cables that are installed exposed shall not be routed across ceilings or ductwork They shall be held u p against building structure or against permanent support members. They shall be installed in such a manner that they do not interfere with the operation of equipment or removal of ceiling tiles. Nylon tie -wraps shall be installed in such a manner so as to bundle conductors neatly, allowing runouts of single conductors or groups to drop down to equipment served. Install grommeting where dropping o ut of trays or into panels or service columns. Install sleeves with bushings where penetrating partitions. Firestop sleeves with approved material. Do not penetrate firewalls if so indicated on plans. 3.5 Maximum permissible pulling tensions, as recommended by the manufacturer for any given type of cable or wire installed shall not be exceeded. Utilize special remote readout equipment as required to e nsure compliance. All cables shall be installed in raceway or routed through bridle rings. All low voltage cabling concealed within walls shall also be installed in conduit PART 4 - COLOR CODING DISTRIBUTION VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS, 600 VOLT OR LESS 4.1 Conductors to be color coded as follows (Verify all colors with owner's electrician/maintenance staff): 4.1.1 120/208 Volt Conductors P hase A - Black P hase B Red CONDUCTORS, IDENTIFICATIONS, SPLICING DEVICES & CONNECTORS 260519-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. Phase C - Blue N eutral — White Ground — Green 4.1.2 277/480 Volt Conductors P hase A - Brown Phase B - Orange P hase C - Yellow N eutral - Gray, or white with brown tracer 4.1.3 Control Wiring Red, or as indicated. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 4.1.4 Conductors within enclosures that may be energized when enclosure disconnect is off - yellow, or taped with IA" yellow tape every 6" of length, inside enclosure. Provide lamacoid plate warning sign on front of enclosure where this condition occurs. 4.1.4 D.C. Wiring - Positive - Light Blue Negative - Dark Blue END OF SECTION CONDUCTORS, IDENTIFICATIONS, SPLICING DEVICES & CONNECTORS 260519-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING All metallic conduit, raceways, cable trays, wireways, supports, cabinets and equipment shall be grounded in accordance with the latest issue of the National Electrical Code, as shown on the Contract Drawings and in accord with the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction, as applicable. 1.2 The size of the equipment grounding conductors, grounding electrode conductors and service grounding conductors shall be not less than that given in Article No. 250 of the National Electrical Code, and/or as shown on the Contract Drawings. Where ungrounded conductor sizes are increased to minimize voltage drop, grounded conductor sizes shall be increased in the proper proportion. 1.3 Grounding bus and non -current carrying metallic parts of all equipment and raceway systems shall be securely grounded by connection to common ground. 1.4 The service entrance main ground bus shall also be connected to the main cold metallic water pipe within three feet of where it enters the building on both the house and street sides of the main shut- off valve with a properly sized bonding jumper. A properly sized bonding jumper shall also be provided to the frame of any steel structure utilized in the construction. The steel frame of the budding (if any) shall be made electrically continuous. Also provide connection to driven ground rods as specified PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 Ground wires and cables shall be of the AWG sizes shown on the Contract Drawings or shall be sized in accord with the prevailing codes All ground wires and cables shall be copper. 2.2 All grounding fittings shall be heavy cast bronze or copper of the mechanical type except for underground installations or interconnection of grounding grid to cable, columns and ground electrodes, which shall be thermically welded type as manufactured by Cadweld, Burndy Co , Therm- o -Weld, or approved equivalent. 2.3 Other bonding clamps or fittings in above ground locations shall be as manufactured by O.A. Co., T & B, Burndy, or approved equivalent. 2.4 Ground electrode pipe systems shall be solid copper construction. Ground rods shall be 5/8" minimum diameter, eight feet long, copperweld steel All ground electrode systems shall be installed in accord with manufacturer's recommendations, U.L listings National Electrical and National Electrical Safety Codes. Top of all ground rods shall be at 12" below grade. Provide well access for testing at one (1) rod. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3.1 All grounding conductors shall be protected from mechanical injury and shall be rigidly supported. Where ground conductors are run through flexible conduit and through panelboard switchboard or motor control center feeders, they shall be securely bonded to such conduit thru the use of grounding bushings at the entrance and exit. All connection of equipment shall be made with an approved type of solderless connection and same shall be bolted or clamped to equipment or conduit. 3.2 Equipment grounding conductors shall be run to lighting fixtures, devices, receptacles, electric heaters, furnace and other equipment. Equipment grounding conductors not exceeding No. 6 AWG GROUNDING 26 05 26 - 1 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 in size shall be green colored Type "THWN". Those larger than No. 6 shall be green (same color everywhere) taped 4" at each termination, pull and junction boxes. 3.3 Equipment ground connections to GFI circuit breakers shall be carried and bonded to each outlet on the circuit. Provide a separate equipment grounding conductor with green color insulation. 3.4 Resistance to the grounding at the service entrance equipment shall be in accordance with the N.E.C., and shall not exceed five ohms. 3.5 All circuits shall have a separate grounding conductor. 3.6 When grounding systems are completely installed and all grading in the area of the service grounding electrode has been completed up to finish elevations, perform a fall -of potential to determine actual system resistance to earth. Report results to the Engineer in writing. Refer to testing provisions in this section of specifications. 3.7 Where separately -derived systems are utilized as part of the power distribution network, the neutral leg of the secondary side of generators, transformers, etc , shall be connected to a grounding e lectrode in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.8 The Contractor shall ensure that the ground return path thru building structural steel or other means is e lectrically continuous back to the service grounding electrode and is of adequate capacity and impedance to carry the maximum expected fault or other current. Where no electrically continuous steel building frame is available, the Contractor shall provide a properly sized ground bar and ground conductor routed back to the main facility ground bus. 3.9 Where a building's steel frame is made electrically discontinuous by masonry breaks (as at firewalls, etc.), the Contractor shall provide an accessible thermically welded bonding jumper of #500MCM copper to bond the building steel frame sections together, making the entire steel frame electrically continuous. The installation of these bonding jumpers shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to their being covered by construction. 3.10 Where lightning protection systems are utilized on the work, their electrodes and conductors shall be electrically segregated from the building service ground, except where connections to structural e lements are required for the proper installation of these systems Lightning protection grounds shall o nly be utilized for lightning grounding applications, in accord with U.L. and manufacturer's recommendations. 3.11 Grounding connections shall never be made to fire protection, natural gas, flammable gas or liquid fuel piping, except where specifically indicated on the plans. 3.12 Where dielectric fittings are utilized in piping systems, the piping system shall not be utilized as a ground path. Bonding jumpers shall not be utilized to bridge over such fittings. Piping systems shall n ot be utilized as ground paths except where specifically required by codes in the case of water piping. 3.13 At all metallic outlet boxes, bond the equipment grounding conductor to the box. PART 4 - GROUND TESTING PROCEDURE 4.1 The actual resistance to earth of the service grounding electrode shall be measured by the Contractor via the fall -of -potential method. This testing shall be accomplished after the grounding electrode has been completely installed and the finished grade is achieved. GROUNDING 260526-2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 4.2 The results of the testing shall be summarized in a written report by the Contractor, which shall be forwarded to the Engineer for review. The report shall also be included with the operation and maintenance manuals for the Owner's information and future reference. This report is to also contain a detailed description and illustrations of the testing procedure, along with the name and model number of the testing instrument(s). 4.3 For the actual testing, the Contractor shall follow the procedures outlined below. A self contained instrument such as a "Megger" or "Ground OHMMETER' shall be used that is designed to eliminate the influence of stray current effects on the accuracy of the measurements. 4.3.1 Connect one side of the instrument to the grounding electrode conductor where it connects to the facility main ground bus (point C1). Disconnect and isolate the grounding electrode conductor for the test. 4.3.2 Drive a copperweld reference electrode probe (point C2) into earth between 300 and 500 feet away from C1 and connect to measurement instrument. 4.3.3 Drive the movable grounding probe (C3) into earth at ten equally spaced intervals, in a straight line between C1 and C2 points and note the E/I=R resistance readings on a graph at each point. 4.3.4 The resistance measurements in OHMS taken from the flat part of the curve shall be averaged to determine the true grounding electrode resistance to earth. 4.3.5 At completion of testing, remove reference electrode C2 and all temporary wiring and connections. 4.3.6 If actual measurements of grounding electrode indicate a resistance greater than five OHMS, contact the Engineer for instructions. If deemed necessary by the Engineer, additional electrodes shall be placed and the measurement process repeated until the desired ground potential is achieved. END OF SECTION GROUNDING 260526-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND,TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 05 31 CABINETS, OUTLET BOXES & PULL BOXES 1.1 This section of the specifications covers all electrical cabinets, outlet boxes and pull boxes. 1.2 Continuous runs of conduit shall have pull boxes at least each eighty-five (85) feet of run, or as near as possible to that limit. PART 2 - MATERIALS & INSTALLATION 2.1 Cabinets, Outlet & Pull Boxes: 2.1.1 Cabinets for lighting and power, telephone, pull boxes, outlet boxes, or any other purposes specified or shown on the Contract Drawings, shall be constructed of code gauge, galvanized steel with sides formed and corner seams r'veted or welded before galvanizing Boxes assembled with sheet metal screws will not be accepted. Pull boxes shall include all boxes used to reduce the run of conduit to the required number of feet or bends, supports, taps, troughs, and similar applications and shall also be constructed as specified above All cabinets and boxes for NEMA 1 and 1A application shall be provided with knockouts, as necessary, or shall be cut in the field by approved cutting tools which will provide a clean symmetrically cut opening. All boxes, except panels shall be provided with code gauge fronts with 1/4 turn fasteners Fronts for panels shall be as specified under "Panelboards". 2.1.2 Ceiling outlet boxes shall be galvanized steel, 4" octagonal, not less than 2 1/8' deep with lugs or ears to secure covers, and those for use with ceiling lighting fixtures shall be fitted with 3/8" fixture studs fastened to the back of the boxes, where applicable. 2.1.3 Special size concealed outlet boxes for clocks, speakers, alarms, TV, etc., shall be provided by the manufacturer of the equipment. 2.1.4 Floor outlet boxes shall be fully adjustable stamped steel. 2.1.5 Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or in the specifications, outlet boxes shall be installed at the following heights to bottom of box: Wall Switches 44" Convenience Outlets 16" T.V. Outlets 44" Telephones 16" or as noted on details Panels 76" to top Weatherproof Outlets 24" Disconnects 5'-0" max. to centerline Fire Alarm Man. Stations 3'-6" Fire Alarm Horns 80" AFF or 6" below ceiling, whichever is lower 2.1.6 The location of outlets, as shown on the drawings, shall be considered as approximate only. It shall be incumbent upon this Contractor to study the general building drawings with relation to spaces surrounding each outlet, in order to make his work fit the work of others and in order that when the fixtures are installed, they will be symmetrically located and will not interfere with any other work or equipment. Any change in fixture or layout shall be coordinated with and approved by the A-E before this change is made CABINETS, OUTLET BOXES & PULL BOXES 260531-1 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.2 Cabinets, outlet boxes (FTGS) and junction or pull boxes (FTGS) shall be threaded for rigid -threaded conduit, dust -tight vapor -tight or weatherproof as required for areas other than for NEMA 1 or 1A application. These shall be as manufactured by Crouse -Hinds, Appleton, Pyle -National, Killark, or approved as equivalent 2.2.1 NEMA 1 or 1A cabinets, outlet boxes or pull or junction boxes shall be as manufactured by Appleton, Steel City, T & B, or approved equivalent. They shall be sized per N.E.C., Article 370 2.2.2 Outlet boxes for switches, receptacles, telephone, etc., concealed in walls shall be galvanized steel, 4" X 4' X 2-1/8" with plaster cover for one (I) or two (2) devices, as required to be flush with face of finished wall. Where outlet boxes are installed in walls of glazed tile, brick, concrete block, or other masonry which will not be covered with plaster or in walls covered by wood wainscot or paneling, deep sectional masonry boxes shall be used and they shall be completely covered with the plates or lighting fixtures This Contractor shall cooperate with the brick layers, block layers and carpenters to insure that the outlet boxes are installed straight and snugly in the walls. Receptacles shall be set vertically in walls. Circuit numbers shall be written inside all boxes and on box corners with black permanent marker. 2.2.3 Exterior outlet boxes shall be weather proof with gasketed covers and baked on grey enamel finish, per ANSI 61. Shall be flip up type with locking capabilities. 2.2.4 Outlet boxes mounted in glazed tile, brick, concrete block or other types of masonry walls shall be mounted above or below the mortar joint Do Not Split The Mortar Joint. 2.2.5 Boxes for more than two (2) devices shall be for number of devices required and shall be one piece. No ganging of single switch boxes will be allowed. 2.2.6 Outlets for use on this project shall have only the holes necessary to accommodate the conduit at the point of insulation and shall be rigidly secure in position. Boxes with knockout removed and openings not used shall have knockout covers installed to close openings. 2.2.7 Boxes up to 4-11/16 square size shall be fastened to their mounting surface with two fasteners of proper size. Larger sizes shall be fastened with four fasteners, minimum. 2.2.8 Exterior pull boxes ,enclosures, boxes and covers are required to conform to all test provisions of the most current ANSI/SCTE 77 `Specification For Underground Enclosure Integrity" for Tier 15 applications When multiple 'Tiers" are specified the boxes must physically accommodate and structurally support compatible covers while possessing the highest Tier rating. All covers are required to have the Tier level rating embossed on the surface. In no assembly can the cover design load exceed the design load of the box. All components in an assembly (box & cover) are manufactured using matched surface tooling Independent third party verification or test reports stamped by a registered Professional Engineer certifying that all test provisions of this specification have been met are required with each submittal. Manufactured by Quazite, CDR, or approved equal PART 3 - SPECIAL NOTICE 3.1 Openings for conduit entrance in cabinets and boxes shall be prefabricated, punched, drilled and/or reamed. The use of a cutting torch for this purpose is prohibited END OF SECTION CABINETS, OUTLET BOXES & PULL BOXES 26 05 31 -2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAYS & FITTINGS This section is intended to specify the raceways, conduit, conduit fittings, hangers, junction boxes, splice boxes, specialties and related items necessary to complete the work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. 1.2 This section specifies basic materials and methods and is a part of each Division 26 Section that implies or refers to electrical raceways specified therein. 1.3 The types of raceways specified in this section include the following: Steel electrical metallic tubing. (E.M.T.) Intermediate metal conduit (I.M.0 ). Rigid galvanized steel conduit (G.R.S.) Flexible metal conduit Liquid - tight flexible metal conduit. Rigid nonmetallic conduit. Surface metal raceways. Cable tray or cable trough. Duct banks, and their construction. 1.4 For each piece of cord -connected or flexible conduit connected items of equipment in the kitchen, provide a "Kellems" or equivalent strain relief grip at each end of connector to prevent pullout if equipment is rolled or shoved by cleaning personnel. 1.5 Refer to the Architect's details for fire rated grids and gypsum board expanses that protect certain areas of the steel construction of the building. This rated partition shall not be penetrated by electrical or mechanical work unless absolutely necessary, and then equivalent firestopping methods to restore the rating of the plane shall be provided. 1.6 No electrical raceways are to be embedded horizontally within concrete slabs, footings or foundation walls. Note that all piping, conduit, etc., penetrations thru precast planks shall be done in a manner approved by the precast installer. All sleeves for lines run thru precast horizontal planks or grade beams shall be coordinated by each trade with the General Contractor, the Precast Manufacturer and in a manner as approved by the Architect and Structural Engineer. 1.7 All raceways, as listed in 1.3 above and otherwise specified herein shall be provided in compliance with latest editions of all applicable U.L., NEMA, N.E.C. and A.N.S.I. standards. All conduit, raceways and fittings shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed and labeled, or bear the listing and label of an agency acceptable to the local authority having jurisdiction. 1.8 Conduit and raceways, as well as supporting inserts in contact with or enclosed in concrete shall comply with the latest edition of all A.C.I. standards and the equipment manufacturer's recommendations for such work. 1.9 P.V.C. or other non-metallic conduit shall be rated for the maximum operating temperature that could be developed by the conductors it encloses, while in normal operation. 1.10 The decision of the Engineer shall be final and binding in any case where a question or inquiry arises regarding the suitability of a particular installation or application of raceways supports or materials, if other than outlined herein. RACEWAYS & FITTINGS 260533-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Minimum size of conduit shall be 3/4" trade size. All conduit and raceways shall be sized for the number of conductors contained, in accord with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code or any other applicable standards. 1.12 The installer of raceway systems shall avoid the use of dissimilar metals within raceway installations that would result in galvanic -action corrosion PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 STEEL ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING: Electrical metallic tubing, (E.M.T.) of corrosion -resistant steel construction shall be permitted for concealed installation in dry interior locations Electrical metallic tubing shall not be installed underground, in concrete slabs or where exposed to physical damage Electrical metallic tubing shall be permitted for exposed work in mechanical and electrical rooms and other exposed structure areas where not subjected to physical damage, as determined by the Engineer. All exposed conduit and fittings located within 8'-0" of finished floor shall be rigid steel with threaded connectors. 2.2 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT: Rigid galvanized steel conduit shall be used where subject to physical damage for exposed work in mechanical spaces, within factory or other industrial work areas, for exposed fit -up work on machinery, for exposed interior and exterior damp or wet location work, where installed in tunnels or crawl spaces, in hazardous atmospheres, in exterior underground locations where installed beneath roadways, where ells occur in underground P.V.C. conduits, or where turning out of concrete encased duct banks, and at other locations as specifically called out on the drawings Rigid galvanized steel conduit shall be used for all building interior power wiring or cables of over 600 Volts. 2.3 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT: Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, intermediate metal conduit (I.M C.) may be used 'n any location in place of rigid galvanized steel conduit, as permitted by codes, and as approved by the Engineer. 2.4 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: Flexible conduit may be used only where required for connection to light fixtures, motors and other equipment subject to vibration It shall be constructed of steel. It shall be installed with clamp -on insulated throat connectors designed for the purpose All flexible metal conduit shall be installed as a single piece. No joints shall be installed. Flexible conduit shall not be u sed in wet or dusty locations or where exposed to oil water or other damaging environments. An equipment grounding conductor or bonding jumper shall be used at all flexible conduit installations. Maximum length shall not exceed 6 for light fixture and 3' for other connections. Use of MC cable is n ot permitted. 2.5 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: Weatherproof flexible metal conduit shall be wound from a s ngle strip of steel, neoprene covered equivalent to "Liquatite' or "Sealtite' Type "UA". It shall be installed in such a manner that it will not tend to pull away from the connectors. Provide strain relief fittings equivalent to "Kellems' as required where subject to vibration. Flexible connections to motors in dusty areas shall be dust -tight, in areas exposed to the weather - weatherproof. Length shall not exceed 3' unless permitted by the Engineer. 2.6 RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT: Rigid non metallic conduit shall be constructed of P.V.C, n ominally schedule 40 weight encased in concrete wherein underground locations. If installation will enclose utility company provided conductors, verify exact type required, and install in accord with their standards, where more stringent than this specification in normal building conditions. It shall be U.V.- resistant, rated for 90°C conductor temperature. Rigid non-metallic conduit may be used in exterior wet or damp locations where installed at least 6" u nderslab or underground and in exterior underground installations where encased in minimum 4" RACEWAYS & FITTINGS 260533-2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 concrete with metallic marker tape with 12" of grade. . It shall not be run in interior locations, except with special permission from the Engineer for use in corrosive environments, and then only if protected from physical damage. No rigid nonmetallic conduit may be installed in environmental air plenums or cast into above -grade concrete slabs No rigid nonmetallic conduit may be installed in locations where the ambient temperature might exceed the rating of the raceway. Where used underground, provide continuous marker tape with metallic tracer above line as required. Where rigid non metallic conduit is placed underground, as for feeder circuits, secondaries or branch circuit runs and where ell is made upward thru a slab on grade, transition the turning ell and the riser to rigid steel conduit to a height of 6' above the concrete slab Transition may then be made to E.M.T or other approved conduit for remainder of run. Flexible nonmetallic conduit shall not be used, except by special permission, obtained in writing from the Engineer. P rovide equipment grounding conductors of copper, sized as required by codes, in all circuits installed in rigid nonmetallic raceways. 2.7 SURFACE METAL RACEWAYS: Surface metal raceways and fittings shall be as shown on drawings and shall be constructed of code gauge corrosion -resistant galvanized steel, finished in an ivory color. Finishes shall be suitable for field painting, prepared by the installing contractor as necessary. S urface metal raceways shall be painted to match wall color. S urface metal raceways to be furnished with integral receptacles shall have Simplex Nema 5-20R outlets spaced on centers as indicated on plans These shall be Wiremold Co. #2000 Series ivory color or equivalent Walkerduct, Isotrol or other approved manufacturer. S urface metal raceways and all components and fittings shall be furnished by a single manufacturer, wherever practical All trim and cover fittings, flush feed boxes, splices outlet fittings, etc, necessary for a complete installation shall be provided by the installing contractor - bends are not permitted. These raceways shall be rigidly mounted with two hole straps on not to exceed 36" centers in a run, or 6" from ends and on either side of a corner. Refer to plans for notations on exact types of these raceways and outlet configurations. 2.8 CABLE TRAY• Cable tray shall be furnished in mill -finished galvanized steel construction, as noted and sized on the drawings. The installing contractor shall carefully follow the manufacturer's recommendations for hanger sizing and hanger support spacing The weight per linear foot of tray, fully loaded with a 200% safety factor shall be accounted for in sizing hangers. Refer to manufacturers instructions and/or the drawings, as applicable for hangers and supports. In no case shall supports be spaced further than 8'-0" apart, or greater than 24" from a turn or offset. Cable tray shall be provided with all required fittings for a complete installation. Fittings shall include, but not be limited to: Horizontal and vertical elbows and tees, smooth dropout fittings, end closure plates, fixed (or adjustable) splices as needed for field offsets, reducers, barriers or box connector flanges 2.9 DUCT BANKS: Duct banks are defined as a raceway or raceways installed in underground locations, e nclosed 'n a steel -reinforced concrete envelope. They shall be installed where indicated on the drawings or otherwise required. All concrete used in duct bank construction shall be 3000 PSI minimum 28 day compressive strength u nless otherwise noted, in accord with latest A.C.I. standards. Testing of concrete shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, as directed by the engineer. Place concrete against undisturbed earth, or provide forming as needed. RACEWAYS & FITTINGS 260533-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Duct bank raceways shall receive a minimum of 3" concrete cover all sides. Minimum size of any duct bank shall be 12' x 12' square, in cross section. In all cases, local and national codes shall apply to duct bank construction where they exceed the requirements of this specification. Provide marker tape with metal tracer above within 12" of grade all duct banks. Each corner of duct bank shall receive a minimum No. 4 steel reinforcing bar with 2" minimum concrete cover on all sides. Lap bars fifteen diameters at all splices. Reinforcing steel shall be rigidly supported during pour and vibration, and shall be constructed to ASTM standards. Support for encased raceways shall be as recommended by raceway manufacturer, spaced 8'-0" maximum on centers, rigidly fastened to prevent floating of ducts during concrete pours. Supports shall be of a material compatible with the raceway, and shall be of the interlocking type, forming a rigidly braced installation. Provide base type and intermediate type spacers to suit conduit configurations and sizes. Where rig'd nonmetallic raceways leave concrete duct banks, a transition to rigid steel conduit shall be made 18" inside the concrete envelope. Under no circumstances shall PVC, EB or similar ducts exit concrete envelope, except where duct bank ties into a manhole wall. Provide bell ends at such terminations and towel duct bank rebars 4' into manhole wall with grout. Refer to details on drawings, as applicable. Slope all raceways within duct bank systems such that they shall drain into manholes or pull boxes. Provide proper drainage at manholes or pull boxes to prevent water accumulation. Where ducts transition thru manholes, pull boxes or at terminating end, each duct shall be specifically identified. A nomenclature as shown on the drawings or as agreed upon by the installer and engineer shall be utilized to identify each individual duct. A permanent means of identifying each duct, such as engraved lamacoid plates or stamped metal tags shall be used. 2.10 RACEWAY FITTINGS: Fixture whips shall be 1/2" flexible, with steel fittings at each end, six foot maximum length, with insulated throat bushings at each end and bonding locknuts. Wiring thru whip shall be solid #12, with #12 ground bonded to outlet at source end. Conduit bodies shall be of gray iron or malleable iron. They shall be furnished in proper configurations, avoiding excessive plugged openings. Any openings that are left shall be properly plugged. All coverplates shall be gasketed with neoprene or similar approved materials rated for the environment. Wiring splices within are not permitted. Where required, raceway fittings shall be provided in explosion -proof configurations rated for the atmosphere. Place conduit seal off fittings at each device in accord with applicable codes. Seal off fittings shall be packed with wadding, and poured with an approved non -shrink sealing compound. Where conduit transitions run from a cold to a warm environment, (such as at a freezer, refrigerator or exterior wall) sealoff fittings shall be placed on the warm side immediately at the boundary to prevent migration of condensation within raceway systems. Expansion fittings shall be provided at all locations where conduits or other raceways cross over expansion joints Provide copper ground bonding jumpers across expansion fittings. Conduit bodies, junction boxes and fittings shall be dust tight and threaded for dusty areas, weatherproof for exterior locations and vapor tight for damp areas. Conduit fittings shall be as manufactured by Crouse Hinds, Appleton, Killark or approved equivalent. All surface mounted conduit fittings as with 'FS", "FD", ' GUB" Types etc. shall be provided with mounting hubs Exposed conduit and fittings shall be rigid steel with threaded, cast boxes where located within 8'-0" of finished floor Where lighting fixtures, appliances or wiring devices are to be suspended from ceiling outlet boxes, they shall be provided with 3/4" rigid conduit pendants. Outlet boxes shall be malleable iron, provided RACEWAYS & FITTINGS 260533-4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 with self -aligning covers with swivel ball joint (minimum 125 Ib. support) and No 14 gauge steel locking ring. Provide safety chain between building structure and ballast housing of light fixtures for all fixtures, appliances or devices greater than 10 Ibs weight. Fixtures shall be installed plumb and level. Cover pendants shall be finished to match fixtures. Fittings for threaded raceways shall be tapered thread with all burrs removed, reamed ends and cutting oil wiped clean. Fittings for E.M.T conduit shall be of steel, compression type. Conduit stops shall be formed in center of couplings. All EMT connectors and couplings shall be of formed steel construction. All connectors shall be insulated throat type. Indentation or die-cast fittings shall not be permitted in any raceway system. All conduit fittings shall be securely tightened. All threaded fittings shall engage seven full threads. Fasteners shall be properly torqued to manufacturer's recommendations. 2.11 SUPPORTS AND HANGERS: Supports and hangers shall be installed in accord with all applicable codes and standards. They shall be corrosion - resistant, galvanized or furnished with an equivalent protective coating All electrical raceways shall be hung independently from the building structure with U .L. listed and approved materials. Hangers and supports depending from the support systems of other trades work shall not be permitted, except with specific approval in writing from the Engineer. The use of tie wire for support or fastening of any raceway system is prohibited Perforated metal tape shall not be used for raceway support. N o raceway shall be installed on acoustic tile ceiling tees and support wire, or in any location that will impair the functioning, access or code -required clearances for any equipment or system. Supports may not be fastened to roof decking or drive pins. S upports for raceways shall be of materials compatible with the raceway, of malleable iron, spring steel, stamped steel or other approved material. Die-cast fittings are not permitted for supports. The installing contractor shall provide all necessary supports and braces for raceways, in a rigid and safe installation, complying with all applicable codes. Individual raceways run on building walls or equipment shall be secured by two hole galvanized malleable iron or stamped steel pipe strap or ' minerallac" 2-piece straps The straps are to be anchored by an approved means such as expansion anchors toggle bolts, through bolts, etc. Where required by codes or other standards, provide spacers behind mounting clamps to space conduits off walls. Individual conduits run on building steel shall be secured by means of clamp supports similar and equal to those manufactured by the C.0 Korn Company, Elcen Co., B-Line or approved equivalent Provide korn clamps, bulb tee clamps, flange clamps, beam clamps "minerallacs", etc. Vertical and/or horizontal runs of conduit shall be grouped in common hangers on 'trapezes" of channel stock as manufactured by "Unistrut" or equivalent, 1-5/8" minimum depth. Utilize conduit clamps appropriate to the channel. Raceways shall not cross one another. Channel strut systems for supporting electrical equipment or raceways shall be constructed of 16 gauge minimum hot dip galvanized steel with 9/16' diameter holes on 8" centers, with finish coat of paint as manufactured by Unistrut, B-Line, Kindorf, or approved equivalent. The minimum diameter of round all -thread steel rods used for hangers and supports shall be 1/4", 20 threads per inch. All -thread rod shall be furnished with a corrosion -resistant finish. RACEWAYS & FITTINGS 260533-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 Welding directly on conduit or fittings is not permitted. P rovide riser support clamps for vertical conduit runs. Riser support clamps shall be of heavy gauge steel construction. Install riser support clamps at each floor level penetration, or as otherwise required. P rovide conduit cable support clamps for vertical conductor runs as required or indicated on plans. Clamps to be insulating wedging plug, with malleable iron support ring. Install within properly sized and anchored junction box. S pring steel clips and fittings such as those manufactured by HITT-Thomas, Caddy-Erico, or approved equivalent, with black oxide finish are permitted in any indoor dry location for concealed work, where acceptable to the local authority having jurisdiction. 2.12 FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS 2.12.1 All conduits, and cables penetrating fire rated floors and walls must be firestopped. Firestopping assembly must be UL listed. All corridor walls, storage room walls and mechanical room walls are to be considered on hour fire rated. The second floor slab shall also be considered one hour rated. 2.12.2 Provide shop drawings indicating penetration detail for each type of wall and floor construction. Shop drawings must be specific for each individual type. (i.e., one hour fire rated gypsum wall board with insulated metal pipe penetration.) 2.12.3 3M fire protection products are listed below. Equivalent products may be submitted if they are UL listed. 2.12.4 The manufacturer of the firestopping materials must provide on site training for the contractor. The training session shall demonstrate to the contractors the proper installation techniques for all the firestopping materials. The training session shall be four hours minimum. Contact the Engineer prior to conducting this training session. 2.12.5 Firestopping materials to include but not limed to the following: 2.12.5.13M fire barrier FS-195 wrap/strip. 2.12.5 23M fire barrier CP 25 caulk. 2.12.5.33M fire barrier MP moldable putty. 2.12.5.43M fire barrier RC-1 restricting collar with steel hose clamp. 2.12.5.53M fire barrier damming materials. 2.12.5.63M fire barrier CS-195 composite sheet. 2.12.5.73M fire barrier fire dam 150 caulk. 2.12.5.8Steel sleeves. PART 3 - INSTALLATION RACEWAYS & FITTINGS 260533-6 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.1 This Contractor shall lay out and install all conduit systems so as to avoid any other service or systems, the proximity of which may prove injurious to the conduit, or conductors which it confines. All conduit systems, except those otherwise specifically shown to the contrary, shall be concealed in the building construction or run above ceilings. Size of all conduit shall conform to Table No. 1, Chapter 9, of the National Electrical Code, unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings. 3.2 No conduit shall be installed in poured concrete slabs, foundation walls or footings. Any conduit installed below slab shall be held 12" below slab. Conduit shall be held at least 6" from flues or hot water pipes. 3.3 All exposed conduit in mechanical spaces, conduit above corridor ceilings, above gymnasium, library or other large room ceilings shall be installed on strut system racks with runs parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural members or intersections of vertical planes and ceilings, with right angle turns consisting of cast metal fittings or symmetrical bends unless otherwise shown. All conduit shall have supports spaced not more than eight feet apart. Supports shall also be provided within 36' of all boxes, bends, and termination points Where termination points are free standing, support shall be provided within 12' Conduits randomly routed will not be accepted. Conduits shall be concealed in open structure (no finished ceiling) where possible and painted to match. 3.4 Groups of branch circuit conduits shall be run above corridor ceilings where possible, and shall not be routed over classrooms. The conduits from wall outlets in classrooms shall be turned out in the zone between the structure or bottom of the gypsum board fire barrier and the room ceiling directly into junction boxes (fastened to the masonry walls, with a minimum of bends. These branch power, lighting and systems conduits shall then be routed along the walls (or structure in the case of lighting conduits) to emerge thru the corridor walls at the elevations necessary to route with minimal offset to the racked conduit/junction box system mounted on the bottom of the corridor structure. If in doubt about any particular installation, contact the Engineer for clarification prior to proceeding with rough -in work. 3.5 Conduit shall be installed in such a manner so as to insure against collection of trapped condensation. All runs of conduit shall be arranged so as to be devoid of traps. Trapped conduit runs shall be provided with explosion proof drains at low points. Runs of conduit between junctions shall not have more than the equivalent of three 90° bends. 3.6 Junction boxes shall be installed so that conduit runs will not exceed 85', or as shown on the Contract Drawings. Sizes of junction boxes shall be in accord with Article 370 of the N.E.C. 3.7 Underground electric, cable TV, telephone service or other steel conduit and underfloor steel conduit below the concrete floor slab shall be painted with two coats of bitumastic paint, such as "Asphaltum" 3.8 All underground or underfloor conduits shall be swabbed free of all moisture and debris before conductors are pulled. 3.9 At least two 1 inch and three 3/4 inch conduits shall be stubbed from flush -mounted panelboards into the nearest accessible area for future use. Provide suitable closures for these stubs. Identify each stub with a suitable hang tag. 3.10 Install electrical raceways in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of latest edition of the N.E.C., and NECA "Standard of Installation', complying with recognized industry practices. 3.11 Coordinate with other trades, including metal and concrete deck trades, as necessary to interface installation of electrical raceways and components. RACEWAYS & FITTINGS 260533-7 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.12 Level and square raceway runs, and install at proper elevations and required heights. Hold tight to structure wherever possible, to maximize available space and not restrict other trades. Do not attach o r support from roof deck 3.13 Complete installation of electrical raceways before starting installation of cables or wires within raceways. 3.14 All underground conduits shall be buried to minimum depth of 36" from the top of the concrete e ncasement or raceway to finished grade, unless otherwise noted on plans. Observe minimum burial requirements of local utility company where their standards or regulations apply. Conduits containing primary power conductors, (higher than 600 volts to ground) shall be 42" to top below finished grade u nless otherwise noted on plans. 3.15 No more than seven conductors shall be installed in conduit for computer circuits, and no more than five for power lighting and convenience outlets without special permission of Engineer except where switch legs and travelers for lighting controls will be the exceeding conductors or in the case of fire alarm wiring. 3.16 Exposed raceways installed in exterior locations shall receive one coat of primer, two coats finish paint after preparation of galvanizing, color selected by Architect. Exposed raceways in interior painted areas shall be similarly painted. PART 4 - SPECIALTIES 4.1 All EMT terminations at junction boxes, panels, etc. shall be made with case hardened locknuts and appropriate fittings, with insulated throat liners. Insulating terminations shall be manufactured as a single unit. The use of split sleeve insulators is not permitted. 4.2 All rigid conduit except main and branch feeders, shall have heavy fiber insulating bushings reinforced with double locknuts. All branch and main feeders shall have insulated bushings with grounding lugs and shall be bonded to enclosures with appropriately sized copper jumpers, except at pad mounted transformers. Bonding jumpers shall be installed as required by the N.E.C. and other applicable codes. 4.3 All conduit stubbed through floor during construction shall have openings protected with plastic caps approved for this purpose. Connections on both ends of all flexible conduit shall be equivalent to Thomas and Betts, Ideal, Appleton, Efcor, or approved equivalent, rated for the environment. 4.4 Pulling lines shall be left in all open conduit systems and shall be non-metallic, left securely tied off at each end cap any unused conduits. 4.5 Where spare raceways terminate in switchboards or motor control centers a fishtape barrier shall be provided. 4.6 All outlet boxes shall be grounded with pigtail to the equipment grounding conductor. 4.7 All empty raceways inside switchgear and open spaces shall be capped. 4.8 All fire alarm raceways shall be red. Junction and pull boxes shall be identified with panel and circuit number on covers. END OF SECTION RACEWAYS & FITTINGS 260533-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 05 44 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Each Contractor's attention is directed to Section 26 05 01, General Provisions, Electrical and all other contract documents as they may apply to his work. 1.2 Each Contractor shall include all excavating, filling, grading and related items required to complete his work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. 1.3 Electrical distribution lines and underground telephone or TV cables shall, in no case, be placed in the same trench with sanitary, storm, domestic or fire protection water lines. Telephone or T.V. services shall, in all cases, be placed in a separate trench with minimum two feet separation from electrical power lines. 1.4 Depths of bury shall be: 42" minimum to top of primary ducts 36" minimum to top of secondary ducts 36" minimum to top of branch exterior circuits 36" minimum to top of telephone/communications/misc. ducts PART 2 - SUBSURFACE DATA 2.1 Subsurface investigations have been made and the results shown on the drawings. The information was obtained primarily for use in preparing foundation design. Each Contractor may draw his own conclusions therefrom. No responsibility is assumed by the Owner for subsoil quality or conditions other than at the locations and at the time investigations were made. 2.2 Materials to be excavated shall be unclassified, and shall include earth, rock, or any other material encountered in the excavation to the depth and extent indicated on the drawings and specified herein. No adjustment in the Contract sum will be made on account of the presence or absence of rock shale, or other materials encountered in the excavating. PART 3 - BENCH MARKS AND MONUMENTS 3.1 Maintain carefully all bench marks, monuments and other referenced points. If disturbed or destroyed, replace as directed PART 4 - EXCAVATION 4.1 Each Contractor shall accept the site as he finds it and remove all trash, rubbish and material from the site prior to starting excavation for his work 4.2 Excavate trenches to sufficient width and depth for proper installation of the work and where required, smooth the bottom on the trench with hand tools in strict accordance with OSHA Guidelines. 4.3 Keep trenches free from water while construction therein is in progress. Under no circumstances lay conduit or cable in water Pumping or bailing water from this Contractor's trenches, which is required during construction shall be accomplished at his expense. 4.4 In no case shall excavation work be accomplished that will damage in any way the new structure, existing structures, equipment, etc. Each Contractor shall take the necessary steps to prevent flow of EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND GRADING 260544-1 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 eroded earth by water or landslide onto the property of others, or against the structures. The repair of all such damage, or any other damage incurred in the course of excavation shall be borne by the responsible Contractor. PART 5 - BACKFILL 5.1 Backfill shall be accomplished with clean debris free earth and the new earth tamped at 12" intervals so as to avoid earth sinks along the trench. The responsible Contractor will be required to return to the project and fill any sunken areas along the route of his work. 5.2 All underground conduits shall be installed with tracer wires and warning tape above each conduit. 5.3 Backfill trenches only after conduit and cable have been inspected by Agencies, Engineer and Owner, tested and locations of pipe lines have been recorded on record drawings. Provide at least one week's written or fax notification to all parties of impending work that needs to be reviewed. 5.4 The backfill below paved areas shall be brought to proper grade to receive the sub -base and paving. No paving shall be placed on uncompacted fill. 5.5 The backfill below sodded or seeded areas shall be brought to within six inches of finished grade. The remaining six inches shall be backfilled with clean soil. Concrete for concrete encasement shall cure a minimum of 3 days prior to backfill. END OF SECTION EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND GRADING 260544-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATIONS Equipment, disconnect switches, switchgear, panelboards, transformers, and sound equipment, motor starters, pushbutton stations, special device plates, and similar materials shall be clearly marked as to their function and use. Markings shall be applied neatly and conspicuously to the front of each item of equipment with 1/2" black lamacoid plate (or equivalent) with white letters 1/4" high 1.2 Each Electrical Contractor shall provide clearly legible typewritten directories in each electrical panel indicating the equipment, location within area, and area or room of circuit, etc. controlled by each switch, breaker, fuse, etc. These directories are to be inserted into plastic cardholders in each panel. Descriptions to be approved by owner. Example: 1 Lights, East Side, Room 100 3 Receptacles, West Wall, Room 200 1.3 Branch circuit panelboards and switch gear shall be provided with a black lamacoid plastic plate with 1/2" white letters for panel designation and 1/4" white letters showing voltage and feeder information. Branch circuit switches shall be designated as to function. Panelboard and switchgear labels shall indicate the source they are fed from, and the circuit number at that source. Clearly indicate the exact label legend to be furnished with each panelboard and switchgear on the shop drawings for each item of equipment prior to submission of shop drawings. Refer to drawings for further detail. 1.4 Where branch circuit panelboards and switchgear are connected to an emergency source, the lamacoid plate shall be red, and the word "emergency" shall be incorporated into the legend. Also provide similar plates and legends for automatic transfer switches, as appropriate. Refer to drawings for further details. 1.5 Lamacoid plates shall be located at center of top of trim for branch circuit panels, switch gear, and centered at side for branch circuit switches. Fasten with self -tapping stainless steel screws or other approved method. END OF SECTION IDENTIFICATIONS 26 05 53 - 1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 23 00 EMERGENCY GENERATOR PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 1.1.1 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections apply to work of this section. 1.1.2 Division 16 Basic Materials and Methods sections apply to work specified in this section. PART 2 - DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 2.1 Extent of standby generator system work is indicated by drawings and schedules. 2.2 Types of standby generator system equipment required for project include the following: 2.2.1 Natural gas engine driven generators. 2.2 2 Automatic Transfer Switches, Batteries and Chargers. PART 3 - QUALITY ASSURANCE* 3.1 General Requirements: It is the intent of this specification to secure an emergency generator system that has been prototype tested, factory built, production tested, site tested, of the latest commercial design, together with all accessories necessary for a complete installation as shown on the plans and drawings, and specifications herein. The equipment supplied and installed shall meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code, along with all applicable local codes and regulations. All equipment shall be new, of current productions of a national firm. The standby generator set(s) including generator, controls, and transfer switch(es), shall be assembled as a matched unit so that there is a one -source responsibility for warranty, parts, and service without a local representative with factory -trained servicemen. 3.2 Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of engine driven standby generator systems, of types ratings and characteristics required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. 3.3 Installer: Qualified with at least 5 years of successful installation experience on projects with engine generator system installation work similar to that required for project. 3.4 NEC Compliance: Comply with applicable standby generator requirements of NEC including, but not limited to emergency and standby power generating systems, and health care facilities and Articles 230, 517, 700, 701, and 702. 3.5 NFPA Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA No. 37, 101, 110 pertaining to stationary combustion engines, institutional facilities and life safety code. 3.6 UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL 1008, ' Automatic Transfer Switches' . Provide standby generator system components, including automatic transfer switches, which are UL listed and labeled with a circuit breaker mounted on the set. EMERGENCY GENERATOR 262300-1 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.7 ANSI/NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/NEMA MG 1, "Motors and Generators", and MG 2, "Safety Standard for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation and Use of Electric Motors and Generators". Transfer switches shall comply with ICS 2 3.8 IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of IEEE Std. 241, "IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings' pertaining to standby power. PART 4 - SUBMITTALS: 4.1 Submittal shall include prototype test certification and specification sheets showing all standard and optional accessories to be supplied, schematic wiring diagrams, dimension drawings, and interconnection diagrams identifying by terminal number, each required interconnection between the generator set, the transfer switch, and the remote annunciator panel if it is included elsewhere in these specifications. Include manufacturer's standard product warranty (for not less than five years) for replacement of materials and equipment used in standby engine -driven generator system. 4.2 Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions, including lubrication procedures, motor and drive replacement, and spare parts lists. Include this data in maintenance manuals. PART 5 - PRODUCTS 5.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 5.1.1 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standby generator systems of one of the following (for each type of electric generator unit) Onan/Cummins, Kohler or Caterpillar. 5.2 EQUIPMENT: 5.2.1 The natural gas driven generator set(s) shall be rated continuous standby (defined as continuous for the duration of any power outage) 277/480 Volts, 3 phase 4 wire, 0.8 PF, 760 KW 950 KVA, at 3300 feet altitude, 122 degrees F. 5.3 ENGINE: 5.3.1 The engine shall deliver a minimum of 173 HP at a governed speed of 1800 RPM. The engine shall be equipped with the following: 5.3.1.1 Isochronous governor capable of +/- 0.25% steady-state frequency regulation. 5.3.1.2 24-Volt positive engagement solenoid shift -starting motor. 5.3.1.3 37-Ampere minimum automatic battery charging alternator with solid-state voltage regulation. 5.3.1.4 Positive displacement, full pressure lubrication oil pump, cartridge oil filters, dipstick, and oil drain. 5.3.1.5 Dry -type replaceable air cleaner elements for (normal/heavy) duty application. 5.3.1.6 Engines requiring glow plugs will not be acceptable. 5.4 GENERATOR: 5.4.1 The alternator shall be salient -pole, brushless, 12-lead reconnectable, 2/3 pitch, self -ventilated of drip - proof construction with amortisseur rotor windings and skewed stator for smooth voltage waveform. The insulation shall meet the NEMA Standard (MG1-22.40 and 1 6.40) for Class H and be insulated EMERGENCY GENERATOR 262300-2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 with epoxy varnish to be fungus resistant per MIL 1-24092. Temperature rise of the rotor and stator shall be limited to 125°C 5.4.1.1 The excitation system shall be of brushless construction controlled by a solid-state voltage regulator capable of maintaining voltage within +/- 2% at any constant load form 0% to 100% of rating. The regulator must be isolated to prevent tracking when connected to SCR loads, and provide individual adjustments for voltage range, stability and volts -per -hertz operation; and be protected from the environment by conformal coating. 5.4.1.2 Upon one step application of any load up to 100% of the rated load at 0.8 power factor, the voltage dip shall not exceed 20% and shall recover to +/- 2% of rated voltage within one second 5.4.1.3 The generator shall be capable of sustaining at least 300% of rated current for at least 10 seconds under a three-phase symmetrical short by inherent design. 5.4.1.4 A resettable line current sensing circuit breaker with inverse time versus current response shall be furnished which protects the generator from damage due to its own high current capability,. This breaker shall not trip within the 10 seconds specified above to allow selective tripping of down -stream fuses or circuit breakers under a fault condition. This breaker shall not automatically reset preventing restoration of voltage if maintenance is being performed. Field current sensing breaker will not be acceptable. 5.4.1.5 The generator, having a single maintenance -free bearing, shall be directly connected to the flywheel housing with a semi -flexible coupling between the rotor and the flywheel. 5.5 CONTROLLER: 5.5.1 The NEMA 1 enclosed control panel shall be mounted on the generator set with vibration isolators. The control shall be vibration isolated and prototype tested to verify the durability of all components in the system under the vibration conditions encountered. The generator set mounted control shall include the following features and functions: 5.5.2 Three position control switch labeled RUN/OFF/AUTO. In the RUN position the generator set shall automatically start, and accelerate to rated speed and voltage In the OFF position the generator set shall immediately stop bypassing all time delays. In the AUTO position the generator set shall be ready to accept a signal from a remote device to start and accelerate to rated speed and voltage. 5.5.3 RESET switch: The RESET switch shall be used to clear a fault and allow restarting the generator set after it has shut down for any fault condition. 5.5.4 PANEL LAMP switch: Depressing the panel lamp switch shall cause the entire panel to be lighted with DC control power. 5.5.5 Generator set AC output metering: The generator set shall be provided with a metering set with the following features and function: 5.5.5.1 Analog AC Voltmerer, dual range 90 degree scale 2% accuracy; Analog AC Ammeter dual range, 90 degree scale, 2% accuracy; Analog Frequency/RPM meter, 45 65 Hz, 1350-1950 RPM, 90 degree scale, +/- 0 6 Hz accuracy. 5.5.5.2 Seven position phase selector switch with OFF position to allow meter display of current and voltage in each generator phase. When supplied with reconnectable generators, the meter panel shall be reconnectable for the voltage specified. 5.5.5.3 Generator Set Alarm and Status Display: The generator set shall be provided with alarm and status indicating lamps to indicate non -automatic generator status, and existing alarm and shutdown EMERGENCY GENERATOR 262300-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 conditions. The lamp condition shall be clearly apparent under bright room lighting conditions. The generator set control shall indicate the existence of the following alarm and shutdown conditions on the display panel: Switch off (flashing) Low oil pressure (alarm) Low oil pressure (shutdown) Low coolant temperature (alarm) High coolant temperature (alarm) High coolant temperature (shutdown) Low coolant level (shutdown) Overcrank (shutdown) Overspeed (shutdown) Ground fault (alarm) (optional -when required by code or specified) 5.5.6 In addition, provisions shall be made for indication of two customer -specified alarm or shutdown conditions. The non -automatic indicating lamp shall be red, and shall flash to indicate that the generator set is not able to automatically respond to a command to start from a remote location 5.5.7 Engine Status Monitoring: The following devices shall be provided on the generator set control: Engine oil pressure gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge Engine operation hour gauge Battery voltage (DC volts) 5.5.8 Control Functions: The control system provided shall include a cycle cranking system, which shall be for 3 cranking periods of 15 seconds each, with 15 second rest period between cranking periods. Fail to start shall be indicated by operation of the overcrank alarm indication lamp. 5.5.9 Alternator Control Functions: The generator set shall include an automatic voltage regulation system which is matched and prototype tested with the governing system provided. It shall be immune from misoperation due to load -induced voltage waveform distortion and provide a pulse width modulated output to the alternator exciter. The system shall include a torque -matching characteristic, which shall reduce output voltage in proportion to frequency below a threshold of 58-59 Hz for 60 Hz machines, and 48 49 Hz for 50 Hz machines. 5.5.10 Voltage adjusting rheostat, locking screwdriver type, to adjust voltage +/- 5% from rated value. 5.5.11 Provide dry contacts on controller for connection to building automation system controls via BACNET as required. BAS system shall notify for all alarming conditions. 5.6 FACTORY INSTALLED ACCESSORIES: Provide the following factory installed accessories: 5.6.1 Block heater, one 1500-Watt 208 volt AC. Thermostatically controlled and sized to maintain engine coolant at proper temperature to meet the requirements of NFPA-110 Regulation. 5.6.2 Overvoltage protections will shutdown the unit after one second of 15% or more overvoltage. Note: Sensitive equipment may suffer damage in less than one second of an overvoltage condition. On-line equipment requiring faster shutdown should have its own overvoltage protection. 5.6.3 Provide integral, molded case circuit breakers for distribution as required. See riser for sizing EMERGENCY GENERATOR 262300-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 5.7 ACCESSORIES: Provide the following accessories: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 5.7.1 Battery rack, battery cables, 12-Volt lead - antimony battery(ies) capable of delivering the manufacturer's recommended minimum cold -ranking Amps required at 0 Degrees F. per SAE Standard 7-537, shall be supplied. 5.7.2 10 Ampered automatic float and equalize battery charger with +/-1 % constant voltage regulation from n o load to full load over +/- 10% AC input line variation, current limited during engine cranking and short circuit conditions, temperature compensated for ambient from -40 degrees C to + 60 degrees C., 5% accurate voltmeter and ammeter, fused, reverse polarity and transient protected. Alarm circuit shall be included to meet the requirements of NFPA 110 for low battery voltage, high battery voltage and battery charger malfunction. 5.7.3 Gas -proof, seamless, stainless steel, flexible exhaust bellows with threaded NPT connections. The e ngine exhaust silencer shall be coated to be temperature and rust resistance with integral condensate drain, rated for critical application. Exhaust noise shall be limited to 85 dBA as measured at 10 feet in a free -field environment. 5.7.4 One (1) remote annunciator shall monitor all controller functions plus line power and generator power monitoring. An integral lamp test and horn silencer switch shall be included, as required to meet NFPA 110. Provide complete installation as required. 5.7.5 Anchor Bolts: Galvanized steel, of types and sizes indicated. 5.7.6 Furnish anchor bolts to concrete formwork Installer with installation drawings and instructions. 5.7.7 Outdoor Weather - Protective Housing: Generator set housing shall be provided factory -assembled to generator set base and radiator cowling. Housing shall provide ample airflow for generator set o peration at rated load in the ambient conditions previously specified. The housing shall have hinged side access doors and rear control door. All doors shall be lockable. All sheet metal shall be primed for corrosion protection and finish painted with the manufacturer's standard color using a two step e lectrocoating paint process or equal. All surfaces of all metal parts shall be primed and painted. Painting of hoses, clamps, wiring harnesses, and other non-metallic service parts shall not be acceptable. Fasteners used shall be corrosion resistant, and designed to minimize marring of the painted surface when removed for normal installation or service work. 5.8 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES: 5.8.1 It is the intent of this specification to secure an automatic transfer switch that has been prototype tested, factory built, productions tested, site tested, together with all accessories necessary or a complete installation as shown on the plans and drawing and specified herein. All equipment shall be n ew, of current production by a national firm. The automatic transfer switch shall conform to the requirements of NEMA Standards ICS 2-447 and Underwriter's Laboratories UL-1008 and shall be UL listed as follows: 5.8.1.1 For use in emergency systems in accordance with Articles 517 and 700 of the National Electric Code. 5.8.1.2 Rated in Ampered for total system transfer including control of motors, electric -discharge lamps, e lectric -heating and tungsten -filament lamp load. Switches rated above 400 Amperes shall be suitable for 30% or 400 Amperes tungsten -filament lamp load, whichever is higher. 5.8.1.3 Testing: Certified laboratory test data on a switch of the same design and rating shall be provided to confirm the following switching abilities: 5.8.1.3.1 Overload and endurance per Tables 21.2 and 23.2 of UL-1008 when enclosed according to Paragraph 1.6. EMERGENCY GENERATOR 262300-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 5.8.1.3.2 Temperature rise tests after the overload and endurance tests to confirm the ability of the transfer switches to carry their rated current within the allowable temperature limits of the insulation in contact with current carrying parts. 5.8.1.3.3 No welding of contacts. Transfer switch must be operable to alternate source after the withstand current tests 5.8.1.3.4 Dielectric tests at 1960 Volts, rms, minimum after the withstand current test. 5.8.1.4 All production units should be subjected to the following factory tests: 5.8.1.4.1 The complete automatic transfer switch shall be tested to ensure proper operation of the individual components and correct overall sequence of operation and to ensure that the operating transfer time, voltage, frequency and time delay settings are in compliance with the specification requirements. 5.8.1.4.2 The complete automatic transfer switch shall be subjected to a dielectric strength test per NEMA Standard ICS 1-109.05. 5.8.1.5 The control panel shall meet or exceed the voltage surge withstand capability in accordance with IEEE Standard 472-1974 (ANSI C37.90a) and the impulse withstand voltage test in accordance with NEMA Standard ICS 1-109. 5.8.1.6 The automatic transfer switch shall be rated to withstand the rms symmetrical short circuit current available at the automatic transfer switch terminals, with the type of over current protection voltage and X-R ratio. 5.8.1.7 The automatic transfer switch shall consist of a power transfer module and a control module, interconnected to provide complete automatic operation. The automatic transfer switch shall be mechanically held and electrically operated by a single -solenoid mechanism energized from the source to which the load is to be transferred. The switch shall be rated for continuous duty and be inherently double throw. The switch shall be mechanically interlocked to ensure only one of two possible positions - normal or emergency. The automatic transfer switch shall be suitable for use with emergency sources such as engine or turbine generator source or another utility source. 5.8.1.8 The control module shall be supplied with a protective cover and be mounted separately from the transfer switch for ease of maintenance. Sensing and control logic shall be solid state and mounted on plug-in printed circuit boards Printed circuit boards shall be keyed to prevent incorrect installation Interfacing relays shall be industrial control grade, plug-in type with dust covers and locking clips The following shall also be provided for the control module. 5.8.1.8.1 For single phase switches, the normal source voltage across live lines shall be monitored, and for three phase switches all phases of the normal shall be monitored line -to -line. Close differential voltage sensing shall be provided on all phases. The pickup voltage shall be adjustable from 72% to 100% of nominal and the dropout voltage shall be adjustable from 72% to 98% of the pickup value. The transfer to emergency will be initiated upon reduction of normal source to 85% of nominal voltage and retransfer to normal shall occur when normal source restores to 95% of nominal. 5.8.1.8.2 Neutral conductor terminal lugs as required for the system. 5.8.1.8.3 All movable parts of the operating mechanism shall remain in positive mechanical contact with the main contacts during the transfer operation without the use of separate mechanical interlocks. Automatic operation of the switch shall not required power from any source other than the line -to - line voltage of the source to which the switch is transferring. EMERGENCY GENERATOR 262300-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 5.8.1.9 Switch Ratings: 5.8.1.9.1 Refer to drawings for sizes. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 5.8.1.10Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide automatic transfer switches of one of the following: Onan/Cummins Automatic Switch Company Russelectric, Inc. 5.8.1.11 Each automatic transfer switch shall include the following standard accessories. 5.8.1.11.1 (TDNE) Time delay on transfer from Normal to Emergency (adjustable 0 to 60 seconds). 5.8.1.11.2 (TDES) Time delay on Engine Starting (factory set at 3 seconds). 5.8.1.11.3 (TDEN) Time delay on transfer from Emergency to Normal adjustable 0-30 minutes). 5.8.1.11.4 (TDEC) Time delay on engine cool -off. 5.8.1.11.5 Four position selector switch with white light. Permits four modes of switch operation -- TEST, AUTO, OFF, and ENGINE START. 5.8.1.11.6 Frequency/voltage relay for emergency source. 5.8.1.11.7 Disconnect plug on wiring harness to disconnect switch control logic. 5.8.1.11.8 Main shaft auxiliary contact rated 10 ampere at 480V (one closed on normal and one closed on emergency). 5.8.1.11.9 Green lamp to indicate switch in normal position and normal power is supplying loads. 5.8.1.11.10 Red lamp to indicate switch in emergency position and emergency power is supplying loads. 5.8.1.11.11 Provide switches with programmed transition. Switch shall be capable of manual transfer under full load. 5.8.1.11.12 Load shedding contacts (2 NO and NC) that operates from an adjustable 0.6 - 60 seconds prior to transfer in either direction and resets 6 - 90 seconds after transfer 5.8.1.11.13 Automatic exerciser. 5.8.1.11.14 The automatic transfer switch shall be rated for service entrance. 5.9 RACEWAYS 5.9.1 General: Provide raceways complying with Division-16 Basic Materials and Methods section "Raceways," in accordance with the following listing: UL Type THW or THHN, copper conductor. EMERGENCY GENERATOR 262300-7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 5.10 ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS: 5.10.1 General. Provide electrical boxes and fittings complying with Division-16 Basic Materials and Methods section "Electrical Boxes and Fittings " in accordance with the following listing: Junction and Pull Boxes Conduit Bodies PART 6 - EXECUTION 6.1 INSTALLATION OF ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS: 6.1.1 Install standby engine generator sets as indicated, in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's written instructions, and with recognized industry practices, to ensure that engine generator sets fulfill requirements. Comply with NFPA and NEMA standards pertaining to installation of standby engine generator systems and accessories. 6.1.2 Coordinate with other work, piping and accessories, as necessary to interface installation of standby generator system work with other work. 6.1.3 Install units on vibration isolators in accordance with Division-15 section; comply with manufacturer's indicated installation method if any. 6.1.4 Connect gas piping to standby generator equipment as indicated, and comply with manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. 6.1.5 Align shafts of engine and generator within tolerances recommended by equipment manufacturer. 6.2 GROUNDING: 6.2.1 Provide equipment grounding connections, sufficiently tight to assure a permanent and effective ground, for system components as indicated. 6.3 TESTING: 6.3.1 Manufacturer shall provide a factory trained service engineer to supervise entire testing procedure. 6.3.2 Upon completion of installation of engine generator system and after building circuitry has been energized with normal power source, test engine generator to demonstrate standby capability and compliance with requirements. Where possible, field correct malfunctioning units, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace defective components and proceed with retesting. 6.3.3 Run generator under full load for a minimum of 6 hours and record results. Generator shall be capable of delivering full capacity while operating in an ambient temp. of 122 degrees F. Factory test data showing run -test loads is not acceptable. Resistive load tank shall be furnished and connected to the generator to achieve a full load per generator capacity. Generator shall be capable of delivering full capacity while operating in an ambient temperature of 122 degrees F. Factory test data showing run -test loads is not acceptable. 6.3.4 Record Fuel consumption, coolant temperature, lube oil pressure, output voltage (each phase), output current (each phase), room temperature at 2 hour intervals. 6.3.5 Verify motor starting ability by use of largest connected motor and the load bank. EMERGENCY GENERATOR 262300-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 6.3.6 Upon completion of the generator load test, the emergency light and power system shall be operated on generator power under actual load conditions connected within the facility. Test shall be run for a minimum of two (2) hours. 6.3.7 The complete automatic transfer switch shall be tested as to ensure proper operation of the individual components and correct overall sequence of operation and to ensure that the operating transfer time voltage, frequency and time delay settings are in compliance with the specification requirements. 6.4 TRAINING OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL: 6.4.1 Provide services of manufacturer s technical representative for 4 hours to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of the engine generator system. 6.4.2 Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7-day notice to Contractor and Engineer of training date. Obtain receipt that training has been accomplished. 6.5 5-YEAR COMPREHENSIVE WARRANTY: 6.5.1 For standby power applications only, the complete electrical power system (generator set, controls and associated switches switchgear and accessories), as provided by the single -source manufacturer, shall be warranted by said manufacturer against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of five years or 1500 hours, whichever occurs first from the date of system start-up. Said coverage shall include parts, labor, travel expenses, and labor to remove/reinstall said equipment, per the manufacturers standard published limited warranty. There shall be no deductibles applied to said warranty. END OF SECTION EMERGENCY GENERATOR 262300-9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 24 00 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT PART 1 - MAIN SWITCHBOARD - CIRCUIT BREAKER 1.1 Switchboard shall be dead front, totally enclosed, free standing, as required or herein specified, housing the equipment as indicated The switchboard shall meet Underwriters' Laboratories enclosure requirements, and be furnished with an Underwriters' Laboratories label as service equipment. The entire switchboard is to be Square D I -Line or equivalent construction, G.E., I.T.E./Siemens, Eaton or approved equivalent. Where switchboards are floor -mounted, provide concrete housekeeping pad 4" high, with #4 rebar on 6" X 6" centers, per A.C.I. standards. Chamfer edges of pad 1/2". Dowel into existing slabs. 1.2 The switchboard shall be dead front with front accessibility. The switchboard framework shall consist of steel channels bolted to the frame to rigidly support the entire shipping section for moving on rollers and floor mounting. The framework is to be formed of code gauge steel, rigidly welded together to support all cover plate bussing and component devices. All unused positions shall have closures. Furnish all sections with lifting eyes. 1.3 Each switchboard section shall have an open bottom and a top plate for installation and termination of conduit. Top and bottom conduit areas are to be clearly shown and dimensioned on the shop drawings. The wireway front covers shall be secured by screws on one side and hinged on opposite side, to permit access to the load side terminals of the over -current devices. The paint finish shall be medium light gray, per ANSI #49, applied by the electro-deposition process over an iron phosphate pre-treatment Enclosure shall be NEMA 1 for indoor locations, NEMA-3R for outdoor locations, with drip shield on top. Provide top covers without knockouts All conduit entries to be field cut. At top conduit entries, provide weatherproof sealing lock nuts on terminator. 1.4 The switchboard bussing shall be copper and shall be of sufficient cross -sectional area to meet UL Standard 891 on temperature rise. Main and/or through busses shall be copper. The through bus shall have an ampacity in amperes as indicated on the drawings and shall be braced to have a short circuit current rating of 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes unless otherwise indicated. (Where through bus is provided, it shall have provisions for the addition of future sections on the branch or distribution side.) The through bus supports, connections and joints are to be bolted with hex head bolts and belleville washers to minimize maintenance requirements. 1.5 Neutral bussing shall be copper bussing of the same ampacity bussing and insulated from the enclosure. Ground bussing shall be sized and shall be bonded to the enclosure per N.E.0 , current edition. Service grounding electrode connection shall be made between ground and neutral busses Provide ground bushings and equipment ground conductor connection on each feeder conduit leaving switchboard and at the terminal end for each continuous metallic feeder conduit. Ground bussing to be copper. 1.6 Each switchboard, as a complete unit, shall be given a single short circuit current rating by the manufacturer. Such a rating shall be established by actual tests by the manufacturer, in accordance with UL specifications, on equipment constructed similarly to the subject switchboard. 1.7 The service disconnect device(s) shall be solid-state, electronic trip circuit breaker(s) installed totally front accessible and front connectable, rated at 100%. Line side of branch circuit breaker connections are to be jaw type plug -on. Ground fault protection shall be provided as required by N.E.C. Article 230-95, where switchboard is rated for 277/480 volts and circuit breaker frame sizes are 1000 amperes or greater, regardless of trip setting. 1.8 Distribution section(s) shall consist of the number of molded case breakers of sizes as indicated. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262400-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. Units shall be mounted in group type construction and supplied as indicated. 1.9 All circuit breakers shall have a minimum ISCA rating of 65,000 amps, A.I.C., unless otherwise noted on the One -Line Diagram. Shall be capable of being locked in open or closed position. 1.10 Provide main disconnect phase loss protection. Protection shall be a phase failure relay with adjustable time delay, capacitor trip device and shunt trip. Relay shall be able to be bypassed at any time. All devices shall be installed from factory. Provide digital meter. Meter shall be Square" D' PM620 or equal Shall have internet connection capabilities and shall have mod bus capabilities to interface with direct digital controls. Verify with controls manufacture for exact connection type and requirements. 1.11.1 Manufacturer to provide interface to TCC specified in section 25 04 00. Interface to include all hardware necessary to communicate with BACNET protocol. Provide hardware and software identifiers for the interface points, values, units, etc. Provide technical phone support to facilitate design and engineering of interface and on -site technical personnel to commission the interface with TCC CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.11.2 Serial communications shall be for monitoring purposes only. 1.11.3 Serial communication capabilities shall include, but not be limited to the following points: Hardware Points Software Points Point Name Al AO BI BO AV BV Sched Trend Alarm Show On Graphic Current Phase A x x x Current Phase B x x x Current Phase C x x x Current Neutral x x x Voltage A-B x x x Voltage B-C x x x Voltage C-A x x x Voltage A-N x x x Voltage B-N x x x Voltage C-N x x x Real Power - kW x x x Apparent Power - kVA x x x Power Factor x x x Frequency x x x Real Energy- kWh x x x Totals 0 0' 0 0 15 0 0 15 0 15 Total Hardware ( 0) Total Software (30 ) 1.12 Switchboard shall be Square "D", G.E., I.T.E./Siemens, Eaton or approved equivalent. 1.13 Switchgear shall be bolted to floor. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262400-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.14 All spaces shall be filled with spare breakers. Minimum size of 100A/3P. PART 2 - DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS (600 AMPERE OR GREATER) 2.1 Panelboard assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet at least 18" above the floor The rigidity and gauge of steel to be as specified in UL Standard 50 for cabinets. The size of wiring gutters shall be in accordance with UL Standard 67. Cabinets to be equipped with latch and tumbler -type lock on door of trim Doors over 48' long shall be equipped with three-point latch and vault lock. All locks shall be keyed alike End walls shall be removable. Fronts shall be of code gauge steel, with gray baked enamel finish electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel. 2.2 The panelboard interior assembly shall be dead front with panelboard front removed. Main lugs or main breakers shall have barriers on five sides. The barrier in front of the main lugs shall be hinged to a fixed part of the interior. The end of the bus structure opposite the mains shall have barriers Bus structure shall be copper and shall be full height of panel. 2.3 Panelboard bus structure and main lugs or main breaker shall have current ratings as shown on the panelboard schedule Such ratings shall be established by heat rise tests with maximum hot spot temperature on any connector or bus bar not to exceed 50°C. rise above ambient. Heat rise tests shall be conducted in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 67. The use of conductor dimensions will not be accepted in lieu of actual heat tests. All panelboards unless otherwise noted shall have space to accept forty-two 20 amp one pole circuit breakers. 2.4 Circuit breakers shall be equipped with individually insulated, braced and protected connectors. The front faces of all circuit breakers shall be flush with each other. Large, permanent, individual circuit numbers shall be affixed to each breaker in a uniform position. Tripped indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between "ON" and "OFF." Provisions for additional breakers shall be such that no additional connectors will be required to add breakers. All panelboards shall be capable of accepting 225 amp 3 pole branch breakers as a minimum unless otherwise noted. 2.5 Each panelboard, as a complete unit, shall have a short circuit current rating equal to or greater than the integrated equipment rating shown on schedules on the plans or as determined by verification with local utility company. This rating shall be established by testing with the overcurrent devices mounted in the panelboard. The short circuit tests on the overcurrent devices and on the panelboard structure shall be made simultaneously by connecting the fault to each overcurrent device with the panelboard connected to its rated voltage source. Method of testing shall be per Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 67. The source shall be capable of supplying the specified panelboard short circuit current or greater. Testing of panelboard overcurrent devices for short circuit rating only while individually mounted is not acceptable. Also, testing of the bus structure by applying a fixed fault to the bus structure alone is not acceptable. Panelboards shall be marked with their maximum short circuit current rating at the supply voltage and shall be UL listed. 2.6 Distribution panelboards shall be Square "D", G.E., I.T.E./Siemens, Eaton, or approved equivalent. PART 3 - BRANCH PANELBOARDS 3.1 This section covers lighting and power panelboards (refer to schedule and notes on Contract Drawings and One -Line Diagram, of the Contract Drawings). 3.2 All panelboards shall be of the circuit breaker type, and shall be of one manufacturer. 3.3 Branch panelboards shall be as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. The lighting panelboards shall be of the dead -front, quick -make, quick -break bolt -on circuit breaker type, with trip ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262400-3 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 indicating and trip free handles. All circuits shall be clearly and properly numbered and shall be provided with thermal magnetic protection. 3.4 The panelboards shall be enclosed in code gauge galvanized steel cabinets with smooth finished 3.5 Each door shall have a directory card inside, covered with a plastic shield, filled in typewritten with circuit numbers and description indicated Room numbers shall be coordinated with final room numbers as selected by Owner -- not numbers on Contract Documents. Circuit descriptions must be approved by Owner. 3.6 Panelboard trim for surface or flush panels shall be double -hinged type, to allow exposure of dead - front breaker portion behind locked door, with screw -fastened gutter trim that is hinged to allow full access to wiring gutters 3.7 Special Note: The room numbers used to fill out the panel directories shall match the actual final name and numbering scheme selected by the Owner. They shall not be filled out per the construction drawing numbering scheme, unless the Contractor is directed to do so by the Architect or Engineer. 3.8 Branch panelboards shall be surface or flush mounted as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Flush panels trims shall be tight to wall and interior barriers, with no gaps allowing access to live parts. Oversize trims will not be acceptable. 3.9 Note: Where mounted in groups, align top of trim or tub for all panels in an area. Exact mounting height of topline shall be as directed by the Engineer. 3.10 Circuit breakers shall be molded -case construction, per U.L. 489 Federal Specifications W-C- 375B/GEN MCCB, NEMA AB1. 208V circuit breakers shall be of 10,000 A.I.C. RMS symmetrical rating. 480V circuit breakers shall be 14,000 A I.C. RMS symmetrical rating unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings or required by fault current capacity. Verify with utility company. Distribution panels ("DE) shall have 42K A.I.C. or 30K A.I.C. breakers as noted. 3.11 All busses and connections thereto in branch panelboards shall be copper. All bus bars shall extend full length of panelboards. 3.12 All circuit breakers used to switch lights shall be SWD (switching duty) rated. All circuit breakers used for H.I.D. lighting shall be H.I.D. rated. All circuit breakers for HVAC loads shall be HVAC rated. 3.13 All panelboards shall have full size uninsulated ground busses, insulated full neutral busses. All "SS" panels indicated to have surge protection added outboard shall have 200% rated neutrals. 3.14 Panels shall be Square "D", G.E., Siemens, Eaton, or approved equivalent. PART 4 - INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 Panelboards with circuit breakers installed before the building has been finished and cleaned shall be masked. 4.2 All dust and debris shall be removed from the panels before they are energized and placed in service. All wires shall be properly formed no splices are permitted in gutters. On flush units, paint trim to match wall ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262400-4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 4.3 All panelboard fronts shall be omitted until final punch list inspection is made. Directories for each panelboard shall be completed and available for review by the A-E at that time. Provide description of load and location, i e , "Lighting, East Wall, Room 101.' 4.4 Panelboards of extra height shall be installed at least 18" above floor. PART 5 - SAFETY SWITCHES 5.1 Provide heavy duty safety switches as a final disconnecting means as required by NEC and as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 5.2 All safety switches shall be NEMA Type 1 or NEMA 3R and Heavy Duty Type HD and UL listed. Provide uninsulated ground bus in all switches and additional insulated neutral bus if required by circuit. 5.3 All safety switches shall have switch blades that are fully visible in the "OFF" (open) position with the door open. 5.4 All current carrying parts shall be plated by an electrolytic process to resist corrosion and to promote cooling. 5.5 Switch mechanism shall be quick -make, quick -break, load rated, such that during normal operation of the switch, the operation of the contacts shall not be capable of being restrained by the operating handle after the closing and opening action of the contacts has started. The handle and mechanism shall be an integral part of the box (not cover) with facilities for pad locking in the open or closed position with up to three padlocks. NEMA 3R switch doors shall be interlocked with switch handle so that the door can only be opened when the switch is in the ' OFF" (open) position. 5.6 Switches shall be as manufactured by Square D., G.E., Siemens, Eaton or approved equivalent. PART 6 - FUSES 6.1 Upon completion of the building, the Contractor shall provide the owner with spare fuses as shown below. All fuses shall be BUSSMANN or Little Fuse. 6.2 10% (minimum of 3) of each type and rating of installed fuses shall be supplied as spares: 6.2.1 Bussmann spare fuse cabinets - Catalog No. SFC - shall be provided to store the above spares. 6.3 uses shall be installed in the equipment until the installation is complete, including tests and inspections required prior to being energized. All fuses shall be of the same manufacturer to insure retention of selective coordination, as designed. 6.4 Circuits 601 to 6000 amperes shall be protected by current limiting BUSSMANN HI -CAP TIME DELAY FUSES KRP-C Fuses shall employ '0' rings as positive seals between the end bells and the fuse barrel. Fuses shall be a time -delay type and must hold 500% of rated current for a minimum of 5 seconds, clear 20 times rated current in 01 seconds or less and be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., with an interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes R.M.S. symmetrical. The fuses shall be UL Class L. 6.5 Circuits 0 to 600 amperes shall be protected by current limiting BUSSMANN LOW -PEAK Dual Element Fuses, LPN-RK (250 volts) or LPS-RK (600 volts). All dual element fuses shall have separate overload and short circuit elements. Fuse shall incorporate a spring activated thermal overload helament mber.hThegfuse 284°F hold'ng 500%'nt of alloy rat dand rrentshall for aindependent of 10 seconds and be clearing chamber. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262400-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. with an interrupting rating sy mmetrical. The fuses shall be UL Class RK1. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 of 200,000 amperes r.m s. 6.6 Motor Circuits - All individual motor circuits rated 480 amperes or less shall be protected by BUSSMANN LOW PEAK DUAL -ELEMENT FUSES LPN-RK (250 volts) or LPS-RK (600 volts) The fuses for 1 15 service factor motors shall be installed in rating approximately 125% of motor full load current except where high ambient temperatures prevail, or where the motor drives a heavy revolving part which cannot be brought up to full speed quickly, such as large fans. Under such conditions the fuse should be 150% to 200% of the Type KRP-C HI -CAP Time Delay Fuses of the rating shown on the drawings. 1 0 service factor motors shall be protected by BUSSMANN LOW -PEAK Dual -Element Fuses LPN RK (250 volts) or LPS-RK (600 volts) installed in rating approximately 115% of the motor full load current except as noted above. The fuses shall be UL Class RK1 or L. 6.7 Circuit breaker panels shall be protected by BUSSMANN LOW -PEAK Dual Element fuses LPN-R (250 volts) or LPS-RK (600 volts) as shown on the drawings. The fuses shall be UL Class RK1 PART 7 - CONTACTORS 7.1 General: Contactors shall be continuously rated at the specified amperes per pole for all types of ballast and tungsten lighting, resistance and motor load. Contactors shall have totally enclosed, double -break silver -cadmium -oxide power contacts. Auxiliary arcing contacts will not be acceptable Contact inspection and replacement shall be possible without disturbing line or load wiring. Contactors shall have straight -through wiring with all terminals clearly marked. Contactors shall have a gasketed NEMA Type 1 (NEMA 12 for electrically -held) enclosure, unless otherwise noted or required K 7.2 Contactors shall be approved per UL 508 and/or CSA, and be designed in accordance with NEMA Standards. They shall be industrial -duty rated for applications to 600 volts maximum. I.E.C.-style contactors are not acceptable. 7.3 Contactors shall have provisions for factory or field addition of: 7.3.1 Four N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts rated 6 amperes continuous at 600 volts. 7.3.2 Single or double circuit, N.O. or N.C., 30 or 60 ampere 600 volt power -pole adder. 7.3.3 Control -circuit fuse holder, one or two fuses. 7.3.4 0.2-60 second adjustable interval timer attachment, if so indicated on plans. 7.3.5 Transient -suppression module for coil control circuit. Coil control to be 120 volts. Provide circuit or step-down transformer. 7.4 Electrically Held Lighting Contactors: Contactor coils shall be continuously rated and encapsulated, 120 volt rated. Enclosures shall be NEMA 12, to minimize noise transmission. 7.5 Mechanically Held Lighting Contactors: Coil -clearing contacts shall be supplied so that the contactor coils shall be energized only during the instance of operation. Both latch and unlatch coils shall be encapsulated. Coils shall be rated for 120 volt operation. 7.6 Lighting contactors shall be mechanically held, ASCO 917 or equivalent by G.E., I.T.E./Siemens, or Allen-Bradley. PART 8 - HIGH EFFICIENCY DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMERS ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262400-6 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 d by wer Quality 8.1 The Ca oswersmithsall de K13 , Acme rated approved equal. transformers KVA ratings shalel beas indicated on the International nall P electrical plans. 8.2 Three phase transformers are to have 480 volt Delta primary and 120/208V/30/4W secondary. 30 KVA transformers and larger are to be supplied with 2-2'/2% full capacity taps above and 4 2'/2% full capacity taps below primary voltage Exceptions to the above will be shown on the electrical plans. 8.3 Copper -wound, 3-phase, common core, ventilated, dry -type isolation transformer built to NEMA ST20 with lower noise levels as listed in 8.18 and relevant NEMA, UL and IEEE standard; 60 Hz rated, Polyester & Varnish Systems. 220 degree C class; Epoxy yester impregnation, p gnation, Transformers 750 kVA and less, 600 volt primary and less shall be U.L. and CSA listed and bear the label. All terminals, including those for changing taps, must be readily accessible by removing a front coverplate. Windings shall be continuous copper wire with terminations brazed or welded. 10kV BIL. 8.4 Operating Temperature Rise shall be 130 degree C in a 40 degree C maximum ambient. 8.5 Noise levels per NEMA ST-20, demonstrate compliance by providing factory production test report for each unit on this project upon shipment. 8.6 Impedance shall be between 3.5% and 5.8% unless otherwise noted. 8.7 Zero sequence impedance/reactance; Less than 0.95% and 0.3% respectively ONLY where indicated as HMT on one line riser diagram. 8.8 Exceed NEMA TP-1 Efficiency Requirements per NEMA TP-2 test and must meet CSL3 requirements. 8.9 Efficiency under nonlinear load per defined test program with K13 load profile: KVA Size Maximum No. Load Losses Efficiency at 35% Load 15 60 Watt 97.3 30 100 Watt 97.6 45 130 Watt 97.9 75 180 Watt 98.2 Watt 98.4 265 112.5 150 340 Watt 98.598 5 225 460 Watt 300 565 Watt 98.7 500 860 Watt 98.8 750 1200 Watt 98.9 8.10 Transformer coils shall be vacuum impregnated with non -hygroscopic, thermosetting varnish. Each layer shall have end fillers or tie downs to provide maximum mechanical strength. No splicing acceptable. Materials incorporated must have at least a minimum of one year of proven field usage accelerated laboratory tests not acceptable in lieu of this field usage. Insulation systems shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories. 8.11 Transformer coils shall have a final wrap of electrical insulating material designed to prevent injury to the magnet wire. Transformers having coils with magnet wire visible will not be acceptable. 8.12 AU cores to be manufactured from a high grade, non -aging, silicon steel with high magnetic permeabilities, low hysteresis and eddy current losses Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below saturation to allow for a minimum of 10% over voltage excitation. The cores shall be clamped with structural angles (formed angles not acceptable) and bolted to the enclosure to prevent damage during shipment or rough handling. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262400-7 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 8.13 The core and coil unit shall be completely isolated from the enclosure by means of a vibration isolating system and shall be so designed as to provide for continual securement of the core and coil unit to the enclosure. Sound isolating systems requiring the removal of all tie down facilities will not be acceptable. 8.14 Transformers 15 KVA thru 75 KVA shall be provided with interchangeable mounting for floor or wall. 8.15 The maximum top of case temperature shall not exceed 35°C above ambient. 8.16 The entire transformer enclosure shall be degreased, cleaned, phosphatized, primed and finished with baked enamel. Air dry finishes will not be accepted as being equivalent. 8.17 The core and coils shall be visibly grounded to the frame of the transformer cubicle by means of a flexible grounding strap of adequate size. 8.18 Sound levels shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer and substantiated by certified tests on each unit furnished. The sound levels are not to exceed the following values 10 to 45 KVA 42 D.B. to 150 KVA; 45 D.B., 225 to 300 KVA; 50 D.B. and 500 KVA, 54 D.B. 8.19 Provide units with 25 year pro -rated warranty. PART 9 - PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 9.1 Refer to the drawings. END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262400-8 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 This section of the specifications covers all wiring devices and cover plates, standard, weatherproof and dust -tight 1.2 Wiring devices, listed by manufacturer and catalogue numbers are to establish the quality and type required. Equivalent devices of other manufacturers will be acceptable with prior approval of the Engineer. Submit cutsheets and/or samples of each type ten days prior to bid date for review and written approval to bid. Insofar as possible, standard application or special application devices shall be by one manufacturer. PART 2 - MATERIALS TYPE RECEPTACLE - DUPLEX SPECIFICATION GRADE RECEPTACLE - COMPUTER RECEPTACLE - DUPLEX G.F I. RECEPTACLE — SINGLE RECEPTACLE — SINGLE WITH CLOCK HANGER TAB, STAINLESS STEEL PLATE RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX ISOLATED GROUND (WITH ORANGE LEGEND PLATE) RATING 125V, 20A 125V, 20A 125V, 20A 125V, 20A 125V, 15A 125V, 20A RECEPTACLE, SINGLE 250V, 30A TWISTLOCK CONFIGURATION NEMA 5-20R NEMA 5-20R NEMA 5-20R NEMA 5-20R NEMA 5-15R NEMA 5-20R NEMA 126-30R COLOR WHITE BLUE WHITE WHITE METAL ORANGE BLACK WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES 262726-1 VENDOR - CAT. # HUBBELL 5362, GE 5362 LEVITON 5362 Arrow -Hart AH5362 HUBBELL 5352, GE 5362 LEVITON 5362 Arrow -Hart 5352BL HUBBELL GF-5352 GE GF-5362 LEVITON 6898 Arrow -Hart VGF20 HUBBELL 5361 Arrow -Hart 5361 HUBBELL 5235 LEVITON 658-BR ARROW —HART 5760 HUBBELL IG-5352 GE 5362-IG LEVITON 5362-IG Arrow -Hart IG5362 Plate # PJ8IG HUBBELL 2610A Arrow -Hart CWL53OR ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. RECEPTACLE, SINGLE RECEPTACLE, SINGLE SWITCH, SINGLE POLE SWITCH, THREE-WAY SWITCH, FOUR-WAY SWITCH, KEYED SWITCH, KEYED SWITCH, KEYED NOTE: 250V, 20A 250V, 50A 120/277V, 20A 120/277V, 20A 120/277V, 20A 120/277V, 20A 120/277V, 20A 120/277V, 20A CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS NEMA 10- NEMA 6-5 SPST 3-WAY 4-WAY SPST 3-WAY 4-WAY SWITCH, KEYED TO EACH BE FURNISHED WITH ONE OWNER AT CLOSE OF PROJECT AND OBTAIN RECEIP BEEN DELIVERED. Project No. ?OR BLACK HUBBELL GE LEVITON Arrow 4124 -Hart 6810 5032 805 1506 IR BLACK HUBBELL GE LEVITON Arrow 4141 -Hart 9367 5374 1254 WHITE HUBBELL GE LEVITON Arrow AH1221 5951 -Hart 1221 1221 WHITE HUBBELL GE LEVITON Arrow AH1223 5953 -Hart 1223 5953 WHITE HUBBELL GE LEVITON Arrow AH1224 5954 -Hart 5954 1224 N/A HUBBELL GE LEVITON Arrow AH 1221 5951-L -Hart L 1221-L 1221-L N/A HUBBELL GE LEVITON Arrow AH1223L 5953-L -Hart 1223-L 1223-L N/A HUBBELL GE LEVITON Arrow AH 124L 5954-L -Hart 1224-L 1224-L iUBBELL I' FOR VERIFICATION #1209 KEY. OVER KEYS HAVE TO TURN THAT WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES 262726-2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. SWITCH, MOMENTARY, 3- POSITION, CENTEROFF SWITCH TIMER SWITCH 120/277V, 20A (VERIFY VOLTAGE USED) 120V SPDT SPST, 60 MINUTE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 HUBBELL 1556 Arrow -Hart 1895 GRY GE EQUIVALENT NUTONE VS63 GE EQUIVALENT LEVITON EQUIVALENT NOTES: 1. 2. PROVIDE MATCHING CAP (PLUG) FOR ALL RECEPTACLES 30 AMP RATED AND ABOVE AS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE BACK OR SIDE -WIRED, CLAMPING TYPE SEE ARTICLE 3, COLOR. 2.2 For small motor loads of 3/4 HP or less, single phase, 120 or 277 volts, provide snap -type, H.P. rated motor starter switch without thermal overloads. Hubbell 3031 IA or equivalent Square D or G.E Provide lockout -type trim plate for each device. Provide with NEMA 1, NEMA 3R or other enclosure suitable for the location and atmosphere. All manual starters in finished areas shall be in flush - mounted enclosures. If the motor to be controlled is not equipped with internal thermal overload protection, overload heaters sized to match the motor nameplate amperes and the ambient temperature shall be provided. All such disconnects shall be mounted next to the motor above ceilings or exposed in mechanical spaces, located in readily accessible areas. PART 3 - COLOR 3.1 Color of devices shall be white, except for outlets shown as ' E" for emergency power, which shall be RED. Samples (devices, plates or both) may be required to be submitted with other architectural color items by the Contractor The Contractor shall coordinate any such submission required with other trades, the Prime Contractor or as needed. PART 4 - MANUAL DIMMERS 4.1 Manual dimmers for incandescent, MR -lamp incandescent or fluorescent loads shall be matched to the type load intended to be controlled. 4.2 Power fhe notll be verified by examining c circuit load. Furnish dimmersh line nans and suitable for ominal he load, than 125%nom nal power rangesof600W, 1000W and 1500 watts 4.3 Manual dimmers shall be provided with all solid state components, complete with other R.F.I. suppression devices. 4.4 Manual dimmers shall be suitable for mounting in single gang outlet box, ganging section boxes where indicated without derating being necessary. 4.5 Manual dimmers shall be of the sliding -type, with detent stop at off position, full range control 0-100%. Lutron Company' Nova" Series or equivalent Lithonia Lightolier. Provide with grey trim. WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES 262726-3 choke coil and/or together in multi- ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 4.6 Manual dimmers for fluorescent lighting shall be matched manufacturer's electronic ballast used i di to suit the characteristics of the particular n mming - type fixture. PART 5 - PLATES AND COVERS 5.1 Unless otherwise specified or noted, all wiring device plates and covers shall be 304 stainless steel, Hubbell or equivalent G.E. or Leviton. Color shall be satin, brushed. Provide engraved black -filled legends for "copier", "for computer only" and "laminator" outlets. 5.2 AU kitchen or food service area plates shall be 304 stainless steel, with foam gasket behind to help prevent water infiltration. 5.3 Cover plates shall be of one manufacture insofar as possible. 5.4 Weatherproof plates for G.F.C.I. receptacles shall be cast aluminum, self -closing, gasketed, suitable for standard box mounting, U.L. listed for wet location use, cover closed horizontal mounting — Intermatic #WPIOIOMC (die-cast zinc) or equivalent Tay -Mac or Ideal. 5.5 Weatherproof switch plates for toggle -handle switches shall be cast aluminum, sealed, for standard outlet boxes, with thru - the cover toggle operation Hubbell equivalent G.E., or Leviton. 5.6 Cover plates for telephone wall outlets shall be as required to meet telephone supplier's requirements. Color to match other plates on project. Furnish with wall -mounting studs if mounted at 48" or higher. Refer to Section 27 06 10 for further requirements. 5.7 Cover plates for data/voice outlets with multiple cable feeds shall be multi -gang, thermoplastic, modular for snap -in terminators as specified elsewhere in the contract documents. PART 6 - INSTALLATION 6.1 All wiring devices in dusty areas exposed to weather and moisture shall be installed in Type "FS" conduit fittings having mounting hubs, with appropriate cover plates. 6.2 Devices that have been installed before painting shall be masked. No plates or covers shall be installed until all finishing and cleaning has been completed. Any device showing paint or dirt shall be replaced. 6.3 Provide G.F.C.I. duplex feed-thru style receptacles where indicated or required by the National Electrical Code, whether specifically called out or not. When a G.F.C.I receptacle is on a circuit with other non-G.F.C.I. receptacles, it shall always be placed at the homerun point of the circuit and shall be wired to ground -fault interrupt protect the downstream outlets on that circuit unless specifically indicated to the contrary. Provide a "G.F.C.I. protected" label on each downstream outlet. 6.4 Where surge suppression outlets are provided, they shall be ANSI Category "A" style. They shall be installed as dedicated circuit outlets or where with multiple outlets on a circuit, they shall be placed at the homerun point of that circuit and feed-thru wired to protect the downstream outlets on that circuit 6.5 AU receptacles shall be installed with ground prong at top position. 6.6 All outlet boxes, in final positions shall be properly fitted, tight to wall, per N E.C. No jumbo plates shall be used. AU receptacles/grounds shall be "pig -tail" bonded to the outlet box (except for isolated grounds). END OF SECTION WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES 262726-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 43 13 SURGE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 This section describes the materials and installation requirements for Surge Protective Devices (SPDs), formerly TVSS, for the protection of AC electrical circuits. 1.2 Each Contractor's attention is directed to General Provisions -Electrical and all other contract documents as they may apply to their work. PART 2 - SCOPE OF THE WORK 2.1 The Contractor shall provide the necessary labor, materials, wiring and services necessary to provide the complete electrical surge protection systems as specified herein. This work shall include, but is not necessarily limited to: 2.2 Provision of Surge Suppression Units at certain points in the power distribution network and on telephone and television service lines. 2.3 Proper installation of surge suppression unit(s), in accord with shop drawings. Wiring routing, grounding and all connections shall be in exact accord with manufacturer's recommendations. PART 3 - QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.1 STANDARDS — Most Recent Edition of 1. Underwriters Laboratories: UL1449, 3RD Edition 2. ANSI/IEEE 062.41.1-2002, C62.41.2-2002, C62.45-2002 3. National Electrical Code: Article 285 3.2 Manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in production of surge protection equipment of types, sizes and ratings required, whose products have been satisfactorily used in similar service for not less than three years. 3.3 LISTING REQUIRMENTS: Comply with NEC and NFPA requirements, as applicable to materials and 'nstallation of surge protection components and wiring. Surge protection equipment shall be UL listed and labeled for its intended use. ' Manufactured in accordance with" is not equivalent to UL listing and does not meet the intent of this specification. Where applicable, equipment shall comply with ANSI standards for such equipment. All equipment shall be tested per IEEE testing standards listed in this section. 3.4 SPECIAL NOTE: The physical routing, length, and connections of the units phase, neutral and ground conductors are critical to the performance of surge suppression units. All wiring shall be installed by the manufacturer prior to shipping equipment and shall not exceed three feet of length. PART 4 - SUBMITTALS 4.1 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on surge protection systems and components as part of shop drawing submissions. Indicate all capacity ratings, clamp times, maximum capacities, physical construction and listing agency approvals. Submittals shall include UL 1449, 3 d Edition Listing documentation verifying: SURGE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 264313-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR). 2. Voltage Protection Ratings (VPRs) for all modes. 3. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage rating (MCOV). The MCOV shall be a tested value per UL1449 3rd Edition, section 37 7 3. MCOV values bases solely on the components used in the construction of the SPD will not be accepted. 4. I -nominal rating (I-n). 5. Type 1 or Type 2 Device Listing. 6. Manufacturer shall provide written test report showing the SPD can survive a single surge at its rated value without the use of circuit breakers or fuses. Single surge ratings based on the sum of components used in the construction of the SPD will not be acceptable. 7. kA rating per phase. 8. kA rating per mode. 4.2 Submittals shall also include the following: 1 Line drawings detailing dimensions and weight of enclosure. 2 Listing and rating of all modes of protection in each type of SPD required. 3. Breaker sizes used for SPD service disconnects. 4. Wiring diagram showing all manufacturer installed wiring including wire size, type, routing, and exact length of conductors. 5. Listing of equipment where each type of SPD is installed. 4.3 Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions for surge suppression system. Include this data in Operation and Maintenance manuals. PART 5 - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 5.1 Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, the manufacturer providing panelboards and/or switchgear on this project may also provide SPD's but they must be externally mounted. Other acceptable manufacturers are Liebert and Current Technologies. Addendum #1: APT and Seimens shall be acceptable manufacturers. PART 6 - BUILDING ELECTRICAL SERVICE SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES 6.1 GENERAL 6.1.1 Provide UL listed and labeled lightning and transient surge protection devices (SPD's), installed where shown on the drawings and in accord with the manufacturer's recommendations. The surge protection devices shall be shunt type and poly -phase, with the ability to conduct high energy transients from line to neutral and neutral to ground. 6.1.2 SPD shall be UL labeled with 200kA Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR). Fuse ratings shall not be considered in lieu of demonstrated withstand testing of SPD, per NEC 285.6. SURGE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 264313-2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 6.1.3 Internal Device Overcurrent Protection (Fusing): All protection modes (including Neutral to Ground) of each surge suppression device shall be internally fused at the component level with fuse FT capability allowing the suppressor's maximum rated transient current to pass through the suppressor without fuse operation. If the rated FT characteristic of the fusing is exceeded, the fusing shall be capable of opening in less than one millisecond and clear both high and low impedance fault conditions. The fusing shall be capable of interrupting up to 200kA symmetrical fault current with 600 VAC applied. This overcurrent protection circuit shall be monitored, to provide indication of suppression failure. Conductor level fuses or circuit breakers internal or external to the surge suppression units are not acceptable as meeting this requirement. 6.1.4 SPD shall be UL labeled as Type 1 or Type 2, intended for use without need for external or supplemental overcurrent controls Every suppression component of every mode, including N-G, shall be protected by internal overcurrent and thermal over temperature controls. 6.1.5 Each MOV shall be individually fuse -protected to avoid cascading faults. This shall be certified by Manufacturers letter of compliance. 6.1.6 SPD shall be UL labeled with 20kA nominal (I-n) (verifiable at UL.com) for compliance with UL 96A Lightning Protection Master Label and NFPA 780. 6.1.7 SPD shall provide surge current paths for all modes of protection: L-L, L-N, L-G, and N-G for Wye systems, L-L L-G in Delta and impedance grounded Wye systems. 6.1.8 UL 1449, 3`d Edition Listed Voltage Protection Ratings (VPRs) shall not exceed the following: System Voltage L-N L=G L-L N-G 208Y/120 700V 700V 1200V 700V 480Y/277 1200V 1200V 1800V 1200V Note : Numerically lower values are allowed/preferred; out -dated Suppressed Voltage Ratings (SVRs) shall not be submitted 6.1.9 UL 1449, 3rd Edition Listed Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV): System Voltage Allowable System Voltage Fluctuation (%) MCOV 208Y/120 25% 150V 480Y/277 15% 320V 6.1.10 SPD enclosures shall be surface -mounted in mechanical spaces, flush -mounted for units in finished areas, or as noted. Provide in a NEMA 1 gasketed or NEMA 12 enclosure with hinged front panel. Where devices are indicated on drawings to be recessed, provide with flush enclosure for recessed mounting. 6.1.11 SPD's shall be installed above or below equipment being protected to minimize lead length. 6.1.12 For each SPD, provide unit function status indicators. These indicators may be mounted in the face of the equipment panel or remotely, immediately adjacent to the panel. Provide minimum one green L.E.D per phase illuminated for normal operation, red L.E.D. for trouble/fault or reduction of surge suppression capacity 6.1.13 Proposed substitutions for the manufacturer's model numbers listed here shall meet or exceed the current published performance data for the units listed, and shall be submitted to the Engineer ten working days prior to bid for review. 6.2 MAIN SERVICE SWITCHBOARD SURGE SUPPRESSION SURGE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 264313-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 6.2.1 Main service entrance switchboard units shall be installed as indicated on the contract documents and shall be heavy duty type. All units shall be 3 phase, 4 wire and shall have the following surge current capability (single pulse rated): Line to Neutral 200,000 amperes; Line to Ground 200,000 amperes; Line to Line 200,000 amperes; and Neutral to Ground 200,000 amperes. Per phase surge current rating shall be 400kA minimum. All MOV's shall be individually fused. The unit shall have a NEMA designed and certified safety interlocked integral disconnect switch with an externally mounted manual operator. 6.2.2 Provide an audible alarm with silence switch to alarm at unit on malfunction. Provide a surge counter for each unit to indicate each suppression operation of the unit. Provide with self -diagnostic test function. 6.2.3 Provide integral fused disconnecting means for each surge protection device. Integral disconnect shall be able to withstand the single surge rating of the SPD. 6.2.4 Provide 100A circuit breaker in switchboard being protected for unit disconnecting means. Utilize #2/0 AWG wire for connection to switchboard. Maximum wire length is three feet. 6.2.5 SPD shall be UL labeled as Type 1, intended for use without need for external or supplemental over - current controls. 6.3 PANELBOARD SURGE SUPPRESSION 6.3.1 Branch and distribution panelboard units shall be installed as indicated on the contract documents and shall be externally mounted to the panelboard. All units shall be 3 phase, 4 wire and shall have the following surge current capability (single pulse rated): Line to Neutral 100,000 amperes; Line to Ground 100 000 amperes, Line to Line 100,000 amperes; and Neutral to Ground 100,000 amperes. Per phase surge current rating shall be 200kA minimum. All MOV's shall be individually fused. 6.3.2 Provide 60A circuit breaker in panel being protected for unit disconnecting means. Utilize #3 AWG wire for connection to panelboard. Maximum wire length is three feet. 6.3.3 SPD shall be UL labeled as Type 1 or Type 2. 6.4 TELEPHONE AND TELEVISION SURGE SUPPRESSION 6.4.1 As a part of this section of work, the Contractor shall provide U.L. listed lightning and surge arrestors on the incoming telephone, video, and television service lines. 6.4.2 Arrestors shall be U.L listed, properly grounded per N.E.C. and shall be located at the service entrance points for each cable. Also provide surge arrestors of the proper type for copper cables that are installed between buildings by the Contractor. 6.4.3 Arrestors for telephone lines shall be RJ-45 in/out, complete with RJ-45 jumpers as needed. Provide quantity as required, connecting one to each phone line. Provide two spare units to Owner for future use. 6.4.4 Arrestors for coaxial lines shall be 25 to 250 MHZ on cable T.V. lines (with BNC jacks in/out or as required by antenna connectors). 6.4.5 Provide a ground lug for individual surge suppression unit installations, with the recommended ground wire size routed back to the building main electrical ground. SURGE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 264313-4 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS CMTA, Inc. PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 6.4.6 Where multiple surge suppression units are installed, as at service entrance locations, provide a ground bar, copper with multiple tapped holes and a properly sized ground lead routed back to the building main electrical ground. PART 7 - EXECUTION 7.1 Installation of Surge Protection Systems. 7.1.1 Install surge protection systems as indicated and in accordance with equipment manufacturer's writtenhinstructions, lightning d power'ance with surge protection Astandards to ensureicable requirements f thatthat surge FPA, localprevailing onosdes ystemds with UL ligh g comply with requirements. 7.1.2 Coordinate with other work, including electrical wiring work as necessary to interface installation of units. 7.1.3 Install conductors with direct, shortest possible phase, neutral and ground paths from all in/out connections, avoiding sharp bends and narrow loops. 7.1.4 Install surge suppression units as close as practical to equipment they are protecting. Install appropriate units at main electrical service entrance equipment and secondary branch panelboards as indicated. 7.1.5 Suppressors shall be installed such that conductor lengths are no more than three feet to panel connections. 7.1.6 Refer to the drawings for installation of individual surge suppression devices to protect branch circuits. Also see Section 16140 for (receptacle type) device requirements. All receptacle type surge suppression units shall be wired as feed-thru type, to protect all downstream outlets on that branch circuit unless otherwise indicated. 7.1.7 Where devices are indicated on drawings to be recessed, provide with flush enclosure for recessed mounting. PART 8 - WARRANTIES 8.1 All surge suppression equipment shall be unconditionally warranted by the Contractor for a period of fifteen years from the date of substantial completion. If longer manufacturer's warranties are offered, they shall be made available to the Owner. Note these extended warranties in the Operations and Maintenance Manuals. END OF SECTION SURGE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 264313-5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. PART 1 - GENERAL: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 51 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1.1 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1.2.1 Section Includes: 1.2.1.1 Interior lighting fixtures. 1 2 1 2 Building mounted exterior lighting fixtures. 1.2.1.3 Exit signs. 1.2.1.4 Lighting fixture supports and accessories. 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 1.3.1 This work consists of providing all labor, materials, accessories, mounting hardware and equipment necessary for an operationally and aesthetically complete installation of all luminaries including accessories, in accordance with the contract documents. 1.3.2 Furnish and install all lighting fixtures, as herein specified, complete with lamps, drivers, power supplies, ballasts and accessories for safe and effective operation. All fixtures shall be installed and left in an operable condition with no broken damaged or soiled parts. 1.3.3 All items furnished shall comply with the latest applicable standards applicable, including UL, NEMA and ETL, and shall bear labels accordingly. 1.3.4 All fixtures shall be the color specified or as selected by the Architect during shop drawing review. Wherever fixtures have evident damage, they shall be restored to new condition or shall be replaced Likewise, fixtures showing dirt, dust or finger prints shall be restored to new condition or shall be replaced. 1.3.5 Specifications and scale drawings are intended to convey all salient features, functions and characteristics of the light fixtures only, and do not undertake to illustrate or set forth every item or detail necessary for the work. 1.3.6 Minor details, not usually indicated on the drawings nor specified, but that are necessary for proper execution and completion of the luminaries, shall be included, the same as if they were herein specified or indicated on the drawings. 1.3.7 The Owner, Architect and Engineer shall not be held responsible for the omission or absence of any detail, construction feature, etc. which may be required in the production of the light fixtures. The responsibility of accurately fabricating the light fixtures to the fulfillment of the specification rests with the Contractor. INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-1 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS enc batteryProject No 1506 1.3.8 Where emergency Y packs are provided with fixtures (if any), they shall be connected to an unswitched power line and wired in accord with applicable codes and the manufacturer's recommendations. 1.3.9 Refer to architectural details as applicable for recessed soffitt fixtures or wherever fixture installations depend upon work of other trades. Coordinate all installations with other trades. Verify dimensions of spaces for fixtures, and if necessary, adjust lengths to assure proper fit and illumination of diffuser and/or area below. 1.3.10 Pre -manufactured flexible wiring systems are not permitted for this project. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS: The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. 1.4.1 IESNA LM-80 Measuring Lumen Maintenance of LED Light Sources 1.4.2 IESNA HB-10 IES Lighting Handbook — Tenth Edition 1.4.3 NEMA 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) 1.4.4 NFPA 101 Life Safety Code 1.4.5 NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 1.4.6 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) 1.4.7 UL 1310 UL Standard for Safety Class 2 Power Units 1.4.8 UL 1598 Luminaries 1.4.9 UL 924 Standard for Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment 1.5 ACRONYMS AND DEFINITIONS 1.5.1 CCT: Correlated color temperature 1.5.2 CRI: Color -rendering index. A measure of the degree of color shift that objects undergo when illuminated by a lamp compared with those same objects when illuminated by a reference source of comparable correlated color temperature (CCT) 1.5.3 CU: Coefficient of utilization 1.5.4 IECC: International Energy Conservation Code 1.5.5 LER: Luminaire efficacy rating, which is calculated according to NEMA LE 5. 1.5.6 Lumen: Delivered output of luminaire. 1.5.7 Light Fixture (Luminaire): Complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp(s) and driver(s)/ballast(s) (when applicable) together with the parts designed to distribute the light to position and protect the lamp(s), and to connect the lamps to the power supply 1.5.8 RCR: Room cavity ratio. INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 2 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.5.9 UL: Underwriters Laboratory 1.5.10 Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronics terms used in these specifications, and on the drawings, shall be as defined in IEEE 100. 1.5.11 Total harmonic distortion (THD) is the root mean square (RMS) of all the harmonic components divided by the total fundamental current. 1.6 EQUAL MANUFACTURERS 1.6.1 Manufacturers listed as "Equal" to the basis of design on the light fixture schedule shall submit product cutsheets to the Engineer ten (10) days prior to bid for final written approval This written approval will only be issued in addendum form. "Equal" fixtures shall be of equal or better quality and performance to the fixture(s) listed with manufacturer's model numbers. Burden of proof shall be on the manufacturer and Contractor. 1.7 SUBMITTALS 1.7.1 Submittal data shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00, IECC and as specified herein. 1.7.2 Eight copies of light fixture factory shop drawings and cuts, showing fixture dimensions, photometric data and installation data shall be submitted to the Engineer for review 15 days after project award date. (Verify shop drawing quantities with the Architect.) 1.7.3 1.7.4 1.7.4.1 1.7.4.2 1.7.4.3 1.7.4.4 1.7.4.5 Data, drawings, and reports shall employ the terminology, classifications, and prescribed by the IESNA HB-10, as applicable, for the lighting system specified. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture, arranged in order of fixture designation. data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following: Physical description of lighting fixture including dimensions. Emergency lighting units including battery and charger. Energy -efficiency data. Life, output (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy -efficiency data for light fixtures. Photometric data and adjustment factors based on laboratory tests, complying with IESNA Lighting Measurements Testing & Calculation Guides, of each lighting fixture type. The adjustment factors shall be for lamps, ballasts, and accessories identical to those indicated for the lighting fixture as applied in this Project methods Include 1.7.4.6 Contractor shall submit manufacturer's computerized horizontal illumination levels using AGI32 software in footcandles at workplane (30" above finished floor), taken every 3 feet in every room and area. Include average maintained footcandle levels and maximum and minimum ratio. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.8.1 Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910, complying with the IESNA Lighting Measurements Testing & Calculation Guides. INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1.8.2 Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.8.3 In each of the publications referred to herein consider the advisory provisions to be mandatory, as though the word, 'shall" had been substituted for should" wherever it appears. Interpret references in these publications to the "Authority Having Jurisdiction," equipment, materials installation, and workmanship shall be in accordance with the mandatory and advisory provisions of NFPA 70 and NEMA unless more stringent requirements are specified or indicated. 1.8.4 Luminaries Drawings shall include dimensions, accessories, and installation and construction details. Photometric data including zonal lumen data, average and minimum ratio, aiming diagrams and computerized condlepower distribution data shall accompany shop drawings. 1.9 COORDINATION 1.9.1 Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including HVAC equipment, fire -suppression system and partition assemblies. Refer to Architects reflected ceiling plan (RCP) for locations of all ceiling devices. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS 1.10.1 Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing content. 1.10.1.1 LED Drivers: One (1) for every fifty (50) of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least five (5) of each type. 1.10.1.2 LED Boards: One (1) for every fifty (50) of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least five (5) of each type. 1.11 WARRANTY: The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are reasonably convenient (less than 100 miles from project site) to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract. 1.11.1 All light fixtures/luminaries and controls shall have an unconditional 10 year warranty. Contractor shall warrant light fixtures, lamps, drivers finishes and all components to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of ten (10) years from date of Owner's acceptance. Replacement of light fixtures and cost of labor shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1.11.2 Warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrently with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.11.3 Light fixtures and associated equipment shall be supported by service organizations which are reasonably convenient to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract. 1.11.4 Furnish the electronic LED driver manufacturers warranty. The warranty period shall not be less than 10 years from the date of substantial completion of the electronic LED driver The warranty shall state the malfunctioning LED driver shall be exchanged by the manufacturer and promptly INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. shipped to the Owner. The rep CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No 1506 lacement LED driver shall be identical to, or an improvement upon, the original design of the malfunctioning LED driver. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 2.1.1 Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products indicated on Light Fixture Schedule. Refer to Light Fixture Schedule for manufacturers and model numbers. Basis of design for each type shall be the first fixture manufacturer and model number listed for each type. Refer to Specification Section 26 51 00, paragraph 1.6 EQUAL MANUFACTURERS for additional requirements. 2.1.2 Manufacturer's catalog numbers together with the descriptions on the drawings and these specifications are indicative of required design appearance quality and performance. Refer any discrepancies between any of these to the Engineer for resolution prior to bid. In absence of such notice to the Engineer, provide the greater requirement as directed by the Engineer, without additional cost. 2 2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS 2.2.1 Comply with the requirements specified in the Articles below and the Light Fixture Schedule. 2 2 2 Complete light fixtures shall be UL listed and labeled. 2.2.3 Product procurement and coordination: 2.2.3.1 Coordinate and check specific ceiling system types, thickness and mounting details. Order products according to application 2.2.3.2 Confirm the proper and complete catalog number with distributor and agent. 2.2.3.3 Ensure wiring, driver, etc meets the specifications and proper requirements. 2.2.3.4 Provide additional parts and pieces required to complete the installation in the location and manner intended by the design. 2.2.4 Recessed fixtures: Comply with NEMA LE 4 for ceiling compatibility for recessed fixtures. 2.2.5 Metal parts. Free of burrs, sharp corners and sharp edges. 2.2.6 Doors, frames and other internal access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions. Designed to prevent doors, frames lenses, diffusers and other components from falling accidently during maintenance and when secured during operating position. 2.2.7 Provide in -line fuse -holders with fuses sized per manufacturer's recommendation for each fixture. 2.2.8 All light fixtures shall be completely wired at the factory in accordance with applicable codes and UL. 2.2.9 All trims and canopies shall fit snugly and securely to the ceiling so that no light leak occurs. 2.2.10 Exterior building mounted light fixtures shall be UL classified for damp or wet locations as applicable and shall be complete with gaskets, cast aluminum outlet box and grounding. All dissimilar metal materials shall be separated by non-conductive materials to prevent galvanic action. INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 5 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Prject1506 2.2.11 Provide 'maximum wattage label" on all light fixture based on the specified maximumNo. wa wattage indicated on the light fixture schedule. 2.2.12 Each light fixture shall be packaged with complete instructions and illustrations on how to install. 2.2.13 Each light fixture box, container, etc shall be labeled at the factory with the type designation as indicated on the Light Fixture Schedule. 2.2.14 LUMINAIRES: UL 1598. Provide luminaires as indicated. Provide luminaires complete with lamps of number, type, and wattage indicated. Details, shapes, and dimensions are indicative of the general type desired, but are not intended to restrict selection to luminaires of a particular manufacturer. Luminaires of similar designs, light distribution and brightness characteristics, and of equal finish and quality will be acceptable as approved. 2.3 Light Emitting Diode (LED) Electronic Drivers: The electronic driver shall at a minimum meet the following characteristics: 2.3.1 Driver shall comply with UL 1310 Class 2 requirements for dry and damp locations, NFPA 70 unless specified otherwise. Drives shall be designed for the wattage of the LEDs used in the indicated application. Drivers shall be designed to operate on the voltage system to which they are connected. 2.3.2 Power factor shall be 0.95 (minimum). 2.3.3 Class A Sound Rating. 2.3.4 Current crest Factor of 1.5 or less. 2.3.5 Total harmonic distortion (THD): Shall be 20 percent (maximum). 2.4 Light Emitting Diode (LED): The light emitting diodes shall as a minimum meet the following characteristic: 2.4.1 Light emitting diodes shall be tested under IES LM-80 standards. 2 4 2 Color Rendering Index (CRI) shall be 84 (minimum). 2.4.3 Color temperature of 4100K, or as indicated on light fixture schedule. 2.4.4 Rated lumen maintenance of 90% lumen output at 50,000 hours (minimum). 2.4.5 Rated lumen maintenance of 70% lumen output at 100,000 hours (minimum). 2.4.6 Provide light fixture types that the LED boards and drivers can be re -placed from the bottom and below ceiling. Trim for the exposed surface of flush -mounted fixtures shall be white or as indicated on light fixture schedule. 2.5 SUSPENDED FIXTURES: 2.5.1 Provide hangers capable of supporting twice the combined weight of fixtures supported by hangers Provide with swivel hangers to ensure a plumb installation. Hangers shall be cadmium - plated steel with a swivel -ball tapped for the conduit size indicated. Hangers shall allow fixtures to swing within an angle of 45 degrees. Brace pendants 4 feet or longer to limit swinging. Single - unit suspended fixtures shall have twin -stem hangers. Multiple -unit or continuous row fixtures INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. shall have a tubing or stem for wiring at one point and a each unit length of chassis, including one at each end. diameter CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 tubing or rod suspension provided for Rods shall be a minimum 0.18 inch 2.6 DOWNLIGHT FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS 2.6.1 Downlights shall be listed for thru-branch circuit wiring, recessing in ceilings and damp locations. Where installed in plaster or drywall or other inaccessible ceiling types, they shall be UL listed for bottom access. 2.6.2 Provide with tool -less hinged junction box access cover and thermal protection. 2.6.3 Provide telescoping channel bar hangers that adjust vertically and horizontally. 2.6.4 Minimum flange shall be self -flanged and white or as selected by the Architect. 2.7 SWITCHES 2.7.1 Toggle Switches: Provide toggle snap switches as specified in Section 26 20 00. 2.7.2 Slide Dimmers Manual dimmers shall be of the sliding type with detent stop at off position, full range control 0-100%. Manual slide dimmers shall be matched to the type load intended to be controlled. Power rating shall be verified by examining the plans and suitable for the load, but in no case less than 125% of the circuit load. Manual slide dimmers shall be suitable for mounting in single gang outlet box, ganging together in multi section boxes where indicated without Be- rating being necessary. Provide with captive slider knob, compatible with decorator -style faceplates, 120V-277V available, 3-way control available. 2.7.2.1 Master Slide Dimmer. Hunt #PS-LED-010-277V or approved equal by Leviton or Philips 2.7.2.2 3-way for Slide Dimmer: Hunt #PS-LED-010-3W-277V or approved equal by Leviton or Philips 2.7.3 Digital Timer Switch: Sylvania SA150 or approved equal by Leviton or Intermatic. 2.8 EXIT SIGNS 2.8.1 General requirements: UL 924, NFPA 70, AND NFPA 101. Exit signs shall use no more than 5 watts. Housing shall be made of die-cast aluminum. Provide stencil face and red lettering. 2.8.2 Provide single or double face as scheduled, indicated on plans or as required by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. Adjust installation position if required for clear visibility, in accordance with applicable codes. 2.8.3 Provide directional arrows (chevrons) as indicated on floor plans and to suit the means of egress or as required by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. 2.8.4 Gymnasium exit signs shall be provided with wire guards. 2.9 LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORT HANGERS AND COMPONENTS 2.9.1 Wires: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 3, soft temper, galvanized regular coating, 0.1055 inches in diameter (12 gage). INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 7 2.11.2.1 2.11.2.2 2.11.2.3 2.11.2.4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.9.2 Straps: Galvanized steel, one by 3/16 inch, commercial zinc coating or ASTM A1008/A conforming to ASTM B633, Type RS. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 conforming to ASTM A653/A653M, with a light 1008M with an electrodeposited zinc coating 2.9.3 Rod Hangers: Threaded steel rods, 3/16 inch diameter, zinc or cadmium coated. 2.10 FUSING: All lighting fixtures shall be fused. 2.11 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION 2.11.1 Manufacturers Nameplate: Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturers name address, model number, and serial number securely affixed in a conspicuous place; the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. 2.11.2 Factory -Applied Labels: Provide labeled luminaires in accordance with UL 1598 requirements. All light fixtures shall be clearly marked for operation of specific LED's and drivers according to proper type. The following characteristics shall be noted in the format "Use Only LED type, and nominal wattage for light fixture. Driver type. • Correlated color temperature (CCT) and color rendering index (CRI) for light fixtures. All markings related to lamp type shall be clear and located to be readily visible to service personnel, but unseen from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place. Ballasts shall have clear markings indicating multi -level outputs and indicate proper terminals for the various outputs. 2.12 FACTORY APPLIED FINISH 2.12.1 Electrical equipment shall have factory -applied painting systems which shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of NEMA 250 corrosion -resistance test. PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.1 INSTALLATION 3.1.1 Architect's reflected ceiling plan (RCP) shows actual locations of all light fixtures, diffusers and system devices. Report to the Architect/Engineer any conflicts. 3.1.2 Install Light fixtures in accordance with light fixture manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, NECA's "Standard of Installation", and NEMA standards. 3.1.3 Electrical installations shall conform to and meet IEEE C2, NFPA 70, and to the requirements specified herein. 3.1.4 Set lighting fixtures plumb, square, and level with ceiling and walls, in alignment with adjacent lighting fixtures, and secure in accordance with manufacturers directions and approved drawings. Mounting heights specified or indicated shall be to the bottom of fixture for ceiling -mounted fixtures and to center of fixture for wall -mounted fixtures. Obtain approval of the exact mounting for lighting fixtures on the job before commencing installation and, where applicable, after coordinating with the type style, and pattern of the ceiling being installed. INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 8 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.1.5 Recessed and semi -recessed fixtures shall be independently supported from the buildings structure by a minimum of four wires per fixture and located near each corner of each fixture. Ceiling grid clips are not allowed as an alternative to independently supported light fixtures. Round fixtures or fixtures smaller in size than the ceiling grid shall be independently supported from the building structure by a minimum of four wires per fixture spaced approximately equidistant around the fixture. Do not support fixtures by ceiling acoustical panels. Where fixtures of sizes less than the ceiling grid are indicated to be centered in the acoustical panel, support such fixtures independently and provide at least two 3/4 inch metal channels spanning and secured to, the ceiling tees for centering and aligning the fixture. Provide wires for lighting fixture support in this section. Lighting fixtures installed in suspended ceilings shall also comply with the requirements of Section 09, ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS specifications. Lay -in ceiling lighting fixture supports: 3.1.5.1 Support light fixtures with four (4) wires, with one (1) at each corner. Hanger wires shall be installed within 15 degrees of plumb or additional support shall be provided. Wires shall be attached to fixture body and to the building structure (not to the supports of other work or equipment). 3.1.5.2 Where building structure is located such that 15 degrees cannot be maintained, the Contractor shall provide "Uni-strut" or similar structure to meet this requirement. 3.1.5.3 Support Clips: All light fixtures shall be furnished with hold down clips to meet applicable seismic codes. Provide four (4) clips per fixture minimum or the equivalent thereof in the installation trim. Fasten to light fixtures and to ceiling grid members at or near each fixture corner with clips that are UL listed for the application. Contractor shall install clips per manufacturer's requirements. If screws are required, they shall be provided. 3.1.6 LED fixtures installed and used for working light during construction shall be replaced prior to turnover to the Owner if more than 3 percent of their rated life has been used. Fixtures shall be tested for proper operation prior to turn -over and shall be replaced if necessary with new lamps from the original manufacturer. 3.1.7 Suspended fixtures shall hang plumb and shall be located with no obstructions within the 45 degree range in all directions. The stem, cable, canopy and fixture shall be capable of 45 degree swing. Suspended fixtures in continuous rows shall have internal wireway systems for end to end wiring and shall be properly aligned to provide a straight and continuous row without bends, gaps, light leaks or filler pieces. Aligning splines shall be used on extruded aluminum fixtures to assure hairline joints Steel fixtures shall be supported to prevent ' oil -canning" effects Fixture finishes shall be free of scratches, nicks, dents, and warps, and shall match the color and gloss specified. Pendants shall be finished to match fixtures. Aircraft cable shall be stainless steel. Canopies shall be finished to match the ceiling and shall be low profile unless otherwise shown. 3.1.8 Rigidly align continuous rows of light fixtures for true in -line appearance. 3.1.9 Exit Signs and Emergency Lighting Units: Wire exit signs ahead of the switch to the un-switched emergency lighting life -safety branch circuit located in the same room or area. 3.1.10 Exterior building mounted light fixtures shall not be installed until after the building exterior has been rinsed clean of any corrosive cleaning materials. Damaged fixtures shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost. 3.1.11 Light fixture whips shall be supported from the building structure. Do not clip to lay -in ceiling support wires. INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 3.1.12 Light fixture locations in mechanical and electrical equipment rooms/areas, as indicated on floor plans, are approximate. Locate light fixtures to avoid equipment, ductwork, and piping. Locate around and between equipment to maximize the available light. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of light fixtures to clear equipment. Request a meeting with the Engineer if uncertain about an installation All suspended light fixtures shall be mounted square and plumb. 3.1.13 All reflecting surfaces, glass or plastic lenses, ballast housings, parabolic louvers, downlighting alzak cones and specular reflectors shall be handled with care during installation or lamping to avoid fingerprints or dirt deposits It is preferred that louvers be shipped and installed with clear plastic bags to protect louvers. At close of project, and after construction air filters are changed, remove bags. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION 3.2.1 Light fixtures served from multiple power sources, such as emergency fixtures fed from emergency transfer relay, shall have the following label affixed to it: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - LIGHT FIXTURE HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 3.3 CLEANING 3.3.1 At the time of final acceptance by the Owner, all lighting fixtures shall have been thoroughly cleaned with materials and methods recommended by the manufacturer. 3.3.2 Any louver or cone showing dirt or fingerprints shall be cleaned with solvent recommended by the manufacturer to a like -new condition, or replaced as necessary in order to turn over to the Owner new fixtures at beneficial occupancy. 3.4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 3.4.1 Submit operation and maintenance data in accordance with Section 01 78 23, IECC and as specified herein, showing all light fixtures, control devices and all interconnecting control wire, conduit and associated hardware. 3.4.2 Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining from his supplying light fixture manufacturers, for each type of light fixture, a recommended maintenance manual including, tools required, types of cleaners to be used and replacement parts identification list. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: 3.5.1 Upon completion of installation, verify that equipment is properly installed, connected, and adjusted. Conduct an operating test to show that equipment operates in accordance with requirements of this section. 3.5.2 Electronic Dimming Drivers. Test for full range of dimming capability. Observe for visually detectable flicker over full dimming range. 3.5.3 Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify transfer from normal power to battery and retransfer to normal. 3.5.4 Inspect each light fixture for damage. Replace damaged light fixtures at no cost to the Owner. INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 10 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 3.5.5 Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. END OF SECTION INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 11 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 26 53 00 LIGHTING CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 OCCUPANCY DETECTION TECHNOLOGY REQUIREMENTS 1.1.1 The occupancy sensor system shall sense the presence of human activity within the desired space and fully control the on/off function of the lights. Contractor shall add additional sensors in areas indicated to require detection as needed to provide full coverage of area. Manufacturer shall provide AutoCAD drawings indicating full sensor layout and coverage areas, during shop drawing submittals, for engineer's review and approval. 1.1.2 Sensors shall utilize passive infrared (PIR) technology, which detects occupant motion, to initially turn lights on from an off state; thus preventing false on conditions. Ultrasonic or Microphonics based sensing technologies shall not be accepted to initially turn lights on from an off state. 1.1.3 To adequately detect maintained occupancy (such as in rooms with obstructions), a sensor with an additional "dual" technology shall be used. 1.1.4 Dual technology sensors shall have one of its two technologies not require motion to detect occupancy. Acceptable dual technology includes PIR/Microphonics (also known as Passive Dual Technology or PDT) which both looks for occupant motion and listens for sounds indicating occupants. Sensors where both technologies detect motion (PIR/Ultrasonic) shall be acceptable. 1.2 OCCUPANCY SENSOR OPERATION REQUIREMENTS 1.2.1 Sensors shall utilize an occupancy time delay that keeps lights on after last detected occupancy. Factory default setting of the occupancy time delay shall be 10 minutes. Sensors with a longer factory default setting shall not be permitted as they greatly restrict energy savings potential. 1.2.2 Manual adjustment to the occupancy time delay so as to increase it shall be accommodated, but shall not be allowed unless a calculation showing the resulting energy savings loss is presented to the building owner and specifying engineer. 1.2.3 Automatic adjustments to the occupancy time delay shall only be permitted if the controlling algorithm maximizes both lamp life and energy savings. For example a shorter more energy saving time delay setting shall only be allowed if the resulting lamp life is also improved. 1.2.4 Installer, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation, shall determine final sensor location. All sensors shall be factory calibrated for optimum performance for its installed PIR lens, and shall not require initial or subsequent field adjustment of detection sensitivity. 1.2.5 The installing contractor shall be responsible for a complete and functional system in accordance with all applicable local and national codes. 1.3 MISC REQUIREMENTS 1.3.1 In high humidity or cold environments, the sensors shall be conformably coated and rated for condensing humidity and -40 degree Fahrenheit (and Celsius) operation. 1.3.2 All applicable products must be UL / CUL Listed or other acceptable national testing organization. 1.3.3 Sensors shall have a 5 year warranty. LIGHTING CONTROLS 265300-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 1.4 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS • Sensor Switch. • Leviton. • Wattstopper. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSORS 2.1.1 Sensor shall provide wall-to-wall PIR detection such that small hand motions are detected out to 40 ft (12.19 m). 2.1.2 Sensors shall be capable of switching both 120 VAC and 277 VAC and run off of 50/60 Hz A version capable of switching 347 VAC shall also be available. Load ratings shall be 13A each pole, 1/4 HP motor load. 2.1.3 Sensor shall meet NEC grounding requirements by providing a dedicated ground connection and intrinsically grounding through its mounting strap. 2.1.4 Line and load wire connections shall be interchangeable, such that installer cannot make an improper connection to a line/load in a manner that will cause malfunction or damage to the sensor. 2.1.5 Sensor shall not require a neutral connection regardless of number of poles and/or detection technology. 2.1.6 Sensor shall not allow any leakage of current to pass to the load when sensor is in the unoccupied (Off) condition. Sensor shall not require a minimum load to be connected in order to function. 2.1.7 Sensor shall be Sensor Switch #LWS (H) PDT 2P PIR/Microphonics, Dual Relays. Device color and optional features as specified. Leviton and Wattstopper equals. 2.2 LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSORS 2.2.1 The installing contractor shall install one or more sensors with PIR coverage areas that cover the entire space and all entrance points. Exact placement and quantity required shall be per manufacturer's best practice recommendations. 2.2.2 In areas with periodic or permanent obstruction to dual technology (PIR/Microphonics) detection shall Occupancy Sensor Technology Requirements). a sensor's field of view, sensors that utilize be used (as specified in above section 1.1, 2.2.3 Sensors shall utilize a digital PIR detector (dual element pyro-electric detector) component, so as to provide a high degree of RF immunity. 2.2.4 Sensors shall interconnect with other sensors and power/relay packs with class 2 wires. 2.2.5 Sensors shall operate on 12 to 24 VAC or VDC and consume no more than 5 mA so that up to 14 sensors may be connected to a single power pack. 2.2.6 Upon initial power up, sensors must immediately turn on. Power packs may be wired on the line or load side of local switching and must not exhibit any delays when switch is energized. LIGHTING CONTROLS 265300-2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.2.7 Each designated zone shall contain one sensor with a SPDT class 2 auxiliary relay, providing an input to building automation system (BAS). All sensors in designated zone shall communicate to sensor with relay for status to BAS. Sensor relay coil shall energize in the unoccupied state to load share the low voltage current from power pack Note that power pack must be installed on the Line side of the local toggle switch for auxiliary relay to work properly. 2.2.8 Sensors shall have test mode that temporarily shortens/disable all time delays (e.g., minimum on, occupancy, photocell transition dimming rates) such that an installer can quickly test operation of sensor. Test mode shall time out and return sensor to normal operation should the installer forget to disable test mode after installation 2.2.9 Sensors shall have optional features for on/off photocell control, automatic dimming control photocell, high/low occupancy based dimming, and usage in low temperature/high humidity environments. 2.3 POWER PACKS 2.3.1 Power packs shall be mounted above lay in ceilings, directly above the doorway into each space they serve. 2.3.2 Power packs shall accept and switch 120 or 277 VAC, be plenum rated, and provide class 2 power for up to 14 remote sensors. 2.3.3 Power pack shall securely mount to junction location through a threaded /2 inch chase nipple. Plastic clips into junction box shall not be accepted. All class 1 wiring shall pass through chase nipple into adjacent junction box without any exposure of wire leads. Note: UL Listing under Energy Management or Industrial Control Equipment automatically meets this requirement, whereas Appliance Control Listing does not meet this safety requirement. 2.3.4 When required by local code, power pack must install inside standard electrical enclosure and provide UL recognized support to junction box. All class 1 wiring is to pass through chase nipple into adjacent junction box without any exposure of wire leads. 2.3.5 Power pack shall incorporate a Class 1 relay and an AC electronic switching device. The AC electronic switching device shall make and break the load, while the relay shall carry the current in the on condition. This system shall provide full 20 Amp switching of all load types. 2.3.6 Power packs shall be two circuits. All power packs shall be Sensor Switch #PP20-2P. Leviton and Wattstopper equals. END OF SECTION LIGHTING CONTROLS 265300-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 LIGHTING CONTROLS 265300-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 SECTION 28 31 11 DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. 24 VDC, analog/addressable, multiprocessor -based, fire alarm system. 1. System shall include, but not be limited to: a. Control equipment. b. Control panel. c. Analog addressable sensors. d. Addressable modules. e. Audible and visual notification appliances. f. Accessories necessary to provide complete and operable system. g. Conduit, wiring, and fittings. 1.2 NOT USED 1.3 REFERENCES A. National Fire Prote 1. NFPA 12 - 2. NFPA 12A 3. NFPA 13 - 4. NFPA 15 - 5. NFPA 16 - ction Association (NFPA): Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems. - Standard on Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems. Installation of Sprinkler Systems. Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection. Standard for the Installation of Foam -Water Sprinkler and Foam -Water Spray Systems. 6. NFPA 16A - Standard for the Installation of Closed Head Foam -Water Sprinkler Systems. 7 NFPA 8. NFPA 9. NFPA 10. NFPA 11. NFPA 12. NFPA 13. NFPA 14. NFPA 17 - Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems. 17A - Standard for Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems. 70 - National Electrical Code. 72 - National Fire Alarm Code 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 101 - Life Safety Code. 750 - Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems. 2001 - Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 1. UL 268A - Standard for Smoke Detectors for Duct Application. 2. UL 864 9th Edition- Standard for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems. 1.4 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Equipment shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., approved by Factory Mutual Research, or as accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). B. Codes: The fire alarm system in its entirety shall be in compliance with all applicable fire and electrical codes and comply with requirements of the local Authority Having Jurisdiction over said systems FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-1 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C. UL Standards: System shall comply with applicable provisions of the following UL standards and classifications: 1. UL 864 9th Edition. 2. UOJZ, Control Units, System. 3. SYZV Control Units, Releasing Device. 4. UOXX, Control Unit Accessories, System. 5. SYSW Accessories, Releasing Device Service. D. NFPA Standards: System shall comply with applicable provisions of the following NFPA standards: 1 NFPA 72. a. Central Station Fire Alarm Systems. b. Local Fire Alarm Systems. c. Auxiliary Fire Alarm Systems. d. Remote Station Fire Alarm Systems. e. Proprietary Fire Alarm Systems. 2. NFPA 90A. 3. NFPA 101. 1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Multiprocessor -Based: 1 The system shall be of multiprocessor design to allow maximum flexibility of capabilities and operation. B. Field Programmable: 1. The system shall be capable of being front -panel programmed or by means of Field Configuration Program (FCP) allowing programming to be downloaded via portable computer. RS-232C Serial Output: 1. A supervised RS-232C serial port shall be provided to operate remote printers and/or video terminals, accept downloaded program from portable computer, or provide 80- character readout of alarms, troubles, location descriptions, time, and date. 2. Communication shall be the standard ASCII code operating at 9600-baud rate. Control -by -Event (CBE) Program. 1. Operation of manual station or automatic activation of any smoke sensor, heat sensor, or waterflow zone shall activate system control -by -event program to cause: a. All notification appliances to sound in continuous pattern and strobes to flash. b. Shut down all air -handling units as specified herein. c. 'SYSTEM ALARM" LED shall flash and panel sounder shall pulse. d. Indicate on the 80-character alphanumeric panel display description of specific analog/addressable device in alarm. Display shall be of the liquid crystal type (LCD), clearly visible in the dark or in poor light conditions. e. Energize programmed solenoids for activating deluge or preaction systems. f Perform additional functions as specified herein or as indicated on the drawings. g. Notify district monitoring company. E. General System Operation: 1. When an alarm occurs, the control panel shall indicates alarm condition until manually reset. 2. Alarm may be acknowledged by pressing "ALARM ACKNOWLEDGE" switch. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 2831 11 -2 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3. This shall silence the panel sounder and change the "ALARM" LED from flashing to steadily lit. 4. All notification appliances may be silenced by operating the "SIGNAL SILENCE" switch. 5. This shall steadily light the ' SYSTEM SILENCED" LED 6. If a subsequent alarm is activated notification appliances shall "resound" until again silenced. 7. Once silenced, all notification appliances may be restored by operating the "SIGNAL SILENCE" switch. 8. Waterflow zones shall be non-silenceable. F. Alarm Verification: 1 Smoke detector alarm verification shall be a standard option on all zones, while allowing any dry contact device, such as manual stations and heat detectors to create immediate alarm. 2. This feature shall allow smoke sensors that are installed in environments prone to nuisance or unwanted alarms to operate according to following sequence: a. System Ready: Prior to smoke sensor alarm. b. Smoke Sensor Alarm: At time = 0. c. Pre -alarm Window: 15 seconds. A distinctive pre -alarm indication shall be displayed. d. Zone Reset: 5 seconds. Occurs at end of pre -alarm window. e. Alarm Verification Window: 90 seconds. The system shall respond to a second alarm from same smoke sensor as a system alarm. f. System Ready: No alarm verification. g. The verification sequence is suspended once the system alarm is activated. G. Alarm Signals: 1. All alarm signals shall automatically latch or "lock in' at the control panel until the operated device is returned to normal and the control panel is manually reset. 2. Alarm signals shall be programmable for 'non -latching" operation when required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction When used for waterflow, the "SIGNAL SILENCE" switch shall be bypassed. H. Electrically Supervised: 1. Each signaling line circuit and notification appliance circuit shall be electrically supervised for opens, shorts, and ground faults. 2. Occurrence of a fault shall activate the system trouble circuitry, but shall not interfere with proper operation of the circuit that does not have a fault condition. 3. The yellow "SYSTEM TROUBLE' LED shall light and the system audible sounder shall steadily sound when trouble is detected in the system. Failure of power, opens, or short circuits on notification appliance or signaling line circuits disarrangement in system wiring, failure of microprocessor or identification module, or system ground faults shall activate this trouble circuit. 4. Trouble signal may be acknowledged by operating the "ALARM ACKNOWLEDGE" switch. This shall silence the sounder. If subsequent trouble conditions occur, trouble circuitry shall resound. 5. During alarm all trouble signals shall be suppressed with the exception of lighting the yellow "SYSTEM TROUBLE" LED. I. Drift Compensation Analog Smoke Sensors: 1. System software shall automatically adjust each analog smoke sensor approximately once each week for changes in sensitivity due to effects of component aging or environment (i.e.: dust). 2. Each sensor shall maintain its actual sensitivity under adverse conditions to respond to actual alarm conditions, while ignoring factors that generally contribute to nuisance alarms. 3. System trouble circuitry shall activate, display "DIRTY DETECTOR' and "VERY DIRTY DETECTOR" indications and identify the individual unit that has been compensated beyond FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-3 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. its acceptable limits. J. Analog Smoke Sensor Test: 1. System software shall automatically test each analog smoke sensor a minimum of 3 times daily. 2. Test shall be a recognized functional test of each ionization chamber (analog ionization sensors) and photocell (analog photoelectronic sensors) as required annually by NFPA 72. 3. Failure of a sensor shall activate the system trouble circuitry, display a "Test Failed" indication, and identify individual unit. K. Dual -Mode Walk Test: 1. The control unit shall provide a Dual -Mode Zoned Walk Test Program that shall enable an individual to test the Alarm/Supervision status of each sensor or module connected to the system. 2. During walk test, the control unit shall automatically reset after an alarm condition enabling the technician to continue testing the system without requiring a return to control panel. 3. During an Audible walk test, placing a device in alarm shall cause 4 pulses on the notification appliance circuits. Operation of a supervisory switch shall cause 3 pulses, while removal or disconnection of an initiating device shall cause 2 pulses. All tests shall be recorded by printer for reference. 4. The Silent walk test shall record all tests by printer for reference, while not activating notification appliance circuit(s). Printed Circuit Boards, Control Panel Components: 1. The control unit shall be contained in steel cabinet. 2. All groups of circuits or common equipment shall be clearly marked. 3. The control unit shall be red in color and shall include the following features: a. Auxiliary SPDT alarm and trouble dry contacts. b. A solid-state power transfer circuit that shall switch to standby power automatically and instantaneously if normal power fails or falls below 15 percent of normal ("brown out" conditions). This circuit shall allow batteries to be effectively "floated" on the operating system to avoid upsetting normal microprocessor operation and minimize resultant nuisance troubles and/or alarms. This circuit shall be physically isolated from the power supply to facilitate service. c. A Ground Fault detector to detect positive or negative grounds on signaling line circuits, notification appliance circuits, and power circuits. Ground fault indication shall occur on display and general trouble devices and shall operate as specified herein, but shall not cause alarm. d. Lightning protection shall be a standard feature of the fire alarm control panel and shall be incorporated in the power supply circuit, common control circuits and notification appliance circuits. Systems that require an optional module to provide this protection shall not be considered equal e. Individual overcurrent protection shall be provided for the following: smoke detector (resettable) power, main power supply, battery standby power, and auxiliary (non- resettable) output. f. A common reset and lamp test switch, labeled "SYSTEM RESET/LAMP TEST" shall be provided on panel. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 M. City Connection: 1. The fire alarm system shall be connected via leased telephone lines to a central station or remote station. N. Remote Station Option: 1. The fire department shall be consulted as to authorized remote station serving municipality. 2. The fire alarm system shall transmit both alarm and trouble signals with alarm having FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-4 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 priority over trouble signal. 3. The contractor shall be responsible for installation charges, while the owner shall be responsible for line lease charges. O. City Connection: 1. The fire alarm system shall be connected to a local energy city master box. Local Energy City Master Box Option: 1. The fire alarm system shall be connected to a local energy city master box via the optional Municipal Circuit Option Module (MCOM). 2. The city master box shall be coded and timed in accordance with the requirements of the fire department. 3. The box shall be surface or flush mounted and located as specified by the building engineer or fire department. Q. City Connection: 1. The fire alarm system shall be connected via Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) over telephone lines to a central station or remote station. R. Central Station Option: 1. The fire alarm control panel shall provide an integral Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) for signaling to Central Station. The DACT shall contain a "Dialer -Runaway" feature preventing unnecessary transmissions as the result of intermittent faults in the system and shall be Carrier Access Code (CAC) compliant, accepting up to 20-digit central station telephone numbers. 2. The fire department shall be consulted as to authorized central station companies serving municipality. 3. The fire alarm system shall transmit both alarm and trouble signals with alarm having priority over trouble signal. 4. The contractor shall be responsible for installation charges, while the owner shall be responsible for line lease charges. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01330 (01 33 00) - Submittal Procedures. B. Equipment Other Than That Specified: 1. Submit to the Engineer appropriate documentation in writing 10 days before the Bid Date, if equipment other than that specified is to be supplied. a. Complete lists, descriptions, and drawings of materials. b. A complete list of current drain requirements during normal supervisory condition, trouble, and alarm conditions. c. Battery standby calculations showing total standby power needed to meet system requirements as specified. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturers original catalog data and descriptive information for major components of equipment. 2. Submit pertinent information regarding reliability and operation of equipment. 3. Submit sufficient information so the exact function of each installed device is known. D. Shop Drawings: 1. The submittal of shop drawings shall contain at least 1 booklet of original manufacturer specification and installation instruction sheets. Subsequent booklets may be copies. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-5 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. All equipment and devices on the shop drawings shall be clearly marked in the specification sheets. E. Scheduling: 1. Submit delivery dates, installation dates, and final test/acceptance dates of equipment. F. Supplier's Qualifications: 1. Submit supplier's qualifications. 2. Indicate years in business service policies, warranty definitions, and list of similar installations. G. Installer's Qualifications: 1. Submit installer's qualifications. 2. Indicate years in business and prior experience with installations that include type of equipment that is to be supplied. H. Project Record Drawings: 1. Complete set of reproducible project record drawings showing installed wiring, color coding, and wire tag notations for exact locations of all installed equipment, specific interconnections between all equipment, and internal wiring of equipment. 2. Deliver to the Owner after completion of system. I. Operating and Instruction Manuals: 1. Submit before testing of system. 2. Deliver 4 complete sets of operating and instruction manuals to the Owner after completion of testing. J. Maintenance Instructions: 1. Shall be complete, easy to read, and understandable. 2. Provide instructions for replacing components of system, including internal parts. 3. Provide instructions for periodic cleaning and adjustment of equipment with a schedule of these functions. 4. Provide a complete list of all equipment and components with information as to address and telephone number of both manufacturer and local supplier of each item. 5. Provide user Operating Instructions: Prominently display these on a separate sheet located next to the control unit in accordance with UL 864. K. Testing Instructions: 1. Complete, accurate step-by-step testing instructions giving recommended and required testing frequency of all equipment, and methods for testing each individual piece of equipment 2. Deliver to the Owner after completion of system. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Catalog Numbers: Catalog numbers specified are those of Gamewell-FCI, and are indicative of the quality and type of equipment to be furnished. B. Accessory Components: Accessory components as required shall be catalogued by the manufacturer and Listed to operate with the manufacturer's control panel. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-6 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 Storage: Store materials in a clean, dry area indoors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Handling: Protect materials from damage during handling and installation. 1.9 WARRANTY A. The contractor shall warrant all equipment and wiring free from inherent mechanical and electrical defects for 1 year (365 days) from date of final acceptance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. FCI, 12 Clintonville Road, Northford, Connecticut 06427 . Toll Free (800) 633-1311. Phone (203) 484-7161. Fax (203) 484 7118. Website www.gamewell-fci.com <http://www.gamewell- fci.com>. B. Hybridized Systems "Hybridized" systems (containing equipment from several different manufacturers) shall not be considered acceptable. C. Labeling: Label equipment with manufacturer's name and logotype to assure integrity of complete system. D. Systems by Silent Knight and Simplex shall also be allowed. 2.2 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM A. Fire Detection and Alarm System. Shall be an Gamewell S3 Series, 24 VDC, analog/addressable, multiprocessor -based, fire alarm system. Fire Alarm panel will have 1 dedicated Analog line from phone provider and the secondary line will be supplied by a TG7 Wireless device mounted at 6' AFF near the server tower in the MDF room. 2.3 WIRING A. Wire and Cable: Shall be UL Listed for fire alarm use and be a minimum of 18 AWG or as required by local codes and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. B. Wire Used on Fire Alarm System. Shall be UL Listed as fire alarm protection signaling circuit cable in accordance with the National Electrical Code, Article 760. C. Raceways containing conductors identified as "Fire Alarm" conductors shall not contain other conductors. D. No AC current carrying conductors shall be allowed in the same raceway with fire alarm conductors. 2.4 SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. System Cabinet: 1. Surface mounted with texture finish. 2. Houses: 7100 Micro microprocessor and related system circuitry 3. Wiring Gutter Space: Minimum of 1-inch wiring gutter space shall be provided behind mounting plate. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-7 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 4. Wiring: Terminated on removable terminal blocks to allow field servicing of all modules without disrupting system wiring. B. LED Indicator and Outputs: 1. A green "AC ON' LED on lamp cluster shall indicate presence of primary power. 2. Power Supply Outputs: Maximum combined output for both shall be 1 ampere. a. 24 VDC non-resettable, 1 amp. maximum, power limited. b. 24 VDC resettable, 1 amp. maximum, power limited. C. Battery Charger: 1. Power Supply: Contains battery charger with maximum average charging current of 1 ampere. 2. If the system loses AC power, a System Trouble shall occur. 3. Output: Supervised and overcurrent protected. 4. Charger: Shall be capable of maintaining sealed lead -acid batteries up to 31- ampere/hour capacity. D. Batteries: 1. Shall be of sufficient capacity to provide power for the entire system upon loss of normal AC power for a period of 24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm signaling at end of this 24-hour period, as required by NFPA 72 Local Systems. E. Connections and Circuits: 1. Connections to Light and Power Service: Shall be on a dedicated branch circuit in accordance with the NEC. 2. Circuit and Connections: Shall be mechanically protected. 3. Circuit Disconnecting Means: Shall be accessible only to authorized personnel and clearly marked "FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT CONTROL." F. Basic System Module: 1. Enclosed within system cabinet, the basic system module shall contain a power supply, microprocessor, memory, system operating software stored on non-volatile EPROM, system configuration memory stored on non-volatile EEPROM, and circuits necessary to support a fire alarm system. 2. Volatile Memory: Not acceptable. 3. Module: Shall function as system control center, processing all messages from field devices supervisory, trouble, alarm. G. Microprocessor: 1 Microprocessor: Shall execute all supervisory programming to detect and report failure or disconnection of any module or peripheral device. 2. Isolated "Watchdog" Circuit: Shall monitor the microprocessor and upon failure activate system trouble circuits on display. 3. Control -By -Event Functions: The microprocessor shall access the system program, for all control by -event (CBE) functions. 4. System Program. Shall not be lost upon failure of both primary and secondary power. H. Signaling Line Circuits 1. Basic System Module: Shall provide communication with all analog/addressable devices (initiation/control) connected to the 7100 via 2 signaling line circuits. 2. Each Signaling Line Circuit Shall be capable of being wired Class B, Style 4. 3. Class A, Style 6 Operation Shall be possible with installation of the optional Class A Operating Module (CAOM). 4. Circuits Shall be capable of operating in NFPA Style 7 mode when equipped with the CAOM module and isolator modules or sensor bases. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111-8 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 5. Each Circuit: Shall communicate with a maximum of 99 analog sensors and 98 addressable monitor/control devices. 6. First 99 Device Addresses (1-99) on Each Circuit: Dedicated to analog sensors. 7. Addresses 101-198: Reserved for monitor/control devices. Real -Time Clock: 1. Basic System Module: Shall contain a real-time clock capable of monitoring all real-time programming and all time -control functions. J. Notification Appliance Circuits: 1. Two Independent Notification Appliance Circuits: Provided on basic module, polarized and rated at 1.5 amperes DC per circuit, individually overcurrent protected and supervised for opens, grounds, and short circuits. a. Shall be capable of being wired Class B, Style Y. b. With installation of optional Class A Option Module (CAOM), Shall be capable of being wired Class A Style Z. 2. Power Output: Shall be regulated so that UL Listed notification appliances with an operating voltage range of 17-26 VDC may be installed on the circuits. a. Voltage: 24 VDC regulated. b. Current: 1.5 amps, maximum alarm. K. Trouble Dry Contacts: 1. Trouble Dry Contacts (Form C): Shall be rated 2 amps at 30 VDC (resistive) and transfer whenever system trouble occurs L. Alarm Dry Contacts: 1 Alarm Dry Contacts (Form C): Shall be rated 2 amps at 30 VDC (resistive) and transfer whenever system alarm occurs. M. Gamewell-FCI Approved Sensors. 1. Use only Gamewell-FCI approved compatible sensors, UL Listed or FM Approved for use with 7100 system. 2. The following identifies by model number those approved, acceptable models. a. Analog Ionization Sensor: Model ASD-IL2, IL2F. b. Analog Photoelectronic Sensor: Model ASD-PL2, ASD-PL2F. c. Analog Photoelectronic Sensor with 135-Degree F Thermal Unit: Model ASD-PTL2, ASD-PTL2F. d. Addressable Thermal Sensor, Fixed Temperature: Model ATD-L2, ATD-L2F. e. Addressable Thermal Sensor, Rate of Rise: Model ATD-RL2 ATD-RL2F. f. Standard Analog Plug-in Base: Model ADB-FL, ADB-FLF. g. Base/Sounder Assembly: Model B501 BH /BHT h. Analog Duct Sensor, with Relay: Model ADP, ADPF, ADPR, ADPRF. i. Isolator Module: Model M500X. j. Isolator Base: Model B224B1 k. Multi -Criteria Sensor. Model MCS-Acclimate2, MCS-Acclimate2F I. Laser Sensor: Model ASD-LS N. Display: 1. System Display: Furnishes audible and visual annunciation of all alarms and trouble signals. 2. Provide dedicated LEDs for the following functions: a. AC Power On: Green. b. Alarm: Red. c. Supervisory: Yellow. d. System Trouble: Yellow. e. Power Fault: Yellow FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 2831 11 -9 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. f. Ground Fault: Yellow. g. NAC 1 Silenced: Yellow. h. NAC 2 Silenced: Yellow. System Silenced: Yellow. 3. Eighty -Character Alphanumeric Display: Provides status of all analog/addressable sensors, monitor, and control points. Contains a 12-key keypad which shall permit selection of functions. 4. Type Liquid crystal type (LCD), clearly visible in the dark and under all light conditions. 5. Panel: Contains 4 functional keys and 3 programming buttons: a. Functional Keys: 1) Alarm Acknowledge. 2) Trouble Acknowledge. 3) Signal Silence. 4) System Reset/Lamp Test. b. Programming Buttons: 1) Menu/Back 2) Back Space/Edit. 3) OK. CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2.5 PERIPHERAL DEVICES A. Analog Photoelectronic Smoke Sensors, Model ASD-PL2 ASD-PL2F• 1. Analog Photoelectronic Sensors: Low profile and capable of being set at 4 sensitivity settings of "LOW, LOW MEDIUM, MEDIUM, MEDIUM HIGH, and HIGH" levels. 2. Automatic and Manual Functional Sensitivity and Performance Tests: Shall be possible without necessity of generating smoke. The test method shall test all sensor circuitry "Failed Test indication shall display for failed test. 3. LEDs: Two LEDs providing 360-degree visibility of operating status and alarm indication shall be provided on each sensor. LEDs shall pulse periodically indicating that the sensor is receiving power and communication is taking place. This feature shall be field programmable. Upon alarm, these LEDs shall light continuously. Alarm output shall be available for remote annunciation. 4. Sensitivity: The system shall check sensitivity of each sensor periodically. If a sensor alarm threshold sensitivity has changed due to aging and/or dust accumulation, the system shall automatically compensate for this change (drift compensation). 5. Sensitivity Levels: Each sensor shall allow for setting of 2 sensitivity levels. Levels may be programmed so when building is occupied, a sensor shall be less sensitive than when building is unoccupied. This feature permits sensors to be more reliable and at same time reduces/minimizes unwanted alarms This feature shall also incorporate programmable weekend days, where the sensor shall remain at the unoccupied sensitivity level. 6. Sensor Screen and Cover Assembly: Shall be removable for field cleaning. 7 Interchangeable Sensors: Each sensor shall be interchangeable with Models ASD-IL2, ASD- IL2F; ATD-L2/RL2, ATD-L2F/RL2F sensors via adapter and twistlock mounting base, to ensure matching the proper sensor to potential hazards of the areas being protected. In all cases, the system shall recognize when improper sensor type has been installed in previously programmed sensor type location. 8. Thermal Sensor: Model ASD-PTL2, ASD-PTL2F sensor shall contain, in addition to above, a 135-degree FT thermal sensor. B. Addressable Thermal Sensors, Model ATD-L2, ATD-L2F; ATD-RL2, ATD-RL2F Series: 1. Addressable Thermal Sensors: Shall be low profile and operate on combination "rate -of -rise" and 'fixed temperature' principles with the fixed temperature set point at 135 degrees F, Model ATD-RL2, ATD-RL2F. The sensor shall contain dual thermistor sensing circuitry for fast response 2. LEDs: Two LEDs providing 360-degree visibility of operating status and alarm indication shall FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111 -10 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 be provided on each sensor. LEDs shall pulse periodically indicating that the sensor is receiving power and communication is being supplied. This feature shall be field programmable. Upon alarm, these LEDs shall light continuously. Alarm output shall be available for remote annunciation. 3. Interchangeable Sensors: Each sensor shall be interchangeable with Models ADS-PL2 ADS-PL2F and ASD-IL2, ASD-IL2F sensors via twistlock mounting base to ensure matching proper sensor to potential hazards of areas being protected. In all cases, the system shall recognize when an improper sensor type has been installed in a previously programmed sensor type location. C. Addressable Monitor Module, Model AMM-2, AMM-2F: 1. An addressable monitor module with initiating circuit wired Class B, Style B shall be furnished to provide an address for individual, normally open (N.O.) contact devices. D. Addressable Sub -loop Monitor Module, Model AMM-4S, AMM-4SF: 1. An addressable monitor module with initiating circuit capable of being configured Class B, Style B shall be furnished to provide a collective address for up to ten (10) Model 1151, 2151, 1451, or 1400, conventional 2-wire smoke detectors. 2. LED: The Model AMM-4S, AMM-4SF module shall contain a yellow status LED that shall flash when in quiescent mode and light continuously when in alarm. The LED shall be field programmable not to provide quiescent status indication, if so desired. E. Addressable Output Module, Model MMO-6R, MMO-6RF: 1. An addressable Output Module' Connected to the same signaling line circuit as analog/addressable monitor devices and Shall Provide 6 relay outputs, each with Form "C" 2 amp at 24 VDC, (resistive only) contacts. F. Fault Isolator Module, Model M500X: 1. This module enables part of signaling line circuit to continue operating when a short circuit occurs on a section of it. 2. The LED flashes in normal condition and lights during a short circuit condition. 3. The module automatically restores the entire circuit to normal condition when the short circuit is removed. 4. The module may be used in multiple, in any combination with other modules, providing circuit operation similar to that of NFPA Style 7, and does not require an address on the signaling line circuit. G. Addressable Manual Fire Alarm Station, Model MS-7A, MS-7AF: 1. Each Station Shall be the non -coded double -action type, designed for installation in the signaling line circuit of the FCI analog addressable control panel. 2. Activation of Station Shall cause its assigned address to register at the control panel. 3. LED: The door shall contain an LED which flashes red in normal condition and lights steadily when the station has been activated. 4. The station Shall contain screw terminals 5. Provide STI-1100 series covers on all pull stations. H. Manual Fire Alarm Stations Suitable for Use with Addressable Monitor Modules: 1 Double -Action Manual Station Model MS-2 a. Each Station: Non -coded double -action type, requiring the outer door to be lifted to expose actuator door. Upon pulling forward of door, the unit shall lock into a readily observable "alarm" position. b. The station shall be constructed of aluminum Type 6063/T5, equipped with a break glass rod feature and require a key to reset. c. Key: Shall be keyed alike with the control cabinet. d. Alarm Activation: The station Shall have a highly reliable action to activate an alarm and have exceptionally high resistance to accidental operation. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111 -11 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CMTA, Inc. CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS 2. Provide STI-1100 series covers on all pull stations. Project No 1506 Automatic Initiating Devices: Two -wire smoke detectors approved for use with AMM-4S Addressable Sub -loop Monitor Module. Maximum of 20 detectors per module. 1. Photoelectric Area Smoke Detectors, a. Type: Photoelectric. b. Designed for 2-wire installations. c. Factory set to detect smoke at nominal 3.0 percent light obscuration per foot. d. Sensitivity Tester: Allows direct readout of actual detector sensitivity in percent obscuration per foot using standard digital voltmeter. e. To minimize nuisance alarms, detectors shall contain screen protecting the sensing chamber from dust and insects, and equipped with self -compensating circuitry to provide maximum stability against effects of aging, dust and film accumulation f. Detectors shall be equipped with pulsed LED power supervisory indicator and full functional test feature. g. Alarm Output Available for remote annunciation. 2. Ionization Area Smoke Detectors, System Sensor a. Type: Dual -chamber, ionization. b. Nominal Sensitivity: 1.5 percent/ft. c. Perform calibrated sensitivity and performance test on detectors without need for generating smoke. Test method shall test all detector circuits. d. Test Meter: Available to check sensitivity of detectors. Metering points shall be accessible on exterior of detectors. e. Alarm Indication: Provided by latching LED, which shall pulse periodically indicating power is being supplied to detector. Alarm output shall be available for remote annunciation. f. Capable of operation in air velocities up to 2,500 feet per minute and at altitudes up to 10,000 feet without adjustments. g. Detector Screen and Cover Assembly: Removable for field cleaning. h. Wire Connections: Made by clamping plate and screw. 3. Duct Smoke Detectors: a. Type: Photoelectric or ionization duct smoke detectors wired in 2 or 4-wire configuration. b. UL Listed under UL 268A for duct smoke detectors. c. Allows remote functional testing without generating smoke. 4. Rate of Rise Heat Detectors a. Function on both 'rate of rise" and "fixed temperature" principles of operation. b. Low profile design, white in color. c. Locking base for mounting on standard electrical box. J. Remote Serial Annunciator, Model LCD-7100: 1. Display: 80-character display Duplicates all information on basic system display, with exception of menus. 2. Function Keys: Alarm Acknowledge, Trouble Acknowledge, Signal Silence, System Reset/Lamp Test, and System Drill Test. 3. Keylock: A keylock which shall enable switches only when placed in the "ON" position, with exception of the Trouble Acknowledge key which is used to silence the local trouble audible sounder 4. Contains the following LEDs: Alarm, Supervisory, System Trouble, Power Fault, System Silenced, NAC #1 Silenced, NAC #2 Silenced. 5. Mounting: Mounts on standard 3-gang surface or flush electrical box. 6. 7100 Series Control Panel: Accommodates up to 5 remote Model LCD-7100 annunciators, which can be located up to 4 000 feet from control panel. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 11 - 12 ZCA + HBL CMTA, Inc. 2.6 AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. HVAC Control: 1. Designated HVAC Units: Controlled by addressable output modules programmed to activate according to areas to be covered. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install the fire alarm system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Coordinate the installation of fire alarm equipment with the manufacturer or authorized distributor. C. Install conductors and wiring according to the manufacturer's recommendations. D. Coordinate with the supplier regarding correct wiring procedures before installing conduits or conductors. E. Install system components in accordance with appropriate NFPA Standards, specified requirements, National Electrical Code, local and state regulations, requirements of fire department and other applicable authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Final Test: Perform the following before the installation shall be considered completed and acceptable by awarding authority: 1. Operate by the Contractor's job foreman, in presence of a representative of the manufacturer, a representative of the Owner, and fire department, every installed device to verify proper operation and correct annunciation at control panel. 2. Perform at least one half of all tests on battery standby power. 3. Where application of heat would destroy any detector, it may be manually activated 4. Open signaling line circuits and notification appliance circuits in at least 2 locations to verify the presence of supervision. 5. When testing has been completed to satisfaction of both Contractor's job foreman and representatives of the manufacturer and Owner, a notarized letter co -signed by each attesting to the satisfactory completion of said testing shall be forwarded to the Owner and fire department. Leave the fire alarm system in proper working order and, without additional expense to the Owner, replace defective materials and equipment provided under this contract within 1 year (365 days) from date of final acceptance by awarding authority 7 Notify the fire department before the final test in accordance with local requirements. END OF SECTION FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111 -13 IF ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes concrete walks. B. Related Sections include: 1. Division 03 Section "Miscellaneous Cast -in -Place Concrete" for general building applications of concrete. 2. Division 32 Section "Concrete Paving Joint Sealants" for joint sealants in expansion and contraction joints within concrete paving and in joints between concrete paving and asphalt paving or adjacent construction. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to concrete paving, including but not limited to, the following: a. Concrete mixture design. b. Quality control of concrete materials and concrete paving construction practices. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Design Mixtures. For each concrete paving mixture Include alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified ready -mix concrete manufacturer. B. Material Certificates: For the following, from manufacturer: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 3. Admixtures 4. Curing compounds 5. Bonding agent or epoxy adhesive. 6. Joint fillers C. Material Test Reports. For aggregates. CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13- 1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Ready -Mix -Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready - mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities B. Cold -Weather Concrete Placement: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing, or low temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 and the following: 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in design mixtures. C. Hot -Weather Concrete Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows when hot -weather conditions exist: 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated in total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover steel reinforcement with water soaked burlap, so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301 unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 FORMS A. Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal -framed plywood, or other approved panel -type materials to provide full depth, continuous, straight, and smooth exposed surfaces 1. Use flexible or uniformly curved forms for curves with a radius of 100 feet or less. B. Form -Release Agent Commercially formulated form release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and that will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.03 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Plain -Steel Welded -Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. CONCRETE PAVING 321313-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60; deformed. C. Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A 184/A 184M; with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed bars; assembled with clips. D. Plain -Steel Wire: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, as drawn. E. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 plain -steel bars. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. F. Tie Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60; deformed. G. Hook Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A, internally and externally threaded. Design hook -bolt joint assembly to hold coupling against paving form and in position during concreting operations and to permit removal without damage to concrete or hook bolt. H. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, welded -wire reinforcement, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's ' Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete specified, and as follows: 1. Equip wire bar supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 2.04 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Materials: Use the following cementitious materials, of same type, brand, and source throughout Project 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, gray portland cement Type I or Type II. B. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33/C 33M, Class 4M, uniformly graded. Provide aggregates from a single source. 1. Maximum Coarse -Aggregate Size. 1 inch nominal. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M. D. Chemical Admixtures: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and to contain not more than 0 1 percent water soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material. 1. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture. ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B 3. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. E. Color Pigment: ASTM C 979/C 979M, synthetic mineral -oxide pigments or colored water - reducing admixtures; color stable, free of carbon black, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis. 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. F. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94/C 94M. CONCRETE PAVING 321313-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 2.05 CURING MATERIALS CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 3, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. dry or cotton mats. B. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheet. C. Water: Potable. D. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular, film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. BASF Corporation; Construction Systems, MasterKure ER 50. b. Dayton Superior; AquaFilm Concentrate J74. c. Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; Eucobar. d. L&M Construction Chemicals Inc; E-CON. e. Sika Corporation; SikaFilm. f. W. R. Meadows, Inc; EVAPRE. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, dissipating F. White, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 2, dissipating. 2.06 A. B. Class B, Class B, RELATED MATERIALS Joint Fillers: ASTM D 1752, cork or self -expanding cork in preformed strips. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059/C 1059M, Type II, non redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. C. Epoxy -Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881/C 881M, two -component epoxy resin capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces* of class suitable for application temperature, of grade complying with requirements, and of the following types: 1. Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. 2.07 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301, for each type and strength of normal -weight concrete, and as determined by either laboratory trial mixtures or field experience. B. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed concrete design mixtures for the trial batch method. 2. When automatic machine placement is used determine design mixtures and obtain laboratory test results that comply with or exceed requirements. Cementitious Materials* Do not use fly ash, pozzolan, slag cement, or silica fume to reduce the total amount of portland cement. CONCRETE PAVING 321313-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 C Limit water soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. D. Chemical Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water -reducing admixture in concrete as required for placement and workability. 2. Use water reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. E. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. F. Concrete Mixtures: Normal -weight concrete. 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 3000 psi unless otherwise indicated. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio at Point of Placement: 0 45 unless otherwise indicated. 3. Slump Limit. 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 2.08 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete. Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Furnish batch certificates for each batch discharged and used in the Work. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. B. Project -Site Mixing: Measure, batch and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum type batch machine mixer. 1. For concrete batches of 1 cu. yd. or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released. 2. For concrete batches larger than 1 cu. yd., increase mixing time additional 1 cu. yd. 3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixing time, water added. PART 3 - EXECUTION by 15 seconds for each Work, indicating Project quantity, and amount of 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine exposed subgrades and subbase surfaces for compliance with requirements for dimensional, grading, and elevation tolerances. B. Proof -roll prepared subbase surface below concrete paving to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. 1. Completely proof -roll subbase in one direction Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph. 2. Correct subbase with soft spots and areas of pumping or rutting exceeding depth of 1/2 inch according to recommendations of Owner's geotechnical consultant. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CONCRETE PAVING 321313-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 3.02 PREPARATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete. 3.03 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form -release agent to ensure separation from concrete without damage. 3.04 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. General. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond -reducing materials. C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. D. Install welded -wire reinforcement in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh, and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.05 JOINTS A. General: Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edges true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to centerline unless otherwise indicated. 1. When joining existing paving, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints unless otherwise indicated. B. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and at locations where paving operations are stopped for more than one-half hour unless paving terminates at isolation joints. 1. Continue steel reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of paving strips unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide tie bars at sides of paving strips where indicated. 3. Butt Joints: Use epoxy -bonding adhesive at joint locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 4. Keyed Joints: Provide preformed keyway -section forms or bulkhead forms with keys unless otherwise indicated Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 5. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or coat with asphalt one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. C. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint -filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, other fixed objects, and where indicated. 1. Locate expansion joints at intervals of 50 feet unless otherwise indicated. CONCRETE PAVING 321313-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint. 3. Terminate joint filler not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface if joint sealant is indicated. 4. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface if joint sealant is not indicated. 5. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint -filler sections together. 6. During concrete placement, protect top edge of joint filler with metal, plastic, or other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. D. Contraction Joints: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows, to match jointing of existing adjacent concrete paving: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with grooving tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. a. Tolerance* Ensure that grooved joints are within 3 inches either way from centers of dowels. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before developing random contraction cracks. Tolerance* Ensure that sawed joints are within 3 inches either way from centers of dowels. 3. Doweled Contraction Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or coat with asphalt one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. E. Edging: After initial floating, tool edges of paving gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete with an edging tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. 3.06 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, steel reinforcement, and items to be embedded or cast -in. B. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. C. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. D. Do not add water to concrete during delivery or at Project site. Do not add water to fresh concrete after testing. E. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. CONCRETE PAVING 321313-7 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 F. Consolidate concrete according to ACI 301 by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading, rodding, or tamping. 1. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square -faced shovels for hand spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement, dowels, and joint devices. G. Screed paving surface with a straightedge and strike off. H. Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open -textured and uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading surface treatments. 3.07 FLOAT FINISHING A. General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations. B. Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleedwater sheen has disappeared and concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power -driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular texture. 1. Medium -to -Fine -Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft -bristle broom across float -finished concrete surface, perpendicular to line of traffic, to provide a uniform, fine -line texture. 3.08 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. B. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection. C. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturers written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete but before float finishing. D. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. E. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing, moisture -retaining -cover curing, curing compound, or a combination of these as follows: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water -fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and CONCRETE PAVING 321313-8 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears occurring during installation or curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.09 PAVING TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances in ACI 117 and as follows: 1. Elevation: 3/4 inch. 2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch, minus 1/4 inch. 3. Surface: Gap below 10-feet-long; unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/2 inch. 4. Alignment of Tie -Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Paving Edge: 1/2 inch per 12 inches of tie bar. 5. Lateral Alignment and Spacing of Dowels: 1 inch. 6. Vertical Alignment of Dowels: 1/4 inch. 7. Alignment of Dowel -Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Paving Edge: 1/4 inch per 12 inches of dowel. 8. Joint Spacing 3 inches. 9 Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus. 10. Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch, no minus. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Services Testing and inspecting of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive -strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each days pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231/C 231M pressure method; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each days pour of each concrete mixture. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when it is 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and laboratory cure one set of three standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one specimen at seven days and two specimens at 28 days. a. A compressive -strength test shall be the average compressive strength from two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at 28 days. CONCRETE PAVING 321313-9 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 C. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if average of any three consecutive compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive -strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. D. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive -strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. E. Nondestructive Testing. Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. F. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. G. Concrete paving will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. H. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. I. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.11 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, or defective or that does not comply with requirements in this Section. Remove work in complete sections from joint to joint unless otherwise approved by Architect. Drill test cores, where directed by Architect, when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory paving areas with portland cement concrete bonded to paving with epoxy adhesive. C. Protect concrete paving from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. D. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep paving not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections. END OF SECTION CONCRETE PAVING 321313-10 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Cold -applied joint sealants. 2. Joint -sealant backer materials. 3. Primers. B. Related Sections include Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing nontraffic and traffic joints in locations not specified in this Section. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch-wide joints formed between two 6-inch-long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants C. Paving -Joint -Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint -sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint -sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint -sealant formulation. 4. Joint -sealant color. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint - sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. When joint substrates are wet. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint -sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 321373-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backing materials, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint -sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2.02 COLD -APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS A. Multicomponent, Pourable, Urethane, Elastomeric Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, for Use T. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. BASF; MasterSeal SL 2. b. Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol II -SG or Urexpan NR-200. c. Sika; Sikaflex 2c SL. d. Tremco; Vulkem 445SSL. 2.03 JOINT -SEALANT BACKER MATERIALS A. Joint -Sealant Backer Materials: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by joint -sealant manufacturer, based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Round Backer Rods for Cold -Applied Joint Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 1 or Type 3, of diameter and density required to control sealant depth and prevent bottom -side adhesion of sealant. C. Backer Strips for Cold -Applied Joint Sealants: ASTM D 5249; Type 2; of thickness and width required to control joint -sealant depth, prevent bottom -side adhesion of sealant, and fill remainder of joint opening under sealant. 2.04 PRIMERS A. Primers Product recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting joint - sealant performance B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 321373-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 3.02 PREPARATION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Before installing joint sealants, clean out joints immediately to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, old joint sealants oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents water, surface dirt, and frost. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended in writing by joint -sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions Confine primers to areas of joint -sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. Comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Joint -Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions. C. Install joint -sealant backings to support joint sealants during application and at position required to produce cross sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint -sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint -sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent joint -sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install joint sealants immediately following backing installation, using proven techniques that comply with the following: 1. Place joint sealants so they fully contact joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration 3. Produce uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. E. Tooling of Nonsag Joint Sealants. Immediately after joint -sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to the following requirements to form smooth uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint: 1. Remove excess joint sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by joint -sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. Provide joint configuration to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated. CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 321373-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 A. Clean off excess joint sealant as the Work progresses, by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by joint -sealant manufacturers. B. Protect joint sealants, during and after curing period, from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately and replace with joint sealant so installations in repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. END OF SECTION CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 321373-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 SECTION 32 31 13 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 1. Chain -link fences. 2. Swing gates. 3. Privacy slats. 1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For each type of fence and gate assembly. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product certificates. B. Product test reports. C. Sample warranty. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of chain -link fences and gates that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Chain -link fence and gate frameworks shall withstand the design wind loads and stresses for fence height(s) and under exposure conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7. CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113-1 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 1. Design Wind Load: Determine wind pressures according to ASCE/SEI 7 using wind speed criteria indicated on Structural Drawings. a. Minimum Post Size and Maximum Spacing: Determine according to CLFMI WLG 2445, based on mesh size and pattern specified. 2.02 CHAIN -LINK FENCE FABRIC A. General: Provide fabric in one-piece heights measured between top and bottom of outer edge of selvage knuckle or twist according to 'CLFMI Product Manual" and requirements indicated below: 1. Fabric Height: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Steel Wire for Fabric: Wire diameter of 0.148 inch. Mesh Size. 2 inches. Zinc -Coated Fabric: ASTM A 392, Type II, Class 2, 2.0 oz./sq. ft. with zinc coating applied before weaving. Coat selvage ends of metallic -coated fabric before the weaving process with manufacturer's standard clear protective coating. 3. Selvage: Twisted top and knuckled bottom. 2.03 FENCE FRAMEWORK A. Posts and Rails: ASTM F 1043 for framework, including rails, braces, and line; terminal; and corner posts. Provide members with minimum dimensions and wall thickness according to ASTM F 1043 or or ASTM F 1083 based on the following: 1. Fence Height: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Light -Industrial -Strength Material: Group IC-L, round steel pipe, electric -resistance -welded pipe a. Line Post: As required for application indicated, but not less than 2.375 inches in diameter.. b. End, Corner, and Pull Posts: As required for application indicated, but not less than 2.875 inches.. 3. Horizontal Framework Members: Intermediate top and bottom rails according to ASTM F 1043. a. Top Rail: 1.66 inches in diameter. 4. Brace Rails: ASTM F 1043. 5. Metallic Coating for Steel Framework: a. Type A: Not less than minimum 2.0-oz./sq. ft. average zinc coating according to ASTM A 123/A 123M or 4.0-oz./sq. ft zinc coating according to ASTM A 653/A 653M 2.04 SWING GATES A. General: ASTM F 900 for gate posts and double swing gate types. 1. Gate Leaf Width: As indicated. CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 3231 13-2 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 2. Framework Member Sizes and Strength: Based on gate fabric height as indicated. B. Pipe and Tubing: 1. Zinc -Coated Steel: ASTM F 1043 and ASTM F 1083; protective coating and finish to match fence framework. 2. Gate Posts: Round tubular steel. 3. Gate Frames and Bracing: Round tubular steel. C. Frame Corner Construction: Welded or assembled with corner fittings. D. Hardware: 1. Hinges: 360-degree inward and outward swing. 2. Latch: Permitting operation from both sides of gate with provision for padlocking accessible from both sides of gate. 3. Padlock and Chain By Owner. Lock keyed to master key system. 2.05 FITTINGS A. Provide fittings according to ASTM F 626. B. Post Caps: Provide for each post. 1. Provide line post caps with loop to receive top rail. C. Rail and Brace Ends: For each gate, corner, pull, and end post. D. Rail Fittings: Provide the following: 1. Top Rail Sleeves: Pressed -steel or round -steel tubing not less than 6 inches long. 2. Rail Clamps Line and corner boulevard clamps for connecting intermediate and bottom rails to posts. E. Tension Bars: Steel, length not less than 2 inches shorter than full height of chain -link fabric. Provide one bar for each gate and end post, and two for each corner and pull post unless fabric is integrally woven into post. F. Tie Wires, Clips, and Fasteners: According to ASTM F 626. 1. Standard Round Wire Ties: For attaching chain -link fabric to posts, rails, and frames, according to the following: a. Hot -Dip Galvanized Steel: 0.106-inch- diameter wire; galvanized coating thickness matching coating thickness of chain -link fence fabric. G. Finish: 1. Metallic Coating for Pressed Steel or Cast Iron: Not less than 1.2 oz./sq. ft. of zinc 2.06 PRIVACY SLATS A. Fiber -Glass -Reinforced Plastic Slats: UV -light -stabilized fiber -glass -reinforced plastic, not less than 0.06 inch thick, sized to fit mesh specified for direction indicated, with vandal -resistant fasteners and lock strips. CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 3231 13-3 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 B. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.07 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout, recommended in writing by manufacturer, for exterior applications. B. Anchoring Cement: Factory -packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic -controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound Provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating, and that is recommended in writing by manufacturer for exterior applications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for a certified survey of property lines and legal boundaries, site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Do not begin installation before final grading is completed unless otherwise permitted by Architect. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Stake locations of fence lines gates, and terminal posts. Do not exceed intervals of 500 feet or line of sight between stakes. Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system underground structures, benchmarks, and property monuments. 3.03 CHAIN -LINK FENCE INSTALLATION A. Install chain -link fencing according to ASTM F 567 and more stringent requirements specified. 1. Install fencing on established boundary lines inside property line. B. Post Excavation: Drill or hand -excavate holes for posts to diameters and spacings indicated, in firm undisturbed soil C. Post Setting: Set posts in concrete at indicated spacing into firm, undisturbed soil. 1. Verify that posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing, and hold in position during setting with concrete or mechanical devices. 2. Concrete Fill: Place concrete around posts to dimensions indicated and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Protect aboveground portion of posts from concrete splatter. a. Exposed Concrete: Extend 2 inches above grades shape and smooth to shed water. b. Posts Set into Holes in Concrete: Form or core drill holes not less than 5 inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of post. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space between post and concrete with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 3231 13-4 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 1506 and placed according to anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions. Finish anchorage joint to slope away from post to drain water. D. Terminal Posts: Install terminal end, corner, and gate posts according to ASTM F 567 and terminal pull posts at changes in horizontal or vertical alignment of 30 degrees or more. For runs exceeding 500 feet, space pull posts an equal distance between corner or end posts. E. Line Posts: Space line posts uniformly at 10 feet o.c. F. Post Bracing and Intermediate Rails: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fence posts. Diagonally brace terminal posts to adjacent line posts with truss rods and turnbuckles Install braces at end and gate posts and at both sides of corner and pull posts. 1. Locate horizontal braces at midheight of fabric 72 inches or higher, on fences with top rail, and at two -third fabric height on fences without top rail. Install so posts are plumb when diagonal rod is under proper tension. G. Top Rail: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fence posts. Run rail continuously through line post caps, bending to radius for curved runs and terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail at terminal posts. Provide expansion couplings as recommended in writing by fencing manufacturer. H. Intermediate and Bottom Rails: Secure to posts with fittings. I. Chain -Link Fabric: Apply fabric to outside of enclosing framework. Leave 1-inch bottom clearance between finish grade or surface and bottom selvage unless otherwise indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Anchor to framework so fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released. J. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end, corner, pull, and gate posts, with tension bands spaced not more than 15 inches o.c. K. Tie Wires: Use wire of proper length to firmly secure fabric to line posts and rails. Attach wire at one end to chain -link fabric, wrap wire around post a minimum of 180 degrees, and attach other end to chain -link fabric according to ASTM F 626. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to individuals and clothing. 1. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to fine posts at 12 inches o.c. and to braces at 24 inches o.c. L. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of fence opposite the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts. M. Privacy Slats: Install slats in direction indicated, securely locked in place. 1. Diagonally for privacy factor of 80 to 85. 3.04 GATE INSTALLATION A. Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level plumb, and secure for full opening without interference. Attach fabric as for fencing. Attach hardware using tamper - resistant or concealed means. Install ground -set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 3231 13-5 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016 ZCA + HBL CITY HALL COMPLEX RENOVATION PROJECT CITY HALL AND ANNEX BUILDINGS PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No 1506 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Gates. Adjust gates to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive deflection distortion nonalignment, misplacement disruption, or malfunction throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding. B. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. END OF SECTION CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 3231 13-6 Issued for Bid - 6/23/2016